af_iucv differs unnecessarily between state IUCV_SEVERED and
IUCV_DISCONN. This patch removes state IUCV_SEVERED.
While simplifying af_iucv, this patch removes the 2nd invocation of
cpcmd as well.
Signed-off-by: Ursula Braun <ursula.braun@de.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Frank Blaschka <frank.blaschka@de.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
af_iucv contains timer infrastructure which is not exploited.
This patch removes the timer related code parts.
Signed-off-by: Ursula Braun <ursula.braun@de.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Frank Blaschka <frank.blaschka@de.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
module_param(bool) used to counter-intuitively take an int. In
fddd5201 (mid-2009) we allowed bool or int/unsigned int using a messy
trick.
It's time to remove the int/unsigned int option. For this version
it'll simply give a warning, but it'll break next kernel version.
(Thanks to Joe Perches for suggesting coccinelle for 0/1 -> true/false).
Cc: "David S. Miller" <davem@davemloft.net>
Cc: netdev@vger.kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Rusty Russell <rusty@rustcorp.com.au>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Commit 8ffd3208 voids the previous patches f6778aab and 810c0719 for
limiting the autoclose value. If userspace passes in -1 on 32-bit
platform, the overflow check didn't work and autoclose would be set
to 0xffffffff.
This patch defines a max_autoclose (in seconds) for limiting the value
and exposes it through sysctl, with the following intentions.
1) Avoid overflowing autoclose * HZ.
2) Keep the default autoclose bound consistent across 32- and 64-bit
platforms (INT_MAX / HZ in this patch).
3) Keep the autoclose value consistent between setsockopt() and
getsockopt() calls.
Suggested-by: Vlad Yasevich <vladislav.yasevich@hp.com>
Signed-off-by: Xi Wang <xi.wang@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This reverts commit 5c3ddec73d.
S390 qeth driver actually still uses the setup ops.
Reported-by: Frank Blaschka <blaschka@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When a peer changes SMPS state we should update
rate control so it doesn't have to detect it by
itself. It can't detect "dynamic" mode anyway
since that just requires rts-cts handshaking.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
If station info contains a beacon loss count, return
it to userspace.
Signed-off-by: Paul Stewart <pstew@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This patch adds the necessary structs for the Confirm Name command. This
ensures that the protocol definitions are up to date with the latest
mgmt specification. The actual implementation of the command will follow
in a later patch-set.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
This patch fixes the opcodes of the Block/Unblock device commands to
match with what user-space expects and to confirm with the latest mgmt
specification. The reason the values were wrong was a missing Confirm
Name command definition (which will be added by a subsequent patch).
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
This patch adds a missing confirm_name field to mgmt_ev_device_found.
Support for setting the correct value for this field is not implemented
yet, but having it part of the struct definition ensures that user-space
gets correct sized device_found events and is thereby able to do at
least rudimentary parsing of them.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
Implement block size read function. Use different variables for
packet-based and block-based flow control.
Signed-off-by: Andrei Emeltchenko <andrei.emeltchenko@intel.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
This patch updates the ordering and opcodes of mgmt messages to match
the latest API specification.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
We do not want the service cache to be enabled indefinitely after
mgmt_read_info is called. To solve this a timer is added which will
automatically disable the cache if mgmt_set_dev_class isn't called
within 5 seconds of calling mgmt_read_info.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
Instead of having an explicit service cache command we can make the mgmt
API simpler by implicitly enabling the cache when mgmt_read_info is
called for the first time and disabling it when mgmt_set_dev_class is
called.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
Fast connectable is logically after the connectable property so that's
where it should show up in the code as well (it's also after connectable
in the settings bitfield).
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
This patch updates the mgmt_read_info and related messages to the latest
management API which uses a bitfield of settings instead of individual
boolean values.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
As we run in process context now we don't need worqueue to add e del from
sysfs.
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
This move some checking code that was in l2cap_sock_connect() to
l2cap_chan_connect(). Thus we can invert the lock calls, i.e., call
lock_sock() before hci_dev_lock() to avoid a deadlock scenario.
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
Another step of remove interrupt context from Bluetooth Core.
Use the system workqueue.
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
This should simplify Bluetooth core processing a lot.
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
As part of the moving on all the Bluetooth processing to Process context.
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
Handling hci_conn_hash with RCU make us avoid some locking and disable
tasklets.
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
spin lock doesn't fit ok anymore on the new code based on workqueues.
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
L2CAP timers also need to run in process context. As the works in l2cap
are small we are using the system worqueue.
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
As HCI rx path is now done in process context it makes sense to do all the
timer in process context as well.
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
Bluetooth rx task runs now in a workqueue, so it a good approach run any
timer that share locking with process context code also in a workqueue.
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
Now we run everything in HCI in process context, so it's a better idea use
mutex instead spin_lock. The macro remains hci_dev_lock() (and I got rid
of hci_dev_lock_bh()), of course.
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
Run recv process in workqueue helps a lot with our processing as the recv
path will also be in the process context, i.e., now all our tx and rx are
in process context.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
We can use atomic64_t infrastructure to avoid taking a spinlock in fast
path, and remove inaccuracies while reading values in
ctnetlink_dump_counters() and connbytes_mt() on 32bit arches.
Suggested by Pablo.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Reported-by: Randy Dunlap <rdunlap@xenotime.net>
Signed-off-by: Glauber Costa <glommer@parallels.com>
CC: Hiroyouki Kamezawa <kamezawa.hiroyu@jp.fujitsu.com>
CC: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
CC: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
CC: Stephen Rothwell <sfr@canb.auug.org.au>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
By definition WIPHY_FLAG_STRICT_REGULATORY was intended to allow the
wiphy to adjust itself to the country IE power information if the
card had no regulatory data but we had no way to tell cfg80211 that if
the card also had its own custom regulatory domain (these are typically
custom world regulatory domains) that we want to follow the country IE's
noted values for power for each channel. We add support for this and
document it.
This is not a critical fix but a performance optimization for cards
with custom regulatory domains that associate to an AP with sends
out country IEs with a higher EIRP than the one on the custom
regulatory domain. In practice the only driver affected right now
are the Atheros drivers as they are the only drivers using both
WIPHY_FLAG_STRICT_REGULATORY and WIPHY_FLAG_CUSTOM_REGULATORY --
used on cards that have an Atheros world regulatory domain. Cards
that have been programmed to follow a country specifically will not
follow the country IE power. So although not a stable fix distributions
should consider cherry picking this.
Cc: compat@orbit-lab.org
Cc: Paul Stewart <pstew@google.com>
Cc: Rajkumar Manoharan <rmanohar@qca.qualcomm.com>
Cc: Senthilkumar Balasubramanian <senthilb@qca.qualcomm.com>
Reported-by: Rajkumar Manoharan <rmanohar@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Luis R. Rodriguez <mcgrof@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
The nl80211 station handling code is a bit messy
and doesn't do a lot of validation. It seems like
this could be an issue for drivers that don't use
mac80211 to validate everything.
As cfg80211 doesn't keep station state, move the
validation of allowing supported_rates to change
for TDLS only in station mode to mac80211.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Without an API for setting and getting the local and remote general bytes,
drivers won't be able to properly establish a DEP link.
This API also allows them to propagate the remote general bytes they get
from the DEP link establishment up to the LLCP layer.
Signed-off-by: Samuel Ortiz <sameo@linux.intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
NFC-DEP (Data Exchange Protocol) is an NFC MAC layer.
This command allows to enable and disable the DEP link on to which e.g.
LLCP can run.
Signed-off-by: Samuel Ortiz <sameo@linux.intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This is a factorization of the current rawsock tx skb allocation routine,
as it will be used by the LLCP code.
We also rename nfc_alloc_skb to nfc_alloc_recv_skb for consistency sake.
Signed-off-by: Samuel Ortiz <sameo@linux.intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
commit b099ce2602 (net: Batch inet_twsk_purge) added rcu protection
on tw_net for no obvious reason.
struct net are refcounted anyway since timewait sockets escape from rcu
protected sections. tw_net stay valid for the whole timwait lifetime.
This also removes a lot of sparse errors.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
CC: Eric W. Biederman <ebiederm@xmission.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
It's simpler to just keep these things out until there is a real user
of them, so we can see what the needs actually are, rather than keep
these things around as useless overhead.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
It is quite possible to run into a race in bss timeout where
the drivers see the bss entry just before notifying cfg80211
of a roaming event but it got timed out by the time rdev->event_work
got scehduled from cfg80211_wq. This would result in the following
WARN-ON() along with the failure to notify the user space of
the roaming. The other situation which is happening with ath6kl
that runs into issue is when the driver reports roam to same AP
event where the AP bss entry already got expired. To fix this,
move cfg80211_get_bss() from __cfg80211_roamed() to cfg80211_roamed().
[158645.538384] WARNING: at net/wireless/sme.c:586
__cfg80211_roamed+0xc2/0x1b1()
[158645.538810] Call Trace:
[158645.538838] [<c1033527>] warn_slowpath_common+0x65/0x7a
[158645.538917] [<c14cfacf>] ? __cfg80211_roamed+0xc2/0x1b1
[158645.538946] [<c103354b>] warn_slowpath_null+0xf/0x13
[158645.539055] [<c14cfacf>] __cfg80211_roamed+0xc2/0x1b1
[158645.539086] [<c14beb5b>] cfg80211_process_rdev_events+0x153/0x1cc
[158645.539166] [<c14bd57b>] cfg80211_event_work+0x26/0x36
[158645.539195] [<c10482ae>] process_one_work+0x219/0x38b
[158645.539273] [<c14bd555>] ? wiphy_new+0x419/0x419
[158645.539301] [<c10486cb>] worker_thread+0xf6/0x1bf
[158645.539379] [<c10485d5>] ? rescuer_thread+0x1b5/0x1b5
[158645.539407] [<c104b3e2>] kthread+0x62/0x67
[158645.539484] [<c104b380>] ? __init_kthread_worker+0x42/0x42
[158645.539514] [<c151309a>] kernel_thread_helper+0x6/0xd
Reported-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Vasanthakumar Thiagarajan <vthiagar@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Reported-by: Christoph Paasch <christoph.paasch@uclouvain.be>
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch uses the "tcp.limit_in_bytes" field of the kmem_cgroup to
effectively control the amount of kernel memory pinned by a cgroup.
This value is ignored in the root cgroup, and in all others,
caps the value specified by the admin in the net namespaces'
view of tcp_sysctl_mem.
If namespaces are being used, the admin is allowed to set a
value bigger than cgroup's maximum, the same way it is allowed
to set pretty much unlimited values in a real box.
Signed-off-by: Glauber Costa <glommer@parallels.com>
Reviewed-by: Hiroyouki Kamezawa <kamezawa.hiroyu@jp.fujitsu.com>
CC: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
CC: Eric W. Biederman <ebiederm@xmission.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch allows each namespace to independently set up
its levels for tcp memory pressure thresholds. This patch
alone does not buy much: we need to make this values
per group of process somehow. This is achieved in the
patches that follows in this patchset.
Signed-off-by: Glauber Costa <glommer@parallels.com>
Reviewed-by: KAMEZAWA Hiroyuki <kamezawa.hiroyu@jp.fujitsu.com>
CC: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
CC: Eric W. Biederman <ebiederm@xmission.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch introduces memory pressure controls for the tcp
protocol. It uses the generic socket memory pressure code
introduced in earlier patches, and fills in the
necessary data in cg_proto struct.
Signed-off-by: Glauber Costa <glommer@parallels.com>
Reviewed-by: KAMEZAWA Hiroyuki <kamezawa.hiroyu@jp.fujtisu.com>
CC: Eric W. Biederman <ebiederm@xmission.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The goal of this work is to move the memory pressure tcp
controls to a cgroup, instead of just relying on global
conditions.
To avoid excessive overhead in the network fast paths,
the code that accounts allocated memory to a cgroup is
hidden inside a static_branch(). This branch is patched out
until the first non-root cgroup is created. So when nobody
is using cgroups, even if it is mounted, no significant performance
penalty should be seen.
This patch handles the generic part of the code, and has nothing
tcp-specific.
Signed-off-by: Glauber Costa <glommer@parallels.com>
Reviewed-by: KAMEZAWA Hiroyuki <kamezawa.hiroyu@jp.fujtsu.com>
CC: Kirill A. Shutemov <kirill@shutemov.name>
CC: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
CC: Eric W. Biederman <ebiederm@xmission.com>
CC: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch replaces all uses of struct sock fields' memory_pressure,
memory_allocated, sockets_allocated, and sysctl_mem to acessor
macros. Those macros can either receive a socket argument, or a mem_cgroup
argument, depending on the context they live in.
Since we're only doing a macro wrapping here, no performance impact at all is
expected in the case where we don't have cgroups disabled.
Signed-off-by: Glauber Costa <glommer@parallels.com>
Reviewed-by: Hiroyouki Kamezawa <kamezawa.hiroyu@jp.fujitsu.com>
CC: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
CC: Eric W. Biederman <ebiederm@xmission.com>
CC: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Instead of testing defined(CONFIG_IPV6) || defined(CONFIG_IPV6_MODULE)
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The UDP diag get_exact handler will require them to find a
socket by provided net, [sd]addr-s, [sd]ports and device.
Signed-off-by: Pavel Emelyanov <xemul@parallels.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Now RED uses a Q0.32 number to store max_p (max probability), allow
RED/GRED/CHOKE to use/report full resolution at config/dump time.
Old tc binaries are non aware of new attributes, and still set/get Plog.
New tc binary set/get both Plog and max_p for backward compatibility,
they display "probability value" if they get max_p from new kernels.
# tc -d qdisc show dev ...
...
qdisc red 10: parent 1:1 limit 360Kb min 30Kb max 90Kb ecn ewma 5
probability 0.09 Scell_log 15
Make sure we avoid potential divides by 0 in reciprocal_value(), if
(max_th - min_th) is big.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Adaptative RED AQM for linux, based on paper from Sally FLoyd,
Ramakrishna Gummadi, and Scott Shenker, August 2001 :
http://icir.org/floyd/papers/adaptiveRed.pdf
Goal of Adaptative RED is to make max_p a dynamic value between 1% and
50% to reach the target average queue : (max_th - min_th) / 2
Every 500 ms:
if (avg > target and max_p <= 0.5)
increase max_p : max_p += alpha;
else if (avg < target and max_p >= 0.01)
decrease max_p : max_p *= beta;
target :[min_th + 0.4*(min_th - max_th),
min_th + 0.6*(min_th - max_th)].
alpha : min(0.01, max_p / 4)
beta : 0.9
max_P is a Q0.32 fixed point number (unsigned, with 32 bits mantissa)
Changes against our RED implementation are :
max_p is no longer a negative power of two (1/(2^Plog)), but a Q0.32
fixed point number, to allow full range described in Adatative paper.
To deliver a random number, we now use a reciprocal divide (thats really
a multiply), but this operation is done once per marked/droped packet
when in RED_BETWEEN_TRESH window, so added cost (compared to previous
AND operation) is near zero.
dump operation gives current max_p value in a new TCA_RED_MAX_P
attribute.
Example on a 10Mbit link :
tc qdisc add dev $DEV parent 1:1 handle 10: est 1sec 8sec red \
limit 400000 min 30000 max 90000 avpkt 1000 \
burst 55 ecn adaptative bandwidth 10Mbit
# tc -s -d qdisc show dev eth3
...
qdisc red 10: parent 1:1 limit 400000b min 30000b max 90000b ecn
adaptative ewma 5 max_p=0.113335 Scell_log 15
Sent 50414282 bytes 34504 pkt (dropped 35, overlimits 1392 requeues 0)
rate 9749Kbit 831pps backlog 72056b 16p requeues 0
marked 1357 early 35 pdrop 0 other 0
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Prepare cfg80211 for IBSS HT:
* extend cfg80211 ibss struct with channel_type
* Check if extension channel can be used
* Export can_beacon_sec_chan for use in mac80211 (will be called
from ibss.c later).
Signed-off-by: Alexander Simon <an.alexsimon@googlemail.com>
[siwu@hrz.tu-chemnitz.de: Updates]
* fix cfg80211_can_beacon_ext_chan comment
* remove implicit channel_type enum assumptions
* remove radar channel flags check
* add HT IBSS feature flag
* reword commit message
Signed-off-by: Simon Wunderlich <siwu@hrz.tu-chemnitz.de>
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kretschmer <mathias.kretschmer@fokus.fraunhofer.de>
Reviewed-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Fix dump upon device removal, by moving deinitialization from
platform-device-remove to network-interface-uninit.
Signed-off-by: Sjur Brændeland <sjur.brandeland@stericsson.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
To reflect the fact that a refrence is not obtained to the
resulting neighbour entry.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Acked-by: Roland Dreier <roland@purestorage.com>
like rt6_lookup, but allows caller to pass in flowi6 structure.
Will be used by the upcoming ipv6 netfilter reverse path filter
match.
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Acked-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
It's only used in net/ipv6/route.c and the NULL device check is
superfluous for all of the existing call sites.
Just expand the __ndisc_lookup_errno() call at each location.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
While parsing through IPv6 extension headers, fragment headers are
skipped making them invisible to the caller. This reports the
fragment offset of the last header in order to make it possible to
determine whether the packet is fragmented and, if so whether it is
a first or last fragment.
Signed-off-by: Jesse Gross <jesse@nicira.com>
Open vSwitch uses Generic Netlink interface for communication
between userspace and kernel module. genl_notify() is used
for sending notification back to userspace.
genl_notify() is analogous to rtnl_notify() but uses genl_sock
instead of rtnl.
Signed-off-by: Pravin B Shelar <pshelar@nicira.com>
Signed-off-by: Jesse Gross <jesse@nicira.com>
Use bluetooth names instead of BT SIG assigned numbers
Signed-off-by: Andrei Emeltchenko <andrei.emeltchenko@intel.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
The below patch fixes some typos in various parts of the kernel, as well as fixes some comments.
Please let me know if I missed anything, and I will try to get it changed and resent.
Signed-off-by: Justin P. Mattock <justinmattock@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Randy Dunlap <rdunlap@xenotime.net>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Kosina <jkosina@suse.cz>
This patch adds the parameter struct and the command complete event
handler to the LE Set Scan Parameter HCI command.
Signed-off-by: Andre Guedes <andre.guedes@openbossa.org>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
This patch adds the dev_flags field to struct hci_dev. This new
flags variable should be used to define flags related to BR/EDR
and/or LE controller itself. It should be used to define flags
which represents states from the controller. The dev_flags is
cleared in case the controller sends a Reset Command Complete
Event to the host.
Also, this patch adds the HCI_LE_SCAN flag which was created to
track if the controller is performing LE scan or not. The flag
is set/cleared when the controller starts/stops scanning.
This is an initial effort to stop using hdev->flags to define
internal flags since it is exported to userspace by an ioctl.
Signed-off-by: Andre Guedes <andre.guedes@openbossa.org>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
Upstream Code Aurora function with minor trivial fixes.
Origin: git://codeaurora.org/kernel/msm.git
Signed-off-by: Andrei Emeltchenko <andrei.emeltchenko@intel.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
gcc compiler is smart enough to use a single load/store if we
memcpy(dptr, sptr, 8) on x86_64, regardless of
CONFIG_CC_OPTIMIZE_FOR_SIZE
In IP header, daddr immediately follows saddr, this wont change in the
future. We only need to make sure our flowi4 (saddr,daddr) fields wont
break the rule.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Include linux/if_ether.h to fix below build errors:
CC arch/arm/mach-kirkwood/common.o
In file included from arch/arm/mach-kirkwood/common.c:19:
include/net/dsa.h: In function 'dsa_uses_dsa_tags':
include/net/dsa.h:192: error: 'ETH_P_DSA' undeclared (first use in this function)
include/net/dsa.h:192: error: (Each undeclared identifier is reported only once
include/net/dsa.h:192: error: for each function it appears in.)
include/net/dsa.h: In function 'dsa_uses_trailer_tags':
include/net/dsa.h:197: error: 'ETH_P_TRAILER' undeclared (first use in this function)
make[1]: *** [arch/arm/mach-kirkwood/common.o] Error 1
make: *** [arch/arm/mach-kirkwood] Error 2
Signed-off-by: Axel Lin <axel.lin@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
For some MITM protection pairing scenarios, the user is
required to enter or accept a 6 digit passkey.
Signed-off-by: Brian Gix <bgix@codeaurora.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
Remove unused enum cfcnfg_phy_type and the parameter to cfserl_create.
Signed-off-by: Sjur Brændeland <sjur.brandeland@stericsson.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Enrolling CAIF link layers are refactored.
Signed-off-by: Sjur Brændeland <sjur.brandeland@stericsson.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Since commit a4a710c4a7 (pkt_sched: Change PSCHED_SHIFT from 10 to
6) it seems RED/GRED are broken.
red_calc_qavg_from_idle_time() computes a delay in us units, but this
delay is now 16 times bigger than real delay, so the final qavg result
smaller than expected.
Use standard kernel time services since there is no need to obfuscate
them.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Instead of instantiating an entire new neigh_table instance
just for ATM handling, use the neigh device private facility.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We are going to alloc for device specific private areas for
neighbour entries, and in order to do that we have to move
away from the fixed allocation size enforced by using
neigh_table->kmem_cachep
As a nice side effect we can now use kfree_rcu().
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Tons of drivers missed that we use mBm and not dBm...
Signed-off-by: Luis R. Rodriguez <mcgrof@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Le lundi 28 novembre 2011 à 19:06 -0500, David Miller a écrit :
> From: Dimitris Michailidis <dm@chelsio.com>
> Date: Mon, 28 Nov 2011 08:25:39 -0800
>
> >> +bool skb_flow_dissect(const struct sk_buff *skb, struct flow_keys
> >> *flow)
> >> +{
> >> + int poff, nhoff = skb_network_offset(skb);
> >> + u8 ip_proto;
> >> + u16 proto = skb->protocol;
> >
> > __be16 instead of u16 for proto?
>
> I'll take care of this when I apply these patches.
( CC trimmed )
Thanks David !
Here is a small patch to use one 64bit load/store on x86_64 instead of
two 32bit load/stores.
[PATCH net-next] flow_dissector: use a 64bit load/store
gcc compiler is smart enough to use a single load/store if we
memcpy(dptr, sptr, 8) on x86_64, regardless of
CONFIG_CC_OPTIMIZE_FOR_SIZE
In IP header, daddr immediately follows saddr, this wont change in the
future. We only need to make sure our flow_keys (src,dst) fields wont
break the rule.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Since 2005 (c1b4a7e695)
tcp_tso_should_defer has been using tcp_max_burst() as a target limit
for deciding how large to make outgoing TSO packets when not using
sysctl_tcp_tso_win_divisor. But since 2008
(dd9e0dda66) tcp_max_burst() returns the
reordering degree. We should not have tcp_tso_should_defer attempt to
build larger segments just because there is more reordering. This
commit splits the notion of deferral size used in TSO from the notion
of burst size used in cwnd moderation, and returns the TSO deferral
limit to its original value.
Signed-off-by: Neal Cardwell <ncardwell@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Any headers included by drivers should be under include/, and
any definitions they use are not really private to the core as
the name "dsa_priv.h" suggests.
Signed-off-by: Ben Hutchings <ben@decadent.org.uk>
Acked-by: Lennert Buytenhek <buytenh@wantstofly.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We use at least two flow dissectors in network stack, with known
limitations and code duplication.
Introduce skb_flow_dissect() to factorize this, highly inspired from
existing dissector from __skb_get_rxhash()
Note : We extensively use skb_header_pointer(), this permits us to not
touch skb at all.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
As per 802.11mb 13.9.11.3
Signed-off-by: Thomas Pedersen <thomas@cozybit.com>
Signed-off-by: Javier Cardona <javier@cozybit.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Signed-off-by: Chun-Yeow Yeoh <yeohchunyeow@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Thomas Pedersen <thomas@cozybit.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This patch contains the configuration changes in nl80211/cfg80211.
Signed-off-by: Simon Wunderlich <siwu@hrz.tu-chemnitz.de>
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kretschmer <mathias.kretschmer@fokus.fraunhofer.de>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Now inetpeer is the place where we cache redirect information for ipv4
destinations, we must be able to invalidate informations when a route is
added/removed on host.
As inetpeer is not yet namespace aware, this patch adds a shared
redirect_genid, and a per inetpeer redirect_genid. This might be changed
later if inetpeer becomes ns aware.
Cache information for one inerpeer is valid as long as its
redirect_genid has the same value than global redirect_genid.
Reported-by: Arkadiusz Miśkiewicz <a.miskiewicz@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Arkadiusz Miśkiewicz <a.miskiewicz@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
eth_type_trans() will use these functions if DSA is enabled, which
blocks building DSA as a module.
Signed-off-by: Ben Hutchings <ben@decadent.org.uk>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We move all mtu handling from dst_mtu() down to the protocol
layer. So each protocol can implement the mtu handling in
a different manner.
Signed-off-by: Steffen Klassert <steffen.klassert@secunet.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We plan to invoke the dst_opt->default_mtu() method unconditioally
from dst_mtu(). So rename the method to dst_opt->mtu() to match
the name with the new meaning.
Signed-off-by: Steffen Klassert <steffen.klassert@secunet.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We can not update iph->daddr in ip_options_rcv_srr(), It is too early.
When some exception ocurred later (eg. in ip_forward() when goto
sr_failed) we need the ip header be identical to the original one as
ICMP need it.
Add a field 'nexthop' in struct ip_options to save nexthop of LSRR
or SSRR option.
Signed-off-by: Li Wei <lw@cn.fujitsu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
I broke the build with the addition of netprio_cgroups if CONFIG_CGROUPS=n.
This patch corrects it by moving the offending struct into an ifdef
CONFIG_CGROUPS block. Also clean up a few needless defines and inline functions
that don't get called if CONFIG_CGROUPS isn't defined while Im at it.
Signed-off-by: Neil Horman <nhorman@tuxdriver.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
C assignment can handle struct in6_addr copying.
Signed-off-by: Alexey Dobriyan <adobriyan@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Current addr_match() is errh, under-optimized.
Compiler doesn't know that memcmp() branch doesn't trigger for IPv4.
Also, pass addresses by value -- they fit into register.
Signed-off-by: Alexey Dobriyan <adobriyan@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds in the infrastructure code to create the network priority
cgroup. The cgroup, in addition to the standard processes file creates two
control files:
1) prioidx - This is a read-only file that exports the index of this cgroup.
This is a value that is both arbitrary and unique to a cgroup in this subsystem,
and is used to index the per-device priority map
2) priomap - This is a writeable file. On read it reports a table of 2-tuples
<name:priority> where name is the name of a network interface and priority is
indicates the priority assigned to frames egresessing on the named interface and
originating from a pid in this cgroup
This cgroup allows for skb priority to be set prior to a root qdisc getting
selected. This is benenficial for DCB enabled systems, in that it allows for any
application to use dcb configured priorities so without application modification
Signed-off-by: Neil Horman <nhorman@tuxdriver.com>
Signed-off-by: John Fastabend <john.r.fastabend@intel.com>
CC: Robert Love <robert.w.love@intel.com>
CC: "David S. Miller" <davem@davemloft.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch fixes an oops that can be triggered following this recipe:
0) make sure nf_conntrack_netlink and nf_conntrack_ipv4 are loaded.
1) container is started.
2) connect to it via lxc-console.
3) generate some traffic with the container to create some conntrack
entries in its table.
4) stop the container: you hit one oops because the conntrack table
cleanup tries to report the destroy event to user-space but the
per-netns nfnetlink socket has already gone (as the nfnetlink
socket is per-netns but event callback registration is global).
To fix this situation, we make the ctnl_notifier per-netns so the
callback is registered/unregistered if the container is
created/destroyed.
Alex Bligh and Alexey Dobriyan originally proposed one small patch to
check if the nfnetlink socket is gone in nfnetlink_has_listeners,
but this is a very visited path for events, thus, it may reduce
performance and it looks a bit hackish to check for the nfnetlink
socket only to workaround this situation. As a result, I decided
to follow the bigger path choice, which seems to look nicer to me.
Cc: Alexey Dobriyan <adobriyan@gmail.com>
Reported-by: Alex Bligh <alex@alex.org.uk>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
This allows users to disable features such as HT, HT40,
and to modify the MCS, AMPDU, and AMSDU settings for
drivers that support it.
The MCS, AMPDU, and AMSDU features that may be disabled are
are reported in the phy-info netlink message as a mask.
Attemping to disable features that are not supported will
take no affect, but will not return errors. This is to aid
backwards compatibility in user-space apps that may not be
clever enough to deal with parsing the the capabilities mask.
This patch only enables the infrastructure. An additional
patch will enable the feature in mac80211.
Signed-off-by: Ben Greear <greearb@candelatech.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
No other driver ever ended up using this, and
the commit forgot to move the prototype so no
driver could have used it. Revert it, if any
driver shows up and needs it it can be moved
again, but until then it's more efficient to
have it in mac80211 where the only user is.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Currently mac80211 implements these for all devices,
but given restrictions of some devices that isn't
really true, so prepare for being able to remove the
capability for some mac80211 devices.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Acked-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Drivers can usually handle fragmented packets
much easier when they get the entire list of
fragments at once. The only thing they need to
do is keep enough space on the queues for up
to ten fragments of a single MSDU.
This allows them to implement this with a new
operation tx_frags.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This grants drivers access to the DFS region that a
regulatory domain belongs to.
Signed-off-by: Luis R. Rodriguez <mcgrof@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
The wireless-regdb now has support for mapping a country to
one DFS region. CRDA sends this to us now so process it
so we can provide that hint to drivers. This will later be
used by code for processing DFS in a way that meets the
criteria for the DFS region the country belongs to.
Signed-off-by: Luis R. Rodriguez <mcgrof@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
v2: add couple missing conversions in drivers
split unexporting netdev_fix_features()
implemented %pNF
convert sock::sk_route_(no?)caps
Signed-off-by: Michał Mirosław <mirq-linux@rere.qmqm.pl>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The mgmt_start_discovery command contains the type of discovery that
should be started so this should be passed to the start_discovery
function. This patch doesn't yet add any action depending on the type of
the requested discovery.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
The management protocol uses a single byte for error codes (aka command
status). In some places this value is directly copied from HCI and in
other a POSIX error number is used. This makes it impossible for
user-space to uniquily decipher the meaning of an error.
To solve this issue a new mgmt-specific set of error codes is added
along with a conversion table for HCI status values.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
The kernel needs to know whether it should connect to a device over
BR/EDR or over LE. This is particularly important in the future when
dual-mode device may be connectable also over LE. It is also important
if/when we decide to move the LE advertisement cache from the kernel
into user-space. Adding the type to the mgmt command also ensures
conformance with the latest mgmt API spec.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
This patches creates mgmt_stop_discovery_failed() which removes
pending MGMT_OP_STOP_DISCOVERY commands and sends proper command
status events.
This patch also fixes the MGMT_OP_STOP_DISCOVERY command leak in
case cancel inquiry fails.
Signed-off-by: Andre Guedes <andre.guedes@openbossa.org>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
This patch renames the function mgmt_inquiry_failed() to
mgmt_start_discovery_failed(). This function is more related
to MGMT_OP_START_DISCOVERY command handling than to inquiry.
Besides, this functions will be reused by LE based discovery
procedures in case of failure.
Signed-off-by: Andre Guedes <andre.guedes@openbossa.org>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
Le mercredi 09 novembre 2011 à 16:21 -0500, David Miller a écrit :
> From: David Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
> Date: Wed, 09 Nov 2011 16:16:44 -0500 (EST)
>
> > From: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
> > Date: Wed, 09 Nov 2011 12:14:09 +0100
> >
> >> unres_qlen is the number of frames we are able to queue per unresolved
> >> neighbour. Its default value (3) was never changed and is responsible
> >> for strange drops, especially if IP fragments are used, or multiple
> >> sessions start in parallel. Even a single tcp flow can hit this limit.
> > ...
> >
> > Ok, I've applied this, let's see what happens :-)
>
> Early answer, build fails.
>
> Please test build this patch with DECNET enabled and resubmit. The
> decnet neigh layer still refers to the removed ->queue_len member.
>
> Thanks.
Ouch, this was fixed on one machine yesterday, but not the other one I
used this morning, sorry.
[PATCH V5 net-next] neigh: new unresolved queue limits
unres_qlen is the number of frames we are able to queue per unresolved
neighbour. Its default value (3) was never changed and is responsible
for strange drops, especially if IP fragments are used, or multiple
sessions start in parallel. Even a single tcp flow can hit this limit.
$ arp -d 192.168.20.108 ; ping -c 2 -s 8000 192.168.20.108
PING 192.168.20.108 (192.168.20.108) 8000(8028) bytes of data.
8008 bytes from 192.168.20.108: icmp_seq=2 ttl=64 time=0.322 ms
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds support for frame fragmentation.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Smirnov <alex.bluesman.smirnov@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Reading /proc/net/snmp6 on a machine with a lot of cpus is very
expensive (can be ~88000 us).
This is because ICMPV6MSG MIB uses 4096 bytes per cpu, and folding
values for all possible cpus can read 16 Mbytes of memory (32MBytes on
non x86 arches)
ICMP messages are not considered as fast path on a typical server, and
eventually few cpus handle them anyway. We can afford an atomic
operation instead of using percpu data.
This saves 4096 bytes per cpu and per network namespace.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Allow setting a probe response template for an interface operating in
AP mode. Low level drivers are notified about changes in the probe
response template and are able to retrieve a copy of the current probe
response. This data can, for example, be uploaded to hardware as a
template.
Signed-off-by: Guy Eilam <guy@wizery.com>
Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arik@wizery.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Pass probe-response data from usermode via beacon parameters.
Signed-off-by: Guy Eilam <guy@wizery.com>
Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arik@wizery.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Notify user-space about probe-response offloading support in the driver.
A wiphy flag is used to indicate support and a bitmap of protocols
determines which protocols are supported.
Signed-off-by: Guy Eilam <guy@wizery.com>
Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arik@wizery.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
The macro is only used in ipw2200 and we certainly
don't want to encourage its use, so move it out of
the radiotap header file and into the driver.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Check if NCI data flow control is used in nci_tx_work.
Signed-off-by: Ilan Elias <ilane@ti.com>
Acked-by: Lauro Ramos Venancio <lauro.venancio@openbossa.org>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Remove unused NCI operations, e.g. create static rf connection.
Signed-off-by: Ilan Elias <ilane@ti.com>
Acked-by: Lauro Ramos Venancio <lauro.venancio@openbossa.org>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Addition, deletion and modification of NCI constants.
Changes in NCI commands, responses and notifications structures.
Signed-off-by: Ilan Elias <ilane@ti.com>
Acked-by: Lauro Ramos Venancio <lauro.venancio@openbossa.org>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Just add API to get the channel & report it. Trivial really.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
rename to l2cap_chan_check_security() to make it consistent with other
l2cap_exported functions. This function will be exported in a later
commit.
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
Since disconnecting may fail the status needs to be communicated to user
space. This also updates the implementation to match the latest mgmt API
specification.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
Since the command can fail we need to have a proper response with the
remote address and a failure status for it. This also updates it to
conform to the latest mgmt API spec.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
It's necessary to know the distinction between public and random LE
addresses so the mgmt interface also needs to distinguish between them.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
Le lundi 07 novembre 2011 à 15:33 +0100, Eric Dumazet a écrit :
> At least, in recent kernels we dont change dst->refcnt in forwarding
> patch (usinf NOREF skb->dst)
>
> One particular point is the atomic_inc(dst->refcnt) we have to perform
> when queuing an UDP packet if socket asked PKTINFO stuff (for example a
> typical DNS server has to setup this option)
>
> I have one patch somewhere that stores the information in skb->cb[] and
> avoid the atomic_{inc|dec}(dst->refcnt).
>
OK I found it, I did some extra tests and believe its ready.
[PATCH net-next] ipv4: IP_PKTINFO doesnt need dst reference
When a socket uses IP_PKTINFO notifications, we currently force a dst
reference for each received skb. Reader has to access dst to get needed
information (rt_iif & rt_spec_dst) and must release dst reference.
We also forced a dst reference if skb was put in socket backlog, even
without IP_PKTINFO handling. This happens under stress/load.
We can instead store the needed information in skb->cb[], so that only
softirq handler really access dst, improving cache hit ratios.
This removes two atomic operations per packet, and false sharing as
well.
On a benchmark using a mono threaded receiver (doing only recvmsg()
calls), I can reach 720.000 pps instead of 570.000 pps.
IP_PKTINFO is typically used by DNS servers, and any multihomed aware
UDP application.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Implement the socket wifi TX status error
queue reflection in mac80211.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
The new wifi socket TX capability should be
supported by wifi drivers, let them advertise
whether they do or not.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
For probe responses it can be useful to not wait for ACK to
avoid retransmissions if the station that sent the probe is
already on the next channel, so allow userspace to request
not caring about the ACK with a new nl80211 flag.
Since mac80211 needs to be updated for the new function
prototype anyway implement it right away -- it's just a
few lines of code.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
The frames are used by AP/STA WDS mode, and hostapd
needs to know when such a frame was received to set
up the VLAN appropriately to allow using it.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Add the ability to register to received beacon frames
to allow implementing OLBC logic in userspace. The
registration is per wiphy since there's no point in
receiving the same frame multiple times.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
When the AP SME in hostapd is used it wants to
probe the clients when they have been idle for
some time. Add explicit API to support this.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Add the ability to advertise that the device
contains the AP SME and what features it can
support. There are currently no features in
the bitmap -- probe response offload will be
advertised by a few patches Arik is working
on now (who took over from Guy Eilam) and a
device with AP SME will typically implement
and require response offload.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
To implement AP mode without monitor interfaces we
need to be able to send a deauth to stations that
send frames without being associated. Enable this
by adding a new nl80211 event for such frames that
an application can subscribe to.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Drivers that need to drop a frame before it
can be transmitted will usually simply free
that frame. This is currently fine, but in
the future it'll be needed to tell mac80211
about this case, so add a new routine that
frees a TX skb.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Reading /proc/net/snmp on a machine with a lot of cpus is very expensive
(can be ~88000 us).
This is because ICMPMSG MIB uses 4096 bytes per cpu, and folding values
for all possible cpus can read 16 Mbytes of memory.
ICMP messages are not considered as fast path on a typical server, and
eventually few cpus handle them anyway. We can afford an atomic
operation instead of using percpu data.
This saves 4096 bytes per cpu and per network namespace.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The 802.1X EAPOL handshake hostapd does requires
knowing whether the frame was ack'ed by the peer.
Currently, we fudge this pretty badly by not even
transmitting the frame as a normal data frame but
injecting it with radiotap and getting the status
out of radiotap monitor as well. This is rather
complex, confuses users (mon.wlan0 presence) and
doesn't work with all hardware.
To get rid of that hack, introduce a real wifi TX
status option for data frame transmissions.
This works similar to the existing TX timestamping
in that it reflects the SKB back to the socket's
error queue with a SCM_WIFI_STATUS cmsg that has
an int indicating ACK status (0/1).
Since it is possible that at some point we will
want to have TX timestamping and wifi status in a
single errqueue SKB (there's little point in not
doing that), redefine SO_EE_ORIGIN_TIMESTAMPING
to SO_EE_ORIGIN_TXSTATUS which can collect more
than just the timestamp; keep the old constant
as an alias of course. Currently the internal APIs
don't make that possible, but it wouldn't be hard
to split them up in a way that makes it possible.
Thanks to Neil Horman for helping me figure out
the functions that add the control messages.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This function returns a referenced BSS struct
(or NULL), annotate with __must_check. It seems
that a lot of drivers get this completely wrong
and leak all BSS structs as a result.
Reported-by: Adam Mikuta <Adam.Mikuta@tieto.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This patch moves the pending management command list (previously global
to mgmt.c) into struct hci_dev. This makes it possible to do proper
locking when accessing it (through the existing hci_dev locks) and
thereby avoid race conditions.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
The current global pending command list in mgmt.c is racy. Possibly the
simplest way to fix it is to have per-hci dev lists instead of a global
one (all commands that need a pending struct are hci_dev specific).
This way the list can be protected using the already existing per-hci
dev lock. To enable this refactoring the first thing that needs to be
done is to ensure that the mgmt functions have access to the hci_dev
struct (instead of just the dev id).
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
Make clear that sk_clone() and inet_csk_clone() return a locked socket.
Add _lock() prefix and kerneldoc.
Suggested-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Some cards can generate CCMP IVs in HW, but require the space for the IV
to be pre-allocated in the frame at the correct offset. Add a key flag
that allows us to achieve this.
Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arik@wizery.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Fast retransmission after changing the last address
with ASCONF negotiation
Signed-off-by: Michio Honda <micchie@sfc.wide.ad.jp>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Two new struct members were not documented, fix that.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This patch adds address type info (typically BR/EDR vs LE) to management
messages that need this. This also ensures conformance to the latest
management API specification.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
BR/EDR link keys have their own commands and events (separate from SMP)
and the remove_keys command (previously remove_key) removes keys of any
kind for the specified remote address.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
The power off code doesn't need to use its own custom timer since the
delayed_work API provides the exact same functionality.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
A proper mgmt_command_status should be returned to user-space if either
discoverable or connectable enabling fails.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
Based on the revised mgmt API set_discoverable has a timeout parameter
to specify how long the adapter will remain discoverable. A value of 0
means "indefinitively".
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
This patch adds a function to hci_core to cancel an ongoing inquiry.
According to the Bluetooth spec, the inquiry cancel command should
only be issued after the inquiry command has been issued, a command
status event has been received for the inquiry command, and before
the inquiry complete event occurs.
As HCI_INQUIRY flag is only set just after an inquiry command status
event occurs and it is cleared just after an inquiry complete event
occurs, the inquiry cancel command should be issued only if HCI_INQUIRY
flag is set.
Additionally, cancel inquiry related code from stop_discovery() were
replaced by a hci_cancel_inquiry() call.
Signed-off-by: Andre Guedes <andre.guedes@openbossa.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
This patch adds a function to hci_core to carry out inquiry.
All inquiry code from start_discovery() were replaced by a
hci_do_inquiry() call.
Signed-off-by: Andre Guedes <andre.guedes@openbossa.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
Symbolic fixed channel IDs will be used instead of magic numbers.
Signed-off-by: Mat Martineau <mathewm@codeaurora.org>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Acked-by: Andrei Emeltchenko <andrei.emeltchenko@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
AMP channel creation and channel moves are coordinated using the L2CAP
signaling channel. These definitions cover the "create channel",
"move channel", and "move channel confirm" signals.
Signed-off-by: Mat Martineau <mathewm@codeaurora.org>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Acked-by: Andrei Emeltchenko <andrei.emeltchenko@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
Each channel has a policy to require BR/EDR (the default),
prefer BR/EDR, or prefer AMP.
Check for valid policy value and L2CAP mode.
Signed-off-by: Mat Martineau <mathewm@codeaurora.org>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Acked-by: Andrei Emeltchenko <andrei.emeltchenko@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
This variable is currently only accessible within l2cap_core.c, but
it is also needed in l2cap_sock.c
Signed-off-by: Mat Martineau <mathewm@codeaurora.org>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Acked-by: Andrei Emeltchenko <andrei.emeltchenko@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
Allow control of AMP functionality on L2CAP sockets. By default,
connections will be restricted to BR/EDR. Manipulating the
BT_CHANNEL_POLICY option allows for channels to be moved to or created
on AMP controllers.
Signed-off-by: Mat Martineau <mathewm@codeaurora.org>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Acked-by: Andrei Emeltchenko <andrei.emeltchenko@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
This implement priority based scheduler using skbuffer priority set via
SO_PRIORITY socket option.
It introduces hci_chan_hash (list of HCI Channel/hci_chan) per connection,
each item in this list refer to a L2CAP connection and it is used to
queue the data for transmission.
Signed-off-by: Luiz Augusto von Dentz <luiz.von.dentz@intel.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
This was triggered by turning off encryption on ACL link when rfcomm
was using high security. rfcomm_security_cfm (which is called from rx
task) was closing DLC and this involves sending disconnect message
(and locking socket).
Move closing DLC to rfcomm_process_dlcs and only flag DLC for closure
in rfcomm_security_cfm.
BUG: sleeping function called from invalid context at net/core/sock.c:2032
in_atomic(): 1, irqs_disabled(): 0, pid: 1788, name: kworker/0:3
[<c0068a08>] (unwind_backtrace+0x0/0x108) from [<c05e25dc>] (dump_stack+0x20/0x24)
[<c05e25dc>] (dump_stack+0x20/0x24) from [<c0087ba8>] (__might_sleep+0x110/0x12c)
[<c0087ba8>] (__might_sleep+0x110/0x12c) from [<c04801d8>] (lock_sock_nested+0x2c/0x64)
[<c04801d8>] (lock_sock_nested+0x2c/0x64) from [<c05670c8>] (l2cap_sock_sendmsg+0x58/0xcc)
[<c05670c8>] (l2cap_sock_sendmsg+0x58/0xcc) from [<c047cf6c>] (sock_sendmsg+0xb0/0xd0)
[<c047cf6c>] (sock_sendmsg+0xb0/0xd0) from [<c047cfc8>] (kernel_sendmsg+0x3c/0x44)
[<c047cfc8>] (kernel_sendmsg+0x3c/0x44) from [<c056b0e8>] (rfcomm_send_frame+0x50/0x58)
[<c056b0e8>] (rfcomm_send_frame+0x50/0x58) from [<c056b168>] (rfcomm_send_disc+0x78/0x80)
[<c056b168>] (rfcomm_send_disc+0x78/0x80) from [<c056b9f4>] (__rfcomm_dlc_close+0x2d0/0x2fc)
[<c056b9f4>] (__rfcomm_dlc_close+0x2d0/0x2fc) from [<c056bbac>] (rfcomm_security_cfm+0x140/0x1e0)
[<c056bbac>] (rfcomm_security_cfm+0x140/0x1e0) from [<c0555ec0>] (hci_event_packet+0x1ce8/0x4d84)
[<c0555ec0>] (hci_event_packet+0x1ce8/0x4d84) from [<c0550380>] (hci_rx_task+0x1d0/0x2d0)
[<c0550380>] (hci_rx_task+0x1d0/0x2d0) from [<c009ee04>] (tasklet_action+0x138/0x1e4)
[<c009ee04>] (tasklet_action+0x138/0x1e4) from [<c009f21c>] (__do_softirq+0xcc/0x274)
[<c009f21c>] (__do_softirq+0xcc/0x274) from [<c009f6c0>] (do_softirq+0x60/0x6c)
[<c009f6c0>] (do_softirq+0x60/0x6c) from [<c009f794>] (local_bh_enable_ip+0xc8/0xd4)
[<c009f794>] (local_bh_enable_ip+0xc8/0xd4) from [<c05e5804>] (_raw_spin_unlock_bh+0x48/0x4c)
[<c05e5804>] (_raw_spin_unlock_bh+0x48/0x4c) from [<c040d470>] (data_from_chip+0xf4/0xaec)
[<c040d470>] (data_from_chip+0xf4/0xaec) from [<c04136c0>] (send_skb_to_core+0x40/0x178)
[<c04136c0>] (send_skb_to_core+0x40/0x178) from [<c04139f4>] (cg2900_hu_receive+0x15c/0x2d0)
[<c04139f4>] (cg2900_hu_receive+0x15c/0x2d0) from [<c0414cb8>] (hci_uart_tty_receive+0x74/0xa0)
[<c0414cb8>] (hci_uart_tty_receive+0x74/0xa0) from [<c02cbd9c>] (flush_to_ldisc+0x188/0x198)
[<c02cbd9c>] (flush_to_ldisc+0x188/0x198) from [<c00b2774>] (process_one_work+0x144/0x4b8)
[<c00b2774>] (process_one_work+0x144/0x4b8) from [<c00b2e8c>] (worker_thread+0x198/0x468)
[<c00b2e8c>] (worker_thread+0x198/0x468) from [<c00b9bc8>] (kthread+0x98/0xa0)
[<c00b9bc8>] (kthread+0x98/0xa0) from [<c0061744>] (kernel_thread_exit+0x0/0x8)
Signed-off-by: Szymon Janc <szymon.janc@tieto.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
This patch adds the necessary code to send proper command status or
command complete events to the start/stop discovery management commands.
Before this patch these events were completely missing.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
This uses SO_PRIORITY to set the skbuffer priority field
Signed-off-by: Luiz Augusto von Dentz <luiz.von.dentz@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
hci_unregister_dev cannot fail and always returns 0. The drivers already ignore
the return value so we can safely make it return void.
Signed-off-by: David Herrmann <dh.herrmann@googlemail.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
Timers set by __set_chan_timer() should use miliseconds instead of
jiffies. Commit 942ecc9c46 updated
l2cap_set_timer() so it expects timeout to be specified in msecs
instead of jiffies. This makes timeouts unreliable when CONFIG_HZ
is not set to 1000.
Signed-off-by: Andrzej Kaczmarek <andrzej.kaczmarek@tieto.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
* git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net: (47 commits)
forcedeth: fix a few sparse warnings (variable shadowing)
forcedeth: Improve stats counters
forcedeth: remove unneeded stats updates
forcedeth: Acknowledge only interrupts that are being processed
forcedeth: fix race when unloading module
MAINTAINERS/rds: update maintainer
wanrouter: Remove kernel_lock annotations
usbnet: fix oops in usbnet_start_xmit
ixgbe: Fix compile for kernel without CONFIG_PCI_IOV defined
etherh: Add MAINTAINERS entry for etherh
bonding: comparing a u8 with -1 is always false
sky2: fix regression on Yukon Optima
netlink: clarify attribute length check documentation
netlink: validate NLA_MSECS length
i825xx:xscale:8390:freescale: Fix Kconfig dependancies
macvlan: receive multicast with local address
tg3: Update version to 3.121
tg3: Eliminate timer race with reset_task
tg3: Schedule at most one tg3_reset_task run
tg3: Obtain PCI function number from device
...
* 'modsplit-Oct31_2011' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/paulg/linux: (230 commits)
Revert "tracing: Include module.h in define_trace.h"
irq: don't put module.h into irq.h for tracking irqgen modules.
bluetooth: macroize two small inlines to avoid module.h
ip_vs.h: fix implicit use of module_get/module_put from module.h
nf_conntrack.h: fix up fallout from implicit moduleparam.h presence
include: replace linux/module.h with "struct module" wherever possible
include: convert various register fcns to macros to avoid include chaining
crypto.h: remove unused crypto_tfm_alg_modname() inline
uwb.h: fix implicit use of asm/page.h for PAGE_SIZE
pm_runtime.h: explicitly requires notifier.h
linux/dmaengine.h: fix implicit use of bitmap.h and asm/page.h
miscdevice.h: fix up implicit use of lists and types
stop_machine.h: fix implicit use of smp.h for smp_processor_id
of: fix implicit use of errno.h in include/linux/of.h
of_platform.h: delete needless include <linux/module.h>
acpi: remove module.h include from platform/aclinux.h
miscdevice.h: delete unnecessary inclusion of module.h
device_cgroup.h: delete needless include <linux/module.h>
net: sch_generic remove redundant use of <linux/module.h>
net: inet_timewait_sock doesnt need <linux/module.h>
...
Fix up trivial conflicts (other header files, and removal of the ab3550 mfd driver) in
- drivers/media/dvb/frontends/dibx000_common.c
- drivers/media/video/{mt9m111.c,ov6650.c}
- drivers/mfd/ab3550-core.c
- include/linux/dmaengine.h
The documentation for how the length of attributes
is checked is wrong ("Exact length" isn't true, the
policy checks are for "minimum length") and a bit
misleading. Make it more complete and explain what
really happens.
Cc: Thomas Graf <tgraf@suug.ch>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The warning really shouldn't happen, but until we
find the reason why it does don't spew it all the
time, just once is enough to know we've hit it.
Reported-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
the tcp and udp code creates a set of struct file_operations at runtime
while it can also be done at compile time, with the added benefit of then
having these file operations be const.
the trickiest part was to get the "THIS_MODULE" reference right; the naive
method of declaring a struct in the place of registration would not work
for this reason.
Signed-off-by: Arjan van de Ven <arjan@linux.intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This is to address the following error during the compilation:
In file included from kernel/sysctl_binary.c:6:
include/net/ip_vs.h:1406: error: expected identifier or ‘(’ before ‘{’ token
make[1]: *** [kernel/sysctl_binary.o] Error 1
make[1]: *** Waiting for unfinished jobs....
That manifests itself when CONFIG_IP_VS_NFCT is undefined in .config file.
Signed-off-by: Krzysztof Wilczynski <krzysztof.wilczynski@linux.com>
Signed-off-by: Simon Horman <horms@verge.net.au>
This patch exports several definitions that used to live under
include/net/netfilter/nf_nat.h. These definitions, although not
exported, have been used by iptables and other userspace
applications like miniupnpd since long time. Basically, these
userspace tools included some internal definition of the required
structures and they assume no changes in the binary representation
(which is OK indeed).
To resolve this situation, this patch makes public the required
structure and install them in INSTALL_HDR_PATH.
See: https://bugs.gentoo.org/376873, for more information.
This patch is heavily based on the initial patch sent by:
Anthony G. Basile <blueness@gentoo.org>
Which was entitled:
netfilter: export sanitized nf_nat.h to INSTALL_HDR_PATH
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
These two small inlines make calls to try_module_get() and
module_put() which would force us to keep module.h present
within yet another common include header. We can avoid this
by turning them into macros. The hci_dev_hold construct
is patterned off of raw_spin_trylock_irqsave() in spinlock.h
Signed-off-by: Paul Gortmaker <paul.gortmaker@windriver.com>
This file was using the module get/put functions in two simple inline
functions. But module_get/put were only within scope because of
the implicit presence of module.h being everywhere.
Rather than add module.h to another file in include/ -- which is
exactly the thing we are trying to avoid, simply convert these
one-line functions into a define, as per what was done for the
device_schedule_callback() in commit 523ded71de.
Signed-off-by: Paul Gortmaker <paul.gortmaker@windriver.com>
The implicit presence of module.h everywhere meant that this header
also was getting moduleparam.h which defines struct kernel_param.
Since it only needs to know that kernel_param is a struct, call that
out instead of adding an include of moduleparam.h -- to get rid of this:
include/net/netfilter/nf_conntrack.h:316: warning: 'struct kernel_param' declared inside parameter list
include/net/netfilter/nf_conntrack.h:316: warning: its scope is only this definition or declaration, which is probably not what you want
Signed-off-by: Paul Gortmaker <paul.gortmaker@windriver.com>
The <linux/module.h> pretty much brings in the kitchen sink along
with it, so it should be avoided wherever reasonably possible in
terms of being included from other commonly used <linux/something.h>
files, as it results in a measureable increase on compile times.
The worst culprit was probably device.h since it is used everywhere.
This file also had an implicit dependency/usage of mutex.h which was
masked by module.h, and is also fixed here at the same time.
There are over a dozen other headers that simply declare the
struct instead of pulling in the whole file, so follow their lead
and simply make it a few more.
Most of the implicit dependencies on module.h being present by
these headers pulling it in have been now weeded out, so we can
finally make this change with hopefully minimal breakage.
Signed-off-by: Paul Gortmaker <paul.gortmaker@windriver.com>
This file has modular references, but they are limited to
those which are covered by the simple "struct module;"
declaration used in dozens of other places. In fact that
declaration is already there (just outside of the context
of this commit) so simply remove the include line.
Signed-off-by: Paul Gortmaker <paul.gortmaker@windriver.com>
There is nothing module specific in this header, and removing
it doesn't seem to uncover any implicit dependencies either.
Must be simply a vestige of an ancient legacy.
Signed-off-by: Paul Gortmaker <paul.gortmaker@windriver.com>
commit 66b13d99d9 (ipv4: tcp: fix TOS value in ACK messages sent from
TIME_WAIT) fixed IPv4 only.
This part is for the IPv6 side, adding a tclass param to ip6_xmit()
We alias tw_tclass and tw_tos, if socket family is INET6.
[ if sockets is ipv4-mapped, only IP_TOS socket option is used to fill
TOS field, TCLASS is not taken into account ]
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
* 'for-linus' of git://github.com/ericvh/linux:
9p: fix 9p.txt to advertise msize instead of maxdata
net/9p: Convert net/9p protocol dumps to tracepoints
fs/9p: change an int to unsigned int
fs/9p: Cleanup option parsing in 9p
9p: move dereference after NULL check
fs/9p: inode file operation is properly initialized init_special_inode
fs/9p: Update zero-copy implementation in 9p
It was enabled by default and the messages guarded
by the define are useful.
Signed-off-by: Flavio Leitner <fbl@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Without this msize=4294967295 will result in a crash
Signed-off-by: Dan Carpenter <error27@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Aneesh Kumar K.V <aneesh.kumar@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Eric Van Hensbergen <ericvh@gmail.com>
* remove lot of update to different data structure
* add a seperate callback for zero copy request.
* above makes non zero copy code path simpler
* remove conditionalizing TREAD/TREADDIR/TWRITE in the zero copy path
* Fix the dotu p9_check_errors with zero copy. Add sufficient doc around
* Add support for both in and output buffers in zero copy callback
* pin and unpin pages in the same context
* use helpers instead of defining page offset and rest of page ourself
* Fix mem leak in p9_check_errors
* Remove 'E' and 'F' in p9pdu_vwritef
Signed-off-by: Aneesh Kumar K.V <aneesh.kumar@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Eric Van Hensbergen <ericvh@gmail.com>
There is a long standing bug in linux tcp stack, about ACK messages sent
on behalf of TIME_WAIT sockets.
In the IP header of the ACK message, we choose to reflect TOS field of
incoming message, and this might break some setups.
Example of things that were broken :
- Routing using TOS as a selector
- Firewalls
- Trafic classification / shaping
We now remember in timewait structure the inet tos field and use it in
ACK generation, and route lookup.
Notes :
- We still reflect incoming TOS in RST messages.
- We could extend MuraliRaja Muniraju patch to report TOS value in
netlink messages for TIME_WAIT sockets.
- A patch is needed for IPv6
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Now tcp_md5_hash_header() has a const tcphdr argument, we can add more
const attributes to callers.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
tcp_md5_hash_header() writes into skb header a temporary zero value,
this might confuse other users of this area.
Since tcphdr is small (20 bytes), copy it in a temporary variable and
make the change in the copy.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
INET_ECN_encapsulate() is better understood if we can read the official
statement.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Adding const qualifiers to pointers can ease code review, and spot some
bugs. It might allow compiler to optimize code further.
For example, is it legal to temporary write a null cksum into tcphdr
in tcp_md5_hash_header() ? I am afraid a sniffer could catch the
temporary null value...
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Added recovery check of CA wake status in case of wake up timeout.
Added check of CA wake status in case of wake down timeout.
Signed-off-by: Sjur Brændeland <sjur.brandeland@stericsson.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Added sanity check for length of CAIF frames, and tear down of
CAIF link-layer device upon protocol error.
Signed-off-by: Sjur Brændeland <sjur.brandeland@stericsson.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
CAIF HSI uses a timer for inactivity. Upon timeout HSI-wake signaling
is initiated to allow power-down of the HSI block.
Signed-off-by: Sjur Brændeland <sjur.brandeland@stericsson.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Some platforms do not allow to put HSI block into low-power
mode when FIFO is not empty. The patch flushes (by reading)
FIFO at wake down sequence. Asynchronous read and write is
implemented for that. As a side effect this will also greatly
improve performance.
Signed-off-by: Sjur Brændeland <sjur.brandeland@stericsson.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Fragmented multicast frames are delivered to a single macvlan port,
because ip defrag logic considers other samples are redundant.
Implement a defrag step before trying to send the multicast frame.
Reported-by: Ben Greear <greearb@candelatech.com>
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Commit 903ab86d19 of 1 March this year ("udp: Add
lockless transmit path") introduced a new fast TX path that broke the checksum
coverage computation of UDP-lite, which so far depended on up->len (only set
if the socket is locked and 0 in the fast path).
Fixed by providing both fast- and slow-path computation of checksum coverage.
The latter can be removed when UDP(-lite)v6 also uses a lockless transmit path.
Reported-by: Thomas Volkert <thomas@homer-conferencing.com>
Signed-off-by: Gerrit Renker <gerrit@erg.abdn.ac.uk>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Adds support for extended sequence numbers found in
extended control fields.
Signed-off-by: Andrei Emeltchenko <andrei.emeltchenko@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
There are three different Control Field formats: the Standard Control
Field, the Enhanced Control Field, and the Extended Control Field.
Patch adds function to handle all those fields seamlessly.
Signed-off-by: Andrei Emeltchenko <andrei.emeltchenko@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
Partially revert 34918cd7. struct mgmt_key_info needs to have the same
size as its version exported to userspace.
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
Reuse the already existing struct nl80211_sta_flag_update to specify
both, a flag mask and the flag set itself. This means
nl80211_sta_flag_update is now used for setting station flags and also
for getting station flags.
Signed-off-by: Helmut Schaa <helmut.schaa@googlemail.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
mac80211 already filled in the MCS rate info for rx'ed frames but tx'ed
frames that are sent to a monitor interface during the status callback
lack this information.
Add the radiotap fields for MCS info to ieee80211_tx_status_rtap_hdr
and populate them when sending tx'ed frames to the monitors.
The needed headroom is only extended by one byte since we don't include
legacy rate information in the rtap header for HT frames.
Signed-off-by: Helmut Schaa <helmut.schaa@googlemail.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
As we introduced hci_init_sysfs() we should also rename
hci_register_sysfs() and hci_unregister_sysfs() to hci_add_sysfs() and
hci_del_sysfs() like we do with hci_conn_add/del_sysfs(). It looks more
consistent now.
Signed-off-by: David Herrmann <dh.herrmann@googlemail.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
We must not call device_del() if we didn't use device_add(). See module.c
for comments on that. Therefore, we need to call device_initialize() when
allocating the hci device and later device_add() instead of
device_register().
This also fixes a bug when hci_register_dev() failed and we call
hci_free_dev() without a valid core device. hci_free_dev() segfaults while
calling put_device() on invalid memory.
We already do this with hci_conn connections (hci_conn_init_sysfs()) so
they do not need to be fixed.
Signed-off-by: David Herrmann <dh.herrmann@googlemail.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
This was triggered by turning off encryption on ACL link when rfcomm
was using high security. rfcomm_security_cfm (which is called from rx
task) was closing DLC and this involves sending disconnect message
(and locking socket).
Move closing DLC to rfcomm_process_dlcs and only flag DLC for closure
in rfcomm_security_cfm.
BUG: sleeping function called from invalid context at net/core/sock.c:2032
in_atomic(): 1, irqs_disabled(): 0, pid: 1788, name: kworker/0:3
[<c0068a08>] (unwind_backtrace+0x0/0x108) from [<c05e25dc>] (dump_stack+0x20/0x24)
[<c05e25dc>] (dump_stack+0x20/0x24) from [<c0087ba8>] (__might_sleep+0x110/0x12c)
[<c0087ba8>] (__might_sleep+0x110/0x12c) from [<c04801d8>] (lock_sock_nested+0x2c/0x64)
[<c04801d8>] (lock_sock_nested+0x2c/0x64) from [<c05670c8>] (l2cap_sock_sendmsg+0x58/0xcc)
[<c05670c8>] (l2cap_sock_sendmsg+0x58/0xcc) from [<c047cf6c>] (sock_sendmsg+0xb0/0xd0)
[<c047cf6c>] (sock_sendmsg+0xb0/0xd0) from [<c047cfc8>] (kernel_sendmsg+0x3c/0x44)
[<c047cfc8>] (kernel_sendmsg+0x3c/0x44) from [<c056b0e8>] (rfcomm_send_frame+0x50/0x58)
[<c056b0e8>] (rfcomm_send_frame+0x50/0x58) from [<c056b168>] (rfcomm_send_disc+0x78/0x80)
[<c056b168>] (rfcomm_send_disc+0x78/0x80) from [<c056b9f4>] (__rfcomm_dlc_close+0x2d0/0x2fc)
[<c056b9f4>] (__rfcomm_dlc_close+0x2d0/0x2fc) from [<c056bbac>] (rfcomm_security_cfm+0x140/0x1e0)
[<c056bbac>] (rfcomm_security_cfm+0x140/0x1e0) from [<c0555ec0>] (hci_event_packet+0x1ce8/0x4d84)
[<c0555ec0>] (hci_event_packet+0x1ce8/0x4d84) from [<c0550380>] (hci_rx_task+0x1d0/0x2d0)
[<c0550380>] (hci_rx_task+0x1d0/0x2d0) from [<c009ee04>] (tasklet_action+0x138/0x1e4)
[<c009ee04>] (tasklet_action+0x138/0x1e4) from [<c009f21c>] (__do_softirq+0xcc/0x274)
[<c009f21c>] (__do_softirq+0xcc/0x274) from [<c009f6c0>] (do_softirq+0x60/0x6c)
[<c009f6c0>] (do_softirq+0x60/0x6c) from [<c009f794>] (local_bh_enable_ip+0xc8/0xd4)
[<c009f794>] (local_bh_enable_ip+0xc8/0xd4) from [<c05e5804>] (_raw_spin_unlock_bh+0x48/0x4c)
[<c05e5804>] (_raw_spin_unlock_bh+0x48/0x4c) from [<c040d470>] (data_from_chip+0xf4/0xaec)
[<c040d470>] (data_from_chip+0xf4/0xaec) from [<c04136c0>] (send_skb_to_core+0x40/0x178)
[<c04136c0>] (send_skb_to_core+0x40/0x178) from [<c04139f4>] (cg2900_hu_receive+0x15c/0x2d0)
[<c04139f4>] (cg2900_hu_receive+0x15c/0x2d0) from [<c0414cb8>] (hci_uart_tty_receive+0x74/0xa0)
[<c0414cb8>] (hci_uart_tty_receive+0x74/0xa0) from [<c02cbd9c>] (flush_to_ldisc+0x188/0x198)
[<c02cbd9c>] (flush_to_ldisc+0x188/0x198) from [<c00b2774>] (process_one_work+0x144/0x4b8)
[<c00b2774>] (process_one_work+0x144/0x4b8) from [<c00b2e8c>] (worker_thread+0x198/0x468)
[<c00b2e8c>] (worker_thread+0x198/0x468) from [<c00b9bc8>] (kthread+0x98/0xa0)
[<c00b9bc8>] (kthread+0x98/0xa0) from [<c0061744>] (kernel_thread_exit+0x0/0x8)
Signed-off-by: Szymon Janc <szymon.janc@tieto.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
Implementation of Read Local AMP Info Command
Signed-off-by: Andrei Emeltchenko <andrei.emeltchenko@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
Define Extended Flow Specification structures and default values.
Based upon haijun.liu <haijun.liu@atheros.com> series of patches
(sent Sun, 22 Aug 2010)
Signed-off-by: Andrei Emeltchenko <andrei.emeltchenko@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
Adds definitins for L2CAP header sizes to be uses when calculating
payload size instead of magic numbers.
Signed-off-by: Andrei Emeltchenko <andrei.emeltchenko@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
Handle POLL (P) bit in L2CAP ERTM using information about control field type.
Signed-off-by: Andrei Emeltchenko <andrei.emeltchenko@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
Handle final (F) bit in L2CAP using information about control field type.
Signed-off-by: Andrei Emeltchenko <andrei.emeltchenko@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
Check frame function uses now information about control field type.
Signed-off-by: Andrei Emeltchenko <andrei.emeltchenko@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
L2CAP ERTM txseq calculation uses now information about control field type.
Signed-off-by: Andrei Emeltchenko <andrei.emeltchenko@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
reqseq calculation uses now information about control field type.
Signed-off-by: Andrei Emeltchenko <andrei.emeltchenko@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
Segmentation and Reassembly (SAR) occupies different windows in standard and
extended control fields. Convert hardcoded masks to relative ones and use shift
to access SAR bits.
Signed-off-by: Andrei Emeltchenko <andrei.emeltchenko@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
Supervisory bits occupy different windows in standard / extended control
fields. Convert hardcoded masks to relative ones and use shift to access
S-bit window.
Signed-off-by: Andrei Emeltchenko <andrei.emeltchenko@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
Adds extended control field bit masks and rearrange defines to logical
groups: masks, flags and shift groups.
Signed-off-by: Andrei Emeltchenko <andrei.emeltchenko@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
Adds support for extended window size (EWS) config option. We enable EWS
feature in L2CAP Info RSP when hs enabled. EWS option is included in L2CAP
Config Req if tx_win (which is set via socket) bigger then standard default
value (63) && hs enabled && remote side supports EWS feature.
Using EWS selects extended control field in L2CAP.
Code partly based on Qualcomm and Atheros patches sent upstream a year ago.
Signed-off-by: Andrei Emeltchenko <andrei.emeltchenko@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
ip_vs_mutext is used by both netns shutdown code and startup
and both implicit uses sk_lock-AF_INET mutex.
cleanup CPU-1 startup CPU-2
ip_vs_dst_event() ip_vs_genl_set_cmd()
sk_lock-AF_INET __ip_vs_mutex
sk_lock-AF_INET
__ip_vs_mutex
* DEAD LOCK *
A new mutex placed in ip_vs netns struct called sync_mutex is added.
Comments from Julian and Simon added.
This patch has been running for more than 3 month now and it seems to work.
Ver. 3
IP_VS_SO_GET_DAEMON in do_ip_vs_get_ctl protected by sync_mutex
instead of __ip_vs_mutex as sugested by Julian.
Signed-off-by: Hans Schillstrom <hans@schillstrom.com>
Acked-by: Julian Anastasov <ja@ssi.bg>
Signed-off-by: Simon Horman <horms@verge.net.au>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
We can now move the radiotap header parsing into
ieee80211_monitor_start_xmit(). This moves it out of
the hotpath, and also helps the code since now the
radiotap header will no longer be present in
ieee80211_xmit() etc. which is easier to understand.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
The purpose of this is two-fold:
1) by moving it out of tx_data.flags, we can in
another patch move the radiotap parsing so it
no longer is in the hotpath
2) if a device implements fragmentation but can
optionally skip it, the radiotap request for
not doing fragmentation may be honoured
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
role_switch variable inside l2cap_chan is a logical one and can
be easily converted to flag
Signed-off-by: Andrei Emeltchenko <andrei.emeltchenko@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
force_active variable inside l2cap_chan is a logical one and can
be easily converted to flag
Signed-off-by: Andrei Emeltchenko <andrei.emeltchenko@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
force_reliable variable inside l2cap_chan is a logical one and can
be easily converted to flag
Signed-off-by: Andrei Emeltchenko <andrei.emeltchenko@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
flushable variable inside l2cap_chan is a logical one and can
be easily converted to flag. Added flags in l2cap_chan structure.
Signed-off-by: Andrei Emeltchenko <andrei.emeltchenko@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
To avoid ifdefs in the other code that supports DCB notifiers
add stub routines. This method seems popular in other net code
for example 8021Q.
Signed-off-by: John Fastabend <john.r.fastabend@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add DCBX mode to event notifiers so listeners can learn
currently enabled mode.
Signed-off-by: John Fastabend <john.r.fastabend@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Use ifindex instead of ifname in the DCB app ring. This makes for a smaller
data structure and faster comparisons. It also avoids possible issues when
a net device is renamed.
Signed-off-by: Mark Rustad <mark.d.rustad@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John Fastabend <john.r.fastabend@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
tx params should be configured per interface.
add ieee80211_vif param to the conf_tx callback,
and change all the drivers that use this callback.
The following spatch was used:
@rule1@
struct ieee80211_ops ops;
identifier conf_tx_op;
@@
ops.conf_tx = conf_tx_op;
@rule2@
identifier rule1.conf_tx_op;
identifier hw, queue, params;
@@
conf_tx_op (
- struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
+ struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
u16 queue,
const struct ieee80211_tx_queue_params *params) {...}
Signed-off-by: Eliad Peller <eliad@wizery.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Recently mac80211 was changed to use nullfunc instead of probe
request for connection monitoring for tx ack status reporting
hardwares. Sometimes in congested network, STA got disconnected
quickly after the association. It was observered that the rate
control was not adopted to environment due to minimal transmission.
As the nullfunc are used for monitoring purpose, these frames should
not be sacrificed for rate control updation. So it is better to send
the monitoring null func frames at minimum rate that could help to
retain the connection.
Signed-off-by: Rajkumar Manoharan <rmanohar@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Allow injected unicast frames to be sent without having to wait
for an ACK.
Signed-off-by: Helmut Schaa <helmut.schaa@googlemail.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
With the addition of uAPSD and driver buffering
the powersave handling has gotten quite complex.
Add a section to the documentation to explain it
for anyone wanting to implement it.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
iwlwifi has a separate EOSP notification from
the device, and to make use of that properly
it needs to be passed to mac80211. To be able
to mix with tx_status_irqsafe and rx_irqsafe
it also needs to be an "_irqsafe" version in
the sense that it goes through the tasklet,
the actual flag clearing would be IRQ-safe
but doing it directly would cause reordering
issues.
This is needed in the case of a P2P GO going
into an absence period without transmitting
any frames that should be driver-released as
in this case there's no other way to inform
mac80211 that the service period ended. Note
that for drivers that don't use the _irqsafe
functions another version of this function
will be required.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
iwlwifi needs to know the number of frames that are
going to be sent to a station while it is asleep so
it can properly handle the uCode blocking of that
station.
Before uAPSD, we got by by telling the device that
a single frame was going to be released whenever we
encountered IEEE80211_TX_CTL_POLL_RESPONSE. With
uAPSD, however, that is no longer possible since
there could be more than a single frame.
To support this model, add a new callback to notify
drivers when frames are going to be released.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
If a PS-poll frame is retried (but was received)
there is no way to detect that since it has no
sequence number. As a consequence, the standard
asks us to not react to PS-poll frames until the
response to one made it out (was ACKed or lost).
Implement this by using the WLAN_STA_SP flags to
also indicate a PS-Poll "service period" and the
IEEE80211_TX_STATUS_EOSP flag for the response
packet to indicate the end of the "SP" as usual.
We could use separate flags, but that will most
likely completely confuse drivers, and while the
standard doesn't exclude simultaneously polling
using uAPSD and PS-Poll, doing that seems quite
problematic.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Add uAPSD support to mac80211. This is probably not
possible with all devices, so advertising it with
the cfg80211 flag will be left up to drivers that
want it.
Due to my previous patches it is now a fairly
straight-forward extension. Drivers need to have
accurate TX status reporting for the EOSP frame.
For drivers that buffer themselves, the provided
APIs allow releasing the right number of frames,
but then drivers need to set EOSP and more-data
themselves. This is documented in more detail in
the new code itself.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
If there are frames for a station buffered in
the driver, mac80211 announces those in the TIM
IE but there's no way to release them. Add new
API to release such frames and use it when the
station polls for a frame.
Since the API will soon also be used for uAPSD
it is easily extensible.
Note that before this change drivers announcing
driver-buffered frames in the TIM bit actually
will respond to a PS-Poll with a potentially
lower priority frame (if there are any frames
buffered in mac80211), after this patch a driver
that hasn't been changed will no longer respond
at all. This only affects ath9k, which will need
to be fixed to implement the new API.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
For uAPSD support we'll need to have per-AC PS
buffers. As this is a major undertaking, split
the buffers before really adding support for
uAPSD. This already makes some reference to the
uapsd_queues variable, but for now that will
never be non-zero.
Since book-keeping is complicated, also change
the logic for keeping a maximum of frames only
and allow 64 frames per AC (up from 128 for a
station).
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
For uAPSD implementation, it is necessary to know on
which ACs frames are buffered. mac80211 obviously
knows about the frames it has buffered itself, but
with aggregation many drivers buffer frames. Thus,
mac80211 needs to be informed about this.
For now, since we don't have APSD in any form, this
will unconditionally set the TIM bit for the station
but later with uAPSD only some ACs might cause the
TIM bit to be set.
ath9k is the only driver using this API and I only
modify it in the most basic way, it won't be able
to implement uAPSD with this yet. But it can't do
that anyway since there's no way to selectively
release frames to the peer yet.
Since drivers will buffer frames per TID, let them
inform mac80211 on a per TID basis, mac80211 will
then sort out the AC mapping itself.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Relocate the mesh implementation of adding the (extended) supported
rates IE to util.c, anticipating its use by other parts of mac80211.
Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arik@wizery.com>
Cc: Kalyan C Gaddam <chakkal@iit.edu>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Add support for sending high-level TDLS commands and TDLS frames via
NL80211_CMD_TDLS_OPER and NL80211_CMD_TDLS_MGMT, respectively. Add
appropriate cfg80211 callbacks for lower level drivers.
Add wiphy capability flags for TDLS support and advertise them via
nl80211.
Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arik@wizery.com>
Cc: Kalyan C Gaddam <chakkal@iit.edu>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Currently, when hostapd sets the station as authorized
we also overwrite its uAPSD parameter. This obviously
leads to buggy behaviour (later, with my patches that
actually add uAPSD support). To fix this, only apply
those parameters if they were actually set in nl80211,
and to achieve that add a bitmap of things to apply.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Since commit 7361c36c52 (af_unix: Allow credentials to work across
user and pid namespaces) af_unix performance dropped a lot.
This is because we now take a reference on pid and cred in each write(),
and release them in read(), usually done from another process,
eventually from another cpu. This triggers false sharing.
# Events: 154K cycles
#
# Overhead Command Shared Object Symbol
# ........ ....... .................. .........................
#
10.40% hackbench [kernel.kallsyms] [k] put_pid
8.60% hackbench [kernel.kallsyms] [k] unix_stream_recvmsg
7.87% hackbench [kernel.kallsyms] [k] unix_stream_sendmsg
6.11% hackbench [kernel.kallsyms] [k] do_raw_spin_lock
4.95% hackbench [kernel.kallsyms] [k] unix_scm_to_skb
4.87% hackbench [kernel.kallsyms] [k] pid_nr_ns
4.34% hackbench [kernel.kallsyms] [k] cred_to_ucred
2.39% hackbench [kernel.kallsyms] [k] unix_destruct_scm
2.24% hackbench [kernel.kallsyms] [k] sub_preempt_count
1.75% hackbench [kernel.kallsyms] [k] fget_light
1.51% hackbench [kernel.kallsyms] [k]
__mutex_lock_interruptible_slowpath
1.42% hackbench [kernel.kallsyms] [k] sock_alloc_send_pskb
This patch includes SCM_CREDENTIALS information in a af_unix message/skb
only if requested by the sender, [man 7 unix for details how to include
ancillary data using sendmsg() system call]
Note: This might break buggy applications that expected SCM_CREDENTIAL
from an unaware write() system call, and receiver not using SO_PASSCRED
socket option.
If SOCK_PASSCRED is set on source or destination socket, we still
include credentials for mere write() syscalls.
Performance boost in hackbench : more than 50% gain on a 16 thread
machine (2 quad-core cpus, 2 threads per core)
hackbench 20 thread 2000
4.228 sec instead of 9.102 sec
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Tim Chen <tim.c.chen@linux.intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Use sk_buff fragment capabilities to link together incoming skbs
instead of allocating a new skb for reassembly and copying.
The new reassembly code works equally well for ERTM and streaming
mode, so there is now one reassembly function instead of two.
Signed-off-by: Mat Martineau <mathewm@codeaurora.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
tx params are currently configured per hw, although they
should be configured per interface.
Signed-off-by: Eliad Peller <eliad@wizery.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Whenever the scan request or tx_mgmt is requesting not to
use CCK rate for managemet frames through
NL80211_ATTR_TX_NO_CCK_RATE attribute, then mac80211 should
select appropriate least non-CCK rate. This could help to
send P2P probes and P2P action frames at non 11b rates
without diabling 11b rates globally.
Cc: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Rajkumar Manoharan <rmanohar@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Add a new nl80211 attribute to specify whether to send the management
frames in CCK rate or not. As of now the wpa_supplicant is disabling
CCK rate at P2P init itself. So this patch helps to send P2P probe
request/probe response/action frames being sent at non CCK rate in 2GHz
without disabling 11b rates.
This attribute is used with NL80211_CMD_TRIGGER_SCAN and
NL80211_CMD_FRAME commands to disable CCK rate for management frame
transmission.
Cc: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Rajkumar Manoharan <rmanohar@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Protect 'cb' and 'cb_context' arguments in nci_data_exchange.
In fact, this implements a queue with max length of 1 data
exchange transactions in parallel.
Signed-off-by: Ilan Elias <ilane@ti.com>
Acked-by: Lauro Ramos Venancio <lauro.venancio@openbossa.org>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
TSF can be kept per vif.
Add ieee80211_vif param to set/get/reset_tsf, and move
the debugfs entries to the per-vif directory.
Update all the drivers that implement these callbacks.
Signed-off-by: Eliad Peller <eliad@wizery.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Rename struct tcp_skb_cb "flags" to "tcp_flags" to ease code review and
maintenance.
Its content is a combination of FIN/SYN/RST/PSH/ACK/URG/ECE/CWR flags
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
struct tcp_skb_cb contains a "flags" field containing either tcp flags
or IP dsfield depending on context (input or output path)
Introduce ip_dsfield to make the difference clear and ease maintenance.
If later we want to save space, we can union flags/ip_dsfield
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
While playing with a new ADSL box at home, I discovered that ECN
blackhole can trigger suboptimal quickack mode on linux : We send one
ACK for each incoming data frame, without any delay and eventual
piggyback.
This is because TCP_ECN_check_ce() considers that if no ECT is seen on a
segment, this is because this segment was a retransmit.
Refine this heuristic and apply it only if we seen ECT in a previous
segment, to detect ECN blackhole at IP level.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
CC: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
CC: Jerry Chu <hkchu@google.com>
CC: Ilpo Järvinen <ilpo.jarvinen@helsinki.fi>
CC: Jim Gettys <jg@freedesktop.org>
CC: Dave Taht <dave.taht@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Ilpo Järvinen <ilpo.jarvinen@helsinki.fi>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add management interface events for blocking/unblocking a device.
Sender of the block device command gets cmd complete and other
mgmt sockets get the event. Event is also sent to mgmt sockets when
blocking is done with ioctl, e.g when blocking a device with
hciconfig. This makes it possible for bluetoothd to track status
of blocked devices when a third party block or unblocks a device.
Event sending is handled in mgmt_device_blocked function which gets
called from hci_blacklist_add in hci_core.c. A pending command is
added in mgmt_block_device, so that it can found when sending the
event - the event is not sent to the socket from which the pending
command came. Locks were moved out from hci_core.c to hci_sock.c
and mgmt.c, because locking is needed also for mgmt_pending_add in
mgmt.c.
Signed-off-by: Antti Julku <antti.julku@nokia.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
The function crypto_blkcipher_setkey() called by smp_e()
can sleep, so all the crypto work has to be moved to
hci_dev workqueue.
Signed-off-by: Vinicius Costa Gomes <vinicius.gomes@openbossa.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
The objective is to make the core to have as little as possible
information about SMP procedures and logic. Now, all the SMP
specific information is hidden from the core.
Signed-off-by: Vinicius Costa Gomes <vinicius.gomes@openbossa.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
Add command to management interface for enabling/disabling the
fast connectable mode.
Signed-off-by: Antti Julku <antti.julku@nokia.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
One piece of information that was lost when using the mgmt interface,
was the type of the connection. Using HCI events we used to know
the type of the connection based on the type of the event, e.g.
HCI_LE_Connection_Complete for LE links.
Signed-off-by: Vinicius Costa Gomes <vinicius.gomes@openbossa.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
Add HCI_CONN_LE_SMP_PEND flag to indicate that SMP is pending
for that connection. This allows to have information that an SMP
procedure is going on for that connection.
We use the HCI_CONN_ENCRYPT_PEND to indicate that encryption
(HCI_LE_Start_Encryption) is pending for that connection.
While a SMP procedure is going on we hold an reference to the
connection, to avoid disconnections.
Signed-off-by: Vinicius Costa Gomes <vinicius.gomes@openbossa.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
This checks if there is any existing connection according to its type
before start iterating in the list and immediately stop iterating when
reaching the number of connections.
Signed-off-by: Luiz Augusto von Dentz <luiz.von.dentz@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
The NFC Controller Interface (NCI) is a standard
communication protocol between an NFC Controller (NFCC)
and a Device Host (DH), defined by the NFC Forum.
Signed-off-by: Ilan Elias <ilane@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
The file nfc.h was moved from include/net to include/net/nfc,
since new NFC header files will be added to include/net/nfc.
Signed-off-by: Ilan Elias <ilane@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Add 2 new nfc control operations:
dev_up to turn on the nfc device
dev_down to turn off the nfc device
Signed-off-by: Ilan Elias <ilane@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
When the driver (or most likely firmware) decides which AP to use
for roaming based on internal scan result processing, user space
needs to be notified of PMKSA caching candidates to allow RSN
pre-authentication to be used.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Add function to find vendor-specific ie (along with
vendor-specific ie struct definition and P2P OUI values)
Signed-off-by: Eliad Peller <eliad@wizery.com>
Reviewed-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
commit 946cedccbd (tcp: Change possible SYN flooding messages)
added a build error if CONFIG_SYN_COOKIES=n
Reported-by: Markus Trippelsdorf <markus@trippelsdorf.de>
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
* git://github.com/davem330/net: (62 commits)
ipv6: don't use inetpeer to store metrics for routes.
can: ti_hecc: include linux/io.h
IRDA: Fix global type conflicts in net/irda/irsysctl.c v2
net: Handle different key sizes between address families in flow cache
net: Align AF-specific flowi structs to long
ipv4: Fix fib_info->fib_metrics leak
caif: fix a potential NULL dereference
sctp: deal with multiple COOKIE_ECHO chunks
ibmveth: Fix checksum offload failure handling
ibmveth: Checksum offload is always disabled
ibmveth: Fix issue with DMA mapping failure
ibmveth: Fix DMA unmap error
pch_gbe: support ML7831 IOH
pch_gbe: added the process of FIFO over run error
pch_gbe: fixed the issue which receives an unnecessary packet.
sfc: Use 64-bit writes for TX push where possible
Revert "sfc: Use write-combining to reduce TX latency" and follow-ups
bnx2x: Fix ethtool advertisement
bnx2x: Fix 578xx link LED
bnx2x: Fix XMAC loopback test
...
tcp_md5sig_pool is currently an 'array' (a percpu object) of pointers to
struct tcp_md5sig_pool. Only the pointers are NUMA aware, but objects
themselves are all allocated on a single node.
Remove this extra indirection to get proper percpu memory (NUMA aware)
and make code simpler.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This reverts commit 0856a30409.
As requested by Eric Dumazet, it has various ref-counting
problems and has introduced regressions. Eric will add
a more suitable version of this performance fix.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This is compile tested only.
Suggested by dumpster diving in PAX.
Signed-off-by: Stephen Hemminger <shemminger@vyatta.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
With the conversion of struct flowi to a union of AF-specific structs, some
operations on the flow cache need to account for the exact size of the key.
Signed-off-by: David Ward <david.ward@ll.mit.edu>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
AF-specific flowi structs are now passed to flow_key_compare, which must
also be aligned to a long.
Signed-off-by: David Ward <david.ward@ll.mit.edu>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Attempt to reduce the number of IP packets emitted in response to single
SCTP packet (2e3216cd) introduced a complication - if a packet contains
two COOKIE_ECHO chunks and nothing else then SCTP state machine corks the
socket while processing first COOKIE_ECHO and then loses the association
and forgets to uncork the socket. To deal with the issue add new SCTP
command which can be used to set association explictly. Use this new
command when processing second COOKIE_ECHO chunk to restore the context
for SCTP state machine.
Signed-off-by: Max Matveev <makc@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
"Possible SYN flooding on port xxxx " messages can fill logs on servers.
Change logic to log the message only once per listener, and add two new
SNMP counters to track :
TCPReqQFullDoCookies : number of times a SYNCOOKIE was replied to client
TCPReqQFullDrop : number of times a SYN request was dropped because
syncookies were not enabled.
Based on a prior patch from Tom Herbert, and suggestions from David.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
CC: Tom Herbert <therbert@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Fix kernel-doc warning in net/cfg80211.h:
Warning(include/net/cfg80211.h:1884): No description found for parameter 'registered'
Signed-off-by: Randy Dunlap <rdunlap@xenotime.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Set SSID information from nl80211 beacon parameters. Advertise changes
in SSID to low level drivers.
Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arik@wizery.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
To properly maintain the peer's block ack window, the driver needs to be
able to control the new starting sequence number that is sent along with
the BlockAckReq frame.
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Introduce filtering for scheduled scans to reduce the number of
unnecessary results (which cause useless wake-ups).
Add a new nested attribute where sets of parameters to be matched can
be passed when starting a scheduled scan. Only scan results that
match any of the sets will be returned.
At this point, the set consists of a single parameter, an SSID. This
can be easily extended in the future to support more complex matches.
Signed-off-by: Luciano Coelho <coelho@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
add WIPHY_FLAG_AP_UAPSD flag to indicate uapsd support on
AP mode.
Advertise it to userspace by including a new
NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_AP_UAPSD attribute.
Signed-off-by: Eliad Peller <eliad@wizery.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
When this flag is set, Tx A-MPDU sessions will not be started by
mac80211. This flag is required for devices that support Tx A-MPDU setup
in hardware.
Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arik@wizery.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
When the rssi of the current AP drops, both wpa_supplicant and the
firmware may do a background scan to find a better AP and try to
associate. Since firmware based roaming is faster, inform
wpa_supplicant to avoid roaming and let the firmware decide to
roam if necessary.
For fullmac drivers like ath6kl, it is just enough to provide the
ESSID and the firmware will decide on the BSSID. Since it is not
possible to do pre-auth during roaming for fullmac drivers, the
wpa_supplicant needs to completely disconnect with the old AP and
reconnect with the new AP. This consumes lot of time and it is
better to leave the roaming decision to the firmware.
Signed-off-by: Vivek Natarajan <nataraja@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Fix kernel-doc warning in net/cfg80211.h:
Warning(include/net/cfg80211.h:1884): No description found for parameter 'registered'
Signed-off-by: Randy Dunlap <rdunlap@xenotime.net>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
Some of the flags are OS/arch dependent we add a 9p
protocol value which maps to asm-generic/fcntl.h values in Linux
Based on the original patch from Venkateswararao Jujjuri <jvrao@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Aneesh Kumar K.V <aneesh.kumar@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Allow transparent sockets to be less restrictive about
the source ip of ipv6 udp packets being sent.
Google-Bug-Id: 5018138
Signed-off-by: Maciej Żenczykowski <maze@google.com>
CC: "Erik Kline" <ek@google.com>
CC: "Lorenzo Colitti" <lorenzo@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
I will suck out stuff to userspace to start the regulatory
revampamp, this work will be permissively licensed.
Signed-off-by: Luis R. Rodriguez <mcgrof@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Add uapsd_queues and max_sp fields to ieee80211_sta.
These fields might be needed by low-level drivers in
order to configure the AP.
Signed-off-by: Eliad Peller <eliad@wizery.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Add new NL80211_ATTR_STA_WME nested attribute that contains
wme params needed by the low-level driver (uapsd_queues and
max_sp).
Add these params to the station_parameters struct as well.
Signed-off-by: Eliad Peller <eliad@wizery.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Patch series 109f6e39..7361c36c back in 2.6.36 added functionality to
allow credentials to work across pid namespaces for packets sent via
UNIX sockets. However, the atomic reference counts on pid and
credentials caused plenty of cache bouncing when there are numerous
threads of the same pid sharing a UNIX socket. This patch mitigates the
problem by eliminating extraneous reference counts on pid and
credentials on both send and receive path of UNIX sockets. I found a 2x
improvement in hackbench's threaded case.
On the receive path in unix_dgram_recvmsg, currently there is an
increment of reference count on pid and credentials in scm_set_cred.
Then there are two decrement of the reference counts. Once in scm_recv
and once when skb_free_datagram call skb->destructor function
unix_destruct_scm. One pair of increment and decrement of ref count on
pid and credentials can be eliminated from the receive path. Until we
destroy the skb, we already set a reference when we created the skb on
the send side.
On the send path, there are two increments of ref count on pid and
credentials, once in scm_send and once in unix_scm_to_skb. Then there
is a decrement of the reference counts in scm_destroy's call to
scm_destroy_cred at the end of unix_dgram_sendmsg functions. One pair
of increment and decrement of the reference counts can be removed so we
only need to increment the ref counts once.
By incorporating these changes, for hackbench running on a 4 socket
NHM-EX machine with 40 cores, the execution of hackbench on
50 groups of 20 threads sped up by factor of 2.
Hackbench command used for testing:
./hackbench 50 thread 2000
Signed-off-by: Tim Chen <tim.c.chen@linux.intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
With this patch a HEARTBEAT chunk is bundled into the ASCONF-ACK
for ADD IP ADDRESS, confirming the new destination as quickly as
possible.
Signed-off-by: Michio Honda <micchie@sfc.wide.ad.jp>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We can have the NFC core layer allocating the tx head and tail
room for the drivers and avoid 1 or more SKBs copy on write on
the Tx path.
Signed-off-by: Samuel Ortiz <sameo@linux.intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Allow userspace to set NL80211_MESHCONF_GATE_ANNOUNCEMENTS attribute,
which will advertise this mesh node as being a mesh gate.
NL80211_HWMP_ROOTMODE must be set or this will do nothing.
Signed-off-by: Javier Cardona <javier@cozybit.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Allow userspace to set Root Announcement Interval for our mesh
interface. Also, RANN interval is now in proper units of TUs.
Signed-off-by: Javier Cardona <javier@cozybit.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This patch updates the mesh peering frames to the format specified in
the recently ratified 802.11s standard. Several changes took place to
make this happen:
- Change RX path to handle new self-protected frames
- Add new Peering management IE
- Remove old Peer Link IE
- Remove old plink_action field in ieee80211_mgmt header
These changes by themselves would either break peering, or work by
coincidence, so squash them all into this patch.
Signed-off-by: Thomas Pedersen <thomas@cozybit.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
The l4_rxhash flag was added to the skb structure to indicate
that the rxhash value was computed over the 4 tuple for the
packet which includes the port information in the encapsulated
transport packet. This is used by the stack to preserve the
rxhash value in __skb_rx_tunnel.
Signed-off-by: Tom Herbert <therbert@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The current transport mechanism for af_iucv is the z/VM offered
communications facility IUCV. To provide equivalent support when
running Linux in an LPAR, HiperSockets transport is added to the
AF_IUCV address family. It requires explicit binding of an AF_IUCV
socket to a HiperSockets device. A new packet_type ETH_P_AF_IUCV
is announced. An af_iucv specific transport header is defined
preceding the skb data. A small protocol is implemented for
connecting and for flow control/congestion management.
Signed-off-by: Ursula Braun <ursula.braun@de.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Frank Blaschka <frank.blaschka@de.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Hendrik Brueckner <brueckner@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds a symbol to dynamically load iucv functions.
Signed-off-by: Frank Blaschka <frank.blaschka@de.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The NL80211_CMD_NEW_BEACON command is, in practice, requesting AP mode
operations to be started. Add new attributes to provide extra IEs
(e.g., WPS IE, P2P IE) for drivers that build Beacon, Probe Response,
and (Re)Association Response frames internally (likely in firmware).
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This removes need from drivers to parse the beacon tail/head data
to figure out what crypto settings are to be used in AP mode in case
the Beacon and Probe Response frames are fully constructed in the
driver/firmware.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This makes it easier for drivers that generate Beacon and Probe Response
frames internally (in firmware most likely) in AP mode.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Moving the parsing logic for retrieving the information elements
stored in management frames, e.g. beacons or probe responses,
and making it available to other cfg80211 drivers.
Signed-off-by: Yogesh Ashok Powar <yogeshp@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Amitkumar Karwar <akarwar@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Bing Zhao <bzhao@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Add a comment pointing out the use of enum station_info_flags for
all new struct station_info fields. In addition, memset the sinfo
buffer to zero before use on all paths in the current tree to avoid
leaving uninitialized pointers in the data.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
mac80211 leaves sinfo->assoc_req_ies uninitialized, causing a random
pointer memory access in nl80211_send_station.
Instead of checking if the pointer is null, use sinfo->filled, like
the rest of the fields.
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
When user space SME/MLME (e.g., hostapd) is not used in AP mode, the
IEs from the (Re)Association Request frame that was processed in
firmware need to be made available for user space (e.g., RSN IE for
hostapd). Allow this to be done with cfg80211_new_sta().
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
Acked-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
For iwlwifi, I decided not to use this API since
it just increased the complexity for little gain.
Since nobody else intends to use it, let's kill
it again. If anybody later needs to have it, we
can always revive it then.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
A lot of code is dedicated to giving drivers the
ability to use cfg80211's wext handlers without
completely converting. However, only orinoco is
currently using this, and it is only partially
using it.
We reduce the size of both the source and binary
by removing those that nobody needs. If a driver
shows up that needs it during conversion, we can
add back those that are needed.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
linux/wireless.h is for wireless extensions only, so
mac80211 shouldn't include it since it uses cfg80211.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
A lot of drivers erroneously use wext constants
and don't notice since cfg80211.h includes them.
Make this more split up so drivers needing wext
compatibility from cfg80211 need to explicitly
include that from cfg80211-wext.h.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
The raw sockets can provide source address for
routing but their privileges are not considered. We
can provide non-local source address, make sure the
FLOWI_FLAG_ANYSRC flag is set if socket has privileges
for this, i.e. based on hdrincl (IP_HDRINCL) and
transparent flags.
Signed-off-by: Julian Anastasov <ja@ssi.bg>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Computers have become a lot faster since we compromised on the
partial MD4 hash which we use currently for performance reasons.
MD5 is a much safer choice, and is inline with both RFC1948 and
other ISS generators (OpenBSD, Solaris, etc.)
Furthermore, only having 24-bits of the sequence number be truly
unpredictable is a very serious limitation. So the periodic
regeneration and 8-bit counter have been removed. We compute and
use a full 32-bit sequence number.
For ipv6, DCCP was found to use a 32-bit truncated initial sequence
number (it needs 43-bits) and that is fixed here as well.
Reported-by: Dan Kaminsky <dan@doxpara.com>
Tested-by: Willy Tarreau <w@1wt.eu>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Gergely Kalman reported crashes in check_peer_redir().
It appears commit f39925dbde (ipv4: Cache learned redirect
information in inetpeer.) added a race, leading to possible NULL ptr
dereference.
Since we can now change dst neighbour, we should make sure a reader can
safely use a neighbour.
Add RCU protection to dst neighbour, and make sure check_peer_redir()
can be called safely by different cpus in parallel.
As neighbours are already freed after one RCU grace period, this patch
should not add typical RCU penalty (cache cold effects)
Many thanks to Gergely for providing a pretty report pointing to the
bug.
Reported-by: Gergely Kalman <synapse@hippy.csoma.elte.hu>
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Update the code to handle some of the differences between
RFC 3041 and RFC 4941, which obsoletes it. Also a couple
of janitorial fixes.
- Allow router advertisements to increase the lifetime of
temporary addresses. This was not allowed by RFC 3041,
but is specified by RFC 4941. It is useful when RA
lifetimes are lower than TEMP_{VALID,PREFERRED}_LIFETIME:
in this case, the previous code would delete or deprecate
addresses prematurely.
- Change the default of MAX_RETRY to 3 per RFC 4941.
- Add a comment to clarify that the preferred and valid
lifetimes in inet6_ifaddr are relative to the timestamp.
- Shorten lines to 80 characters in a couple of places.
Signed-off-by: Lorenzo Colitti <lorenzo@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
My @hp.com will no longer be valid starting August 5, 2011 so an update is
necessary. My new email address is employer independent so we don't have
to worry about doing this again any time soon.
Signed-off-by: Paul Moore <paul.moore@hp.com>
Signed-off-by: Paul Moore <paul@paul-moore.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This allows us to move duplicated code in <asm/atomic.h>
(atomic_inc_not_zero() for now) to <linux/atomic.h>
Signed-off-by: Arun Sharma <asharma@fb.com>
Reviewed-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Cc: Ingo Molnar <mingo@elte.hu>
Cc: David Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Cc: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Mike Frysinger <vapier@gentoo.org>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
* 'for-linus' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/jikos/trivial: (43 commits)
fs: Merge split strings
treewide: fix potentially dangerous trailing ';' in #defined values/expressions
uwb: Fix misspelling of neighbourhood in comment
net, netfilter: Remove redundant goto in ebt_ulog_packet
trivial: don't touch files that are removed in the staging tree
lib/vsprintf: replace link to Draft by final RFC number
doc: Kconfig: `to be' -> `be'
doc: Kconfig: Typo: square -> squared
doc: Konfig: Documentation/power/{pm => apm-acpi}.txt
drivers/net: static should be at beginning of declaration
drivers/media: static should be at beginning of declaration
drivers/i2c: static should be at beginning of declaration
XTENSA: static should be at beginning of declaration
SH: static should be at beginning of declaration
MIPS: static should be at beginning of declaration
ARM: static should be at beginning of declaration
rcu: treewide: Do not use rcu_read_lock_held when calling rcu_dereference_check
Update my e-mail address
PCIe ASPM: forcedly -> forcibly
gma500: push through device driver tree
...
Fix up trivial conflicts:
- arch/arm/mach-ep93xx/dma-m2p.c (deleted)
- drivers/gpio/gpio-ep93xx.c (renamed and context nearby)
- drivers/net/r8169.c (just context changes)
* git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net: (145 commits)
bnx2x: use pci_pcie_cap()
bnx2x: fix bnx2x_stop_on_error flow in bnx2x_sp_rtnl_task
bnx2x: enable internal target-read for 57712 and up only
bnx2x: count statistic ramrods on EQ to prevent MC assert
bnx2x: fix loopback for non 10G link
bnx2x: dcb - send all unmapped priorities to same COS as L2
iwlwifi: Fix build with CONFIG_PM disabled.
gre: fix improper error handling
ipv4: use RT_TOS after some rt_tos conversions
via-velocity: remove duplicated #include
qlge: remove duplicated #include
igb: remove duplicated #include
can: c_can: remove duplicated #include
bnad: remove duplicated #include
net: allow netif_carrier to be called safely from IRQ
bna: Header File Consolidation
bna: HW Error Counter Fix
bna: Add HW Semaphore Unlock Logic
bna: IOC Event Name Change
bna: Mboxq Flush When IOC Disabled
...
unlinkat - Remove a directory entry
size[4] Tunlinkat tag[2] dirfid[4] name[s] flag[4]
size[4] Runlinkat tag[2]
older Tremove have the below request format
size[4] Tremove tag[2] fid[4]
The remove message is used to remove a directory entry either file or directory
The remove opreation is actually a directory opertation and should ideally have
dirfid, if not we cannot represent the fid on server with anything other than
name. We will have to derive the directory name from fid in the Tremove request.
NOTE: The operation doesn't clunk the unlink fid.
Signed-off-by: Aneesh Kumar K.V <aneesh.kumar@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Eric Van Hensbergen <ericvh@gmail.com>
renameat - change name of file or directory
size[4] Trenameat tag[2] olddirfid[4] oldname[s] newdirfid[4] newname[s]
size[4] Rrenameat tag[2]
older Trename have the below request format
size[4] Trename tag[2] fid[4] newdirfid[4] name[s]
The rename message is used to change the name of a file, possibly moving it
to a new directory. The rename opreation is actually a directory opertation
and should ideally have olddirfid, if not we cannot represent the fid on server
with anything other than name. We will have to derive the old directory name
from fid in the Trename request.
Signed-off-by: Aneesh Kumar K.V <aneesh.kumar@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Eric Van Hensbergen <ericvh@gmail.com>
Switch to generic kernel hexdump library and cleanup macros to
be more consistent with the way we do normal debug prints.
Signed-off-by: Eric Van Hensbergen <ericvh@gmail.com>
IPv6 fragment identification generation is way beyond what we use for
IPv4 : It uses a single generator. Its not scalable and allows DOS
attacks.
Now inetpeer is IPv6 aware, we can use it to provide a more secure and
scalable frag ident generator (per destination, instead of system wide)
This patch :
1) defines a new secure_ipv6_id() helper
2) extends inet_getid() to provide 32bit results
3) extends ipv6_select_ident() with a new dest parameter
Reported-by: Fernando Gont <fernando@gont.com.ar>
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In P2P client mode, the GO (AP) to connect to might
have periods of time where it is not available due
to powersave. To allow the driver to sync with it
and send frames to the GO only when it is available
add a new callback tx_sync (and the corresponding
finish_tx_sync). These callbacks can sleep unlike
the actual TX.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Some P2P scans are not allowed to advertise
11b rates, but that is a rather special case
so instead of having that, allow userspace
to request the rate sets (per band) that are
advertised in scan probe request frames.
Since it's needed in two places now, factor
out some common code parsing a rate array.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
In the future dst entries will be neigh-less. In that environment we
need to have an easy transition point for current users of
dst->neighbour outside of the packet output fast path.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
It just makes it harder to see 1) what the code is doing
and 2) grep for all users of dst{->,.}neighbour
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This will get us closer to being able to do "neigh stuff"
completely independent of the underlying dst_entry for
protocols (ipv4/ipv6) that wish to do so.
We will also be able to make dst entries neigh-less.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
It's just taking on one of two possible values, either
neigh_ops->output or dev_queue_xmit(). And this is purely depending
upon whether nud_state has NUD_CONNECTED set or not.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
ieee80211_iter_keys() currently returns keys in
the backward order they were installed in, which
is a bit confusing. Add them to the tail of the
key list to make sure iterations go in the same
order that keys were originally installed in.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
When the driver wants to pre-program the TKIP
RX phase 1 key, it needs to be able to obtain
it for the peer's TA. Add API to allow it to
generate it.
The generation uses a dummy on-stack context
since it doesn't know the RX queue.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Some chips may support different lengths of user-supplied IEs with a
single scheduled scan command than with a single normal scan command.
To support this, this patch creates a separate hardware description
element that describes the maximum size of user-supplied information
element data supported in scheduled scans.
Signed-off-by: Luciano Coelho <coelho@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Some chips can scan more SSIDs with a single scheduled scan command
than with a single normal scan command (eg. wl12xx chips).
To support this, this patch creates a separate hardware description
element that describes the amount of SSIDs supported in scheduled
scans.
Signed-off-by: Luciano Coelho <coelho@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Since we now have the necessary API in place to support
GTK rekeying, applications will need to know whether it
is supported by a device. Add a pseudo-trigger that is
used only to advertise that capability. Also, add some
new triggers that match what iwlagn devices can do.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Now that there is a one-to-one correspondance between neighbour
and hh_cache entries, we no longer need:
1) dynamic allocation
2) attachment to dst->hh
3) refcounting
Initialization of the hh_cache entry is indicated by hh_len
being non-zero, and such initialization is always done with
the neighbour's lock held as a writer.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In WoWLAN, devices may use crypto keys for TX/RX
and could also implement GTK rekeying. If the
driver isn't able to retrieve replay counters and
similar information from the device upon resume,
or if the device isn't responsive due to platform
issues, it isn't safe to keep the connection up
as GTK rekey messages from during the sleep time
could be replayed against it.
The only protection against that is disconnecting
from the AP. Modifying mac80211 to do that while
it is resuming would be very complex and invasive
in the case that the driver requires a reconfig,
so do it after it has resumed completely. In that
case, however, packets might be replayed since it
can then only happen after TX/RX are up again, so
mark keys for interfaces that need to disconnect
as "tainted" and drop all packets that are sent
or received with those keys.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Get rid of all of the useless and costly indirection
by doing the neigh hash table lookup directly inside
of the neighbour binding.
Rename from arp_bind_neighbour to rt_bind_neighbour.
Use new helpers {__,}ipv4_neigh_lookup()
In rt_bind_neighbour() get rid of useless tests which
are never true in the context this function is called,
namely dev is never NULL and the dst->neighbour is
always NULL.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Looks like I forgot to document the "gfp" parameter
to cfg80211_gtk_rekey_notify, add it.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
mac80211 maintains a running average of the RSSI when a STA
is associated to an AP. Report threshold events to any driver
that has registered callbacks for getting RSSI measurements.
Implement callbacks in mac80211 so that driver can set thresholds.
Add callbacks in mac80211 which is invoked when an RSSI threshold
event occurs.
mac80211: add tracing to rssi_reports api and remove extraneous fn argument
mac80211: scale up rssi thresholds from driver by 16 before storing
Signed-off-by: Meenakshi Venkataraman <meenakshi.venkataraman@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Wey-Yi Guy <wey-yi.w.guy@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
And mask the hash function result by simply shifting
down the "->hash_shift" most significant bits.
Currently which bits we use is arbitrary since jhash
produces entropy evenly across the whole hash function
result.
But soon we'll be using universal hashing functions,
and in those cases more entropy exists in the higher
bits than the lower bits, because they use multiplies.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There can 3 reasons for the "command reject" reply produced
by the stack. Each such reply should be accompanied by the
relevand data ( as defined in spec. ). Currently there is one
instance of "command reject" reply with reason "invalid cid"
wich is fixed. Also, added clean-up definitions related to the
"command reject" replies.
Signed-off-by: Ilia Kolomisnky <iliak@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
This will be useful when userspace wants to restrict some kinds of
operations based on the length of the key size used to encrypt the
link.
Signed-off-by: Vinicius Costa Gomes <vinicius.gomes@openbossa.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
In some cases it will be useful having the key size used for
encrypting the link. For example, some profiles may restrict
some operations depending on the key length.
The key size is stored in the key that is passed to userspace
using the pin_length field in the key structure.
For now this field is only valid for LE controllers. 3.0+HS
controllers define the Read Encryption Key Size command, this
field is intended for storing the value returned by that
command.
Signed-off-by: Vinicius Costa Gomes <vinicius.gomes@openbossa.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
As the LTK (the new type of key being handled now) has more data
associated with it, we need to store this extra data and retrieve
the keys based on that data.
Methods for searching for a key and for adding a new LTK are
introduced here.
Signed-off-by: Vinicius Costa Gomes <vinicius.gomes@openbossa.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
We need these changes because SMP keys may have more information
associated with them, for example, in the LTK case, it has an
encrypted diversifier (ediv) and a random number (rand).
Signed-off-by: Vinicius Costa Gomes <vinicius.gomes@openbossa.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
Since ca5ecddf (rcu: define __rcu address space modifier for sparse)
rcu_dereference_check use rcu_read_lock_held as a part of condition
automatically so callers do not have to do that as well.
Signed-off-by: Michal Hocko <mhocko@suse.cz>
Acked-by: Paul E. McKenney <paulmck@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Kosina <jkosina@suse.cz>
This adds support for generating and distributing all the keys
specified in the third phase of SMP.
This will make possible to re-establish secure connections, resolve
private addresses and sign commands.
For now, the values generated are random.
Signed-off-by: Vinicius Costa Gomes <vinicius.gomes@openbossa.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
Trigger user ABORT if application closes a socket which has data
queued on the socket receive queue or chunks waiting on the
reassembly or ordering queue as this would imply data being lost
which defeats the point of a graceful shutdown.
This behavior is already practiced in TCP.
We do not check the input queue because that would mean to parse
all chunks on it to look for unacknowledged data which seems too
much of an effort. Control chunks or duplicated chunks may also
be in the input queue and should not be stopping a graceful
shutdown.
Signed-off-by: Thomas Graf <tgraf@infradead.org>
Acked-by: Vlad Yasevich <vladislav.yasevich@hp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In order to support pre-populating the P1K cache in
iwlwifi hardware for WoWLAN, we need to calculate
the P1K for the current IV32. Allow drivers to get
the P1K for any given IV32 instead of for a given
packet, but keep the packet-based version around as
an inline.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
In order to implement GTK rekeying, the device needs
to be able to encrypt frames with the right PN/IV and
check the PN/IV in RX frames. To be able to tell it
about all those counters, we need to be able to get
them from mac80211, this adds the required API.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Our current TKIP code races against itself on TX
since we can process multiple packets at the same
time on different ACs, but they all share the TX
context for TKIP. This can lead to bad IVs etc.
Also, the crypto offload helper code just obtains
the P1K/P2K from the cache, and can update it as
well, but there's no guarantee that packets are
really processed in order.
To fix these issues, first introduce a spinlock
that will protect the IV16/IV32 values in the TX
context. This first step makes sure that we don't
assign the same IV multiple times or get confused
in other ways.
Secondly, change the way the P1K cache works. I
add a field "p1k_iv32" that stores the value of
the IV32 when the P1K was last recomputed, and
if different from the last time, then a new P1K
is recomputed. This can cause the P1K computation
to flip back and forth if packets are processed
out of order. All this also happens under the new
spinlock.
Finally, because there are argument differences,
split up the ieee80211_get_tkip_key() API into
ieee80211_get_tkip_p1k() and ieee80211_get_tkip_p2k()
and give them the correct arguments.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
When initiating a graceful shutdown while having data chunks
on the retransmission queue with a peer which is in zero
window mode the shutdown is never completed because the
retransmission error count is reset periodically by the
following two rules:
- Do not timeout association while doing zero window probe.
- Reset overall error count when a heartbeat request has
been acknowledged.
The graceful shutdown will wait for all outstanding TSN to
be acknowledged before sending the SHUTDOWN request. This
never happens due to the peer's zero window not acknowledging
the continuously retransmitted data chunks. Although the
error counter is incremented for each failed retransmission,
the receiving of the SACK announcing the zero window clears
the error count again immediately. Also heartbeat requests
continue to be sent periodically. The peer acknowledges these
requests causing the error counter to be reset as well.
This patch changes behaviour to only reset the overall error
counter for the above rules while not in shutdown. After
reaching the maximum number of retransmission attempts, the
T5 shutdown guard timer is scheduled to give the receiver
some additional time to recover. The timer is stopped as soon
as the receiver acknowledges any data.
The issue can be easily reproduced by establishing a sctp
association over the loopback device, constantly queueing
data at the sender while not reading any at the receiver.
Wait for the window to reach zero, then initiate a shutdown
by killing both processes simultaneously. The association
will never be freed and the chunks on the retransmission
queue will be retransmitted indefinitely.
Signed-off-by: Thomas Graf <tgraf@infradead.org>
Acked-by: Vlad Yasevich <vladislav.yasevich@hp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The ERTM receive buffer is now handled in a way that does not require
the busy queue and the associated polling code.
Signed-off-by: Mat Martineau <mathewm@codeaurora.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
This change moves most L2CAP ERTM receive buffer handling out of the
L2CAP core and in to the socket code. It's up to the higher layer
(the socket code, in this case) to tell the core when its buffer is
full or has space available. The recv op should always accept
incoming ERTM data or else the connection will go down.
Within the socket layer, an skb that does not fit in the socket
receive buffer will be temporarily stored. When the socket is read
from, that skb will be placed in the receive buffer if possible. Once
adequate buffer space becomes available, the L2CAP core is informed
and the ERTM local busy state is cleared.
Receive buffer management for non-ERTM modes is unchanged.
Signed-off-by: Mat Martineau <mathewm@codeaurora.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
Since we have the extended LMP features properly implemented, we
should check the LMP_HOST_LE bit to know if the host supports LE.
Signed-off-by: Andre Guedes <andre.guedes@openbossa.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
This patch adds a new module parameter to enable/disable host LE
support. By default host LE support is disabled.
Signed-off-by: Andre Guedes <andre.guedes@openbossa.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
This patch adds a handler to Write LE Host Supported command complete
events. Once this commands has completed successfully, we should
read the extended LMP features and update the extfeatures field in
hci_dev.
Signed-off-by: Andre Guedes <andre.guedes@openbossa.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
This new field holds the extended LMP features value. Some LE
mechanism such as discovery procedure needs to read the extended
LMP features to work properly.
Signed-off-by: Andre Guedes <andre.guedes@openbossa.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
This adds the necessary mac80211 APIs to support
GTK rekey offload, mirroring the functionality
from cfg80211.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
In certain circumstances, like WoWLAN scenarios,
devices may implement (partial) GTK rekeying on
the device to avoid waking up the host for it.
In order to successfully go through GTK rekeying,
the KEK, KCK and the replay counter are required.
Add API to let the supplicant hand the parameters
to the driver which may store it for future GTK
rekey operations.
Note that, of course, if GTK rekeying is done by
the device, the EAP frame must not be passed up
to userspace, instead a rekey event needs to be
sent to let userspace update its replay counter.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
When in suspend/wowlan, devices might implement crypto
offload differently (more features), and might require
reprogramming keys for the WoWLAN (as it is the case
for Intel devices that use another uCode image). Thus
allow the driver to iterate all keys in this context.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This patch add an unsolicited notification of the DCBX negotiated
parameters for the CEE flavor of the DCBX protocol. The notification
message is identical to the aggregated CEE get operation and holds all
the pertinent local and peer information. The notification routine is
exported so it can be invoked by drivers supporting an embedded DCBX
stack.
Signed-off-by: Shmulik Ravid <shmulikr@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The NFC generic netlink interface exports the NFC control operations
to the user space.
Signed-off-by: Lauro Ramos Venancio <lauro.venancio@openbossa.org>
Signed-off-by: Aloisio Almeida Jr <aloisio.almeida@openbossa.org>
Signed-off-by: Samuel Ortiz <sameo@linux.intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
The NFC subsystem core is responsible for providing the device driver
interface. It is also responsible for providing an interface to the control
operations and data exchange.
Signed-off-by: Lauro Ramos Venancio <lauro.venancio@openbossa.org>
Signed-off-by: Aloisio Almeida Jr <aloisio.almeida@openbossa.org>
Signed-off-by: Samuel Ortiz <sameo@linux.intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
If the driver can't support WoWLAN in the current
state, this patch allows it to return 1 from the
suspend callback to do the normal deconfiguration
instead of using suspend/resume calls. Note that
if it does this, resume won't be called.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
IPV6, unlike IPV4, doesn't have a routing cache.
Routing table entries, as well as clones made in response
to route lookup requests, all live in the same table. And
all of these things are together collected in the destination
cache table for ipv6.
This means that routing table entries count against the garbage
collection limits, even though such entries cannot ever be reclaimed
and are added explicitly by the administrator (rather than being
created in response to lookups).
Therefore it makes no sense to count ipv6 routing table entries
against the GC limits.
Add a DST_NOCOUNT destination cache entry flag, and skip the counting
if it is set. Use this flag bit in ipv6 when adding routing table
entries.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds a change sequence counter to each net namespace
which is bumped whenever a netdevice is added or removed from
the list. If such a change occurred while a link dump took place,
the dump will have the NLM_F_DUMP_INTR flag set in the first
message which has been interrupted and in all subsequent messages
of the same dump.
Note that links may still be modified or renamed while a dump is
taking place but we can guarantee for userspace to receive a
complete list of links and not miss any.
Testing:
I have added 500 VLAN netdevices to make sure the dump is split
over multiple messages. Then while continuously dumping links in
one process I also continuously deleted and re-added a dummy
netdevice in another process. Multiple dumps per seconds have
had the NLM_F_DUMP_INTR flag set.
I guess we can wait for Johannes patch to hit net-next via the
wireless tree. I just wanted to give this some testing right away.
Signed-off-by: Thomas Graf <tgraf@infradead.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add a local logging function to emit bluetooth specific
messages. Using vsprintf extension %pV saves code/text
space.
Convert the current BT_INFO and BT_ERR macros to use bt_printk.
Remove __func__ from BT_ERR macro (and the uses).
Prefix "Bluetooth: " to BT_ERR
Remove __func__ from BT_DBG as function can be prefixed when
using dynamic_debug.
With allyesconfig:
text data bss dec hex filename
129956 8632 36096 174684 2aa5c drivers/bluetooth/built-in.o.new2
134402 8632 36064 179098 2bb9a drivers/bluetooth/built-in.o.old
14778 1012 3408 19198 4afe net/bluetooth/bnep/built-in.o.new2
15067 1012 3408 19487 4c1f net/bluetooth/bnep/built-in.o.old
346595 19163 86080 451838 6e4fe net/bluetooth/built-in.o.new2
353751 19163 86064 458978 700e2 net/bluetooth/built-in.o.old
18483 1172 4264 23919 5d6f net/bluetooth/cmtp/built-in.o.new2
18927 1172 4264 24363 5f2b net/bluetooth/cmtp/built-in.o.old
19237 1172 5152 25561 63d9 net/bluetooth/hidp/built-in.o.new2
19581 1172 5152 25905 6531 net/bluetooth/hidp/built-in.o.old
59461 3884 14464 77809 12ff1 net/bluetooth/rfcomm/built-in.o.new2
61206 3884 14464 79554 136c2 net/bluetooth/rfcomm/built-in.o.old
with x86 defconfig (and just bluetooth):
$ size net/bluetooth/built-in.o.defconfig.*
text data bss dec hex filename
66358 933 100 67391 1073f net/bluetooth/built-in.o.defconfig.new
66643 933 100 67676 1085c net/bluetooth/built-in.o.defconfig.old
Signed-off-by: Joe Perches <joe@perches.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
Make it easier to use more normal logging styles later.
Signed-off-by: Joe Perches <joe@perches.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
Add a memeber to the ieee80211_sta structure to indicate whether the STA
supports WME.
Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arik@wizery.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Fix 'make htmldocs' warnings:
Warning(/include/linux/hrtimer.h:153): No description found for
parameter 'clockid'
Warning(/include/linux/device.h:604): Excess struct/union/enum/typedef
member 'of_match' description in 'device'
Warning(/include/net/sock.h:349): Excess struct/union/enum/typedef
member 'sk_rmem_alloc' description in 'sock'
Signed-off-by: Vitaliy Ivanov <vitalivanov@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Grant Likely <grant.likely@secretlab.ca>
Acked-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Acked-by: Randy Dunlap <rdunlap@xenotime.net>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Kosina <jkosina@suse.cz>
Fix 'make htmldocs' warnings:
Warning(/include/linux/hrtimer.h:153): No description found for parameter 'clockid'
Warning(/include/linux/device.h:604): Excess struct/union/enum/typedef member 'of_match' description in 'device'
Warning(/include/net/sock.h:349): Excess struct/union/enum/typedef member 'sk_rmem_alloc' description in 'sock'
Signed-off-by: Vitaliy Ivanov <vitalivanov@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Grant Likely <grant.likely@secretlab.ca>
Acked-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
Sometimes when reporting a MIC failure rx->key may be unset. This
code path is hit when receiving a packet meant for a multicast
address, and decryption is performed in HW.
Fortunately, the failing key_idx is not used for anything up to
(and including) usermode, so we allow ourselves to drop it on the
way up when a key cannot be retrieved.
Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arik@wizery.com>
Cc: stable@kernel.org
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Seems like this was not cleaned during the 'rfkill: rewrite' checkin
19d337dff9.
Signed-off-by: Vitaliy Ivanov <vitalivanov@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Inaky Perez-Gonzalez <inaky.perez-gonzalez@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
It needs to be available even when CONFIG_INET is not set.
Reported-by: Stephen Rothwell <sfr@canb.auug.org.au>
Reported-by: Randy Dunlap <randy.dunlap@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Consider the following situation:
* a dump that would show 8 entries, four in the first
round, and four in the second
* between the first and second rounds, 6 entries are
removed
* now the second round will not show any entry, and
even if there is a sequence/generation counter the
application will not know
To solve this problem, add a new flag NLM_F_DUMP_INTR
to the netlink header that indicates the dump wasn't
consistent, this flag can also be set on the MSG_DONE
message that terminates the dump, and as such above
situation can be detected.
To achieve this, add a sequence counter to the netlink
callback struct. Of course, netlink code still needs
to use this new functionality. The correct way to do
that is to always set cb->seq when a dumpit callback
is invoked and call nl_dump_check_consistent() for
each new message. The core code will also call this
function for the final MSG_DONE message.
To make it usable with generic netlink, a new function
genlmsg_nlhdr() is needed to obtain the netlink header
from the genetlink user header.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Acked-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
There are enough instances of this:
iph->frag_off & htons(IP_MF | IP_OFFSET)
that a helper function is probably warranted.
Signed-off-by: Paul Gortmaker <paul.gortmaker@windriver.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Incorrect return type on dcb_setapp() this routine
returns negative error codes. All call sites of
dcb_setapp() assign the return value to an int already
so no need to update drivers.
Signed-off-by: John Fastabend <john.r.fastabend@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
With multiple APP entries per selector and protocol drivers
or stacks may want to pick a specific value or stripe traffic
across many priorities. Also if an APP entry in use is
deleted the stack/driver may want to choose from the existing
APP entries.
To facilitate this and avoid having duplicate code to walk
the APP ring provide a routine dcb_ieee_getapp_mask() to
return a u8 bitmask of all priorities set for the specified
selector and protocol. This routine and bitmask is a helper
for DCB kernel users.
Signed-off-by: John Fastabend <john.r.fastabend@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Now that we allow multiple IEEE App entries we need a way
to remove specific entries. To do this add the ieee_dcb_delapp()
routine.
Additionaly drivers may need to remove the APP entry from
their firmware tables. Add dcb ops routine to handle this.
Signed-off-by: John Fastabend <john.r.fastabend@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This adds a setapp routine for IEEE802.1Qaz encoded APP data types.
The IEEE 802.1Qaz spec encodes the priority bits differently and
allows for multiple APP data entries of the same selector and
protocol. Trying to force these to use the same set routines was
becoming tedious. Furthermore, userspace could probably enforce
the correct semantics, but expecting drivers to do this seems
error prone in the firmware case.
For these reasons add ieee_dcb_setapp() that understands the
IEEE 802.1Qaz encoded form.
Signed-off-by: John Fastabend <john.r.fastabend@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Now that dcbnl is being used in many cases by more
than a single agent it is beneficial to be notified
when some entity either driver or user space has
changed the DCB attributes.
Today applications either end up polling the interface
or relying on a user space database to maintain the DCB
state and post events. Polling is a poor solution for
obvious reasons. And relying on a user space database
has its own downside. Namely it has created strange
boot dependencies requiring the database be populated
before any applications dependent on DCB attributes
starts or the application goes into a polling loop.
Populating the database requires negotiating link
setting with the peer and can take anywhere from less
than a second up to a few seconds depending on the switch
implementation.
Perhaps more importantly if another application or an
embedded agent sets a DCB link attribute the database
has no way of knowing other than polling the kernel.
This prevents applications from responding quickly to
changes in link events which at least in the FCoE case
and probably any other protocols expecting a lossless
link may result in IO errors.
By adding a multicast group for DCB we have clean way
to disseminate kernel DCB link attributes up to user
space. Avoiding the need for user space to maintain
a coherant database and disperse events that potentially
do not reflect the current link state.
Signed-off-by: John Fastabend <john.r.fastabend@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
* git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net-2.6: (40 commits)
pxa168_eth: fix race in transmit path.
ipv4, ping: Remove duplicate icmp.h include
netxen: fix race in skb->len access
sgi-xp: fix a use after free
hp100: fix an skb->len race
netpoll: copy dev name of slaves to struct netpoll
ipv4: fix multicast losses
r8169: fix static initializers.
inet_diag: fix inet_diag_bc_audit()
gigaset: call module_put before restart of if_open()
farsync: add module_put to error path in fst_open()
net: rfs: enable RFS before first data packet is received
fs_enet: fix freescale FCC ethernet dp buffer alignment
netdev: bfin_mac: fix memory leak when freeing dma descriptors
vlan: don't call ndo_vlan_rx_register on hardware that doesn't have vlan support
caif: Bugfix - XOFF removed channel from caif-mux
tun: teach the tun/tap driver to support netpoll
dp83640: drop PHY status frames in the driver.
dp83640: fix phy status frame event parsing
phylib: Allow BCM63XX PHY to be selected only on BCM63XX.
...
When suspending, __ieee80211_suspend() calls ieee80211_scan_cancel(),
which will only cancel sw scan. In order to cancel hw scan, the
low-level driver has to cancel it in the suspend() callback. however,
this is too late, as a new scan_work will be enqueued (while the driver
is going into suspend).
Add a new cancel_hw_scan() callback, asking the driver to cancel an
active hw scan, and call it in ieee80211_scan_cancel().
Signed-off-by: Eliad Peller <eliad@wizery.com>
Reviewed-by: Stanislaw Gruszka <sgruszka@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Instead of setting bits manually we use set_bit, test_bit, etc.
Also remove L2CAP_ prefix from macros.
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
Management interface commands for blocking and unblocking devices.
Signed-off-by: Antti Julku <antti.julku@nokia.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
Move blacklisting functions to hci_core.c, so that they can
be used by both management interface and hci socket interface.
Signed-off-by: Antti Julku <antti.julku@nokia.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
Avoid double seq adjustment for loopback traffic
because it causes silent repetition of TCP data. One
example is passive FTP with DNAT rule and difference in the
length of IP addresses.
This patch adds check if packet is sent and
received via loopback device. As the same conntrack is
used both for outgoing and incoming direction, we restrict
seq adjustment to happen only in POSTROUTING.
Signed-off-by: Julian Anastasov <ja@ssi.bg>
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
This patch implements a check in smp cmd pairing request and pairing
response to verify if encryption key maximum size is compatible in both
slave and master when SMP Pairing is requested. Keys are also masked to
the correct negotiated size.
Signed-off-by: Vinicius Costa Gomes <vinicius.gomes@openbossa.org>
Signed-off-by: Anderson Briglia <anderson.briglia@openbossa.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
This patch adds support for disconnecting the link when SMP procedure
takes more than 30 seconds.
SMP begins when either the Pairing Request command is sent or the
Pairing Response is received, and it ends when the link is encrypted
(or terminated). Vol 3, Part H Section 3.4.
Signed-off-by: Vinicius Costa Gomes <vinicius.gomes@openbossa.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
After restructuring, there is some unused or empty functions
left to be removed.
Signed-off-by: Hans Schillstrom <hans.schillstrom@ericsson.com>
Signed-off-by: Simon Horman <horms@verge.net.au>
If the pending security level is greater than the current security
level and the link is now encrypted, we should update the link
security level.
This is only useful for LE links, when the only event generated
when SMP is sucessful in the Encrypt Change event.
Signed-off-by: Vinicius Costa Gomes <vinicius.gomes@openbossa.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
This adds support for starting SMP Phase 2 Encryption, when the initial
SMP negotiation is successful. This adds the LE Start Encryption and LE
Long Term Key Request commands and related events.
Signed-off-by: Vinicius Costa Gomes <vinicius.gomes@openbossa.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
This patch includes support for generating and sending the random value
used to produce the confirmation value.
Signed-off-by: Anderson Briglia <anderson.briglia@openbossa.org>
Signed-off-by: Vinicius Costa Gomes <vinicius.gomes@openbossa.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
This patch adds initial support for verifying the confirmation value
that the remote side has sent.
Signed-off-by: Anderson Briglia <anderson.briglia@openbossa.org>
Signed-off-by: Vinicius Costa Gomes <vinicius.gomes@openbossa.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
This will allow using the crypto subsystem for encrypting data. As SMP
(Security Manager Protocol) is implemented almost entirely on the host
side and the crypto module already implements the needed methods
(AES-128), it makes sense to use it.
There's now a new module option to enable/disable SMP support.
Signed-off-by: Vinicius Costa Gomes <vinicius.gomes@openbossa.org>
Signed-off-by: Anderson Briglia <anderson.briglia@openbossa.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
This implementation only exchanges SMP messages between the Host and the
Remote. No keys are being generated. TK and STK generation will be
provided in further patches.
Signed-off-by: Vinicius Costa Gomes <vinicius.gomes@openbossa.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
These simple commands will allow the SMP procedure to be started
and terminated with a not supported error. This is the first step
toward something useful.
Signed-off-by: Vinicius Costa Gomes <vinicius.gomes@openbossa.org>
Signed-off-by: Anderson Briglia <anderson.briglia@openbossa.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
ERTM use the generic L2CAP timer functions to keep a reference to the
channel. This is useful for avoiding crashes.
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
struct l2cap_chan has now its own refcnt that is compatible with the
socket refcnt, i.e., we won't see sk_refcnt = 0 and chan->refcnt > 0.
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
Now socket state is tracked by struct sock and channel state is tracked by
chan->state. At this point both says the same, but this is going to change
when we add AMP Support for example.
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
Add an abstraction layer between L2CAP core and its users (only
l2cap_sock.c now). The first function implemented is new_connection() that
replaces calls to l2cap_sock_alloc() in l2cap_core.c
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
Make it more clear what the functions does,
on request by Julian.
Signed-off-by: Hans Schillstrom <hans.schillstrom@ericsson.com>
Signed-off-by: Hans Schillstrom <hans@schillstrom.com>
Signed-off-by: Simon Horman <horms@verge.net.au>
Remove variable ctl_key from struct netns_ipvs,
it's a leftover from early netns work.
Signed-off-by: Hans Schillstrom <hans.schillstrom@ericsson.com>
Signed-off-by: Simon Horman <horms@verge.net.au>
* new refcount in struct net, controlling actual freeing of the memory
* new method in kobj_ns_type_operations (->drop_ns())
* ->current_ns() semantics change - it's supposed to be followed by
corresponding ->drop_ns(). For struct net in case of CONFIG_NET_NS it bumps
the new refcount; net_drop_ns() decrements it and calls net_free() if the
last reference has been dropped. Method renamed to ->grab_current_ns().
* old net_free() callers call net_drop_ns() instead.
* sysfs_exit_ns() is gone, along with a large part of callchain
leading to it; now that the references stored in ->ns[...] stay valid we
do not need to hunt them down and replace them with NULL. That fixes
problems in sysfs_lookup() and sysfs_readdir(), along with getting rid
of sb->s_instances abuse.
Note that struct net *shutdown* logics has not changed - net_cleanup()
is called exactly when it used to be called. The only thing postponed by
having a sysfs instance refering to that struct net is actual freeing of
memory occupied by struct net.
Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
SNMP mibs use two percpu arrays, one used in BH context, another in USER
context. With increasing number of cpus in machines, and fact that ipv6
uses per network device ipstats_mib, this is consuming a lot of memory
if many network devices are registered.
commit be281e554e (ipv6: reduce per device ICMP mib sizes) shrinked
percpu needs for ipv6, but we can reduce memory use a bit more.
With recent percpu infrastructure (irqsafe_cpu_inc() ...), we no longer
need this BH/USER separation since we can update counters in a single
x86 instruction, regardless of the BH/USER context.
Other arches than x86 might need to disable irq in their
irqsafe_cpu_inc() implementation : If this happens to be a problem, we
can make SNMP_ARRAY_SZ arch dependent, but a previous poll
( https://lkml.org/lkml/2011/3/17/174 ) to arch maintainers did not
raise strong opposition.
Only on 32bit arches, we need to disable BH for 64bit counters updates
done from USER context (currently used for IP MIB)
This also reduces vmlinux size :
1) x86_64 build
$ size vmlinux.before vmlinux.after
text data bss dec hex filename
7853650 1293772 1896448 11043870 a8841e vmlinux.before
7850578 1293772 1896448 11040798 a8781e vmlinux.after
2) i386 build
$ size vmlinux.before vmlinux.afterpatch
text data bss dec hex filename
6039335 635076 3670016 10344427 9dd7eb vmlinux.before
6037342 635076 3670016 10342434 9dd022 vmlinux.afterpatch
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
CC: Andi Kleen <andi@firstfloor.org>
CC: Ingo Molnar <mingo@elte.hu>
CC: Tejun Heo <tj@kernel.org>
CC: Christoph Lameter <cl@linux-foundation.org>
CC: Benjamin Herrenschmidt <benh@kernel.crashing.org
CC: linux-arch@vger.kernel.org
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add ieee80211_get_operstate() function to get the operstate
of the netdevice.
This is needed for drivers that need to know when the interface
is IF_OPER_UP (e.g. wl12xx), and block notifiers can't be used
(e.g. because the interface is already IF_OPER_UP, like after
resuming from suspend)
Signed-off-by: Eliad Peller <eliad@wizery.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
The message size allocated for rtnl ifinfo dumps was limited to
a single page. This is not enough for additional interface info
available with devices that support SR-IOV and caused a bug in
which VF info would not be displayed if more than approximately
40 VFs were created per interface.
Implement a new function pointer for the rtnl_register service that will
calculate the amount of data required for the ifinfo dump and allocate
enough data to satisfy the request.
Signed-off-by: Greg Rose <gregory.v.rose@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Profiles show false sharing in addr_compare() because refcnt/dtime
changes dirty the first inet_peer cache line, where are lying the keys
used at lookup time. If many cpus are calling inet_getpeer() and
inet_putpeer(), or need frag ids, addr_compare() is in 2nd position in
"perf top".
Before patch, my udpflood bench (16 threads) on my 2x4x2 machine :
5784.00 9.7% csum_partial_copy_generic [kernel]
3356.00 5.6% addr_compare [kernel]
2638.00 4.4% fib_table_lookup [kernel]
2625.00 4.4% ip_fragment [kernel]
1934.00 3.2% neigh_lookup [kernel]
1617.00 2.7% udp_sendmsg [kernel]
1608.00 2.7% __ip_route_output_key [kernel]
1480.00 2.5% __ip_append_data [kernel]
1396.00 2.3% kfree [kernel]
1195.00 2.0% kmem_cache_free [kernel]
1157.00 1.9% inet_getpeer [kernel]
1121.00 1.9% neigh_resolve_output [kernel]
1012.00 1.7% dev_queue_xmit [kernel]
# time ./udpflood.sh
real 0m44.511s
user 0m20.020s
sys 11m22.780s
# time ./udpflood.sh
real 0m44.099s
user 0m20.140s
sys 11m15.870s
After patch, no more addr_compare() in profiles :
4171.00 10.7% csum_partial_copy_generic [kernel]
1787.00 4.6% fib_table_lookup [kernel]
1756.00 4.5% ip_fragment [kernel]
1234.00 3.2% udp_sendmsg [kernel]
1191.00 3.0% neigh_lookup [kernel]
1118.00 2.9% __ip_append_data [kernel]
1022.00 2.6% kfree [kernel]
993.00 2.5% __ip_route_output_key [kernel]
841.00 2.2% neigh_resolve_output [kernel]
816.00 2.1% kmem_cache_free [kernel]
658.00 1.7% ia32_sysenter_target [kernel]
632.00 1.6% kmem_cache_alloc_node [kernel]
# time ./udpflood.sh
real 0m41.587s
user 0m19.190s
sys 10m36.370s
# time ./udpflood.sh
real 0m41.486s
user 0m19.290s
sys 10m33.650s
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Andi Kleen and Tim Chen reported huge contention on inetpeer
unused_peers.lock, on memcached workload on a 40 core machine, with
disabled route cache.
It appears we constantly flip peers refcnt between 0 and 1 values, and
we must insert/remove peers from unused_peers.list, holding a contended
spinlock.
Remove this list completely and perform a garbage collection on-the-fly,
at lookup time, using the expired nodes we met during the tree
traversal.
This removes a lot of code, makes locking more standard, and obsoletes
two sysctls (inet_peer_gc_mintime and inet_peer_gc_maxtime). This also
removes two pointers in inet_peer structure.
There is still a false sharing effect because refcnt is in first cache
line of object [were the links and keys used by lookups are located], we
might move it at the end of inet_peer structure to let this first cache
line mostly read by cpus.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
CC: Andi Kleen <andi@firstfloor.org>
CC: Tim Chen <tim.c.chen@linux.intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch lowers the default initRTO from 3secs to 1sec per
RFC2988bis. It falls back to 3secs if the SYN or SYN-ACK packet
has been retransmitted, AND the TCP timestamp option is not on.
It also adds support to take RTT sample during 3WHS on the passive
open side, just like its active open counterpart, and uses it, if
valid, to seed the initRTO for the data transmission phase.
The patch also resets ssthresh to its initial default at the
beginning of the data transmission phase, and reduces cwnd to 1 if
there has been MORE THAN ONE retransmission during 3WHS per RFC5681.
Signed-off-by: H.K. Jerry Chu <hkchu@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add BT_POWER socket option used to control the power
characteristics of the underlying ACL link. When the remote end
has put the link in sniff mode and the host stack wants to send
data we need need to explicitly exit sniff mode to work well with
certain devices (For example, A2DP on Plantronics Voyager 855).
However, this causes problems with HID devices.
Hence, moving into active mode when sending data, irrespective
of who set the sniff mode has been made as a socket option. By
default, we will move into active mode. HID devices can set the
L2CAP socket option to prevent this from happening.
Currently, this has been implemented for L2CAP sockets. This has been
tested with incoming and outgoing L2CAP sockets for HID and A2DP.
Based on discussions on linux-bluetooth and patches submitted by
Andrei Emeltchenko.
Signed-off-by: Jaikumar Ganesh <jaikumar@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
This patch adds a new field (dst_type) to the struct hci_conn which
holds the type of the destination address (bdaddr_t dst). This
approach is needed in order to use the struct hci_conn as an
abstraction of LE connections in HCI Layer. For non-LE this field
is ignored.
This patch also set properly the 'dst_type' field after initializing
LE hci_conn structures.
Signed-off-by: Andre Guedes <andre.guedes@openbossa.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
Legacy devices don't re-authenticate the link properly if a link key
already exists. Thus, don't update sec_level for this case even if
hci_auth_complete_evt indicates success. Otherwise the sec_level will
not reflect a real security on the link.
Signed-off-by: Waldemar Rymarkiewicz <waldemar.rymarkiewicz@tieto.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
This patch adds a timer to clear 'adv_entries' after three minutes.
After some amount of time, the advertising entries cached during
the last LE scan should be considered expired and they should be
removed from the advertising cache.
It was chosen a three minutes timeout as an initial attempt. This
value might change in future.
Signed-off-by: Andre Guedes <andre.guedes@openbossa.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
The LE advertising cache should be cleared before performing a LE
scanning. This will force the cache to contain only fresh advertising
entries.
Signed-off-by: Andre Guedes <andre.guedes@openbossa.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
This patch implements the LE advertising cache. It stores sensitive
information (bdaddr and bdaddr_type so far) gathered from LE
advertising report events.
Only advertising entries from connectables devices are added to the
cache.
Signed-off-by: Andre Guedes <andre.guedes@openbossa.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
This patch adds definitions and a new struct for Advertising Report
Event from LE and Dual Mode controllers.
Signed-off-by: Anderson Briglia <anderson.briglia@openbossa.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
The call to l2cap_chan_clear_timer() is not really needed in l2cap_sock.c.
This patch also adds a call to l2cap_chan_clear_timer() to the only place
in __l2cap_sock_close() that wasn't calling it. It's safe call it there
because l2cap_chan_clear_timer() check first for timer_peding().
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
The new timer does not belong to struct sock, tought it still touch some
sock things, but this will be sorted out soon.
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
chan_type says if our chan is raw(direclty access to HCI),
connection less or connection oriented.
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
This move all the sending logic to l2cap_core.c, but we still have a
socket dependence there, struct msghdr. It will be removed in some of the
further commits.
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
This is actually __l2cap_sock_close() renamed to __l2cap_chan_close().
At a first look it may not make sense, but with the further cleanups that
will come it will.
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
Some devices support BT/WLAN co-existence algorigthms.
In order not to harm the system performance and user experience, the device
requests not to allow any RX BA session and tear down existing RX BA sessions
based on system constraints such as periodic BT activity that needs to limit
WLAN activity (eg.SCO or A2DP).
In such cases, the intention is to limit the duration of the RX PPDU and
therefore prevent the peer device to use A-MPDU aggregation.
Adding ieee80211_stop_rx_ba_session() callback
that can be used by the driver to stop existing BA sessions.
Signed-off-by: Shahar Levi <shahar_levi@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
* remove interrupt.g inclusion from netdevice.h -- not needed
* fixup fallout, add interrupt.h and hardirq.h back where needed.
Signed-off-by: Alexey Dobriyan <adobriyan@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Semicolons are not necessary after switch/while/for/if braces
so remove them.
Signed-off-by: Joe Perches <joe@perches.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
* git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net-2.6: (40 commits)
tg3: Fix tg3_skb_error_unmap()
net: tracepoint of net_dev_xmit sees freed skb and causes panic
drivers/net/can/flexcan.c: add missing clk_put
net: dm9000: Get the chip in a known good state before enabling interrupts
drivers/net/davinci_emac.c: add missing clk_put
af-packet: Add flag to distinguish VID 0 from no-vlan.
caif: Fix race when conditionally taking rtnl lock
usbnet/cdc_ncm: add missing .reset_resume hook
vlan: fix typo in vlan_dev_hard_start_xmit()
net/ipv4: Check for mistakenly passed in non-IPv4 address
iwl4965: correctly validate temperature value
bluetooth l2cap: fix locking in l2cap_global_chan_by_psm
ath9k: fix two more bugs in tx power
cfg80211: don't drop p2p probe responses
Revert "net: fix section mismatches"
drivers/net/usb/catc.c: Fix potential deadlock in catc_ctrl_run()
sctp: stop pending timers and purge queues when peer restart asoc
drivers/net: ks8842 Fix crash on received packet when in PIO mode.
ip_options_compile: properly handle unaligned pointer
iwlagn: fix incorrect PCI subsystem id for 6150 devices
...
In this case, the SCTP association transmits an ASCONF packet
including addition of the new IP address and deletion of the old
address. This patch implements this functionality.
In this case, the ASCONF chunk is added to the beginning of the
queue, because the other chunks cannot be transmitted in this state.
Signed-off-by: Michio Honda <micchie@sfc.wide.ad.jp>
Signed-off-by: YOSHIFUJI Hideaki <yoshfuji@linux-ipv6.org>
Acked-by: Wei Yongjun <yjwei@cn.fujitsu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch allows the application to operate Auto-ASCONF on/off
behavior via setsockopt() and getsockopt().
Signed-off-by: Michio Honda <micchie@sfc.wide.ad.jp>
Signed-off-by: YOSHIFUJI Hideaki <yoshfuji@linux-ipv6.org>
Acked-by: Wei Yongjun <yjwei@cn.fujitsu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
SCTP reconfigure the IP addresses in the association by using
ASCONF chunks as mentioned in RFC5061. For example, we can
start to use the newly configured IP address in the existing
association. This patch implements automatic ASCONF operation
in the SCTP stack with address events in the host computer,
which is called auto_asconf.
Signed-off-by: Michio Honda <micchie@sfc.wide.ad.jp>
Signed-off-by: YOSHIFUJI Hideaki <yoshfuji@linux-ipv6.org>
Acked-by: Wei Yongjun <yjwei@cn.fujitsu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Signed-off-by: YOSHIFUJI Hideaki <yoshfuji@linux-ipv6.org>
Acked-by: Wei Yongjun <yjwei@cn.fujitsu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch introduces the CAIF HSI Protocol Driver for the
CAIF Link Layer.
This driver implements a platform driver to accommodate for a
platform specific HSI devices. A general platform driver is not
possible as there are no HSI side Kernel API defined.
Signed-off-by: Sjur Brændeland <sjur.brandeland@stericsson.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This adds dump support to testmode. The testmode
dump support in nl80211 requires using two of the
six cb->args, the rest can be used by the driver
to figure out where the dump position is at or to
store other data across invocations.
Signed-off-by: Wey-Yi Guy <wey-yi.w.guy@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
If the peer restart the asoc, we should not only fail any unsent/unacked
data, but also stop the T3-rtx, SACK, T4-rto timers, and teardown ASCONF
queues.
Signed-off-by: Wei Yongjun <yjwei@cn.fujitsu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
* git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net-2.6:
net: Kill ratelimit.h dependency in linux/net.h
net: Add linux/sysctl.h includes where needed.
net: Kill ether_table[] declaration.
inetpeer: fix race in unused_list manipulations
atm: expose ATM device index in sysfs
IPVS: bug in ip_vs_ftp, same list heaad used in all netns.
bug.h: Move ratelimit warn interfaces to ratelimit.h
bonding: cleanup module option descriptions
net:8021q:vlan.c Fix pr_info to just give the vlan fullname and version.
net: davinci_emac: fix dev_err use at probe
can: convert to %pK for kptr_restrict support
net: fix ETHTOOL_SFEATURES compatibility with old ethtool_ops.set_flags
netfilter: Fix several warnings in compat_mtw_from_user().
netfilter: ipset: fix ip_set_flush return code
netfilter: ipset: remove unused variable from type_pf_tdel()
netfilter: ipset: Use proper timeout value to jiffies conversion
Ingo Molnar noticed that we have this unnecessary ratelimit.h
dependency in linux/net.h, which hid compilation problems from
people doing builds only with CONFIG_NET enabled.
Move this stuff out to a seperate net/net_ratelimit.h file and
include that in the only two places where this thing is needed.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Acked-by: Ingo Molnar <mingo@elte.hu>
Several networking headers were depending upon the implicit
linux/sysctl.h include they get when including linux/net.h
Add explicit includes.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When ip_vs was adapted to netns the ftp application was not adapted
in a correct way.
However this is a fix to avoid kernel errors. In the long term another solution
might be chosen. I.e the ports that the ftp appl, uses should be per netns.
Signed-off-by: Hans Schillstrom <hans.schillstrom@ericsson.com>
Acked-by: Julian Anastasov <ja@ssi.bg>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
* git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/ebiederm/linux-2.6-nsfd:
net: fix get_net_ns_by_fd for !CONFIG_NET_NS
ns proc: Return -ENOENT for a nonexistent /proc/self/ns/ entry.
ns: Declare sys_setns in syscalls.h
net: Allow setting the network namespace by fd
ns proc: Add support for the ipc namespace
ns proc: Add support for the uts namespace
ns proc: Add support for the network namespace.
ns: Introduce the setns syscall
ns: proc files for namespace naming policy.
* git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net-2.6: (89 commits)
bonding: documentation and code cleanup for resend_igmp
bonding: prevent deadlock on slave store with alb mode (v3)
net: hold rtnl again in dump callbacks
Add Fujitsu 1000base-SX PCI ID to tg3
bnx2x: protect sequence increment with mutex
sch_sfq: fix peek() implementation
isdn: netjet - blacklist Digium TDM400P
via-velocity: don't annotate MAC registers as packed
xen: netfront: hold RTNL when updating features.
sctp: fix memory leak of the ASCONF queue when free asoc
net: make dev_disable_lro use physical device if passed a vlan dev (v2)
net: move is_vlan_dev into public header file (v2)
bug.h: Fix build with CONFIG_PRINTK disabled.
wireless: fix fatal kernel-doc error + warning in mac80211.h
wireless: fix cfg80211.h new kernel-doc warnings
iwlagn: dbg_fixed_rate only used when CONFIG_MAC80211_DEBUGFS enabled
dst: catch uninitialized metrics
be2net: hash key for rss-config cmd not set
bridge: initialize fake_rtable metrics
net: fix __dst_destroy_metrics_generic()
...
Fix up trivial conflicts in drivers/staging/brcm80211/brcmfmac/wl_cfg80211.c
There are two small cleanups in this patch:
- p9_errstr2errno was declared twice - remove one declaration.
- A uint8_t type was mixed in, change it to u8 to match
with the rest of the type names and remove dependency.
Cc: Eric Van Hensbergen <ericvh@gmail.com>
Cc: Ron Minnich <rminnich@sandia.gov>
Cc: Latchesar Ionkov <lucho@ionkov.net>
Cc: Pekka Enberg <penberg@cs.helsinki.fi>
Signed-off-by: Sasha Levin <levinsasha928@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Eric Van Hensbergen <ericvh@gmail.com>
Typo fixes and minor cleanups for v9fs
Signed-off-by: Rob Landley <rob@landley.net>
Reviewed-by: Venkateswararao Jujjuri (JV) <jvrao@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Eric Van Hensbergen <ericvh@gmail.com>
Fix new kernel-doc Error and Warning in <net/mac80211.h>:
Error(linux-2.6.39-git5/include/net/mac80211.h:550): cannot understand prototype: 'struct ieee80211_sched_scan_ies '
Warning(linux-2.6.39-git5/include/net/mac80211.h:2289): No description found for parameter 'sta'
Signed-off-by: Randy Dunlap <randy.dunlap@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Fix new kernel-doc warnings in <net/cfg80211.h>:
Warning(linux-2.6.39-git5/include/net/cfg80211.h:560): No description found for parameter 'bss_param'
Warning(linux-2.6.39-git5/include/net/cfg80211.h:1555): Enum value 'WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_SCHED_SCAN' not described in enum 'wiphy_flags'
Signed-off-by: Randy Dunlap <randy.dunlap@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Catch cases where dst_metric_set() and other functions are called
but _metrics is NULL.
Signed-off-by: Stephen Hemminger <shemminger@vyatta.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
* 'for-linus' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/jikos/trivial: (39 commits)
b43: fix comment typo reqest -> request
Haavard Skinnemoen has left Atmel
cris: typo in mach-fs Makefile
Kconfig: fix copy/paste-ism for dell-wmi-aio driver
doc: timers-howto: fix a typo ("unsgined")
perf: Only include annotate.h once in tools/perf/util/ui/browsers/annotate.c
md, raid5: Fix spelling error in comment ('Ofcourse' --> 'Of course').
treewide: fix a few typos in comments
regulator: change debug statement be consistent with the style of the rest
Revert "arm: mach-u300/gpio: Fix mem_region resource size miscalculations"
audit: acquire creds selectively to reduce atomic op overhead
rtlwifi: don't touch with treewide double semicolon removal
treewide: cleanup continuations and remove logging message whitespace
ath9k_hw: don't touch with treewide double semicolon removal
include/linux/leds-regulator.h: fix syntax in example code
tty: fix typo in descripton of tty_termios_encode_baud_rate
xtensa: remove obsolete BKL kernel option from defconfig
m68k: fix comment typo 'occcured'
arch:Kconfig.locks Remove unused config option.
treewide: remove extra semicolons
...
* git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net-2.6: (27 commits)
bnx2x: allow device properly initialize after hotplug
bnx2x: fix DMAE timeout according to hw specifications
bnx2x: properly handle CFC DEL in cnic flow
bnx2x: call dev_kfree_skb_any instead of dev_kfree_skb
net: filter: move forward declarations to avoid compile warnings
pktgen: refactor pg_init() code
pktgen: use vzalloc_node() instead of vmalloc_node() + memset()
net: skb_trim explicitely check the linearity instead of data_len
ipv4: Give backtrace in ip_rt_bug().
net: avoid synchronize_rcu() in dev_deactivate_many
net: remove synchronize_net() from netdev_set_master()
rtnetlink: ignore NETDEV_RELEASE and NETDEV_JOIN event
net: rename NETDEV_BONDING_DESLAVE to NETDEV_RELEASE
bridge: call NETDEV_JOIN notifiers when add a slave
netpoll: disable netpoll when enslave a device
macvlan: Forward unicast frames in bridge mode to lowerdev
net: Remove linux/prefetch.h include from linux/skbuff.h
ipv4: Include linux/prefetch.h in fib_trie.c
netlabel: Remove prefetches from list handlers.
drivers/net: add prefetch header for prefetch users
...
Fixed up prefetch parts: removed a few duplicate prefetch.h includes,
fixed the location of the igb prefetch.h, took my version of the
skbuff.h code without the extra parentheses etc.
Fix new kernel-doc Error and Warning in <net/mac80211.h>:
Error(linux-2.6.39-git5/include/net/mac80211.h:550): cannot understand prototype: 'struct ieee80211_sched_scan_ies '
Warning(linux-2.6.39-git5/include/net/mac80211.h:2289): No description found for parameter 'sta'
Signed-off-by: Randy Dunlap <randy.dunlap@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
Trivial patch updating documentation in header files only.
Error handling of CAIF transmit errors was changed by commit:
caif: Don't resend if dev_queue_xmit fails.
This patch updates the documentation accordingly.
Signed-off-by: Sjur Brændeland <sjur.brandeland@stericsson.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
* git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net-next-2.6: (1446 commits)
macvlan: fix panic if lowerdev in a bond
tg3: Add braces around 5906 workaround.
tg3: Fix NETIF_F_LOOPBACK error
macvlan: remove one synchronize_rcu() call
networking: NET_CLS_ROUTE4 depends on INET
irda: Fix error propagation in ircomm_lmp_connect_response()
irda: Kill set but unused variable 'bytes' in irlan_check_command_param()
irda: Kill set but unused variable 'clen' in ircomm_connect_indication()
rxrpc: Fix set but unused variable 'usage' in rxrpc_get_transport()
be2net: Kill set but unused variable 'req' in lancer_fw_download()
irda: Kill set but unused vars 'saddr' and 'daddr' in irlan_provider_connect_indication()
atl1c: atl1c_resume() is only used when CONFIG_PM_SLEEP is defined.
rxrpc: Fix set but unused variable 'usage' in rxrpc_get_peer().
rxrpc: Kill set but unused variable 'local' in rxrpc_UDP_error_handler()
rxrpc: Kill set but unused variable 'sp' in rxrpc_process_connection()
rxrpc: Kill set but unused variable 'sp' in rxrpc_rotate_tx_window()
pkt_sched: Kill set but unused variable 'protocol' in tc_classify()
isdn: capi: Use pr_debug() instead of ifdefs.
tg3: Update version to 3.119
tg3: Apply rx_discards fix to 5719/5720
...
Fix up trivial conflicts in arch/x86/Kconfig and net/mac80211/agg-tx.c
as per Davem.
ipv6 has per device ICMP SNMP counters, taking too much space because
they use percpu storage.
needed size per device is :
(512+4)*sizeof(long)*number_of_possible_cpus*2
On a 32bit kernel, 16 possible cpus, this wastes more than 64kbytes of
memory per ipv6 enabled network device, taken in vmalloc pool.
Since ICMP messages are rare, just use shared counters (atomic_long_t)
Per network space ICMP counters are still using percpu memory, we might
also convert them to shared counters in a future patch.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
CC: Denys Fedoryshchenko <denys@visp.net.lb>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
cfg80211 scan code adds separate BSS entries if the same BSS shows up
on multiple channels. However, sme implementation does not use the
frequency when fetching the BSS entry. Fix this by adding channel
information to cfg80211_roamed() and include it in cfg80211_get_bss()
calls.
Please note that drivers using cfg80211_roamed() need to be modified to
fully implement this fix. This commit includes only minimal changes to
avoid compilation issues; it maintains the old (broken) behavior for
most drivers. ath6kl was the only one that I could test, so I updated
it to provide the operating frequency in the roamed event.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni.malinen@atheros.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
It's way past it's usefulness. And this gets rid of a bunch
of stray ->rt_{dst,src} references.
Even the comment documenting the macro was inaccurate (stated
default was 1 when it's 0).
If reintroduced, it should be done properly, with dynamic debug
facilities.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
If CONFIG_PROC_SYSCTL=n the building process fails:
ping.c:(.text+0x52af3): undefined reference to `inet_get_ping_group_range_net'
Moved inet_get_ping_group_range_net() to ping.c.
Reported-by: Randy Dunlap <randy.dunlap@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: Vasiliy Kulikov <segoon@openwall.com>
Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Randy Dunlap <randy.dunlap@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Currently the devices that have already stripped IEEE 802.11
header from the AMSDU SKB can not use ieee80211_amsdu_to_8023s
routine. This patch enhances ieee80211_amsdu_to_8023s() API by
changing mandatory removing of IEEE 802.11 header from AMSDU
to optional.
Signed-off-by: Yogesh Ashok Powar <yogeshp@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Bing Zhao <bzhao@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
These definitions need to be exposed now that we can set the peer link
states via NL80211_ATTR_STA_PLINK_STATE. They were already being
(opaquely) reported by NL80211_STA_INFO_PLINK_STATE.
Signed-off-by: Javier Cardona <javier@cozybit.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Add the ability to advertise interface combinations in nl80211.
This allows the driver to indicate what the combinations are
that it supports. "Combinations" of just a single interface are
implicit, as previously. Note that cfg80211 will enforce that
the restrictions are met, but not for all drivers yet (once all
drivers are updated, we can remove the flag and enforce for all).
When no combinations are actually supported, an empty list will
be exported so that userspace can know if the kernel exported
this info or not (although it isn't clear to me what tools using
the info should do if the kernel didn't export it).
Since some interface types are purely virtual/software and don't
fit the restrictions, those are exposed in a new list of pure SW
types, not subject to restrictions. This mainly exists to handle
AP-VLAN and monitor interfaces in mac80211.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Do proper handling of dev_queue_xmit errors in order to
avoid double free of skb and leaks in error conditions.
In cfctrl pending requests are removed when CAIF Link layer goes down.
Signed-off-by: Sjur Brændeland <sjur.brandeland@stericsson.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Use struct net to reference CAIF configuration object instead of static variables.
Refactor functions caif_connect_client, caif_disconnect_client and squach
files cfcnfg.c and caif_config_utils.
Signed-off-by: Sjur Brændeland <sjur.brandeland@stericsson.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
CAIF Socket Layer and ip-interface registers reference counters
in CAIF service layer. The functions sock_hold, sock_put and
dev_hold, dev_put are used by CAIF Stack to protect from freeing
memory while packets are in-flight.
Signed-off-by: Sjur Brændeland <sjur.brandeland@stericsson.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Instead of having reference counts in caif service layers,
we hook into existing refcount handling in socket layer and netdevice.
Signed-off-by: Sjur Brændeland <sjur.brandeland@stericsson.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Introduce Per-cpu reference for lower part of CAIF Stack.
Before freeing payload is disabled, synchronize_rcu() is called,
and then ref-count verified to be zero.
Signed-off-by: Sjur Brændeland <sjur.brandeland@stericsson.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
RCU read_lock and refcount is used to protect in-flight packets.
Use RCU and counters to manage freeing lower part of the CAIF stack if
CAIF-link layer is removed. Old solution based on delaying removal of
device is removed.
When CAIF link layer goes down the use of CAIF link layer is disabled
(by calling caif_set_phy_state()), but removal and freeing of the
lower part of the CAIF stack is done when Link layer is unregistered.
Signed-off-by: Sjur Brændeland <sjur.brandeland@stericsson.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Replace spin_lock with rcu_read_lock when accessing lists to layers
and cache. While packets are in flight rcu_read_lock should not be held,
instead ref-counters are used in combination with RCU.
Signed-off-by: Sjur Brændeland <sjur.brandeland@stericsson.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
* git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net-2.6:
bridge: fix forwarding of IPv6
bonding,llc: Fix structure sizeof incompatibility for some PDUs
ipv6: restore correct ECN handling on TCP xmit
ne-h8300: Fix regression caused during net_device_ops conversion
hydra: Fix regression caused during net_device_ops conversion
zorro8390: Fix regression caused during net_device_ops conversion
sfc: Always map MCDI shared memory as uncacheable
ehea: Fix memory hotplug oops
libertas: fix cmdpendingq locking
iwlegacy: fix IBSS mode crashes
ath9k: Fix a warning due to a queued work during S3 state
mac80211: don't start the dynamic ps timer if not associated
Pass in the sk_buff so that we can fetch the necessary keys from
the packet header when working with input routes.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds IPPROTO_ICMP socket kind. It makes it possible to send
ICMP_ECHO messages and receive the corresponding ICMP_ECHOREPLY messages
without any special privileges. In other words, the patch makes it
possible to implement setuid-less and CAP_NET_RAW-less /bin/ping. In
order not to increase the kernel's attack surface, the new functionality
is disabled by default, but is enabled at bootup by supporting Linux
distributions, optionally with restriction to a group or a group range
(see below).
Similar functionality is implemented in Mac OS X:
http://www.manpagez.com/man/4/icmp/
A new ping socket is created with
socket(PF_INET, SOCK_DGRAM, PROT_ICMP)
Message identifiers (octets 4-5 of ICMP header) are interpreted as local
ports. Addresses are stored in struct sockaddr_in. No port numbers are
reserved for privileged processes, port 0 is reserved for API ("let the
kernel pick a free number"). There is no notion of remote ports, remote
port numbers provided by the user (e.g. in connect()) are ignored.
Data sent and received include ICMP headers. This is deliberate to:
1) Avoid the need to transport headers values like sequence numbers by
other means.
2) Make it easier to port existing programs using raw sockets.
ICMP headers given to send() are checked and sanitized. The type must be
ICMP_ECHO and the code must be zero (future extensions might relax this,
see below). The id is set to the number (local port) of the socket, the
checksum is always recomputed.
ICMP reply packets received from the network are demultiplexed according
to their id's, and are returned by recv() without any modifications.
IP header information and ICMP errors of those packets may be obtained
via ancillary data (IP_RECVTTL, IP_RETOPTS, and IP_RECVERR). ICMP source
quenches and redirects are reported as fake errors via the error queue
(IP_RECVERR); the next hop address for redirects is saved to ee_info (in
network order).
socket(2) is restricted to the group range specified in
"/proc/sys/net/ipv4/ping_group_range". It is "1 0" by default, meaning
that nobody (not even root) may create ping sockets. Setting it to "100
100" would grant permissions to the single group (to either make
/sbin/ping g+s and owned by this group or to grant permissions to the
"netadmins" group), "0 4294967295" would enable it for the world, "100
4294967295" would enable it for the users, but not daemons.
The existing code might be (in the unlikely case anyone needs it)
extended rather easily to handle other similar pairs of ICMP messages
(Timestamp/Reply, Information Request/Reply, Address Mask Request/Reply
etc.).
Userspace ping util & patch for it:
http://openwall.info/wiki/people/segoon/ping
For Openwall GNU/*/Linux it was the last step on the road to the
setuid-less distro. A revision of this patch (for RHEL5/OpenVZ kernels)
is in use in Owl-current, such as in the 2011/03/12 LiveCD ISOs:
http://mirrors.kernel.org/openwall/Owl/current/iso/
Initially this functionality was written by Pavel Kankovsky for
Linux 2.4.32, but unfortunately it was never made public.
All ping options (-b, -p, -Q, -R, -s, -t, -T, -M, -I), are tested with
the patch.
PATCH v3:
- switched to flowi4.
- minor changes to be consistent with raw sockets code.
PATCH v2:
- changed ping_debug() to pr_debug().
- removed CONFIG_IP_PING.
- removed ping_seq_fops.owner field (unused for procfs).
- switched to proc_net_fops_create().
- switched to %pK in seq_printf().
PATCH v1:
- fixed checksumming bug.
- CAP_NET_RAW may not create icmp sockets anymore.
RFC v2:
- minor cleanups.
- introduced sysctl'able group range to restrict socket(2).
Signed-off-by: Vasiliy Kulikov <segoon@openwall.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
With some combinations of arch/compiler (e.g. arm-linux-gcc) the sizeof
operator on structure returns value greater than expected. In cases when the
structure is used for mapping PDU fields it may lead to unexpected results
(such as holes and alignment problems in skb data). __packed prevents this
undesired behavior.
Signed-off-by: Vitalii Demianets <vitas@nppfactor.kiev.ua>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Since commit e9df2e8fd8 (Use appropriate sock tclass setting for
routing lookup) we lost ability to properly add ECN codemarks to ipv6
TCP frames.
It seems like TCP_ECN_send() calls INET_ECN_xmit(), which only sets the
ECN bit in the IPv4 ToS field (inet_sk(sk)->tos), but after the patch,
what's checked is inet6_sk(sk)->tclass, which is a completely different
field.
Close bug https://bugzilla.kernel.org/show_bug.cgi?id=34322
[Eric Dumazet] : added the INET_ECN_dontxmit() fix and replace macros
by inline functions for clarity.
Signed-off-by: Steinar H. Gunderson <sgunderson@bigfoot.com>
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Cc: YOSHIFUJI Hideaki <yoshfuji@linux-ipv6.org>
Cc: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Remove all remaining references to rt->rt_{src,dst}
by using dest->dst_saddr to cache saddr (used for TUN mode).
For ICMP in FORWARD hook just restrict the rt_mode for NAT
to disable LOCALNODE. All other modes do not allow
IP_VS_RT_MODE_RDR, so we should be safe with the ICMP
forwarding. Using cp->daddr as replacement for rt_dst
is safe for all modes except BYPASS, even when cp->dest is
NULL because it is cp->daddr that is used to assign cp->dest
for sync-ed connections.
Signed-off-by: Julian Anastasov <ja@ssi.bg>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When removing last vlan from a device, garp_uninit_applicant() calls
synchronize_rcu() to make sure no user can still manipulate struct
garp_applicant before we free it.
Use call_rcu() instead, as a step to further net_device dismantle
optimizations.
Add the temporary garp_cleanup_module() function to make sure no pending
call_rcu() are left at module unload time [ this will be removed when
kfree_rcu() is available ]
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When sched_scan_stopped was called by the driver, mac80211 calls
cfg80211, which in turn was calling mac80211 back with a flag
"driver_initiated". This flag was used so that mac80211 would do the
necessary cleanup but would not call the driver. This was enough to
prevent the bounce back between the driver and mac80211, but not
between mac80211 and cfg80211.
To fix this, we now do the cleanup in mac80211 before calling
cfg80211. To help with locking issues, the workqueue was moved from
cfg80211 to mac80211.
Reported-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: Luciano Coelho <coelho@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Multiple virtual AP interfaces can currently try
to use different beacon intervals, but that just
leads to problems since it won't actually be done
that way by drivers. Return an error in this case
to make sure it won't be done wrong.
Also, ignore attempts to change the DTIM period
or beacon interval during the lifetime of the BSS.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Introduce NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_INTERVAL as a required attribute for
NL80211_CMD_START_SCHED_SCAN. This value informs the driver at which
intervals the scheduled scan cycles should be executed.
Signed-off-by: Luciano Coelho <coelho@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Implement support for HW scheduled scan. The mac80211 code doesn't perform
scheduled scans itself, but calls the driver to start and stop scheduled
scans.
This patch also creates a trace event class to be used by drv_hw_scan
and the new drv_sched_scan_start and drv_sched_stop functions, in
order to avoid duplicate code.
Signed-off-by: Luciano Coelho <coelho@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Implement new functionality for scheduled scan offload. With this feature we
can scan automatically at certain intervals.
The idea is that the hardware can perform scan automatically and filter on
desired results without waking up the host unnecessarily.
Add NL80211_CMD_START_SCHED_SCAN and NL80211_CMD_STOP_SCHED_SCAN
commands to the nl80211 interface. When results are available they are
reported by NL80211_CMD_SCHED_SCAN_RESULTS events. The userspace is
informed when the scheduled scan has stopped with a
NL80211_CMD_SCHED_SCAN_STOPPED event, which can be triggered either by
the driver or by a call to NL80211_CMD_STOP_SCHED_SCAN.
Signed-off-by: Luciano Coelho <coelho@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Introduce a new configuration option to support AMPE from userspace.
Prior to this series we only supported authentication in userspace: an
authentication daemon would authenticate peer candidates in userspace
and hand them over to the kernel. From that point the mesh stack would
take over and establish a peer link (Mesh Peering Management).
These patches introduce support for Authenticated Mesh Peering Exchange
in userspace. The userspace daemon implements the AMPE protocol and on
successfull completion create mesh peers and install encryption keys.
Signed-off-by: Javier Cardona <javier@cozybit.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
In case of pre v2.1 devices authentication request will return
success immediately if the link key already exists without any
authentication process.
That means, it's not possible to re-authenticate the link if you
already have combination key and for instance want to re-authenticate
to get the high security (use 16 digit pin).
Therefore, it's necessary to check security requirements on auth
complete event to prevent not enough secure connection.
Signed-off-by: Waldemar Rymarkiewicz <waldemar.rymarkiewicz@tieto.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
* git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net-2.6: (27 commits)
slcan: fix ldisc->open retval
net/usb: mark LG VL600 LTE modem ethernet interface as WWAN
xfrm: Don't allow esn with disabled anti replay detection
xfrm: Assign the inner mode output function to the dst entry
net: dev_close() should check IFF_UP
vlan: fix GVRP at dismantle time
netfilter: revert a2361c8735
netfilter: IPv6: fix DSCP mangle code
netfilter: IPv6: initialize TOS field in REJECT target module
IPVS: init and cleanup restructuring
IPVS: Change of socket usage to enable name space exit.
netfilter: ebtables: only call xt_compat_add_offset once per rule
netfilter: fix ebtables compat support
netfilter: ctnetlink: fix timestamp support for new conntracks
pch_gbe: support ML7223 IOH
PCH_GbE : Fixed the issue of checksum judgment
PCH_GbE : Fixed the issue of collision detection
NET: slip, fix ldisc->open retval
be2net: Fixed bugs related to PVID.
ehea: fix wrongly reported speed and port
...
As it is, we assign the outer modes output function to the dst entry
when we create the xfrm bundle. This leads to two problems on interfamily
scenarios. We might insert ipv4 packets into ip6_fragment when called
from xfrm6_output. The system crashes if we try to fragment an ipv4
packet with ip6_fragment. This issue was introduced with git commit
ad0081e4 (ipv6: Fragment locally generated tunnel-mode IPSec6 packets
as needed). The second issue is, that we might insert ipv4 packets in
netfilter6 and vice versa on interfamily scenarios.
With this patch we assign the inner mode output function to the dst entry
when we create the xfrm bundle. So xfrm4_output/xfrm6_output from the inner
mode is used and the right fragmentation and netfilter functions are called.
We switch then to outer mode with the output_finish functions.
Signed-off-by: Steffen Klassert <steffen.klassert@secunet.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Take advantage of the new abstraction and allow network devices
to be placed in any network namespace that we have a fd to talk
about.
Acked-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Acked-by: Daniel Lezcano <daniel.lezcano@free.fr>
Signed-off-by: Eric W. Biederman <ebiederm@xmission.com>
DESCRIPTION
This patch tries to restore the initial init and cleanup
sequences that was before namspace patch.
Netns also requires action when net devices unregister
which has never been implemented. I.e this patch also
covers when a device moves into a network namespace,
and has to be released.
IMPLEMENTATION
The number of calls to register_pernet_device have been
reduced to one for the ip_vs.ko
Schedulers still have their own calls.
This patch adds a function __ip_vs_service_cleanup()
and an enable flag for the netfilter hooks.
The nf hooks will be enabled when the first service is loaded
and never disabled again, except when a namespace exit starts.
Signed-off-by: Hans Schillstrom <hans@schillstrom.com>
Acked-by: Julian Anastasov <ja@ssi.bg>
[horms@verge.net.au: minor edit to changelog]
Signed-off-by: Simon Horman <horms@verge.net.au>
Speedup vlan dismantling in CONFIG_VLAN_8021Q_GVRP=y cases,
by using a call_rcu() to free the memory instead of waiting with
expensive synchronize_rcu() [ while RTNL is held ]
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Cc: Ben Greear <greearb@candelatech.com>
Cc: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Cc: Paul E. McKenney <paulmck@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This way ip_output.c no longer needs rt->rt_{src,dst}.
We already have these keys sitting, ready and waiting, on the stack or
in a socket structure.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This allows us to acquire the exact route keying information from the
protocol, however that might be managed.
It handles all of the possibilities, from the simplest case of storing
the key in inet->cork.fl to the more complex setup SCTP has where
individual transports determine the flow.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This is just like inet_csk_route_req() except that it operates after
we've created the new child socket.
In this way we can use the new socket's cork flow for proper route
key storage.
This will be used by DCCP and TCP child socket creation handling.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Several future simplifications are possible now because of this.
For example, the sctp_addr unions can simply refer directly to
the flowi information.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The rcu callback sctp_local_addr_free() just calls a kfree(),
so we use kfree_rcu() instead of the call_rcu(sctp_local_addr_free).
Signed-off-by: Lai Jiangshan <laijs@cn.fujitsu.com>
Acked-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Signed-off-by: Paul E. McKenney <paulmck@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Josh Triplett <josh@joshtriplett.org>
When we fast path datagram sends to avoid locking by putting
the inet_cork on the stack we use up lots of space that isn't
necessary.
This is because inet_cork contains a "struct flowi" which isn't
used in these code paths.
Split inet_cork to two parts, "inet_cork" and "inet_cork_full".
Only the latter of which has the "struct flowi" and is what is
stored in inet_sock.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
This adds basic support for the new WoWLAN
configuration in mac80211. The behaviour is
completely offloaded to the driver though,
with two new callbacks (suspend/resume).
Options for the driver include a complete
reconfiguration after wakeup, and exposing
all the triggers it wants to support.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This is based on (but now quite far from) the
original work from Luis and Eliad. Add support
for configuring WoWLAN triggers, and getting
the configuration out again. Changes from the
original patchset are too numerous to list,
but one important change needs highlighting:
the suspend() callback is passed NULL for the
trigger configuration if userspace has not
configured WoWLAN at all.
Signed-off-by: Luis R. Rodriguez <lrodriguez@atheros.com>
Signed-off-by: Eliad Peller <eliad@wizery.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
The only user of WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_SEPARATE_DEFAULT_KEYS was removed
and consequently, this flag can be removed, too. In addition, a single
capability flag was not enough to indicate this capability clearly since
the device behavior may be different based on which operating mode is
being used.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni.malinen@atheros.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This patch adds a multiple message send syscall and is the send
version of the existing recvmmsg syscall. This is heavily
based on the patch by Arnaldo that added recvmmsg.
I wrote a microbenchmark to test the performance gains of using
this new syscall:
http://ozlabs.org/~anton/junkcode/sendmmsg_test.c
The test was run on a ppc64 box with a 10 Gbit network card. The
benchmark can send both UDP and RAW ethernet packets.
64B UDP
batch pkts/sec
1 804570
2 872800 (+ 8 %)
4 916556 (+14 %)
8 939712 (+17 %)
16 952688 (+18 %)
32 956448 (+19 %)
64 964800 (+20 %)
64B raw socket
batch pkts/sec
1 1201449
2 1350028 (+12 %)
4 1461416 (+22 %)
8 1513080 (+26 %)
16 1541216 (+28 %)
32 1553440 (+29 %)
64 1557888 (+30 %)
We see a 20% improvement in throughput on UDP send and 30%
on raw socket send.
[ Add sparc syscall entries. -DaveM ]
Signed-off-by: Anton Blanchard <anton@samba.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
A new list was added to replace the socket based one. This new list
doesn't depent on sock and then fits better inside l2cap_core.c code.
It also rename l2cap_chan_alloc() to l2cap_chan_create() and
l2cap_chan_free() to l2cap_chan_destroy)
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
When the user doesn't specify a psm we have the choose one for the
channel. Now we do this inside l2cap_add_psm().
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
The intention is to get rid of the l2cap_sk_list usage inside
l2cap_core.c. l2cap_sk_list will soon be replaced by a list that does not
depend on socket usage.
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
First, make callers pass on-stack flowi4 to ip_route_output_gre()
so they can get at the fully resolved flow key.
Next, use that in ipgre_tunnel_xmit() to avoid the need to use
rt->rt_{dst,src}.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
To more accurately reflect that it is purely a routing
cache lookup key and is used in no other context.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Four years ago, Patrick made a change to hold rtnl mutex during netlink
dump callbacks.
I believe it was a wrong move. This slows down concurrent dumps, making
good old /proc/net/ files faster than rtnetlink in some situations.
This occurred to me because one "ip link show dev ..." was _very_ slow
on a workload adding/removing network devices in background.
All dump callbacks are able to use RCU locking now, so this patch does
roughly a revert of commits :
1c2d670f36 : [RTNETLINK]: Hold rtnl_mutex during netlink dump callbacks
6313c1e099 : [RTNETLINK]: Remove unnecessary locking in dump callbacks
This let writers fight for rtnl mutex and readers going full speed.
It also takes care of phonet : phonet_route_get() is now called from rcu
read section. I renamed it to phonet_route_get_rcu()
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Cc: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Cc: Remi Denis-Courmont <remi.denis-courmont@nokia.com>
Acked-by: Stephen Hemminger <shemminger@vyatta.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Now that output route lookups update the flow with
source address et al. selections, the fl4->{saddr,daddr}
assignments here are no longer necessary.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We lack proper synchronization to manipulate inet->opt ip_options
Problem is ip_make_skb() calls ip_setup_cork() and
ip_setup_cork() possibly makes a copy of ipc->opt (struct ip_options),
without any protection against another thread manipulating inet->opt.
Another thread can change inet->opt pointer and free old one under us.
Use RCU to protect inet->opt (changed to inet->inet_opt).
Instead of handling atomic refcounts, just copy ip_options when
necessary, to avoid cache line dirtying.
We cant insert an rcu_head in struct ip_options since its included in
skb->cb[], so this patch is large because I had to introduce a new
ip_options_rcu structure.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Cc: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Even for keys that shouldn't be stored some use cases require the
knowledge of a new key having been created so that the conclusion of a
successful pairing can be made. Therefore, always send the mgmt_new_key
event but add a store_hint parameter to it to indicate to user space
whether the key should be stored or not.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@nokia.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
User space shouldn't have any need for the old key type so remove it
from the corresponding Management interface event.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@nokia.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
Link keys should only be stored if very specific criteria of the
authentication process are fulfilled. This patch essentially copies the
criteria that user space has so far been using to the kernel side so
that the management interface works properly.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@nokia.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
When accepting a pairing request which fulfills the SSP auto-accept
criteria we need to push the request all the way to the user for
confirmation. This patch adds a new hint to the user_confirm_request
management event so user space can know when to show a numeric
comparison dialog and when to show a simple yes/no confirmation dialog.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@nokia.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
Some test systems require an arbitrary delay to the auto-accept test
cases for Secure Simple Pairing in order for the tests to pass.
Previously when this was handled in user space it was worked around by
code modifications and recompilation, but now that it's on the kernel
side it's more convenient if there's a debugfs interface for it.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@nokia.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
This patch adds a new API for setting a TX rate mask in
drivers that have rate control in either the firmware or hardware.
This can be used for various purposes, for example, masking out the
11b rates in P2P operation.
Signed-off-by: Sujith Manoharan <Sujith.Manoharan@atheros.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Add API that allows low level drivers to notify mac80211 about TX
packet loss. This is useful when there are FW triggers to notify the
low level driver about these events.
Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arik@wizery.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Extend the mgmt_pin_code_request interface to require secure
pin code (16 digit) for authentication.
This is a kernel part of the secure pin code requirement notification
to user space agent.
Code styling fix by Johan Hedberg.
Signed-off-by: Waldemar Rymarkiewicz <waldemar.rymarkiewicz@tieto.com>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@nokia.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
Keep the link key type together with connection and use it to
map security level to link key requirements. Authenticate and/or
encrypt connection if the link is insufficiently secure.
Signed-off-by: Waldemar Rymarkiewicz <waldemar.rymarkiewicz@tieto.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
Introduce the link key types defs and use them instead of magic numbers.
Signed-off-by: Waldemar Rymarkiewicz <waldemar.rymarkiewicz@tieto.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
This patch adds a new event to the Management interface to track when
local adapters are discovering remote devices. For now this only tracks
BR/EDR discovery procedures.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@nokia.com>
Signed-off-by: Anderson Briglia <anderson.briglia@openbossa.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
This patch adds start_discovery and stop_discovery commands to the
management interface. Right now their implementation is fairly
simplistic and the parameters are fixed to what user space has
defaulted to so far.
This is the very initial phase for discovery implementation into
the kernel. Next steps include name resolution, LE scanning and
bdaddr type handling.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@nokia.com>
Signed-off-by: Anderson Briglia <anderson.briglia@openbossa.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
There is no need to the socket deal directly with the channel, most of the
time it cares about the channel only.
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
In this commit, omtu, imtu, flush_to, mode and sport. It also remove the
pi var from l2cap_sock_sendmsg().
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
l2cap_chan_connect() is a much better name and reflects what this
functions is doing (or will do once socket dependence is removed from the
core).
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
If the allocation happens at l2cap_sock_create() will be able to use the
struct l2cap_chan to store channel info that comes from the user via
setsockopt.
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
It's not used by anything in the kernel, and defined in net/route.h so
never exported to userspace.
Therefore we can safely remove it.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
These functions are used together as a unit for route resolution
during connect(). They address the chicken-and-egg problem that
exists when ports need to be allocated during connect() processing,
yet such port allocations require addressing information from the
routing code.
It's currently more heavy handed than it needs to be, and in
particular we allocate and initialize a flow object twice.
Let the callers provide the on-stack flow object. That way we only
need to initialize it once in the ip_route_connect() call.
Later, if ip_route_newports() needs to do anything, it re-uses that
flow object as-is except for the ports which it updates before the
route re-lookup.
Also, describe why this set of facilities are needed and how it works
in a big comment.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Reviewed-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Change the call to take the transport parameter and set the
cached 'dst' appropriately inside the get_dst() function calls.
This will allow us in the future to clean up source address
storage as well.
Signed-off-by: Vlad Yasevich <vladislav.yasevich@hp.com>
Signed-off-by: Wei Yongjun <yjwei@cn.fujitsu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There is no point in passing a destination address to
a get_saddr() call.
Signed-off-by: Vlad Yasevich <vladislav.yasevich@hp.com>
Signed-off-by: Wei Yongjun <yjwei@cn.fujitsu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The ipv6 routing lookup does give us a source address,
but instead of filling it into the dst, it's stored in
the flowi. We can use that instead of going through the
entire source address selection again.
Also the useless ->dst_saddr member of sctp_pf is removed.
And sctp_v6_dst_saddr() is removed, instead by introduce
sctp_v6_to_addr(), which can be reused to cleanup some dup
code.
Signed-off-by: Vlad Yasevich <vladislav.yasevich@hp.com>
Signed-off-by: Wei Yongjun <yjwei@cn.fujitsu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
These header files are never installed to user consumption, so any
__KERNEL__ cpp checks are superfluous.
Projects should also not copy these files into their userland utility
sources and try to use them there. If they insist on doing so, the
onus is on them to sanitize the headers as needed.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add const qualifiers to structs iphdr, ipv6hdr and in6_addr pointers
where possible, to make code intention more obvious.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch implement event notification SCTP_SENDER_DRY_EVENT.
SCTP Socket API Extensions:
6.1.9. SCTP_SENDER_DRY_EVENT
When the SCTP stack has no more user data to send or retransmit, this
notification is given to the user. Also, at the time when a user app
subscribes to this event, if there is no data to be sent or
retransmit, the stack will immediately send up this notification.
Signed-off-by: Wei Yongjun <yjwei@cn.fujitsu.com>
Signed-off-by: Vlad Yasevich <vladislav.yasevich@hp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch change the auth event type name to SCTP_AUTHENTICATION_EVENT,
which is based on API extension compliance.
Signed-off-by: Wei Yongjun <yjwei@cn.fujitsu.com>
Signed-off-by: Vlad Yasevich <vladislav.yasevich@hp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch Implement socket option SCTP_GET_ASSOC_ID_LIST.
SCTP Socket API Extension:
8.2.6. Get the Current Identifiers of Associations
(SCTP_GET_ASSOC_ID_LIST)
This option gets the current list of SCTP association identifiers of
the SCTP associations handled by a one-to-many style socket.
Signed-off-by: Wei Yongjun <yjwei@cn.fujitsu.com>
Signed-off-by: Vlad Yasevich <vladislav.yasevich@hp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Make heartbeat information in sctp_make_heartbeat() instead
of make it in sctp_sf_heartbeat() directly for common using.
Signed-off-by: Wei Yongjun <yjwei@cn.fujitsu.com>
Signed-off-by: Vlad Yasevich <vladislav.yasevich@hp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
SCTP does not check whether the source address of COOKIE-ECHO
chunk is the original address of INIT chunk or part of the any
address parameters saved in COOKIE in CLOSED state. So even if
the COOKIE-ECHO chunk is from any address but with correct COOKIE,
the COOKIE-ECHO chunk still be accepted. If the COOKIE is not from
a valid address, the assoc should not be established.
Signed-off-by: Wei Yongjun <yjwei@cn.fujitsu.com>
Signed-off-by: Vlad Yasevich <vladislav.yasevich@hp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
SCTP does not SCTP_STATE_EMPTY and we can never be in
that state. Remove useless code.
Signed-off-by: Vlad Yasevich <vladislav.yasevich@hp.com>
Signed-off-by: Wei Yongjun <yjwei@cn.fujitsu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When pos.v <= (void *)chunk + end - ntohs(pos.p->length) and
ntohs(pos.p->length) >= sizeof(sctp_paramhdr_t) these two expressions are all true,
pos.v <= (void *)chunk + end - sizeof(sctp_paramhdr_t) *must* be true.
This patch removes this kind of redundant check.
It's same to _sctp_walk_errors macro.
Signed-off-by: Shan Wei <shanwei@cn.fujitsu.com>
Signed-off-by: Vlad Yasevich <vladislav.yasevich@hp.com>
Signed-off-by: Wei Yongjun <yjwei@cn.fujitsu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Remove SCTP_CMD_TRANSMIT command as it never be used.
Signed-off-by: Shan Wei <shanwei@cn.fujitsu.com>
Signed-off-by: Vlad Yasevich <vladislav.yasevich@hp.com>
Signed-off-by: Wei Yongjun <yjwei@cn.fujitsu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The macro never be used.
And if needed, can use !sctp_chunk_is_data instead of.
Signed-off-by: Shan Wei <shanwei@cn.fujitsu.com>
Signed-off-by: Vlad Yasevich <vladislav.yasevich@hp.com>
Signed-off-by: Wei Yongjun <yjwei@cn.fujitsu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This allows a driver to buffer frames for a PS station and tell mac80211
to wake it up even though mac80211 does not have any buffered frames for
it.
This is necessary for properly handling aggregation related buffering,
in ath9k, because the driver needs to keep its frames in order to keep
track of the Block-ACK window.
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
[ipv6] Add support for RTA_PREFSRC
This patch allows a user to select the preferred source address
for a specific IPv6-Route. It can be set via a netlink message
setting RTA_PREFSRC to a valid IPv6 address which must be
up on the device the route will be bound to.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Walter <dwalter@barracuda.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Signed-off-by: Harsh Prateek Bora <harsh@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Venkateswararao Jujjuri <jvrao@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Eric VAn Hensbergen <ericvh@gmail.com>
Now that we use write_inode to flush server
cache related to fid, we don't need tsyncfs either fort dotl or dotu
protocols. For dotu this helps to do a more efficient server flush.
Signed-off-by: Aneesh Kumar K.V <aneesh.kumar@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Venkateswararao Jujjuri <jvrao@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Eric Van Hensbergen <ericvh@gmail.com>
fib_select_default() is a complete NOP, and completely pointless
to invoke, when we have no more than 1 default route installed.
And this is far and away the common case.
So remember how many prefixlen==0 routes we have in the routing
table, and elide the call when we have no more than one of those.
This cuts output route creation time by 157 cycles on Niagara2+.
In order to add the new int to fib_table, we have to correct the type
of ->tb_data[] to unsigned long, otherwise the private area will be
unaligned on 64-bit systems.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Reviewed-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Add station connected time in debugfs. This will be helpful to get a
measure of stability of the connection and for debugging stress issues
Cc: Senthilkumar Balasubramanian <Senthilkumar.Balasubramanian@Atheros.com>
Signed-off-by: Mohammed Shafi Shajakhan <mshajakhan@atheros.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Notify userspace when a beacon/presp is received from a suitable mesh
peer candidate for whom no sta information exists. Userspace can then
decide to create a sta info for the candidate. If userspace is not
ready to authenticate the peer right away, it can create the sta info
with the authenticated flag unset and set it later.
Signed-off-by: Javier Cardona <javier@cozybit.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
During mesh setup, use NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AUTH flag to create
a secure mesh and route management frames to userspace.
Also, NL80211_CMD_GET_WIPHY now returns a flag NL80211_SUPPORT_MESH_AUTH
if the wiphy's mesh implementation supports routing of mesh auth frames
to userspace. This is useful for forward compatibility between old
kernels and new userspace tools.
Signed-off-by: Javier Cardona <javier@cozybit.com>
Signed-off-by: Thomas Pedersen <thomas@cozybit.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
To NL80211_MESH_SETUP_IE. This reflects our ability to insert any ie
into a mesh beacon, not simply path selection ies.
Signed-off-by: Javier Cardona <javier@cozybit.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
In a highly noisy environment, the tx rate of the driver drops and
the application slows down since it has not yet received ACKs for
the frames already queued in the hardware. Since this ACK may take
more than 100ms, stopping the dev queues for entering PS at this
stage breaks applications, WMM test cases in my testing.
If there are frames already pending in the tx queue, postponing the
PS logic helps to avoid redundant queue stops. When power save is
enabled by default and in a noisy environment, this API certainly
helps in improving the average throughput.
Signed-off-by: Vivek Natarajan <vnatarajan@atheros.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Cleanup of new CAIF code.
* make local functions static
* remove code that is never used
* expand get_caif_conf() since wrapper is no longer needed
* make args to comparison functions const
* rename connect_req_to_link_param to keep exported names
consistent
Compile tested only.
Signed-off-by: Stephen Hemminger <shemminger@vyatta.com>
Acked-by: Sjur Brændeland <sjur.brandeland@stericsson.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
* git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net-2.6: (34 commits)
net: Add support for SMSC LAN9530, LAN9730 and LAN89530
mlx4_en: Restoring RX buffer pointer in case of failure
mlx4: Sensing link type at device initialization
ipv4: Fix "Set rt->rt_iif more sanely on output routes."
MAINTAINERS: add entry for Xen network backend
be2net: Fix suspend/resume operation
be2net: Rename some struct members for clarity
pppoe: drop PPPOX_ZOMBIEs in pppoe_flush_dev
dsa/mv88e6131: add support for mv88e6085 switch
ipv6: Enable RFS sk_rxhash tracking for ipv6 sockets (v2)
be2net: Fix a potential crash during shutdown.
bna: Fix for handling firmware heartbeat failure
can: mcp251x: Allow pass IRQ flags through platform data.
smsc911x: fix mac_lock acquision before calling smsc911x_mac_read
iwlwifi: accept EEPROM version 0x423 for iwl6000
rt2x00: fix cancelling uninitialized work
rtlwifi: Fix some warnings/bugs
p54usb: IDs for two new devices
wl12xx: fix potential buffer overflow in testmode nvs push
zd1211rw: reset rx idle timer from tasklet
...
The reverse path filter interferes with IPsec subnet-to-subnet tunnels,
especially when the link to the IPsec peer is on an interface other than
the one hosting the default route.
With dynamic routing, where the peer might be reachable through eth0
today and eth1 tomorrow, it's difficult to keep rp_filter enabled unless
fake routes to the remote subnets are configured on the interface
currently used to reach the peer.
IPsec provides a much stronger anti-spoofing policy than rp_filter, so
this patch disables the rp_filter for packets with a security path.
Signed-off-by: Michael Smith <msmith@cbnco.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This makes sk_buff available for other use in fib_validate_source().
Signed-off-by: Michael Smith <msmith@cbnco.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This is part of "moving things to l2cap_chan". As one the first move it
triggered a big number of changes in the funcions parameters, basically
changing the struct sock param to struct l2cap_chan.
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
As we use struct list_head to keep L2CAP channels list the workaround with
del_list is not needed anymore.
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
Use a well known Kernel API is always a good idea than implement your own
list.
In the future we might use RCU on this list.
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
struct l2cap_chan cames to create a clear separation between what
properties and data belongs to the L2CAP channel and what belongs to the
socket. By now we just fold the struct sock * in struct l2cap_chan as all
the channel info is struct l2cap_pinfo today.
In the next commits we will see a move of channel stuff to struct
l2cap_chan.
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
Commit 1018b5c016 ("Set rt->rt_iif more
sanely on output routes.") breaks rt_is_{output,input}_route.
This became the cause to return "IP_PKTINFO's ->ipi_ifindex == 0".
To fix it, this does:
1) Add "int rt_route_iif;" to struct rtable
2) For input routes, always set rt_route_iif to same value as rt_iif
3) For output routes, always set rt_route_iif to zero. Set rt_iif
as it is done currently.
4) Change rt_is_{output,input}_route() to test rt_route_iif
Signed-off-by: OGAWA Hirofumi <hirofumi@mail.parknet.co.jp>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This allows user-space monitoring of BSS parameters for the associated
station. This is useful for debugging and verifying that the paramaters
are as expected.
[Exactly the same as before but bundled into a single message]
Signed-off-by: Paul Stewart <pstew@chromium.org>
Cc: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
commit c6e1a0d12c broken the calc
(net: Allow no-cache copy from user on transmit)
of checksum, which may cause some tcp packets be dropped because
incorrect checksum. ssh does not work under today's net-next-2.6
tree.
Signed-off-by: Wei Yongjun <yjwei@cn.fujitsu.com>
Acked-by: Tom Herbert <therbert@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch uses __copy_from_user_nocache on transmit to bypass data
cache for a performance improvement. skb_add_data_nocache and
skb_copy_to_page_nocache can be called by sendmsg functions to use
this feature, initial support is in tcp_sendmsg. This functionality is
configurable per device using ethtool.
Presumably, this feature would only be useful when the driver does
not touch the data. The feature is turned on by default if a device
indicates that it does some form of checksum offload; it is off by
default for devices that do no checksum offload or indicate no checksum
is necessary. For the former case copy-checksum is probably done
anyway, in the latter case the device is likely loopback in which case
the no cache copy is probably not beneficial.
This patch was tested using 200 instances of netperf TCP_RR with
1400 byte request and one byte reply. Platform is 16 core AMD x86.
No-cache copy disabled:
672703 tps, 97.13% utilization
50/90/99% latency:244.31 484.205 1028.41
No-cache copy enabled:
702113 tps, 96.16% utilization,
50/90/99% latency 238.56 467.56 956.955
Using 14000 byte request and response sizes demonstrate the
effects more dramatically:
No-cache copy disabled:
79571 tps, 34.34 %utlization
50/90/95% latency 1584.46 2319.59 5001.76
No-cache copy enabled:
83856 tps, 34.81% utilization
50/90/95% latency 2508.42 2622.62 2735.88
Note especially the effect on latency tail (95th percentile).
This seems to provide a nice performance improvement and is
consistent in the tests I ran. Presumably, this would provide
the greatest benfits in the presence of an application workload
stressing the cache and a lot of transmit data happening.
Signed-off-by: Tom Herbert <therbert@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds a new remote_name event to the Management interface
which is sent every time the name of a remote device is resolved (over
BR/EDR).
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@nokia.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
This patch adds a device_found event to the Management interface. For
now the event only maps to BR/EDR inquiry result HCI events, but in the
future the plan is to also use it for the LE device discovery process.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@nokia.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
The description for buf_size was misleading and
just said you couldn't TX larger aggregates, but
of course you can't TX aggregates in a way that
would exceed the window either, which is possible
even if the aggregates are shorter than that.
Expand the description, thanks to Emmanuel for
explaining this to me.
Cc: Emmanuel Grumbach <egrumbach@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
ipvsadm -ln --daemon will trigger a Null pointer exception because
ip_vs_genl_dump_daemons() uses skb_net() instead of skb_sknet().
To prevent others from NULL ptr a check is made in ip_vs.h skb_net().
Signed-off-by: Hans Schillstrom <hans.schillstrom@ericsson.com>
Signed-off-by: Simon Horman <horms@verge.net.au>
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
auth_hmacs field of struct sctp_cookie is used for store
Requested HMAC Algorithm Parameter, and each HMAC Identifier
is 2 bytes, so the length should be:
SCTP_AUTH_NUM_HMACS * sizeof(__u16) + 2
Signed-off-by: Wei Yongjun <yjwei@cn.fujitsu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We can't send new commands before a cmd_complete for the HCI_RESET command
shows up.
Reported-by: Mikko Vinni <mmvinni@yahoo.com>
Reported-by: Justin P. Mattock <justinmattock@gmail.com>
Reported-by: Ed Tomlinson <edt@aei.ca>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
Tested-by: Justin P. Mattock <justinmattock@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Mikko Vinni <mmvinni@yahoo.com>
Tested-by: Ed Tomlinson <edt@aei.ca>
This patch adds automated creation of the local EIR data based on what
16-bit UUIDs are registered and what the device name is. This should
cover the majority use cases, however things like 32/128-bit UUIDs, TX
power and Device ID will need to be added later to be on par with what
bluetoothd is capable of doing (without the Management interface).
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@nokia.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
This patch adds commands to add and remove remote OOB data to the managment
interface. Remote data is stored in kernel and can be used by corresponding
HCI commands and events when needed.
Signed-off-by: Szymon Janc <szymon.janc@tieto.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
This patch adds a command to read local OOB data to the managment interface.
The command maps directly to the Read Local OOB Data HCI command.
Signed-off-by: Szymon Janc <szymon.janc@tieto.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
This patch adds a new set_local_name management command as well as a
local_name_changed management event. With these user space can both
change the local name as well as monitor changes to it by others.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@nokia.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
This patch adds the name of the adapter to the reply of the read_info
management command.
The management messages reserve 249 bytes for the name instead of 248
(like in the HCI spec) so that there is always a guarantee that it is
nul-terminated. That way it can safely be passed onto string
manipulation functions.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@nokia.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
This patch adds a clear define for the maximum device name length in HCI
messages and thereby avoids magic numbers in the code.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@nokia.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
On-stack initialization via assignment of flow structures are
expensive because GCC emits a memset() to clear the entire
structure out no matter what.
Add a helper for ipv4 output flow key setup which we can use to avoid
the memset.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Indicate an NL80211_CMD_DEL_STATION event when a station entry in
mac80211 is deleted to match with the NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION event
that is used when the entry was added. This is needed, e.g., to allow
user space to remove a peer from RSN IBSS Authenticator state machine
to avoid re-authentication and re-keying delays when the peer is not
reachable anymore.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni.malinen@atheros.com>
Reviewed-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
My commit 6d55cb91a0 (gre: fix hard header destination
address checking) broke multicast.
The reason is that ip_gre used to get ipgre_header() calls with
zero destination if we have NOARP or multicast destination. Instead
the actual target was decided at ipgre_tunnel_xmit() time based on
per-protocol dissection.
Instead of allowing the "abuse" of ->header() calls with invalid
destination, this creates multicast mappings for ip_gre. This also
fixes "ip neigh show nud noarp" to display the proper multicast
mappings used by the gre device.
Reported-by: Doug Kehn <rdkehn@yahoo.com>
Signed-off-by: Timo Teräs <timo.teras@iki.fi>
Acked-by: Doug Kehn <rdkehn@yahoo.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When we clone a xfrm state we have to assign the replay_esn
and the preplay_esn pointers to the state if we use the
new replay detection method. To this end, we add a
xfrm_replay_clone() function that allocates memory for
the replay detection and takes over the necessary values
from the original state.
Signed-off-by: Steffen Klassert <steffen.klassert@secunet.com>
Acked-by: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Define some constant offsets for CALL_REQUEST based on the description
at <http://www.techfest.com/networking/wan/x25plp.htm> and the
definition of ROSE as using 10-digit (5-byte) addresses. Use them
consistently. Validate all implicit and explicit facilities lengths.
Validate the address length byte rather than either trusting or
assuming its value.
Signed-off-by: Ben Hutchings <ben@decadent.org.uk>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We clone the child entry in skb_dst_pop before we call
skb_dst_drop(). Otherwise we might kill the child right
before we return it to the caller.
Signed-off-by: Steffen Klassert <steffen.klassert@secunet.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When we set up the flow informations in ip_route_newports(), we take
the address informations from the the rt_key_src and rt_key_dst fields
of the rtable. They appear to be empty. So take the address
informations from rt_src and rt_dst instead. This issue was introduced
by commit 5e2b61f784 ("ipv4: Remove
flowi from struct rtable.")
Signed-off-by: Steffen Klassert <steffen.klassert@secunet.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Move the scope value out of the fib alias entries and into fib_info,
so that we always use the correct scope when recomputing the nexthop
cached source address.
Reported-by: Julian Anastasov <ja@ssi.bg>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Any operation that:
1) Brings up an interface
2) Adds an IP address to an interface
3) Deletes an IP address from an interface
can potentially invalidate the nh_saddr value, requiring
it to be recomputed.
Perform the recomputation lazily using a generation ID.
Reported-by: Julian Anastasov <ja@ssi.bg>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We can't send new commands before a cmd_complete for the HCI_RESET command
shows up.
Reported-by: Mikko Vinni <mmvinni@yahoo.com>
Reported-by: Justin P. Mattock <justinmattock@gmail.com>
Reported-by: Ed Tomlinson <edt@aei.ca>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
Tested-by: Justin P. Mattock <justinmattock@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Mikko Vinni <mmvinni@yahoo.com>
Tested-by: Ed Tomlinson <edt@aei.ca>
commit fd245a4adb (net_sched: move TCQ_F_THROTTLED flag)
added a race.
qdisc_watchdog() is run from softirq, so special care should be taken or
we can lose one state transition (THROTTLED/RUNNING)
Prior to fd245a4adb, we were manipulating q->flags (qdisc->flags &=
~TCQ_F_THROTTLED;) and this manipulation could only race with
qdisc_warn_nonwc().
Since we want to avoid atomic ops in qdisc fast path - it was the
meaning of commit 3711210576 (QDISC_STATE_RUNNING dont need atomic
bit ops) - fix is to move THROTTLE bit into 'state' field, this one
being manipulated with SMP and IRQ safe operations.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This avoids explicit cast to avoid 'discards qualifiers'
compiler warning in a netfilter patch that i've been working on.
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Alex Sidorenko reported for problems with local
routes left after IP addresses are deleted. It happens
when same IPs are used in more than one subnet for the
device.
Fix fib_del_ifaddr to restrict the checks for duplicate
local and broadcast addresses only to the IFAs that use
our primary IFA or another primary IFA with same address.
And we expect the prefsrc to be matched when the routes
are deleted because it is possible they to differ only by
prefsrc. This patch prevents local and broadcast routes
to be leaked until their primary IP is deleted finally
from the box.
As the secondary address promotion needs to delete
the routes for all secondaries that used the old primary IFA,
add option to ignore these secondaries from the checks and
to assume they are already deleted, so that we can safely
delete the route while these IFAs are still on the device list.
Reported-by: Alex Sidorenko <alexandre.sidorenko@hp.com>
Signed-off-by: Julian Anastasov <ja@ssi.bg>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We dont need to test if we run from softirq context, we definitely are.
This saves few instructions in ip_rcv() & ip_rcv_finish()
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Fix many of each of these warnings:
Warning(include/net/cfg80211.h:519): No description found for parameter 'rxrate'
Warning(include/net/mac80211.h:1163): bad line:
Signed-off-by: Randy Dunlap <randy.dunlap@oracle.com>
Cc: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
* git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net-next-2.6: (1480 commits)
bonding: enable netpoll without checking link status
xfrm: Refcount destination entry on xfrm_lookup
net: introduce rx_handler results and logic around that
bonding: get rid of IFF_SLAVE_INACTIVE netdev->priv_flag
bonding: wrap slave state work
net: get rid of multiple bond-related netdevice->priv_flags
bonding: register slave pointer for rx_handler
be2net: Bump up the version number
be2net: Copyright notice change. Update to Emulex instead of ServerEngines
e1000e: fix kconfig for crc32 dependency
netfilter ebtables: fix xt_AUDIT to work with ebtables
xen network backend driver
bonding: Improve syslog message at device creation time
bonding: Call netif_carrier_off after register_netdevice
bonding: Incorrect TX queue offset
net_sched: fix ip_tos2prio
xfrm: fix __xfrm_route_forward()
be2net: Fix UDP packet detected status in RX compl
Phonet: fix aligned-mode pipe socket buffer header reserve
netxen: support for GbE port settings
...
Fix up conflicts in drivers/staging/brcm80211/brcmsmac/wl_mac80211.c
with the staging updates.
* 'tty-next' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/gregkh/tty-2.6: (76 commits)
pch_uart: reference clock on CM-iTC
pch_phub: add new device ML7213
n_gsm: fix UIH control byte : P bit should be 0
n_gsm: add a documentation
serial: msm_serial_hs: Add MSM high speed UART driver
tty_audit: fix tty_audit_add_data live lock on audit disabled
tty: move cd1865.h to drivers/staging/tty/
Staging: tty: fix build with epca.c driver
pcmcia: synclink_cs: fix prototype for mgslpc_ioctl()
Staging: generic_serial: fix double locking bug
nozomi: don't use flush_scheduled_work()
tty/serial: Relax the device_type restriction from of_serial
MAINTAINERS: Update HVC file patterns
tty: phase out of ioctl file pointer for tty3270 as well
tty: forgot to remove ipwireless from drivers/char/pcmcia/Makefile
pch_uart: Fix DMA channel miss-setting issue.
pch_uart: fix exclusive access issue
pch_uart: fix auto flow control miss-setting issue
pch_uart: fix uart clock setting issue
pch_uart : Use dev_xxx not pr_xxx
...
Fix up trivial conflicts in drivers/misc/pch_phub.c (same patch applied
twice, then changes to the same area in one branch)
If a transport prefers payload to be sent separate from the PDU
(P9_TRANS_PREF_PAYLOAD_SEP), there is no need to allocate msize
PDU buffers(struct p9_fcall).
This patch allocates only upto 4k buffers for this kind of transports
and there won't be any change to the legacy transports.
Hence, this patch on top of zero copy changes allows user to
specify higher msizes through the mount option
without hogging the kernel heap.
Signed-off-by: Venkateswararao Jujjuri <jvrao@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Eric Van Hensbergen <ericvh@gmail.com>
This patch adds preferences field to the p9_trans_module.
Through this, now transport layer can express its preference about the
payload. i.e if payload neds to be part of the PDU or it prefers it
to be sent sepearetly so that the transport layer can handle it in
a better way.
Signed-off-by: Venkateswararao Jujjuri <jvrao@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Eric Van Hensbergen <ericvh@gmail.com>
This patch prepares p9_fcall structure for zero copy. Added
fields send the payload buffer information to the transport layer.
In addition it adds a 'private' field for the transport layer to
store mapped/pinned page information so that it can be freed/unpinned
during req_done.
This patch also creates trans_common.[ch] to house helper functions.
It adds the following helper functions.
p9_release_req_pages - Release pages after the transaction.
p9_nr_pages - Return number of pages needed to accomodate the payload.
payload_gup - Translates user buffer into kernel pages.
Signed-off-by: Venkateswararao Jujjuri <jvrao@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Eric Van Hensbergen <ericvh@gmail.com>
ip_vs_conntrack_enabled() becomes a noop when CONFIG_SYSCTL is undefined.
In preparation for not including sysctl_conntrack in
struct netns_ipvs when CONFIG_SYCTL is not defined.
Signed-off-by: Simon Horman <horms@verge.net.au>
In preparation for not including sysctl_sync_ver in
struct netns_ipvs when CONFIG_SYCTL is not defined.
Signed-off-by: Simon Horman <horms@verge.net.au>
In preparation for not including sysctl_sync_threshold in
struct netns_ipvs when CONFIG_SYCTL is not defined.
Signed-off-by: Simon Horman <horms@verge.net.au>
Rename ip_vs_new_estimator to ip_vs_start_estimator
and ip_vs_kill_estimator to ip_vs_stop_estimator to better
match their logic.
Signed-off-by: Julian Anastasov <ja@ssi.bg>
Signed-off-by: Simon Horman <horms@verge.net.au>
Move the estimator reading from estimation_timer to user
context. ip_vs_read_estimator() will be used to decode the rate
values. As the decoded rates are not set by estimation timer
there is no need to reset them in ip_vs_zero_stats.
There is no need ip_vs_new_estimator() to encode stats
to rates, if the destination is in trash both the stats and the
rates are inactive.
Signed-off-by: Julian Anastasov <ja@ssi.bg>
Signed-off-by: Simon Horman <horms@verge.net.au>
Remove ustats_seq, IPVS_STAT_INC and IPVS_STAT_ADD
because they are not used. They were replaced with u64_stats.
Signed-off-by: Julian Anastasov <ja@ssi.bg>
Signed-off-by: Simon Horman <horms@verge.net.au>
Currently, the new percpu counters are not zeroed and
the zero commands do not work as expected, we still show the old
sum of percpu values. OTOH, we can not reset the percpu counters
from user context without causing the incrementing to use old
and bogus values.
So, as Eric Dumazet suggested fix that by moving all overhead
to stats reading in user context. Do not introduce overhead in
timer context (estimator) and incrementing (packet handling in
softirqs).
The new ustats0 field holds the zero point for all
counter values, the rates always use 0 as base value as before.
When showing the values to user space just give the difference
between counters and the base values. The only drawback is that
percpu stats are not zeroed, they are accessible only from /proc
and are new interface, so it should not be a compatibility problem
as long as the sum stats are correct after zeroing.
Signed-off-by: Julian Anastasov <ja@ssi.bg>
Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Simon Horman <horms@verge.net.au>
The global tot_stats contains cpustats field just like the
stats for dest and svc, so better use it to simplify the usage
in estimation_timer. As tot_stats is registered as estimator
we can remove the special ip_vs_read_cpu_stats call for
tot_stats. Fix ip_vs_read_cpu_stats to be called under
stats lock because it is still used as synchronization between
estimation timer and user context (the stats readers).
Also, make sure ip_vs_stats_percpu_show reads properly
the u64 stats from user context.
Signed-off-by: Julian Anastasov <ja@ssi.bg>
Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Simon Horman <horms@verge.net.au>
Remove include/net/netns/ip_vs.h because it depends on
structures from include/net/ip_vs.h. As ipvs is pointer in
struct net it is better to move struct netns_ipvs into
include/net/ip_vs.h, so that we can easily use other structures
in struct netns_ipvs.
Signed-off-by: Julian Anastasov <ja@ssi.bg>
Signed-off-by: Simon Horman <horms@verge.net.au>
There's no sense to 'ct = ct = ' in ip_vs_notrack(). Just assign
nf_ct_get()'s return value directly to the pointer variable 'ct' once.
Signed-off-by: Jesper Juhl <jj@chaosbits.net>
Signed-off-by: Simon Horman <horms@verge.net.au>
This patch adds support for IPsec extended sequence numbers (esn)
as defined in RFC 4303. The bits to manage the anti-replay window
are based on a patch from Alex Badea.
Signed-off-by: Steffen Klassert <steffen.klassert@secunet.com>
Acked-by: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
To support multiple versions of replay detection, we move the replay
detection functions to a separate file and make them accessible
via function pointers contained in the struct xfrm_replay.
Signed-off-by: Steffen Klassert <steffen.klassert@secunet.com>
Acked-by: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
To support IPsec extended sequence numbers, we split the
output sequence numbers of xfrm_skb_cb in low and high order 32 bits
and we add the high order 32 bits to the input sequence numbers.
All users are updated accordingly.
Signed-off-by: Steffen Klassert <steffen.klassert@secunet.com>
Acked-by: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds the struct xfrm_replay_state_esn which will be
used to support IPsec extended sequence numbers and anti replay windows
bigger than 32 packets. Also we add a function that returns the actual
size of the xfrm_replay_state_esn, a xfrm netlink atribute and a xfrm state
flag for the use of extended sequence numbers.
Signed-off-by: Steffen Klassert <steffen.klassert@secunet.com>
Acked-by: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
To start doing these conversions, we need to add some temporary
flow4_* macros which will eventually go away when all the protocol
code paths are changed to work on AF specific flowi objects.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This is just a shorthand which will help in passing around AF
specific flow structures as generic ones.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Now we have struct flowi4, flowi6, and flowidn for each address
family. And struct flowi is just a union of them all.
It might have been troublesome to convert flow_cache_uli_match() but
as it turns out this function is completely unused and therefore can
be simply removed.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Create two sets of port member accessors, one set prefixed by fl4_*
and the other prefixed by fl6_*
This will let us to create AF optimal flow instances.
It will work because every context in which we access the ports,
we have to be fully aware of which AF the flowi is anyways.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
I intend to turn struct flowi into a union of AF specific flowi
structs. There will be a common structure that each variant includes
first, much like struct sock_common.
This is the first step to move in that direction.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The idea here is this minimizes the number of places one has to edit
in order to make changes to how flows are defined and used.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This moves most of the accept logic to process context like other
socket stacks do. Then we can use a few more common socket helpers
and simplify a bit.
Signed-off-by: Rémi Denis-Courmont <remi.denis-courmont@nokia.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We have to use cfg->fc_scope not the final nh_scope value.
Reported-by: Julian Anastasov <ja@ssi.bg>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When doing output route lookups, we have to select the source address
if the user has not specified an explicit one.
First, if the route has an explicit preferred source address
specified, then we use that.
Otherwise we search the route's outgoing interface for a suitable
address.
This search can be precomputed and cached at route insertion time.
The only missing part is that we have to refresh this precomputed
value any time addresses are added or removed from the interface, and
this is accomplished by fib_update_nh_saddrs().
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The only necessary parts are the src/dst addresses, the
interface indexes, the TOS, and the mark.
The rest is unnecessary bloat, which amounts to nearly
50 bytes on 64-bit.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Because of various alignements [SLUB / qdisc], we use 512 bytes of
memory for one {p|b}fifo qdisc, instead of 256 bytes on 64bit arches and
192 bytes on 32bit ones.
Move the "u32 limit" inside "struct Qdisc" (no impact on other qdiscs)
Change qdisc_alloc(), first trying a regular allocation before an
oversized one.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds the support for retrieving the remote or peer DCBX
configuration via dcbnl for embedded DCBX stacks supporting the CEE DCBX
standard.
Signed-off-by: Shmulik Ravid <shmulikr@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
These 2 patches add the support for retrieving the remote or peer DCBX
configuration via dcbnl for embedded DCBX stacks. The peer configuration
is part of the DCBX MIB and is useful for debugging and diagnostics of
the overall DCB configuration. The first patch add this support for IEEE
802.1Qaz standard the second patch add the same support for the older
CEE standard. Diff for v2 - the peer-app-info is CEE specific.
Signed-off-by: Shmulik Ravid <shmulikr@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Return a dst pointer which is potentitally error encoded.
Don't pass original dst pointer by reference, pass a struct net
instead of a socket, and elide the flow argument since it is
unnecessary.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Route lookups follow a general pattern in the ipv6 code wherein
we first find the non-IPSEC route, potentially override the
flow destination address due to ipv6 options settings, and then
finally make an IPSEC search using either xfrm_lookup() or
__xfrm_lookup().
__xfrm_lookup() is used when we want to generate a blackhole route
if the key manager needs to resolve the IPSEC rules (in this case
-EREMOTE is returned and the original 'dst' is left unchanged).
Otherwise plain xfrm_lookup() is used and when asynchronous IPSEC
resolution is necessary, we simply fail the lookup completely.
All of these cases are encapsulated into two routines,
ip6_dst_lookup_flow and ip6_sk_dst_lookup_flow. The latter of which
handles unconnected UDP datagram sockets.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch converts UDP to use the new ip_finish_skb API. This
would then allows us to more easily use ip_make_skb which allows
UDP to run without a socket lock.
Signed-off-by: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au>
Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds the helper ip_make_skb which is like ip_append_data
and ip_push_pending_frames all rolled into one, except that it does
not send the skb produced. The sending part is carried out by
ip_send_skb, which the transport protocol can call after it has
tweaked the skb.
It is meant to be called in cases where corking is not used should
have a one-to-one correspondence to sendmsg.
This patch also adds the helper ip_finish_skb which is meant to
be replace ip_push_pending_frames when corking is required.
Previously the protocol stack would peek at the socket write
queue and add its header to the first packet. With ip_finish_skb,
the protocol stack can directly operate on the final skb instead,
just like the non-corking case with ip_make_skb.
Signed-off-by: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au>
Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In order to allow simultaneous calls to ip_append_data on the same
socket, it must not modify any shared state in sk or inet (other
than those that are designed to allow that such as atomic counters).
This patch abstracts out write references to sk and inet_sk in
ip_append_data and its friends so that we may use the underlying
code in parallel.
Signed-off-by: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au>
Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Also fix a typo in the STATION_INFO_TX_BITRATE description
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Most mgmt commands and event are related to hci adapter. Moving index to
common header allow to easily use it in command status while reporting errors.
For those not related to adapter use MGMT_INDEX_NONE (0xFFFF) as index.
Signed-off-by: Szymon Janc <szymon.janc@tieto.com>
Acked-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@nokia.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
For devices supported by iwlwifi sometimes
off-channel transmissions need to be handled
by the device completely. To support this
mac80211 needs to pass the frame directly
to the driver and not through the TX path
as the driver needs the frame and channel
information at the same time.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
The return value of the tx operation is commonly
misused by drivers, leading to errors. All drivers
will drop frames if they fail to TX the frame, and
they must also properly manage the queues (if they
didn't, mac80211 would already warn).
Removing the ability for drivers to return a BUSY
value also allows significant cleanups of the TX
TX handling code in mac80211.
Note that this also fixes a bug in ath9k_htc, the
old "return -1" there was wrong.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Tested-by: Sedat Dilek <sedat.dilek@googlemail.com> [ath5k]
Acked-by: Gertjan van Wingerde <gwingerde@gmail.com> [rt2x00]
Acked-by: Larry Finger <Larry.Finger@lwfinger.net> [b43, rtl8187, rtlwifi]
Acked-by: Luciano Coelho <coelho@ti.com> [wl12xx]
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
* Do not fail if the peer supports more or less than 3 algorithms.
* Ignore unknown congestion control algorithms instead of failing.
* Simplify congestion algorithm negotiation (largest is best).
* Do not use a static buffer.
* Fix off-by-two read overflow.
* Avoid extra memory copy (in addition to skb_copy_bits()).
The previous code really made no sense.
Signed-off-by: Rémi Denis-Courmont <remi.denis-courmont@nokia.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
sk->sk_state already contains the pipe state.
Signed-off-by: Rémi Denis-Courmont <remi.denis-courmont@nokia.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
lc and wlc use the same formula, but lblc and lblcr use another one. There
is no reason for using two different formulas for the lc variants.
The formula used by lc is used by all the lc variants in this patch.
Signed-off-by: Changli Gao <xiaosuo@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Wensong Zhang <wensong@linux-vs.org>
Signed-off-by: Simon Horman <horms@verge.net.au>
ip_route_newports() is the only place in the entire kernel that
cares about the port members in the routing cache entry's lookup
flow key.
Therefore the only reason we store an entire flow inside of the
struct rtentry is for this one special case.
Rewrite ip_route_newports() such that:
1) The caller passes in the original port values, so we don't need
to use the rth->fl.fl_ip_{s,d}port values to remember them.
2) The lookup flow is constructed by hand instead of being copied
from the routing cache entry's flow.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
netem_skb_cb() does :
return (struct netem_skb_cb *)qdisc_skb_cb(skb)->data;
Unfortunatly struct qdisc_skb_cb data is not long word aligned, so
access to psched_time_t time_to_send uses a non aligned access.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The flag isn't very descriptive -- the intention
is that the driver provides a TSF timestamp at
the beginning of the MPDU -- make that clearer
by renaming the flag to RX_FLAG_MACTIME_MPDU.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Add proper RCU annotations/verbs to sk_wq and wq members
Fix __sctp_write_space() sk_sleep() abuse (and sock->wq access)
Fix sunrpc sk_sleep() abuse too
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This commit adds the missing IPv6 multicast address flag defines to
complement the already existing multicast address scope defines and to
be able to check these flags nicely in the future.
Signed-off-by: Linus Lüssing <linus.luessing@web.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
To properly track bonding completion an event to indicate authentication
failure is needed. This event will be sent whenever an authentication
complete HCI event with a non-zero status comes. It will also be sent
when we're acting in acceptor role for SSP authentication in which case
the controller will send a Simple Pairing Complete event.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@nokia.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
The command complete event for mgmt_pin_code_reply &
mgmt_pin_code_neg_reply should have the adapter index, Bluetooth address
as well as the status.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@nokia.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
This patch adds support for the user confirmation (numeric comparison)
Secure Simple Pairing authentication method.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@nokia.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
This patch adds a new mgmt_pair_device which can be used to initiate a
dedicated bonding procedure. Some extra callbacks are added to the
hci_conn struct so that the pairing code can get notified of the
completion of the procedure.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@nokia.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
Now, TCP_CHECK_TIMER is not used for debuging, it does nothing.
And, it has been there for several years, maybe 6 years.
Remove it to keep code clearer.
Signed-off-by: Shan Wei <shanwei@cn.fujitsu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The only troublesome bit here is __mkroute_output which wants
to override res->fi and res->type, compute those in local
variables instead.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This allows avoiding multiple writes to the initial __refcnt.
The most simplest cases of wanting an initial reference of "1"
in ipv4 and ipv6 have been converted, the rest have been left
along and kept at the existing "0".
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Only oddities here are a couple of drivers that bogusly called the ldisc
helpers instead of returning -ENOIOCTLCMD. Fix the bug and the rest goes
away.
Signed-off-by: Alan Cox <alan@linux.intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@suse.de>
Doing tiocmget was such fun we should do tiocmset as well for the same
reasons
Signed-off-by: Alan Cox <alan@linux.intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@suse.de>
We don't actually need this and it causes problems for internal use of
this functionality. Currently there is a single use of the FILE * pointer.
That is the serial core which uses it to check tty_hung_up_p. However if
that is true then IO_ERROR is also already set so the check may be removed.
Signed-off-by: Alan Cox <alan@linux.intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@suse.de>
Assigning a socket in timewait state to skb->sk can trigger
kernel oops, e.g. in nfnetlink_log, which does:
if (skb->sk) {
read_lock_bh(&skb->sk->sk_callback_lock);
if (skb->sk->sk_socket && skb->sk->sk_socket->file) ...
in the timewait case, accessing sk->sk_callback_lock and sk->sk_socket
is invalid.
Either all of these spots will need to add a test for sk->sk_state != TCP_TIME_WAIT,
or xt_TPROXY must not assign a timewait socket to skb->sk.
This does the latter.
If a TW socket is found, assign the tproxy nfmark, but skip the skb->sk assignment,
thus mimicking behaviour of a '-m socket .. -j MARK/ACCEPT' re-routing rule.
The 'SYN to TW socket' case is left unchanged -- we try to redirect to the
listener socket.
Cc: Balazs Scheidler <bazsi@balabit.hu>
Cc: KOVACS Krisztian <hidden@balabit.hu>
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fwestphal@astaro.com>
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
If the new connection update parameter are accepted, the LE master
host sends the LE Connection Update Command to its controller informing
the new requested parameters.
Signed-off-by: Claudio Takahasi <claudio.takahasi@openbossa.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
Use proper timer instead of hci command flow control to timeout
failed hci commands. Otherwise stack ends up sending commands
when flow control is used to block new commands.
2010-09-01 18:29:41.592132 < HCI Command: Remote Name Request (0x01|0x0019) plen 10
bdaddr 00:16:CF:E1:C7:D7 mode 2 clkoffset 0x0000
2010-09-01 18:29:41.592681 > HCI Event: Command Status (0x0f) plen 4
Remote Name Request (0x01|0x0019) status 0x00 ncmd 0
2010-09-01 18:29:51.022033 < HCI Command: Remote Name Request Cancel (0x01|0x001a) plen 6
bdaddr 00:16:CF:E1:C7:D7
Signed-off-by: Ville Tervo <ville.tervo@nokia.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
Implements L2CAP Connection Parameter Update Response defined in
the Bluetooth Core Specification, Volume 3, Part A, section 4.21.
Address the LE Connection Parameter Procedure initiated by the slave.
Connection Interval Minimum and Maximum have the same range: 6 to
3200. Time = N * 1.25ms. Minimum shall be less or equal to Maximum.
The Slave Latency field shall have a value in the range of 0 to
((connSupervisionTimeout / connIntervalMax) - 1). Latency field shall
be less than 500. connSupervisionTimeout = Timeout Multiplier * 10 ms.
Multiplier field shall have a value in the range of 10 to 3200.
Signed-off-by: Claudio Takahasi <claudio.takahasi@openbossa.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
This patch splits the L2CAP command handling function in order to
have a clear separation between the commands related to BR/EDR and
LE. Commands and responses in the LE signaling channel are not being
handled yet, command reject is sent to all received requests. Bluetooth
Core Specification, Volume 3, Part A, section 4 defines the signaling
packets formats and allowed commands/responses over the LE signaling
channel.
Signed-off-by: Claudio Takahasi <claudio.takahasi@openbossa.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
Add support for LE server sockets.
Signed-off-by: Ville Tervo <ville.tervo@nokia.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
Add basic LE connection support to L2CAP. LE
connection can be created by specifying cid
in struct sockaddr_l2
Signed-off-by: Ville Tervo <ville.tervo@nokia.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
Bluetooth chips may have separate buffers for LE traffic.
This patch add support to use LE buffers provided by the chip.
Signed-off-by: Ville Tervo <ville.tervo@nokia.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
Bluetooth V4.0 adds support for Low Energy (LE) connections.
Specification introduces new set of hci commands to control LE
connection. This patch adds logic to create, cancel and disconnect
LE connections.
Signed-off-by: Ville Tervo <ville.tervo@nokia.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
Add needed HCI command and event structs to
create LE connections.
Signed-off-by: Ville Tervo <ville.tervo@nokia.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
When IP_VS schedulers do not find a destination, they output a terse
"WLC: no destination available" message through kernel syslog, which I
can not only make sense of because syslog puts them in a logfile
together with keepalived checker results.
This patch makes the output a bit more informative, by telling you which
virtual service failed to find a destination.
Example output:
kernel: [1539214.552233] IPVS: wlc: TCP 192.168.8.30:22 - no destination available
kernel: [1539299.674418] IPVS: wlc: FWM 22 0x00000016 - no destination available
I have tested the code for IPv4 and FWM services, as you can see from
the example; I do not have an IPv6 setup to test the third code path
with.
To avoid code duplication, I put a new function ip_vs_scheduler_err()
into ip_vs_sched.c, and use that from the schedulers instead of calling
IP_VS_ERR_RL directly.
Signed-off-by: Patrick Schaaf <netdev@bof.de>
Signed-off-by: Simon Horman <horms@verge.net.au>
l2cap_load() was added to trigger l2cap.ko module loading from the RFCOMM
and BNEP modules. Now that L2CAP module is gone, we don't need it anymore.
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
Actually doesn't make sense have these modules built separately.
The L2CAP layer is needed by almost all Bluetooth protocols and profiles.
There isn't any real use case without having L2CAP loaded.
SCO is only essential for Audio transfers, but it is so small that we can
have it loaded always in bluetooth.ko without problems.
If you really doesn't want it you can disable SCO in the kernel config.
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
If we didn't have a routing cache, we would not be able to properly
propagate certain kinds of dynamic path attributes, for example
PMTU information and redirects.
The reason is that if we didn't have a routing cache, then there would
be no way to lookup all of the active cached routes hanging off of
sockets, tunnels, IPSEC bundles, etc.
Consider the case where we created a cached route, but no inetpeer
entry existed and also we were not asked to pre-COW the route metrics
and therefore did not force the creation a new inetpeer entry.
If we later get a PMTU message, or a redirect, and store this
information in a new inetpeer entry, there is no way to teach that
cached route about the newly existing inetpeer entry.
The facilities implemented here handle this problem.
First we create a generation ID. When we create a cached route of any
kind, we remember the generation ID at the time of attachment. Any
time we force-create an inetpeer entry in response to new path
information, we bump that generation ID.
The dst_ops->check() callback is where the knowledge of this event
is propagated. If the global generation ID does not equal the one
stored in the cached route, and the cached route has not attached
to an inetpeer yet, we look it up and attach if one is found. Now
that we've updated the cached route's information, we update the
route's generation ID too.
This clears the way for implementing PMTU and redirects directly in
the inetpeer cache. There is absolutely no need to consult cached
route information in order to maintain this information.
At this point nothing bumps the inetpeer genids, that comes in the
later changes which handle PMTUs and redirects using inetpeers.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Validity of the cached PMTU information is indicated by it's
expiration value being non-zero, just as per dst->expires.
The scheme we will use is that we will remember the pre-ICMP value
held in the metrics or route entry, and then at expiration time
we will restore that value.
In this way PMTU expiration does not kill off the cached route as is
done currently.
Redirect information is permanent, or at least until another redirect
is received.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Future changes will add caching information, and some of
these new elements will be addresses.
Since the family is implicit via the ->daddr.family member,
replicating the family in ever address we store is entirely
redundant.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The Linux IPv4 AH stack aligns the AH header on a 64 bit boundary
(like in IPv6). This is not RFC compliant (see RFC4302, Section
3.3.3.2.1), it should be aligned on 32 bits.
For most of the authentication algorithms, the ICV size is 96 bits.
The AH header alignment on 32 or 64 bits gives the same results.
However for SHA-256-128 for instance, the wrong 64 bit alignment results
in adding useless padding in IPv4 AH, which is forbidden by the RFC.
To avoid breaking backward compatibility, we use a new flag
(XFRM_STATE_ALIGN4) do change original behavior.
Initial patch from Dang Hongwu <hongwu.dang@6wind.com> and
Christophe Gouault <christophe.gouault@6wind.com>.
Signed-off-by: Nicolas Dichtel <nicolas.dichtel@6wind.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
It causes the move of the declaration of 3 functions to l2cap.h:
l2cap_get_ident(), l2cap_send_cmd(), l2cap_build_conf_req()
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
This patch tries to do the minimal to move l2cap_sock_create() and its
dependencies to l2cap_sock.c. It create a API to initialize and cleanup
the L2CAP sockets from l2cap_core.c through l2cap_init_sockets() and
l2cap_cleanup_sockets().
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
This patch adds a new set_io_capability management command which is used
to set the IO capability for Secure Simple Pairing (SSP) as well as the
Security Manager Protocol (SMP). The value is per hci_dev and each
hci_conn object inherits it upon creation.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@nokia.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
This patch adds the necessary commands and events needed to communicate
PIN code related actions between the kernel and userspace. This includes
a pin_code_request event as well as pin_code_reply and
pin_code_negative_reply commands.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@nokia.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
This patch adds a get_connections command to the management interface.
With this command userspace can get the current list of connected
devices. Typically this command would only be used once when enumerating
existing adapters. After that the connected and disconnected events are
used to track connections.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@nokia.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
This patch add a new connect failed management event to track failures
in connecting to remote devices. It is particularly useful for security
mode 3 scenarios when we don't have a connected state while pairing but
still need to detect when the connect attempt failed.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@nokia.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
This patch adds a disconnect command to the managment interface. Using
this command user space is able to force the disconnection of connected
devices. The command maps directly to the Disconnect HCI command.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@nokia.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
This patch adds connected and disconnected managment events to track the
connection status to remote devices. The events map directly to
successful connection complete and disconnection complete HCI events for
ACL links.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@nokia.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
This patch adds a management commands to feed the kernel with all stored
link keys as well as remove specific ones or all of them. Once the
load_keys command has been called the kernel takes over link key
replies. A new_key event is also added to inform userspace of newly
created link keys that should be stored permanently.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@nokia.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
This patch adds the possibility for user space to fully control the
Class of Device value of local adapters. To control the service class
bits each UUID that's added comes with a service class "hint" which acts
as a mask of bits that the UUID needs to have enabled. The
set_service_cache management command is used to make sure we queue up
all UUID changes as user space initializes its drivers and then send a
single HCI_Write_Class_of_Device command when initialization is
complete.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@nokia.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
Using the managment interface means that user space doesn't need to do
any HCI command sending at all. This patch moves the remaining
initialization commands from user space to the kernel side. The patch
makes use of the new feature of __hci_request which allows the request
to be dynamically modified while it is ongoing (something that is needed
to react appropriately to the local features and the version of the
adapter).
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@nokia.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
The controller may have link keys in its own memory and these keys could
be used for secure connections. However, since the interface to access
these keys doesn't provide information about the key types (which would
be needed to infer the level of security each key provides) using these
keys is rather useless. Therefore, simply clear the controller side list
in the initialization procedure.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@nokia.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
To support a more dynamic HCI initialization sequence the __hci_request
behavior requires some more changes. Particularly, the init sequence
should be able to have conditionals in it (sending some HCI commands
depending on the outcome of a previous command) instead of being a fixed
list as it is right now.
The reasons for these additional requirements are the moving all
previously user space driven initialization commands to the kernel side
as well as the support the Low Energy controllers.
To fulfull these requirements the init sequence is made the only special
case for multi-command requests and req_last_cmd is renamed to
init_last_cmd. The hci_send_cmd function is changed to update
init_last_cmd as long as the HCI_INIT flag is set.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@nokia.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
This patch adds the necessary logic to act accordingly when the
HCI_PAIRABLE flag is not set. In that case PIN code replies as well as
Secure Simple Pairing requests without a NoBonding requirement need to
be rejected.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@nokia.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
This patch adds methods to the management interface for userspace to
notify the kernel of which services have been registered for specific
adapters. This information is needed for setting the appropriate Class
of Device value as well as the Extended Inquiry Response value. This
patch doesn't actually implement setting of these values but just
provides the storage of the UUIDs so the needed functionality can be
built on top of it.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@nokia.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
This patch implements a new set_pairable management command to control
the pairable state of local adapters. The state is represented using a
new HCI_PAIRABLE flag in the hci_dev struct.
For backwards compatibility with older user space versions the
HCI_PAIRABLE flag gets automatically set when the existence of an
adapter is reported to user space through legacy methods and the
HCI_MGMT flag is not set.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@nokia.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
This patch adds a HCI_MGMT flag to track adapters which are under the
control of the management interface. This is needed to make sure that
new kernels will work with old user space versions. I.e. behaviour which
could break old user space versions (but is needed by the management
interface) should not be exhibited when the HCI_MGMT flag is not set.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@nokia.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
The powered, connectable and discoverable messages all have the same
format. By using a single struct for all of them a lot of code can be
simplified and reused.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@nokia.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
This patch adds a set_connectable command as well as a corresponding
event to the management interface. It's mainly useful for setting an
adapter as connectable from a non-initialized state as well as setting
an already initialized adapter as non-connectable (mostly useful for
qualification purposes).
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@nokia.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
This patch adds a set_discoverable command to the management interface
as well as the corresponding event. The command is used to control the
discoverable state of adapters.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@nokia.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
This patch adds a set_powered command to the management interface
through which the powered state of local adapters can be controlled.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@nokia.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
This patch adds support for the powered event that's used to indicate to
userspace when the powered state of a local adapter changes.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@nokia.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
This patch implements automatic initialization of basic information
about newly registered Bluetooth adapters. E.g. the address and features
are always needed so it makes sense for the kernel to automatically
power on adapters and read this information. A new HCI_SETUP flag is
added to track this state.
In order to not consume unnecessary amounts of power if there isn't a
user space available that could switch the adapter back off, a timer is
added to do this automatically as long as no Bluetooth user space seems
to be present. A new HCI_AUTO_OFF flag is added that user space needs to
clear to avoid the automatic power off.
Additionally, the management interface index_added event is moved to the
end of the HCI_SETUP stage so a user space supporting the managment
inteface has all the necessary information available for fetching when
it gets notified of a new adapter. The HCI_DEV_REG event is kept in the
same place as before since existing HCI raw socket based user space
versions depend on seeing the kernels initialization sequence
(hci_init_req) to determine when the adapter is ready for use.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@nokia.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
Modification of Nick Pelly <npelly@google.com> patch.
With Bluetooth 2.1 ACL packets can be flushable or non-flushable. This commit
makes ACL data packets non-flushable by default on compatible chipsets, and
adds the BT_FLUSHABLE socket option to explicitly request flushable ACL
data packets for a given L2CAP socket. This is useful for A2DP data which can
be safely discarded if it can not be delivered within a short time (while
other ACL data should not be discarded).
Note that making ACL data flushable has no effect unless the automatic flush
timeout for that ACL link is changed from its default of 0 (infinite).
Default packet types (for compatible chipsets):
Frame 34: 13 bytes on wire (104 bits), 13 bytes captured (104 bits)
Bluetooth HCI H4
Bluetooth HCI ACL Packet
.... 0000 0000 0010 = Connection Handle: 0x0002
..00 .... .... .... = PB Flag: First Non-automatically Flushable Packet (0)
00.. .... .... .... = BC Flag: Point-To-Point (0)
Data Total Length: 8
Bluetooth L2CAP Packet
After setting BT_FLUSHABLE
(sock.setsockopt(274 /*SOL_BLUETOOTH*/, 8 /* BT_FLUSHABLE */, 1 /* flush */))
Frame 34: 13 bytes on wire (104 bits), 13 bytes captured (104 bits)
Bluetooth HCI H4
Bluetooth HCI ACL Packet
.... 0000 0000 0010 = Connection Handle: 0x0002
..10 .... .... .... = PB Flag: First Automatically Flushable Packet (2)
00.. .... .... .... = BC Flag: Point-To-Point (0)
Data Total Length: 8
Bluetooth L2CAP Packet
Signed-off-by: Andrei Emeltchenko <andrei.emeltchenko@nokia.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
Like metrics, the ICMP rate limiting bits are cached state about
a destination. So move it into the inet_peer entries.
If an inet_peer cannot be bound (the reason is memory allocation
failure or similar), the policy is to allow.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
nlmsg_cancel can accept NULL as its second argument, so for similarity,
this patch extends genlmsg_cancel to be able to accept a NULL second
argument as well.
Signed-off-by: Julia Lawall <julia@diku.dk>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
TKIP countermeasures depend on devices being able to detect Michael
MIC failures on received frames and for stations to report errors to
the AP. In order to test that behavior, it is useful to be able to
send out TKIP frames with incorrect Michael MIC. This testing behavior
has minimal effect on the TX path, so it can be added to mac80211 for
convenient use.
The interface for using this functionality is a file in mac80211
netdev debugfs (tkip_mic_test). Writing a MAC address to the file
makes mac80211 generate a dummy data frame that will be sent out using
invalid Michael MIC value. In AP mode, the address needs to be for one
of the associated stations or ff:ff:ff:ff:ff:ff to use a broadcast
frame. In station mode, the address can be anything, e.g., the current
BSSID. It should be noted that this functionality works correctly only
when associated and using TKIP.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni.malinen@atheros.com>
Acked-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
When operating in AP mode the wl1271 hardware filters out null-data
packets as well as management packets. This makes it impossible for
mac80211 to monitor the PS mode by using the PM bit of incoming frames.
Implement a HW flag to indicate that mac80211 should ignore the PM bit.
In addition, expose ieee80211_sta_ps_transition() to make low-level
drivers capable of controlling PS-mode.
Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arik@wizery.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
These variables are unused as a result of the recent netns work.
Signed-off-by: Simon Horman <horms@verge.net.au>
Acked-by: Randy Dunlap <randy.dunlap@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: Hans Schillstrom <hans@schillstrom.com>
Tested-by: Hans Schillstrom <hans@schillstrom.com>
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
For the following rule:
iptables -I PREROUTING -t raw -j CT --ctevents assured
The event delivered looks like the following:
[UPDATE] tcp 6 src=192.168.0.2 dst=192.168.1.2 sport=37041 dport=80 src=192.168.1.2 dst=192.168.1.100 sport=80 dport=37041 [ASSURED]
Note that the TCP protocol state is not included. For that reason
the CT event filtering is not very useful for conntrackd.
To resolve this issue, instead of conditionally setting the CT events
bits based on the ctmask, we always set them and perform the filtering
in the late stage, just before the delivery.
Thus, the event delivered looks like the following:
[UPDATE] tcp 6 432000 ESTABLISHED src=192.168.0.2 dst=192.168.1.2 sport=37041 dport=80 src=192.168.1.2 dst=192.168.1.100 sport=80 dport=37041 [ASSURED]
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
The patch adds the NFNL_SUBSYS_IPSET id and NLA_PUT_NET* macros to the
vanilla kernel.
Signed-off-by: Jozsef Kadlecsik <kadlec@blackhole.kfki.hu>
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Both fib_trie and fib_hash have a local implementation of
fib_table_select_default(). This is completely unnecessary
code duplication.
Since we now remember the fib_table and the head of the fib
alias list of the default route, we can implement one single
generic version of this routine.
Looking at the fib_hash implementation you may get the impression
that it's possible for there to be multiple top-level routes in
the table for the default route. The truth is, it isn't, the
insert code will only allow one entry to exist in the zero
prefix hash table, because all keys evaluate to zero and all
keys in a hash table must be unique.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This will be used later to implement fib_select_default() in a
completely generic manner, instead of the current situation where the
default route is re-looked up in the TRIE/HASH table and then the
available aliases are analyzed.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
SIOCGETSGCNT is not a unique ioctl value as it it maps tio SIOCPROTOPRIVATE +1,
which unfortunately means the existing infrastructure for compat networking
ioctls is insufficient. A trivial compact ioctl implementation would conflict
with:
SIOCAX25ADDUID
SIOCAIPXPRISLT
SIOCGETSGCNT_IN6
SIOCGETSGCNT
SIOCRSSCAUSE
SIOCX25SSUBSCRIP
SIOCX25SDTEFACILITIES
To make this work I have updated the compat_ioctl decode path to mirror the
the normal ioctl decode path. I have added an ipv4 inet_compat_ioctl function
so that I can have ipv4 specific compat ioctls. I have added a compat_ioctl
function into struct proto so I can break out ioctls by which kind of ip socket
I am using. I have added a compat_raw_ioctl function because SIOCGETSGCNT only
works on raw sockets. I have added a ipmr_compat_ioctl that mirrors the normal
ipmr_ioctl.
This was necessary because unfortunately the struct layout for the SIOCGETSGCNT
has unsigned longs in it so changes between 32bit and 64bit kernels.
This change was sufficient to run a 32bit ip multicast routing daemon on a
64bit kernel.
Reported-by: Bill Fenner <fenner@aristanetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: Eric W. Biederman <ebiederm@xmission.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
If there are no explicit metrics attached to a route, hook
fi->fib_info up to dst_default_metrics.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This is the initial gateway towards super-sharing metrics
if they are all set to zero for a route.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This adds the MCS information we currently get
from the drivers into radiotap.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
TCP is going to record metrics for the connection,
so pre-COW the route metrics at route cache entry
creation time.
This avoids several atomic operations that have to
occur if we COW the metrics after the entry reaches
global visibility.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Set the RTAX_LOCKED metric to INETPEER_METRICS_NEW (basically,
all ones) on fresh inetpeer entries.
This way code can determine if default metrics have been loaded
in from a routing table entry already.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Routing metrics are now copy-on-write.
Initially a route entry points it's metrics at a read-only location.
If a routing table entry exists, it will point there. Else it will
point at the all zero metric place-holder called 'dst_default_metrics'.
The writeability state of the metrics is stored in the low bits of the
metrics pointer, we have two bits left to spare if we want to store
more states.
For the initial implementation, COW is implemented simply via kmalloc.
However future enhancements will change this to place the writable
metrics somewhere else, in order to increase sharing. Very likely
this "somewhere else" will be the inetpeer cache.
Note also that this means that metrics updates may transiently fail
if we cannot COW the metrics successfully.
But even by itself, this patch should decrease memory usage and
increase cache locality especially for routing workloads. In those
cases the read-only metric copies stay in place and never get written
to.
TCP workloads where metrics get updated, and those rare cases where
PMTU triggers occur, will take a very slight performance hit. But
that hit will be alleviated when the long-term writable metrics
move to a more sharable location.
Since the metrics storage went from a u32 array of RTAX_MAX entries to
what is essentially a pointer, some retooling of the dst_entry layout
was necessary.
Most importantly, we need to preserve the alignment of the reference
count so that it doesn't share cache lines with the read-mostly state,
as per Eric Dumazet's alignment assertion checks.
The only non-trivial bit here is the move of the 'flags' member into
the writeable cacheline. This is OK since we are always accessing the
flags around the same moment when we made a modification to the
reference count.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Quoting Ben Hutchings: we presumably won't be defining features that
can only be enabled on 64-bit architectures.
Occurences found by `grep -r` on net/, drivers/net, include/
[ Move features and vlan_features next to each other in
struct netdev, as per Eric Dumazet's suggestion -DaveM ]
Signed-off-by: Michał Mirosław <mirq-linux@rere.qmqm.pl>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Extend channel to frequency mapping for 802.11j Japan 4.9GHz band, according to
IEEE802.11 section 17.3.8.3.2 and Annex J. Because there are now overlapping
channel numbers in the 2GHz and 5GHz band we can't map from channel to
frequency without knowing the band. This is no problem as in most contexts we
know the band. In places where we don't know the band (and WEXT compatibility)
we assume the 2GHz band for channels below 14.
This patch does not implement all channel to frequency mappings defined in
802.11, it's just an extension for 802.11j 20MHz channels. 5MHz and 10MHz
channels as well as 802.11y channels have been omitted.
The following drivers have been updated to reflect the API changes:
iwl-3945, iwl-agn, iwmc3200wifi, libertas, mwl8k, rt2x00, wl1251, wl12xx.
The drivers have been compile-tested only.
Signed-off-by: Bruno Randolf <br1@einfach.org>
Signed-off-by: Brian Prodoehl <bprodoehl@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Luciano Coelho <coelho@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
In commit 44b8288308 (net_sched: pfifo_head_drop problem), we fixed
a problem with pfifo_head drops that incorrectly decreased
sch->bstats.bytes and sch->bstats.packets
Several qdiscs (CHOKe, SFQ, pfifo_head, ...) are able to drop a
previously enqueued packet, and bstats cannot be changed, so
bstats/rates are not accurate (over estimated)
This patch changes the qdisc_bstats updates to be done at dequeue() time
instead of enqueue() time. bstats counters no longer account for dropped
frames, and rates are more correct, since enqueue() bursts dont have
effect on dequeue() rate.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Stephen Hemminger <shemminger@vyatta.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch converts stab qdisc management to RCU, so that we can perform
the qdisc_calculate_pkt_len() call before getting qdisc lock.
This shortens the lock's held time in __dev_xmit_skb().
This permits more qdiscs to get TCQ_F_CAN_BYPASS status, avoiding lot of
cache misses and so reducing latencies.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
CC: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
CC: Jesper Dangaard Brouer <hawk@diku.dk>
CC: Jarek Poplawski <jarkao2@gmail.com>
CC: Jamal Hadi Salim <hadi@cyberus.ca>
CC: Stephen Hemminger <shemminger@vyatta.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In commit 3711210576 (net: QDISC_STATE_RUNNING dont need atomic bit
ops) I moved QDISC_STATE_RUNNING flag to __state container, located in
the cache line containing qdisc lock and often dirtied fields.
I now move TCQ_F_THROTTLED bit too, so that we let first cache line read
mostly, and shared by all cpus. This should speedup HTB/CBQ for example.
Not using test_bit()/__clear_bit()/__test_and_set_bit allows to use an
"unsigned int" for __state container, reducing by 8 bytes Qdisc size.
Introduce helpers to hide implementation details.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
CC: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
CC: Jesper Dangaard Brouer <hawk@diku.dk>
CC: Jarek Poplawski <jarkao2@gmail.com>
CC: Jamal Hadi Salim <hadi@cyberus.ca>
CC: Stephen Hemminger <shemminger@vyatta.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
net/built-in.o: In function `nf_conntrack_init_net':
net/netfilter/nf_conntrack_core.c:1521:
undefined reference to `nf_conntrack_tstamp_init'
net/netfilter/nf_conntrack_core.c:1531:
undefined reference to `nf_conntrack_tstamp_fini'
Add dummy inline functions for the =n case to fix this.
Reported-by: John Fastabend <john.r.fastabend@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
* git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net-2.6: (41 commits)
sctp: user perfect name for Delayed SACK Timer option
net: fix can_checksum_protocol() arguments swap
Revert "netlink: test for all flags of the NLM_F_DUMP composite"
gianfar: Fix misleading indentation in startup_gfar()
net/irda/sh_irda: return to RX mode when TX error
net offloading: Do not mask out NETIF_F_HW_VLAN_TX for vlan.
USB CDC NCM: tx_fixup() race condition fix
ns83820: Avoid bad pointer deref in ns83820_init_one().
ipv6: Silence privacy extensions initialization
bnx2x: Update bnx2x version to 1.62.00-4
bnx2x: Fix AER setting for BCM57712
bnx2x: Fix BCM84823 LED behavior
bnx2x: Mark full duplex on some external PHYs
bnx2x: Fix BCM8073/BCM8727 microcode loading
bnx2x: LED fix for BCM8727 over BCM57712
bnx2x: Common init will be executed only once after POR
bnx2x: Swap BCM8073 PHY polarity if required
iwlwifi: fix valid chain reading from EEPROM
ath5k: fix locking in tx_complete_poll_work
ath9k_hw: do PA offset calibration only on longcal interval
...
The option name of Delayed SACK Timer should be SCTP_DELAYED_SACK,
not SCTP_DELAYED_ACK.
Left SCTP_DELAYED_ACK be concomitant with SCTP_DELAYED_SACK,
for making compatibility with existing applications.
Reference:
8.1.19. Get or Set Delayed SACK Timer (SCTP_DELAYED_SACK)
（http://tools.ietf.org/html/draft-ietf-tsvwg-sctpsocket-25)
Signed-off-by: Shan Wei <shanwei@cn.fujitsu.com>
Acked-by: Wei Yongjun <yjwei@cn.fujitsu.com>
Acked-by: Vlad Yasevich <vladislav.yasevich@hp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The conn->sec_level value is supposed to represent the current level of
security that the connection has. However, by assigning to it before
requesting authentication it will have the wrong value during the
authentication procedure. To fix this a pending_sec_level variable is
added which is used to track the desired security level while making
sure that sec_level always represents the current level of security.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@nokia.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
Currently, mac80211 always advertises that it may send
up to 64 subframes in an aggregate. This is fine, since
it's the max, but might as well be set to zero instead
since it doesn't have any information.
However, drivers might have that information, so allow
them to set a variable giving it, which will then be
used. The default of zero will be fine since to the
peer that means we don't know and it will just use its
own limit for the buffer size.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
The aggregation code currently doesn't implement the
buffer size negotiation. It will always request a max
buffer size (which is fine, if a little pointless, as
the mac80211 code doesn't know and might just use 0
instead), but if the peer requests a smaller size it
isn't possible to honour this request.
In order to fix this, look at the buffer size in the
addBA response frame, keep track of it and pass it to
the driver in the ampdu_action callback when called
with the IEEE80211_AMPDU_TX_OPERATIONAL action. That
way the driver can limit the number of subframes in
aggregates appropriately.
Note that this doesn't fix any drivers apart from the
addition of the new argument -- they all need to be
updated separately to use this variable!
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Some devices don't support the maximum AMDPU buffer size of 64, so we
need to add an option to configure this in the hardware configuration.
This value will be used in the ADDBA response instead of the value
suggested in the request, if the latter is greater than the max
supported.
Signed-off-by: Luciano Coelho <coelho@ti.com>
Tested-by: Juuso Oikarinen <juuso.oikarinen@nokia.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This patch adds flow-based timestamping for conntracks. This
conntrack extension is disabled by default. Basically, we use
two 64-bits variables to store the creation timestamp once the
conntrack has been confirmed and the other to store the deletion
time. This extension is disabled by default, to enable it, you
have to:
echo 1 > /proc/sys/net/netfilter/nf_conntrack_timestamp
This patch allows to save memory for user-space flow-based
loogers such as ulogd2. In short, ulogd2 does not need to
keep a hashtable with the conntrack in user-space to know
when they were created and destroyed, instead we use the
kernel timestamp. If we want to have a sane IPFIX implementation
in user-space, this nanosecs resolution timestamps are also
useful. Other custom user-space applications can benefit from
this via libnetfilter_conntrack.
This patch modifies the /proc output to display the delta time
in seconds since the flow start. You can also obtain the
flow-start date by means of the conntrack-tools.
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Packet filter (BPF) doesnt need to disable softirqs, being fully
re-entrant and lock-less.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Adding support for SNMP broadcast connection tracking. The SNMP
broadcast requests are now paired with the SNMP responses.
Thus allowing using SNMP broadcasts with firewall enabled.
Please refer to the following conversation:
http://marc.info/?l=netfilter-devel&m=125992205006600&w=2
Patrick McHardy wrote:
> > The best solution would be to add generic broadcast tracking, the
> > use of expectations for this is a bit of abuse.
> > The second best choice I guess would be to move the help() function
> > to a shared module and generalize it so it can be used for both.
This patch implements the "second best choice".
Since the netbios-ns conntrack module uses the same helper
functionality as the snmp, only one helper function is added
for both snmp and netbios-ns modules into the new object -
nf_conntrack_broadcast.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Olsa <jolsa@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
My previous patch (netfilter: nf_nat: don't use atomic bit operation)
made a mistake when converting atomic_set to a normal bit 'or'.
IPS_*_BIT should be replaced with IPS_*.
Signed-off-by: Changli Gao <xiaosuo@gmail.com>
Cc: Tim Gardner <tim.gardner@canonical.com>
Cc: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
* git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net-2.6: (47 commits)
GRETH: resolve SMP issues and other problems
GRETH: handle frame error interrupts
GRETH: avoid writing bad speed/duplex when setting transfer mode
GRETH: fixed skb buffer memory leak on frame errors
GRETH: GBit transmit descriptor handling optimization
GRETH: fix opening/closing
GRETH: added raw AMBA vendor/device number to match against.
cassini: Fix build bustage on x86.
e1000e: consistent use of Rx/Tx vs. RX/TX/rx/tx in comments/logs
e1000e: update Copyright for 2011
e1000: Avoid unhandled IRQ
r8169: keep firmware in memory.
netdev: tilepro: Use is_unicast_ether_addr helper
etherdevice.h: Add is_unicast_ether_addr function
ks8695net: Use default implementation of ethtool_ops::get_link
ks8695net: Disable non-working ethtool operations
USB CDC NCM: Don't deref NULL in cdc_ncm_rx_fixup() and don't use uninitialized variable.
vxge: Remember to release firmware after upgrading firmware
netdev: bfin_mac: Remove is_multicast_ether_addr use in netdev_for_each_mc_addr
ipsec: update MAX_AH_AUTH_LEN to support sha512
...
Use is_vmalloc_addr() in nf_ct_free_hashtable() and get rid of
the vmalloc flags to indicate that a hash table has been allocated
using vmalloc().
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Fix dependencies of netfilter realm match: it depends on NET_CLS_ROUTE,
which itself depends on NET_SCHED; this dependency is missing from netfilter.
Since matching on realms is also useful without having NET_SCHED enabled and
the option really only controls whether the tclassid member is included in
route and dst entries, rename the config option to IP_ROUTE_CLASSID and move
it outside of traffic scheduling context to get rid of the NET_SCHED dependeny.
Reported-by: Vladis Kletnieks <Valdis.Kletnieks@vt.edu>
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
icv_truncbits is set to 256 for sha512, so update
MAX_AH_AUTH_LEN to 64.
Signed-off-by: Nicolas Dichtel <nicolas.dichtel@6wind.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The RED statistics structure includes backlog field which is not
set or used by any code.
Signed-off-by: Stephen Hemminger <shemminger@vyatta.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Last two global vars to be moved,
ip_vs_ftpsvc_counter and ip_vs_nullsvc_counter.
[horms@verge.net.au: removed whitespace-change-only hunk]
Signed-off-by: Hans Schillstrom <hans.schillstrom@ericsson.com>
Acked-by: Julian Anastasov <ja@ssi.bg>
Signed-off-by: Simon Horman <horms@verge.net.au>
trash list per namspace,
and reordering of some params in dst struct.
[ horms@verge.net.au: Use cancel_delayed_work_sync() instead of
cancel_rearming_delayed_work(). Found during
merge conflict resoliution ]
Signed-off-by: Hans Schillstrom <hans.schillstrom@ericsson.com>
Acked-by: Julian Anastasov <ja@ssi.bg>
Signed-off-by: Simon Horman <horms@verge.net.au>
This patch makes defense work timer per name-space,
A net ptr had to be added to the ipvs struct,
since it's needed by defense_work_handler.
[ horms@verge.net.au: Use cancel_delayed_work_sync() instead of
cancel_rearming_delayed_work(). Found during
merge conflict resoliution ]
Signed-off-by: Hans Schillstrom <hans.schillstrom@ericsson.com>
Acked-by: Julian Anastasov <ja@ssi.bg>
Signed-off-by: Simon Horman <horms@verge.net.au>
Moving global vars to ipvs struct, except for svc table lock.
Next patch for ctl will be drop-rate handling.
*v3
__ip_vs_mutex remains global
ip_vs_conntrack_enabled(struct netns_ipvs *ipvs)
Signed-off-by: Hans Schillstrom <hans.schillstrom@ericsson.com>
Acked-by: Julian Anastasov <ja@ssi.bg>
Signed-off-by: Simon Horman <horms@verge.net.au>
Connection hash table is now name space aware.
i.e. net ptr >> 8 is xor:ed to the hash,
and this is the first param to be compared.
The net struct is 0xa40 in size ( a little bit smaller for 32 bit arch:s)
and cache-line aligned, so a ptr >> 5 might be a more clever solution ?
All lookups where net is compared uses net_eq() which returns 1 when netns
is disabled, and the compiler seems to do something clever in that case.
ip_vs_conn_fill_param() have *net as first param now.
Three new inlines added to keep conn struct smaller
when names space is disabled.
- ip_vs_conn_net()
- ip_vs_conn_net_set()
- ip_vs_conn_net_eq()
*v3
moved net compare to the end in "fast path"
Signed-off-by: Hans Schillstrom <hans.schillstrom@ericsson.com>
Acked-by: Julian Anastasov <ja@ssi.bg>
Signed-off-by: Simon Horman <horms@verge.net.au>
The statistic counter locks for every packet are now removed,
and that statistic is now per CPU, i.e. no locks needed.
However summing is made in ip_vs_est into ip_vs_stats struct
which is moved to ipvs struc.
procfs, ip_vs_stats now have a "per cpu" count and a grand total.
A new function seq_file_single_net() in ip_vs.h created for handling of
single_open_net() since it does not place net ptr in a struct, like others.
/var/lib/lxc # cat /proc/net/ip_vs_stats_percpu
Total Incoming Outgoing Incoming Outgoing
CPU Conns Packets Packets Bytes Bytes
0 0 3 1 9D 34
1 0 1 2 49 70
2 0 1 2 34 76
3 1 2 2 70 74
~ 1 7 7 18A 18E
Conns/s Pkts/s Pkts/s Bytes/s Bytes/s
0 0 0 0 0
*v3
ip_vs_stats reamains as before, instead ip_vs_stats_percpu is added.
u64 seq lock added
*v4
Bug correction inbytes and outbytes as own vars..
per_cpu counter for all stats now as suggested by Julian.
[horms@verge.net.au: removed whitespace-change-only hunk]
Signed-off-by: Hans Schillstrom <hans.schillstrom@ericsson.com>
Acked-by: Julian Anastasov <ja@ssi.bg>
Signed-off-by: Simon Horman <horms@verge.net.au>
All global variables moved to struct ipvs,
most external changes fixed (i.e. init_net removed)
in sync_buf create + 4 replaced by sizeof(struct..)
Signed-off-by: Hans Schillstrom <hans.schillstrom@ericsson.com>
Acked-by: Julian Anastasov <ja@ssi.bg>
Signed-off-by: Simon Horman <horms@verge.net.au>
All variables moved to struct ipvs,
most external changes fixed (i.e. init_net removed)
*v3
timer per ns instead of a common timer in estimator.
Signed-off-by: Hans Schillstrom <hans.schillstrom@ericsson.com>
Acked-by: Julian Anastasov <ja@ssi.bg>
Signed-off-by: Simon Horman <horms@verge.net.au>
All variables moved to struct ipvs,
most external changes fixed (i.e. init_net removed)
in ip_vs_protocol param struct net *net added to:
- register_app()
- unregister_app()
This affected almost all proto_xxx.c files
Signed-off-by: Hans Schillstrom <hans.schillstrom@ericsson.com>
Acked-by: Julian Anastasov <ja@ssi.bg>
Signed-off-by: Simon Horman <horms@verge.net.au>
appcnt and timeout_table moved from struct ip_vs_protocol to
ip_vs proto_data.
struct net *net added as first param to
- register_app()
- unregister_app()
- app_conn_bind()
- ip_vs_conn_new()
[horms@verge.net.au: removed cosmetic-change-only hunk]
Signed-off-by: Hans Schillstrom <hans.schillstrom@ericsson.com>
Acked-by: Julian Anastasov <ja@ssi.bg>
Signed-off-by: Simon Horman <horms@verge.net.au>
ip_vs_protocol *pp is replaced by ip_vs_proto_data *pd in
function call in ip_vs_protocol struct i.e. :,
- timeout_change()
- state_transition()
ip_vs_protocol_timeout_change() got ipvs as param, due to above
and a upcoming patch - defence work
Most of this changes are triggered by Julians comment:
"tcp_timeout_change should work with the new struct ip_vs_proto_data
so that tcp_state_table will go to pd->state_table
and set_tcp_state will get pd instead of pp"
*v3
Mostly comments from Julian
The pp -> pd conversion should start from functions like
ip_vs_out() that use pp = ip_vs_proto_get(iph.protocol),
now they should use ip_vs_proto_data_get(net, iph.protocol).
conn_in_get() and conn_out_get() unused param *pp, removed.
*v4
ip_vs_protocol_timeout_change() walk the proto_data path.
Signed-off-by: Hans Schillstrom <hans.schillstrom@ericsson.com>
Acked-by: Julian Anastasov <ja@ssi.bg>
Signed-off-by: Simon Horman <horms@verge.net.au>
In this phase (one), all local vars will be moved to ipvs struct.
Remaining work, add param struct net *net to a couple of
functions that is common for all protos and use ip_vs_proto_data
*v3
Removed unuset function set_state_timeout()
Signed-off-by: Hans Schillstrom <hans.schillstrom@ericsson.com>
Acked-by: Julian Anastasov <ja@ssi.bg>
Signed-off-by: Simon Horman <horms@verge.net.au>
In this phase (one), all local vars will be moved to ipvs struct.
Remaining work, add param struct net *net to a couple of
functions that is common for all protos and use ip_vs_proto_data
*v3
Removed unused function set_state_timeout()
Signed-off-by: Hans Schillstrom <hans.schillstrom@ericsson.com>
Acked-by: Julian Anastasov <ja@ssi.bg>
Signed-off-by: Simon Horman <horms@verge.net.au>
In this phase (one), all local vars will be moved to ipvs struct.
Remaining work, add param struct net *net to a couple of
functions that is common for all protos and use all
ip_vs_proto_data
*v3
Removed unused function as sugested by Simon
Signed-off-by: Hans Schillstrom <hans.schillstrom@ericsson.com>
Acked-by: Julian Anastasov <ja@ssi.bg>
Signed-off-by: Simon Horman <horms@verge.net.au>
Add support for protocol data per name-space.
in struct ip_vs_protocol, appcnt will be removed when all protos
are modified for network name-space.
This patch causes warnings of unused functions, they will be used
when next patch will be applied.
Signed-off-by: Hans Schillstrom <hans.schillstrom@ericsson.com>
Acked-by: Julian Anastasov <ja@ssi.bg>
Signed-off-by: Simon Horman <horms@verge.net.au>
var sysctl_ip_vs_lblc_expiration moved to ipvs struct as
sysctl_lblc_expiration
procfs updated to handle this.
Signed-off-by: Hans Schillstrom <hans.schillstrom@ericsson.com>
Acked-by: Julian Anastasov <ja@ssi.bg>
Signed-off-by: Simon Horman <horms@verge.net.au>
var sysctl_ip_vs_lblcr_expiration moved to ipvs struct as
sysctl_lblcr_expiration
procfs updated to handle this.
Signed-off-by: Hans Schillstrom <hans.schillstrom@ericsson.com>
Acked-by: Julian Anastasov <ja@ssi.bg>
Signed-off-by: Simon Horman <horms@verge.net.au>
Services hash tables got netns ptr a hash arg,
While Real Servers (rs) has been moved to ipvs struct.
Two new inline functions added to get net ptr from skb.
Since ip_vs is called from different contexts there is two
places to dig for the net ptr skb->dev or skb->sk
this is handled in skb_net() and skb_sknet()
Global functions, ip_vs_service_get() ip_vs_lookup_real_service()
etc have got struct net *net as first param.
If possible get net ptr skb etc,
- if not &init_net is used at this early stage of patching.
ip_vs_ctl.c procfs not ready for netns yet.
*v3
Comments by Julian
- __ip_vs_service_find and __ip_vs_svc_fwm_find are fast path,
net_eq(svc->net, net) so the check is at the end now.
- net = skb_net(skb) in ip_vs_out moved after check for skb_dst.
Signed-off-by: Hans Schillstrom <hans.schillstrom@ericsson.com>
Acked-by: Julian Anastasov <ja@ssi.bg>
Signed-off-by: Simon Horman <horms@verge.net.au>
Preparation for network name-space init, in this stage
some empty functions exists.
In most files there is a check if it is root ns i.e. init_net
if (!net_eq(net, &init_net))
return ...
this will be removed by the last patch, when enabling name-space.
*v3
ip_vs_conn.c merge error corrected.
net_ipvs #ifdef removed as sugested by Jan Engelhardt
[ horms@verge.net.au: Removed whitespace-change-only hunks ]
Signed-off-by: Hans Schillstrom <hans.schillstrom@ericsson.com>
Acked-by: Julian Anastasov <ja@ssi.bg>
Signed-off-by: Simon Horman <horms@verge.net.au>
The IPv6 tproxy patches split IPv6 defragmentation off of conntrack, but
failed to update the #ifdef stanzas guarding the defragmentation related
fields and code in skbuff and conntrack related code in nf_defrag_ipv6.c.
This patch adds the required #ifdefs so that IPv6 tproxy can truly be used
without connection tracking.
Original report:
http://marc.info/?l=linux-netdev&m=129010118516341&w=2
Reported-by: Randy Dunlap <randy.dunlap@oracle.com>
Acked-by: Randy Dunlap <randy.dunlap@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: KOVACS Krisztian <hidden@balabit.hu>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
For SHA256, RFC4868 requires to truncate ICV length to 128 bits,
hence MAX_AH_AUTH_LEN should be updated to 16.
Signed-off-by: Nicolas Dichtel <nicolas.dichtel@6wind.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
IPv4 over firewire needs to be able to remove ARP entries
from the ARP cache that belong to nodes that are removed, because
IPv4 over firewire uses ARP packets for private information
about nodes.
This information becomes invalid as soon as node drops
off the bus and when it reconnects, its only possible
to start talking to it after it responded to an ARP packet.
But ARP cache prevents such packets from being sent.
Signed-off-by: Maxim Levitsky <maximlevitsky@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
HTB takes into account skb is segmented in stats updates.
Generalize this to all schedulers.
They should use qdisc_bstats_update() helper instead of manipulating
bstats.bytes and bstats.packets
Add bstats_update() helper too for classes that use
gnet_stats_basic_packed fields.
Note : Right now, TCQ_F_CAN_BYPASS shortcurt can be taken only if no
stab is setup on qdisc.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Dan Rosenberg pointed out that there were some signed comparison bugs
in the phonet protocol.
http://marc.info/?l=full-disclosure&m=129424528425330&w=2
The problem is that we check for array overflows but "protocol" is
signed and we don't check for array underflows. If you have already
have CAP_SYS_ADMIN then you could use the bugs to get root, or someone
could cause an oops by mistake.
Signed-off-by: Dan Carpenter <error27@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Rémi Denis-Courmont <remi.denis-courmont@nokia.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When I made the patch to add mesh join/leave I
didn't pay attention to docs because it was a
proof of concept, and then when we actually did
merge it I forgot -- add docs now.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
The flag is IEEE80211_TX_CTL_TX_OFFCHAN and I had
added that in a previous patch but forgotten docs.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Add documentation for the new callbacks that I
forgot in the patch adding the callbacks.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Fix new kernel-doc notation warning in sock.h by annotating skc_dontcopy_*
as private fields.
Warning(include/net/sock.h:163): No description found for parameter 'skc_dontcopy_end[0]'
Signed-off-by: Randy Dunlap <randy.dunlap@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Since nf_ct_expect_dst_hash() may be called without nf_conntrack_lock
locked, nf_ct_expect_hash_rnd should be initialized in the atomic way.
In this patch, we use nf_conntrack_hash_rnd instead of
nf_ct_expect_hash_rnd.
Signed-off-by: Changli Gao <xiaosuo@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This allows drivers to support remain-on-channel
offload if they implement smarter timing or need
to use a device implementation like iwlwifi.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Adding a pair of set-get routines to dcbnl for setting the negotiation
flags of the various DCB features. Conforms to the CEE flavor of DCBX
The user sets these flags (enable, advertise, willing) for each feature
to be used by the DCBX engine. The 'get' routine returns which of the
features is enabled after the negotiation.
This patch is dependent on the following patches:
[net-next-2.6 PATCH 1/3] dcbnl: add support for ieee8021Qaz attributes
[net-next-2.6 PATCH 2/3] dcbnl: add appliction tlv handlers
[net-next-2.6 PATCH 3/3] net_dcb: add application notifiers
Signed-off-by: Shmulik Ravid <shmulikr@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Adding an optional DCBX capability and a pair for get-set routines for
setting the device DCBX mode. The DCBX capability is a bit field of
supported attributes. The user is expected to set the DCBX mode with a
subset of the advertised attributes.
This patch is dependent on the following patches:
[net-next-2.6 PATCH 1/3] dcbnl: add support for ieee8021Qaz attributes
[net-next-2.6 PATCH 2/3] dcbnl: add appliction tlv handlers
[net-next-2.6 PATCH 3/3] net_dcb: add application notifiers
Signed-off-by: Shmulik Ravid <shmulikr@broadcom.com>
Acked-by: John Fastabend <john.r.fastabend@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
DCBx applications priorities can be changed dynamically. If
application stacks are expected to keep the skb priority
consistent with the dcbx priority the stack will need to
be notified when these changes occur.
This patch adds application notifiers for the stack to register
with.
Signed-off-by: John Fastabend <john.r.fastabend@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds application tlv handlers. Networking stacks
may use the application priority to set the skb priority of
their stack using the negoatiated dcbx priority.
This patch provides the dcb_{get|set}app() routines for the
stack to query these parameters. Notice lower layer drivers
can use the dcbnl_ops routines if additional handling is
needed. Perhaps in the firmware case for example
Signed-off-by: John Fastabend <john.r.fastabend@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Shmulik Ravid <shmulikr@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The IEEE8021Qaz is the IEEE standard version of CEE. The
standard has had enough significant changes from the CEE
version that many of the CEE attributes have no meaning
in the new spec or do not easily map to IEEE standards.
Rather then attempt to create a complicated mapping
between CEE and IEEE standards this patch adds a nested
IEEE attribute to the list of DCB attributes. The policy
is,
[DCB_ATTR_IFNAME]
[DCB_ATTR_STATE]
...
[DCB_ATTR_IEEE]
[DCB_ATTR_IEEE_ETS]
[DCB_ATTR_IEEE_PFC]
[DCB_ATTR_IEEE_APP_TABLE]
[DCB_ATTR_IEEE_APP]
...
The following dcbnl_rtnl_ops routines were added to handle
the IEEE standard,
int (*ieee_getets) (struct net_device *, struct ieee_ets *);
int (*ieee_setets) (struct net_device *, struct ieee_ets *);
int (*ieee_getpfc) (struct net_device *, struct ieee_pfc *);
int (*ieee_setpfc) (struct net_device *, struct ieee_pfc *);
int (*ieee_getapp) (struct net_device *, struct dcb_app *);
int (*ieee_setapp) (struct net_device *, struct dcb_app *);
Signed-off-by: John Fastabend <john.r.fastabend@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This reverts commit 4465b46900.
Conflicts:
net/ipv4/fib_frontend.c
As reported by Ben Greear, this causes regressions:
> Change 4465b46900 caused rules
> to stop matching the input device properly because the
> FLOWI_FLAG_MATCH_ANY_IIF is always defined in ip_dev_find().
>
> This breaks rules such as:
>
> ip rule add pref 512 lookup local
> ip rule del pref 0 lookup local
> ip link set eth2 up
> ip -4 addr add 172.16.0.102/24 broadcast 172.16.0.255 dev eth2
> ip rule add to 172.16.0.102 iif eth2 lookup local pref 10
> ip rule add iif eth2 lookup 10001 pref 20
> ip route add 172.16.0.0/24 dev eth2 table 10001
> ip route add unreachable 0/0 table 10001
>
> If you had a second interface 'eth0' that was on a different
> subnet, pinging a system on that interface would fail:
>
> [root@ct503-60 ~]# ping 192.168.100.1
> connect: Invalid argument
Reported-by: Ben Greear <greearb@candelatech.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The initialization function used by hci_open_dev (hci_init_req) sends
many different HCI commands. The __hci_request function should only
return when all of these commands have completed (or a timeout occurs).
Several of these commands cause hci_req_complete to be called which
causes __hci_request to return prematurely.
This patch fixes the issue by adding a new hdev->req_last_cmd variable
which is set during the initialization procedure. The hci_req_complete
function will no longer mark the request as complete until the command
matching hdev->req_last_cmd completes.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@nokia.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
This patch adds Bluetooth Management interface events for controller
addition and removal. The events correspond to the existing HCI_DEV_REG
and HCI_DEV_UNREG stack internal events.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@nokia.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
This patch implements the read_info command which is used to fetch basic
info about an adapter.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@nokia.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
This patch implements the read_index_list command through which
userspace can get a list of current adapter indices.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@nokia.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
This patch implements the initial read_version command that userspace
will use before any other management interface operations.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@nokia.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
The throughput LED trigger was always active when
the radio was enabled. In most cases that's likely
the desired behaviour, but iwlwifi requires it to
be only active when one of the virtual interfaces
is actually "connected" in some way.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
iwlwifi and other drivers like to blink their LED
based on throughput. Implement this generically in
mac80211, based on a throughput table the driver
specifies. That way, drivers can set the blink
frequencies depending on their desired behaviour
and max throughput.
All the drivers need to do is provide an LED class
device, best with blink hardware offload.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Conflicts:
MAINTAINERS
arch/arm/mach-omap2/pm24xx.c
drivers/scsi/bfa/bfa_fcpim.c
Needed to update to apply fixes for which the old branch was too
outdated.
This function has three bugs:
1) The offset should be valid most of the time, this is just
a sanity check, therefore we should use "likely" not "unlikely"
2) This is the only place where we can check for arithmetic overflow
of the pointer plus the length.
3) The existing range checks are off by one, the valid range is
skb->head to skb_tail_pointer(), inclusive.
Based almost entirely upon a patch by Ralph Loader.
Reported-by: Ralph Loader <suckfish@ihug.co.nz>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch changes the default initial receive window to 10 mss
(defined constant). The default window is limited to the maximum
of 10*1460 and 2*mss (when mss > 1460).
draft-ietf-tcpm-initcwnd-00 is a proposal to the IETF that recommends
increasing TCP's initial congestion window to 10 mss or about 15KB.
Leading up to this proposal were several large-scale live Internet
experiments with an initial congestion window of 10 mss (IW10), where
we showed that the average latency of HTTP responses improved by
approximately 10%. This was accompanied by a slight increase in
retransmission rate (0.5%), most of which is coming from applications
opening multiple simultaneous connections. To understand the extreme
worst case scenarios, and fairness issues (IW10 versus IW3), we further
conducted controlled testbed experiments. We came away finding minimal
negative impact even under low link bandwidths (dial-ups) and small
buffers. These results are extremely encouraging to adopting IW10.
However, an initial congestion window of 10 mss is useless unless a TCP
receiver advertises an initial receive window of at least 10 mss.
Fortunately, in the large-scale Internet experiments we found that most
widely used operating systems advertised large initial receive windows
of 64KB, allowing us to experiment with a wide range of initial
congestion windows. Linux systems were among the few exceptions that
advertised a small receive window of 6KB. The purpose of this patch is
to fix this shortcoming.
References:
1. A comprehensive list of all IW10 references to date.
http://code.google.com/speed/protocols/tcpm-IW10.html
2. Paper describing results from large-scale Internet experiments with IW10.
http://ccr.sigcomm.org/drupal/?q=node/621
3. Controlled testbed experiments under worst case scenarios and a
fairness study.
http://www.ietf.org/proceedings/79/slides/tcpm-0.pdf
4. Raw test data from testbed experiments (Linux senders/receivers)
with initial congestion and receive windows of both 10 mss.
http://research.csc.ncsu.edu/netsrv/?q=content/iw10
5. Internet-Draft. Increasing TCP's Initial Window.
https://datatracker.ietf.org/doc/draft-ietf-tcpm-initcwnd/
Signed-off-by: Nandita Dukkipati <nanditad@google.com>
Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
As has been pointed out by Daniel Halperin some devices (e.g. Intel IWL5100)
can only TX from a subset of RX antennas, so use separate availability masks
for RX and TX.
Signed-off-by: Bruno Randolf <br1@einfach.org>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Userspace will now be allowed to toggle between the default path
selection algorithm (HWMP, implemented in the kernel), and a vendor
specific alternative. Also in the same patch, allow userspace to add
information elements to mesh beacons. This is accordance with the
Extensible Path Selection Framework specified in version 7.0 of the
802.11s draft.
Signed-off-by: Javier Cardona <javier@cozybit.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Mesh parameters can be to setup a mesh or to configure it.
This patch renames the ambiguous name mesh_params to mesh_config
in preparation for mesh_setup.
Signed-off-by: Javier Cardona <javier@cozybit.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
All rt2x00 drivers except rt2800pci call ieee80211_tx_status() from
a workqueue, which causes "NOHZ: local_softirq_pending 08" messages.
To fix it, add ieee80211_tx_status_ni() similar to ieee80211_rx_ni()
which can be called from process context, and call it from
rt2x00lib_txdone(). For the rt2800pci special case a driver
flag is introduced.
https://bugzilla.kernel.org/show_bug.cgi?id=24892
Signed-off-by: Johannes Stezenbach <js@sig21.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Flush the routing cache only of entries that match the
network namespace in which the purge event occurred.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Pawel reported a panic related to handling shared skbs in ixgbe
incorrectly. So we need to revert my previous patch to work around
this bug. Instead of reverting the patch completely, I just revert
the essential lines, so we can add the previous optimization
back more easily in future.
commit 3511c9132f
Author: Changli Gao <xiaosuo@gmail.com>
Date: Sat Oct 16 13:04:08 2010 +0000
net_sched: remove the unused parameter of qdisc_create_dflt()
Reported-by: Pawel Staszewski <pstaszewski@itcare.pl>
Signed-off-by: Changli Gao <xiaosuo@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch modifies IPsec6 to fragment IPv6 packets that are
locally generated as needed.
This version of the patch only fragments in tunnel mode, so that fragment
headers will not be obscured by ESP in transport mode.
Signed-off-by: David L Stevens <dlstevens@us.ibm.com>
Acked-by: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Special care is taken inside sk_port_alloc to avoid overwriting
skc_node/skc_nulls_node. We should also avoid overwriting
skc_bind_node/skc_portaddr_node.
The patch fixes the following crash:
BUG: unable to handle kernel paging request at fffffffffffffff0
IP: [<ffffffff812ec6dd>] udp4_lib_lookup2+0xad/0x370
[<ffffffff812ecc22>] __udp4_lib_lookup+0x282/0x360
[<ffffffff812ed63e>] __udp4_lib_rcv+0x31e/0x700
[<ffffffff812bba45>] ? ip_local_deliver_finish+0x65/0x190
[<ffffffff812bbbf8>] ? ip_local_deliver+0x88/0xa0
[<ffffffff812eda35>] udp_rcv+0x15/0x20
[<ffffffff812bba45>] ip_local_deliver_finish+0x65/0x190
[<ffffffff812bbbf8>] ip_local_deliver+0x88/0xa0
[<ffffffff812bb2cd>] ip_rcv_finish+0x32d/0x6f0
[<ffffffff8128c14c>] ? netif_receive_skb+0x99c/0x11c0
[<ffffffff812bb94b>] ip_rcv+0x2bb/0x350
[<ffffffff8128c14c>] netif_receive_skb+0x99c/0x11c0
Signed-off-by: Leonard Crestez <lcrestez@ixiacom.com>
Signed-off-by: Octavian Purdila <opurdila@ixiacom.com>
Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Some windows versions have wrong RFC1323 implementations, with SYN and
SYNACKS messages containing zero tcp timestamps.
We relaxed in commit fc1ad92dfc the passive connection case
(Windows connects to a linux machine), but the reverse case (linux
connects to a Windows machine) has an analogue problem when tsvals from
windows machine are 'negative' (high order bit set) : PAWS triggers and
we drops incoming messages.
Fix this by making zero ts_recent value special, allowing frame to be
processed.
Based on a report and initial patch from Dmitiy Balakin
Bugzilla reference : https://bugzilla.kernel.org/show_bug.cgi?id=24842
Reported-by: dmitriy.balakin@nicneiron.ru
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add dev_close_many and dev_deactivate_many to factorize another
sync-rcu operation on the netdevice unregister path.
$ modprobe dummy numdummies=10000
$ ip link set dev dummy* up
$ time rmmod dummy
Without the patch With the patch
real 0m 24.63s real 0m 5.15s
user 0m 0.00s user 0m 0.00s
sys 0m 6.05s sys 0m 5.14s
Signed-off-by: Octavian Purdila <opurdila@ixiacom.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add a new notification to indicate that a received, unprotected
Deauthentication or Disassociation frame was dropped due to
management frame protection being in use. This notification is
needed to allow user space (e.g., wpa_supplicant) to implement
SA Query procedure to recover from association state mismatch
between an AP and STA.
This is needed to avoid getting stuck in non-working state when MFP
(IEEE 802.11w) is used and a protected Deauthentication or
Disassociation frame is dropped for any reason. After that, the
station would silently discard any unprotected Deauthentication or
Disassociation frame that could be indicating that the AP does not
have association for the STA (when the Reason Code would be 6 or 7).
IEEE Std 802.11w-2009, 11.13 describes this recovery mechanism.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
The IPv6 tproxy patches split IPv6 defragmentation off of conntrack, but
failed to update the #ifdef stanzas guarding the defragmentation related
fields and code in skbuff and conntrack related code in nf_defrag_ipv6.c.
This patch adds the required #ifdefs so that IPv6 tproxy can truly be used
without connection tracking.
Original report:
http://marc.info/?l=linux-netdev&m=129010118516341&w=2
Reported-by: Randy Dunlap <randy.dunlap@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: KOVACS Krisztian <hidden@balabit.hu>
Acked-by: Randy Dunlap <randy.dunlap@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Allow drivers or rate control algorithms to specify BlockAck session
timeout when initiating an ADDBA transaction. This is useful in cases
where maintaining persistent BA sessions does not incur any overhead.
The current timeout value of 5000 TUs is retained for all non ath9k/ath9k_htc
drivers.
Signed-off-by: Sujith Manoharan <Sujith.Manoharan@atheros.com>
Reviewed-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
With the upcoming hardware offload implementation,
some devices will have a different maximum duration
for the remain-on-channel command. Advertise the
maximum duration in mac80211, and make mac80211 set
it.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Like RTAX_ADVMSS, make the default calculation go through a dst_ops
method rather than caching the computation in the routing cache
entries.
Now dst metrics are pretty much left as-is when new entries are
created, thus optimizing metric sharing becomes a real possibility.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Make all RTAX_ADVMSS metric accesses go through a new helper function,
dst_metric_advmss().
Leave the actual default metric as "zero" in the real metric slot,
and compute the actual default value dynamically via a new dst_ops
AF specific callback.
For stacked IPSEC routes, we use the advmss of the path which
preserves existing behavior.
Unlike ipv4/ipv6, DecNET ties the advmss to the mtu and thus updates
advmss on pmtu updates. This inconsistency in advmss handling
results in more raw metric accesses than I wish we ended up with.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Allow userspace to specify that a given key
is default only for unicast and/or multicast
transmissions. Only WEP keys are for both,
WPA/RSN keys set here are GTKs for multicast
only. For more future flexibility, allow to
specify all combiations.
Wireless extensions can only set both so use
nl80211; WEP keys (connect keys) must be set
as default for both (but 802.1X WEP is still
possible).
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Add a field to wiphy for the hardware to report the availble antennas for
configuration. Only if this is set to something bigger than zero, will the
anntenna configuration ops be executed.
Allthough this could be a simple number of antennas, I defined it as a bitmap
of antennas which are available for configuration, since it's more consistent
with the rest of the antenna API and there could be cases where the
hardware allows only configuration of certain antennas. As it does not make
much of a difference in size or normal usage, I think it's better to be able to
support this, in case the need arises.
The antenna configuration is now also checked against the availabe antennas and
rejected if it does not match.
Signed-off-by: Bruno Randolf <br1@einfach.org>
--
v3: always apply available antenna mask (for "all" antennas case).
v2: reject antenna configurations which don't match the available antennas
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Always go through a new ip4_dst_hoplimit() helper, just like ipv6.
This allowed several simplifications:
1) The interim dst_metric_hoplimit() can go as it's no longer
userd.
2) The sysctl_ip_default_ttl entry no longer needs to use
ipv4_doint_and_flush, since the sysctl is not cached in
routing cache metrics any longer.
3) ipv4_doint_and_flush no longer needs to be exported and
therefore can be marked static.
When ipv4_doint_and_flush_strategy was removed some time ago,
the external declaration in ip.h was mistakenly left around
so kill that off too.
We have to move the sysctl_ip_default_ttl declaration into
ipv4's route cache definition header net/route.h, because
currently net/ip.h (where the declaration lives now) has
a back dependency on net/route.h
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The XFRMA_TFCPAD attribute for XFRM state installation configures
Traffic Flow Confidentiality by padding ESP packets to a specified
length.
Signed-off-by: Martin Willi <martin@strongswan.org>
Acked-by: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Followup of commit b178bb3dfc (net: reorder struct sock fields)
Optimize INET input path a bit further, by :
1) moving sk_refcnt close to sk_lock.
This reduces number of dirtied cache lines by one on 64bit arches (and
64 bytes cache line size).
2) moving inet_daddr & inet_rcv_saddr at the beginning of sk
(same cache line than hash / family / bound_dev_if / nulls_node)
This reduces number of accessed cache lines in lookups by one, and dont
increase size of inet and timewait socks.
inet and tw sockets now share same place-holder for these fields.
Before patch :
offsetof(struct sock, sk_refcnt) = 0x10
offsetof(struct sock, sk_lock) = 0x40
offsetof(struct sock, sk_receive_queue) = 0x60
offsetof(struct inet_sock, inet_daddr) = 0x270
offsetof(struct inet_sock, inet_rcv_saddr) = 0x274
After patch :
offsetof(struct sock, sk_refcnt) = 0x44
offsetof(struct sock, sk_lock) = 0x48
offsetof(struct sock, sk_receive_queue) = 0x68
offsetof(struct inet_sock, inet_daddr) = 0x0
offsetof(struct inet_sock, inet_rcv_saddr) = 0x4
compute_score() (udp or tcp) now use a single cache line per ignored
item, instead of two.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Use helper functions to hide all direct accesses, especially writes,
to dst_entry metrics values.
This will allow us to:
1) More easily change how the metrics are stored.
2) Implement COW for metrics.
In particular this will help us put metrics into the inetpeer
cache if that is what we end up doing. We can make the _metrics
member a pointer instead of an array, initially have it point
at the read-only metrics in the FIB, and then on the first set
grab an inetpeer entry and point the _metrics member there.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Add a new BSS attribute to allow hostapd to set the current HT opmode.
Otherwise drivers won't be able to set up protection for HT rates in
AP mode.
Cc: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: Helmut Schaa <helmut.schaa@googlemail.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
In order to send data to management control sockets the function should:
- skip checks intended for raw HCI data and stack internal events
- make sure RAW HCI data or stack internal events don't go to
management control sockets
In order to accomplish this the patch adds a new member to the bluetooth
skb private data to flag skb's that are destined for management control
sockets.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@nokia.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
Add initial definitions for the new Bluetooth Management interface to
the bluetooth headers.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@nokia.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
Extend nl80211 to report an exponential weighted moving average (EWMA) of the
signal value. Since the signal value usually fluctuates between different
packets, an average can be more useful than the value of the last packet.
This uses the recently added generic EWMA library function.
--
v2: fix ABI breakage and change factor to be a power of 2.
Signed-off-by: Bruno Randolf <br1@einfach.org>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Instead of tying mesh activity to interface up,
add join and leave commands for mesh. Since we
must be backward compatible, let cfg80211 handle
joining a mesh if a mesh ID was pre-configured
when the device goes up.
Note that this therefore must modify mac80211 as
well since mac80211 needs to lose the logic to
start the mesh on interface up.
We now allow querying mesh parameters before the
mesh is connected, which simply returns defaults.
Setting them (internally renamed to "update") is
only allowed while connected. Specify them with
the new mesh join command instead where needed.
In mac80211, beaconing must now also follow the
mesh enabled/not enabled state, which is done
by testing the mesh ID.
Signed-off-by: Javier Cardona <javier@cozybit.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
cfg80211 used to do all its bookkeeping in
the notifier, but some new stuff will have
to use local variables so make the callback
return the netdev pointer.
Tested-by: Javier Cardona <javier@cozybit.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
The TTL in path selection information elements is different from
the mesh ttl used in mesh data frames. Version 7.03 of the 11s
draft calls this ttl 'Element TTL'.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Pavel Emelyanov tried to fix a race between sk_filter_(de|at)tach and
sk_clone() in commit 47e958eac2
Problem is we can have several clones sharing a common sk_filter, and
these clones might want to sk_filter_attach() their own filters at the
same time, and can overwrite old_filter->rcu, corrupting RCU queues.
We can not use filter->rcu without being sure no other thread could do
the same thing.
Switch code to a more conventional ref-counting technique : Do the
atomic decrement immediately and queue one rcu call back when last
reference is released.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
As part of the removal of TIPC's native API support it is no longer
necessary for TIPC to export symbols for routines that can be called
by kernel-based applications, nor for it to have header files that
kernel-based applications can include to access the declarations for
those routines. This commit eliminates the exporting of symbols by
TIPC and migrates the contents of each obsolete native API include
file into its corresponding non-native API equivalent.
The code which was migrated in this commit was migrated intact, in
that there are no technical changes combined with the relocation.
Signed-off-by: Allan Stephens <Allan.Stephens@windriver.com>
Signed-off-by: Paul Gortmaker <paul.gortmaker@windriver.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
These macros have been defined for several years since v2.6.12-rc2（tracing by git）,
but never be used. So remove them.
Signed-off-by: Shan Wei <shanwei@cn.fujitsu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
__ICMP_MIB_MAX is equal to the total number of icmp mib,
So no need to add 1. This wastes 4/8 bytes memory.
Change it to be same as ICMP6_MIB_MAX, TCP_MIB_MAX, UDP_MIB_MAX.
Signed-off-by: Shan Wei <shanwei@cn.fujitsu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The last patch with the same title was for mac80211 ops, accidentally.
Signed-off-by: Bruno Randolf <br1@einfach.org>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
The only thing AF-specific about remembering the timestamp
for a time-wait TCP socket is getting the peer.
Abstract that behind a new timewait_sock_ops vector.
Support for real IPV6 sockets is not filled in yet, but
curiously this makes timewait recycling start to work
for v4-mapped ipv6 sockets.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Remove extra spaces from legal text so that legal stuff looks
the same for all bluetooth code.
Signed-off-by: Andrei Emeltchenko <andrei.emeltchenko@nokia.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
Do not use assignment in IF condition, remove extra spaces,
fixing typos, simplify code.
Signed-off-by: Andrei Emeltchenko <andrei.emeltchenko@nokia.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
Do not initialize static vars to zero, macros with complex values
shall be enclosed with (), remove unneeded braces.
Signed-off-by: Andrei Emeltchenko <andrei.emeltchenko@nokia.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
Remove extra spaces, assignments in if statement, zeroing static
variables, extra braces. Fix includes.
Signed-off-by: Andrei Emeltchenko <andrei.emeltchenko@nokia.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
Do not use assignments in IF condition, remove extra spaces
Signed-off-by: Andrei Emeltchenko <andrei.emeltchenko@nokia.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
Then we can make a completely generic tcp_remember_stamp()
that uses ->get_peer() as a helper, minimizing the AF specific
code and minimizing the eventual code duplication when we implement
the ipv6 side of TW recycling.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
All rt2x00 drivers except rt2800pci call ieee80211_tx_status() from
a workqueue, which causes "NOHZ: local_softirq_pending 08" messages.
To fix it, add ieee80211_tx_status_ni() similar to ieee80211_rx_ni()
which can be called from process context, and call it from
rt2x00lib_txdone(). For the rt2800pci special case a driver
flag is introduced.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Stezenbach <js@sig21.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
With p2p, it is sometimes necessary to transmit
a frame (typically an action frame) on another
channel than the current channel. Enable this
through the CMD_FRAME API, and allow it to wait
for a response. A new command allows that wait
to be aborted.
However, allow userspace to specify whether or
not it wants to allow off-channel TX, it may
actually want to use the same channel only.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Its easy to eat all kernel memory and trigger NMI watchdog, using an
exploit program that queues unix sockets on top of others.
lkml ref : http://lkml.org/lkml/2010/11/25/8
This mechanism is used in applications, one choice we have is to have a
recursion limit.
Other limits might be needed as well (if we queue other types of files),
since the passfd mechanism is currently limited by socket receive queue
sizes only.
Add a recursion_level to unix socket, allowing up to 4 levels.
Each time we send an unix socket through sendfd mechanism, we copy its
recursion level (plus one) to receiver. This recursion level is cleared
when socket receive queue is emptied.
Reported-by: Марк Коренберг <socketpair@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
1. SCTP_CMD_NUM_VERBS,SCTP_CMD_MAX
These two macros have never been used for several years since v2.6.12-rc2.
2.sctp_port_rover,sctp_port_alloc_lock
The commit 063930 abandoned global variables of port_rover and port_alloc_lock,
but still keep two macros to refer to them.
So, remove them now.
commit 0639300900
Author: Stephen Hemminger <shemminger@linux-foundation.org>
Date: Wed Oct 10 17:30:18 2007 -0700
[SCTP]: port randomization
Signed-off-by: Shan Wei <shanwei@cn.fujitsu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
fl->fl_gre_key is network byte order contrary to fl->fl_icmp_*.
Make xfrm_flowi_{s|d}port return network byte order values for gre
key too.
Signed-off-by: Timo Teräs <timo.teras@iki.fi>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
These macros have been existed for several years since v2.6.12-rc2.
But they never be used. So remove them now.
Signed-off-by: Shan Wei <shanwei@cn.fujitsu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
As David pointed out correctly, updates to af-specific attributes
are currently not atomic. If multiple changes are requested and
one of them fails, previous updates may have been applied already
leaving the link behind in a undefined state.
This patch splits the function parse_link_af() into two functions
validate_link_af() and set_link_at(). validate_link_af() is placed
to validate_linkmsg() check for errors as early as possible before
any changes to the link have been made. set_link_af() is called to
commit the changes later.
This method is not fail proof, while it is currently sufficient
to make set_link_af() inerrable and thus 100% atomic, the
validation function method will not be able to detect all error
scenarios in the future, there will likely always be errors
depending on states which are f.e. not protected by rtnl_mutex
and thus may change between validation and setting.
Also, instead of silently ignoring unknown address families and
config blocks for address families which did not register a set
function the errors EAFNOSUPPORT respectively EOPNOSUPPORT are
returned to avoid comitting 4 out of 5 update requests without
notifying the user.
Signed-off-by: Thomas Graf <tgraf@infradead.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds a sysclt net.ipv4.vs.sync_version
that can be used to send sync msg in version 0 or 1 format.
sync_version value is logical,
Value 1 (default) New version
0 Plain old version
Signed-off-by: Hans Schillstrom <hans.schillstrom@ericsson.com>
Acked-by: Julian Anastasov <ja@ssi.bg>
Signed-off-by: Simon Horman <horms@verge.net.au>
Enable sending and removal of version 0 sending
Affected functions,
ip_vs_sync_buff_create()
ip_vs_sync_conn()
ip_vs_core.c removal of IPv4 check.
*v5
Just check cp->pe_data_len in ip_vs_sync_conn
Check if padding needed before adding a new sync_conn
to the buffer, i.e. avoid sending padding at the end.
*v4
moved sanity check and pe_name_len after sloop.
use cp->pe instead of cp->dest->svc->pe
real length in each sync_conn, not padded length
however total size of a sync_msg includes padding.
*v3
Sending ip_vs_sync_conn_options in network order.
Sending Templates for ONE_PACKET conn.
Renaming of ip_vs_sync_mesg to ip_vs_sync_mesg_v0
Signed-off-by: Hans Schillstrom <hans.schillstrom@ericsson.com>
Acked-by: Julian Anastasov <ja@ssi.bg>
Signed-off-by: Simon Horman <horms@verge.net.au>
Functionality improvements
* flags changed from 16 to 32 bits
* fwmark added (32 bits)
* timeout in sec. added (32 bits)
* pe data added (Variable length)
* IPv6 capabilities (3x16 bytes for addr.)
* Version and type in every conn msg.
ip_vs_process_message() now handles Version 1 messages
and will call ip_vs_process_message_v0() for version 0 messages.
ip_vs_proc_conn() is common for both version, and handles the update of
connection hash.
ip_vs_conn_fill_param_sync() - Version 1 messages only
ip_vs_conn_fill_param_sync_v0() - Version 0 messages only
Signed-off-by: Hans Schillstrom <hans.schillstrom@ericsson.com>
Acked-by: Julian Anastasov <ja@ssi.bg>
Signed-off-by: Simon Horman <horms@verge.net.au>
One struct will have fwmark added:
* ip_vs_conn
ip_vs_conn_new() and ip_vs_find_dest()
will have an extra param - fwmark
The effects of that, is in this patch.
Signed-off-by: Hans Schillstrom <hans.schillstrom@ericsson.com>
Acked-by: Julian Anastasov <ja@ssi.bg>
Signed-off-by: Simon Horman <horms@verge.net.au>
This adds the ability for drivers to use CQM events
to notify about packet loss for specific stations
(which could be the AP for the managed mode case).
Since the threshold might be determined by the
driver (it isn't passed in right now) it will be
passed out of the driver to userspace in the event.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
- store the multicast rate as an index instead of the rate value
(reduces cpu overhead in a hotpath)
- validate the rate values (must match a bitrate in at least one sband)
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Lower SCM_MAX_FD from 255 to 253 so that allocations for scm_fp_list are
halved. (commit f8d570a4 added two pointers in this structure)
scm_fp_dup() should not copy whole structure (and trigger kmemcheck
warnings), but only the used part. While we are at it, only allocate
needed size.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
ipv6_sk_mc_lock rwlock becomes a spinlock.
readers (inet6_mc_check()) now takes rcu_read_lock() instead of read
lock. Writers dont need to disable BH anymore.
struct ipv6_mc_socklist objects are reclaimed after one RCU grace
period.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When two cards are connected with the same regulatory domain
if CRDA had a delayed response then cfg80211's own set regulatory
domain would still be the world regulatory domain. There was a bug
on cfg80211's logic such that it assumed that once you pegged a
request as the last request it was already the currently set
regulatory domain. This would mean we would race setting a stale
regulatory domain to secondary cards which had the same regulatory
domain since the alpha2 would match.
We fix this by processing each regulatory request atomically,
and only move on to the next one once we get it fully processed.
In the case CRDA is not present we will simply world roam.
This issue is only present when you have a slow system and the
CRDA processing is delayed. Because of this it is not a known
regression.
Without this fix when a delay is present with CRDA the second card
would end up with an intersected regulatory domain and not allow it
to use the channels it really is designed for. When two cards with
two different regulatory domains were inserted you'd end up
rejecting the second card's regulatory domain request.
This fails with mac80211_hswim's regtest=2 (two requests, same alpha2)
and regtest=3 (two requests, different alpha2) module parameter
options.
This was reproduced and tested against mac80211_hwsim using this
CRDA delayer:
#!/bin/bash
echo $COUNTRY >> /tmp/log
sleep 2
/sbin/crda.orig
And these regulatory tests:
modprobe mac80211_hwsim regtest=2
modprobe mac80211_hwsim regtest=3
Reported-by: Mark Mentovai <mark@moxienet.com>
Signed-off-by: Luis R. Rodriguez <lrodriguez@atheros.com>
Tested-by: Mark Mentovai <mark@moxienet.com>
Tested-by: Bruno Randolf <br1@einfach.org>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This commit is same in nature as v2.6.37-rc1-755-g3654654; the network
namespace itself is not modified when calling net_generic, so the
parameter can be const.
Signed-off-by: Jan Engelhardt <jengelh@medozas.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Extend nl80211 to report an exponential weighted moving average (EWMA) of the
signal value. Since the signal value usually fluctuates between different
packets, an average can be more useful than the value of the last packet.
This uses the recently added generic EWMA library function.
Signed-off-by: Bruno Randolf <br1@einfach.org>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
jiffies is defined as "volatile".
extern unsigned long volatile __jiffy_data jiffies;
ACCESS_ONCE() uses "volatile".
As a result, some compilers warn duplicate `volatile' for ACCESS_ONCE(jiffies).
Signed-off-by: Tetsuo Handa <penguin-kernel@I-love.SAKURA.ne.jp>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In many places we've just hardcoded the
AC numbers -- which is a relic from the
original mac80211 (d80211). Add constants
for them so we know what we're talking
about.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Use the macros defined for the members of flowi to clean the code up.
Signed-off-by: Changli Gao <xiaosuo@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Each net_device contains address family specific data such as
per device settings and statistics. We already expose this data
via procfs/sysfs and partially netlink.
The netlink method requires the requester to send one RTM_GETLINK
request for each address family it wishes to receive data of
and then merge this data itself.
This patch implements a new API which combines all address family
specific link data in a new netlink attribute IFLA_AF_SPEC.
IFLA_AF_SPEC contains a sequence of nested attributes, one for each
address family which in turn defines the structure of its own
attribute. Example:
[IFLA_AF_SPEC] = {
[AF_INET] = {
[IFLA_INET_CONF] = ...,
},
[AF_INET6] = {
[IFLA_INET6_FLAGS] = ...,
[IFLA_INET6_CONF] = ...,
}
}
The API also allows for address families to implement a function
which parses the IFLA_AF_SPEC attribute sent by userspace to
implement address family specific link options.
Signed-off-by: Thomas Graf <tgraf@infradead.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Chipsets with hardware based connection monitoring need to autonomically
send directed probe-request frames to the AP (in the event of beacon loss,
for example.)
For the hardware to be able to do this, it requires a template for the frame
to transmit to the AP, filled in with the BSSID and SSID of the AP, but also
the supported rate IE's.
This patch adds a function to mac80211, which allows the hardware driver to
fetch this template after association, so it can be configured to the hardware.
Signed-off-by: Juuso Oikarinen <juuso.oikarinen@nokia.com>
Acked-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Allow antenna configuration by calling driver's function for it.
We disallow antenna configuration if the wiphy is already running, mainly to
make life easier for 802.11n drivers which need to recalculate HT capabilites.
Signed-off-by: Bruno Randolf <br1@einfach.org>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Allow setting of TX and RX antennas configuration via nl80211.
The antenna configuration is defined as a bitmap of allowed antennas to use.
This API can be used to mask out antennas which are not attached or should not
be used for other reasons like regulatory concerns or special setups.
Separate bitmaps are used for RX and TX to allow configuring different antennas
for receiving and transmitting. Each bitmap is 32 bit long, each bit
representing one antenna, starting with antenna 1 at the first bit. If an
antenna bit is set, this means the driver is allowed to use this antenna for RX
or TX respectively; if the bit is not set the hardware is not allowed to use
this antenna.
Using bitmaps has the benefit of allowing for a flexible configuration
interface which can support many different configurations and which can be used
for 802.11n as well as non-802.11n devices. Instead of relying on some hardware
specific assumptions, drivers can use this information to know which antennas
are actually attached to the system and derive their capabilities based on
that.
802.11n devices should enable or disable chains, based on which antennas are
present (If all antennas belonging to a particular chain are disabled, the
entire chain should be disabled). HT capabilities (like STBC, TX Beamforming,
Antenna selection) should be calculated based on the available chains after
applying the antenna masks. Should a 802.11n device have diversity antennas
attached to one of their chains, diversity can be enabled or disabled based on
the antenna information.
Non-802.11n drivers can use the antenna masks to select RX and TX antennas and
to enable or disable antenna diversity.
While covering chainmasks for 802.11n and the standard "legacy" modes "fixed
antenna 1", "fixed antenna 2" and "diversity" this API also allows more rare,
but useful configurations as follows:
1) Send on antenna 1, receive on antenna 2 (or vice versa). This can be used to
have a low gain antenna for TX in order to keep within the regulatory
constraints and a high gain antenna for RX in order to receive weaker signals
("speak softly, but listen harder"). This can be useful for building long-shot
outdoor links. Another usage of this setup is having a low-noise pre-amplifier
on antenna 1 and a power amplifier on the other antenna. This way transmit
noise is mostly kept out of the low noise receive channel.
(This would be bitmaps: tx 1 rx 2).
2) Another similar setup is: Use RX diversity on both antennas, but always send
on antenna 1. Again that would allow us to benefit from a higher gain RX
antenna, while staying within the legal limits.
(This would be: tx 0 rx 3).
3) And finally there can be special experimental setups in research and
development even with pre 802.11n hardware where more than 2 antennas are
available. It's good to keep the API simple, yet flexible.
Signed-off-by: Bruno Randolf <br1@einfach.org>
--
v7: Made bitmasks 32 bit wide and rebased to latest wireless-testing.
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
The lower driver is notified when the fragmentation threshold changes
and upon a reconfig of the interface.
If the driver supports hardware TX fragmentation, don't fragment
packets in the stack.
Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arik@wizery.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Right now, fields in struct sock are not optimally ordered, because each
path (RX softirq, TX completion, RX user, TX user) has to touch fields
that are contained in many different cache lines.
The really critical thing is to shrink number of cache lines that are
used at RX softirq time : CPU handling softirqs for a device can receive
many frames per second for many sockets. If load is too big, we can drop
frames at NIC level. RPS or multiqueue cards can help, but better reduce
latency if possible.
This patch starts with UDP protocol, then additional patches will try to
reduce latencies of other ones as well.
At RX softirq time, fields of interest for UDP protocol are :
(not counting ones in inet struct for the lookup)
Read/Written:
sk_refcnt (atomic increment/decrement)
sk_rmem_alloc & sk_backlog.len (to check if there is room in queues)
sk_receive_queue
sk_backlog (if socket locked by user program)
sk_rxhash
sk_forward_alloc
sk_drops
Read only:
sk_rcvbuf (sk_rcvqueues_full())
sk_filter
sk_wq
sk_policy[0]
sk_flags
Additional notes :
- sk_backlog has one hole on 64bit arches. We can fill it to save 8
bytes.
- sk_backlog is used only if RX sofirq handler finds the socket while
locked by user.
- sk_rxhash is written only once per flow.
- sk_drops is written only if queues are full
Final layout :
[1] One section grouping all read/write fields, but placing rxhash and
sk_backlog at the end of this section.
[2] One section grouping all read fields in RX handler
(sk_filter, sk_rcv_buf, sk_wq)
[3] Section used by other paths
I'll post a patch on its own to put sk_refcnt at the end of struct
sock_common so that it shares same cache line than section [1]
New offsets on 64bit arch :
sizeof(struct sock)=0x268
offsetof(struct sock, sk_refcnt) =0x10
offsetof(struct sock, sk_lock) =0x48
offsetof(struct sock, sk_receive_queue)=0x68
offsetof(struct sock, sk_backlog)=0x80
offsetof(struct sock, sk_rmem_alloc)=0x80
offsetof(struct sock, sk_forward_alloc)=0x98
offsetof(struct sock, sk_rxhash)=0x9c
offsetof(struct sock, sk_rcvbuf)=0xa4
offsetof(struct sock, sk_drops) =0xa0
offsetof(struct sock, sk_filter)=0xa8
offsetof(struct sock, sk_wq)=0xb0
offsetof(struct sock, sk_policy)=0xd0
offsetof(struct sock, sk_flags) =0xe0
Instead of :
sizeof(struct sock)=0x270
offsetof(struct sock, sk_refcnt) =0x10
offsetof(struct sock, sk_lock) =0x50
offsetof(struct sock, sk_receive_queue)=0xc0
offsetof(struct sock, sk_backlog)=0x70
offsetof(struct sock, sk_rmem_alloc)=0xac
offsetof(struct sock, sk_forward_alloc)=0x10c
offsetof(struct sock, sk_rxhash)=0x128
offsetof(struct sock, sk_rcvbuf)=0x4c
offsetof(struct sock, sk_drops) =0x16c
offsetof(struct sock, sk_filter)=0x198
offsetof(struct sock, sk_wq)=0x88
offsetof(struct sock, sk_policy)=0x98
offsetof(struct sock, sk_flags) =0x130
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
UDP sockets refcount is usually 2, unless an incoming frame is going to
be queued in receive or backlog queue.
Using atomic_inc_not_zero_hint() permits to reduce latency, because
processor issues less memory transactions.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The changed functions do not modify the NL messages and/or attributes
at all. They should use const (similar to strchr), so that callers
which have a const nlmsg/nlattr around can make use of them without
casting.
While at it, constify a data array.
Signed-off-by: Jan Engelhardt <jengelh@medozas.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The dest of a connection may not exist if it has been created as the result
of connection synchronisation. But in order for connection entries for
templates with persistence engine data created through connection
synchronisation to be valid access to the persistence engine pointer is
required. So add the persistence engine to the connection itself.
Signed-off-by: Simon Horman <horms@verge.net.au>
WIPHY_FLAG_IBSS_RSN is BIT(7) as is WIPHY_FLAG_CONTROL_PORT_PROTOCOL. Change
to BIT(8).
Signed-off-by: Jussi Kivilinna <jussi.kivilinna@mbnet.fi>
Acked-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
When b43legacy is compiled on the arm platform, the following errors are seen:
CC [M] drivers/net/wireless/b43legacy/xmit.o
In file included from include/net/dst.h:11,
from drivers/net/wireless/b43legacy/xmit.c:31:
include/net/dst_ops.h:28: error: expected ':', ',', ';', '}' or '__attribute__'
before '____cacheline_aligned_in_smp'
include/net/dst_ops.h: In function 'dst_entries_get_fast':
include/net/dst_ops.h:33: error: 'struct dst_ops' has no member named
'pcpuc_entries'
include/net/dst_ops.h: In function 'dst_entries_get_slow':
include/net/dst_ops.h:41: error: 'struct dst_ops' has no member named
'pcpuc_entries'
include/net/dst_ops.h: In function 'dst_entries_add':
include/net/dst_ops.h:49: error: 'struct dst_ops' has no member named
'pcpuc_entries'
include/net/dst_ops.h: In function 'dst_entries_init':
include/net/dst_ops.h:55: error: 'struct dst_ops' has no member named
'pcpuc_entries'
include/net/dst_ops.h: In function 'dst_entries_destroy':
include/net/dst_ops.h:60: error: 'struct dst_ops' has no member named
'pcpuc_entries'
make[4]: *** [drivers/net/wireless/b43legacy/xmit.o] Error 1
make[3]: *** [drivers/net/wireless/b43legacy] Error 2
make[2]: *** [drivers/net/wireless] Error 2
make[1]: *** [drivers/net] Error 2
make: *** [drivers] Error 2
The cause is a missing include of <linux/cache.h>, which is present for
i386 and x86_64 architectures, but not for arm.
Signed-off-by: Arnd Hannemann <arnd@arndnet.de>
Signed-off-by: Larry Finger <Larry.Finger@lwfinger.net>
Cc: Stable <stable@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Signed-off-by: Joe Perches <joe@perches.com>
Acked-by: Sjur Braendeland <sjur.brandeland@stericsson.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The GRE Key field is intended to be used for identifying an individual
traffic flow within a tunnel. It is useful to be able to have XFRM
policy selector matches to have different policies for different
GRE tunnels.
Signed-off-by: Timo Teräs <timo.teras@iki.fi>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We should be enabling country IE hints for WIPHY_FLAG_STRICT_REGULATORY
even if we haven't yet recieved regulatory domain hint for the driver
if it needed one. Without this Country IEs are not passed on to drivers
that have set WIPHY_FLAG_STRICT_REGULATORY, today this is just all
Atheros chipset drivers: ath5k, ath9k, ar9170, carl9170.
This was part of the original design, however it was completely
overlooked...
Cc: Easwar Krishnan <easwar.krishnan@atheros.com>
Cc: stable@kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Luis R. Rodriguez <lrodriguez@atheros.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Add some __rcu annotations and use helpers to reduce number of sparse
warnings (CONFIG_SPARSE_RCU_POINTER=y)
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
As we own the conntrack and the others can't see it until we confirm it,
we don't need to use atomic bit operation on ct->status.
Signed-off-by: Changli Gao <xiaosuo@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
* git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net-2.6: (66 commits)
can-bcm: fix minor heap overflow
gianfar: Do not call device_set_wakeup_enable() under a spinlock
ipv6: Warn users if maximum number of routes is reached.
docs: Add neigh/gc_thresh3 and route/max_size documentation.
axnet_cs: fix resume problem for some Ax88790 chip
ipv6: addrconf: don't remove address state on ifdown if the address is being kept
tcp: Don't change unlocked socket state in tcp_v4_err().
x25: Prevent crashing when parsing bad X.25 facilities
cxgb4vf: add call to Firmware to reset VF State.
cxgb4vf: Fail open if link_start() fails.
cxgb4vf: flesh out PCI Device ID Table ...
cxgb4vf: fix some errors in Gather List to skb conversion
cxgb4vf: fix bug in Generic Receive Offload
cxgb4vf: don't implement trivial (and incorrect) ndo_select_queue()
ixgbe: Look inside vlan when determining offload protocol.
bnx2x: Look inside vlan when determining checksum proto.
vlan: Add function to retrieve EtherType from vlan packets.
virtio-net: init link state correctly
ucc_geth: Fix deadlock
ucc_geth: Do not bring the whole IF down when TX failure.
...
in_dev->mc_list is protected by one rwlock (in_dev->mc_list_lock).
This can easily be converted to a RCU protection.
Writers hold RTNL, so mc_list_lock is removed, not replaced by a
spinlock.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Cc: Cypher Wu <cypher.w@gmail.com>
Cc: Américo Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
ct->proto is big(60 bytes) due to structure ip_ct_tcp, and we don't need
to initialize the whole for all the other protocols. This patch moves
proto to the end of structure nf_conn, and pushes the initialization down
to the individual protocols.
Signed-off-by: Changli Gao <xiaosuo@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
When we test rt->fl.iif against zero, we're seeing if it's
an output or an input route.
Make that explicit with some helper functions.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
It seems idev field in struct rtable has no special purpose, but adding
extra atomic ops.
We hold refcounts on the device itself (using percpu data, so pretty
cheap in current kernel).
infiniband case is solved using dst.dev instead of idev->dev
Removal of this field means routing without route cache is now using
shared data, percpu data, and only potential contention is a pair of
atomic ops on struct neighbour per forwarded packet.
About 5% speedup on routing test.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Cc: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au>
Cc: Roland Dreier <rolandd@cisco.com>
Cc: Sean Hefty <sean.hefty@intel.com>
Cc: Hal Rosenstock <hal.rosenstock@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
It is important to move nud_state outside of the often modified cache
line (because of refcnt), to reduce false sharing in neigh_event_send()
This is a followup of commit 0ed8ddf404 (neigh: Protect neigh->ha[]
with a seqlock)
This gives a 7% speedup on routing test with IP route cache disabled.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Robin Holt tried to boot a 16TB machine and found some limits were
reached : sysctl_tcp_mem[2], sysctl_udp_mem[2]
We can switch infrastructure to use long "instead" of "int", now
atomic_long_t primitives are available for free.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Reported-by: Robin Holt <holt@sgi.com>
Reviewed-by: Robin Holt <holt@sgi.com>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
While tracking dev_base_lock users, I found decnet used it in
dnet_select_source(), but for a wrong purpose:
Writers only hold RTNL, not dev_base_lock, so readers must use RCU if
they cannot use RTNL.
Adds an rcu_head in struct dn_ifaddr and handle proper RCU management.
Adds __rcu annotation in dn_route as well.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Steven Whitehouse <swhiteho@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Presently the b43legacy build fails on an sh randconfig:
In file included from include/net/dst.h:12,
from drivers/net/wireless/b43legacy/xmit.c:32:
include/net/dst_ops.h:28: error: expected ':', ',', ';', '}' or '__attribute__' before '____cacheline_aligned_in_smp'
include/net/dst_ops.h: In function 'dst_entries_get_fast':
include/net/dst_ops.h:33: error: 'struct dst_ops' has no member named 'pcpuc_entries'
include/net/dst_ops.h: In function 'dst_entries_get_slow':
include/net/dst_ops.h:41: error: 'struct dst_ops' has no member named 'pcpuc_entries'
include/net/dst_ops.h: In function 'dst_entries_add':
include/net/dst_ops.h:49: error: 'struct dst_ops' has no member named 'pcpuc_entries'
include/net/dst_ops.h: In function 'dst_entries_init':
include/net/dst_ops.h:55: error: 'struct dst_ops' has no member named 'pcpuc_entries'
include/net/dst_ops.h: In function 'dst_entries_destroy':
include/net/dst_ops.h:60: error: 'struct dst_ops' has no member named 'pcpuc_entries'
make[5]: *** [drivers/net/wireless/b43legacy/xmit.o] Error 1
make[5]: *** Waiting for unfinished jobs....
Signed-off-by: Paul Mundt <lethal@linux-sh.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
* git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net-2.6: (41 commits)
inet_diag: Make sure we actually run the same bytecode we audited.
netlink: Make nlmsg_find_attr take a const nlmsghdr*.
fib: fib_result_assign() should not change fib refcounts
netfilter: ip6_tables: fix information leak to userspace
cls_cgroup: Fix crash on module unload
memory corruption in X.25 facilities parsing
net dst: fix percpu_counter list corruption and poison overwritten
rds: Remove kfreed tcp conn from list
rds: Lost locking in loop connection freeing
de2104x: fix panic on load
atl1 : fix panic on load
netxen: remove unused firmware exports
caif: Remove noisy printout when disconnecting caif socket
caif: SPI-driver bugfix - incorrect padding.
caif: Bugfix for socket priority, bindtodev and dbg channel.
smsc911x: Set Ethernet EEPROM size to supported device's size
ipv4: netfilter: ip_tables: fix information leak to userland
ipv4: netfilter: arp_tables: fix information leak to userland
cxgb4vf: remove call to stop TX queues at load time.
cxgb4: remove call to stop TX queues at load time.
...
This will let us use it on a nlmsghdr stored inside a netlink_callback.
Signed-off-by: Nelson Elhage <nelhage@ksplice.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Changes:
o Bugfix: SO_PRIORITY for SOL_SOCKET could not be handled
in caif's setsockopt, using the struct sock attribute priority instead.
o Bugfix: SO_BINDTODEVICE for SOL_SOCKET could not be handled
in caif's setsockopt, using the struct sock attribute ifindex instead.
o Wrong assert statement for RFM layer segmentation.
o CAIF Debug channels was not working over SPI, caif_payload_info
containing padding info must be initialized.
o Check on pointer before dereferencing when unregister dev in caif_dev.c
Signed-off-by: Sjur Braendeland <sjur.brandeland@stericsson.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
* git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net-2.6: (34 commits)
b43: Fix warning at drivers/mmc/core/core.c:237 in mmc_wait_for_cmd
mac80211: fix failure to check kmalloc return value in key_key_read
libertas: Fix sd8686 firmware reload
ath9k: Fix incorrect access of rate flags in RC
netfilter: xt_socket: Make tproto signed in socket_mt6_v1().
stmmac: enable/disable rx/tx in the core with a single write.
net: atarilance - flags should be unsigned long
netxen: fix kdump
pktgen: Limit how much data we copy onto the stack.
net: Limit socket I/O iovec total length to INT_MAX.
USB: gadget: fix ethernet gadget crash in gether_setup
fib: Fix fib zone and its hash leak on namespace stop
cxgb3: Fix panic in free_tx_desc()
cxgb3: fix crash due to manipulating queues before registration
8390: Don't oops on starting dev queue
dccp ccid-2: Stop polling
dccp: Refine the wait-for-ccid mechanism
dccp: Extend CCID packet dequeueing interface
dccp: Return-value convention of hc_tx_send_packet()
igbvf: fix panic on load
...
When we stop a namespace we flush the table and free one, but the
added fn_zone-s (and their hashes if grown) are leaked. Need to free.
Tries releases all its stuff in the flushing code.
Shame on us - this bug exists since the very first make-fib-per-net
patches in 2.6.27 :(
Signed-off-by: Pavel Emelyanov <xemul@openvz.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
SYNOPSIS
size[4] Tfsync tag[2] fid[4] datasync[4]
size[4] Rfsync tag[2]
DESCRIPTION
The Tfsync transaction transfers ("flushes") all modified in-core data of
file identified by fid to the disk device (or other permanent storage
device) where that file resides.
If datasync flag is specified data will be fleshed but does not flush
modified metadata unless that metadata is needed in order to allow a
subsequent data retrieval to be correctly handled.
Signed-off-by: Venkateswararao Jujjuri <jvrao@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Eric Van Hensbergen <ericvh@gmail.com>
Synopsis
size[4] TReadlink tag[2] fid[4]
size[4] RReadlink tag[2] target[s]
Description
Readlink is used to return the contents of the symoblic link
referred by fid. Contents of symboic link is returned as a
response.
target[s] - Contents of the symbolic link referred by fid.
Signed-off-by: M. Mohan Kumar <mohan@in.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Aneesh Kumar K.V <aneesh.kumar@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Venkateswararao Jujjuri <jvrao@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Eric Van Hensbergen <ericvh@gmail.com>
Synopsis
size[4] TGetlock tag[2] fid[4] getlock[n]
size[4] RGetlock tag[2] getlock[n]
Description
TGetlock is used to test for the existence of byte range posix locks on a file
identified by given fid. The reply contains getlock structure. If the lock could
be placed it returns F_UNLCK in type field of getlock structure. Otherwise it
returns the details of the conflicting locks in the getlock structure
getlock structure:
type[1] - Type of lock: F_RDLCK, F_WRLCK
start[8] - Starting offset for lock
length[8] - Number of bytes to check for the lock
If length is 0, check for lock in all bytes starting at the location
'start' through to the end of file
pid[4] - PID of the process that wants to take lock/owns the task
in case of reply
client[4] - Client id of the system that owns the process which
has the conflicting lock
Signed-off-by: M. Mohan Kumar <mohan@in.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Aneesh Kumar K.V <aneesh.kumar@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Venkateswararao Jujjuri <jvrao@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Eric Van Hensbergen <ericvh@gmail.com>
Synopsis
size[4] TLock tag[2] fid[4] flock[n]
size[4] RLock tag[2] status[1]
Description
Tlock is used to acquire/release byte range posix locks on a file
identified by given fid. The reply contains status of the lock request
flock structure:
type[1] - Type of lock: F_RDLCK, F_WRLCK, F_UNLCK
flags[4] - Flags could be either of
P9_LOCK_FLAGS_BLOCK - Blocked lock request, if there is a
conflicting lock exists, wait for that lock to be released.
P9_LOCK_FLAGS_RECLAIM - Reclaim lock request, used when client is
trying to reclaim a lock after a server restrart (due to crash)
start[8] - Starting offset for lock
length[8] - Number of bytes to lock
If length is 0, lock all bytes starting at the location 'start'
through to the end of file
pid[4] - PID of the process that wants to take lock
client_id[4] - Unique client id
status[1] - Status of the lock request, can be
P9_LOCK_SUCCESS(0), P9_LOCK_BLOCKED(1), P9_LOCK_ERROR(2) or
P9_LOCK_GRACE(3)
P9_LOCK_SUCCESS - Request was successful
P9_LOCK_BLOCKED - A conflicting lock is held by another process
P9_LOCK_ERROR - Error while processing the lock request
P9_LOCK_GRACE - Server is in grace period, it can't accept new lock
requests in this period (except locks with
P9_LOCK_FLAGS_RECLAIM flag set)
Signed-off-by: M. Mohan Kumar <mohan@in.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Aneesh Kumar K.V <aneesh.kumar@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Venkateswararao Jujjuri <jvrao@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Eric Van Hensbergen <ericvh@gmail.com>
SYNOPSIS
size[4] Tfsync tag[2] fid[4]
size[4] Rfsync tag[2]
DESCRIPTION
The Tfsync transaction transfers ("flushes") all modified in-core data of
file identified by fid to the disk device (or other permanent storage
device) where that file resides.
Signed-off-by: Venkateswararao Jujjuri <jvrao@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Eric Van Hensbergen <ericvh@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Arun R Bharadwaj <arun@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Venkateswararao Jujjuri <jvrao@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Eric Van Hensbergen <ericvh@gmail.com>
Adds __rcu annotations to inetpeer
(struct inet_peer)->avl_left
(struct inet_peer)->avl_right
This is a tedious cleanup, but removes one smp_wmb() from link_to_pool()
since we now use more self documenting rcu_assign_pointer().
Note the use of RCU_INIT_POINTER() instead of rcu_assign_pointer() in
all cases we dont need a memory barrier.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Adds __rcu annotation to (struct fib_rule)->ctarget
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add __rcu annotations to :
(struct ip_tunnel)->prl
(struct ip_tunnel_prl_entry)->next
(struct xfrm_tunnel)->next
struct xfrm_tunnel *tunnel4_handlers
struct xfrm_tunnel *tunnel64_handlers
And use appropriate rcu primitives to reduce sparse warnings if
CONFIG_SPARSE_RCU_POINTER=y
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add __rcu annotations to :
struct net_protocol *inet_protos
struct net_protocol *inet6_protos
And use appropriate casts to reduce sparse warnings if
CONFIG_SPARSE_RCU_POINTER=y
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add __rcu annotations to :
(struct dst_entry)->rt_next
(struct rt_hash_bucket)->chain
And use appropriate rcu primitives to reduce sparse warnings if
CONFIG_SPARSE_RCU_POINTER=y
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add __rcu annotations to :
(struct ip_ra_chain)->next
struct ip_ra_chain *ip_ra_chain;
And use appropriate rcu primitives.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add __rcu annotation to :
(struct sock)->sk_filter
And use appropriate rcu primitives to reduce sparse warnings if
CONFIG_SPARSE_RCU_POINTER=y
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
add __rcu annotation to (struct net)->gen, and use
rcu_dereference_protected() in net_assign_generic()
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
(struct ip6_tnl)->next is rcu protected :
(struct ip_tunnel)->next is rcu protected :
(struct xfrm6_tunnel)->next is rcu protected :
add __rcu annotation and proper rcu primitives.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
(struct net_device)->garp_port is rcu protected :
(struct garp_port)->applicants is rcu protected :
add __rcu annotation and proper rcu primitives.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
* git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net-next-2.6: (1699 commits)
bnx2/bnx2x: Unsupported Ethtool operations should return -EINVAL.
vlan: Calling vlan_hwaccel_do_receive() is always valid.
tproxy: use the interface primary IP address as a default value for --on-ip
tproxy: added IPv6 support to the socket match
cxgb3: function namespace cleanup
tproxy: added IPv6 support to the TPROXY target
tproxy: added IPv6 socket lookup function to nf_tproxy_core
be2net: Changes to use only priority codes allowed by f/w
tproxy: allow non-local binds of IPv6 sockets if IP_TRANSPARENT is enabled
tproxy: added tproxy sockopt interface in the IPV6 layer
tproxy: added udp6_lib_lookup function
tproxy: added const specifiers to udp lookup functions
tproxy: split off ipv6 defragmentation to a separate module
l2tp: small cleanup
nf_nat: restrict ICMP translation for embedded header
can: mcp251x: fix generation of error frames
can: mcp251x: fix endless loop in interrupt handler if CANINTF_MERRF is set
can-raw: add msg_flags to distinguish local traffic
9p: client code cleanup
rds: make local functions/variables static
...
Fix up conflicts in net/core/dev.c, drivers/net/pcmcia/smc91c92_cs.c and
drivers/net/wireless/ath/ath9k/debug.c as per David
Just like with IPv4, we need access to the UDP hash table to look up local
sockets, but instead of exporting the global udp_table, export a lookup
function.
Signed-off-by: Balazs Scheidler <bazsi@balabit.hu>
Signed-off-by: KOVACS Krisztian <hidden@balabit.hu>
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Like with IPv4, TProxy needs IPv6 defragmentation but does not
require connection tracking. Since defragmentation was coupled
with conntrack, I split off the two, creating an nf_defrag_ipv6 module,
similar to the already existing nf_defrag_ipv4.
Signed-off-by: Balazs Scheidler <bazsi@balabit.hu>
Signed-off-by: KOVACS Krisztian <hidden@balabit.hu>
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Make p9_client_version static since only used in one file.
Remove p9_client_auth because it is defined but never used.
Compile tested only.
Signed-off-by: Stephen Hemminger <shemminger@vyatta.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When __inet_inherit_port() is called on a tproxy connection the wrong locks are
held for the inet_bind_bucket it is added to. __inet_inherit_port() made an
implicit assumption that the listener's port number (and thus its bind bucket).
Unfortunately, if you're using the TPROXY target to redirect skbs to a
transparent proxy that assumption is not true anymore and things break.
This patch adds code to __inet_inherit_port() so that it can handle this case
by looking up or creating a new bind bucket for the child socket and updates
callers of __inet_inherit_port() to gracefully handle __inet_inherit_port()
failing.
Reported by and original patch from Stephen Buck <stephen.buck@exinda.com>.
See http://marc.info/?t=128169268200001&r=1&w=2 for the original discussion.
Signed-off-by: KOVACS Krisztian <hidden@balabit.hu>
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Also, inline this function as the lookup_type is always a literal
and inlining removes branches performed at runtime.
Signed-off-by: Balazs Scheidler <bazsi@balabit.hu>
Signed-off-by: KOVACS Krisztian <hidden@balabit.hu>
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Without tproxy redirections an incoming SYN kicks out conflicting
TIME_WAIT sockets, in order to handle clients that reuse ports
within the TIME_WAIT period.
The same mechanism didn't work in case TProxy is involved in finding
the proper socket, as the time_wait processing code looked up the
listening socket assuming that the listener addr/port matches those
of the established connection.
This is not the case with TProxy as the listener addr/port is possibly
changed with the tproxy rule.
Signed-off-by: Balazs Scheidler <bazsi@balabit.hu>
Signed-off-by: KOVACS Krisztian <hidden@balabit.hu>
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
The first parameter dev isn't in use in qdisc_create_dflt().
Signed-off-by: Changli Gao <xiaosuo@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <hadi@cyberus.ca>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The function rtnl_kill_links is defined but never used.
Signed-off-by: Stephen Hemminger <shemminger@vyatta.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Function only defined and used in one file.
Signed-off-by: Stephen Hemminger <shemminger@vyatta.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
As skb->protocol is not valid in LOCAL_OUT add
parameter for address family in packet debugging functions.
Even if ports are not present in AH and ESP change them to
use ip_vs_tcpudp_debug_packet to show at least valid addresses
as before. This patch removes the last user of skb->protocol
in IPVS.
Signed-off-by: Julian Anastasov <ja@ssi.bg>
Signed-off-by: Simon Horman <horms@verge.net.au>
This patch deals with local real servers:
- Add support for DNAT to local address (different real server port).
It needs ip_vs_out hook in LOCAL_OUT for both families because
skb->protocol is not set for locally generated packets and can not
be used to set 'af'.
- Skip packets in ip_vs_in marked with skb->ipvs_property because
ip_vs_out processing can be executed in LOCAL_OUT but we still
have the conn_out_get check in ip_vs_in.
- Ignore packets with inet->nodefrag from local stack
- Require skb_dst(skb) != NULL because we use it to get struct net
- Add support for changing the route to local IPv4 stack after DNAT
depending on the source address type. Local client sets output
route and the remote client sets input route. It looks like
IPv6 does not need such rerouting because the replies use
addresses from initial incoming header, not from skb route.
- All transmitters now have strict checks for the destination
address type: redirect from non-local address to local real
server requires NAT method, local address can not be used as
source address when talking to remote real server.
- Now LOCALNODE is not set explicitly as forwarding
method in real server to allow the connections to provide
correct forwarding method to the backup server. Not sure if
this breaks tools that expect to see 'Local' real server type.
If needed, this can be supported with new flag IP_VS_DEST_F_LOCAL.
Now it should be possible connections in backup that lost
their fwmark information during sync to be forwarded properly
to their daddr, even if it is local address in the backup server.
By this way backup could be used as real server for DR or TUN,
for NAT there are some restrictions because tuple collisions
in conntracks can create problems for the traffic.
- Call ip_vs_dst_reset when destination is updated in case
some real server IP type is changed between local and remote.
[ horms@verge.net.au: removed trailing whitespace ]
Signed-off-by: Julian Anastasov <ja@ssi.bg>
Signed-off-by: Simon Horman <horms@verge.net.au>
This patch is needed to avoid scheduling of
packets from local real server when we add ip_vs_in
in LOCAL_OUT hook to support local client.
Currently, when ip_vs_in can not find existing
connection it tries to create new one by calling ip_vs_schedule.
The default indication from ip_vs_schedule was if
connection was scheduled to real server. If real server is
not available we try to use the bypass forwarding method
or to send ICMP error. But in some cases we do not want to use
the bypass feature. So, add flag 'ignored' to indicate if
the scheduler ignores this packet.
Make sure we do not create new connections from replies.
We can hit this problem for persistent services and local real
server when ip_vs_in is added to LOCAL_OUT hook to handle
local clients.
Also, make sure ip_vs_schedule ignores SYN packets
for Active FTP DATA from local real server. The FTP DATA
connection should be created on SYN+ACK from client to assign
correct connection daddr.
Signed-off-by: Julian Anastasov <ja@ssi.bg>
Signed-off-by: Simon Horman <horms@verge.net.au>
Change skb->ipvs_property semantic. This is preparation
to support ip_vs_out processing in LOCAL_OUT. ipvs_property=1
will be used to avoid expensive lookups for traffic sent by
transmitters. Now when conntrack support is not used we call
ip_vs_notrack method to avoid problems in OUTPUT and
POST_ROUTING hooks instead of exiting POST_ROUTING as before.
Signed-off-by: Julian Anastasov <ja@ssi.bg>
Signed-off-by: Simon Horman <horms@verge.net.au>
Avoid full checksum calculation for apps that can provide
info whether csum was broken after payload mangling. For now only
ip_vs_ftp mangles payload and it updates the csum, so the full
recalculation is avoided for all packets.
Add CHECKSUM_UNNECESSARY for snat_handler (TCP and UDP).
It is needed to support SNAT from local address for the case
when csum is fully recalculated.
Signed-off-by: Julian Anastasov <ja@ssi.bg>
Signed-off-by: Simon Horman <horms@verge.net.au>
IPv6 encapsulation uses a bad source address for the tunnel.
i.e. VIP will be used as local-addr and encap. dst addr.
Decapsulation will not accept this.
Example
LVS (eth1 2003::2:0:1/96, VIP 2003::2:0:100)
(eth0 2003::1:0:1/96)
RS (ethX 2003::1:0:5/96)
tcpdump
2003::2:0:100 > 2003::1:0:5: IP6 (hlim 63, next-header TCP (6) payload length: 40) 2003::3:0:10.50991 > 2003::2:0:100.http: Flags [S], cksum 0x7312 (correct), seq 3006460279, win 5760, options [mss 1440,sackOK,TS val 1904932 ecr 0,nop,wscale 3], length 0
In Linux IPv6 impl. you can't have a tunnel with an any cast address
receiving packets (I have not tried to interpret RFC 2473)
To have receive capabilities the tunnel must have:
- Local address set as multicast addr or an unicast addr
- Remote address set as an unicast addr.
- Loop back addres or Link local address are not allowed.
This causes us to setup a tunnel in the Real Server with the
LVS as the remote address, here you can't use the VIP address since it's
used inside the tunnel.
Solution
Use outgoing interface IPv6 address (match against the destination).
i.e. use ip6_route_output() to look up the route cache and
then use ipv6_dev_get_saddr(...) to set the source address of the
encapsulated packet.
Additionally, cache the results in new destination
fields: dst_cookie and dst_saddr and properly check the
returned dst from ip6_route_output. We now add xfrm_lookup
call only for the tunneling method where the source address
is a local one.
Signed-off-by:Hans Schillstrom <hans.schillstrom@ericsson.com>
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
This patch allows to listen to events that inform about
expectations destroyed.
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
In a network bench, I noticed an unfortunate false sharing between
'loopback_dev' and 'count' fields in "struct net".
'count' is written each time a socket is created or destroyed, while
loopback_dev might be often read in routing code.
Move loopback_dev in a read mostly section of "struct net"
Note: struct netns_xfrm is cache line aligned on SMP.
(It contains a "struct dst_ops")
Move it at the end to avoid holes, and reduce sizeof(struct net) by 128
bytes on ia32.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Do some cleanups of TIPC based on make namespacecheck
1. Don't export unused symbols
2. Eliminate dead code
3. Make functions and variables local
4. Rename buf_acquire to tipc_buf_acquire since it is used in several files
Compile tested only.
This make break out of tree kernel modules that depend on TIPC routines.
Signed-off-by: Stephen Hemminger <shemminger@vyatta.com>
Acked-by: Jon Maloy <jon.maloy@ericsson.com>
Acked-by: Paul Gortmaker <paul.gortmaker@windriver.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Based on suggestion by Rémi Denis-Courmont to implement 'connect'
for Pipe controller logic, this patch implements 'connect' socket
call for the Pipe controller logic.
The patch does following:-
- Removes setsockopts for PNPIPE_CREATE and PNPIPE_DESTROY
- Adds setsockopt for setting the Pipe handle value
- Implements connect socket call
- Updates the Pipe controller logic
User-space should now follow below sequence with Pipe controller:-
-socket
-bind
-setsockopt for PNPIPE_PIPE_HANDLE
-connect
-setsockopt for PNPIPE_ENCAP_IP
-setsockopt for PNPIPE_ENABLE
GPRS/3G data has been tested working fine with this.
Signed-off-by: Kumar Sanghvi <kumar.sanghvi@stericsson.com>
Acked-by: Rémi Denis-Courmont <remi.denis-courmont@nokia.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Using the frame registration notification, we
can see when probe requests are requested and
notify the low-level driver via filtering. The
flag is also set in AP and IBSS modes.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Drivers may need to adjust their filters according
to frame registrations, so notify them about them.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This commit adds a bt_sock_stream_recvmsg() function for use by any
Bluetooth code that uses SOCK_STREAM sockets. This code is copied
from rfcomm_sock_recvmsg() with minimal modifications to remove
RFCOMM-specific functionality and improve readability.
L2CAP (with the SOCK_STREAM socket type) and RFCOMM have common needs
when it comes to reading data. Proper stream read semantics require
that applications can read from a stream one byte at a time and not
lose any data. The RFCOMM code already operated on and pulled data
from the underlying L2CAP socket, so very few changes were required to
make the code more generic for use with non-RFCOMM data over L2CAP.
Applications that need more awareness of L2CAP frame boundaries are
still free to use SOCK_SEQPACKET sockets, and may verify that they
connection did not fall back to basic mode by calling getsockopt().
Signed-off-by: Mat Martineau <mathewm@codeaurora.org>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
HCI transport drivers may not know what type of radio an AMP device has
so only say whether they're BR/EDR or AMP devices.
Signed-off-by: David Vrabel <david.vrabel@csr.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
Le mardi 12 octobre 2010 à 00:02 +0200, Eric Dumazet a écrit :
> Here is the followup patch.
>
> Thanks !
>
Oops, this was an old version, the up2date ones also took care of "used"
field.
I guess its time for a sleep, sorry again.
[PATCH net-next V2] neigh: reorder struct neighbour fields
(refcnt) and (ha_lock, ha, used, dev, output, ops, primary_key) should
be placed on a separate cache lines.
refcnt can be often written, while other fields are mostly read.
This gave me good result on stress test :
before:
real 0m45.570s
user 0m15.525s
sys 9m56.669s
After:
real 0m41.841s
user 0m15.261s
sys 8m45.949s
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
struct dst_ops tracks number of allocated dst in an atomic_t field,
subject to high cache line contention in stress workload.
Switch to a percpu_counter, to reduce number of time we need to dirty a
central location. Place it on a separate cache line to avoid dirtying
read only fields.
Stress test :
(Sending 160.000.000 UDP frames,
IP route cache disabled, dual E5540 @2.53GHz,
32bit kernel, FIB_TRIE, SLUB/NUMA)
Before:
real 0m51.179s
user 0m15.329s
sys 10m15.942s
After:
real 0m45.570s
user 0m15.525s
sys 9m56.669s
With a small reordering of struct neighbour fields, subject of a
following patch, (to separate refcnt from other read mostly fields)
real 0m41.841s
user 0m15.261s
sys 8m45.949s
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add a seqlock in struct neighbour to protect neigh->ha[], and avoid
dirtying neighbour in stress situation (many different flows / dsts)
Dirtying takes place because of read_lock(&n->lock) and n->used writes.
Switching to a seqlock, and writing n->used only on jiffies changes
permits less dirtying.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Using these, user space can calculate a relative channel utilization
with arbitrary intervals by regularly taking snapshots of the survey
results.
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Some stats for /proc/net/wireless (and wext in general) are not
being set. This patch addresses a few of those with values easily
obtained from mac80211 core.
Signed-off-by: Ben Greear <greearb@candelatech.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
There's no need for the WDS peer address
to not be const, so make it const.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This is the second step for neighbour RCU conversion.
(first was commit d6bf7817 : RCU conversion of neigh hash table)
neigh_lookup() becomes lockless, but still take a reference on found
neighbour. (no more read_lock()/read_unlock() on tbl->lock)
struct neighbour gets an additional rcu_head field and is freed after an
RCU grace period.
Future work would need to eventually not take a reference on neighbour
for temporary dst (DST_NOCACHE), but this would need dst->_neighbour to
use a noref bit like we did for skb->_dst.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This information is already available in mac80211, we just need to export it
via cfg80211 and nl80211.
Signed-off-by: Bruno Randolf <br1@einfach.org>
Acked-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This adds API to allow adding per-station GTKs,
updates mac80211 to support it, and also allows
drivers to remove a key from hwaccel again when
this may be necessary due to multiple GTKs.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
David
This is the first step for RCU conversion of neigh code.
Next patches will convert hash_buckets[] and "struct neighbour" to RCU
protected objects.
Thanks
[PATCH net-next] net neigh: RCU conversion of neigh hash table
Instead of storing hash_buckets, hash_mask and hash_rnd in "struct
neigh_table", a new structure is defined :
struct neigh_hash_table {
struct neighbour **hash_buckets;
unsigned int hash_mask;
__u32 hash_rnd;
struct rcu_head rcu;
};
And "struct neigh_table" has an RCU protected pointer to such a
neigh_hash_table.
This means the signature of (*hash)() function changed: We need to add a
third parameter with the actual hash_rnd value, since this is not
anymore a neigh_table field.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Each family may have some amount of boilerplate
locking code that applies to most, or even all,
commands.
This allows a family to handle such things in
a more generic way, by allowing it to
a) include private flags in each operation
b) specify a pre_doit hook that is called,
before an operation's doit() callback and
may return an error directly,
c) specify a post_doit hook that can undo
locking or similar things done by pre_doit,
and finally
d) include two private pointers in each info
struct passed between all these operations
including doit(). (It's two because I'll
need two in nl80211 -- can be extended.)
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Acked-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Some drivers cannot handle multiple retry rates specified by the rc
algorithm but instead use their own retry table (for example rt2800).
However, if such a device registers itself with a max_rates value of 1
the rc algorithm cannot make use of the extended information the device
can provide about retried rates. On the other hand, if a device
registers itself with a max_rates value > 1 the rc algorithm assumes
that the device can handle multi rate retries.
Fix this issue by introducing another hw parameter max_report_rates that
can be set to a different value then max_rates to indicate if a device
is capable of reporting more rates then specified in max_rates.
Signed-off-by: Helmut Schaa <helmut.schaa@googlemail.com>
Signed-off-by: Ivo van Doorn <IvDoorn@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
The net/cfg80211.h header file isn't exported to
userspace, so there's no need for any kind of
__KERNEL__ protection in it. If it was exported,
everything else in it would need protection as
well, not just the logging stuff ...
Cc:Joe Perches <joe@perches.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Some user space applications only want to display survey data for
the operating channel, however there is no API to get that yet.
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Another exported symbol only used in one file
Signed-off-by: Stephen Hemminger <shemminger@vyatta.com>
Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
fib_rules_cleanup_ups is only defined and used in one place.
Signed-off-by: Stephen Hemminger <shemminger@vyatta.com>
Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Forgot to add xt_log.h in commit a8defca0 (netfilter: ipt_LOG:
add bufferisation to call printk() once)
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
The functions nf_nat_proto_find_get and nf_nat_proto_put are
only used internally in nf_nat_core. This might break some out
of tree NAT module.
Signed-off-by: Stephen Hemminger <shemminger@vyatta.com>
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Allow the persistence engine of a virtual service to be set, edited
and unset.
This feature only works with the netlink user-space interface.
Signed-off-by: Simon Horman <horms@verge.net.au>
Acked-by: Julian Anastasov <ja@ssi.bg>
This shouldn't break compatibility with userspace as the new data
is at the end of the line.
I have confirmed that this doesn't break ipvsadm, the main (only?)
user-space user of this data.
Signed-off-by: Simon Horman <horms@verge.net.au>
Acked-by: Julian Anastasov <ja@ssi.bg>
While doing stress tests with IP route cache disabled, and multi queue
devices, I noticed a very high contention on one rwlock used in
neighbour code.
When many cpus are trying to send frames (possibly using a high
performance multiqueue device) to the same neighbour, they fight for the
neigh->lock rwlock in order to call neigh_hh_init(), and fight on
hh->hh_refcnt (a pair of atomic_inc/atomic_dec_and_test())
But we dont need to call neigh_hh_init() for dst that are used only
once. It costs four atomic operations at least, on two contended cache
lines, plus the high contention on neigh->lock rwlock.
Introduce a new dst flag, DST_NOCACHE, that is set when dst was not
inserted in route cache.
With the stress test bench, sending 160000000 frames on one neighbour,
results are :
Before patch:
real 2m28.406s
user 0m11.781s
sys 36m17.964s
After patch:
real 1m26.532s
user 0m12.185s
sys 20m3.903s
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
On 64bit arches, there are two 32bit holes that we can remove.
sizeof(struct neighbour) shrinks from 0xf8 to 0xf0 bytes
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The Enhanced Retransmission Mode(ERTM) is a realiable mode of operation
of the Bluetooth L2CAP layer. Think on it like a simplified version of
TCP.
The problem we were facing here was a deadlock. ERTM uses a backlog
queue to queue incomimg packets while the user is helding the lock. At
some moment the sk_sndbuf can be exceeded and we can't alloc new skbs
then the code sleep with the lock to wait for memory, that stalls the
ERTM connection once we can't read the acknowledgements packets in the
backlog queue to free memory and make the allocation of outcoming skb
successful.
This patch actually affect all users of bt_skb_send_alloc(), i.e., all
L2CAP modes and SCO.
We are safe against socket states changes or channels deletion while the
we are sleeping wait memory. Checking for the sk->sk_err and
sk->sk_shutdown make the code safe, since any action that can leave the
socket or the channel in a not usable state set one of the struct
members at least. Then we can check both of them when getting the lock
again and return with the proper error if something unexpected happens.
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
Signed-off-by: Ulisses Furquim <ulisses@profusion.mobi>
This patch allows a host to be configured to respond to any address in
a specified range as if it were local, without actually needing to
configure the address on an interface. This is done through routing
table configuration. For instance, to configure a host to respond
to any address in 10.1/16 received on eth0 as a local address we can do:
ip rule add from all iif eth0 lookup 200
ip route add local 10.1/16 dev lo proto kernel scope host src 127.0.0.1 table 200
This host is now reachable by any 10.1/16 address (route lookup on
input for packets received on eth0 can find the route). On output, the
rule will not be matched so that this host can still send packets to
10.1/16 (not sent on loopback). Presumably, external routing can be
configured to make sense out of this.
To make this work, we needed to modify the logic in finding the
interface which is assigned a given source address for output
(dev_ip_find). We perform a normal fib_lookup instead of just a
lookup on the local table, and in the lookup we ignore the input
interface for matching.
This patch is useful to implement IP-anycast for subnets of virtual
addresses.
Signed-off-by: Tom Herbert <therbert@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds the basic infrastructure to support user-space
expectation helpers via ctnetlink and the netfilter queuing
infrastructure NFQUEUE. Basically, this patch:
* adds NF_CT_EXPECT_USERSPACE flag to identify user-space
created expectations. I have also added a sanity check in
__nf_ct_expect_check() to avoid that kernel-space helpers
may create an expectation if the master conntrack has no
helper assigned.
* adds some branches to check if the master conntrack helper
exists, otherwise we skip the code that refers to kernel-space
helper such as the local expectation list and the expectation
policy.
* allows to set the timeout for user-space expectations with
no helper assigned.
* a list of expectations created from user-space that depends
on ctnetlink (if this module is removed, they are deleted).
* includes USERSPACE in the /proc output for expectations
that have been created by a user-space helper.
This patch also modifies ctnetlink to skip including the helper
name in the Netlink messages if no kernel-space helper is set
(since no user-space expectation has not kernel-space kernel
assigned).
You can access an example user-space FTP conntrack helper at:
http://people.netfilter.org/pablo/userspace-conntrack-helpers/nf-ftp-helper-userspace-POC.tar.bz
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Tunnels are going to use percpu for their accounting.
They are going to use a new tstats field in net_device.
skb_tunnel_rx() is changed to be a wrapper around __skb_tunnel_rx()
IPTUNNEL_XMIT() is changed to be a wrapper around __IPTUNNEL_XMIT()
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Phonet stack assumes the presence of Pipe Controller, either in Modem or
on Application Processing Engine user-space for the Pipe data.
Nokia Slim Modems like WG2.5 used in ST-Ericsson U8500 platform do not
implement Pipe controller in them.
This patch adds Pipe Controller implemenation to Phonet stack to support
Pipe data over Phonet stack for Nokia Slim Modems.
Signed-off-by: Kumar Sanghvi <kumar.sanghvi@stericsson.com>
Acked-by: Linus Walleij <linus.walleij@stericsson.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
commit 8c0c709eea
Author: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Date: Wed Nov 25 17:46:15 2009 +0100
mac80211: move cmntr flag out of rx flags
moved the CMNTR flag into the skb RX flags for
some aggregation cleanups, but this was wrong
since the optimisation this flag tried to make
requires that it is kept across the processing
of multiple interfaces -- which isn't true for
flags in the skb. The patch not only broke the
optimisation, it also introduced a bug: under
some (common!) circumstances the flag will be
set on an already freed skb!
However, investigating this in more detail, I
found that most of the flags that we set should
be per packet, _except_ for this one, due to
a-MPDU processing. Additionally, the flags used
for processing (currently just this one) need
to be reset before processing a new packet.
Since we haven't actually seen bugs reported as
a result of the wrong flags handling (which is
not too surprising -- the only real bug case I
can come up with is an a-MSDU contained in an
a-MPDU), I'll make a different fix for rc.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
The old ieee80211_find_sta_by_hw method didn't properly
find VIFS when there was more than one per AP. This caused
AMPDU logic in ath9k to get the wrong VIF when trying to
account for transmitted SKBs.
This patch changes ieee80211_find_sta_by_hw to take a
localaddr argument to distinguish between VIFs with the
same AP but different local addresses. The method name
is changed to ieee80211_find_sta_by_ifaddr.
Signed-off-by: Ben Greear <greearb@candelatech.com>
Acked-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Clean up a missing exit path in the ipv6 module init routines. In
addrconf_init we call ipv6_addr_label_init which calls register_pernet_subsys
for the ipv6_addr_label_ops structure. But if module loading fails, or if the
ipv6 module is removed, there is no corresponding unregister_pernet_subsys call,
which leaves a now-bogus address on the pernet_list, leading to oopses in
subsequent registrations. This patch cleans up both the failed load path and
the unload path. Tested by myself with good results.
Signed-off-by: Neil Horman <nhorman@tuxdriver.com>
include/net/addrconf.h | 1 +
net/ipv6/addrconf.c | 11 ++++++++---
net/ipv6/addrlabel.c | 5 +++++
3 files changed, 14 insertions(+), 3 deletions(-)
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
SOCK_MIN_RCVBUF current value is 256 bytes
It doesnt permit to receive the smallest possible frame, considering
socket sk_rmem_alloc/sk_rcvbuf account skb truesizes. On 64bit arches,
sizeof(struct sk_buff) is 240 bytes. Add the typical 64 bytes of
headroom, and we go over the limit.
With old kernels and 32bit arches, we were under the limit, if netdriver
was doing copybreak.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Reset queue mapping when an skb is reentering the stack via a tunnel.
On second pass, the queue mapping from the original device is no
longer valid.
Signed-off-by: Tom Herbert <therbert@google.com>
Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch fixes stale mac80211_tx_control_flags for
filtered / retried frames.
Because ieee80211_handle_filtered_frame feeds skbs back
into the tx path, they have to be stripped of some tx
flags so they won't confuse the stack, driver or device.
Cc: <stable@kernel.org>
Acked-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@googlemail.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Change "return (EXPR);" to "return EXPR;"
return is not a function, parentheses are not required.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
With this patch, you can specify the expectation flags for user-space
created expectations.
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
- Use rcu_dereference_rtnl() in __in6_dev_get
- kerneldoc for __in6_dev_get() and in6_dev_get()
- Use inline functions instead of macros
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add new sysctl flag "snat_reroute". Recent kernels use
ip_route_me_harder() to route LVS-NAT responses properly by
VIP when there are multiple paths to client. But setups
that do not have alternative default routes can skip this
routing lookup by using snat_reroute=0.
Signed-off-by: Julian Anastasov <ja@ssi.bg>
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Add more code to IPVS to work with Netfilter connection
tracking and fix some problems.
- Allow IPVS to be compiled without connection tracking as in
2.6.35 and before. This can avoid keeping conntracks for all
IPVS connections because this costs memory. ip_vs_ftp still
depends on connection tracking and NAT as implemented for 2.6.36.
- Add sysctl var "conntrack" to enable connection tracking for
all IPVS connections. For loaded IPVS directors it needs
tuning of nf_conntrack_max limit.
- Add IP_VS_CONN_F_NFCT connection flag to request the connection
to use connection tracking. This allows user space to provide this
flag, for example, in dest->conn_flags. This can be useful to
request connection tracking per real server instead of forcing it
for all connections with the "conntrack" sysctl. This flag is
set currently only by ip_vs_ftp and of course by "conntrack" sysctl.
- Add ip_vs_nfct.c file to hold all connection tracking code,
by this way main code should not depend of netfilter conntrack
support.
- Return back the ip_vs_post_routing handler as in 2.6.35 and use
skb->ipvs_property=1 to allow IPVS to work without connection
tracking
Connection tracking:
- most of the code is already in 2.6.36-rc
- alter conntrack reply tuple for LVS-NAT connections when first packet
from client is forwarded and conntrack state is NEW or RELATED.
Additionally, alter reply for RELATED connections from real server,
again for packet in original direction.
- add IP_VS_XMIT_TUNNEL to confirm conntrack (without altering
reply) for LVS-TUN early because we want to call nf_reset. It is
needed because we add IPIP header and the original conntrack
should be preserved, not destroyed. The transmitted IPIP packets
can reuse same conntrack, so we do not set skb->ipvs_property.
- try to destroy conntrack when the IPVS connection is destroyed.
It is not fatal if conntrack disappears before that, it depends
on the used timers.
Fix problems from long time:
- add skb->ip_summed = CHECKSUM_NONE for the LVS-TUN transmitters
Signed-off-by: Julian Anastasov <ja@ssi.bg>
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
The family parameter xfrm_state_find is used to find a state matching a
certain policy. This value is set to the template's family
(encap_family) right before xfrm_state_find is called.
The family parameter is however also used to construct a temporary state
in xfrm_state_find itself which is wrong for inter-family scenarios
because it produces a selector for the wrong family. Since this selector
is included in the xfrm_user_acquire structure, user space programs
misinterpret IPv6 addresses as IPv4 and vice versa.
This patch splits up the original init_tempsel function into a part that
initializes the selector respectively the props and id of the temporary
state, to allow for differing ip address families whithin the state.
Signed-off-by: Thomas Egerer <thomas.egerer@secunet.com>
Signed-off-by: Steffen Klassert <steffen.klassert@secunet.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
- the sync protocol supports 16 bits only, so bits 0..15 should be
used only for flags that should go to backup server, bits 16 and
above should be allocated for flags not sent to backup.
- use IP_VS_CONN_F_DEST_MASK as mask of connection flags in
destination that can be changed by user space
- allow IP_VS_CONN_F_ONE_PACKET to be set in destination
Signed-off-by: Julian Anastasov <ja@ssi.bg>
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
When a driver advertises p2p device support,
mac80211 will handle it, but internally it will
rewrite the interface type to STA/AP rather than
P2P-STA/GO since otherwise a lot of paths need
to be touched that are otherwise identical. A
p2p boolean tells drivers whether or not a given
interface will be used for p2p or not.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
The output becomes:
[ 41.261941] ieee80211 phy0: Selected rate control algorithm 'minstrel_ht'
Signed-off-by: Joe Perches <joe@perches.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
When both destination device and object are nul, Phonet routes the
packet according to the resource field. In fact, this is the most
common pattern when sending Phonet "request" packets. In this case,
the packet is delivered to whichever endpoint (socket) has
registered the resource.
This adds a new table so that Linux processes can register their
Phonet sockets to Phonet resources, if they have adequate privileges.
(Namespace support is not implemented at the moment.)
Signed-off-by: Rémi Denis-Courmont <remi.denis-courmont@nokia.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Closing a pipe endpoint is not normally allowed by the Phonet pipe,
other than as a side after-effect of removing the pipe between two
endpoints. But there is no way to prevent Linux userspace processes
from being killed or suffering from bugs, so this can still happen.
We might as well forcefully close Phonet pipe endpoints then.
The cellular modem supports only a few existing pipes at a time. So we
really should not leak them. This change instructs the modem to destroy
the pipe if either of the pipe's endpoint (Linux socket) is closed too
early.
Signed-off-by: Rémi Denis-Courmont <remi.denis-courmont@nokia.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
If peer uses tiny MSS (say, 75 bytes) and similarly tiny advertised
window, the SWS logic will packetize to half the MSS unnecessarily.
This causes problems with some embedded devices.
However for large MSS devices we do want to half-MSS packetize
otherwise we never get enough packets into the pipe for things
like fast retransmit and recovery to work.
Be careful also to handle the case where MSS > window, otherwise
we'll never send until the probe timer.
Reported-by: ツ Leandro Melo de Sales <leandroal@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
commit 30fff923 introduced in linux-2.6.33 (udp: bind() optimisation)
added a secondary hash on UDP, hashed on (local addr, local port).
Problem is that following sequence :
fd = socket(...)
connect(fd, &remote, ...)
not only selects remote end point (address and port), but also sets
local address, while UDP stack stored in secondary hash table the socket
while its local address was INADDR_ANY (or ipv6 equivalent)
Sequence is :
- autobind() : choose a random local port, insert socket in hash tables
[while local address is INADDR_ANY]
- connect() : set remote address and port, change local address to IP
given by a route lookup.
When an incoming UDP frame comes, if more than 10 sockets are found in
primary hash table, we switch to secondary table, and fail to find
socket because its local address changed.
One solution to this problem is to rehash datagram socket if needed.
We add a new rehash(struct socket *) method in "struct proto", and
implement this method for UDP v4 & v6, using a common helper.
This rehashing only takes care of secondary hash table, since primary
hash (based on local port only) is not changed.
Reported-by: Krzysztof Piotr Oledzki <ole@ans.pl>
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Krzysztof Piotr Oledzki <ole@ans.pl>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
- Do not create expectation when forwarding the PORT
command to avoid blocking the connection. The problem is that
nf_conntrack_ftp.c:help() tries to create the same expectation later in
POST_ROUTING and drops the packet with "dropping packet" message after
failure in nf_ct_expect_related.
- Change ip_vs_update_conntrack to alter the conntrack
for related connections from real server. If we do not alter the reply in
this direction the next packet from client sent to vport 20 comes as NEW
connection. We alter it but may be some collision happens for both
conntracks and the second conntrack gets destroyed immediately. The
connection stucks too.
Signed-off-by: Julian Anastasov <ja@ssi.bg>
Signed-off-by: Simon Horman <horms@verge.net.au>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Dave reported an rcu lockdep warning on 2.6.35.4 kernel
task->cgroups and task->cgroups->subsys[i] are protected by RCU.
So we avoid accessing invalid pointers here. This might happen,
for example, when you are deref-ing those pointers while someone
move @task from one cgroup to another.
Reported-by: Dave Jones <davej@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Li Zefan <lizf@cn.fujitsu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This updates the use of larger initial windows, as originally specified in
RFC 3390, to use the newer IW values specified in RFC 5681, section 3.1.
The changes made in RFC 5681 are:
a) the setting now is more clearly specified in units of segments (as the
comments by John Heffner emphasized, this was not very clear in RFC 3390);
b) for connections with 1095 < SMSS <= 2190 there is now a change:
- RFC 3390 says that IW <= 4380,
- RFC 5681 says that IW = 3 * SMSS <= 6570.
Since RFC 3390 is older and "only" proposed standard, whereas the newer RFC 5681
is already draft standard, it seems preferable to use the newer IW variant.
Signed-off-by: Gerrit Renker <gerrit@erg.abdn.ac.uk>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch consolidates initial-window code common to TCP and CCID-2:
* TCP uses RFC 3390 in a packet-oriented manner (tcp_input.c) and
* CCID-2 uses RFC 3390 in packet-oriented manner (RFC 4341).
Signed-off-by: Gerrit Renker <gerrit@erg.abdn.ac.uk>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch provides a "user timeout" support as described in RFC793. The
socket option is also needed for the the local half of RFC5482 "TCP User
Timeout Option".
TCP_USER_TIMEOUT is a TCP level socket option that takes an unsigned int,
when > 0, to specify the maximum amount of time in ms that transmitted
data may remain unacknowledged before TCP will forcefully close the
corresponding connection and return ETIMEDOUT to the application. If
0 is given, TCP will continue to use the system default.
Increasing the user timeouts allows a TCP connection to survive extended
periods without end-to-end connectivity. Decreasing the user timeouts
allows applications to "fail fast" if so desired. Otherwise it may take
upto 20 minutes with the current system defaults in a normal WAN
environment.
The socket option can be made during any state of a TCP connection, but
is only effective during the synchronized states of a connection
(ESTABLISHED, FIN-WAIT-1, FIN-WAIT-2, CLOSE-WAIT, CLOSING, or LAST-ACK).
Moreover, when used with the TCP keepalive (SO_KEEPALIVE) option,
TCP_USER_TIMEOUT will overtake keepalive to determine when to close a
connection due to keepalive failure.
The option does not change in anyway when TCP retransmits a packet, nor
when a keepalive probe will be sent.
This option, like many others, will be inherited by an acceptor from its
listener.
Signed-off-by: H.K. Jerry Chu <hkchu@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add support to mac80211 for changing the interface
type even when the interface is UP, if the driver
supports it.
To achieve this
* add a new driver callback for switching,
* split some of the interface up/down code out
into new functions (do_open/do_stop), and
* maintain an own __SDATA_RUNNING bit that will
not be set during interface type, so that any
other code doesn't use the interface.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Some vendor specified mechanisms for 802.1X-style
functionality use a different protocol than EAP
(even if EAP is vendor-extensible). Allow setting
the ethertype for the protocol when a driver has
support for this. The default if unspecified is
EAP, of course.
Note: This is suitable only for station mode, not
for AP implementation.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Juuso Oikarinen <juuso.oikarinen@nokia.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
The ieee80211_scan_completed() function was a frequent
source of potential deadlocks, since it is called by
drivers but may call back into drivers, so drivers had
to make sure to call it without any locks held, which
frequently lead to more complex code in drivers. Avoid
that problem by allowing the function to be called in
any context, and queueing the actual work it does.
Also update the documentation for it to indicate this.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Change SCTP_DEBUG_PRINTK and SCTP_DEBUG_PRINTK_IPADDR to
use do { print } while (0) guards.
Add SCTP_DEBUG_PRINTK_CONT to fix errors in log when
lines were continued.
Add #define pr_fmt(fmt) KBUILD_MODNAME ": " fmt
Add a missing newline in "Failed bind hash alloc"
Signed-off-by: Joe Perches <joe@perches.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Fix spelling and readability of a few lines of kernel doc:
s/issueing/issuing/g
s/approriate/appropriate/g
s/supported by simply/supported simply by/
s/IEEE80211_HW_BEACON_FILTERING/IEEE80211_HW_BEACON_FILTER/g
Signed-off-by: Bob Copeland <me@bobcopeland.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
As reported by Anton Blanchard when we use
percpu_counter_read_positive() to make our orphan socket limit checks,
the check can be off by up to num_cpus_online() * batch (which is 32
by default) which on a 128 cpu machine can be as large as the default
orphan limit itself.
Fix this by doing the full expensive sum check if the optimized check
triggers.
Reported-by: Anton Blanchard <anton@samba.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Add some documentation for cfg80211. I'm hoping some of
the regulatory documentation will be filled by somebody
more familiar with it, hint hint! :)
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Fix a small problem in the documentation for
ieee80211_request_smps, and a now erroneous
inclusion of enum ieee80211_key_alg, which no
longer exists after the change to ciphers.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Allow userspace to register for more than just
action frames by giving the frame subtype, and
make it possible to use this in various modes
as well.
With some tweaks and some added functionality
this will, in the future, also be usable in AP
mode and be able to replace the cooked monitor
interface currently used in that case.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This function analyses only its single, value-passed
argument, and has no side effects. Thus it can be
const, which makes mac80211 smaller, for example:
text data bss dec hex filename
362518 16720 884 380122 5ccda mac80211.ko (before)
362358 16720 884 379962 5cc3a mac80211.ko (after)
a 160 byte saving in text size, and an optimisation
because the function won't be called as often.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
struct net_device has its own struct net_device_stats member, so use
this one instead of a private copy in the irlan_cb struct.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
PPP: introduce "pptp" module which implements point-to-point tunneling protocol using pppox framework
NET: introduce the "gre" module for demultiplexing GRE packets on version criteria
(required to pptp and ip_gre may coexists)
NET: ip_gre: update to use the "gre" module
This patch introduces then pptp support to the linux kernel which
dramatically speeds up pptp vpn connections and decreases cpu usage in
comparison of existing user-space implementation
(poptop/pptpclient). There is accel-pptp project
(https://sourceforge.net/projects/accel-pptp/) to utilize this module,
it contains plugin for pppd to use pptp in client-mode and modified
pptpd (poptop) to build high-performance pptp NAS.
There was many changes from initial submitted patch, most important are:
1. using rcu instead of read-write locks
2. using static bitmap instead of dynamically allocated
3. using vmalloc for memory allocation instead of BITS_PER_LONG + __get_free_pages
4. fixed many coding style issues
Thanks to Eric Dumazet.
Signed-off-by: Dmitry Kozlov <xeb@mail.ru>
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
net/sched: add ACT_CSUM action to update packets checksums
ACT_CSUM can be called just after ACT_PEDIT in order to re-compute some
altered checksums in IPv4 and IPv6 packets. The following checksums are
supported by this patch:
- IPv4: IPv4 header, ICMP, IGMP, TCP, UDP & UDPLite
- IPv6: ICMPv6, TCP, UDP & UDPLite
It's possible to request in the same action to update different kind of
checksums, if the packets flow mix TCP, UDP and UDPLite, ...
An example of usage is done in the associated iproute2 patch.
Version 3 changes:
- remove useless goto instructions
- improve IPv6 hop options decoding
Version 2 changes:
- coding style correction
- remove useless arguments of some functions
- use stack in tcf_csum_dump()
- add tcf_csum_skb_nextlayer() to factor code
Signed-off-by: Gregoire Baron <baronchon@n7mm.org>
Acked-by: jamal <hadi@cyberus.ca>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The task_cls_classid() function applies rcu_dereference() to integers,
which does not work with the shiny new sparse-based checking in
rcu_dereference(). This commit therefore moves to the new RCU API
rcu_dereference_index_check().
Signed-off-by: Paul E. McKenney <paulmck@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Josh Triplett <josh@joshtriplett.org>
Acked-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Acked-by: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au>
This patch removes the abstraction introduced by the union skb_shared_tx in
the shared skb data.
The access of the different union elements at several places led to some
confusion about accessing the shared tx_flags e.g. in skb_orphan_try().
http://marc.info/?l=linux-netdev&m=128084897415886&w=2
Signed-off-by: Oliver Hartkopp <socketcan@hartkopp.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Currently, mac80211 translates the cfg80211
cipher suite selectors into ALG_* values.
That isn't all too useful, and some drivers
benefit from the distinction between WEP40
and WEP104 as well. Therefore, convert it
all to use the cipher suite selectors.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Acked-by: Gertjan van Wingerde <gwingerde@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Sometimes drivers have more information than the
stack about how their antennas/chains are used,
and may require that the SM PS mode be changed.
This could happen, for example, when detecting
that the user disconnected an antenna. Thus this
patch introduces API to allow drivers to request
SM PS mode changes.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Sometimes we don't just need to know whether or
not the device is idle, but also per interface.
This adds that reporting capability to mac80211.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This patch implement basic infrastructure to support use of NAPI by
mac80211-based hardware drivers.
Because mac80211 devices can support multiple netdevs, a dummy netdev
is used for interfacing with the NAPI code in the core of the network
stack. That structure is hidden from the hardware drivers, but the
actual napi_struct is exposed in the ieee80211_hw structure so that the
poll routines in drivers can retrieve that structure. Hardware drivers
can also specify their own weight value for NAPI polling.
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
The previous value of 672 for L2CAP_DEFAULT_MAX_PDU_SIZE is based on
the default L2CAP MTU. That default MTU is calculated from the size
of two DH5 packets, minus ACL and L2CAP b-frame header overhead.
ERTM is used with newer basebands that typically support larger 3-DH5
packets, and i-frames and s-frames have more header overhead. With
clean RF conditions, basebands will typically attempt to use 1021-byte
3-DH5 packets for maximum throughput. Adjusting for 2 bytes of ACL
headers plus 10 bytes of worst-case L2CAP headers yields 1009 bytes
of payload.
This PDU size imposes less overhead for header bytes and gives the
baseband the option to choose 3-DH5 packets, but is small enough for
ERTM traffic to interleave well with other L2CAP or SCO data.
672-byte payloads do not allow the most efficient over-the-air
packet choice, and cannot achieve maximum throughput over BR/EDR.
Signed-off-by: Mat Martineau <mathewm@codeaurora.org>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
The L2CAP specification requires that the ERTM retransmit timeout be at
least 2 seconds for BR/EDR connections.
Signed-off-by: Mat Martineau <mathewm@codeaurora.org>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Add missing kernel-doc notation to struct sock:
Warning(include/net/sock.h:324): No description found for parameter 'sk_peer_pid'
Warning(include/net/sock.h:324): No description found for parameter 'sk_peer_cred'
Warning(include/net/sock.h:324): No description found for parameter 'sk_classid'
Warning(include/net/sock.h:324): Excess struct/union/enum/typedef member 'sk_peercred' description in 'sock'
Signed-off-by: Randy Dunlap <randy.dunlap@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
* git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net-next-2.6: (1443 commits)
phy/marvell: add 88ec048 support
igb: Program MDICNFG register prior to PHY init
e1000e: correct MAC-PHY interconnect register offset for 82579
hso: Add new product ID
can: Add driver for esd CAN-USB/2 device
l2tp: fix export of header file for userspace
can-raw: Fix skb_orphan_try handling
Revert "net: remove zap_completion_queue"
net: cleanup inclusion
phy/marvell: add 88e1121 interface mode support
u32: negative offset fix
net: Fix a typo from "dev" to "ndev"
igb: Use irq_synchronize per vector when using MSI-X
ixgbevf: fix null pointer dereference due to filter being set for VLAN 0
e1000e: Fix irq_synchronize in MSI-X case
e1000e: register pm_qos request on hardware activation
ip_fragment: fix subtracting PPPOE_SES_HLEN from mtu twice
net: Add getsockopt support for TCP thin-streams
cxgb4: update driver version
cxgb4: add new PCI IDs
...
Manually fix up conflicts in:
- drivers/net/e1000e/netdev.c: due to pm_qos registration
infrastructure changes
- drivers/net/phy/marvell.c: conflict between adding 88ec048 support
and cleaning up the IDs
- drivers/net/wireless/ipw2x00/ipw2100.c: trivial ipw2100_pm_qos_req
conflict (registration change vs marking it static)
TXATTRCREATE: Prepare a fid for setting xattr value on a file system object.
size[4] TXATTRCREATE tag[2] fid[4] name[s] attr_size[8] flags[4]
size[4] RXATTRCREATE tag[2]
txattrcreate gets a fid pointing to xattr. This fid can later be
used to set the xattr value.
flag value is derived from set Linux setxattr. The manpage says
"The flags parameter can be used to refine the semantics of the operation.
XATTR_CREATE specifies a pure create, which fails if the named attribute
exists already. XATTR_REPLACE specifies a pure replace operation, which
fails if the named attribute does not already exist. By default (no flags),
the extended attribute will be created if need be, or will simply replace
the value if the attribute exists."
The actual setxattr operation happens when the fid is clunked. At that point
the written byte count and the attr_size specified in TXATTRCREATE should be
same otherwise an error will be returned.
Signed-off-by: Aneesh Kumar K.V <aneesh.kumar@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Venkateswararao Jujjuri <jvrao@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Eric Van Hensbergen <ericvh@gmail.com>
TXATTRWALK: Descend a ATTR namespace
size[4] TXATTRWALK tag[2] fid[4] newfid[4] name[s]
size[4] RXATTRWALK tag[2] size[8]
txattrwalk gets a fid pointing to xattr. This fid can later be
used to read the xattr value. If name is NULL the fid returned
can be used to get the list of extended attribute associated to
the file system object.
Signed-off-by: Aneesh Kumar K.V <aneesh.kumar@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Venkateswararao Jujjuri <jvrao@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Eric Van Hensbergen <ericvh@gmail.com>
Implement 9p2000.L version of open(LOPEN) interface in 9p client.
For LOPEN, no need to convert the flags to and from 9p mode to VFS mode.
Synopsis:
size[4] Tlopen tag[2] fid[4] mode[4]
size[4] Rlopen tag[2] qid[13] iounit[4]
[Fix mode bit format - jvrao@linux.vnet.ibm.com]
Signed-off-by: M. Mohan Kumar <mohan@in.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Venkateswararao Jujjuri <jvrao@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Eric Van Hensbegren <ericvh@gmail.com>
SYNOPSIS
size[4] Tlcreate tag[2] fid[4] name[s] flags[4] mode[4] gid[4]
size[4] Rlcreate tag[2] qid[13] iounit[4]
DESCRIPTION
The Tlreate request asks the file server to create a new regular file with the
name supplied, in the directory (dir) represented by fid.
The mode argument specifies the permissions to use. New file is created with
the uid if the fid and with supplied gid.
The flags argument represent Linux access mode flags with which the caller
is requesting to open the file with. Protocol allows all the Linux access
modes but it is upto the server to allow/disallow any of these acess modes.
If the server doesn't support any of the access mode, it is expected to
return error.
Signed-off-by: Venkateswararao Jujjuri <jvrao@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Eric Van Hensbergen <ericvh@gmail.com>
Implement TMKDIR as part of 2000.L Work
Synopsis
size[4] Tmkdir tag[2] fid[4] name[s] mode[4] gid[4]
size[4] Rmkdir tag[2] qid[13]
Description
mkdir asks the file server to create a directory with given name,
mode and gid. The qid for the new directory is returned with
the mkdir reply message.
Note: 72 is selected as the opcode for TMKDIR from the reserved list.
Signed-off-by: M. Mohan Kumar <mohan@in.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Venkateswararao Jujjuri <jvrao@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Eric Van Hensbergen <ericvh@gmail.com>
Synopsis
size[4] Tmknod tag[2] fid[4] name[s] mode[4] major[4] minor[4] gid[4]
size[4] Rmknod tag[2] qid[13]
Description
mknod asks the file server to create a device node with given major and
minor number, mode and gid. The qid for the new device node is returned
with the mknod reply message.
[sripathik@in.ibm.com: Fix error handling code]
Signed-off-by: M. Mohan Kumar <mohan@in.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Venkateswararao Jujjuri <jvrao@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Eric Van Hensbergen <ericvh@gmail.com>
Create a symbolic link
SYNOPSIS
size[4] Tsymlink tag[2] fid[4] name[s] symtgt[s] gid[4]
size[4] Rsymlink tag[2] qid[13]
DESCRIPTION
Create a symbolic link named 'name' pointing to 'symtgt'.
gid represents the effective group id of the caller.
The permissions of a symbolic link are irrelevant hence it is omitted
from the protocol.
Signed-off-by: Venkateswararao Jujjuri <jvrao@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Sripathi Kodi <sripathik@in.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Eric Van Hensbergen <ericvh@gmail.com>
This patch adds a helper function to get the dentry from inode and
uses it in creating a Hardlink
SYNOPSIS
size[4] Tlink tag[2] dfid[4] oldfid[4] newpath[s]
size[4] Rlink tag[2]
DESCRIPTION
Create a link 'newpath' in directory pointed by dfid linking to oldfid path.
[sripathik@in.ibm.com : p9_client_link should not free req structure
if p9_client_rpc has returned an error.]
Signed-off-by: Venkateswararao Jujjuri <jvrao@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Eric Van Hensbergen <ericvh@gmail.com>
SYNOPSIS
size[4] Tsetattr tag[2] attr[n]
size[4] Rsetattr tag[2]
DESCRIPTION
The setattr command changes some of the file status information.
attr resembles the iattr structure used in Linux kernel. It
specifies which status parameter is to be changed and to what
value. It is laid out as follows:
valid[4]
specifies which status information is to be changed. Possible
values are:
ATTR_MODE (1 << 0)
ATTR_UID (1 << 1)
ATTR_GID (1 << 2)
ATTR_SIZE (1 << 3)
ATTR_ATIME (1 << 4)
ATTR_MTIME (1 << 5)
ATTR_ATIME_SET (1 << 7)
ATTR_MTIME_SET (1 << 8)
The last two bits represent whether the time information
is being sent by the client's user space. In the absense
of these bits the server always uses server's time.
mode[4]
File permission bits
uid[4]
Owner id of file
gid[4]
Group id of the file
size[8]
File size
atime_sec[8]
Time of last file access, seconds
atime_nsec[8]
Time of last file access, nanoseconds
mtime_sec[8]
Time of last file modification, seconds
mtime_nsec[8]
Time of last file modification, nanoseconds
Explanation of the patches:
--------------------------
*) The kernel just copies relevent contents of iattr structure to
p9_iattr_dotl structure and passes it down to the client. The
only check it has is calling inode_change_ok()
*) The p9_iattr_dotl structure does not have ctime and ia_file
parameters because I don't think these are needed in our case.
The client user space can request updating just ctime by calling
chown(fd, -1, -1). This is handled on server side without a need
for putting ctime on the wire.
*) The server currently supports changing mode, time, ownership and
size of the file.
*) 9P RFC says "Either all the changes in wstat request happen, or
none of them does: if the request succeeds, all changes were made;
if it fails, none were."
I have not done anything to implement this specifically because I
don't see a reason.
Signed-off-by: Sripathi Kodi <sripathik@in.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Venkateswararao Jujjuri <jvrao@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Eric Van Hensbergen <ericvh@gmail.com>
SYNOPSIS
size[4] Tgetattr tag[2] fid[4] request_mask[8]
size[4] Rgetattr tag[2] lstat[n]
DESCRIPTION
The getattr transaction inquires about the file identified by fid.
request_mask is a bit mask that specifies which fields of the
stat structure is the client interested in.
The reply will contain a machine-independent directory entry,
laid out as follows:
st_result_mask[8]
Bit mask that indicates which fields in the stat structure
have been populated by the server
qid.type[1]
the type of the file (directory, etc.), represented as a bit
vector corresponding to the high 8 bits of the file's mode
word.
qid.vers[4]
version number for given path
qid.path[8]
the file server's unique identification for the file
st_mode[4]
Permission and flags
st_uid[4]
User id of owner
st_gid[4]
Group ID of owner
st_nlink[8]
Number of hard links
st_rdev[8]
Device ID (if special file)
st_size[8]
Size, in bytes
st_blksize[8]
Block size for file system IO
st_blocks[8]
Number of file system blocks allocated
st_atime_sec[8]
Time of last access, seconds
st_atime_nsec[8]
Time of last access, nanoseconds
st_mtime_sec[8]
Time of last modification, seconds
st_mtime_nsec[8]
Time of last modification, nanoseconds
st_ctime_sec[8]
Time of last status change, seconds
st_ctime_nsec[8]
Time of last status change, nanoseconds
st_btime_sec[8]
Time of creation (birth) of file, seconds
st_btime_nsec[8]
Time of creation (birth) of file, nanoseconds
st_gen[8]
Inode generation
st_data_version[8]
Data version number
request_mask and result_mask bit masks contain the following bits
#define P9_STATS_MODE 0x00000001ULL
#define P9_STATS_NLINK 0x00000002ULL
#define P9_STATS_UID 0x00000004ULL
#define P9_STATS_GID 0x00000008ULL
#define P9_STATS_RDEV 0x00000010ULL
#define P9_STATS_ATIME 0x00000020ULL
#define P9_STATS_MTIME 0x00000040ULL
#define P9_STATS_CTIME 0x00000080ULL
#define P9_STATS_INO 0x00000100ULL
#define P9_STATS_SIZE 0x00000200ULL
#define P9_STATS_BLOCKS 0x00000400ULL
#define P9_STATS_BTIME 0x00000800ULL
#define P9_STATS_GEN 0x00001000ULL
#define P9_STATS_DATA_VERSION 0x00002000ULL
#define P9_STATS_BASIC 0x000007ffULL
#define P9_STATS_ALL 0x00003fffULL
This patch implements the client side of getattr implementation for
9P2000.L. It introduces a new structure p9_stat_dotl for getting
Linux stat information along with QID. The data layout is similar to
stat structure in Linux user space with the following major
differences:
inode (st_ino) is not part of data. Instead qid is.
device (st_dev) is not part of data because this doesn't make sense
on the client.
All time variables are 64 bit wide on the wire. The kernel seems to use
32 bit variables for these variables. However, some of the architectures
have used 64 bit variables and glibc exposes 64 bit variables to user
space on some architectures. Hence to be on the safer side we have made
these 64 bit in the protocol. Refer to the comments in
include/asm-generic/stat.h
There are some additional fields: st_btime_sec, st_btime_nsec, st_gen,
st_data_version apart from the bitmask, st_result_mask. The bit mask
is filled by the server to indicate which stat fields have been
populated by the server. Currently there is no clean way for the
server to obtain these additional fields, so it sends back just the
basic fields.
Signed-off-by: Sripathi Kodi <sripathik@in.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Eric Van Hensbegren <ericvh@gmail.com>
This patch implements the kernel part of readdir() implementation for 9p2000.L
Change from V3: Instead of inode, server now sends qids for each dirent
SYNOPSIS
size[4] Treaddir tag[2] fid[4] offset[8] count[4]
size[4] Rreaddir tag[2] count[4] data[count]
DESCRIPTION
The readdir request asks the server to read the directory specified by 'fid'
at an offset specified by 'offset' and return as many dirent structures as
possible that fit into count bytes. Each dirent structure is laid out as
follows.
qid.type[1]
the type of the file (directory, etc.), represented as a bit
vector corresponding to the high 8 bits of the file's mode
word.
qid.vers[4]
version number for given path
qid.path[8]
the file server's unique identification for the file
offset[8]
offset into the next dirent.
type[1]
type of this directory entry.
name[256]
name of this directory entry.
This patch adds v9fs_dir_readdir_dotl() as the readdir() call for 9p2000.L.
This function sends P9_TREADDIR command to the server. In response the server
sends a buffer filled with dirent structures. This is different from the
existing v9fs_dir_readdir() call which receives stat structures from the server.
This results in significant speedup of readdir() on large directories.
For example, doing 'ls >/dev/null' on a directory with 10000 files on my
laptop takes 1.088 seconds with the existing code, but only takes 0.339 seconds
with the new readdir.
Signed-off-by: Sripathi Kodi <sripathik@in.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Aneesh Kumar K.V <aneesh.kumar@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Eric Van Hensbergen <ericvh@gmail.com>
The only user of unique_tuple() get_unique_tuple() doesn't care about the
return value of unique_tuple(), so make unique_tuple() return void (nothing).
Signed-off-by: Changli Gao <xiaosuo@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
This removes duplicate code by providing a default implementation
which is used by 3 of the 4 modules that provide these call.
Signed-off-by: Simon Horman <horms@verge.net.au>
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
some users of nf_ct_ext_exist() know ct->ext isn't NULL. For these users, the
check for ct->ext isn't necessary, the function __nf_ct_ext_exist() can be
used instead.
the type of the return value of nf_ct_ext_exist() is changed to bool.
Signed-off-by: Changli Gao <xiaosuo@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
The bdaddr in the list root is completely unused and just
taking up space.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Tested-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@nokia.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Cc: Joe Perches <joe@perches.com>
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@googlemail.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Some features require knowing the DTIM period
before associating. This implements the ability
to wait for a beacon in mac80211 before assoc
to provide this value. It is optional since
most likely not all drivers will need this.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
For some drivers it can be useful to know whether the channel they're
supposed to switch to is going to be used for short off-channel work or
scanning, or whether the hardware is expected to stay on it for a while
longer. This is important for various kinds of calibration work, which
takes longer to complete and should keep some persistent state, even if
the channel temporarily changes.
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Save a few bytes of text
(allyesconfig)
$ size drivers/net/wireless/built-in.o*
text data bss dec hex filename
3924568 100548 871056 4896172 4ab5ac drivers/net/wireless/built-in.o.new
3926520 100548 871464 4898532 4abee4 drivers/net/wireless/built-in.o.old
$ size net/wireless/core.o*
text data bss dec hex filename
12843 216 3768 16827 41bb net/wireless/core.o.new
12328 216 3656 16200 3f48 net/wireless/core.o
Signed-off-by: Joe Perches <joe@perches.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This fixes hang when target device of mirred packet classifier
action is removed.
If a mirror or redirection action is configured to cause packets
to go to another device, the classifier holds a ref count, but was assuming
the adminstrator cleaned up all redirections before removing. The fix
is to add a notifier and cleanup during unregister.
The new list is implicitly protected by RTNL mutex because
it is held during filter add/delete as well as notifier.
Signed-off-by: Stephen Hemminger <shemminger@vyatta.com>
Acked-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <hadi@cyberus.ca>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Use nf_conntrack/nf_nat code to do the packet mangling and the TCP
sequence adjusting. The function 'ip_vs_skb_replace' is now dead
code, so it is removed.
To SNAT FTP, use something like:
% iptables -t nat -A POSTROUTING -m ipvs --vaddr 192.168.100.30/32 \
--vport 21 -j SNAT --to-source 192.168.10.10
and for the data connections in passive mode:
% iptables -t nat -A POSTROUTING -m ipvs --vaddr 192.168.100.30/32 \
--vportctl 21 -j SNAT --to-source 192.168.10.10
using '-m state --state RELATED' would also works.
Make sure the kernel modules ip_vs_ftp, nf_conntrack_ftp, and
nf_nat_ftp are loaded.
[ up-port and minor fixes by Simon Horman <horms@verge.net.au> ]
Signed-off-by: Hannes Eder <heder@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Simon Horman <horms@verge.net.au>
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Network code uses the __packed macro instead of __attribute__((packed)).
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Remove IRDA_PACKED macro, which maps to __attribute__((packed)). IRDA is
one of the last users of __attribute__((packet)). Networking code uses
__packed now.
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
To make net/ and include/net/ code consistent use __packed instead of
__attribute__ ((packed)). Bluetooth subsystem was one of the last net
subsys still using __attribute__ ((packed)).
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Implements feature to reassemble received HCI frames from any input stream
Signed-off-by: Suraj Sumangala <suraj@atheros.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Copyright for the time I worked on L2CAP during the Google Summer of Code
program.
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Using a lock to deal with the ERTM race condition - interruption with
new data from the hci layer - is wrong. We should use the native skb
backlog queue.
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
When mode is mandatory we shall not send connect request and report this
to the userspace as well.
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Qualcomm, Inc. has reassigned rights to Code Aurora Forum. Accordingly,
as files are modified by Code Aurora Forum members, the copyright
statement will be updated.
Signed-off-by: Ron Shaffer <rshaffer@codeaurora.org>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Deleted extraneous white space from the end of several lines
Signed-off-by: Ron Shaffer <rshaffer@codeaurora.org>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
In some circumstances it could be desirable to reject incoming
connections on the baseband level. This patch adds this feature through
two new ioctl's: HCIBLOCKADDR and HCIUNBLOCKADDR. Both take a simple
Bluetooth address as a parameter. BDADDR_ANY can be used with
HCIUNBLOCKADDR to remove all devices from the blacklist.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@nokia.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Conflicts:
drivers/vhost/net.c
net/bridge/br_device.c
Fix merge conflict in drivers/vhost/net.c with guidance from
Stephen Rothwell.
Revert the effects of net-2.6 commit 573201f36f
since net-next-2.6 has fixes that make bridge netpoll work properly thus
we don't need it disabled.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
CHECK net/wireless/wext-compat.c
net/wireless/wext-compat.c:1434:5: warning: symbol 'cfg80211_wext_siwpmksa' was not declared. Should it be static?
Add declaration in cfg80211.h. Also add an EXPORT_SYMBOL_GPL, since all
the peer functions have it.
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
The meaning and/or usage of the country IE is somewhat poorly defined.
In practice, this means that regulatory rulesets in a country IE are
often incomplete and might be untrustworthy. This removes the code
associated with interpreting those rulesets while preserving respect
for country "alpha2" codes also contained in the country IE.
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Ever since
commit e1b3ec1a2a
Author: Stanislaw Gruszka <sgruszka@redhat.com>
Date: Mon Mar 29 12:18:34 2010 +0200
mac80211: explicitly disable/enable QoS
mac80211 is telling drivers, in particular
iwlwifi, whether QoS is enabled or not.
However, this is only relevant for station mode,
since only then will any device send nullfunc
frames and need to know whether they should be
QoS frames or not. In other modes, there are
(currently) no frames the device is supposed to
send.
When you now consider virtual interfaces, it
becomes apparent that the current mechanism is
inadequate since it enables/disables QoS on a
global scale, where for nullfunc frames it has
to be on a per-interface scale.
Due to the above considerations, we can change
the way mac80211 advertises the QoS state to
drivers to only ever advertise it as "off" in
station mode, and make it a per-BSS setting.
Tested-by: Stanislaw Gruszka <sgruszka@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Correct comment stating sizeof(struct tcp_skb_cb) is 36 or 40, since its
44 bytes, since commit 951dbc8ac7 ([IPV6]: Move nextheader offset
to the IP6CB).
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch moves NFULNL_COPY_PACKET definition from
linux/netfilter/nfnetlink_log.h to net/netfilter/nfnetlink_log.h
since this copy mode is only for internal use.
I have also changed the value from 0x03 to 0xff. Thus, we avoid
a gap from user-space that may confuse users if we add new
copy modes in the future.
This change was introduced in:
http://www.spinics.net/lists/netfilter-devel/msg13535.html
Since this change is not included in any stable Linux kernel,
I think it's safe to make this change now. Anyway, this copy
mode does not make any sense from user-space, so this patch
should not break any existing setup.
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Fix problem in reading the tx_queue recorded in a socket. In
dev_pick_tx, the TX queue is read by doing a check with
sk_tx_queue_recorded on the socket, followed by a sk_tx_queue_get.
The problem is that there is not mutual exclusion across these
calls in the socket so it it is possible that the queue in the
sock can be invalidated after sk_tx_queue_recorded is called so
that sk_tx_queue get returns -1, which sets 65535 in queue_index
and thus dev_pick_tx returns 65536 which is a bogus queue and
can cause crash in dev_queue_xmit.
We fix this by only calling sk_tx_queue_get which does the proper
checks. The interface is that sk_tx_queue_get returns the TX queue
if the sock argument is non-NULL and TX queue is recorded, else it
returns -1. sk_tx_queue_recorded is no longer used so it can be
completely removed.
Signed-off-by: Tom Herbert <therbert@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
a new boolean flag no_autobind is added to structure proto to avoid the autobind
calls when the protocol is TCP. Then sock_rps_record_flow() is called int the
TCP's sendmsg() and sendpage() pathes.
Signed-off-by: Changli Gao <xiaosuo@gmail.com>
----
include/net/inet_common.h | 4 ++++
include/net/sock.h | 1 +
include/net/tcp.h | 8 ++++----
net/ipv4/af_inet.c | 15 +++++++++------
net/ipv4/tcp.c | 11 +++++------
net/ipv4/tcp_ipv4.c | 3 +++
net/ipv6/af_inet6.c | 8 ++++----
net/ipv6/tcp_ipv6.c | 3 +++
8 files changed, 33 insertions(+), 20 deletions(-)
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Reducing real_num_queues needs to flush the qdisc otherwise
skbs with queue_mappings greater then real_num_tx_queues can
be sent to the underlying driver.
The flow for this is,
dev_queue_xmit()
dev_pick_tx()
skb_tx_hash() => hash using real_num_tx_queues
skb_set_queue_mapping()
...
qdisc_enqueue_root() => enqueue skb on txq from hash
...
dev->real_num_tx_queues -= n
...
sch_direct_xmit()
dev_hard_start_xmit()
ndo_start_xmit(skb,dev) => skb queue set with old hash
skbs are enqueued on the qdisc with skb->queue_mapping set
0 < queue_mappings < real_num_tx_queues. When the driver
decreases real_num_tx_queues skb's may be dequeued from the
qdisc with a queue_mapping greater then real_num_tx_queues.
This fixes a case in ixgbe where this was occurring with DCB
and FCoE. Because the driver is using queue_mapping to map
skbs to tx descriptor rings we can potentially map skbs to
rings that no longer exist.
Signed-off-by: John Fastabend <john.r.fastabend@intel.com>
Tested-by: Ross Brattain <ross.b.brattain@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When calling qdisc_reset() the qdisc lock needs to be held. In
this case there is at least one driver i4l which is using this
without holding the lock. Add the locking here.
Signed-off-by: John Fastabend <john.r.fastabend@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
add fast path for in-order fragments
As the fragments are sent in order in most of OSes, such as Windows, Darwin and
FreeBSD, it is likely the new fragments are at the end of the inet_frag_queue.
In the fast path, we check if the skb at the end of the inet_frag_queue is the
prev we expect.
Signed-off-by: Changli Gao <xiaosuo@gmail.com>
----
include/net/inet_frag.h | 1 +
net/ipv4/ip_fragment.c | 12 ++++++++++++
net/ipv6/reassembly.c | 11 +++++++++++
3 files changed, 24 insertions(+)
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
/proc/net/snmp and /proc/net/netstat expose SNMP counters.
Width of these counters is either 32 or 64 bits, depending on the size
of "unsigned long" in kernel.
This means user program parsing these files must already be prepared to
deal with 64bit values, regardless of user program being 32 or 64 bit.
This patch introduces 64bit snmp values for IPSTAT mib, where some
counters can wrap pretty fast if they are 32bit wide.
# netstat -s|egrep "InOctets|OutOctets"
InOctets: 244068329096
OutOctets: 244069348848
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Determine the size of the xfrm_mark struct, not of its pointer.
Signed-off-by: Andreas Steffen <andreas.steffen@strongswan.org>
Acked-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <hadi@cyberus.ca>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch introduces the CAIF SPI Protocol Driver for
CAIF Link Layer.
This driver implements a platform driver to accommodate for a
platform specific SPI device. A general platform driver is not
possible as there are no SPI Slave side Kernel API defined.
A sample CAIF SPI Platform device can be found in
.../Documentation/networking/caif/spi_porting.txt
Signed-off-by: Sjur Braendeland <sjur.brandeland@stericsson.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
don't clone skb when skb isn't shared
When the tcf_action is TC_ACT_STOLEN, and the skb isn't shared, we don't need
to clone a new skb. As the skb will be freed after this function returns, we
can use it freely once we get a reference to it.
Signed-off-by: Changli Gao <xiaosuo@gmail.com>
----
include/net/sch_generic.h | 11 +++++++++--
net/sched/act_mirred.c | 6 +++---
2 files changed, 12 insertions(+), 5 deletions(-)
Signed-off-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <hadi@cyberus.ca>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Allows use of ECN when syncookies are in effect by encoding ecn_ok
into the syn-ack tcp timestamp.
While at it, remove a uneeded #ifdef CONFIG_SYN_COOKIES.
With CONFIG_SYN_COOKIES=nm want_cookie is ifdef'd to 0 and gcc
removes the "if (0)".
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In preparation for 64bit snmp counters for some mibs,
add an 'align' parameter to snmp_mib_init(), instead
of assuming mibs only contain 'unsigned long' fields.
Callers can use __alignof__(type) to provide correct
alignment.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
CC: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au>
CC: Arnaldo Carvalho de Melo <acme@ghostprotocols.net>
CC: Hideaki YOSHIFUJI <yoshfuji@linux-ipv6.org>
CC: Vlad Yasevich <vladislav.yasevich@hp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Check at rule install time that CT accounting is enabled. Force it
to be enabled if not while also emitting a warning since this is not
the default state.
This is in preparation for deprecating CONFIG_NF_CT_ACCT upon which
CONFIG_NETFILTER_XT_MATCH_CONNBYTES depended being set.
Added 2 CT accounting support functions:
nf_ct_acct_enabled() - Get CT accounting state.
nf_ct_set_acct() - Enable/disable CT accountuing.
Signed-off-by: Tim Gardner <tim.gardner@canonical.com>
Acked-by: Jan Engelhardt <jengelh@medozas.de>
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
In preparation for a TX power setting interface in the nl80211, change the
.set_tx_power function to use mBm units instead of dBm for greater accuracy and
smaller power levels.
Also, already in advance move the tx_power_setting enumeration to nl80211.
This change affects the .tx_set_power function prototype. As a result, the
corresponding changes are needed to modules using it. These are mac80211,
iwmc3200wifi and rndis_wlan.
Cc: Samuel Ortiz <samuel.ortiz@intel.com>
Cc: Jussi Kivilinna <jussi.kivilinna@mbnet.fi>
Signed-off-by: Juuso Oikarinen <juuso.oikarinen@nokia.com>
Acked-by: Samuel Ortiz <samuel.ortiz@intel.com>
Acked-by: Jussi Kivilinna <jussi.kivilinna@mbnet.fi>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
this patch is implementing IP_NODEFRAG option for IPv4 socket.
The reason is, there's no other way to send out the packet with user
customized header of the reassembly part.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Olsa <jolsa@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Fix a typo in include/net/netlink.h
should be finalize instead of finanlize
Signed-off-by: Justin P. Mattock <justinmattock@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
commit aa2ea0586d (tcp: fix outsegs stat for TSO segments) incorrectly
assumed SNMP_ADD_STATS() was used from BH context.
Fix this using mib[!in_softirq()] instead of mib[0]
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
CC: Tom Herbert <therbert@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This mechanism introduced in this patch applies (at least) for hardware
designs using a single shared antenna for both WLAN and BT. In these designs,
the antenna must be toggled between WLAN and BT.
In those hardware, managing WLAN co-existence with Bluetooth requires WLAN
full power save whenever there is Bluetooth activity in order for WLAN to be
able to periodically relinquish the antenna to be used for BT. This is because
BT can only access the shared antenna when WLAN is idle or asleep.
Some hardware, for instance the wl1271, are able to indicate to the host
whenever there is BT traffic. In essence, the hardware will send an indication
to the host whenever there is, for example, SCO traffic or A2DP traffic, and
will send another indication when the traffic is over.
The hardware gets information of Bluetooth traffic via hardware co-existence
control lines - these lines are used to negotiate the shared antenna
ownership. The hardware will give the antenna to BT whenever WLAN is sleeping.
This patch adds the interface to mac80211 to facilitate temporarily disabling
of dynamic power save as per request of the WLAN driver. This interface will
immediately force WLAN to full powersave, hence allowing BT coexistence as
described above.
In these kind of shared antenna desings, when WLAN powersave is fully disabled,
Bluetooth will not work simultaneously with WLAN at all. This patch does not
address that problem. This interface will not change PSM state, so if PSM is
disabled it will remain so. Solving this problem requires knowledge about BT
state, and is best done in user-space.
Signed-off-by: Juuso Oikarinen <juuso.oikarinen@nokia.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Previously CAIF supported maximum transfer size of ~4050.
The transfer size is now calculated dynamically based on the
link layers mtu size.
Signed-off-by: Sjur Braendeland@stericsson.com
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
CAIF Remote File Manager may send or receive more than 4050 bytes.
Due to this The CAIF RFM service have to support segmentation.
Signed-off-by: Sjur Braendeland@stericsson.com
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Flow control is not used by all CAIF services.
The usage of flow control is now part of the gerneal
initialization function for CAIF Services.
Signed-off-by: Sjur Braendeland@stericsson.com
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2.6.34 introduced 'conntrack zones' to deal with cases where packets
from multiple identical networks are handled by conntrack/NAT. Packets
are looped through veth devices, during which they are NATed to private
addresses, after which they can continue normally through the stack
and possibly have NAT rules applied a second time.
This works well, but is needlessly complicated for cases where only
a single SNAT/DNAT mapping needs to be applied to these packets. In that
case, all that needs to be done is to assign each network to a seperate
zone and perform NAT as usual. However this doesn't work for packets
destined for the machine performing NAT itself since its corrently not
possible to configure SNAT mappings for the LOCAL_IN chain.
This patch adds a new INPUT chain to the NAT table and changes the
targets performing SNAT to be usable in that chain.
Example usage with two identical networks (192.168.0.0/24) on eth0/eth1:
iptables -t raw -A PREROUTING -i eth0 -j CT --zone 1
iptables -t raw -A PREROUTING -i eth0 -j MARK --set-mark 1
iptables -t raw -A PREROUTING -i eth1 -j CT --zone 2
iptabels -t raw -A PREROUTING -i eth1 -j MARK --set-mark 2
iptables -t nat -A INPUT -m mark --mark 1 -j NETMAP --to 10.0.0.0/24
iptables -t nat -A POSTROUTING -m mark --mark 1 -j NETMAP --to 10.0.0.0/24
iptables -t nat -A INPUT -m mark --mark 2 -j NETMAP --to 10.0.1.0/24
iptables -t nat -A POSTROUTING -m mark --mark 2 -j NETMAP --to 10.0.1.0/24
iptables -t raw -A PREROUTING -d 10.0.0.0/24 -j CT --zone 1
iptables -t raw -A OUTPUT -d 10.0.0.0/24 -j CT --zone 1
iptables -t raw -A PREROUTING -d 10.0.1.0/24 -j CT --zone 2
iptables -t raw -A OUTPUT -d 10.0.1.0/24 -j CT --zone 2
iptables -t nat -A PREROUTING -d 10.0.0.0/24 -j NETMAP --to 192.168.0.0/24
iptables -t nat -A OUTPUT -d 10.0.0.0/24 -j NETMAP --to 192.168.0.0/24
iptables -t nat -A PREROUTING -d 10.0.1.0/24 -j NETMAP --to 192.168.0.0/24
iptables -t nat -A OUTPUT -d 10.0.1.0/24 -j NETMAP --to 192.168.0.0/24
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
In unix_skb_parms store pointers to struct pid and struct cred instead
of raw uid, gid, and pid values, then translate the credentials on
reception into values that are meaningful in the receiving processes
namespaces.
Signed-off-by: Eric W. Biederman <ebiederm@xmission.com>
Acked-by: Pavel Emelyanov <xemul@openvz.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Start capturing not only the userspace pid, uid and gid values of the
sending process but also the struct pid and struct cred of the sending
process as well.
This is in preparation for properly supporting SCM_CREDENTIALS for
sockets that have different uid and/or pid namespaces at the different
ends.
Signed-off-by: Eric W. Biederman <ebiederm@xmission.com>
Acked-by: Serge E. Hallyn <serge@hallyn.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Use struct pid and struct cred to store the peer credentials on struct
sock. This gives enough information to convert the peer credential
information to a value relative to whatever namespace the socket is in
at the time.
This removes nasty surprises when using SO_PEERCRED on socket
connetions where the processes on either side are in different pid and
user namespaces.
Signed-off-by: Eric W. Biederman <ebiederm@xmission.com>
Acked-by: Daniel Lezcano <daniel.lezcano@free.fr>
Acked-by: Pavel Emelyanov <xemul@openvz.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Reorder the fields in scm_cookie so they pack better on 64bit.
Signed-off-by: Eric W. Biederman <ebiederm@xmission.com>
Acked-by: Pavel Emelyanov <xemul@openvz.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Discard the ACK if we find options that do not match current sysctl
settings.
Previously it was possible to create a connection with sack, wscale,
etc. enabled even if the feature was disabled via sysctl.
Also remove an unneeded call to tcp_sack_reset() in
cookie_check_timestamp: Both call sites (cookie_v4_check,
cookie_v6_check) zero "struct tcp_options_received", hand it to
tcp_parse_options() (which does not change tcp_opt->num_sacks/dsack)
and then call cookie_check_timestamp().
Even if num_sacks/dsacks were changed, the structure is allocated on
the stack and after cookie_check_timestamp returns only a few selected
members are copied to the inet_request_sock.
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Addition of rcu_head to struct inet_peer added 16bytes on 64bit arches.
Thats a bit unfortunate, since old size was exactly 64 bytes.
This can be solved, using an union between this rcu_head an four fields,
that are normally used only when a refcount is taken on inet_peer.
rcu_head is used only when refcnt=-1, right before structure freeing.
Add a inet_peer_refcheck() function to check this assertion for a while.
We can bring back SLAB_HWCACHE_ALIGN qualifier in kmem cache creation.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
inetpeer currently uses an AVL tree protected by an rwlock.
It's possible to make most lookups use RCU
1) Add a struct rcu_head to struct inet_peer
2) add a lookup_rcu_bh() helper to perform lockless and opportunistic
lookup. This is a normal function, not a macro like lookup().
3) Add a limit to number of links followed by lookup_rcu_bh(). This is
needed in case we fall in a loop.
4) add an smp_wmb() in link_to_pool() right before node insert.
5) make unlink_from_pool() use atomic_cmpxchg() to make sure it can take
last reference to an inet_peer, since lockless readers could increase
refcount, even while we hold peers.lock.
6) Delay struct inet_peer freeing after rcu grace period so that
lookup_rcu_bh() cannot crash.
7) inet_getpeer() first attempts lockless lookup.
Note this lookup can fail even if target is in AVL tree, but a
concurrent writer can let tree in a non correct form.
If this attemps fails, lock is taken a regular lookup is performed
again.
8) convert peers.lock from rwlock to a spinlock
9) Remove SLAB_HWCACHE_ALIGN when peer_cachep is created, because
rcu_head adds 16 bytes on 64bit arches, doubling effective size (64 ->
128 bytes)
In a future patch, this is probably possible to revert this part, if rcu
field is put in an union to share space with rid, ip_id_count, tcp_ts &
tcp_ts_stamp. These fields being manipulated only with refcnt > 0.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The ps-qos latency handling is broken. It uses predetermined latency values
to select specific dynamic PS timeouts. With common AP configurations, these
values overlap with beacon interval and are therefore essentially useless
(for network latencies less than the beacon interval, PSM is disabled.)
This patch remedies the problem by replacing the predetermined network latency
values with one high value (1900ms) which is used to go trigger full psm. For
backwards compatibility, the value 2000ms is still mapped to a dynamic ps
timeout of 100ms.
Currently also the mac80211 internal value for storing user space configured
dynamic PSM values is incorrectly in the driver visible ieee80211_conf struct.
Move it to the ieee80211_local struct.
Signed-off-by: Juuso Oikarinen <juuso.oikarinen@nokia.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
There is a circular locking dependency when configuring the
hardware ARP filters on association, occurring when flushing the mac80211
workqueue. This is what happens:
[ 92.026800] =======================================================
[ 92.030507] [ INFO: possible circular locking dependency detected ]
[ 92.030507] 2.6.34-04781-g2b2c009 #85
[ 92.030507] -------------------------------------------------------
[ 92.030507] modprobe/5225 is trying to acquire lock:
[ 92.030507] ((wiphy_name(local->hw.wiphy))){+.+.+.}, at: [<ffffffff8105b5c0>] flush_workq
ueue+0x0/0xb0
[ 92.030507]
[ 92.030507] but task is already holding lock:
[ 92.030507] (rtnl_mutex){+.+.+.}, at: [<ffffffff812b9ce2>] rtnl_lock+0x12/0x20
[ 92.030507]
[ 92.030507] which lock already depends on the new lock.
[ 92.030507]
[ 92.030507]
[ 92.030507] the existing dependency chain (in reverse order) is:
[ 92.030507]
[ 92.030507] -> #2 (rtnl_mutex){+.+.+.}:
[ 92.030507] [<ffffffff810761fb>] lock_acquire+0xdb/0x110
[ 92.030507] [<ffffffff81341754>] mutex_lock_nested+0x44/0x300
[ 92.030507] [<ffffffff812b9ce2>] rtnl_lock+0x12/0x20
[ 92.030507] [<ffffffffa022d47c>] ieee80211_assoc_done+0x6c/0xe0 [mac80211]
[ 92.030507] [<ffffffffa022f2ad>] ieee80211_work_work+0x31d/0x1280 [mac80211]
[ 92.030507] -> #1 ((&local->work_work)){+.+.+.}:
[ 92.030507] [<ffffffff810761fb>] lock_acquire+0xdb/0x110
[ 92.030507] [<ffffffff8105a51a>] worker_thread+0x22a/0x370
[ 92.030507] [<ffffffff8105ecc6>] kthread+0x96/0xb0
[ 92.030507] [<ffffffff81003a94>] kernel_thread_helper+0x4/0x10
[ 92.030507]
[ 92.030507] -> #0 ((wiphy_name(local->hw.wiphy))){+.+.+.}:
[ 92.030507] [<ffffffff81075fdc>] __lock_acquire+0x1c0c/0x1d50
[ 92.030507] [<ffffffff810761fb>] lock_acquire+0xdb/0x110
[ 92.030507] [<ffffffff8105b60e>] flush_workqueue+0x4e/0xb0
[ 92.030507] [<ffffffffa023ff7b>] ieee80211_stop_device+0x2b/0xb0 [mac80211]
[ 92.030507] [<ffffffffa0231635>] ieee80211_stop+0x3e5/0x680 [mac80211]
The locking in this case is quite complex. Fix the problem by rewriting the
way the hardware ARP filter list is handled - i.e. make a copy of the address
list to the bss_conf struct, and provide that list to the hardware driver
when needed.
The current patch will enable filtering also in promiscuous mode. This may need
to be changed in the future.
Reported-by: Reinette Chatre <reinette.chatre@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Juuso Oikarinen <juuso.oikarinen@nokia.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This patch adds support to nl80211 and mac80211 to set basic rates when
joining/creating ibss network.
Original patch was posted by Johannes Berg on the linux-wireless posting list.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Teemu Paasikivi <ext-teemu.3.paasikivi@nokia.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Allow drivers to sleep, and indicate this in
the documentation. ath9k has some locking I
don't understand, so keep it safe and disable
BHs in it, all other drivers look fine with
the context change.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
The non-irqsafe aggregation start/stop done
callbacks are currently only used by ath9k_htc,
and can cause callbacks into the driver again.
This might lead to locking issues, which will
only get worse as we modify locking. To avoid
trouble, remove the non-irqsafe versions and
change ath9k_htc to use those instead.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
gen_kill_estimator() API is incomplete or not well documented, since
caller should make sure an RCU grace period is respected before
freeing stats_lock.
This was partially addressed in commit 5d944c640b
(gen_estimator: deadlock fix), but same problem exist for all
gen_kill_estimator() users, if lock they use is not already RCU
protected.
A code review shows xt_RATEEST.c, act_api.c, act_police.c have this
problem. Other are ok because they use qdisc lock, already RCU
protected.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
remove useless union keyword in rtable, rt6_info and dn_route.
Since there is only one member in a union, the union keyword isn't useful.
Signed-off-by: Changli Gao <xiaosuo@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
commit 66018506e1 (ip: Router Alert RCU conversion) introduced RCU
lookups to ip_call_ra_chain(). It missed proper deinit phase :
When ip_ra_control() deletes an ip_ra_chain, it should make sure
ip_call_ra_chain() users can not start to use socket during the rcu
grace period. It should also delay the sock_put() after the grace
period, or we risk a premature socket freeing and corruptions, as
raw sockets are not rcu protected yet.
This delay avoids using expensive atomic_inc_not_zero() in
ip_call_ra_chain().
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Use call_rcu rather than synchronize_rcu.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jpirko@redhat.com>
Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
NOTRACK makes all cpus share a cache line on nf_conntrack_untracked
twice per packet, slowing down performance.
This patch converts it to a per_cpu variable.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
NOTRACK makes all cpus share a cache line on nf_conntrack_untracked
twice per packet. This is bad for performance.
__read_mostly annotation is also a bad choice.
This patch introduces IPS_UNTRACKED bit so that we can use later a
per_cpu untrack structure more easily.
A new helper, nf_ct_untracked_get() returns a pointer to
nf_conntrack_untracked.
Another one, nf_ct_untracked_status_or() is used by nf_nat_init() to add
IPS_NAT_DONE_MASK bits to untracked status.
nf_ct_is_untracked() prototype is changed to work on a nf_conn pointer.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Fix a whole bunch of kernel-doc warnings
and errors that crop up when running it on
mac80211 and cfg80211; the latter isn't
normally done so lots of bit-rot happened.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
We currently dirty two cache lines in struct xt_rateest, this hurts SMP
performance.
This patch moves lock/bstats/rstats at beginning of structure so that
they share a single cache line.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Straightforward conversion to RCU.
One rwlock becomes a spinlock, and is static.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch address a serious performance issue in reading the
TCP sockets table (/proc/net/tcp).
Reading the full table is done by a number of sequential read
operations. At each read operation, a seek is done to find the
last socket that was previously read. This seek operation requires
that the sockets in the table need to be counted up to the current
file position, and to count each of these requires taking a lock for
each non-empty bucket. The whole algorithm is O(n^2).
The fix is to cache the last bucket value, offset within the bucket,
and the file position returned by the last read operation. On the
next sequential read, the bucket and offset are used to find the
last read socket immediately without needing ot scan the previous
buckets the table. This algorithm t read the whole table is O(n).
The improvement offered by this patch is easily show by performing
cat'ing /proc/net/tcp on a machine with a lot of connections. With
about 182K connections in the table, I see the following:
- Without patch
time cat /proc/net/tcp > /dev/null
real 1m56.729s
user 0m0.214s
sys 1m56.344s
- With patch
time cat /proc/net/tcp > /dev/null
real 0m0.894s
user 0m0.290s
sys 0m0.594s
Signed-off-by: Tom Herbert <therbert@google.com>
Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
xfrm triggers a warning if dst_pop() drops a refcount
on a noref dst. This patch changes dst_pop() to
skb_dst_pop(). skb_dst_pop() drops the refcnt only
on a refcounted dst. Also we don't clone the child
dst_entry, so it is not refcounted and we can use
skb_dst_set_noref() in xfrm_output_one().
Signed-off-by: Steffen Klassert <steffen.klassert@secunet.com>
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
STA_NOTIFY_ADD and STA_NOTIFY_REMOVE have no users anymore,
and station addition/removal are indicated to drivers
using sta_add() and sta_remove(), which can sleep.
Signed-off-by: Sujith <Sujith.Manoharan@atheros.com>
Acked-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
There's no sense in letting anything but internal
mac80211 functions set the initiator to anything
but WLAN_BACK_INITIATOR, since WLAN_BACK_RECIPIENT
is only valid when we have received a frame from
the peer, which we react to directly in mac80211.
The debugfs code I recently added got this wrong
as well.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Some hardware allow extended filtering of ARP frames not intended for
the host. To perform such filtering, the hardware needs to know the current
IP address(es) of the host, bound to its interface.
Add support for ARP filtering to mac80211 by adding a new op to the driver
interface, allowing to configure the current IP addresses. This op is called
upon association with the currently configured address(es), and when
associated whenever the IP address(es) change.
This patch adds configuration of IPv4 addresses only, as IPv6 addresses don't
need ARP filtering.
Signed-off-by: Juuso Oikarinen <juuso.oikarinen@nokia.com>
Reviewed-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
There's a single use of this struct member, but
as it is write-only it clearly not necessary.
Thus we can free up some space here, even if we
don't need it right now it seems pointless to
carry around the variable.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
cleanup patch.
Use new __packed annotation in net/ and include/
(except netfilter)
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When sending action frames, we want to verify
that we do that on the correct channel. However,
checking the channel type in addition can get in
the way, since the channel type could change on
the fly during an association, and it's not
useful to have the channel type anyway since it
has no effect on the transmission. Therefore,
make it optional to specify so that if wanted,
it can still be checked, but is not required.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
There are more than a dozen occurrences of following code in the
IPv6 stack:
if (opt && opt->srcrt) {
struct rt0_hdr *rt0 = (struct rt0_hdr *) opt->srcrt;
ipv6_addr_copy(&final, &fl.fl6_dst);
ipv6_addr_copy(&fl.fl6_dst, rt0->addr);
final_p = &final;
}
Replace those with a helper. Note that the helper overrides final_p
in all cases. This is ok as final_p was previously initialized to
NULL when declared.
Signed-off-by: Arnaud Ebalard <arno@natisbad.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Use read_pnet() and write_pnet() to reduce number of ifdef CONFIG_NET_NS
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When many cpus compete for sending frames on a given qdisc, the qdisc
spinlock suffers from very high contention.
The cpu owning __QDISC_STATE_RUNNING bit has same priority to acquire
the lock, and cannot dequeue packets fast enough, since it must wait for
this lock for each dequeued packet.
One solution to this problem is to force all cpus spinning on a second
lock before trying to get the main lock, when/if they see
__QDISC_STATE_RUNNING already set.
The owning cpu then compete with at most one other cpu for the main
lock, allowing for higher dequeueing rate.
Based on a previous patch from Alexander Duyck. I added the heuristic to
avoid the atomic in fast path, and put the new lock far away from the
cache line used by the dequeue worker. Also try to release the busylock
lock as late as possible.
Tests with following script gave a boost from ~50.000 pps to ~600.000
pps on a dual quad core machine (E5450 @3.00GHz), tg3 driver.
(A single netperf flow can reach ~800.000 pps on this platform)
for j in `seq 0 3`; do
for i in `seq 0 7`; do
netperf -H 192.168.0.1 -t UDP_STREAM -l 60 -N -T $i -- -m 6 &
done
done
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
__QDISC_STATE_RUNNING is always changed while qdisc lock is held.
We can avoid two atomic operations in xmit path, if we move this bit in
a new __state container.
Location of this __state container is carefully chosen so that fast path
only dirties one qdisc cache line.
THROTTLED bit could later be moved into this __state location too, to
avoid dirtying first qdisc cache line.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Define three helpers to manipulate QDISC_STATE_RUNNIG flag, that a
second patch will move on another location.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Correct sk_forward_alloc handling for error_queue would need to use a
backlog of frames that softirq handler could not deliver because socket
is owned by user thread. Or extend backlog processing to be able to
process normal and error packets.
Another possibility is to not use mem charge for error queue, this is
what I implemented in this patch.
Note: this reverts commit 29030374
(net: fix sk_forward_alloc corruptions), since we dont need to lock
socket anymore.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
* git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net-2.6: (22 commits)
netlink: bug fix: wrong size was calculated for vfinfo list blob
netlink: bug fix: don't overrun skbs on vf_port dump
xt_tee: use skb_dst_drop()
netdev/fec: fix ifconfig eth0 down hang issue
cnic: Fix context memory init. on 5709.
drivers/net: Eliminate a NULL pointer dereference
drivers/net/hamradio: Eliminate a NULL pointer dereference
be2net: Patch removes redundant while statement in loop.
ipv6: Add GSO support on forwarding path
net: fix __neigh_event_send()
vhost: fix the memory leak which will happen when memory_access_ok fails
vhost-net: fix to check the return value of copy_to/from_user() correctly
vhost: fix to check the return value of copy_to/from_user() correctly
vhost: Fix host panic if ioctl called with wrong index
net: fix lock_sock_bh/unlock_sock_bh
net/iucv: Add missing spin_unlock
net: ll_temac: fix checksum offload logic
net: ll_temac: fix interrupt bug when interrupt 0 is used
sctp: dubious bitfields in sctp_transport
ipmr: off by one in __ipmr_fill_mroute()
...
This new sock lock primitive was introduced to speedup some user context
socket manipulation. But it is unsafe to protect two threads, one using
regular lock_sock/release_sock, one using lock_sock_bh/unlock_sock_bh
This patch changes lock_sock_bh to be careful against 'owned' state.
If owned is found to be set, we must take the slow path.
lock_sock_bh() now returns a boolean to say if the slow path was taken,
and this boolean is used at unlock_sock_bh time to call the appropriate
unlock function.
After this change, BH are either disabled or enabled during the
lock_sock_bh/unlock_sock_bh protected section. This might be misleading,
so we rename these functions to lock_sock_fast()/unlock_sock_fast().
Reported-by: Anton Blanchard <anton@samba.org>
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Anton Blanchard <anton@samba.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Sparse complains because these one-bit bitfields are signed.
include/net/sctp/structs.h:879:24: error: dubious one-bit signed bitfield
include/net/sctp/structs.h:889:31: error: dubious one-bit signed bitfield
include/net/sctp/structs.h:895:26: error: dubious one-bit signed bitfield
include/net/sctp/structs.h:898:31: error: dubious one-bit signed bitfield
include/net/sctp/structs.h:901:27: error: dubious one-bit signed bitfield
It doesn't cause a problem in the current code, but it would be better
to clean it up. This was introduced by c0058a35aa: "sctp: Save some
room in the sctp_transport by using bitfields".
Signed-off-by: Dan Carpenter <error27@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When the cls_cgroup module is not loaded, task_cls_classid will
return an uninitialised classid instead of zero.
Reported-by: Stephen Rothwell <sfr@canb.auug.org.au>
Signed-off-by: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
* git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net-2.6: (63 commits)
drivers/net/usb/asix.c: Fix pointer cast.
be2net: Bug fix to avoid disabling bottom half during firmware upgrade.
proc_dointvec: write a single value
hso: add support for new products
Phonet: fix potential use-after-free in pep_sock_close()
ath9k: remove VEOL support for ad-hoc
ath9k: change beacon allocation to prefer the first beacon slot
sock.h: fix kernel-doc warning
cls_cgroup: Fix build error when built-in
macvlan: do proper cleanup in macvlan_common_newlink() V2
be2net: Bug fix in init code in probe
net/dccp: expansion of error code size
ath9k: Fix rx of mcast/bcast frames in PS mode with auto sleep
wireless: fix sta_info.h kernel-doc warnings
wireless: fix mac80211.h kernel-doc warnings
iwlwifi: testing the wrong variable in iwl_add_bssid_station()
ath9k_htc: rare leak in ath9k_hif_usb_alloc_tx_urbs()
ath9k_htc: dereferencing before check in hif_usb_tx_cb()
rt2x00: Fix rt2800usb TX descriptor writing.
rt2x00: Fix failed SLEEP->AWAKE and AWAKE->SLEEP transitions.
...
- C99 knows about USHRT_MAX/SHRT_MAX/SHRT_MIN, not
USHORT_MAX/SHORT_MAX/SHORT_MIN.
- Make SHRT_MIN of type s16, not int, for consistency.
[akpm@linux-foundation.org: fix drivers/dma/timb_dma.c]
[akpm@linux-foundation.org: fix security/keys/keyring.c]
Signed-off-by: Alexey Dobriyan <adobriyan@gmail.com>
Acked-by: WANG Cong <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
Fix sock.h kernel-doc warning:
Warning(include/net/sock.h:1438): No description found for parameter 'wq'
Signed-off-by: Randy Dunlap <randy.dunlap@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There is a typo in cgroup_cls_state when cls_cgroup is built-in.
Signed-off-by: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Fix kernel-doc warnings in mac80211.h:
Warning(include/net/mac80211.h:838): No description found for parameter 'ap_addr'
Warning(include/net/mac80211.h:1726): No description found for parameter 'get_survey'
Signed-off-by: Randy Dunlap <randy.dunlap@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This reverts commit 03ceedea97.
This patch was reported to cause a regression in which connectivity is
lost and cannot be reestablished after a suspend/resume cycle.
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This reverts commit 03ceedea97, since it
breaks resume from suspend-to-ram on Rafael's Acer Ferrari One.
NetworkManager thinks everything is ok, but it can't connect to the AP
to get an IP address after the resume.
In fact, it even breaks resume for non-ath9k chipsets: reverting it also
fixes Rafael's Toshiba Protege R500 with the iwlagn driver. As Johannes
says:
"Indeed, this patch needs to be reverted. That mac80211 change is wrong
and completely unnecessary."
Reported-and-requested-by: Rafael J. Wysocki <rjw@sisk.pl>
Acked-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Cc: Daniel Yingqiang Ma <yma.cool@gmail.com>
Cc: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Cc: David Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
Up until now cls_cgroup has relied on fetching the classid out of
the current executing thread. This runs into trouble when a packet
processing is delayed in which case it may execute out of another
thread's context.
Furthermore, even when a packet is not delayed we may fail to
classify it if soft IRQs have been disabled, because this scenario
is indistinguishable from one where a packet unrelated to the
current thread is processed by a real soft IRQ.
In fact, the current semantics is inherently broken, as a single
skb may be constructed out of the writes of two different tasks.
A different manifestation of this problem is when the TCP stack
transmits in response of an incoming ACK. This is currently
unclassified.
As we already have a concept of packet ownership for accounting
purposes in the skb->sk pointer, this is a natural place to store
the classid in a persistent manner.
This patch adds the cls_cgroup classid in struct sock, filling up
an existing hole on 64-bit :)
The value is set at socket creation time. So all sockets created
via socket(2) automatically gains the ID of the thread creating it.
Whenever another process touches the socket by either reading or
writing to it, we will change the socket classid to that of the
process if it has a valid (non-zero) classid.
For sockets created on inbound connections through accept(2), we
inherit the classid of the original listening socket through
sk_clone, possibly preceding the actual accept(2) call.
In order to minimise risks, I have not made this the authoritative
classid. For now it is only used as a backup when we execute
with soft IRQs disabled. Once we're completely happy with its
semantics we can use it as the sole classid.
Footnote: I have rearranged the error path on cls_group module
creation. If we didn't do this, then there is a window where
someone could create a tc rule using cls_group before the cgroup
subsystem has been registered.
Signed-off-by: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Discovered bug when running high number of parallel connect requests.
Replace buggy home brewed list with linux/list.h.
Signed-off-by: Sjur Braendeland <sjur.brandeland@stericsson.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
I made a V2 of this patch on top of my patches for VFS switches.
All the changes were due to change in some offsets.
rename - change name of file or directory
size[4] Trename tag[2] fid[4] newdirfid[4] name[s]
size[4] Rrename tag[2]
The rename message is used to change the name of a file, possibly moving it
to a new directory. The 9P wstat message can only rename a file within the
same directory.
Signed-off-by: Jim Garlick <garlick@llnl.gov>
Signed-off-by: Sripathi Kodi <sripathik@in.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Eric Van Hensbergen <ericvh@gmail.com>
I made a V2 of this patch on top of my patches for VFS switches. The
change was adding v9fs_statfs pointer to v9fs_super_ops_dotl
instead of v9fs_super_ops.
statfs - get file system statistics
size[4] Tstatfs tag[2] fid[4]
size[4] Rstatfs tag[2] type[4] bsize[4] blocks[8] bfree[8] bavail[8]
files[8] ffree[8] fsid[8] namelen[4]
The statfs message is used to request file system information returned
by the statfs(2) system call, which is used by df(1) to report file
system and disk space usage.
Signed-off-by: Jim Garlick <garlick@llnl.gov>
Signed-off-by: Sripathi Kodi <sripathik@in.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Eric Van Hensbergen <ericvh@gmail.com>
This race was triggered by a 'conntrack -F' command running in parallel
to the insertion of a hash for a new connection. Losing this race led to
a dead conntrack entry effectively blocking traffic for a particular
connection until timeout or flushing the conntrack hashes again.
Now the check for an already dying connection is done inside the lock.
Signed-off-by: Joerg Marx <joerg.marx@secunet.com>
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
This patch replaces the boolean dead flag on inet6_ifaddr with
a state enum. This allows us to roll back changes when deleting
an address according to whether DAD has completed or not.
This patch only adds the state field and does not change the logic.
Signed-off-by: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
skb rxhash should be cleared when a skb is handled by a tunnel before
being delivered again, so that correct packet steering can take place.
There are other cleanups and accounting that we can factorize in a new
helper, skb_tunnel_rx()
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Moves the x25 accept approve flag from char into bitfield.
Signed-off-by: Andrew Hendry <andrew.hendry@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Moves the x25 interrupt flag from char into bitfield.
Signed-off-by: Andrew Hendry <andrew.hendry@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Moves the X25 q bit flag from char into a bitfield to allow BKL cleanup.
Signed-off-by: Andrew Hendry <andrew.hendry@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
ip_route_input() is the version returning a refcounted dst, while
ip_route_input_noref() returns a non refcounted one.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Use low order bit of skb->_skb_dst to tell dst is not refcounted.
Change _skb_dst to _skb_refdst to make sure all uses are catched.
skb_dst() returns the dst, regardless of noref bit set or not, but
with a lockdep check to make sure a noref dst is not given if current
user is not rcu protected.
New skb_dst_set_noref() helper to set an notrefcounted dst on a skb.
(with lockdep check)
skb_dst_drop() drops a reference only if skb dst was refcounted.
skb_dst_force() helper is used to force a refcount on dst, when skb
is queued and not anymore RCU protected.
Use skb_dst_force() in __sk_add_backlog(), __dev_xmit_skb() if
!IFF_XMIT_DST_RELEASE or skb enqueued on qdisc queue, in
sock_queue_rcv_skb(), in __nf_queue().
Use skb_dst_force() in dev_requeue_skb().
Note: dst_use_noref() still dirties dst, we might transform it
later to do one dirtying per jiffies.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
TCP-MD5 sessions have intermittent failures, when route cache is
invalidated. ip_queue_xmit() has to find a new route, calls
sk_setup_caps(sk, &rt->u.dst), destroying the
sk->sk_route_caps &= ~NETIF_F_GSO_MASK
that MD5 desperately try to make all over its way (from
tcp_transmit_skb() for example)
So we send few bad packets, and everything is fine when
tcp_transmit_skb() is called again for this socket.
Since ip_queue_xmit() is at a lower level than TCP-MD5, I chose to use a
socket field, sk_route_nocaps, containing bits to mask on sk_route_caps.
Reported-by: Bhaskar Dutta <bhaskie@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
TCP MD5 support uses percpu data for temporary storage. It currently
disables preemption so that same storage cannot be reclaimed by another
thread on same cpu.
We also have to make sure a softirq handler wont try to use also same
context. Various bug reports demonstrated corruptions.
Fix is to disable preemption and BH.
Reported-by: Bhaskar Dutta <bhaskie@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
(Dropped the infiniband part, because Tetsuo modified the related code,
I will send a separate patch for it once this is accepted.)
This patch introduces /proc/sys/net/ipv4/ip_local_reserved_ports which
allows users to reserve ports for third-party applications.
The reserved ports will not be used by automatic port assignments
(e.g. when calling connect() or bind() with port number 0). Explicit
port allocation behavior is unchanged.
Signed-off-by: Octavian Purdila <opurdila@ixiacom.com>
Signed-off-by: WANG Cong <amwang@redhat.com>
Cc: Neil Horman <nhorman@tuxdriver.com>
Cc: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Cc: Eric W. Biederman <ebiederm@xmission.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Eliminate comments in TIPC's main API files that are either obsolete,
incorrect, misleading, or unhelpful. It also adds in one new comment.
Signed-off-by: Allan Stephens <allan.stephens@windriver.com>
Signed-off-by: Paul Gortmaker <paul.gortmaker@windriver.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This adds support for offloading the channel switch
operation to devices that support such, typically
by having specific firmware API for it. The reasons
for this could be that the firmware provides better
timing or that regulatory enforcement done by the
device requires special handling of CSAs.
In order to allow drivers to specify the timing to
the device, the new channel_switch callback will
pass through the received frame's mactime, where
available.
Signed-off-by: Wey-Yi Guy <wey-yi.w.guy@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This patch adds support for multiple independant multicast routing instances,
named "tables".
Userspace multicast routing daemons can bind to a specific table instance by
issuing a setsockopt call using a new option MRT6_TABLE. The table number is
stored in the raw socket data and affects all following ip6mr setsockopt(),
getsockopt() and ioctl() calls. By default, a single table (RT6_TABLE_DFLT)
is created with a default routing rule pointing to it. Newly created pim6reg
devices have the table number appended ("pim6regX"), with the exception of
devices created in the default table, which are named just "pim6reg" for
compatibility reasons.
Packets are directed to a specific table instance using routing rules,
similar to how regular routing rules work. Currently iif, oif and mark
are supported as keys, source and destination addresses could be supported
additionally.
Example usage:
- bind pimd/xorp/... to a specific table:
uint32_t table = 123;
setsockopt(fd, SOL_IPV6, MRT6_TABLE, &table, sizeof(table));
- create routing rules directing packets to the new table:
# ip -6 mrule add iif eth0 lookup 123
# ip -6 mrule add oif eth0 lookup 123
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
The unres_queue is currently shared between all namespaces. Following patches
will additionally allow to create multiple multicast routing tables in each
namespace. Having a single shared queue for all these users seems to excessive,
move the queue and the cleanup timer to the per-namespace data to unshare it.
As a side-effect, this fixes a bug in the seq file iteration functions: the
first entry returned is always from the current namespace, entries returned
after that may belong to any namespace.
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Instead of having a global workqueue for all controllers, it makes
more sense to have a workqueue per controller.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
l2cap_ertm_send() can be called both from user context and bottom half
context. The socket locks for that contexts are different, the user
context uses a mutex(which can sleep) and the second one uses a
spinlock_bh. That creates a race condition when we have interruptions on
both contexts at the same time.
The better way to solve this is to add a new spinlock to lock
l2cap_ertm_send() and the vars it access. The other solution was to defer
l2cap_ertm_send() with a workqueue, but we the sending process already
has one defer on the hci layer. It's not a good idea add another one.
The patch refactor the code to create l2cap_retransmit_frames(), then we
encapulate the lock of l2cap_ertm_send() for some call. It also changes
l2cap_retransmit_frame() to l2cap_retransmit_one_frame() to avoid
confusion
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
Reviewed-by: João Paulo Rechi Vita <jprvita@profusion.mobi>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Supports Local Busy condition handling through a waitqueue that wake ups
each 200ms and try to push the packets to the upper layer. If it can
push all the queue then it leaves the Local Busy state.
The patch modifies the behaviour of l2cap_ertm_reassembly_sdu() to
support retry of the push operation.
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
Reviewed-by: João Paulo Rechi Vita <jprvita@profusion.mobi>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
hci_send_acl can't fail, so we can make it void. This patch changes
that and all the funcions that use hci_send_acl().
That change exposed a bug on sending connectionless data. We were not
reporting the lenght send back to the user space.
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
Reviewed-by: João Paulo Rechi Vita <jprvita@profusion.mobi>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
With the sockopt extension we can set a per-channel MaxTx value.
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
Reviewed-by: João Paulo Rechi Vita <jprvita@profusion.mobi>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Now that we can set the txWindow we need to change the acknowledgement
procedure to ack after each (pi->txWindow/6 + 1). The plus 1 is to avoid
the zero value.
It also renames pi->num_to_ack to a better name: pi->num_acked.
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
Reviewed-by: João Paulo Rechi Vita <jprvita@profusion.mobi>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Now we can set/get Transmission Window size via sockopt.
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
Reviewed-by: João Paulo Rechi Vita <jprvita@profusion.mobi>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
We were accepting values bigger than we can accept. This was leading
ERTM to drop packets because of wrong FCS checks.
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
Reviewed-by: João Paulo Rechi Vita <jprvita@profusion.mobi>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
We ack I-frames on each txWindow/5 I-frames received, but if the sender
stop to send I-frames and it's not a txWindow multiple we can leave some
frames unacked.
So I added a timer to ack I-frames on this case. The timer expires in
200ms.
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
Reviewed-by: João Paulo Rechi Vita <jprvita@profusion.mobi>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
After receive a RR with P bit set ERTM shall use this funcion to choose
what type of frame to reply with F bit = 1.
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
Reviewed-by: João Paulo Rechi Vita <jprvita@profusion.mobi>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
It also removes an unneeded check for the MTU. The check is done before
on sco_send_frame()
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
Reviewed-by: João Paulo Rechi Vita <jprvita@profusion.mobi>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
A while back there was a discussion regarding the rt_secret_interval timer.
Given that we've had the ability to do emergency route cache rebuilds for awhile
now, based on a statistical analysis of the various hash chain lengths in the
cache, the use of the flush timer is somewhat redundant. This patch removes the
rt_secret_interval sysctl, allowing us to rely solely on the statistical
analysis mechanism to determine the need for route cache flushes.
Signed-off-by: Neil Horman <nhorman@tuxdriver.com>
Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Currently, when one interface switches HT mode,
all others will follow along. This is clearly
undesirable, since the new one might switch to
no-HT while another one is operating in HT.
Address this issue by keeping track of the HT
mode per interface, and allowing only changes
that are compatible, i.e. switching into HT40+
is not possible when another interface is in
HT40-, in that case the second one needs to
fall back to HT20.
Also, to allow drivers to know what's going on,
store the per-interface HT mode (channel type)
in the virtual interface's bss_conf.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Currently (all tested with hwsim) you can do stupid
things like setting up an AP on a certain channel,
then adding another virtual interface and making
that associate on another channel -- this will make
the beaconing to move channel but obviously without
the necessary IEs data update.
In order to improve this situation, first make the
configuration APIs (cfg80211 and nl80211) aware of
multi-channel operation -- we'll eventually need
that in the future anyway. There's one userland API
change and one API addition. The API change is that
now SET_WIPHY must be called with virtual interface
index rather than only wiphy index in order to take
effect for that interface -- luckily all current
users (hostapd) do that. For monitor interfaces, the
old setting is preserved, but monitors are always
slaved to other devices anyway so no guarantees.
The second userland API change is the introduction
of a per virtual interface SET_CHANNEL command, that
hostapd should use going forward to make it easier
to understand what's going on (it can automatically
detect a kernel with this command).
Other than mac80211, no existing cfg80211 drivers
are affected by this change because they only allow
a single virtual interface.
mac80211, however, now needs to be aware that the
channel settings are per interface now, and needs
to disallow (for now) real multi-channel operation,
which is another important part of this patch.
One of the immediate benefits is that you can now
start hostapd to operate on a hardware that already
has a connection on another virtual interface, as
long as you specify the same channel.
Note that two things are left unhandled (this is an
improvement -- not a complete fix):
* different HT/no-HT modes
currently you could start an HT AP and then
connect to a non-HT network on the same channel
which would configure the hardware for no HT;
that can be fixed fairly easily
* CSA
An AP we're connected to on a virtual interface
might indicate switching channels, and in that
case we would follow it, regardless of how many
other interfaces are operating; this requires
more effort to fix but is pretty rare after all
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
When reconfiguring an interface due to a previous
hardware restart, mac80211 will currently include
the new IBSS flag on non-IBSS interfaces which may
confuse drivers.
Instead of doing the ~0 trick, simply spell out
which things are going to be reconfigured.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
ICMP protocol unreachable handling completely disregarded
the fact that the user may have locked the socket. It proceeded
to destroy the association, even though the user may have
held the lock and had a ref on the association. This resulted
in the following:
Attempt to release alive inet socket f6afcc00
=========================
[ BUG: held lock freed! ]
-------------------------
somenu/2672 is freeing memory f6afcc00-f6afcfff, with a lock still held
there!
(sk_lock-AF_INET){+.+.+.}, at: [<c122098a>] sctp_connect+0x13/0x4c
1 lock held by somenu/2672:
#0: (sk_lock-AF_INET){+.+.+.}, at: [<c122098a>] sctp_connect+0x13/0x4c
stack backtrace:
Pid: 2672, comm: somenu Not tainted 2.6.32-telco #55
Call Trace:
[<c1232266>] ? printk+0xf/0x11
[<c1038553>] debug_check_no_locks_freed+0xce/0xff
[<c10620b4>] kmem_cache_free+0x21/0x66
[<c1185f25>] __sk_free+0x9d/0xab
[<c1185f9c>] sk_free+0x1c/0x1e
[<c1216e38>] sctp_association_put+0x32/0x89
[<c1220865>] __sctp_connect+0x36d/0x3f4
[<c122098a>] ? sctp_connect+0x13/0x4c
[<c102d073>] ? autoremove_wake_function+0x0/0x33
[<c12209a8>] sctp_connect+0x31/0x4c
[<c11d1e80>] inet_dgram_connect+0x4b/0x55
[<c11834fa>] sys_connect+0x54/0x71
[<c103a3a2>] ? lock_release_non_nested+0x88/0x239
[<c1054026>] ? might_fault+0x42/0x7c
[<c1054026>] ? might_fault+0x42/0x7c
[<c11847ab>] sys_socketcall+0x6d/0x178
[<c10da994>] ? trace_hardirqs_on_thunk+0xc/0x10
[<c1002959>] syscall_call+0x7/0xb
This was because the sctp_wait_for_connect() would aqcure the socket
lock and then proceed to release the last reference count on the
association, thus cause the fully destruction path to finish freeing
the socket.
The simplest solution is to start a very short timer in case the socket
is owned by user. When the timer expires, we can do some verification
and be able to do the release properly.
Signed-off-by: Vlad Yasevich <vladislav.yasevich@hp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Fix this one:
include/net/sock.h: error: two or more data types in declaration specifiers
Signed-off-by: Jan Engelhardt <jengelh@medozas.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
sk_callback_lock rwlock actually protects sk->sk_sleep pointer, so we
need two atomic operations (and associated dirtying) per incoming
packet.
RCU conversion is pretty much needed :
1) Add a new structure, called "struct socket_wq" to hold all fields
that will need rcu_read_lock() protection (currently: a
wait_queue_head_t and a struct fasync_struct pointer).
[Future patch will add a list anchor for wakeup coalescing]
2) Attach one of such structure to each "struct socket" created in
sock_alloc_inode().
3) Respect RCU grace period when freeing a "struct socket_wq"
4) Change sk_sleep pointer in "struct sock" by sk_wq, pointer to "struct
socket_wq"
5) Change sk_sleep() function to use new sk->sk_wq instead of
sk->sk_sleep
6) Change sk_has_sleeper() to wq_has_sleeper() that must be used inside
a rcu_read_lock() section.
7) Change all sk_has_sleeper() callers to :
- Use rcu_read_lock() instead of read_lock(&sk->sk_callback_lock)
- Use wq_has_sleeper() to eventually wakeup tasks.
- Use rcu_read_unlock() instead of read_unlock(&sk->sk_callback_lock)
8) sock_wake_async() is modified to use rcu protection as well.
9) Exceptions :
macvtap, drivers/net/tun.c, af_unix use integrated "struct socket_wq"
instead of dynamically allocated ones. They dont need rcu freeing.
Some cleanups or followups are probably needed, (possible
sk_callback_lock conversion to a spinlock for example...).
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When we create the sctp_datamsg and fragment the user data,
we know exactly if we are sending full segments or not and
how they might be bundled. During this time, we can mark
messages a Nagle capable or not. This makes the check at
transmit time much simpler.
Signed-off-by: Vlad Yasevich <vladislav.yasevich@hp.com>
Right now, sctp transports are not fully initialized and when
adding any new fields, they have to be explicitely initialized.
This is prone to mistakes. So we switch to calling kzalloc()
which makes things much simpler.
Signed-off-by: Vlad Yasevich <vladislav.yasevich@hp.com>
The 'resent' bit is used to make sure that we don't update
rto estimate based on retransmitted chunks. However, we already
have the 'rto_pending' bit that we test when need to update rto,
so 'resent' bit is just extra. Additionally, we currently have
a bug in that we always set a 'resent' bit and thus rto estimate
is only updated by Heartbeats.
Signed-off-by: Vlad Yasevich <vladislav.yasevich@hp.com>
In current implementation if ABORT chunk is received with T flag is set
and zero verification tag in COOKIE-WAIT state, the ABORT chunk will be
always accepted. This is because in COOKIE-WAIT state, the endpoint does
not know the peer's verification tag, and it's zero in the endpoint.
Signed-off-by: Wei Yongjun <yjwei@cn.fujitsu.com>
Signed-off-by: Vlad Yasevich <vladislav.yasevich@hp.com>
sock_recv_ts_and_drops() is fat and slow (~ 4% of cpu time on some
profiles)
We can test all socket flags at once to make fast path fast again.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When queueing a skb to socket, we can immediately release its dst if
target socket do not use IP_CMSG_PKTINFO.
tcp_data_queue() can drop dst too.
This to benefit from a hot cache line and avoid the receiver, possibly
on another cpu, to dirty this cache line himself.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Since commit 95766fff ([UDP]: Add memory accounting.),
each received packet needs one extra sock_lock()/sock_release() pair.
This added latency because of possible backlog handling. Then later,
ticket spinlocks added yet another latency source in case of DDOS.
This patch introduces lock_sock_bh() and unlock_sock_bh()
synchronization primitives, avoiding one atomic operation and backlog
processing.
skb_free_datagram_locked() uses them instead of full blown
lock_sock()/release_sock(). skb is orphaned inside locked section for
proper socket memory reclaim, and finally freed outside of it.
UDP receive path now take the socket spinlock only once.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Ok, version 4
Change Notes:
1) Minor cleanups, from Vlads notes
Summary:
Hey-
Recently, it was reported to me that the kernel could oops in the
following way:
<5> kernel BUG at net/core/skbuff.c:91!
<5> invalid operand: 0000 [#1]
<5> Modules linked in: sctp netconsole nls_utf8 autofs4 sunrpc iptable_filter
ip_tables cpufreq_powersave parport_pc lp parport vmblock(U) vsock(U) vmci(U)
vmxnet(U) vmmemctl(U) vmhgfs(U) acpiphp dm_mirror dm_mod button battery ac md5
ipv6 uhci_hcd ehci_hcd snd_ens1371 snd_rawmidi snd_seq_device snd_pcm_oss
snd_mixer_oss snd_pcm snd_timer snd_page_alloc snd_ac97_codec snd soundcore
pcnet32 mii floppy ext3 jbd ata_piix libata mptscsih mptsas mptspi mptscsi
mptbase sd_mod scsi_mod
<5> CPU: 0
<5> EIP: 0060:[<c02bff27>] Not tainted VLI
<5> EFLAGS: 00010216 (2.6.9-89.0.25.EL)
<5> EIP is at skb_over_panic+0x1f/0x2d
<5> eax: 0000002c ebx: c033f461 ecx: c0357d96 edx: c040fd44
<5> esi: c033f461 edi: df653280 ebp: 00000000 esp: c040fd40
<5> ds: 007b es: 007b ss: 0068
<5> Process swapper (pid: 0, threadinfo=c040f000 task=c0370be0)
<5> Stack: c0357d96 e0c29478 00000084 00000004 c033f461 df653280 d7883180
e0c2947d
<5> 00000000 00000080 df653490 00000004 de4f1ac0 de4f1ac0 00000004
df653490
<5> 00000001 e0c2877a 08000800 de4f1ac0 df653490 00000000 e0c29d2e
00000004
<5> Call Trace:
<5> [<e0c29478>] sctp_addto_chunk+0xb0/0x128 [sctp]
<5> [<e0c2947d>] sctp_addto_chunk+0xb5/0x128 [sctp]
<5> [<e0c2877a>] sctp_init_cause+0x3f/0x47 [sctp]
<5> [<e0c29d2e>] sctp_process_unk_param+0xac/0xb8 [sctp]
<5> [<e0c29e90>] sctp_verify_init+0xcc/0x134 [sctp]
<5> [<e0c20322>] sctp_sf_do_5_1B_init+0x83/0x28e [sctp]
<5> [<e0c25333>] sctp_do_sm+0x41/0x77 [sctp]
<5> [<c01555a4>] cache_grow+0x140/0x233
<5> [<e0c26ba1>] sctp_endpoint_bh_rcv+0xc5/0x108 [sctp]
<5> [<e0c2b863>] sctp_inq_push+0xe/0x10 [sctp]
<5> [<e0c34600>] sctp_rcv+0x454/0x509 [sctp]
<5> [<e084e017>] ipt_hook+0x17/0x1c [iptable_filter]
<5> [<c02d005e>] nf_iterate+0x40/0x81
<5> [<c02e0bb9>] ip_local_deliver_finish+0x0/0x151
<5> [<c02e0c7f>] ip_local_deliver_finish+0xc6/0x151
<5> [<c02d0362>] nf_hook_slow+0x83/0xb5
<5> [<c02e0bb2>] ip_local_deliver+0x1a2/0x1a9
<5> [<c02e0bb9>] ip_local_deliver_finish+0x0/0x151
<5> [<c02e103e>] ip_rcv+0x334/0x3b4
<5> [<c02c66fd>] netif_receive_skb+0x320/0x35b
<5> [<e0a0928b>] init_stall_timer+0x67/0x6a [uhci_hcd]
<5> [<c02c67a4>] process_backlog+0x6c/0xd9
<5> [<c02c690f>] net_rx_action+0xfe/0x1f8
<5> [<c012a7b1>] __do_softirq+0x35/0x79
<5> [<c0107efb>] handle_IRQ_event+0x0/0x4f
<5> [<c01094de>] do_softirq+0x46/0x4d
Its an skb_over_panic BUG halt that results from processing an init chunk in
which too many of its variable length parameters are in some way malformed.
The problem is in sctp_process_unk_param:
if (NULL == *errp)
*errp = sctp_make_op_error_space(asoc, chunk,
ntohs(chunk->chunk_hdr->length));
if (*errp) {
sctp_init_cause(*errp, SCTP_ERROR_UNKNOWN_PARAM,
WORD_ROUND(ntohs(param.p->length)));
sctp_addto_chunk(*errp,
WORD_ROUND(ntohs(param.p->length)),
param.v);
When we allocate an error chunk, we assume that the worst case scenario requires
that we have chunk_hdr->length data allocated, which would be correct nominally,
given that we call sctp_addto_chunk for the violating parameter. Unfortunately,
we also, in sctp_init_cause insert a sctp_errhdr_t structure into the error
chunk, so the worst case situation in which all parameters are in violation
requires chunk_hdr->length+(sizeof(sctp_errhdr_t)*param_count) bytes of data.
The result of this error is that a deliberately malformed packet sent to a
listening host can cause a remote DOS, described in CVE-2010-1173:
http://cve.mitre.org/cgi-bin/cvename.cgi?name=2010-1173
I've tested the below fix and confirmed that it fixes the issue. We move to a
strategy whereby we allocate a fixed size error chunk and ignore errors we don't
have space to report. Tested by me successfully
Signed-off-by: Neil Horman <nhorman@tuxdriver.com>
Acked-by: Vlad Yasevich <vladislav.yasevich@hp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Some drivers (e.g. iwlwifi) need to know and try
to figure it out based on other things, but making
it explicit is definitely better.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Changes:
o Function cfcnfg_disconn_adapt_layer is changed to do asynchronous
disconnect, not waiting for any response from the modem. Due to this
the function cfcnfg_linkdestroy_rsp does nothing anymore.
o Because disconnect may take down a connection before a connect response
is received the function cfcnfg_linkup_rsp is checking if the client is
still waiting for the response, if not a disconnect request is sent to
the modem.
o cfctrl is no longer keeping track of pending disconnect requests.
o Added function cfctrl_cancel_req, which is used for deleting a pending
connect request if disconnect is done before connect response is received.
o Removed unused function cfctrl_insert_req2
o Added better handling of connect reject from modem.
Signed-off-by: Sjur Braendeland <sjur.brandeland@stericsson.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Changes:
o Added functions cfsrvl_get and cfsrvl_put.
o Added support release_client to use by socket and net device.
o Increase reference counting for in-flight packets from cfmuxl
Signed-off-by: Sjur Braendeland <sjur.brandeland@stericsson.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Changes:
o Renamed cfcnfg_del_adapt_layer to cfcnfg_disconn_adapt_layer
o Fixed typo cfcfg to cfcnfg
o Renamed linkid to channel_id
o Updated documentation in caif_dev.h
o Minor formatting changes
Signed-off-by: Sjur Braendeland <sjur.brandeland@stericsson.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
sk->sk_data_ready() of sctp socket can be called from both BH and non-BH
contexts, but the default sk->sk_data_ready(), sock_def_readable(), can
not be used in this case. Therefore, we have to make a new function
sctp_data_ready() to grab sk->sk_data_ready() with BH disabling.
=========================================================
[ INFO: possible irq lock inversion dependency detected ]
2.6.33-rc6 #129
---------------------------------------------------------
sctp_darn/1517 just changed the state of lock:
(clock-AF_INET){++.?..}, at: [<c06aab60>] sock_def_readable+0x20/0x80
but this lock took another, SOFTIRQ-unsafe lock in the past:
(slock-AF_INET){+.-...}
and interrupts could create inverse lock ordering between them.
other info that might help us debug this:
1 lock held by sctp_darn/1517:
#0: (sk_lock-AF_INET){+.+.+.}, at: [<cdfe363d>] sctp_sendmsg+0x23d/0xc00 [sctp]
Signed-off-by: Wei Yongjun <yjwei@cn.fujitsu.com>
Signed-off-by: Vlad Yasevich <vladislav.yasevich@hp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Now there's no need to use this fuction directly because it's handled by
register_pernet_device. So to make this simple and easy to understand,
make this static to do not tempt potentional users.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jpirko@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Current socket backlog limit is not enough to really stop DDOS attacks,
because user thread spend many time to process a full backlog each
round, and user might crazy spin on socket lock.
We should add backlog size and receive_queue size (aka rmem_alloc) to
pace writers, and let user run without being slow down too much.
Introduce a sk_rcvqueues_full() helper, to avoid taking socket lock in
stress situations.
Under huge stress from a multiqueue/RPS enabled NIC, a single flow udp
receiver can now process ~200.000 pps (instead of ~100 pps before the
patch) on a 8 core machine.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Idea from Eric Dumazet.
As for placement inside of struct sock, I tried to choose a place
that otherwise has a 32-bit hole on 64-bit systems.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
When scanning, it is somewhat important to scan
on the correct virtual interface. All drivers
that currently implement hw_scan only support a
single virtual interface, but that may change
and then we'd want to be ready.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Now that the mac80211 is choosing dynamic ps timeouts based on the ps-qos
network latency configuration, configure a default value of -1 as the dynamic
ps timeout in cfg80211. This value allows the mac80211 to determine the value
to be used.
Signed-off-by: Juuso Oikarinen <juuso.oikarinen@nokia.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Determine the dynamic PS timeout based on the configured ps-qos network
latency. For backwards wext compatibility, allow the dynamic PS timeout
configured by the cfg80211 to overrule the automatically determined value.
Signed-off-by: Juuso Oikarinen <juuso.oikarinen@nokia.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This is used to configure APs to not bridge traffic between connected stations.
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
__sk_dst_set() might be called while no state can be integrated in a
rcu_dereference_check() condition.
So use rcu_dereference_raw() to shutup lockdep warnings (if
CONFIG_PROVE_RCU is set)
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Paul E. McKenney <paulmck@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
const qualifier on sock argument is misleading, since we can modify rxhash.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
RFC 1122 says the following:
...
Keep-alive packets MUST only be sent when no data or
acknowledgement packets have been received for the
connection within an interval.
...
The acknowledgement packet is reseting the keepalive
timer but the data packet isn't. This patch fixes it by
checking the timestamp of the last received data packet
too when the keepalive timer expires.
Signed-off-by: Flavio Leitner <fleitner@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Ilpo Järvinen <ilpo.jarvinen@helsinki.fi>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Calls to twsk_net() are in some cases protected by reference counting
as an alternative to RCU protection. Cases covered by reference counts
include __inet_twsk_kill(), inet_twsk_free(), inet_twdr_do_twkill_work(),
inet_twdr_twcal_tick(), and tcp_timewait_state_process(). RCU is used
by inet_twsk_purge(). Locking is used by established_get_first()
and established_get_next(). Finally, __inet_twsk_hashdance() is an
initialization case.
It appears to be non-trivial to locate the appropriate locks and
reference counts from within twsk_net(), so used rcu_dereference_raw().
Signed-off-by: Paul E. McKenney <paulmck@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
fib_rules_register() duplicates the template passed to it without modification,
mark the argument as const. Additionally the templates are only needed when
instantiating a new namespace, so mark them as __net_initdata, which means
they can be discarded when CONFIG_NET_NS=n.
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Finally add support to detect a local IPV6_DONTFRAG event
and return the relevant data to the user if they've enabled
IPV6_RECVPATHMTU on the socket. The next recvmsg() will
return no data, but have an IPV6_PATHMTU as ancillary data.
Signed-off-by: Brian Haley <brian.haley@hp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add dontfrag argument to relevant functions for
IPV6_DONTFRAG support, as well as allowing the value
to be passed-in via ancillary cmsg data.
Signed-off-by: Brian Haley <brian.haley@hp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
V2 Feedback from John Hughes.
- Add header for userspace implementations such as xot/xoe to use
- Use explicit values for interface stability
- No changes to driver patches
V1
- Use identifiers instead of magic numbers for X25 layer 3 to device interface.
- Also fixed checkpatch notes on updated code.
[ Add new user header to include/linux/Kbuild -DaveM ]
Signed-off-by: Andrew Hendry <andrew.hendry@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Account for TSO segments of an skb in TCP_MIB_OUTSEGS counter. Without
doing this, the counter can be off by orders of magnitude from the
actual number of segments sent.
Signed-off-by: Tom Herbert <therbert@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When I updated this from the corresponding
userspace library, an annotation error crept
in -- this variable needs to be annotated as
little endian. No effect on code generation.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Define a new function to return the waitqueue of a "struct sock".
static inline wait_queue_head_t *sk_sleep(struct sock *sk)
{
return sk->sk_sleep;
}
Change all read occurrences of sk_sleep by a call to this function.
Needed for a future RCU conversion. sk_sleep wont be a field directly
available.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This adds the survey function to both mac80211 itself and to mac80211_hwsim.
For the latter driver, we simply invent some noise level.A real driver which
cannot determine the real channel noise MUST NOT report any noise, especially
not a magically conjured one :-)
Signed-off-by: Holger Schurig <holgerschurig@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
When I set up multiple VAPs with ath9k, I encountered an issue that
the traffic may be lost after a while.
The detailed phenomenon is
1. After a while the clients connected to one of these VAPs will get
into a state that no broadcast/multicast packets can be transfered
successfully while the unicast packets can be transfered normally.
2. Minutes latter the unitcast packets transfer will fail as well,
because the ARP entry is expired and it can't be freshed due to the
broadcast trouble.
It's caused by the group key overwritten and someone discussed this
issue in ath9k-devel maillist before, but haven't work out a fix yet.
I referred the method in madwifi, and made a patch for ath9k.
The method is to set the high bit of the sender(AP)'s address, and
associated that mac and the group key. It requires the hardware
supports multicast frame key search. It seems true for AR9160.
Not sure whether it's the correct way to fix this issue. But it seems
to work in my test. The patch is attached, feel free to revise it.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Yingqiang ma <yma.cool@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
The flag is called IEEE80211_TX_STAT_AMPDU rather than using the whole word
STATUS.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Halperin <dhalperi@cs.washington.edu>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This patch implements receive flow steering (RFS). RFS steers
received packets for layer 3 and 4 processing to the CPU where
the application for the corresponding flow is running. RFS is an
extension of Receive Packet Steering (RPS).
The basic idea of RFS is that when an application calls recvmsg
(or sendmsg) the application's running CPU is stored in a hash
table that is indexed by the connection's rxhash which is stored in
the socket structure. The rxhash is passed in skb's received on
the connection from netif_receive_skb. For each received packet,
the associated rxhash is used to look up the CPU in the hash table,
if a valid CPU is set then the packet is steered to that CPU using
the RPS mechanisms.
The convolution of the simple approach is that it would potentially
allow OOO packets. If threads are thrashing around CPUs or multiple
threads are trying to read from the same sockets, a quickly changing
CPU value in the hash table could cause rampant OOO packets--
we consider this a non-starter.
To avoid OOO packets, this solution implements two types of hash
tables: rps_sock_flow_table and rps_dev_flow_table.
rps_sock_table is a global hash table. Each entry is just a CPU
number and it is populated in recvmsg and sendmsg as described above.
This table contains the "desired" CPUs for flows.
rps_dev_flow_table is specific to each device queue. Each entry
contains a CPU and a tail queue counter. The CPU is the "current"
CPU for a matching flow. The tail queue counter holds the value
of a tail queue counter for the associated CPU's backlog queue at
the time of last enqueue for a flow matching the entry.
Each backlog queue has a queue head counter which is incremented
on dequeue, and so a queue tail counter is computed as queue head
count + queue length. When a packet is enqueued on a backlog queue,
the current value of the queue tail counter is saved in the hash
entry of the rps_dev_flow_table.
And now the trick: when selecting the CPU for RPS (get_rps_cpu)
the rps_sock_flow table and the rps_dev_flow table for the RX queue
are consulted. When the desired CPU for the flow (found in the
rps_sock_flow table) does not match the current CPU (found in the
rps_dev_flow table), the current CPU is changed to the desired CPU
if one of the following is true:
- The current CPU is unset (equal to RPS_NO_CPU)
- Current CPU is offline
- The current CPU's queue head counter >= queue tail counter in the
rps_dev_flow table. This checks if the queue tail has advanced
beyond the last packet that was enqueued using this table entry.
This guarantees that all packets queued using this entry have been
dequeued, thus preserving in order delivery.
Making each queue have its own rps_dev_flow table has two advantages:
1) the tail queue counters will be written on each receive, so
keeping the table local to interrupting CPU s good for locality. 2)
this allows lockless access to the table-- the CPU number and queue
tail counter need to be accessed together under mutual exclusion
from netif_receive_skb, we assume that this is only called from
device napi_poll which is non-reentrant.
This patch implements RFS for TCP and connected UDP sockets.
It should be usable for other flow oriented protocols.
There are two configuration parameters for RFS. The
"rps_flow_entries" kernel init parameter sets the number of
entries in the rps_sock_flow_table, the per rxqueue sysfs entry
"rps_flow_cnt" contains the number of entries in the rps_dev_flow
table for the rxqueue. Both are rounded to power of two.
The obvious benefit of RFS (over just RPS) is that it achieves
CPU locality between the receive processing for a flow and the
applications processing; this can result in increased performance
(higher pps, lower latency).
The benefits of RFS are dependent on cache hierarchy, application
load, and other factors. On simple benchmarks, we don't necessarily
see improvement and sometimes see degradation. However, for more
complex benchmarks and for applications where cache pressure is
much higher this technique seems to perform very well.
Below are some benchmark results which show the potential benfit of
this patch. The netperf test has 500 instances of netperf TCP_RR
test with 1 byte req. and resp. The RPC test is an request/response
test similar in structure to netperf RR test ith 100 threads on
each host, but does more work in userspace that netperf.
e1000e on 8 core Intel
No RFS or RPS 104K tps at 30% CPU
No RFS (best RPS config): 290K tps at 63% CPU
RFS 303K tps at 61% CPU
RPC test tps CPU% 50/90/99% usec latency Latency StdDev
No RFS/RPS 103K 48% 757/900/3185 4472.35
RPS only: 174K 73% 415/993/2468 491.66
RFS 223K 73% 379/651/1382 315.61
Signed-off-by: Tom Herbert <therbert@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
LDPC will be enabled through the rate control algorithm
for each buffer the the tx_info flags.
Signed-off-by: Luis R. Rodriguez <lrodriguez@atheros.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
As Herbert Xu said: we should be able to simply replace ipfragok
with skb->local_df. commit f88037(sctp: Drop ipfargok in sctp_xmit function)
has droped ipfragok and set local_df value properly.
The patch kills the ipfragok parameter of .queue_xmit().
Signed-off-by: Shan Wei <shanwei@cn.fujitsu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
- fix IP DNAT on vlan- or pppoe-encapsulated traffic: The functions
neigh_hh_output() or dst->neighbour->output() overwrite the complete
Ethernet header, although we only need the destination MAC address.
For encapsulated packets, they ended up overwriting the encapsulating
header. The new code copies the Ethernet source MAC address and
protocol number before calling dst->neighbour->output(). The Ethernet
source MAC and protocol number are copied back in place in
br_nf_pre_routing_finish_bridge_slow(). This also makes the IP DNAT
more transparent because in the old scheme the source MAC of the
bridge was copied into the source address in the Ethernet header. We
also let skb->protocol equal ETH_P_IP resp. ETH_P_IPV6 during the
execution of the PF_INET resp. PF_INET6 hooks.
- Speed up IP DNAT by calling neigh_hh_bridge() instead of
neigh_hh_output(): if dst->hh is available, we already know the MAC
address so we can just copy it.
Signed-off-by: Bart De Schuymer <bdschuym@pandora.be>
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
This patch adds support for multiple independant multicast routing instances,
named "tables".
Userspace multicast routing daemons can bind to a specific table instance by
issuing a setsockopt call using a new option MRT_TABLE. The table number is
stored in the raw socket data and affects all following ipmr setsockopt(),
getsockopt() and ioctl() calls. By default, a single table (RT_TABLE_DEFAULT)
is created with a default routing rule pointing to it. Newly created pimreg
devices have the table number appended ("pimregX"), with the exception of
devices created in the default table, which are named just "pimreg" for
compatibility reasons.
Packets are directed to a specific table instance using routing rules,
similar to how regular routing rules work. Currently iif, oif and mark
are supported as keys, source and destination addresses could be supported
additionally.
Example usage:
- bind pimd/xorp/... to a specific table:
uint32_t table = 123;
setsockopt(fd, IPPROTO_IP, MRT_TABLE, &table, sizeof(table));
- create routing rules directing packets to the new table:
# ip mrule add iif eth0 lookup 123
# ip mrule add oif eth0 lookup 123
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The unres_queue is currently shared between all namespaces. Following patches
will additionally allow to create multiple multicast routing tables in each
namespace. Having a single shared queue for all these users seems to excessive,
move the queue and the cleanup timer to the per-namespace data to unshare it.
As a side-effect, this fixes a bug in the seq file iteration functions: the
first entry returned is always from the current namespace, entries returned
after that may belong to any namespace.
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
A following patch will use struct raw_sock to store state for ipmr,
so having the definitions in icmp.h doesn't fit very well anymore.
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Both functions are equivalent, consolidate them since a following patch
needs a third implementation for multicast routing.
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
With latest CONFIG_PROVE_RCU stuff, I felt more comfortable to make this
work.
sk->sk_dst_cache is currently protected by a rwlock (sk_dst_lock)
This rwlock is readlocked for a very small amount of time, and dst
entries are already freed after RCU grace period. This calls for RCU
again :)
This patch converts sk_dst_lock to a spinlock, and use RCU for readers.
__sk_dst_get() is supposed to be called with rcu_read_lock() or if
socket locked by user, so use appropriate rcu_dereference_check()
condition (rcu_read_lock_held() || sock_owned_by_user(sk))
This patch avoids two atomic ops per tx packet on UDP connected sockets,
for example, and permits sk_dst_lock to be much less dirtied.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
inet: Remove unused send_check length argument
This patch removes the unused length argument from the send_check
function in struct inet_connection_sock_af_ops.
Signed-off-by: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au>
Tested-by: Yinghai <yinghai.lu@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
From: Timo Teräs <timo.teras@iki.fi>
Happens because CONFIG_XFRM_SUB_POLICY is not enabled, and one of
the helper functions I used did unexpected things in that case.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Here is a patch to stop X.25 examining fields beyond the end of the packet.
For example, when a simple CALL ACCEPTED was received:
10 10 0f
x25_parse_facilities was attempting to decode the FACILITIES field, but this
packet contains no facilities field.
Signed-off-by: John Hughes <john@calva.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
cfg80211 is quite strict on allowing authentication and association
commands only in certain states. In order to meet these requirements,
user space applications may need to clear authentication or
association state in some cases. Currently, this can be done with
deauth/disassoc command, but that ends up sending out Deauthentication
or Disassociation frame unnecessarily. Add a new nl80211 attribute to
allow this sending of the frame be skipped, but with all other
deauth/disassoc operations being completed.
Similar state change is also needed for IEEE 802.11r FT protocol in
the FT-over-DS case which does not use Authentication frame exchange
in a transition to another BSS. For this to work with cfg80211, an
authentication entry needs to be created for the target BSS without
sending out an Authentication frame. The nl80211 authentication
command can be used for this purpose, too, with the new attribute to
indicate that the command is only for changing local state. This
enables wpa_supplicant to complete FT-over-DS transition successfully.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
__xfrm_lookup() is called for each packet transmitted out of
system. The xfrm_find_bundle() does a linear search which can
kill system performance depending on how many bundles are
required per policy.
This modifies __xfrm_lookup() to store bundles directly in
the flow cache. If we did not get a hit, we just create a new
bundle instead of doing slow search. This means that we can now
get multiple xfrm_dst's for same flow (on per-cpu basis).
Signed-off-by: Timo Teras <timo.teras@iki.fi>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This allows to validate the cached object before returning it.
It also allows to destruct object properly, if the last reference
was held in flow cache. This is also a prepartion for caching
bundles in the flow cache.
In return for virtualizing the methods, we save on:
- not having to regenerate the whole flow cache on policy removal:
each flow matching a killed policy gets refreshed as the getter
function notices it smartly.
- we do not have to call flow_cache_flush from policy gc, since the
flow cache now properly deletes the object if it had any references
Signed-off-by: Timo Teras <timo.teras@iki.fi>
Acked-by: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
* 'for-linus' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/ericvh/v9fs:
9p: saving negative to unsigned char
9p: return on mutex_lock_interruptible()
9p: Creating files with names too long should fail with ENAMETOOLONG.
9p: Make sure we are able to clunk the cached fid on umount
9p: drop nlink remove
fs/9p: Clunk the fid resulting from partial walk of the name
9p: documentation update
9p: Fix setting of protocol flags in v9fs_session_info structure.
dcache prune happen on umount. So we cannot mark the client
satus disconnect. That will prevent a 9p call to the server
Signed-off-by: Aneesh Kumar K.V <aneesh.kumar@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Eric Van Hensbergen <ericvh@gmail.com>
Converts the list and the core manipulating with it to be the same as uc_list.
+uses two functions for adding/removing mc address (normal and "global"
variant) instead of a function parameter.
+removes dev_mcast.c completely.
+exposes netdev_hw_addr_list_* macros along with __hw_addr_* functions for
manipulation with lists on a sandbox (used in bonding and 80211 drivers)
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jpirko@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The head element of rt6_info{} is dst_entry{}, and
IPv6 specific elements follow.
Because elements at the end of dst_entry{} are frequently
updated, it is not good to put frequently-used static
elements, such as rt6i_idev, rt6i_dst or rt6i_flags in the
same cache line.
On the other hand, fib6_table, rt6i_node or rt6i_gateway are
rarely used, so it is okay to stay in the same cache line.
Let's rearrange rt6_info{}.
Signed-off-by: YOSHIFUJI Hideaki <yoshfuji@linux-ipv6.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
One of my test machine got a deadlock during "tc" sessions,
adding/deleting classes & filters, using traffic estimators.
After some analysis, I believe we have a potential use after free case
in est_timer() :
spin_lock(e->stats_lock); << HERE >>
read_lock(&est_lock);
if (e->bstats == NULL) << TEST >>
goto skip;
Test is done a bit late, because after estimator is killed, and before
rcu grace period elapsed, we might already have freed/reuse memory where
e->stats_locks points to (some qdisc->q.lock)
A possible fix is to respect a rcu grace period at Qdisc dismantle time.
On 64bit, sizeof(struct Qdisc) is exactly 192 bytes. Adding 16 bytes to
it (for struct rcu_head) is a problem because it might change
performance, given QDISC_ALIGNTO is 32 bytes.
This is why I also change QDISC_ALIGNTO to 64 bytes, to satisfy most
current alignment requirements.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add interface to disable/enable QoS (aka WMM or WME). Currently drivers
enable it explicitly when ->conf_tx method is called, and newer disable.
Disabling is needed for some APs, which do not support QoS, such
we should send QoS frames to them.
Signed-off-by: Stanislaw Gruszka <sgruszka@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Mac80211 drivers can now pass paged SKBs to mac80211 via
ieee80211_rx{_irqsafe}. The implementation currently use
skb_linearize() in a few places i.e. management frame
handling, software decryption, defragmentation and A-MSDU
process. We will optimize them one by one later.
Signed-off-by: Zhu Yi <yi.zhu@intel.com>
Cc: Kalle Valo <kalle.valo@iki.fi>
Cc: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Because we have ensured that the argument is non-zero,
it is better to use __fls() and generate better code.
Signed-off-by: YOSHIFUJI Hideaki <yoshfuji@linux-ipv6.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Header files for CAIF Link layer net-device,
and link-layer registration.
Signed-off-by: Sjur Braendeland <sjur.brandeland@stericsson.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add include files for the CAIF Core protocol stack.
caif_layer.h - Defines the structure of the CAIF protocol layers
cfcnfg.h - CAIF Configuration Module for services and link layers
cfctrl.h - CAIF Control Protocol Layer
cffrml.h - CAIF Framing Layer
cfmuxl.h - CAIF Muxing Layer
cfpkt.h - CAIF Packet layer (skb helper functions)
cfserl.h - CAIF Serial Layer
cfsrvl.h - CAIF Service Layer
Signed-off-by: Sjur Braendeland <sjur.brandeland@stericsson.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
percpu.h is included by sched.h and module.h and thus ends up being
included when building most .c files. percpu.h includes slab.h which
in turn includes gfp.h making everything defined by the two files
universally available and complicating inclusion dependencies.
percpu.h -> slab.h dependency is about to be removed. Prepare for
this change by updating users of gfp and slab facilities include those
headers directly instead of assuming availability. As this conversion
needs to touch large number of source files, the following script is
used as the basis of conversion.
http://userweb.kernel.org/~tj/misc/slabh-sweep.py
The script does the followings.
* Scan files for gfp and slab usages and update includes such that
only the necessary includes are there. ie. if only gfp is used,
gfp.h, if slab is used, slab.h.
* When the script inserts a new include, it looks at the include
blocks and try to put the new include such that its order conforms
to its surrounding. It's put in the include block which contains
core kernel includes, in the same order that the rest are ordered -
alphabetical, Christmas tree, rev-Xmas-tree or at the end if there
doesn't seem to be any matching order.
* If the script can't find a place to put a new include (mostly
because the file doesn't have fitting include block), it prints out
an error message indicating which .h file needs to be added to the
file.
The conversion was done in the following steps.
1. The initial automatic conversion of all .c files updated slightly
over 4000 files, deleting around 700 includes and adding ~480 gfp.h
and ~3000 slab.h inclusions. The script emitted errors for ~400
files.
2. Each error was manually checked. Some didn't need the inclusion,
some needed manual addition while adding it to implementation .h or
embedding .c file was more appropriate for others. This step added
inclusions to around 150 files.
3. The script was run again and the output was compared to the edits
from #2 to make sure no file was left behind.
4. Several build tests were done and a couple of problems were fixed.
e.g. lib/decompress_*.c used malloc/free() wrappers around slab
APIs requiring slab.h to be added manually.
5. The script was run on all .h files but without automatically
editing them as sprinkling gfp.h and slab.h inclusions around .h
files could easily lead to inclusion dependency hell. Most gfp.h
inclusion directives were ignored as stuff from gfp.h was usually
wildly available and often used in preprocessor macros. Each
slab.h inclusion directive was examined and added manually as
necessary.
6. percpu.h was updated not to include slab.h.
7. Build test were done on the following configurations and failures
were fixed. CONFIG_GCOV_KERNEL was turned off for all tests (as my
distributed build env didn't work with gcov compiles) and a few
more options had to be turned off depending on archs to make things
build (like ipr on powerpc/64 which failed due to missing writeq).
* x86 and x86_64 UP and SMP allmodconfig and a custom test config.
* powerpc and powerpc64 SMP allmodconfig
* sparc and sparc64 SMP allmodconfig
* ia64 SMP allmodconfig
* s390 SMP allmodconfig
* alpha SMP allmodconfig
* um on x86_64 SMP allmodconfig
8. percpu.h modifications were reverted so that it could be applied as
a separate patch and serve as bisection point.
Given the fact that I had only a couple of failures from tests on step
6, I'm fairly confident about the coverage of this conversion patch.
If there is a breakage, it's likely to be something in one of the arch
headers which should be easily discoverable easily on most builds of
the specific arch.
Signed-off-by: Tejun Heo <tj@kernel.org>
Guess-its-ok-by: Christoph Lameter <cl@linux-foundation.org>
Cc: Ingo Molnar <mingo@redhat.com>
Cc: Lee Schermerhorn <Lee.Schermerhorn@hp.com>
Add support for the set_cqm_config op. This op function configures the
requested connection quality monitor rssi threshold and rssi hysteresis
values to the hardware if the hardware supports
IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_CQM.
For unsupported hardware, currently -EOPNOTSUPP is returned, so the mac80211
is currently not doing connection quality monitoring on the host. This could be
added later, if needed.
Signed-off-by: Juuso Oikarinen <juuso.oikarinen@nokia.com>
Reviewed-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Add support for basic configuration of a connection quality monitoring to the
nl80211 interface, and basic support for notifying about triggered monitoring
events.
Via this interface a user-space connection manager may configure and receive
pre-warning events of deteriorating WLAN connection quality, and start
preparing for roaming in advance, before the connection is already lost.
An example usage of such a trigger is starting scanning for nearby AP's in
an attempt to find one with better connection quality, and associate to it
before the connection characteristics of the existing connection become too bad
or the association is even lost, leading in a prolonged delay in connectivity.
The interface currently supports only RSSI, but it could be later extended
to include other parameters, such as signal-to-noise ratio, if need for that
arises.
Signed-off-by: Juuso Oikarinen <juuso.oikarinen@nokia.com>
Reviewed-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This patch is based on a RFC patch by Kalle Valo.
The wl1271 has a feature which handles the connection monitor logic
in hardware, basically sending periodically nullfunc frames and reporting
to the host if AP is lost, after attempting to recover by sending
probe-requests to the AP.
Add support to mac80211 by adding a new flag IEEE80211_HW_CONNECTION_MONITOR
which prevents conn_mon_timer from triggering during idle periods, and
prevents sending probe-requests to the AP if beacon-loss is indicated by the
hardware.
Cc: Kalle Valo <kalle.valo@nokia.com>
Signed-off-by: Juuso Oikarinen <juuso.oikarinen@nokia.com>
Reviewed-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
There is no point to align or pad mibs to cache lines, they are per cpu
allocated with a 8 bytes alignment anyway.
This wastes space for no gain. This patch removes __SNMP_MIB_ALIGN__
Since SNMP mibs contain "unsigned long" fields only, we can relax the
allocation alignment from "unsigned long long" to "unsigned long"
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Some of the debug files ended up wrongly in sysfs, because at that point
of time, debugfs didn't exist. Convert these files to use debugfs and
also seq_file. This patch converts all of these files at once and then
removes the exported symbol for the Bluetooth sysfs class.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Convert to list macro's for the list of addresses per interface
in IPv6.
Signed-off-by: Stephen Hemminger <shemminger@vyatta.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Convert from reader/writer lock to RCU and spinlock for addrconf
hash list.
Adds an additional helper macro for hlist_for_each_entry_continue_rcu
to handle the continue case.
Signed-off-by: Stephen Hemminger <shemminger@vyatta.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Using hash list macros, simplifies code and helps later RCU.
This patch includes some initialization that is not strictly necessary,
since an empty hlist node/list is all zero; and list is in BSS
and node is allocated with kzalloc.
Signed-off-by: Stephen Hemminger <shemminger@vyatta.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Use list macros instead of open coded linked list.
Signed-off-by: Stephen Hemminger <shemminger@vyatta.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch fixes a unaligned access in nla_get_be64() that was
introduced by myself in a17c859849.
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
* 'for-linus' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/ericvh/v9fs:
9p: Skip check for mandatory locks when unlocking
9p: Fixes a simple bug enabling writes beyond 2GB.
9p: Change the name of new protocol from 9p2010.L to 9p2000.L
fs/9p: re-init the wstat in readdir loop
net/9p: Add sysfs mount_tag file for virtio 9P device
net/9p: Use the tag name in the config space for identifying mount point
* git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net-2.6: (108 commits)
bridge: ensure to unlock in error path in br_multicast_query().
drivers/net/tulip/eeprom.c: fix bogus "(null)" in tulip init messages
sky2: Avoid rtnl_unlock without rtnl_lock
ipv6: Send netlink notification when DAD fails
drivers/net/tg3.c: change the field used with the TG3_FLAG_10_100_ONLY constant
ipconfig: Handle devices which take some time to come up.
mac80211: Fix memory leak in ieee80211_if_write()
mac80211: Fix (dynamic) power save entry
ipw2200: use kmalloc for large local variables
ath5k: read eeprom IQ calibration values correctly for G mode
ath5k: fix I/Q calibration (for real)
ath5k: fix TSF reset
ath5k: use fixed antenna for tx descriptors
libipw: split ieee->networks into small pieces
mac80211: Fix sta_mtx unlocking on insert STA failure path
rt2x00: remove KSEG1ADDR define from rt2x00soc.h
net: add ColdFire support to the smc91x driver
asix: fix setting mac address for AX88772
ipv6 ip6_tunnel: eliminate unused recursion field from ip6_tnl{}.
net: Fix dev_mc_add()
...
This patch changes the name of the new 9P protocol from 9p2010.L to
9p2000.u. This is because we learnt that the name 9p2010 is already
being used by others.
Signed-off-by: Sripathi Kodi <sripathik@in.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Eric Van Hensbergen <ericvh@gmail.com>
* 'for-linus' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/jikos/trivial: (56 commits)
doc: fix typo in comment explaining rb_tree usage
Remove fs/ntfs/ChangeLog
doc: fix console doc typo
doc: cpuset: Update the cpuset flag file
Fix of spelling in arch/sparc/kernel/leon_kernel.c no longer needed
Remove drivers/parport/ChangeLog
Remove drivers/char/ChangeLog
doc: typo - Table 1-2 should refer to "status", not "statm"
tree-wide: fix typos "ass?o[sc]iac?te" -> "associate" in comments
No need to patch AMD-provided drivers/gpu/drm/radeon/atombios.h
devres/irq: Fix devm_irq_match comment
Remove reference to kthread_create_on_cpu
tree-wide: Assorted spelling fixes
tree-wide: fix 'lenght' typo in comments and code
drm/kms: fix spelling in error message
doc: capitalization and other minor fixes in pnp doc
devres: typo fix s/dev/devm/
Remove redundant trailing semicolons from macros
fix typo "definetly" -> "definitely" in comment
tree-wide: s/widht/width/g typo in comments
...
Fix trivial conflict in Documentation/laptops/00-INDEX
Remove INIT_NSPROXY(), use C99 initializer.
Remove INIT_IPC_NS(), INIT_NET_NS() while I'm at it.
Note: headers trim will be done later, now it's quite pointless because
results will be invalidated by merge window.
Signed-off-by: Alexey Dobriyan <adobriyan@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Serge Hallyn <serue@us.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
Commit a43912ab19... ("tunnel: eliminate recursion field") eliminated
use of recursion field from tunnel structures, but its definition
still exists in ip6_tnl{}.
Let's remove that unused field.
Signed-off-by: YOSHIFUJI Hideaki <yoshfuji@linux-ipv6.org>
Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The noise value as is won't be used, isn't
filled by most drivers and doesn't really
make a whole lot of sense on a per packet
basis -- proper cfg80211 survey support in
mac80211 will need to be different.
Mark the struct member as deprecated so it
will be removed from drivers.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Add the "__must_check" tag to sk_add_backlog() so that any failure to
check and drop packets will be warned about.
Signed-off-by: Zhu Yi <yi.zhu@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
IPV6_PREFER_SRC_xxx definitions:
| #define IPV6_PREFER_SRC_TMP 0x0001
| #define IPV6_PREFER_SRC_PUBLIC 0x0002
| #define IPV6_PREFER_SRC_COA 0x0004
RT6_LOOKUP_F_xxx definitions:
| #define RT6_LOOKUP_F_SRCPREF_TMP 0x00000008
| #define RT6_LOOKUP_F_SRCPREF_PUBLIC 0x00000010
| #define RT6_LOOKUP_F_SRCPREF_COA 0x00000020
So, we can translate between these two groups by shift operation
instead of multiple 'if's.
Signed-off-by: YOSHIFUJI Hideaki <yoshfuji@linux-ipv6.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
sk_add_backlog -> __sk_add_backlog
sk_add_backlog_limited -> sk_add_backlog
Signed-off-by: Zhu Yi <yi.zhu@intel.com>
Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We got system OOM while running some UDP netperf testing on the loopback
device. The case is multiple senders sent stream UDP packets to a single
receiver via loopback on local host. Of course, the receiver is not able
to handle all the packets in time. But we surprisingly found that these
packets were not discarded due to the receiver's sk->sk_rcvbuf limit.
Instead, they are kept queuing to sk->sk_backlog and finally ate up all
the memory. We believe this is a secure hole that a none privileged user
can crash the system.
The root cause for this problem is, when the receiver is doing
__release_sock() (i.e. after userspace recv, kernel udp_recvmsg ->
skb_free_datagram_locked -> release_sock), it moves skbs from backlog to
sk_receive_queue with the softirq enabled. In the above case, multiple
busy senders will almost make it an endless loop. The skbs in the
backlog end up eat all the system memory.
The issue is not only for UDP. Any protocols using socket backlog is
potentially affected. The patch adds limit for socket backlog so that
the backlog size cannot be expanded endlessly.
Reported-by: Alex Shi <alex.shi@intel.com>
Cc: David Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Cc: Arnaldo Carvalho de Melo <acme@ghostprotocols.net>
Cc: Alexey Kuznetsov <kuznet@ms2.inr.ac.ru
Cc: "Pekka Savola (ipv6)" <pekkas@netcore.fi>
Cc: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Cc: Vlad Yasevich <vladislav.yasevich@hp.com>
Cc: Sridhar Samudrala <sri@us.ibm.com>
Cc: Jon Maloy <jon.maloy@ericsson.com>
Cc: Allan Stephens <allan.stephens@windriver.com>
Cc: Andrew Hendry <andrew.hendry@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Zhu Yi <yi.zhu@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Arnaldo Carvalho de Melo <acme@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Removes 'dotu' variable and make everything dependent
on 'proto_version' field.
Signed-off-by: Sripathi Kodi <sripathik@in.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Eric Van Hensbergen <ericvh@gmail.com>
Add new mount V9FS mount option to specify protocol version
This patch adds a new mount option to specify protocol version.
With this option it is possible to use "-o version=" switch to
specify 9P protocol version to use. Valid options for version
are:
9p2000
9p2000.u
9p2010.L
Signed-off-by: Sripathi Kodi <sripathik@in.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Eric Van Hensbergen <ericvh@gmail.com>
Decreases the odds wakee will suffer from frequent cache misses.
Signed-off-by: Mike Galbraith <efault@gmx.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Handling HT configuration changes involved setting the channel
with the new HT parameters and then issuing a rate_update()
notification to the driver.
This behavior changed after the off-channel changes. Now, the channel
is not updated with the new HT params in enable_ht() - instead, it
is now done when the scan work terminates. This results in the driver
depending on stale information, defaulting to non-HT mode always.
Fix this by passing the new channel type to the driver.
Cc: stable@kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Sujith <Sujith.Manoharan@atheros.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
When I merged the bundle creation code, I introduced a bogus
flowi value in the bundle. Instead of getting from the caller,
it was instead set to the flow in the route object, which is
totally different.
The end result is that the bundles we created never match, and
we instead end up with an ever growing bundle list.
Thanks to Jamal for find this problem.
Reported-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <hadi@cyberus.ca>
Signed-off-by: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au>
Acked-by: Steffen Klassert <steffen.klassert@secunet.com>
Acked-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <hadi@cyberus.ca>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
With the Bluetooth 3.0 specification and the introduction of alternate
MAC/PHY (AMP) support, it is required to differentiate between primary
BR/EDR controllers and 802.11 AMP controllers. So introduce a special
type inside HCI device for differentiation.
For now all AMP controllers will be treated as raw devices until an
AMP manager has been implemented.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
The output of the inquiry cache is only useful for debugging purposes
and so move it into debugfs.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
commit e8469ed959c373c2ff9e6f488aa5a14971aebe1f
Author: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Date: Tue Feb 23 20:41:30 2010 +0100
Support specifying the initial device flags when creating a device though
rtnl_link. Devices allocated by rtnl_create_link() are marked as INITIALIZING
in order to surpress netlink registration notifications. To complete setup,
rtnl_configure_link() must be called, which performs the device flag changes
and invokes the deferred notifiers if everything went well.
Two examples:
# add macvlan to eth0
#
$ ip link add link eth0 up allmulticast on type macvlan
[LINK]11: macvlan0@eth0: <BROADCAST,MULTICAST,ALLMULTI,UP,LOWER_UP> mtu 1500 qdisc noqueue state UNKNOWN
link/ether 26:f8:84:02:f9:2a brd ff:ff:ff:ff:ff:ff
[ROUTE]ff00::/8 dev macvlan0 table local metric 256 mtu 1500 advmss 1440 hoplimit 0
[ROUTE]fe80::/64 dev macvlan0 proto kernel metric 256 mtu 1500 advmss 1440 hoplimit 0
[LINK]11: macvlan0@eth0: <BROADCAST,MULTICAST,ALLMULTI,UP,LOWER_UP> mtu 1500
link/ether 26:f8:84:02:f9:2a
[ADDR]11: macvlan0 inet6 fe80::24f8:84ff:fe02:f92a/64 scope link
valid_lft forever preferred_lft forever
[ROUTE]local fe80::24f8:84ff:fe02:f92a via :: dev lo table local proto none metric 0 mtu 16436 advmss 16376 hoplimit 0
[ROUTE]default via fe80::215:e9ff:fef0:10f8 dev macvlan0 proto kernel metric 1024 mtu 1500 advmss 1440 hoplimit 0
[NEIGH]fe80::215:e9ff:fef0:10f8 dev macvlan0 lladdr 00:15:e9:f0:10:f8 router STALE
[ROUTE]2001:6f8:974::/64 dev macvlan0 proto kernel metric 256 expires 0sec mtu 1500 advmss 1440 hoplimit 0
[PREFIX]prefix 2001:6f8:974::/64 dev macvlan0 onlink autoconf valid 14400 preferred 131084
[ADDR]11: macvlan0 inet6 2001:6f8:974:0:24f8:84ff:fe02:f92a/64 scope global dynamic
valid_lft 86399sec preferred_lft 14399sec
# add VLAN to eth1, eth1 is down
#
$ ip link add link eth1 up type vlan id 1000
RTNETLINK answers: Network is down
<no events>
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
RFC 4291 section 2.4 states that all uncategorized addresses
should be considered as Global Unicast.
This will remove IPV6_ADDR_RESERVED completely
and return IPV6_ADDR_UNICAST in ipv6_addr_type() instead.
Signed-off-by: Ulrich Weber <uweber@astaro.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Update rcu_dereference() primitives to use new lockdep-based
checking. The rcu_dereference() in __in6_dev_get() may be
protected either by rcu_read_lock() or RTNL, per Eric Dumazet.
The rcu_dereference() in __sk_free() is protected by the fact
that it is never reached if an update could change it. Check
for this by using rcu_dereference_check() to verify that the
struct sock's ->sk_wmem_alloc counter is zero.
Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Acked-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Signed-off-by: Paul E. McKenney <paulmck@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Cc: laijs@cn.fujitsu.com
Cc: dipankar@in.ibm.com
Cc: mathieu.desnoyers@polymtl.ca
Cc: josh@joshtriplett.org
Cc: dvhltc@us.ibm.com
Cc: niv@us.ibm.com
Cc: peterz@infradead.org
Cc: rostedt@goodmis.org
Cc: Valdis.Kletnieks@vt.edu
Cc: dhowells@redhat.com
LKML-Reference: <1266887105-1528-5-git-send-email-paulmck@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Ingo Molnar <mingo@elte.hu>
pass mark to all SP lookups to prepare them for when we add code
to have them search.
Signed-off-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <hadi@cyberus.ca>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
pass mark to all SA lookups to prepare them for when we add code
to have them search.
Signed-off-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <hadi@cyberus.ca>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add basic structuring and accessors for xfrm mark
Signed-off-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <hadi@cyberus.ca>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Convert AF_PACKET to use RCU, eliminating one more reader/writer lock.
There is no need for a real sk_del_node_init_rcu(), because sk_del_node_init
is doing the equivalent thing to hlst_del_init_rcu already; but added
some comments to try and make that obvious.
Signed-off-by: Stephen Hemminger <shemminger@vyatta.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The most needed command from nl80211, which Wireless Extensions had,
is support for power save mode. Add a simple command to make it possible
to enable and disable power save via nl80211.
I was also planning about extending the interface, for example adding the
timeout value, but after thinking more about this I decided not to do it.
Basically there were three reasons:
Firstly, the parameters for power save are very much hardware dependent.
Trying to find a unified interface which would work with all hardware, and
still make sense to users, will be very difficult.
Secondly, IEEE 802.11 power save implementation in Linux is still in state
of flux. We have a long way to still to go and there is no way to predict
what kind of implementation we will have after few years. And because we
need to support nl80211 interface a long time, practically forever, adding
now parameters to nl80211 might create maintenance problems later on.
Third issue are the users. Power save parameters are mostly used for
debugging, so debugfs is better, more flexible, interface for this.
For example, wpa_supplicant currently doesn't configure anything related
to power save mode. It's better to strive that kernel can automatically
optimise the power save parameters, like with help of pm qos network
and other traffic parameters.
Later on, when we have better understanding of power save, we can extend
this command with more features, if there's a need for that.
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kalle.valo@nokia.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This patch enables fast retransmissions after one dupACK for
TCP if the stream is identified as thin. This will reduce
latencies for thin streams that are not able to trigger fast
retransmissions due to high packet interarrival time. This
mechanism is only active if enabled by iocontrol or syscontrol
and the stream is identified as thin.
Signed-off-by: Andreas Petlund <apetlund@simula.no>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch will make TCP use only linear timeouts if the
stream is thin. This will help to avoid the very high latencies
that thin stream suffer because of exponential backoff. This
mechanism is only active if enabled by iocontrol or syscontrol
and the stream is identified as thin. A maximum of 6 linear
timeouts is tried before exponential backoff is resumed.
Signed-off-by: Andreas Petlund <apetlund@simula.no>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Inline function to dynamically detect thin streams based on
the number of packets in flight. Used to dynamically trigger
thin-stream mechanisms if enabled by ioctl or sysctl.
Signed-off-by: Andreas Petlund <apetlund@simula.no>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Make remaining netlink policies as const.
Fixup coding style where needed.
Signed-off-by: Alexey Dobriyan <adobriyan@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
As reported by Randy Dunlap <randy.dunlap@oracle.com>, compilation
of nf_defrag_ipv4 fails with:
include/net/netfilter/nf_conntrack.h:94: error: field 'ct_general' has incomplete type
include/net/netfilter/nf_conntrack.h:178: error: 'const struct sk_buff' has no member named 'nfct'
include/net/netfilter/nf_conntrack.h:185: error: implicit declaration of function 'nf_conntrack_put'
include/net/netfilter/nf_conntrack.h:294: error: 'const struct sk_buff' has no member named 'nfct'
net/ipv4/netfilter/nf_defrag_ipv4.c:45: error: 'struct sk_buff' has no member named 'nfct'
net/ipv4/netfilter/nf_defrag_ipv4.c:46: error: 'struct sk_buff' has no member named 'nfct'
net/nf_conntrack.h must not be included with NF_CONNTRACK=n, add a
few #ifdefs. Long term the header file should be fixed to be usable
even with NF_CONNTRACK=n.
Tested-by: Randy Dunlap <randy.dunlap@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Enhance IPVS to load balance SCTP transport protocol packets. This is done
based on the SCTP rfc 4960. All possible control chunks have been taken
care. The state machine used in this code looks some what lengthy. I tried
to make the state machine easy to understand.
Signed-off-by: Venkata Mohan Reddy Koppula <mohanreddykv@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Simon Horman <horms@verge.net.au>
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Only used for writing, so convert to spinlock
Signed-off-by: Stephen Hemminger <shemminger@vyatta.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add __percpu sparse annotations to net.
These annotations are to make sparse consider percpu variables to be
in a different address space and warn if accessed without going
through percpu accessors. This patch doesn't affect normal builds.
The macro and type tricks around snmp stats make things a bit
interesting. DEFINE/DECLARE_SNMP_STAT() macros mark the target field
as __percpu and SNMP_UPD_PO_STATS() macro is updated accordingly. All
snmp_mib_*() users which used to cast the argument to (void **) are
updated to cast it to (void __percpu **).
Signed-off-by: Tejun Heo <tj@kernel.org>
Acked-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Cc: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Cc: Arnaldo Carvalho de Melo <acme@ghostprotocols.net>
Cc: Vlad Yasevich <vladislav.yasevich@hp.com>
Cc: netdev@vger.kernel.org
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Stop computing the number of neighbour table settings we have by
counting the number of binary sysctls. This behaviour was silly
and meant that we could not add another neighbour table setting
without also adding another binary sysctl.
Don't pass the binary sysctl path for neighour table entries
into neigh_sysctl_register. These parameters are no longer
used and so are just dead code.
Signed-off-by: Eric W. Biederman <ebiederm@xmission.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This implements a new command to register for action frames
that userspace wants to handle instead of the in-kernel
rejection. It is then responsible for rejecting ones that
it decided not to handle. There is no unregistration, but
the socket can be closed for that.
Frames that are not registered for will not be forwarded
to userspace and will be rejected by the kernel, the
cfg80211 API helps implementing that.
Additionally, this patch adds a new command that allows
doing action frame transmission from userspace. It can be
used either to exchange action frames on the current
operational channel (e.g., with the AP with which we are
currently associated) or to exchange off-channel Public
Action frames with the remain-on-channel command.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni.malinen@atheros.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Normally, each connection needs a unique identity. Conntrack zones allow
to specify a numerical zone using the CT target, connections in different
zones can use the same identity.
Example:
iptables -t raw -A PREROUTING -i veth0 -j CT --zone 1
iptables -t raw -A OUTPUT -o veth1 -j CT --zone 1
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
The error handlers might need the template to get the conntrack zone
introduced in the next patches to perform a conntrack lookup.
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
The function name must be followed by a space, hypen, space, and a
short description.
Signed-off-by: Ben Hutchings <ben@decadent.org.uk>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
kernel side should use uxx instead of __uxx types
Signed-off-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <hadi@cyberus.ca>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When the fib size exceeds what can be dumped in a single skb, the
dump is suspended and resumed once the last skb has been received
by userspace. When the fib is changed while the dump is suspended,
the walker might contain stale pointers, causing a crash when the
dump is resumed.
BUG: unable to handle kernel NULL pointer dereference at 0000000000000018
IP: [<ffffffffa01bce04>] fib6_walk_continue+0xbb/0x124 [ipv6]
PGD 5347a067 PUD 65c7067 PMD 0
Oops: 0000 [#1] PREEMPT SMP
...
RIP: 0010:[<ffffffffa01bce04>]
[<ffffffffa01bce04>] fib6_walk_continue+0xbb/0x124 [ipv6]
...
Call Trace:
[<ffffffff8104aca3>] ? mutex_spin_on_owner+0x59/0x71
[<ffffffffa01bd105>] inet6_dump_fib+0x11b/0x1b9 [ipv6]
[<ffffffff81371af4>] netlink_dump+0x5b/0x19e
[<ffffffff8134f288>] ? consume_skb+0x28/0x2a
[<ffffffff81373b69>] netlink_recvmsg+0x1ab/0x2c6
[<ffffffff81372781>] ? netlink_unicast+0xfa/0x151
[<ffffffff813483e0>] __sock_recvmsg+0x6d/0x79
[<ffffffff81348a53>] sock_recvmsg+0xca/0xe3
[<ffffffff81066d4b>] ? autoremove_wake_function+0x0/0x38
[<ffffffff811ed1f8>] ? radix_tree_lookup_slot+0xe/0x10
[<ffffffff810b3ed7>] ? find_get_page+0x90/0xa5
[<ffffffff810b5dc5>] ? filemap_fault+0x201/0x34f
[<ffffffff810ef152>] ? fget_light+0x2f/0xac
[<ffffffff813519e7>] ? verify_iovec+0x4f/0x94
[<ffffffff81349a65>] sys_recvmsg+0x14d/0x223
Store the serial number when beginning to walk the fib and reload
pointers when continuing to walk after a change occured. Similar
to other dumping functions, this might cause unrelated entries to
be missed when entries are deleted.
Tested-by: Ben Greear <greearb@candelatech.com>
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Remove #ifdef at nf_ct_exp_net() by using nf_ct_net().
Signed-off-by: Alexey Dobriyan <adobriyan@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
nf_nat_mangle_tcp_packet() can currently only handle a single mangling
per window because it only maintains two sequence adjustment positions:
the one before the last adjustment and the one after.
This patch makes sequence number adjustment tracking in
nf_nat_mangle_tcp_packet() optional and allows a helper to manually
update the offsets after the packet has been fully handled.
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Make the output a bit more informative by showing the helper an expectation
belongs to and the expectation class.
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Even if the null data frame is not acked by the AP, mac80211
goes into power save. This might lead to loss of frames
from the AP.
Prevent this by restarting dynamic_ps_timer when ack is not
received for null data frames.
Cc: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: Vivek Natarajan <vnatarajan@atheros.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
get_tx_stats() driver operation is not currently used anywhere in mac80211
and there are no plans to use it in the not-so-near future. So it can go
without anyone missing it.
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kalle.valo@iki.fi>
Acked-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Many drivers would like to sleep during station
addition and removal, and currently have a high
complexity there from not being able to.
This introduces two new callbacks sta_add() and
sta_remove() that drivers can implement instead
of using sta_notify() and that can sleep, and
the new sta_add() callback is also allowed to
fail.
The reason we didn't do this previously is that
the IBSS code wants to insert stations from the
RX path, which is a tasklet, so cannot sleep.
This patch will keep the station allocation in
that path, but moves adding the station to the
driver out of line. Since the addition can now
fail, we can have IBSS peer structs the driver
rejected -- in that case we still talk to the
station but never tell the driver about it in
the control.sta pointer. If there will ever be
a driver that has a low limit on the number of
stations and that cannot talk to any stations
that are not known to it, we need to do come up
with a new strategy of handling larger IBSSs,
maybe quicker expiry or rejecting peers.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Upstream radiotap has adopted the namespace
proposal David Young made and I then took care
of, for which I had adapted the radiotap parser
as a library outside the kernel. This brings
the in-kernel parser up to speed.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
As noticed by Jon Masters <jonathan@jonmasters.org>, the conntrack hash
size is global and not per namespace, but modifiable at runtime through
/sys/module/nf_conntrack/hashsize. Changing the hash size will only
resize the hash in the current namespace however, so other namespaces
will use an invalid hash size. This can cause crashes when enlarging
the hashsize, or false negative lookups when shrinking it.
Move the hash size into the per-namespace data and only use the global
hash size to initialize the per-namespace value when instanciating a
new namespace. Additionally restrict hash resizing to init_net for
now as other namespaces are not handled currently.
Cc: stable@kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
nf_conntrack_cachep is currently shared by all netns instances, but
because of SLAB_DESTROY_BY_RCU special semantics, this is wrong.
If we use a shared slab cache, one object can instantly flight between
one hash table (netns ONE) to another one (netns TWO), and concurrent
reader (doing a lookup in netns ONE, 'finding' an object of netns TWO)
can be fooled without notice, because no RCU grace period has to be
observed between object freeing and its reuse.
We dont have this problem with UDP/TCP slab caches because TCP/UDP
hashtables are global to the machine (and each object has a pointer to
its netns).
If we use per netns conntrack hash tables, we also *must* use per netns
conntrack slab caches, to guarantee an object can not escape from one
namespace to another one.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
[Patrick: added unique slab name allocation]
Cc: stable@kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Add a new target for the raw table, which can be used to specify conntrack
parameters for specific connections, f.i. the conntrack helper.
The target attaches a "template" connection tracking entry to the skb, which
is used by the conntrack core when initializing a new conntrack.
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Support initializing selected parameters of new conntrack entries from a
"conntrack template", which is a specially marked conntrack entry attached
to the skb.
Currently the helper and the event delivery masks can be initialized this
way.
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Add two masks for conntrack end expectation events to struct nf_conntrack_ecache
and use them to filter events. Their default value is "all events" when the
event sysctl is on and "no events" when it is off. A following patch will add
specific initializations. Expectation events depend on the ecache struct of
their master conntrack.
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Split up the IPCT_STATUS event into an IPCT_REPLY event, which is generated
when the IPS_SEEN_REPLY bit is set, and an IPCT_ASSURED event, which is
generated when the IPS_ASSURED bit is set.
In combination with a following patch to support selective event delivery,
this can be used for "sparse" conntrack replication: start replicating the
conntrack entry after it reached the ASSURED state and that way it's SYN-flood
resistant.
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Make sure not to assign a helper for a different network or transport
layer protocol to a connection.
Additionally change expectation deletion by helper to compare the name
directly - there might be multiple helper registrations using the same
name, currently one of them is chosen in an unpredictable manner and
only those expectations are removed.
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
When an injected frame gets buffered for a powersave STA or filtered
and retransmitted, mac80211 attempts to parse the radiotap header
again, which doesn't work because it's gone at that point.
This patch adds a new flag for checking the availability of a radiotap
header, so that it only attempts to parse it once, reusing the tx info
on the next call to ieee80211_tx().
This fixes severe issues with rekeying in AP mode.
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org>
Cc: stable@kernel.org
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This adds a new regulatory hint to be used when we know all
devices have been disconnected and idle. This can happen
when we suspend, for instance. When we disconnect we can
no longer assume the same regulatory rules learned from
a country IE or beacon hints are applicable so restore
regulatory settings to an initial state.
Since driver hints are cached on the wiphy that called
the hint, those hints are not reproduced onto cfg80211
as the wiphy will respect its own wiphy->regd regardless.
Signed-off-by: Luis R. Rodriguez <lrodriguez@atheros.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This adds an additional queuing strategy, called pfifo_head_drop,
to remove the oldest skb in the case of an overflow within the queue -
the head element - instead of the last skb (tail). To remove the oldest
skb in congested situations is useful for sensor network environments
where newer packets reflect the superior information.
Reviewed-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Acked-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Signed-off-by: Hagen Paul Pfeifer <hagen@jauu.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
I'm not sure about rcu stuff near kmem cache destruction:
* checks for non-empty hashes look bogus, they're done _before_
rcu_berrier()
* unregistering netns ops is done before kmem_cache destoy
(as it should), and unregistering involves rcu barriers by itself
So it looks nothing should be done.
Signed-off-by: Alexey Dobriyan <adobriyan@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Because DTIM information is required for powersave
but is only conveyed in beacons, wait for a beacon
before enabling powersave, and change the way the
information is conveyed to the driver accordingly.
mwl8k doesn't currently seem to implement PS but
requires the DTIM period in a different way; after
talking to Lennert we agreed to just have mwl8k do
the parsing itself in the finalize_join work.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Acked-by: Lennert Buytenhek <buytenh@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This new function (previously a static function
called just "find_ie" can be used to find a
specific IE in a buffer of IEs.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Johannes noticed that I had incorrectly documented the context of
update_tkip_key() driver operation. It must be atomic because all
RX code is run inside rcu critical section.
Reported-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kalle.valo@iki.fi>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
GC is non-existent in netns, so after you hit GC threshold, no new
dst entries will be created until someone triggers cleanup in init_net.
Make xfrm4_dst_ops and xfrm6_dst_ops per-netns.
This is not done in a generic way, because it woule waste
(AF_MAX - 2) * sizeof(struct dst_ops) bytes per-netns.
Reorder GC threshold initialization so it'd be done before registering
XFRM policies.
Signed-off-by: Alexey Dobriyan <adobriyan@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
"ip xfrm state|policy count" report SA/SP count from init_net,
not from netns of caller process.
Signed-off-by: Alexey Dobriyan <adobriyan@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
If a device has multiple MAC addresses, userspace will
need to know about that. Similarly, if it allows the
MAC addresses to vary by a bitmask.
If a driver exports multiple addresses, it is assumed
that it will be able to deal with that many different
addresses, which need not necessarily match the ones
programmed into the device; if a mask is set then the
device should deal addresses within that mask based
on an arbitrary "base address".
To test it all and show how it is used, add support
to hwsim even though it can't actually deal with
addresses different from the default.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
When a TKIP key is updated, we should pass the station
pointer instead of just the address, since drivers can
use that to store their own data. We also need to pass
the virtual interface pointer.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Use macro to define high/low thresh value, refer to IPV6_FRAG_TIMEOUT.
Signed-off-by: Shan Wei <shanwei@cn.fujitsu.com>
Acked-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
In an earlier commit,
mac80211: disable software retry for now
Pavel Roskin reported a problem that seems to be due to
software retry of already transmitted frames. It turns
out that we've never done that correctly, but due to
some recent changes it now crashes in the TX code. I've
added a comment in the patch that explains the problem
better and also points to possible solutions -- which
I can't implement right now.
I disabled software retry of failed/filtered frames
because it was broken. With the work of the previous
patches, it now becomes fairly easy to re-enable it
by adding a flag indicating that the frame shouldn't
be modified, but still running it through the transmit
handlers to populate the control information.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Currently we don't increment SYN-ACK timeouts & retransmissions
although we do increment the same stats for SYN. We seem to have lost
the SYN-ACK accounting with the introduction of tcp_syn_recv_timer
(commit 2248761e in the netdev-vger-cvs tree).
This patch fixes this issue. In the process we also rename the v4/v6
syn/ack retransmit functions for clarity. We also add a new
request_socket operations (syn_ack_timeout) so we can keep code in
inet_connection_sock.c protocol agnostic.
Signed-off-by: Octavian Purdila <opurdila@ixiacom.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Wrong ax25_cb refcounting in ax25_send_frame() and by its callers can
cause timer oopses (first reported with 2.6.29.6 kernel).
Fixes: http://bugzilla.kernel.org/show_bug.cgi?id=14905
Reported-by: Bernard Pidoux <bpidoux@free.fr>
Tested-by: Bernard Pidoux <bpidoux@free.fr>
Signed-off-by: Jarek Poplawski <jarkao2@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There has been some confusion how drivers should implement powersave
support. Improve the documentation a bit to make it more clear what
drivers need to do. Also mention about U-APSD.
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kalle.valo@nokia.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
There were some warnings about missing documentation and a missing reference.
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kalle.valo@nokia.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
* git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net-2.6: (34 commits)
net: fix build erros with CONFIG_BUG=n, CONFIG_GENERIC_BUG=n
ipv6: skb_dst() can be NULL in ipv6_hop_jumbo().
tg3: Update copyright and driver version
tg3: Disable 5717 serdes and B0 support
tg3: Add reliable serdes detection for 5717 A0
tg3: Fix std rx prod ring handling
tg3: Fix std prod ring nicaddr for 5787 and 57765
sfc: Fix conditions for MDIO self-test
sfc: Fix polling for slow MCDI operations
e1000e: workaround link issues on busy hub in half duplex on 82577/82578
e1000e: MDIO slow mode should always be done for 82577
ixgbe: update copyright dates
ixgbe: Do not attempt to perform interrupts in netpoll when down
cfg80211: fix refcount imbalance when wext is disabled
mac80211: fix queue selection for data frames on monitor interfaces
iwlwifi: silence buffer overflow warning
iwlwifi: disable tx on beacon update notification
iwlwifi: fix iwl_queue_used bug when read_ptr == write_ptr
mac80211: fix endian error
mac80211: add missing sanity checks for action frames
...
Fixed build errors introduced by commit 7ad6848c (ip: fix mc_loop
checks for tunnels with multicast outer addresses)
Signed-off-by: Octavian Purdila <opurdila@ixiacom.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
* git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net-2.6: (56 commits)
sky2: Fix oops in sky2_xmit_frame() after TX timeout
Documentation/3c509: document ethtool support
af_packet: Don't use skb after dev_queue_xmit()
vxge: use pci_dma_mapping_error to test return value
netfilter: ebtables: enforce CAP_NET_ADMIN
e1000e: fix and commonize code for setting the receive address registers
e1000e: e1000e_enable_tx_pkt_filtering() returns wrong value
e1000e: perform 10/100 adaptive IFS only on parts that support it
e1000e: don't accumulate PHY statistics on PHY read failure
e1000e: call pci_save_state() after pci_restore_state()
netxen: update version to 4.0.72
netxen: fix set mac addr
netxen: fix smatch warning
netxen: fix tx ring memory leak
tcp: update the netstamp_needed counter when cloning sockets
TI DaVinci EMAC: Handle emac module clock correctly.
dmfe/tulip: Let dmfe handle DM910x except for SPARC on-board chips
ixgbe: Fix compiler warning about variable being used uninitialized
netfilter: nf_ct_ftp: fix out of bounds read in update_nl_seq()
mv643xx_eth: don't include cache padding in rx desc buffer size
...
Fix trivial conflict in drivers/scsi/cxgb3i/cxgb3i_offload.c
Add Unscheduled Automatic Power-Save Delivery (U-APSD) client support. The
idea is that the data frames from the client trigger AP to send the buffered
frames with ACs which have U-APSD enabled. This decreases latency and makes it
possible to save even more power.
Driver needs to use IEEE80211_HW_UAPSD to enable the feature. The current
implementation assumes that firmware takes care of the wakeup and
hardware needing IEEE80211_HW_PS_NULLFUNC_STACK is not yet supported.
Tested with wl1251 on a Nokia N900 and Cisco Aironet 1231G AP and running
various test traffic with ping.
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kalle.valo@nokia.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Store information elements from Beacon and Probe Response frames in
separate buffers to allow both sets to be made available through
nl80211. This allows user space applications to get access to IEs from
Beacon frames even if we have received Probe Response frames from the
BSS. Previously, the IEs from Probe Response frames would have
overridden the IEs from Beacon frames.
This feature is of somewhat limited use since most protocols include
the same (or extended) information in Probe Response frames. However,
there are couple of exceptions where the IEs from Beacon frames could
be of some use: TIM IE is only included in Beacon frames (and it would
be needed to figure out the DTIM period used in the BSS) and at least
some implementations of Wireless Provisioning Services seem to include
the full IE only in Beacon frames).
The new BSS attribute for scan results is added to allow both the IE
sets to be delivered. This is done in a way that maintains the
previously used behavior for applications that are not aware of the
new NL80211_BSS_BEACON_IES attribute.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
Acked-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Certain type of hardware, for example wl1251 and wl1271, need a template
for the Probe Request. Create a function ieee80211_probereq_get() which
creates the template and drivers send it to hardware.
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kalle.valo@nokia.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Some hardware, for example wl1251 and wl1271, handle the transmission
of power save related frames in hardware, but the driver is responsible
for creating the templates. It's better to create the templates in mac80211,
that way all drivers can benefit from this.
Add two new functions, ieee80211_pspoll_get() and ieee80211_nullfunc_get()
which drivers need to call to get the frame. Drivers are also responsible
for updating the templates after each association.
Also new struct ieee80211_hdr_3addr is added to ieee80211.h to make it
easy to calculate length of the Nullfunc frame.
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kalle.valo@nokia.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Add a new NL80211_CMD_SET_TX_BITRATE_MASK command and related
attributes to provide support for setting TX rate mask for rate
control. This uses the existing cfg80211 set_bitrate_mask operation
that was previously used only with WEXT compat code (SIOCSIWRATE). The
nl80211 command allows more generic configuration of allowed rates as
a mask instead of fixed/max rate.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni.malinen@atheros.com>
Acked-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Extend struct cfg80211_bitrate_mask to actually use a bitfield mask
instead of just a single fixed or maximum rate index. This change
itself does not modify the behavior (except for debugfs files), but it
prepares cfg80211 and mac80211 for a new nl80211 command for setting
which rates can be used in TX rate control.
Since frames are now going through the rate control algorithm
unconditionally, the internal IEEE80211_TX_INTFL_RCALGO flag can now
be removed. The RC implementations can use the rate_idx_mask value to
optimize their behavior if only a single rate is enabled.
The old max_rate_idx in struct ieee80211_tx_rate_control is maintained
(but commented as deprecated) for backwards compatibility with existing
RC implementations. Once these implementations have been updated to
use the more generic rate_idx_mask, the max_rate_idx value can be
removed.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni.malinen@atheros.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
If the basic rate set is configured to not include the lowest rate
(e.g., basic rate set = 6, 12, 24 Mbps in IEEE 802.11g mode), the AP
should not send out broadcast frames at 1 Mbps. This type of
configuration can be used to optimize channel usage in cases where
there is no need for backwards compatibility with IEEE 802.11b-only
devices.
In AP mode, mac80211 was unconditionally using the lowest rate for
Beacon frames and similarly, with all rate control algorithms that use
rate_control_send_low(), the lowest rate ended up being used for all
broadcast frames (and all unicast frames that are sent before
association). Change this to take into account the basic rate
configuration in AP mode, i.e., use the lowest rate in the basic rate
set instead of the lowest supported rate when selecting the rate.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni.malinen@atheros.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Mac80211 callback to driver set_coverage_class() sets slot time and ACK
timeout for given IEEE 802.11 coverage class. The callback is optional,
but it's essential for long distance links.
Signed-off-by: Lukas Turek <8an@praha12.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
The new attribute NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_COVERAGE_CLASS sets IEEE 802.11
Coverage Class, which depends on maximum distance of nodes in a
wireless network. It's required for long distance links (more than a few
hundred meters).
The attribute is now ignored by two non-mac80211 drivers, rndis and
iwmc3200wifi, together with WIPHY_PARAM_RETRY_SHORT and
WIPHY_PARAM_RETRY_LONG. If it turns out to be a problem, we could split
set_wiphy_params callback or add new capability bits.
Signed-off-by: Lukas Turek <8an@praha12.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This patch adds the kernel portions needed to implement
RFC 5082 Generalized TTL Security Mechanism (GTSM).
It is a lightweight security measure against forged
packets causing DoS attacks (for BGP).
This is already implemented the same way in BSD kernels.
For the necessary Quagga patch
http://www.gossamer-threads.com/lists/quagga/dev/17389
Description from Cisco
http://www.cisco.com/en/US/docs/ios/12_3t/12_3t7/feature/guide/gt_btsh.html
It does add one byte to each socket structure, but I did
a little rearrangement to reuse a hole (on 64 bit), but it
does grow the structure on 32 bit
This should be documented on ip(4) man page and the Glibc in.h
file also needs update. IPV6_MINHOPLIMIT should also be added
(although BSD doesn't support that).
Only TCP is supported, but could also be added to UDP, DCCP, SCTP
if desired.
Signed-off-by: Stephen Hemminger <shemminger@vyatta.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Send aligned pipe payload if requested to do so. Then, the socket buffer
needs not be fragmented anymore.
Signed-off-by: Rémi Denis-Courmont <remi.denis-courmont@nokia.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Newer Nokia cellular modems can use aligned payload for their GPRS pipe.
Signed-off-by: Rémi Denis-Courmont <remi.denis-courmont@nokia.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When we have L3 tunnels with different inner/outer families
(i.e. IPV4/IPV6) which use a multicast address as the outer tunnel
destination address, multicast packets will be loopbacked back to the
sending socket even if IP*_MULTICAST_LOOP is set to disabled.
The mc_loop flag is present in the family specific part of the socket
(e.g. the IPv4 or IPv4 specific part). setsockopt sets the inner
family mc_loop flag. When the packet is pushed through the L3 tunnel
it will eventually be processed by the outer family which if different
will check the flag in a different part of the socket then it was set.
Signed-off-by: Octavian Purdila <opurdila@ixiacom.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
I was very frustrated about the fact that I have to recompile the kernel
to change the hash size. So, I created this patch.
If IPVS is built-in you can append ip_vs.conn_tab_bits=?? to kernel
command line, or, if you built IPVS as modules, you can add
options ip_vs conn_tab_bits=??.
To keep everything backward compatible, you still can select the size at
compile time, and that will be used as default.
It has been about a year since this patch was originally posted
and subsequently dropped on the basis of insufficient test data.
Mark Bergsma has provided the following test results which seem
to strongly support the need for larger hash table sizes:
We do however run into the same problem with the default setting (212 =
4096 entries), as most of our LVS balancers handle around a million
connections/SLAB entries at any point in time (around 100-150 kpps
load). With only 4096 hash table entries this implies that each entry
consists of a linked list of 256 connections *on average*.
To provide some statistics, I did an oprofile run on an 2.6.31 kernel,
with both the default 4096 table size, and the same kernel recompiled
with IP_VS_CONN_TAB_BITS set to 18 (218 = 262144 entries). I built a
quick test setup with a part of Wikimedia/Wikipedia's live traffic
mirrored by the switch to the test host.
With the default setting, at ~ 120 kpps packet load we saw a typical %si
CPU usage of around 30-35%, and oprofile reported a hot spot in
ip_vs_conn_in_get:
samples % image name app name
symbol name
1719761 42.3741 ip_vs.ko ip_vs.ko ip_vs_conn_in_get
302577 7.4554 bnx2 bnx2 /bnx2
181984 4.4840 vmlinux vmlinux __ticket_spin_lock
128636 3.1695 vmlinux vmlinux ip_route_input
74345 1.8318 ip_vs.ko ip_vs.ko ip_vs_conn_out_get
68482 1.6874 vmlinux vmlinux mwait_idle
After loading the recompiled kernel with 218 entries, %si CPU usage
dropped in half to around 12-18%, and oprofile looks much healthier,
with only 7% spent in ip_vs_conn_in_get:
samples % image name app name
symbol name
265641 14.4616 bnx2 bnx2 /bnx2
143251 7.7986 vmlinux vmlinux __ticket_spin_lock
140661 7.6576 ip_vs.ko ip_vs.ko ip_vs_conn_in_get
94364 5.1372 vmlinux vmlinux mwait_idle
86267 4.6964 vmlinux vmlinux ip_route_input
[ horms@verge.net.au: trivial up-port and minor style fixes ]
Signed-off-by: Catalin(ux) M. BOIE <catab@embedromix.ro>
Cc: Mark Bergsma <mark@wikimedia.org>
Signed-off-by: Simon Horman <horms@verge.net.au>
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
* git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net-2.6: (74 commits)
Revert "b43: Enforce DMA descriptor memory constraints"
iwmc3200wifi: fix array out-of-boundary access
wl1251: timeout one too soon in wl1251_boot_run_firmware()
mac80211: fix propagation of failed hardware reconfigurations
mac80211: fix race with suspend and dynamic_ps_disable_work
ath9k: fix missed error codes in the tx status check
ath9k: wake hardware during AMPDU TX actions
ath9k: wake hardware for interface IBSS/AP/Mesh removal
ath9k: fix suspend by waking device prior to stop
cfg80211: fix error path in cfg80211_wext_siwscan
wl1271_cmd.c: cleanup char => u8
iwlwifi: Storage class should be before const qualifier
ath9k: Storage class should be before const qualifier
cfg80211: fix race between deauth and assoc response
wireless: remove remaining qual code
rt2x00: Add USB ID for Linksys WUSB 600N rev 2.
ath5k: fix SWI calibration interrupt storm
mac80211: fix ibss join with fixed-bssid
libertas: Remove carrier signaling from the scan code
orinoco: fix GFP_KERNEL in orinoco_set_key with interrupts disabled
...
To make it easier to notice cases of calling sleeping ops in atomic context,
annotate driver-ops.h with appropiate might_sleep() calls. At the same time,
also document in mac80211.h the op functions with missing contexts.
mac80211 doesn't seem to use get_tx_stats anywhere currently. Just to be on
the safe side, I documented it to be atomic, but hopefully the op can be
removed in the future.
Compile-tested only.
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kalle.valo@iki.fi>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
All its members (vif, mac_addr, type) are now available
in the vif struct directly, so we can pass that instead
of the conf struct. I generated this patch (except the
mac80211 and header file changes) with this semantic
patch:
@@
identifier conf, fn, hw;
type tp;
@@
tp fn(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
-struct ieee80211_if_init_conf *conf)
+struct ieee80211_vif *vif)
{
<...
(
-conf->type
+vif->type
|
-conf->mac_addr
+vif->addr
|
-conf->vif
+vif
)
...>
}
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
When, for instance, a new IBSS peer is found, userspace
wants to be notified. Add events for all new stations
that mac80211 learns about.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Add new commands for requesting the driver to remain awake
on a specified channel for the specified amount of time
(and another command to cancel such an operation). This
can be used to implement userspace-controlled off-channel
operations, like Public Action frame exchange on another
channel than the operation channel.
The off-channel operation should behave similarly to scan,
i.e. the local station (if associated) moves into power
save mode to request the AP to buffer frames for it and
then moves to the other channel to allow the off-channel
operation to be completed. The duration parameter can be
used to request enough time to receive a response from
the target station.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni.malinen@atheros.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
We've long lacked a good confirmation that frames
have really gone out, e.g. before going off-channel
for a scan. Add a flush() operation that drivers
can implement to provide that confirmation, and use
it in a few places:
* before scanning sends the nullfunc frames
* after scanning sends the nullfunc frames, if any
* when going idle, to send any pending frames
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This removes the remaining users of the rx status
'qual' field and the field itself.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
For the cases where a lot of interfaces are used in conjunction with a
lot of LLC sockets bound to the same SAP, the iteration of the socket
list becomes prohibitively expensive.
Replacing the list with a a local address based hash significantly
improves the bind and listener lookup operations as well as the
datagram delivery.
Connected sockets delivery is also improved, but this patch does not
address the case where we have lots of sockets with the same local
address connected to different remote addresses.
In order to keep the socket sanity checks alive and fast a socket
counter was added to the SAP structure.
Signed-off-by: Octavian Purdila <opurdila@ixiacom.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds a per SAP device based hash table to solve the
multicast delivery scalability issue when we have large number of
interfaces and a large number of sockets bound to the same SAP.
Signed-off-by: Octavian Purdila <opurdila@ixiacom.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
For the reclamation phase we use the SLAB_DESTROY_BY_RCU mechanism,
which require some extra checks in the lookup code:
a) If the current socket was released, reallocated & inserted in
another list it will short circuit the iteration for the current list,
thus we need to restart the lookup.
b) If the current socket was released, reallocated & inserted in the
same list we just need to recheck it matches the look-up criteria and
if not we can skip to the next element.
In this case there is no need to restart the lookup, since sockets are
inserted at the start of the list and the worst that will happen is
that we will iterate throught some of the list elements more then
once.
Note that the /proc and multicast delivery was not yet converted to
RCU, it still uses spinlocks for protection.
Signed-off-by: Octavian Purdila <opurdila@ixiacom.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add rtnetlink init_rcvwnd to set the TCP initial receive window size
advertised by passive and active TCP connections.
The current Linux TCP implementation limits the advertised TCP initial
receive window to the one prescribed by slow start. For short lived
TCP connections used for transaction type of traffic (i.e. http
requests), bounding the advertised TCP initial receive window results
in increased latency to complete the transaction.
Support for setting initial congestion window is already supported
using rtnetlink init_cwnd, but the feature is useless without the
ability to set a larger TCP initial receive window.
The rtnetlink init_rcvwnd allows increasing the TCP initial receive
window, allowing TCP connection to advertise larger TCP receive window
than the ones bounded by slow start.
Signed-off-by: Laurent Chavey <chavey@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
tcp_push checks tcp_send_head and calls __tcp_push_pending_frames,
which again checks tcp_send_head, and this unnecessary check is
done for every other caller of __tcp_push_pending_frames.
Remove tcp_send_head check in __tcp_push_pending_frames and add
the check to tcp_push_pending_frames. Other functions call
__tcp_push_pending_frames only when tcp_send_head would evaluate
to true.
Signed-off-by: Krishna Kumar <krkumar2@in.ibm.com>
Acked-by: Ilpo Järvinen <ilpo.jarvinen@helsinki.fi>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Enable spatial multiplexing in mac80211 by telling the
driver what to do and, where necessary, sending action
frames to the AP to update the requested SMPS mode.
Also includes a trivial implementation for hwsim that
just logs the requested mode.
For now, the userspace interface is in debugfs only,
and let you toggle the requested mode at any time.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Move the A-MSDU handling code from mac80211 to cfg80211 so that more
drivers can use it. The new created function ieee80211_amsdu_to_8023s
converts an A-MSDU frame to a list of 802.3 frames.
Cc: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: Zhu Yi <yi.zhu@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
For bluetooth 3, we will most likely not have
a netdev for a virtual interface (sdata), so
prepare for that by reducing the reliance on
having a netdev. This patch moves the name
and address fields into the sdata struct and
uses them from there all over. Some work is
needed to keep them sync'ed, but that's not
a lot of work and in slow paths anyway.
In doing so, this also reduces the number of
pointer dereferences in many places, because
of things like sdata->dev->dev_addr becoming
sdata->vif.addr.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
* git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net-2.6: (26 commits)
net: sh_eth alignment fix for sh7724 using NET_IP_ALIGN V2
ixgbe: allow tx of pre-formatted vlan tagged packets
ixgbe: Fix 82598 premature copper PHY link indicatation
ixgbe: Fix tx_restart_queue/non_eop_desc statistics counters
bcm63xx_enet: fix compilation failure after get_stats_count removal
packet: dont call sleeping functions while holding rcu_read_lock()
tcp: Revert per-route SACK/DSACK/TIMESTAMP changes.
ipvs: zero usvc and udest
netfilter: fix crashes in bridge netfilter caused by fragment jumps
ipv6: reassembly: use seperate reassembly queues for conntrack and local delivery
sky2: leave PCI config space writeable
sky2: print Optima chip name
x25: Update maintainer.
ipvs: fix synchronization on connection close
netfilter: xtables: document minimal required version
drivers/net/bonding/: : use pr_fmt
can: CAN_MCP251X should depend on HAS_DMA
drivers/net/usb: Correct code taking the size of a pointer
drivers/net/cpmac.c: Correct code taking the size of a pointer
drivers/net/sfc: Correct code taking the size of a pointer
...
It creates a regression, triggering badness for SYN_RECV
sockets, for example:
[19148.022102] Badness at net/ipv4/inet_connection_sock.c:293
[19148.022570] NIP: c02a0914 LR: c02a0904 CTR: 00000000
[19148.023035] REGS: eeecbd30 TRAP: 0700 Not tainted (2.6.32)
[19148.023496] MSR: 00029032 <EE,ME,CE,IR,DR> CR: 24002442 XER: 00000000
[19148.024012] TASK = eee9a820[1756] 'privoxy' THREAD: eeeca000
This is likely caused by the change in the 'estab' parameter
passed to tcp_parse_options() when invoked by the functions
in net/ipv4/tcp_minisocks.c
But even if that is fixed, the ->conn_request() changes made in
this patch series is fundamentally wrong. They try to use the
listening socket's 'dst' to probe the route settings. The
listening socket doesn't even have a route, and you can't
get the right route (the child request one) until much later
after we setup all of the state, and it must be done by hand.
This stuff really isn't ready, so the best thing to do is a
full revert. This reverts the following commits:
f55017a93f022c3f7d821aba721ebacda42ebd67345cda2fd6dc343475ed05eaade2786a2a2d6bf8
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When fragments from bridge netfilter are passed to IPv4 or IPv6 conntrack
and a reassembly queue with the same fragment key already exists from
reassembling a similar packet received on a different device (f.i. with
multicasted fragments), the reassembled packet might continue on a different
codepath than where the head fragment originated. This can cause crashes
in bridge netfilter when a fragment received on a non-bridge device (and
thus with skb->nf_bridge == NULL) continues through the bridge netfilter
code.
Add a new reassembly identifier for packets originating from bridge
netfilter and use it to put those packets in insolated queues.
Fixes http://bugzilla.kernel.org/show_bug.cgi?id=14805
Reported-and-Tested-by: Chong Qiao <qiaochong@loongson.cn>
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Currently the same reassembly queue might be used for packets reassembled
by conntrack in different positions in the stack (PREROUTING/LOCAL_OUT),
as well as local delivery. This can cause "packet jumps" when the fragment
completing a reassembled packet is queued from a different position in the
stack than the previous ones.
Add a "user" identifier to the reassembly queue key to seperate the queues
of each caller, similar to what we do for IPv4.
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Add a definition of the amount of TX headroom reserved by mac80211 itself
for its own purposes. Also add BUILD_BUG_ON to validate the value.
This define can then be used by drivers to request additional TX headroom
in the most efficient manner.
Signed-off-by: Gertjan van Wingerde <gwingerde@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
* 'for-linus' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/tj/percpu: (34 commits)
m68k: rename global variable vmalloc_end to m68k_vmalloc_end
percpu: add missing per_cpu_ptr_to_phys() definition for UP
percpu: Fix kdump failure if booted with percpu_alloc=page
percpu: make misc percpu symbols unique
percpu: make percpu symbols in ia64 unique
percpu: make percpu symbols in powerpc unique
percpu: make percpu symbols in x86 unique
percpu: make percpu symbols in xen unique
percpu: make percpu symbols in cpufreq unique
percpu: make percpu symbols in oprofile unique
percpu: make percpu symbols in tracer unique
percpu: make percpu symbols under kernel/ and mm/ unique
percpu: remove some sparse warnings
percpu: make alloc_percpu() handle array types
vmalloc: fix use of non-existent percpu variable in put_cpu_var()
this_cpu: Use this_cpu_xx in trace_functions_graph.c
this_cpu: Use this_cpu_xx for ftrace
this_cpu: Use this_cpu_xx in nmi handling
this_cpu: Use this_cpu operations in RCU
this_cpu: Use this_cpu ops for VM statistics
...
Fix up trivial (famous last words) global per-cpu naming conflicts in
arch/x86/kvm/svm.c
mm/slab.c
compat_sys_recvmmsg has a compat_timespec parameter and not a
timespec parameter. This way we also get rid of an odd cast.
Cc: Arnaldo Carvalho de Melo <acme@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Heiko Carstens <heiko.carstens@de.ibm.com>
Acked-by: Arnaldo Carvalho de Melo <acme@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch moves retransmits_timed_out() from include/net/tcp.h
to tcp_timer.c, where it is used.
Reported-by: Frederic Leroy <fredo@starox.org>
Signed-off-by: Damian Lukowski <damian@tvk.rwth-aachen.de>
Acked-by: Ilpo Järvinen <ilpo.jarvinen@helsinki.fi>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch fixes a problem in the TCP connection timeout calculation.
Currently, timeout decisions are made on the basis of the current
tcp_time_stamp and retrans_stamp, which is usually set at the first
retransmission.
However, if the retransmission fails in tcp_retransmit_skb(),
retrans_stamp is not updated and remains zero. This leads to wrong
decisions in retransmits_timed_out() if tcp_time_stamp is larger than
the specified timeout, which is very likely.
In this case, the TCP connection dies after the first attempted
(and unsuccessful) retransmission.
With this patch, tcp_skb_cb->when is used instead, when retrans_stamp
is not available.
This bug has been introduced together with retransmits_timed_out() in
2.6.32, as the number of retransmissions has been used for timeout
decisions before. The corresponding commit was
6fa12c8503 (Revert Backoff [v3]:
Calculate TCP's connection close threshold as a time value.).
Thanks to Ilpo Järvinen for code suggestions and Frederic Leroy for
testing.
Reported-by: Frederic Leroy <fredo@starox.org>
Signed-off-by: Damian Lukowski <damian@tvk.rwth-aachen.de>
Acked-by: Ilpo Järvinen <ilpo.jarvinen@helsinki.fi>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When we find a timewait connection in __inet_hash_connect() and reuse
it for a new connection request, we have a race window, releasing bind
list lock and reacquiring it in __inet_twsk_kill() to remove timewait
socket from list.
Another thread might find the timewait socket we already chose, leading to
list corruption and crashes.
Fix is to remove timewait socket from bind list before releasing the bind lock.
Note: This problem happens if sysctl_tcp_tw_reuse is set.
Reported-by: kapil dakhane <kdakhane@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
First patch changes __inet_hash_nolisten() and __inet6_hash()
to get a timewait parameter to be able to unhash it from ehash
at same time the new socket is inserted in hash.
This makes sure timewait socket wont be found by a concurrent
writer in __inet_check_established()
Reported-by: kapil dakhane <kdakhane@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
* git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net-next-2.6: (1815 commits)
mac80211: fix reorder buffer release
iwmc3200wifi: Enable wimax core through module parameter
iwmc3200wifi: Add wifi-wimax coexistence mode as a module parameter
iwmc3200wifi: Coex table command does not expect a response
iwmc3200wifi: Update wiwi priority table
iwlwifi: driver version track kernel version
iwlwifi: indicate uCode type when fail dump error/event log
iwl3945: remove duplicated event logging code
b43: fix two warnings
ipw2100: fix rebooting hang with driver loaded
cfg80211: indent regulatory messages with spaces
iwmc3200wifi: fix NULL pointer dereference in pmkid update
mac80211: Fix TX status reporting for injected data frames
ath9k: enable 2GHz band only if the device supports it
airo: Fix integer overflow warning
rt2x00: Fix padding bug on L2PAD devices.
WE: Fix set events not propagated
b43legacy: avoid PPC fault during resume
b43: avoid PPC fault during resume
tcp: fix a timewait refcnt race
...
Fix up conflicts due to sysctl cleanups (dead sysctl_check code and
CTL_UNNUMBERED removed) in
kernel/sysctl_check.c
net/ipv4/sysctl_net_ipv4.c
net/ipv6/addrconf.c
net/sctp/sysctl.c
* git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/ebiederm/sysctl-2.6: (43 commits)
security/tomoyo: Remove now unnecessary handling of security_sysctl.
security/tomoyo: Add a special case to handle accesses through the internal proc mount.
sysctl: Drop & in front of every proc_handler.
sysctl: Remove CTL_NONE and CTL_UNNUMBERED
sysctl: kill dead ctl_handler definitions.
sysctl: Remove the last of the generic binary sysctl support
sysctl net: Remove unused binary sysctl code
sysctl security/tomoyo: Don't look at ctl_name
sysctl arm: Remove binary sysctl support
sysctl x86: Remove dead binary sysctl support
sysctl sh: Remove dead binary sysctl support
sysctl powerpc: Remove dead binary sysctl support
sysctl ia64: Remove dead binary sysctl support
sysctl s390: Remove dead sysctl binary support
sysctl frv: Remove dead binary sysctl support
sysctl mips/lasat: Remove dead binary sysctl support
sysctl drivers: Remove dead binary sysctl support
sysctl crypto: Remove dead binary sysctl support
sysctl security/keys: Remove dead binary sysctl support
sysctl kernel: Remove binary sysctl logic
...
Its currently possible that several threads issuing a connect() find
the same timewait socket and try to reuse it, leading to list
corruptions.
Condition for bug is that these threads bound their socket on same
address/port of to-be-find timewait socket, and connected to same
target. (SO_REUSEADDR needed)
To fix this problem, we could unhash timewait socket while holding
ehash lock, to make sure lookups/changes will be serialized. Only
first thread finds the timewait socket, other ones find the
established socket and return an EADDRNOTAVAIL error.
This second version takes into account Evgeniy's review and makes sure
inet_twsk_put() is called outside of locked sections.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This function walks the whole hashtable so there is no point in
passing it a network namespace. Instead I purge all timewait
sockets from dead network namespaces that I find. If the namespace
is one of the once I am trying to purge I am guaranteed no new timewait
sockets can be formed so this will get them all. If the namespace
is one I am not acting for it might form a few more but I will
call inet_twsk_purge again and shortly to get rid of them. In
any even if the network namespace is dead timewait sockets are
useless.
Move the calls of inet_twsk_purge into batch_exit routines so
that if I am killing a bunch of namespaces at once I will just
call inet_twsk_purge once and save a lot of redundant unnecessary
work.
My simple 4k network namespace exit test the cleanup time dropped from
roughly 8.2s to 1.6s. While the time spent running inet_twsk_purge fell
to about 2ms. 1ms for ipv4 and 1ms for ipv6.
Signed-off-by: Eric W. Biederman <ebiederm@xmission.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Refactor the code so fib_rules_register always takes a template instead
of the actual fib_rules_ops structure that will be used. This is
required for network namespace support so 2 out of the 3 callers already
do this, it allows the error handling to be made common, and it allows
fib_rules_unregister to free the template for hte caller.
Modify fib_rules_unregister to use call_rcu instead of syncrhonize_rcu
to allw multiple namespaces to be cleaned up in the same rcu grace
period.
Signed-off-by: Eric W. Biederman <ebiederm@xmission.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
xfrm.nlsk is provided by the xfrm_user module and is access via rcu from
other parts of the xfrm code. Add xfrm.nlsk_stash a copy of xfrm.nlsk that
will never be set to NULL. This allows the synchronize_net and
netlink_kernel_release to be deferred until a whole batch of xfrm.nlsk sockets
have been set to NULL.
Signed-off-by: Eric W. Biederman <ebiederm@xmission.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
- Add exit_list to struct net to support building lists of network
namespaces to cleanup.
- Add exit_batch to pernet_operations to allow running operations only
once during a network namespace exit. Instead of once per network
namespace.
- Factor opt ops_exit_list and ops_exit_free so the logic with cleanup
up a network namespace does not need to be duplicated.
Signed-off-by: Eric W. Biederman <ebiederm@xmission.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
commit 68144d350f4f6c348659c825cde6a82b34c27a91
Author: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Date: Thu Dec 3 12:05:25 2009 +0100
net: fib_rules: add oif classification
Support routing table lookup based on the flow's oif. This is useful to
classify packets originating from sockets bound to interfaces differently.
The route cache already includes the oif and needs no changes.
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
commit 229e77eec406ad68662f18e49fda8b5d366768c5
Author: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Date: Thu Dec 3 12:05:23 2009 +0100
net: fib_rules: rename ifindex/ifname/FRA_IFNAME to iifindex/iifname/FRA_IIFNAME
The next patch will add oif classification, rename interface related members
and attributes to reflect that they're used for iif classification.
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
commit b8952893d5d86f69c4e499d191b98c6658f64b0f
Author: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Date: Thu Dec 3 12:05:22 2009 +0100
net: fib_rules: rearrange struct fib_rule
The ifname member is only used to resolve interface names and is not needed
during rule lookups. The target and ctarget members however are used during
rule lookups and are currently located in a second cacheline.
Move ifname further to the end to make sure both target and ctarget are
located in the same cacheline as other members used during rule lookups.
The layout on 64 bit changes from:
struct fib_rule {
...
u32 table; /* 56 4 */
u8 action; /* 60 1 */
/* XXX 3 bytes hole, try to pack */
/* --- cacheline 1 boundary (64 bytes) --- */
u32 target; /* 64 4 */
/* XXX 4 bytes hole, try to pack */
struct fib_rule * ctarget; /* 72 8 */
struct rcu_head rcu; /* 80 16 */
struct net * fr_net; /* 96 8 */
};
to:
struct fib_rule {
...
u32 table; /* 40 4 */
u8 action; /* 44 1 */
/* XXX 3 bytes hole, try to pack */
u32 target; /* 48 4 */
/* XXX 4 bytes hole, try to pack */
struct fib_rule * ctarget; /* 56 8 */
/* --- cacheline 1 boundary (64 bytes) --- */
char ifname[16]; /* 64 16 */
struct rcu_head rcu; /* 80 16 */
struct net * fr_net; /* 96 8 */
};
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
RejActioned is used to prevent retransmission when a entity is on the
WAIT_F state, i.e., waiting for a frame with F-bit set due local busy
condition or a expired retransmission timer. (When these two events raise
they send a frame with the Poll bit set and enters in the WAIT_F state to
wait for a frame with the Final bit set.)
The local entity doesn't send I-frames(the data frames) until the receipt
of a frame with F-bit set. When that happens it also set RejActioned to false.
RejActioned is a mandatory feature of ERTM spec.
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <gustavo@las.ic.unicamp.br>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
As specified by ERTM spec an ERTM channel can acknowledge received
I-frames(the data frames) by sending an I-frame with the proper ReqSeq
value (i.e. ReqSeq is set to BufferSeq). Until now we aren't setting the
ReqSeq value on I-frame control bits. That way we can save sending
S-frames(Supervise frames) only to acknowledge receipt of I-frames. It
is very helpful to the full-duplex channel.
ReqSeq is the packet sequence number sent in an acknowledgement frame to
acknowledge receipt of frames up to (ReqSeq - 1).
BufferSeq controls the receiver buffer, it is used to delay
acknowledgement of new frames to not cause buffer overflow. BufferSeq
value is not increased until frames are pulled by reassembly function.
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <gustavo@las.ic.unicamp.br>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
The tasklet schedule function helpers are just an obfuscation. So remove
them and call the schedule functions directly.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
For future simplification it is important that the hci_recv_frame
function is no longer an inline function. So move it into the module
itself and export it.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Eric Dumazet mentioned in a context of another problem:
"Well, it seems NFS reuses its socket, so maybe we miss some
cleaning as spotted in this old patch"
I've not check under which conditions that actually happens but
if true, we need to make sure we don't accidently leave stale
hints behind when the write queue had to be purged (whether reusing
with NFS can actually happen if purging took place is something I'm
not sure of).
...At least it compiles.
Signed-off-by: Ilpo Järvinen <ilpo.jarvinen@helsinki.fi>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Parse incoming TCP_COOKIE option(s).
Calculate <SYN,ACK> TCP_COOKIE option.
Send optional <SYN,ACK> data.
This is a significantly revised implementation of an earlier (year-old)
patch that no longer applies cleanly, with permission of the original
author (Adam Langley):
http://thread.gmane.org/gmane.linux.network/102586
Requires:
TCPCT part 1a: add request_values parameter for sending SYNACK
TCPCT part 1b: generate Responder Cookie secret
TCPCT part 1c: sysctl_tcp_cookie_size, socket option TCP_COOKIE_TRANSACTIONS
TCPCT part 1d: define TCP cookie option, extend existing struct's
TCPCT part 1e: implement socket option TCP_COOKIE_TRANSACTIONS
TCPCT part 1f: Initiator Cookie => Responder
Signed-off-by: William.Allen.Simpson@gmail.com
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Data structures are carefully composed to require minimal additions.
For example, the struct tcp_options_received cookie_plus variable fits
between existing 16-bit and 8-bit variables, requiring no additional
space (taking alignment into consideration). There are no additions to
tcp_request_sock, and only 1 pointer in tcp_sock.
This is a significantly revised implementation of an earlier (year-old)
patch that no longer applies cleanly, with permission of the original
author (Adam Langley):
http://thread.gmane.org/gmane.linux.network/102586
The principle difference is using a TCP option to carry the cookie nonce,
instead of a user configured offset in the data. This is more flexible and
less subject to user configuration error. Such a cookie option has been
suggested for many years, and is also useful without SYN data, allowing
several related concepts to use the same extension option.
"Re: SYN floods (was: does history repeat itself?)", September 9, 1996.
http://www.merit.net/mail.archives/nanog/1996-09/msg00235.html
"Re: what a new TCP header might look like", May 12, 1998.
ftp://ftp.isi.edu/end2end/end2end-interest-1998.mail
These functions will also be used in subsequent patches that implement
additional features.
Requires:
TCPCT part 1a: add request_values parameter for sending SYNACK
TCPCT part 1b: generate Responder Cookie secret
TCPCT part 1c: sysctl_tcp_cookie_size, socket option TCP_COOKIE_TRANSACTIONS
Signed-off-by: William.Allen.Simpson@gmail.com
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Define sysctl (tcp_cookie_size) to turn on and off the cookie option
default globally, instead of a compiled configuration option.
Define per socket option (TCP_COOKIE_TRANSACTIONS) for setting constant
data values, retrieving variable cookie values, and other facilities.
Move inline tcp_clear_options() unchanged from net/tcp.h to linux/tcp.h,
near its corresponding struct tcp_options_received (prior to changes).
This is a straightforward re-implementation of an earlier (year-old)
patch that no longer applies cleanly, with permission of the original
author (Adam Langley):
http://thread.gmane.org/gmane.linux.network/102586
These functions will also be used in subsequent patches that implement
additional features.
Requires:
net: TCP_MSS_DEFAULT, TCP_MSS_DESIRED
Signed-off-by: William.Allen.Simpson@gmail.com
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Define (missing) hash message size for SHA1.
Define hashing size constants specific to TCP cookies.
Add new function: tcp_cookie_generator().
Maintain global secret values for tcp_cookie_generator().
This is a significantly revised implementation of earlier (15-year-old)
Photuris [RFC-2522] code for the KA9Q cooperative multitasking platform.
Linux RCU technique appears to be well-suited to this application, though
neither of the circular queue items are freed.
These functions will also be used in subsequent patches that implement
additional features.
Signed-off-by: William.Allen.Simpson@gmail.com
Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add optional function parameters associated with sending SYNACK.
These parameters are not needed after sending SYNACK, and are not
used for retransmission. Avoids extending struct tcp_request_sock,
and avoids allocating kernel memory.
Also affects DCCP as it uses common struct request_sock_ops,
but this parameter is currently reserved for future use.
Signed-off-by: William.Allen.Simpson@gmail.com
Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
No that all of the callers have been updated to set fields in
struct pernet_operations, and simplified to let the network
namespace core handle the allocation and freeing of the storage
for them, remove the surpurpflous methods and update the docs
to the new style.
Signed-off-by: Eric W. Biederman <ebiederm@xmission.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
To get the full benefit of batched network namespace cleanup netowrk
device deletion needs to be performed by the generic code. When
using register_pernet_gen_device and freeing the data in exit_net
it is impossible to delay allocation until after exit_net has called
as the device uninit methods are no longer safe.
To correct this, and to simplify working with per network namespace data
I have moved allocation and deletion of per network namespace data into
the network namespace core. The core now frees the data only after
all of the network namespace exit routines have run.
Now it is only required to set the new fields .id and .size
in the pernet_operations structure if you want network namespace
data to be managed for you automatically.
This makes the current register_pernet_gen_device and
register_pernet_gen_subsys routines unnecessary. For the moment
I have left them as compatibility wrappers in net_namespace.h
They will be removed once all of the users have been updated.
Signed-off-by: Eric W. Biederman <ebiederm@xmission.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
It is fairly common to kill several network namespaces at once. Either
because they are nested one inside the other or because they are cooperating
in multiple machine networking experiments. As the network stack control logic
does not parallelize easily batch up multiple network namespaces existing
together.
To get the full benefit of batching the virtual network devices to be
removed must be all removed in one batch. For that purpose I have added
a loop after the last network device operations have run that batches
up all remaining network devices and deletes them.
An extra benefit is that the reorganization slightly shrinks the size
of the per network namespace data structures replaceing a work_struct
with a list_head.
In a trivial test with 4K namespaces this change reduced the cost of
a destroying 4K namespaces from 7+ minutes (at 12% cpu) to 44 seconds
(at 60% cpu). The bulk of that 44s was spent in inet_twsk_purge.
Signed-off-by: Eric W. Biederman <ebiederm@xmission.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The motivation for an additional notifier in batched netdevice
notification (rt_do_flush) only needs to be called once per batch not
once per namespace.
For further batching improvements I need a guarantee that the
netdevices are unregistered in order allowing me to unregister an all
of the network devices in a network namespace at the same time with
the guarantee that the loopback device is really and truly
unregistered last.
Additionally it appears that we moved the route cache flush after
the final synchronize_net, which seems wrong and there was no
explanation. So I have restored the original location of the final
synchronize_net.
Cc: Octavian Purdila <opurdila@ixiacom.com>
Signed-off-by: Eric W. Biederman <ebiederm@xmission.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Lennert Buytenhek noticed that delBA handling in mac80211
was broken and has remotely triggerable problems, some of
which are due to some code shuffling I did that ended up
changing the order in which things were done -- this was
commit d75636ef9c
Author: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Date: Tue Feb 10 21:25:53 2009 +0100
mac80211: RX aggregation: clean up stop session
and other parts were already present in the original
commit d92684e660
Author: Ron Rindjunsky <ron.rindjunsky@intel.com>
Date: Mon Jan 28 14:07:22 2008 +0200
mac80211: A-MPDU Tx add delBA from recipient support
The first problem is that I moved a BUG_ON before various
checks -- thereby making it possible to hit. As the comment
indicates, the BUG_ON can be removed since the ampdu_action
callback must already exist when the state is != IDLE.
The second problem isn't easily exploitable but there's a
race condition due to unconditionally setting the state to
OPERATIONAL when a delBA frame is received, even when no
aggregation session was ever initiated. All the drivers
accept stopping the session even then, but that opens a
race window where crashes could happen before the driver
accepts it. Right now, a WARN_ON may happen with non-HT
drivers, while the race opens only for HT drivers.
For this case, there are two things necessary to fix it:
1) don't process spurious delBA frames, and be more careful
about the session state; don't drop the lock
2) HT drivers need to be prepared to handle a session stop
even before the session was really started -- this is
true for all drivers (that support aggregation) but
iwlwifi which can be fixed easily. The other HT drivers
(ath9k and ar9170) are behaving properly already.
Reported-by: Lennert Buytenhek <buytenh@marvell.com>
Cc: stable@kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Moves the CONFIG_SYSCTL ifdefs in x25_init into header.
Signed-off-by: Andrew Hendry <andrew.hendry@gmail.com>
Acked-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When retransmitting due to T3 timeout, retransmit all the
in-flight chunks for the corresponding transport/path, including
chunks sent less then 1 rto ago.
This is the correct behaviour according to rfc4960 section 6.3.3
E3 and
"Note: Any DATA chunks that were sent to the address for which the
T3-rtx timer expired but did not fit in one MTU (rule E3 above)
should be marked for retransmission and sent as soon as cwnd
allows (normally, when a SACK arrives). ".
This fixes problems when more then one path is present and the T3
retransmission of the first chunk that timeouts stops the T3 timer
for the initial active path, leaving all the other in-flight
chunks waiting forever or until a new chunk is transmitted on the
same path and timeouts (and this will happen only if the cwnd
allows sending new chunks, but since cwnd was dropped to MTU by
the timeout => it will wait until the first heartbeat).
Example: 10 packets in flight, sent at 0.1 s intervals on the
primary path. The primary path is down and the first packet
timeouts. The first packet is retransmitted on another path, the
T3 timer for the primary path is stopped and cwnd is set to MTU.
All the other 9 in-flight packets will not be retransmitted
(unless more new packets are sent on the primary path which depend
on cwnd allowing it, and even in this case the 9 packets will be
retransmitted only after a new packet timeouts which even in the
best case would be more then RTO).
This commit reverts d0ce92910b and
also removes the now unused transport->last_rto, introduced in
b6157d8e03.
p.s The problem is not only when multiple paths are there. It
can happen in a single homed environment. If the application
stops sending data, it possible to have a hung association.
Signed-off-by: Andrei Pelinescu-Onciul <andrei@iptel.org>
Signed-off-by: Vlad Yasevich <vladislav.yasevich@hp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This is an interface to set, delete and flush PMKIDs through nl80211.
Main users would be fullmac devices which firmwares are capable of
generating the RSN IEs for the re-association requests, e.g. iwmc3200wifi.
Signed-off-by: Samuel Ortiz <sameo@linux.intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
The RX flags should soon be used only for flags
that cannot change within an a-MPDU, so move the
cooked monitor flag into the RX status flags.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Adding a xfrm_state requires an authentication algorithm specified
either as xfrm_algo or as xfrm_algo_auth with a specific truncation
length. For compatibility, both attributes are dumped to userspace,
and we also accept both attributes, but prefer the new syntax.
If no truncation length is specified, or the authentication algorithm
is specified using xfrm_algo, the truncation length from the algorithm
description in the kernel is used.
Signed-off-by: Martin Willi <martin@strongswan.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Current implementation of max.burst ends up limiting new
data during cwnd decay period. The decay is happening becuase
the connection is idle and we are allowed to fill the congestion
window. The point of max.burst is to limit micro-bursts in response
to large acks. This still happens, as max.burst is still applied
to each transmit opportunity. It will also apply if a very large
send is made (greater then allowed by burst).
Tested-by: Florian Niederbacher <florian.niederbacher@student.uibk.ac.at>
Signed-off-by: Vlad Yasevich <vladislav.yasevich@hp.com>
Recent attempt to remove deprecated socket options demonstrated
that removing options from the enum space will have severe
binary compatibility issues. The reason is that it changes
the subsequent enum space and causes option values to be redefined.
To solve this, and to get rid of the ugly double statements for
every option, we simply convert to the #define scheme.
Signed-off-by: Vlad Yasevich <vladislav.yasevich@hp.com>
The transport last_time_used variable is rather useless.
It was only used when determining if CWND needs to be updated
due to idle transport. However, idle transport detection was
based on a Heartbeat timer and last_time_used was not incremented
when sending Heartbeats. As a result the check for cwnd reduction
was always true. We can get rid of the variable and just base
our cwnd manipulation on the HB timer (like the code comment sais).
We also have to call into the cwnd manipulation function regardless
of whether HBs are enabled or not. That way we will detect idle
transports if the user has disabled Heartbeats.
Signed-off-by: Vlad Yasevich <vladislav.yasevich@hp.com>
SCTP_GET_*_OLD stuffs are schedlued to be removed.
Cc: Vlad Yasevich <vladislav.yasevich@hp.com>
Signed-off-by: WANG Cong <amwang@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Vlad Yasevich <vladislav.yasevich@hp.com>
We currently send window update SACKs every time we free up 1 PMTU
worth of data. That a lot more SACKs then necessary. Instead, we'll
now send back the actuall window every time we send a sack, and do
window-update SACKs when a fraction of the receive buffer has been
opened. The fraction is controlled with a sysctl.
Signed-off-by: Vlad Yasevich <vladislav.yasevich@hp.com>
The "Invalid Stream Identifier" error has a 16 bit reserved
field at the end, thus making the parameter length be 8 bytes.
We've never supplied that reserved field making wireshark
tag the packet as malformed.
Reported-by: Chris Dischino <cdischino@sonusnet.com>
Signed-off-by: Vlad Yasevich <vladislav.yasevich@hp.com>
This patch implement the sender side for SACK-IMMEDIATELY
extension.
Section 4.1. Sender Side Considerations
Whenever the sender of a DATA chunk can benefit from the
corresponding SACK chunk being sent back without delay, the sender
MAY set the I-bit in the DATA chunk header.
Reasons for setting the I-bit include
o The sender is in the SHUTDOWN-PENDING state.
o The application requests to set the I-bit of the last DATA chunk
of a user message when providing the user message to the SCTP
implementation.
Signed-off-by: Wei Yongjun <yjwei@cn.fujitsu.com>
Signed-off-by: Vlad Yasevich <vladislav.yasevich@hp.com>
With WEXT, it happens frequently that the SME
requests an authentication but then deauthenticates
right away because some new parameters came along.
Every time this happens we print a deauth message
and send a deauth frame, but both of that is rather
confusing. Avoid it by aborting the authentication
process silently, and telling cfg80211 about that.
The patch looks larger than it really is:
__cfg80211_auth_remove() is split out from
cfg80211_send_auth_timeout(), there's no new code
except __cfg80211_auth_canceled() (a one-liner) and
the mac80211 bits (7 new lines of code).
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Right now all frames mac80211 hands to the driver
have the IEEE80211_TX_CTL_REQ_TX_STATUS flag set to
request TX status. This isn't really necessary, only
the injected frames need TX status (the latter for
hostapd) so move setting this flag.
The rate control algorithms also need TX status, but
they don't require it.
Also, rt2x00 uses that bit for its own purposes and
seems to require it being set for all frames, but
that can be fixed in rt2x00.
This doesn't really change anything for any drivers
but in the future drivers using hw-rate control may
opt to not report TX status for frames that don't
have the IEEE80211_TX_CTL_REQ_TX_STATUS flag set.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Acked-by: Ivo van Doorn <IvDoorn@gmail.com> [rt2x00 bits]
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
It's very likely that not many devices will support
four-address mode in station or AP mode so introduce
capability bits for both modes, set them in mac80211
and check them when userspace tries to use the mode.
Also, keep track of 4addr in cfg80211 (wireless_dev)
and not in mac80211 any more. mac80211 can also be
improved for the VLAN case by not looking at the
4addr flag but maintaining the station pointer for
it correctly. However, keep track of use_4addr for
station mode in mac80211 to avoid all the derefs.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
We've accumulated a number of options for wiphys
which make more sense as flags as we keep adding
more. Convert the existing ones.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
* git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net-2.6: (42 commits)
cxgb3: fix premature page unmap
ibm_newemac: Fix EMACx_TRTR[TRT] bit shifts
vlan: Fix register_vlan_dev() error path
gro: Fix illegal merging of trailer trash
sungem: Fix Serdes detection.
net: fix mdio section mismatch warning
ppp: fix BUG on non-linear SKB (multilink receive)
ixgbe: Fixing EEH handler to handle more than one error
net: Fix the rollback test in dev_change_name()
Revert "isdn: isdn_ppp: Use SKB list facilities instead of home-grown implementation."
TI Davinci EMAC : Fix Console Hang when bringing the interface down
smsc911x: Fix Console Hang when bringing the interface down.
mISDN: fix error return in HFCmulti_init()
forcedeth: mac address fix
r6040: fix version printing
Bluetooth: Fix regression with L2CAP configuration in Basic Mode
Bluetooth: Select Basic Mode as default for SOCK_SEQPACKET
Bluetooth: Set general bonding security for ACL by default
r8169: Fix receive buffer length when MTU is between 1515 and 1536
can: add the missing netlink get_xstats_size callback
...
Some devices implement the entire rate control in
firmware in some way, like wl1271 or like iwlwifi
which does some things in software but not a lot.
Therefore generic software rate control is rather
useless for them and just adds avoidable overhead
to the transmit path.
It's fairly simple to let drivers indicate that
they do not need rate control, but they need to
fulfil a number of conditions that we encode in
WARN_ONs.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
The entire aggregation code currently operates on the
hw pointer and station addresses, but that needs to
change to make stations purely per-vif; As one step
preparing for that make the aggregation code callable
with the station, or by the combination of virtual
interface and station address.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Resolve the conflict between v2.6.32-rc7 where dn_def_dev_handler
gets a small bug fix and the sysctl tree where I am removing all
sysctl strategy routines.
While investigating for network latencies, I found inet_getid() was a
contention point for some workloads, as inet_peer_idlock is shared
by all inet_getid() users regardless of peers.
One way to fix this is to make ip_id_count an atomic_t instead
of __u16, and use atomic_add_return().
In order to keep sizeof(struct inet_peer) = 64 on 64bit arches
tcp_ts_stamp is also converted to __u32 instead of "unsigned long".
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The first "node" is supposed to be the cursor used in the for_each.
The second "node" is ment literally and should not be macro expanded:
it's the name of the hlist_node field from the inet_bind_bucket.
This currently works because when inet_bind_bucket_for_each is called
it's argument is still "node".
Signed-off-by: Lucian Adrian Grijincu <lgrijincu@ixiacom.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Define two symbols needed in both kernel and user space.
Remove old (somewhat incorrect) kernel variant that wasn't used in
most cases. Default should apply to both RMSS and SMSS (RFC2581).
Replace numeric constants with defined symbols.
Stand-alone patch, originally developed for TCPCT.
Signed-off-by: William.Allen.Simpson@gmail.com
Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Recent commit 8da645e101
sctp: Get rid of an extra routing lookup when adding a transport
introduced a regression in the connection setup. The behavior was
different between IPv4 and IPv6. IPv4 case ended up working because the
route lookup routing returned a NULL route, which triggered another
route lookup later in the output patch that succeeded. In the IPv6 case,
a valid route was returned for first call, but we could not find a valid
source address at the time since the source addresses were not set on the
association yet. Thus resulted in a hung connection.
The solution is to set the source addresses on the association prior to
adding peers.
Signed-off-by: Vlad Yasevich <vladislav.yasevich@hp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch implements the NL80211_CMD_GET_SURVEY command and an get_survey()
ops that a driver can implement. The goal of this command is to allow a
drivers to report channel survey data (e.g. channel noise, channel
occupation).
For now, only the mechanism to report back channel noise has been
implemented.
In future, there will either be a survey-trigger command --- or the existing
scan-trigger command will be enhanced. This will allow user-space to
request survey for arbitrary channels.
Note: any driver that cannot report channel noise should not report
any value at all, e.g. made-up -92 dBm.
Signed-off-by: Holger Schurig <holgerschurig@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Signed-off-by: Rui Paulo <rpaulo@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Javier Cardona <javier@cozybit.com>
Reviewed-by: Andrey Yurovsky <andrey@cozybit.com>
Tested-by: Brian Cavagnolo <brian@cozybit.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Resulting object files have the same MD5 as before.
Signed-off-by: Rui Paulo <rpaulo@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Javier Cardona <javier@cozybit.com>
Reviewed-by: Andrey Yurovsky <andrey@cozybit.com>
Tested-by: Brian Cavagnolo <brian@cozybit.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Now that sys_sysctl is a compatiblity wrapper around /proc/sys
all sysctl strategy routines, and all ctl_name and strategy
entries in the sysctl tables are unused, and can be
revmoed.
In addition neigh_sysctl_register has been modified to no longer
take a strategy argument and it's callers have been modified not
to pass one.
Cc: "David Miller" <davem@davemloft.net>
Cc: Hideaki YOSHIFUJI <yoshfuji@linux-ipv6.org>
Cc: netdev@vger.kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Eric W. Biederman <ebiederm@xmission.com>
UDP bind() can be O(N^2) in some pathological cases.
Thanks to secondary hash tables, we can make it O(N)
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
* git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net-2.6: (34 commits)
net/fsl_pq_mdio: add module license GPL
can: fix WARN_ON dump in net/core/rtnetlink.c:rtmsg_ifinfo()
can: should not use __dev_get_by_index() without locks
hisax: remove bad udelay call to fix build error on ARM
ipip: Fix handling of DF packets when pmtudisc is OFF
qlge: Set PCIe reset type for EEH to fundamental.
qlge: Fix early exit from mbox cmd complete wait.
ixgbe: fix traffic hangs on Tx with ioatdma loaded
ixgbe: Fix checking TFCS register for TXOFF status when DCB is enabled
ixgbe: Fix gso_max_size for 82599 when DCB is enabled
macsonic: fix crash on PowerBook 520
NET: cassini, fix lock imbalance
ems_usb: Fix byte order issues on big endian machines
be2net: Bug fix to send config commands to hardware after netdev_register
be2net: fix to set proper flow control on resume
netfilter: xt_connlimit: fix regression caused by zero family value
rt2x00: Don't queue ieee80211 work after USB removal
Revert "ipw2200: fix oops on missing firmware"
decnet: netdevice refcount leak
netfilter: nf_nat: fix NAT issue in 2.6.30.4+
...
This fixes the following bug in the current implementation of
net/xfrm: SAD entries timeouts do not count the time spent by the machine
in the suspended state. This leads to the connectivity problems because
after resuming local machine thinks that the SAD entry is still valid, while
it has already been expired on the remote server.
The cause of this is very simple: the timeouts in the net/xfrm are bound to
the old mod_timer() timers. This patch reassigns them to the
CLOCK_REALTIME hrtimer.
I have been using this version of the patch for a few months on my
machines without any problems. Also run a few stress tests w/o any
issues.
This version of the patch uses tasklet_hrtimer by Peter Zijlstra
(commit 9ba5f0).
This patch is against 2.6.31.4. Please CC me.
Signed-off-by: Yury Polyanskiy <polyanskiy@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Extends udp_table to contain a secondary hash table.
socket anchor for this second hash is free, because UDP
doesnt use skc_bind_node : We define an union to hold
both skc_bind_node & a new hlist_nulls_node udp_portaddr_node
udp_lib_get_port() inserts sockets into second hash chain
(additional cost of one atomic op)
udp_lib_unhash() deletes socket from second hash chain
(additional cost of one atomic op)
Note : No spinlock lockdep annotation is needed, because
lock for the secondary hash chain is always get after
lock for primary hash chain.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Union sk_hash with two u16 hashes for udp (no extra memory taken)
One 16 bits hash on (local port) value (the previous udp 'hash')
One 16 bits hash on (local address, local port) values, initialized
but not yet used. This second hash is using jenkin hash for better
distribution.
Because the 'port' is xored later, a partial hash is performed
on local address + net_hash_mix(net)
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Adds a counter in udp_hslot to keep an accurate count
of sockets present in chain.
This will permit to upcoming UDP lookup algo to chose
the shortest chain when secondary hash is added.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There is no good reason to not support userspace specifying the
network namespace during device creation, and it makes it easier
to create a network device and pass it to a child network namespace
with a well known name.
We have to be careful to ensure that the target network namespace
for the new device exists through the life of the call. To keep
that logic clear I have factored out the network namespace grabbing
logic into rtnl_link_get_net.
In addtion we need to continue to pass the source network namespace
to the rtnl_link_ops.newlink method so that we can find the base
device source network namespace.
Signed-off-by: Eric W. Biederman <ebiederm@aristanetworks.com>
Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Some devices require that all frames to a station
are flushed when that station goes into powersave
mode before being able to send frames to that
station again when it wakes up or polls -- all in
order to avoid reordering and too many or too few
frames being sent to the station when it polls.
Normally, this is the case unless the station
goes to sleep and wakes up very quickly again.
But in that case, frames for it may be pending
on the hardware queues, and thus races could
happen in the case of multiple hardware queues
used for QoS/WMM. Normally this isn't a problem,
but with the iwlwifi mechanism we need to make
sure the race doesn't happen.
This makes mac80211 able to cope with the race
with driver help by a new WLAN_STA_PS_DRIVER
per-station flag that can be controlled by the
driver and tells mac80211 whether it can transmit
frames or not. This flag must be set according to
very specific rules outlined in the documentation
for the function that controls it.
When we buffer new frames for the station, we
normally set the TIM bit right away, but while
the driver has blocked transmission to that sta
we need to avoid that as well since we cannot
respond to the station if it wakes up due to the
TIM bit. Once the driver unblocks, we can set
the TIM bit.
Similarly, when the station just wakes up, we
need to wait until all other frames are flushed
before we can transmit frames to that station,
so the same applies here, we need to wait for
the driver to give the OK.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Add support for two more NL802154 commands: ADD_IFACE and DEL_IFACE,
thus allowing creation and removal of logic WPAN interfaces on the top
of wpan-phy.
Signed-off-by: Dmitry Eremin-Solenikov <dbaryshkov@gmail.com>
ops->get_phy should increment reference to wpan-phy. As we return
the external structure, we should do refcounting correctly.
Signed-off-by: Dmitry Eremin-Solenikov <dbaryshkov@gmail.com>
Follow the usual pattern of devices registration by adding new function
(wpan_phy_set_dev) that sets child->parent relationship and removing
parent argument from wpan_phy_register call.
Signed-off-by: Dmitry Eremin-Solenikov <dbaryshkov@gmail.com>
IEEE 802.15.4-2006 defines channel pages that hold channels (max 32 pages,
27 channels per page). Allow the driver to specify supported channels
on pages, other than the first one.
Signed-off-by: Dmitry Eremin-Solenikov <dbaryshkov@gmail.com>
Conflicts:
drivers/net/usb/cdc_ether.c
All CDC ethernet devices of type USB_CLASS_COMM need to use
'&mbm_info'.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Vitezslav Samel discovered that since 2.6.30.4+ active FTP can not work
over NAT. The "cause" of the problem was a fix of unacknowledged data
detection with NAT (commit a3a9f79e36).
However, actually, that fix uncovered a long standing bug in TCP conntrack:
when NAT was enabled, we simply updated the max of the right edge of
the segments we have seen (td_end), by the offset NAT produced with
changing IP/port in the data. However, we did not update the other parameter
(td_maxend) which is affected by the NAT offset. Thus that could drift
away from the correct value and thus resulted breaking active FTP.
The patch below fixes the issue by *not* updating the conntrack parameters
from NAT, but instead taking into account the NAT offsets in conntrack in a
consistent way. (Updating from NAT would be more harder and expensive because
it'd need to re-calculate parameters we already calculated in conntrack.)
Signed-off-by: Jozsef Kadlecsik <kadlec@blackhole.kfki.hu>
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
struct can_proto had a capability field which wasn't ever used. It is
dropped entirely.
struct inet_protosw had a capability field which can be more clearly
expressed in the code by just checking if sock->type = SOCK_RAW.
Signed-off-by: Eric Paris <eparis@redhat.com>
Acked-by: Arnaldo Carvalho de Melo <acme@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Trying to parse the option of a SYN packet that we have
no route entry for should just use global wide defaults
for route entry options.
Signed-off-by: Gilad Ben-Yossef <gilad@codefidence.com>
Tested-by: Valdis.Kletnieks@vt.edu
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Since we have a TODO item to make all station
management dependent on virtual interfaces, I
figured I'd start with pushing such a change
to drivers before more drivers start using the
ieee80211_find_sta() API with a hw pointer and
cause us grief later on.
For now continue exporting the old API in form
of ieee80211_find_sta_by_hw(), but discourage
its use strongly.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This cleanup patch puts struct/union/enum opening braces,
in first line to ease grep games.
struct something
{
becomes :
struct something {
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The patch below also addresses a couple of other corner cases in readdir
seen with a large (e.g. 64k) msize. I'm not sure what people think of
my co-opting of fid->aux here. I'd be happy to rework if there's a better
way.
When the size of the user supplied buffer passed to readdir is smaller
than the data returned in one go by the 9P read request, v9fs_dir_readdir()
currently discards extra data so that, on the next call, a 9P read
request will be issued with offset < previous offset + bytes returned,
which voilates the constraint described in paragraph 3 of read(5) description.
This patch preseves the leftover data in fid->aux for use in the next call.
Signed-off-by: Jim Garlick <garlick@llnl.gov>
Signed-off-by: Eric Van Hensbergen <ericvh@gmail.com>
This value is unused by mac80211, because it was only
be used by wireless extensions, and turned out to not
be useful there because the quality value needs to be
comparable between scan results and the current value
which is impossible when the qual value is calculated
taking into account noise, for example.
Since it is unused anyway, this patch deprecates it
in the hope that drivers will remove their sometimes
quite expensive calculations of the value.
I'm open to actual uses of the value, but the best
way of using it seems to be what the Intel drivers do
which should probably be generalised if we have noise
values from the hardware.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Compared to ieee80211_beacon_get(), the new function
ieee80211_beacon_get_tim() returns information on the
location and length of the TIM IE, which some drivers
need in order to generate the TIM on the device. The
old function, ieee80211_beacon_get(), becomes a small
static inline wrapper around the new one to not break
all drivers.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
While there may be a case for a driver adding its
own bits of radiotap information, none currently
does. Also, drivers would have to copy the code
to generate the radiotap bits that now mac80211
generates. If some driver in the future needs to
add some driver-specific information I'd expect
that to be in a radiotap vendor namespace and we
can add a different way of passing such data up
and having mac80211 include it.
Additionally, rename IEEE80211_CONF_RADIOTAP to
IEEE80211_CONF_MONITOR since it's still used by
b43(legacy) to obtain per-frame timestamps.
The purpose of this patch is to simplify the RX
code in mac80211 to make it easier to add paged
skb support.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
In
commit 601ae7f25a
Author: Bruno Randolf <br1@einfach.org>
Date: Thu May 8 19:22:43 2008 +0200
mac80211: make rx radiotap header more flexible
code was added that tried to align the radiotap header
position in memory based on the radiotap header length.
Quite obviously, that is completely useless.
Instead of trying to do that, use unaligned accesses
to generate the radiotap header. To properly do that,
we also need to mark struct ieee80211_radiotap_header
packed, but that is fine since it's already packed
(and it should be marked packed anyway since its a
wire format).
Cc: Bruno Randolf <br1@einfach.org>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Policy routing is not looked up by mark on reverse path filtering.
This fixes it.
Signed-off-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <hadi@cyberus.ca>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Adding an accessor to existing dst_entry feautres field and
refactor the only supported feature (allfrag) to use it.
Signed-off-by: Gilad Ben-Yossef <gilad@codefidence.com>
Sigend-off-by: Ori Finkelman <ori@comsleep.com>
Sigend-off-by: Yony Amit <yony@comsleep.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We need tcp_parse_options to be aware of dst_entry to
take into account per dst_entry TCP options settings
Signed-off-by: Gilad Ben-Yossef <gilad@codefidence.com>
Sigend-off-by: Ori Finkelman <ori@comsleep.com>
Sigend-off-by: Yony Amit <yony@comsleep.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Adding a list_head parameter to rtnl_link_ops->dellink() methods
allow us to queue devices on a list, in order to dismantle
them all at once.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
ieee80211_rx() must be called with bottom halves disabled. To simplify
driver development implement ieee80211_rx_ni() which disables BH. This
function must be used when in process context.
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kalle.valo@nokia.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Get rid of cookies in cfg80211_send_XXX() functions.
Signed-off-by: Holger Schurig <hs4233@mail.mn-solutions.de>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
When handling large number of netdevice, rtnl_dump_ifinfo()
is very slow because it has O(N^2) complexity.
Instead of scanning one single list, we can use the 256 sub lists
of the dev_index hash table.
This considerably speedups "ip link" operations
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
SIT tunnels use one rwlock to protect their prl entries.
This first patch adds RCU locking for prl management,
with standard call_rcu() calls.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
dst_negative_advice() should check for changed dst and reset
sk_tx_queue_mapping accordingly. Pass sock to the callers of
dst_negative_advice.
(sk_reset_txq is defined just for use by dst_negative_advice. The
only way I could find to get around this is to move dst_negative_()
from dst.h to dst.c, include sock.h in dst.c, etc)
Signed-off-by: Krishna Kumar <krkumar2@in.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Introduce sk_tx_queue_mapping; and functions that set, test and
get this value. Reset sk_tx_queue_mapping to -1 whenever the dst
cache is set/reset, and in socket alloc. Setting txq to -1 and
using valid txq=<0 to n-1> allows the tx path to use the value
of sk_tx_queue_mapping directly instead of subtracting 1 on every
tx.
Signed-off-by: Krishna Kumar <krkumar2@in.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
commit 9e337b0f (net: annotate inet_timewait_sock bitfields)
added 4/8 bytes in struct inet_timewait_sock.
Fix this by declaring tw_ipv6_offset in the 'flags' bitfield
The 14 bits hole is named tw_pad to make it cleary apparent.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Reported-by: Stephen Rothwell <sfr@canb.auug.org.au>
Signed-off-by: Arnaldo Carvalho de Melo <acme@ghostprotocols.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The i2400m driver uses two different bits to distinguish how much the
driver is up. i2400m->ready is used to denote that the infrastructure
to communicate with the device is up and running. i2400m->updown is
used to indicate if 'ready' and the device is up and running, ready to
take control and data traffic.
However, all this was pretty dirty and not clear, with many open spots
where race conditions were present.
This commit cleans up the situation by:
- documenting the usage of both bits
- setting them only in specific, well controlled places
(i2400m_dev_start, i2400m_dev_stop)
- ensuring the i2400m workqueue can't get in the middle of the
setting by flushing it when i2400m->ready is set to zero. This
allows the report hook not having to check again for the bit to be
set [rx.c:i2400m_report_hook_work()].
- using i2400m->updown to determine if the device is up and running
instead of the wimax state in i2400m_dev_reset_handle().
- not loosing missed messages sent by the hardware before
i2400m->ready is set. In rx.c, whatever the device sends can be
sent to user space over the message pipes as soon as the wimax
device is registered, so don't wait for i2400m->ready to be set.
Signed-off-by: Inaky Perez-Gonzalez <inaky@linux.intel.com>
The last users of skb_icv_walk are converted to ahash now,
so skb_icv_walk is unused and can be removed.
Signed-off-by: Steffen Klassert <steffen.klassert@secunet.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
ah4 and ah6 are converted to ahash now, so we can remove the
code for the obsolete hash algorithm.
Signed-off-by: Steffen Klassert <steffen.klassert@secunet.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
To support for ahash algorithms, we add a pointer to a
crypto_ahash to ah_data.
Signed-off-by: Steffen Klassert <steffen.klassert@secunet.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In order to have better cache layouts of struct sock (separate zones
for rx/tx paths), we need this preliminary patch.
Goal is to transfert fields used at lookup time in the first
read-mostly cache line (inside struct sock_common) and move sk_refcnt
to a separate cache line (only written by rx path)
This patch adds inet_ prefix to daddr, rcv_saddr, dport, num, saddr,
sport and id fields. This allows a future patch to define these
fields as macros, like sk_refcnt, without name clashes.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The Phonet "universe" only has 64 addresses, so we keep a trivial flat
routing table.
Signed-off-by: Rémi Denis-Courmont <remi.denis-courmont@nokia.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Storing the mask (size - 1) instead of the size allows fast path to be
a bit faster.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Meaning receive multiple messages, reducing the number of syscalls and
net stack entry/exit operations.
Next patches will introduce mechanisms where protocols that want to
optimize this operation will provide an unlocked_recvmsg operation.
This takes into account comments made by:
. Paul Moore: sock_recvmsg is called only for the first datagram,
sock_recvmsg_nosec is used for the rest.
. Caitlin Bestler: recvmmsg now has a struct timespec timeout, that
works in the same fashion as the ppoll one.
If the underlying protocol returns a datagram with MSG_OOB set, this
will make recvmmsg return right away with as many datagrams (+ the OOB
one) it has received so far.
. Rémi Denis-Courmont & Steven Whitehouse: If we receive N < vlen
datagrams and then recvmsg returns an error, recvmmsg will return
the successfully received datagrams, store the error and return it
in the next call.
This paves the way for a subsequent optimization, sk_prot->unlocked_recvmsg,
where we will be able to acquire the lock only at batch start and end, not at
every underlying recvmsg call.
Signed-off-by: Arnaldo Carvalho de Melo <acme@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Create a new socket level option to report number of queue overflows
Recently I augmented the AF_PACKET protocol to report the number of frames lost
on the socket receive queue between any two enqueued frames. This value was
exported via a SOL_PACKET level cmsg. AFter I completed that work it was
requested that this feature be generalized so that any datagram oriented socket
could make use of this option. As such I've created this patch, It creates a
new SOL_SOCKET level option called SO_RXQ_OVFL, which when enabled exports a
SOL_SOCKET level cmsg that reports the nubmer of times the sk_receive_queue
overflowed between any two given frames. It also augments the AF_PACKET
protocol to take advantage of this new feature (as it previously did not touch
sk->sk_drops, which this patch uses to record the overflow count). Tested
successfully by me.
Notes:
1) Unlike my previous patch, this patch simply records the sk_drops value, which
is not a number of drops between packets, but rather a total number of drops.
Deltas must be computed in user space.
2) While this patch currently works with datagram oriented protocols, it will
also be accepted by non-datagram oriented protocols. I'm not sure if thats
agreeable to everyone, but my argument in favor of doing so is that, for those
protocols which aren't applicable to this option, sk_drops will always be zero,
and reporting no drops on a receive queue that isn't used for those
non-participating protocols seems reasonable to me. This also saves us having
to code in a per-protocol opt in mechanism.
3) This applies cleanly to net-next assuming that commit
977750076d (my af packet cmsg patch) is reverted
Signed-off-by: Neil Horman <nhorman@tuxdriver.com>
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
ieee80211_rx() must be called with softirqs disabled
since the networking stack requires this for netif_rx()
and some code in mac80211 can assume that it can not
be processing its own tasklet and this call at the same
time.
It may be possible to remove this requirement after a
careful audit of mac80211 and doing any needed locking
improvements in it along with disabling softirqs around
netif_rx(). An alternative might be to push all packet
processing to process context in mac80211, instead of
to the tasklet, and add other synchronisation.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Since commit a98b65a3 (net: annotate struct sock bitfield), we lost
8 bytes in struct sock on 64bit arches because of
kmemcheck_bitfield_end(flags) misplacement.
Fix this by putting together sk_shutdown, sk_no_check, sk_userlocks,
sk_protocol and sk_type in the 'flags' 32bits bitfield
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
UDP_HTABLE_SIZE was initialy defined to 128, which is a bit small for
several setups.
4000 active UDP sockets -> 32 sockets per chain in average. An
incoming frame has to lookup all sockets to find best match, so long
chains hurt latency.
Instead of a fixed size hash table that cant be perfect for every
needs, let UDP stack choose its table size at boot time like tcp/ip
route, using alloc_large_system_hash() helper
Add an optional boot parameter, uhash_entries=x so that an admin can
force a size between 256 and 65536 if needed, like thash_entries and
rhash_entries.
dmesg logs two new lines :
[ 0.647039] UDP hash table entries: 512 (order: 0, 4096 bytes)
[ 0.647099] UDP Lite hash table entries: 512 (order: 0, 4096 bytes)
Maximal size on 64bit arches would be 65536 slots, ie 1 MBytes for non
debugging spinlocks.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
It's useful to provide firmware and hardware version to user space and have a
generic interface to retrieve them. Users can provide the version information
in bug reports etc.
Add fields for firmware and hardware version to struct wiphy.
(Dropped nl80211 bits for now and modified remaining bits in favor of
ethtool. -- JWL)
Cc: Kalle Valo <kalle.valo@nokia.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Refactor wext to
* split out iwpriv handling
* split out iwspy handling
* split out procfs support
* allow cfg80211 to have wireless extensions compat code
w/o CONFIG_WIRELESS_EXT
After this, drivers need to
- select WIRELESS_EXT - for wext support
- select WEXT_PRIV - for iwpriv support
- select WEXT_SPY - for iwspy support
except cfg80211 -- which gets new hooks in wext-core.c
and can then get wext handlers without CONFIG_WIRELESS_EXT.
Wireless extensions procfs support is auto-selected
based on PROC_FS and anything that requires the wext core
(i.e. WIRELESS_EXT or CFG80211_WEXT).
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
All usages of structure net_proto_ops should be declared const.
Signed-off-by: Stephen Hemminger <shemminger@vyatta.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Jarek Poplawski a écrit :
>
>
> Hmm... So you made me to do some "real" work here, and guess what?:
> there is one serious checkpatch warning! ;-) Plus, this new parameter
> should be added to the function description. Otherwise:
> Signed-off-by: Jarek Poplawski <jarkao2@gmail.com>
>
> Thanks,
> Jarek P.
>
> PS: I guess full "Don't" would show we really mean it...
Okay :) Here is the last round, before the night !
Thanks again
[RFC] pkt_sched: gen_estimator: Don't report fake rate estimators
We currently send TCA_STATS_RATE_EST elements to netlink users, even if no estimator
is running.
# tc -s -d qdisc
qdisc pfifo_fast 0: dev eth0 root bands 3 priomap 1 2 2 2 1 2 0 0 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
Sent 112833764978 bytes 1495081739 pkt (dropped 0, overlimits 0 requeues 0)
rate 0bit 0pps backlog 0b 0p requeues 0
User has no way to tell if the "rate 0bit 0pps" is a real estimation, or a fake
one (because no estimator is active)
After this patch, tc command output is :
$ tc -s -d qdisc
qdisc pfifo_fast 0: dev eth0 root bands 3 priomap 1 2 2 2 1 2 0 0 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
Sent 561075 bytes 1196 pkt (dropped 0, overlimits 0 requeues 0)
backlog 0b 0p requeues 0
We add a parameter to gnet_stats_copy_rate_est() function so that
it can use gen_estimator_active(bstats, r), as suggested by Jarek.
This parameter can be NULL if check is not necessary, (htb for
example has a mandatory rate estimator)
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Jarek Poplawski <jarkao2@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
IPv6 Rapid Deployment (6rd; draft-ietf-softwire-ipv6-6rd) builds upon
mechanisms of 6to4 (RFC3056) to enable a service provider to rapidly
deploy IPv6 unicast service to IPv4 sites to which it provides
customer premise equipment. Like 6to4, it utilizes stateless IPv6 in
IPv4 encapsulation in order to transit IPv4-only network
infrastructure. Unlike 6to4, a 6rd service provider uses an IPv6
prefix of its own in place of the fixed 6to4 prefix.
With this option enabled, the SIT driver offers 6rd functionality by
providing additional ioctl API to configure the IPv6 Prefix for in
stead of static 2002::/16 for 6to4.
Original patch was done by Alexandre Cassen <acassen@freebox.fr>
based on old Internet-Draft.
Signed-off-by: YOSHIFUJI Hideaki <yoshfuji@linux-ipv6.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
An incoming datagram must bring into cpu cache *lot* of cache lines,
in particular : (other parts omitted (hash chains, ip route cache...))
On 32bit arches :
offsetof(struct sock, sk_rcvbuf) =0x30 (read)
offsetof(struct sock, sk_lock) =0x34 (rw)
offsetof(struct sock, sk_sleep) =0x50 (read)
offsetof(struct sock, sk_rmem_alloc) =0x64 (rw)
offsetof(struct sock, sk_receive_queue)=0x74 (rw)
offsetof(struct sock, sk_forward_alloc)=0x98 (rw)
offsetof(struct sock, sk_callback_lock)=0xcc (rw)
offsetof(struct sock, sk_drops) =0xd8 (read if we add dropcount support, rw if frame dropped)
offsetof(struct sock, sk_filter) =0xf8 (read)
offsetof(struct sock, sk_socket) =0x138 (read)
offsetof(struct sock, sk_data_ready) =0x15c (read)
We can avoid sk->sk_socket and socket->fasync_list referencing on sockets
with no fasync() structures. (socket->fasync_list ptr is probably already in cache
because it shares a cache line with socket->wait, ie location pointed by sk->sk_sleep)
This avoids one cache line load per incoming packet for common cases (no fasync())
We can leave (or even move in a future patch) sk->sk_socket in a cold location
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We currently dirty a cache line to update tunnel device stats
(tx_packets/tx_bytes). We better use the txq->tx_bytes/tx_packets
counters that already are present in cpu cache, in the cache
line shared with txq->_xmit_lock
This patch extends IPTUNNEL_XMIT() macro to use txq pointer
provided by the caller.
Also &tunnel->dev->stats can be replaced by &dev->stats
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The FIB algorithim for IPV4 is set at compile time, but kernel goes through
the overhead of function call indirection at runtime. Save some
cycles by turning the indirect calls to direct calls to either
hash or trie code.
Signed-off-by: Stephen Hemminger <shemminger@vyatta.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
SNMP statistic macros can be signficantly simplified.
This will also reduce code size if the arch supports these operations
in hardware.
Acked-by: Tejun Heo <tj@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: Christoph Lameter <cl@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Tejun Heo <tj@kernel.org>
This provides safety against negative optlen at the type
level instead of depending upon (sometimes non-trivial)
checks against this sprinkled all over the the place, in
each and every implementation.
Based upon work done by Arjan van de Ven and feedback
from Linus Torvalds.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The move away from having drivers assign wireless handlers,
in favour of making cfg80211 assign them, broke the sysfs
registration (the wireless/ dir went missing) because the
handlers are now assigned only after registration, which is
too late.
Fix this by special-casing cfg80211-based devices, all
of which are required to have an ieee80211_ptr, in the
sysfs code, and also using get_wireless_stats() to have
the same values reported as in procfs.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Reported-by: Hugh Dickins <hugh.dickins@tiscali.co.uk>
Tested-by: Hugh Dickins <hugh.dickins@tiscali.co.uk>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This reverts commit 645069299a.
While the code does not actually break anything, it does not completely follow
RFC5214 yet. After talking back with Fred L. Templin, I agree that completing the
ISATAP specific RS/RA code, would pollute the kernel a lot with code that is better
implemented in userspace.
The kernel should not send RS packages for ISATAP at all.
Signed-off-by: Sascha Hlusiak <contact@saschahlusiak.de>
Acked-by: Fred L. Templin <Fred.L.Templin@boeing.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
It seems recursion field from "struct ip_tunnel" is not anymore needed.
recursion prevention is done at the upper level (in dev_queue_xmit()),
since we use HARD_TX_LOCK protection for tunnels.
This avoids a cache line ping pong on "struct ip_tunnel" : This structure
should be now mostly read on xmit and receive paths.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
It's unused.
It isn't needed -- read or write flag is already passed and sysctl
shouldn't care about the rest.
It _was_ used in two places at arch/frv for some reason.
Signed-off-by: Alexey Dobriyan <adobriyan@gmail.com>
Cc: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
Cc: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com>
Cc: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
Cc: Ralf Baechle <ralf@linux-mips.org>
Cc: Martin Schwidefsky <schwidefsky@de.ibm.com>
Cc: Ingo Molnar <mingo@elte.hu>
Cc: "David S. Miller" <davem@davemloft.net>
Cc: James Morris <jmorris@namei.org>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
This patch adds a persistent, read-only caching facility for
9p clients using the FS-Cache caching backend.
When the fscache facility is enabled, each inode is associated
with a corresponding vcookie which is an index into the FS-Cache
indexing tree. The FS-Cache indexing tree is indexed at 3 levels:
- session object associated with each mount.
- inode/vcookie
- actual data (pages)
A cache tag is chosen randomly for each session. These tags can
be read off /sys/fs/9p/caches and can be passed as a mount-time
parameter to re-attach to the specified caching session.
Signed-off-by: Abhishek Kulkarni <adkulkar@umail.iu.edu>
Signed-off-by: Eric Van Hensbergen <ericvh@gmail.com>
After the recent mq change there is the new select_queue qdisc class
method used in tc_modify_qdisc, but it works OK only for direct child
qdiscs of mq qdisc. Grandchildren always get the first tx queue, which
would give wrong qdisc_root etc. results (e.g. for sch_htb as child of
sch_prio). This patch fixes it by using parent's dev_queue for such
grandchildren qdiscs. The select_queue method's return type is changed
BTW.
With feedback from: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Signed-off-by: Jarek Poplawski <jarkao2@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch fixes commit e36b9d16c6. The approach
there is to call dev_close()/dev_open() whenever the device type is changed in
order to remap the device IP multicast addresses to HW multicast addresses.
This approach suffers from 2 drawbacks:
*. It assumes tha the device is UP when calling dev_close(), or otherwise
dev_close() has no affect. It is worth to mention that initscripts (Redhat)
and sysconfig (Suse) doesn't act the same in this matter.
*. dev_close() has other side affects, like deleting entries from the routing
table, which might be unnecessary.
The fix here is to directly remap the IP multicast addresses to HW multicast
addresses for a bonding device that changes its type, and nothing else.
Reported-by: Jason Gunthorpe <jgunthorpe@obsidianresearch.com>
Signed-off-by: Moni Shoua <monis@voltaire.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
It was once upon time so that snd_sthresh was a 16-bit quantity.
...That has not been true for long period of time. I run across
some ancient compares which still seem to trust such legacy.
Put all that magic into a single place, I hopefully found all
of them.
Compile tested, though linking of allyesconfig is ridiculous
nowadays it seems.
Signed-off-by: Ilpo Järvinen <ilpo.jarvinen@helsinki.fi>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Remove long removed "inet_protocol_base" declaration.
Signed-off-by: Alexey Dobriyan <adobriyan@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When new child qdiscs are attached to the mq qdisc, they are actually
attached as root qdiscs to the device queues. The lock selection for
new estimators incorrectly picks the root lock of the existing and
to be replaced qdisc, which results in a use-after-free once the old
qdisc has been destroyed.
Mark mq qdisc instances with a new flag and treat qdiscs attached to
mq as children similar to regular root qdiscs.
Additionally prevent estimators from being attached to the mq qdisc
itself since it only updates its byte and packet counters during dumps.
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds a classful dummy scheduler which can be used as root qdisc
for multiqueue devices and exposes each device queue as a child class.
This allows to address queues individually and graft them similar to regular
classes. Additionally it presents an accumulated view of the statistics of
all real root qdiscs in the dummy root.
Two new callbacks are added to the qdisc_ops and qdisc_class_ops:
- cl_ops->select_queue selects the tx queue number for new child classes.
- qdisc_ops->attach() overrides root qdisc device grafting to attach
non-shared qdiscs to the queues.
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
It will be used in a following patch by the multiqueue qdisc.
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This shrinks the size of struct sctp_association a little.
Signed-off-by: Wei Yongjun <yjwei@cn.fujitsu.com>
Signed-off-by: Vlad Yasevich <vladislav.yasevich@hp.com>
This patch introduces a new sysctl option to make IPv4 Address Scoping
configurable <draft-stewart-tsvwg-sctp-ipv4-00.txt>.
In networking environments where DNAT rules in iptables prerouting
chains convert destination IP's to link-local/private IP addresses,
SCTP connections fail to establish as the INIT chunk is dropped by the
kernel due to address scope match failure.
For example to support overlapping IP addresses (same IP address with
different vlan id) a Layer-5 application listens on link local IP's,
and there is a DNAT rule that maps the destination IP to a link local
IP. Such applications never get the SCTP INIT if the address-scoping
draft is strictly followed.
This sysctl configuration allows SCTP to function in such
unconventional networking environments.
Sysctl options:
0 - Disable IPv4 address scoping draft altogether
1 - Enable IPv4 address scoping (default, current behavior)
2 - Enable address scoping but allow IPv4 private addresses in init/init-ack
3 - Enable address scoping but allow IPv4 link local address in init/init-ack
Signed-off-by: Bhaskar Dutta <bhaskar.dutta@globallogic.com>
Signed-off-by: Vlad Yasevich <vladislav.yasevich@hp.com>
We had a bug that we never stored the user-defined value for
MAXSEG when setting the value on an association. Thus future
PMTU events ended up re-writing the frag point and increasing
it past user limit. Additionally, when setting the option on
the socket/endpoint, we effect all current associations, which
is against spec.
Now, we store the user 'maxseg' value along with the computed
'frag_point'. We inherit 'maxseg' from the socket at association
creation and use it as an upper limit for 'frag_point' when its
set.
Signed-off-by: Vlad Yasevich <vladislav.yasevich@hp.com>
SCTP will delay the last part of a large write due to NAGLE, if that
part is smaller then MTU. Since we are doing large writes, we might
as well send the last portion now instead of waiting untill the next
large write happens. The small portion will be sent as is regardless,
so it's better to not delay it.
This is a result of much discussions with Wei Yongjun <yjwei@cn.fujitsu.com>
and Doug Graham <dgraham@nortel.com>. Many thanks go out to them.
Signed-off-by: Vlad Yasevich <vladislav.yasevich@hp.com>
SCTP has a problem that when small chunks are used, it is possible
to exhaust the receiver buffer without fully closing receive window.
This happens due to all overhead that we have account for with small
messages. To fix this, when receive buffer is exceeded, we'll drop
the window to 0 and save the 'drop' portion. When application starts
reading data and freeing up recevie buffer space, we'll wait until
we've reached the 'drop' window and then add back this 'drop' one
mtu at a time. This worked well in testing and under stress produced
rather even recovery.
Signed-off-by: Vlad Yasevich <vladislav.yasevich@hp.com>
Currenlty, sctp breaks up user messages into fragments and
sends each fragment to the lower layer by itself. This means
that for each fragment we go all the way down the stack
and back up. This also discourages bundling of multiple
fragments when they can fit into a sigle packet (ex: due
to user setting a low fragmentation threashold).
We introduce a new command SCTP_CMD_SND_MSG and hand the
whole message down state machine. The state machine and
the side-effect parser will cork the queue, add all chunks
from the message to the queue, and then un-cork the queue
thus causing the chunks to get transmitted.
Signed-off-by: Vlad Yasevich <vladislav.yasevich@hp.com>
If a socket has a lot of association that are in the process of
of being closed/aborted, it is possible for a remote to establish
new associations during the time period that the old ones are shutting
down. If this was a result of a close() call, there will be no socket
and will cause a memory leak. We'll prevent this by setting the
socket state to CLOSING and disallow new associations when in this state.
Signed-off-by: Vlad Yasevich <vladislav.yasevich@hp.com>
This patch removes an unused union definition (sctp_cmsg_data_t)
from include/net/sctp/user.h.
Signed-off-by: Rami Rosen <rosenrami@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Vlad Yasevich <vladislav.yasevich@hp.com>
This fixed a lockdep warning which appeared when doing stress
memory tests over NFS:
inconsistent {RECLAIM_FS-ON-W} -> {IN-RECLAIM_FS-W} usage.
page reclaim => nfs_writepage => tcp_sendmsg => lock sk_lock
mount_root => nfs_root_data => tcp_close => lock sk_lock =>
tcp_send_fin => alloc_skb_fclone => page reclaim
David raised a concern that if the allocation fails in tcp_send_fin(), and it's
GFP_ATOMIC, we are going to yield() (which sleeps) and loop endlessly waiting
for the allocation to succeed.
But fact is, the original GFP_KERNEL also sleeps. GFP_ATOMIC+yield() looks
weird, but it is no worse the implicit sleep inside GFP_KERNEL. Both could
loop endlessly under memory pressure.
CC: Arnaldo Carvalho de Melo <acme@ghostprotocols.net>
CC: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
CC: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au>
Signed-off-by: Wu Fengguang <fengguang.wu@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
vlan devices are currently not multi-queue capable.
We can do that with a new rtnl_link_ops method,
get_tx_queues(), called from rtnl_create_link()
This new method gets num_tx_queues/real_num_tx_queues
from real device.
register_vlan_device() is also handled.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The function block inet_connect_sock_af_ops contains no data
make it constant.
Signed-off-by: Stephen Hemminger <shemminger@vyatta.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
These are full of unresolved problems, mainly that conversions don't
work 1-1 from hrtimers to tasklet_hrtimers because unlike hrtimers
tasklets can't be killed from softirq context.
And when a qdisc gets reset, that's exactly what we need to do here.
We'll work this out in the net-next-2.6 tree and if warranted we'll
backport that work to -stable.
This reverts the following 3 changesets:
a2cb6a4dd4
("pkt_sched: Fix bogon in tasklet_hrtimer changes.")
38acce2d79
("pkt_sched: Convert CBQ to tasklet_hrtimer.")
ee5f9757ea
("pkt_sched: Convert qdisc_watchdog to tasklet_hrtimer")
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
These tables are never modified at runtime. Move to read-only
section.
Signed-off-by: Stephen Hemminger <shemminger@vyatta.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch affects the retransmits_timed_out() function.
Changes:
1) Variables have more meaningful names
2) retransmits_timed_out() has an introductionary comment.
3) Small coding style changes.
Signed-off-by: Damian Lukowski <damian@tvk.rwth-aachen.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
struct net::ipv6.ip6_dst_ops is separatedly dynamically allocated,
but there is no fundamental reason for it. Embed it directly into
struct netns_ipv6.
For that:
* move struct dst_ops into separate header to fix circular dependencies
I honestly tried not to, it's pretty impossible to do other way
* drop dynamical allocation, allocate together with netns
For a change, remove struct dst_ops::dst_net, it's deducible
by using container_of() given dst_ops pointer.
Signed-off-by: Alexey Dobriyan <adobriyan@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
RFC 1122 specifies two threshold values R1 and R2 for connection timeouts,
which may represent a number of allowed retransmissions or a timeout value.
Currently linux uses sysctl_tcp_retries{1,2} to specify the thresholds
in number of allowed retransmissions.
For any desired threshold R2 (by means of time) one can specify tcp_retries2
(by means of number of retransmissions) such that TCP will not time out
earlier than R2. This is the case, because the RTO schedule follows a fixed
pattern, namely exponential backoff.
However, the RTO behaviour is not predictable any more if RTO backoffs can be
reverted, as it is the case in the draft
"Make TCP more Robust to Long Connectivity Disruptions"
(http://tools.ietf.org/html/draft-zimmermann-tcp-lcd).
In the worst case TCP would time out a connection after 3.2 seconds, if the
initial RTO equaled MIN_RTO and each backoff has been reverted.
This patch introduces a function retransmits_timed_out(N),
which calculates the timeout of a TCP connection, assuming an initial
RTO of MIN_RTO and N unsuccessful, exponentially backed-off retransmissions.
Whenever timeout decisions are made by comparing the retransmission counter
to some value N, this function can be used, instead.
The meaning of tcp_retries2 will be changed, as many more RTO retransmissions
can occur than the value indicates. However, it yields a timeout which is
similar to the one of an unpatched, exponentially backing off TCP in the same
scenario. As no application could rely on an RTO greater than MIN_RTO, there
should be no risk of a regression.
Signed-off-by: Damian Lukowski <damian@tvk.rwth-aachen.de>
Acked-by: Ilpo Järvinen <ilpo.jarvinen@helsinki.fi>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Here, an ICMP host/network unreachable message, whose payload fits to
TCP's SND.UNA, is taken as an indication that the RTO retransmission has
not been lost due to congestion, but because of a route failure
somewhere along the path.
With true congestion, a router won't trigger such a message and the
patched TCP will operate as standard TCP.
This patch reverts one RTO backoff, if an ICMP host/network unreachable
message, whose payload fits to TCP's SND.UNA, arrives.
Based on the new RTO, the retransmission timer is reset to reflect the
remaining time, or - if the revert clocked out the timer - a retransmission
is sent out immediately.
Backoffs are only reverted, if TCP is in RTO loss recovery, i.e. if
there have been retransmissions and reversible backoffs, already.
Changes from v2:
1) Renaming of skb in tcp_v4_err() moved to another patch.
2) Reintroduced tcp_bound_rto() and __tcp_set_rto().
3) Fixed code comments.
Signed-off-by: Damian Lukowski <damian@tvk.rwth-aachen.de>
Acked-by: Ilpo Järvinen <ilpo.jarvinen@helsinki.fi>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Adds support of dcbnl setapp/getapp to dcbnl_rtnl_ops in netdev to allow
LLDs to implement their corresponding dcbnl setapp/getapp ops to support
the IEEE 802.1Q DCBX setapp/getapp commands.
Signed-off-by: Yi Zou <yi.zou@intel.com>
Acked-by: Peter P Waskiewicz Jr <peter.p.waskiewicz.jr@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Introduce keepalive_probes(tp) helper, and use it, like
keepalive_time_when(tp) and keepalive_intvl_when(tp)
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
With the libipw naming scheme change, it is no longer necessary for
mac80211 to avoid the ieee80211_rx name clash.
Reported-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This eliminates the dual definition of ieee80211_channel (and possibly
others), further clarifying who defines what and paving the way for
inclusion of cfg80211.h.
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Implement all issues related to RemoteBusy in the RECV state table.
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <gustavo@las.ic.unicamp.br>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Consitfy nlmsghdr arguments to a couple of functions as preparation
for the next patch, which will constify the netlink message data in
all nfnetlink users.
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
None of this stuff should execute in hw IRQ context, therefore
use a tasklet_hrtimer so that it runs in softirq context.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Acked-by: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de>
When using DEFER_SETUP on a RFCOMM socket, a SABM frame triggers
authorization which when rejected send a DM response. This is fine
according to the RFCOMM spec:
the responding implementation may replace the "proper" response
on the Multiplexer Control channel with a DM frame, sent on the
referenced DLCI to indicate that the DLCI is not open, and that
the responder would not grant a request to open it later either.
But some stacks doesn't seems to cope with this leaving DLCI 0 open after
receiving DM frame.
To fix it properly a timer was introduced to rfcomm_session which is used
to set a timeout when the last active DLC of a session is unlinked, this
will give the remote stack some time to reply with a proper DISC frame on
DLCI 0 avoiding both sides sending DISC to each other on stacks that
follow the specification and taking care of those who don't by taking
down DLCI 0.
Signed-off-by: Luiz Augusto von Dentz <luiz.dentz@openbossa.org>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Support for receiving of SREJ frames as specified by the state table.
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <gustavo@las.ic.unicamp.br>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
When L2CAP loses an I-frame we send a SREJ frame to the transmitter side
requesting the lost packet. This patch implement all Recv I-frame events
on SREJ_SENT state table except the ones that deal with SendRej (the REJ
exception at receiver side is yet not implemented).
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <gustavo@las.ic.unicamp.br>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Implement CRC16 check for L2CAP packets. FCS is used by Streaming Mode and
Enhanced Retransmission Mode and is a extra check for the packet content.
Using CRC16 is the default, L2CAP won't use FCS only when both side send
a "No FCS" request.
Initially based on a patch from Nathan Holstein <nathan@lampreynetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <gustavo@las.ic.unicamp.br>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
L2CAP uses retransmission and monitor timers to inquiry the other side
about unacked I-frames. After sending each I-frame we (re)start the
retransmission timer. If it expires, we start a monitor timer that send a
S-frame with P bit set and wait for S-frame with F bit set. If monitor
timer expires, try again, at a maximum of L2CAP_DEFAULT_MAX_TX.
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <gustavo@las.ic.unicamp.br>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
When receiving an I-frame with unexpected txSeq, receiver side start the
recovery procedure by sending a REJ S-frame to the transmitter side. So
the transmitter can re-send the lost I-frame.
This patch just adds a basic support for retransmission, it doesn't
mean that ERTM now has full support for packet retransmission.
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <gustavo@las.ic.unicamp.br>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
ERTM should use Segmentation and Reassembly to break down a SDU in many
PDUs on sending data to the other side.
On sending packets we queue all 'segments' until end of segmentation and
just the add them to the queue for sending. On receiving we create a new
SKB with the SDU reassembled.
Initially based on a patch from Nathan Holstein <nathan@lampreynetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <gustavo@las.ic.unicamp.br>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
This patch adds support for ERTM transfers, without retransmission, with
txWindow up to 63 and with acknowledgement of packets received. Now the
packets are queued before call l2cap_do_send(), so packets couldn't be
sent at the time we call l2cap_sock_sendmsg(). They will be sent in
an asynchronous way on later calls of l2cap_ertm_send(). Besides if an
error occurs on calling l2cap_do_send() we disconnect the channel.
Initially based on a patch from Nathan Holstein <nathan@lampreynetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <gustavo@las.ic.unicamp.br>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Add support to config_req and config_rsp to configure ERTM and Streaming
mode. If the remote device specifies ERTM or Streaming mode, then the
same mode is proposed. Otherwise ERTM or Basic mode is used. And in case
of a state 2 device, the remote device should propose the same mode. If
not, then the channel gets disconnected.
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <gustavo@las.ic.unicamp.br>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
To enable Enhanced Retransmission mode it needs to be set via a socket
option. A different mode can be set on a socket, but on listen() and
connect() the mode is checked and ERTM is only allowed if it is enabled
via the module parameter.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
hdev->req_lock is used as mutex so make it a mutex.
Signed-off-by: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
The device model itself has no real usable reference counting at the
moment and this causes problems if parents are deleted before their
children. The device model itself handles the memory details of this
correctly, but the uevent order is not consistent. This causes various
problems for systems like HAL or even X.
So until device_put() does a proper cleanup, the device for Bluetooth
connection will be protected with an extra reference counting to ensure
the correct order of uevents when connections are terminated.
This is not an automatic feature. Higher Bluetooth layers like HIDP or
BNEP should grab this new reference to ensure that their uevents are
send before the ones from the parent device.
Based on a report by Brian Rogers <brian@xyzw.org>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
My patch "cfg80211: fix deadlock" broke the code it
was supposed to fix, the scan request checking. But
it's not trivial to put it back the way it was, since
the original patch had a deadlock.
Now do it in a completely new way: queue the check
off to a work struct, where we can freely lock. But
that has some more complications, like needing to
wait for it to be done before the wiphy/rdev can be
destroyed, so some code is required to handle that.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
All but two drivers have now stopped using the two
deprecated members radio_enabled and beacon_int,
so it's about time to remove them for good.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Acked-by: Kalle Valo <kalle.valo@iki.fi>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Over time, a whole bunch of drivers have come up
with their own scheme to delay the configure_filter
operation to a workqueue. To be able to simplify
things, allow configure_filter to sleep, and add
a new prepare_multicast callback that drivers that
need the multicast address list implement. This new
callback must be atomic, but most drivers either
don't care or just calculate a hash which can be
done atomically and then uploaded to the hardware
non-atomically.
A cursory look suggests that at76c50x-usb, ar9170,
mwl8k (which is actually very broken now), rt2x00,
wl1251, wl1271 and zd1211 should make use of this
new capability.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
IEEE 802.15.4-2006 adds new concept: channel pages, which can contain several
channels. Add support for channel pages in the API and in the fakehard driver.
Signed-off-by: Dmitry Eremin-Solenikov <dbaryshkov@gmail.com>
In 5e140dfc1f "net: reorder struct Qdisc
for better SMP performance" the definition of struct gnet_stats_basic
changed incompatibly, as copies of this struct are shipped to
userland via netlink.
Restoring old behavior is not welcome, for performance reason.
Fix is to use a private structure for kernel, and
teach gnet_stats_copy_basic() to convert from kernel to user land,
using legacy structure (struct gnet_stats_basic)
Based on a report and initial patch from Michael Spang.
Reported-by: Michael Spang <mspang@csclub.uwaterloo.ca>
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Sometimes drivers might have a good reason to override
the PS default, like iwlwifi right now where it affects
RX performance significantly at this point. This will
allow them to override the default, if desired, in a
way that users can still change it according to their
trade-off choices, not the driver's, like would happen
if the driver just disabled PS completely then.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This removes the max_bandwidth attribute. It is only ever
written to, and is duplicated by max_bandwidth_khz in the
regulatory code.
Signed-off-by: Pat Erley <pat-lkml@erley.org>
Acked-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
The memory layout for scan requests was rather wrong,
we put the scan SSIDs before the channels which could
lead to the channel pointers being unaligned in memory.
It turns out that using a pointer to the channel array
isn't necessary anyway since we can embed a zero-length
array into the struct.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
If we have a lot of frames to transmit at once, for
instance with fragmentation, it can be an optimisation
to only tell the DMA engine about them on the last
fragment/frame to avoid banging the IO too much. This
patch allows implementation such an optimisation by
telling the driver when more frames can be expected.
Currently, this is used by mac80211 only on fragmented
frames, but could also be used in the future on other
frames when the queue was full and there are multiple
frames pending.
Note that drivers need to be careful when using this
flag, they need to kick their DMA engines not just
when this flag is clear, but also when the queue gets
full so that progress can be made.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This documents what's required to implement that TX powersave
filter properly wrt. handling hardware queues.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Add some more documentation including an example so that
it's clearer what should be done for TX retries.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
In order for userspace to be able to figure out whether
it obtained a consistent snapshot of data or not when
using netlink dumps, we need to have a generation number
in each dump message that indicates whether the list has
changed or not -- its value is arbitrary.
This patch adds such a number to all dumps, this needs
some mac80211 involvement to keep track of a generation
number to start with when adding/removing mesh paths or
stations.
The wiphy and netdev lists can be fully handled within
cfg80211, of course, but generation numbers need to be
stored there as well.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
With the move of everything related to the SME from
mac80211 to cfg80211, we lost the ability to send
reassociation frames. This adds them back, but only
for wireless extensions. With the userspace SME, it
shall control assoc vs. reassoc (it already can do
so with the nl80211 interface).
I haven't touched the connect() implementation, so
it is not possible to reassociate with the nl80211
connect primitive. I think that should be done with
the NL80211_CMD_ROAM command, but we'll have to see
how that can be handled in the future, especially
with fullmac chips.
This patch addresses only the immediate regression
we had in mac80211, which previously sent reassoc.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
IEEE802154_SIOC_ADD_SLAVE was used to allocate 802.15.4 interfaces
on the top of radio. It's not used anymore, drop it.
Signed-off-by: Dmitry Eremin-Solenikov <dbaryshkov@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
dev_queue_xmit enqueue's a skb and calls qdisc_run which
dequeue's the skb and xmits it. In most cases, the skb that
is enqueue'd is the same one that is dequeue'd (unless the
queue gets stopped or multiple cpu's write to the same queue
and ends in a race with qdisc_run). For default qdiscs, we
can remove the redundant enqueue/dequeue and simply xmit the
skb since the default qdisc is work-conserving.
The patch uses a new flag - TCQ_F_CAN_BYPASS to identify the
default fast queue. The controversial part of the patch is
incrementing qlen when a skb is requeued - this is to avoid
checks like the second line below:
+ } else if ((q->flags & TCQ_F_CAN_BYPASS) && !qdisc_qlen(q) &&
>> !q->gso_skb &&
+ !test_and_set_bit(__QDISC_STATE_RUNNING, &q->state)) {
Results of a 2 hour testing for multiple netperf sessions (1,
2, 4, 8, 12 sessions on a 4 cpu system-X). The BW numbers are
aggregate Mb/s across iterations tested with this version on
System-X boxes with Chelsio 10gbps cards:
----------------------------------
Size | ORG BW NEW BW |
----------------------------------
128K | 156964 159381 |
256K | 158650 162042 |
----------------------------------
Changes from ver1:
1. Move sch_direct_xmit declaration from sch_generic.h to
pkt_sched.h
2. Update qdisc basic statistics for direct xmit path.
3. Set qlen to zero in qdisc_reset.
4. Changed some function names to more meaningful ones.
Signed-off-by: Krishna Kumar <krkumar2@in.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
String literals are constant, and usually, we can also tag the array
of pointers const too, moving it to the .rodata section.
Signed-off-by: Jan Engelhardt <jengelh@medozas.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When an interface is configured in the AP mode, the mac80211
implementation doesn't inform the driver to receive PS Poll frames.
It leads to inability to communicate with power-saving stations
reliably.
The FIF_CONTROL flag isn't passed by mac80211 to
ieee80211_ops.configure_filter when an interface is in the AP mode.
And it's ok, because we don't want to receive ACK frames and other
control ones, but only PS Poll ones.
This patch introduces the FIF_PSPOLL filter flag in addition to
FIF_CONTROL, which means for the driver "pass PS Poll frames".
This flag is passed to the driver:
A) When an interface is configured in the AP mode.
B) In all cases, when the FIF_CONTROL flag was passed earlier (in
addition to it).
Signed-off-by: Igor Perminov <igor.perminov@inbox.ru>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Since the bss is always set now once we are connected, if the
bss has its own information element we refer to it and pass that
instead of relying on mac80211's parsing.
Now all cfg80211 drivers get country IE support, automatically and
we reduce the call overhead that we had on mac80211 which called this
upon every beacon and instead now call this only upon a successfull
connection by a STA on cfg80211.
Acked-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: Luis R. Rodriguez <lrodriguez@atheros.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
The mac80211 workqueue exists to enable mac80211 and drivers
to queue their own work on a single threaded workqueue. mac80211
takes care to flush the workqueue during suspend but we never
really had requirements on drivers for how they should use
the workqueue in consideration for suspend.
We extend mac80211 to document how the mac80211 workqueue should
be used, how it should not be used and finally move raw access to
the workqueue to mac80211 only. Drivers and mac80211 use helpers
to queue work onto the mac80211 workqueue:
* ieee80211_queue_work()
* ieee80211_queue_delayed_work()
These helpers will now warn if mac80211 already completed its
suspend cycle and someone is trying to queue work. mac80211
flushes the mac80211 workqueue prior to suspend a few times,
but we haven't taken the care to ensure drivers won't add more
work after suspend. To help with this we add a warning when
someone tries to add work and mac80211 already completed the
suspend cycle.
Drivers should ensure they cancel any work or delayed work
in the mac80211 stop() callback.
Signed-off-by: Luis R. Rodriguez <lrodriguez@atheros.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
A regression was added through patch a4ed90d6:
"cfg80211: respect API on orig_flags on channel for beacon hint"
We did indeed respect _orig flags but the intention was not clearly
stated in the commit log. This patch fixes firmware issues picked
up by iwlwifi when we lift passive scan of beaconing restrictions
on channels its EEPROM has been configured to always enable.
By doing so though we also disallowed beacon hints on devices
registering their wiphy with custom world regulatory domains
enabled, this happens to be currently ath5k, ath9k and ar9170.
The passive scan and beacon restrictions on those devices would
never be lifted even if we did find a beacon and the hardware did
support such enhancements when world roaming.
Since Johannes indicates iwlwifi firmware cannot be changed to
allow beacon hinting we set up a flag now to specifically allow
drivers to disable beacon hints for devices which cannot use them.
We enable the flag on iwlwifi to disable beacon hints and by default
enable it for all other drivers. It should be noted beacon hints lift
passive scan flags and beacon restrictions when we receive a beacon from
an AP on any 5 GHz non-DFS channels, and channels 12-14 on the 2.4 GHz
band. We don't bother with channels 1-11 as those channels are allowed
world wide.
This should fix world roaming for ath5k, ath9k and ar9170, thereby
improving scan time when we receive the first beacon from any AP,
and also enabling beaconing operation (AP/IBSS/Mesh) on cards which
would otherwise not be allowed to do so. Drivers not using custom
regulatory stuff (wiphy_apply_custom_regulatory()) were not affected
by this as the orig_flags for the channels would have been cleared
upon wiphy registration.
I tested this with a world roaming ath5k card.
Cc: Jouni Malinen <jouni.malinen@atheros.com>
Signed-off-by: Luis R. Rodriguez <lrodriguez@atheros.com>
Reviewed-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
rfcomm tty may be used before rfcomm_tty_driver initilized,
The problem is that now socket layer init before tty layer, if userspace
program do socket callback right here then oops will happen.
reporting in:
http://marc.info/?l=linux-bluetooth&m=124404919324542&w=2
make 3 changes:
1. remove #ifdef in rfcomm/core.c,
make it blank function when rfcomm tty not selected in rfcomm.h
2. tune the rfcomm_init error patch to ensure
tty driver initilized before rfcomm socket usage.
3. remove __exit for rfcomm_cleanup_sockets
because above change need call it in a __init function.
Reported-by: Oliver Hartkopp <oliver@hartkopp.net>
Tested-by: Oliver Hartkopp <oliver@hartkopp.net>
Signed-off-by: Dave Young <hidave.darkstar@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Current neigh_periodic_timer() function is fired by timer IRQ, and
scans one hash bucket each round (very litle work in fact)
As we are supposed to scan whole hash table in 15 seconds, this means
neigh_periodic_timer() can be fired very often. (depending on the number
of concurrent hash entries we stored in this table)
Converting this to a workqueue permits scanning whole table, minimizing
icache pollution, and firing this work every 15 seconds, independantly
of hash table size.
This 15 seconds delay is not a hard number, as work is a deferrable one.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Since pr_err and friends are used instead of printk there is no point
in keeping IP_VS_ERR and friends. Furthermore make use of '__func__'
instead of hard coded function names.
Signed-off-by: Hannes Eder <heder@google.com>
Acked-by: Simon Horman <horms@verge.net.au>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Choose saner defaults for xfrm[4|6] gc_thresh values on init
Currently, the xfrm[4|6] code has hard-coded initial gc_thresh values
(set to 1024). Given that the ipv4 and ipv6 routing caches are sized
dynamically at boot time, the static selections can be non-sensical.
This patch dynamically selects an appropriate gc threshold based on
the corresponding main routing table size, using the assumption that
we should in the worst case be able to handle as many connections as
the routing table can.
For ipv4, the maximum route cache size is 16 * the number of hash
buckets in the route cache. Given that xfrm4 starts garbage
collection at the gc_thresh and prevents new allocations at 2 *
gc_thresh, we set gc_thresh to half the maximum route cache size.
For ipv6, its a bit trickier. there is no maximum route cache size,
but the ipv6 dst_ops gc_thresh is statically set to 1024. It seems
sane to select a simmilar gc_thresh for the xfrm6 code that is half
the number of hash buckets in the v6 route cache times 16 (like the v4
code does).
Signed-off-by: Neil Horman <nhorman@tuxdriver.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Since we now have handlers IWESSID for all modes, we can
combine them into one.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Since we now have IWAP handlers for all modes, we can
combine them into one.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Until now we implemented iwfreq for managed mode, we
needed to keep the implementations separate, but now
that we have all versions implemented we can combine
them and export just one handler.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
When a station queries us for a PS-poll response, we wrongly
queue the frame on the virtual interface's queue rather than
the pending queue.
Additionally, fix a race condition where we could potentially
send multiple frames to the sleeping station due to using a
station flag rather than a packet flag. When converting to a
packet flag, we can also convert p54 and remove the filter
clearing we added for it.
(Also remove a now dead function)
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Reported-by: Bob Copeland <me@bobcopeland.com>
Tested-by: Bob Copeland <me@bobcopeland.com>
Cc: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@web.de>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
In order to make cfg80211/nl80211 aware of network namespaces,
we have to do the following things:
* del_virtual_intf method takes an interface index rather
than a netdev pointer - simply change this
* nl80211 uses init_net a lot, it changes to use the sender's
network namespace
* scan requests use the interface index, hold a netdev pointer
and reference instead
* we want a wiphy and its associated virtual interfaces to be
in one netns together, so
- we need to be able to change ns for a given interface, so
export dev_change_net_namespace()
- for each virtual interface set the NETIF_F_NETNS_LOCAL
flag, and clear that flag only when the wiphy changes ns,
to disallow breaking this invariant
* when a network namespace goes away, we need to reparent the
wiphy to init_net
* cfg80211 users that support creating virtual interfaces must
create them in the wiphy's namespace, currently this affects
only mac80211
The end result is that you can now switch an entire wiphy into
a different network namespace with the new command
iw phy#<idx> set netns <pid>
and all virtual interfaces will follow (or the operation fails).
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
The use of a static buffer in rose2asc() to return its result is not
threadproof and can result in corruption if multiple threads are trying
to use one of the procfs files based on rose2asc().
Signed-off-by: Ralf Baechle <ralf@linux-mips.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
With the internal 'pending' queue system in place, we can simply
put packets there instead of pushing them off to the master dev,
getting rid of the master interface completely.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
All current rate control algorithms agree to send management and no-ack
frames at the lowest rate. They also agree to do this when sta
and the private rate control data is NULL. We add a hlper to mac80211
for this and simplify the rate control algorithm code.
Developers wishing to make enhancements to rate control algorithms
are for broadcast/multicast can opt to not use this in their
gate_rate() mac80211 callback.
Cc: Zhu Yi <yi.zhu@intel.com>
Acked-by: Reinette Chatre <reinette.chatre@intel.com>
Cc: ipw3945-devel@lists.sourceforge.net
Cc: Gabor Juhos <juhosg@openwrt.org>
Acked-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org>
Cc: Derek Smithies <derek@indranet.co.nz>
Cc: Chittajit Mitra <Chittajit.Mitra@Atheros.com>
Signed-off-by: Luis R. Rodriguez <lrodriguez@atheros.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
When we're associated we should be able to send data to
target sta. If we cannot we may be trying to use the incorrect
band to talk to the sta. Lets catch any such cases, warn, and
drop the frames to not invalidate assumptions being made on
rate control algorithms when they have a valid sta to
communicate with. Any such cases should be handled and fixed.
Signed-off-by: Luis R. Rodriguez <lrodriguez@atheros.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
In cfg80211_scan_request n_channels refers to the total number
of channels to scan. Update the misleading comment accordingly.
Signed-off-by: Helmut Schaa <helmut.schaa@googlemail.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This reworks the key operation in cfg80211, and now only
allows, from userspace, configuring keys (via nl80211)
after the connection has been established (in managed
mode), the IBSS been joined (in IBSS mode), at any time
(in AP[_VLAN] modes) or never for all the other modes.
In order to do shared key authentication correctly, it
is now possible to give a WEP key to the AUTH command.
To configure static WEP keys, these are given to the
CONNECT or IBSS_JOIN command directly, for a userspace
SME it is assumed it will configure it properly after
the connection has been established.
Since mac80211 used to check the default key in IBSS
mode to see whether or not the network is protected,
it needs an update in that area, as well as an update
to make use of the WEP key passed to auth() for shared
key authentication.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This provides a list of sockets with their Phonet bind addresses and
some socket debug informations through /proc/net/phonet.
Signed-off-by: Rémi Denis-Courmont <remi.denis-courmont@nokia.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
include/net/ieee802154/af_ieee802154.h (and others) naming seems to be too long
and redundant. Drop one level of subdirectories.
Signed-off-by: Dmitry Eremin-Solenikov <dbaryshkov@gmail.com>
This adds some perfunctory documentation comments to the IEEE 802.15.4
fakehard.c driver (Fake hard MAC) and the nl802154.h (outgoing netlink messages)
header.
These comments are not necessarily complete, but they do reference the
IEEE 802.15.4-2006 document where possible.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Silverstone <dsilvers@simtec.co.uk>
Eric explained this to me -- and afterwards the comment
made sense, but not before. Add the the critical point
about interfaces having to be gone from the netns before
subsys notifiers are called.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Fix MD5 signature checking so that an IPv4 active open
to an IPv6 socket can succeed. In particular, use the
correct address family's signature generation function
for the SYN/ACK.
Reported-by: Stephen Hemminger <shemminger@vyatta.com>
Signed-off-by: John Dykstra <john.dykstra1@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Commit e912b1142b
(net: sk_prot_alloc() should not blindly overwrite memory)
took care of not zeroing whole new socket at allocation time.
sock_copy() is another spot where we should be very careful.
We should not set refcnt to a non null value, until
we are sure other fields are correctly setup, or
a lockless reader could catch this socket by mistake,
while not fully (re)initialized.
This patch puts sk_node & sk_refcnt to the very beginning
of struct sock to ease sock_copy() & sk_prot_alloc() job.
We add appropriate smp_wmb() before sk_refcnt initializations
to match our RCU requirements (changes to sock keys should
be committed to memory before sk_refcnt setting)
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This makes wireless extensions netns aware. The
tasklet sending the events is converted to a work
struct so that we can rtnl_lock() in it.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
- move ipv6_select_ident() inline function to ipv6.h and remove the unused
skb argument
Signed-off-by: Sridhar Samudrala <sri@us.ibm.com>
Acked-by: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
- validate and forward GSO UDP/IPv4 packets from untrusted sources.
- do software UFO if the outgoing device doesn't support UFO.
Signed-off-by: Sridhar Samudrala <sri@us.ibm.com>
Acked-by: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The function get_net_ns_by_pid(), to get a network
namespace from a pid_t, will be required in cfg80211
as well. Therefore, let's move it to net_namespace.c
and export it. We can't make it a static inline in
the !NETNS case because it needs to verify that the
given pid even exists (and return -ESRCH).
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This makes generic netlink network namespace aware. No
generic netlink families except for the controller family
are made namespace aware, they need to be checked one by
one and then set the family->netnsok member to true.
A new function genlmsg_multicast_netns() is introduced to
allow sending a multicast message in a given namespace,
for example when it applies to an object that lives in
that namespace, a new function genlmsg_multicast_allns()
to send a message to all network namespaces (for objects
that do not have an associated netns).
The function genlmsg_multicast() is changed to multicast
the message in just init_net, which is currently correct
for all generic netlink families since they only work in
init_net right now. Some will later want to work in all
net namespaces because they do not care about the netns
at all -- those will have to be converted to use one of
the new functions genlmsg_multicast_allns() or
genlmsg_multicast_netns() whenever they are made netns
aware in some way.
After this patch families can easily decide whether or
not they should be available in all net namespaces. Many
genl families us it for objects not related to networking
and should therefore be available in all namespaces, but
that will have to be done on a per family basis.
Note that this doesn't touch on the checkpoint/restart
problem where network namespaces could be used, genl
families and multicast groups are numbered globally and
I see no easy way of changing that, especially since it
must be possible to multicast to all network namespaces
for those families that do not care about netns.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
All we need to take care of is using proper RCU list
add/del primitives and inserting a synchronize_rcu()
at one place to make sure the exit notifiers are run
after everybody has stopped iterating the list.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Over time, a lot of locking issues have crept into
the smarts of cfg80211, so e.g. scan completion can
race against a new scan, IBSS join can race against
leaving an IBSS, etc.
Introduce a new per-interface lock that protects
most of the per-interface data that we need to keep
track of, and sprinkle assertions about that lock
everywhere. Some things now need to be offloaded to
work structs so that we don't require being able to
sleep in functions the drivers call. The exception
to that are the MLME callbacks (rx_auth etc.) that
currently only mac80211 calls because it was easier
to do that there instead of in cfg80211, and future
drivers implementing those calls will, if they ever
exist, probably need to use a similar scheme like
mac80211 anyway...
In order to be able to handle _deauth and _disassoc
properly, introduce a cookie passed to it that will
determine locking requirements.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
After the mac80211 mlme cleanup, we can require that
the MLME functions in cfg80211 can sleep. This will
simplify future work in cfg80211 a lot.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Otherwise it becomes very hard to reset the structs
correctly since wext can be configured while the
interface is down.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Since we don't really know that well in the kernel,
let's let the SME control whether it wants to use
reassociation or not, by allowing it to give the
previous BSSID in the associate() parameters.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
In order to avoid problems with BSS structs going away
while they're in use, I've long wanted to make cfg80211
keep track of them. Without the SME, that wasn't doable
but now that we have the SME we can do this too. It can
keep track of up to four separate authentications and
one association, regardless of whether it's controlled
by the cfg80211 SME or the userspace SME.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This function from mac80211 seems generally useful, and
I will need it in cfg80211 soon.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
By dropping the noise reporting, we can implement
wireless stats in cfg80211. We also make the
handler return NULL if we have no information,
which is possible thanks to the recent wext change.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
For now, let's implement that using a very hackish way:
simply mirror the wext API in the cfg80211 API. This
will have to be changed later when we implement proper
bitrate API.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This implements siocsiwap/giwap for WDS mode.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Just on/off and timeout, and with a hacky cfg80211 method
until we figure out what we want, though this is probably
sufficient as we want to use pm_qos for wifi everywhere.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This adds code to make it possible to use the cfg80211
connect() API with wireless extensions, and because the
previous patch added emulation of that API with auth()
and assoc(), by extension also supports wext on that.
At the same time, removes code from mac80211 for wext,
but doesn't yet clean up mac80211's mlme code more.
Signed-off-by: Samuel Ortiz <samuel.ortiz@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This adds code to cfg80211 so that drivers (mac80211 right
now) that don't implement connect but rather auth/assoc can
still be used with the nl80211 connect command. This will
also be necessary for the wext compat code.
Signed-off-by: Samuel Ortiz <samuel.ortiz@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This patch introduces the cfg80211 connect/disconnect API.
The goal here is to run the AUTH and ASSOC steps in one call.
This is needed for some fullmac cards that run both steps
directly from the target, after the host driver sends a
connect command.
Additionally, all the new crypto parameters for connect()
are now also valid for associate() -- although associate
requires the IEs to be used, the information can be useful
for drivers and should be given.
Signed-off-by: Samuel Ortiz <samuel.ortiz@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This introduces a new NL80211_CMD_TESTMODE for testing
and calibration use with nl80211. There's no multiplexing
like like iwpriv had, and the command is not available by
default, it needs to be explicitly enabled in Kconfig and
shouldn't be enabled in most kernels.
The command requires a wiphy index or interface index to
identify the device to operate on, and the new TESTDATA
attribute. There also is API for sending replies to the
command, and testmode multicast messages (on a testmode
multicast group).
I've also updated mac80211 to be able to pass through the
command to the driver, since it itself doesn't implement
the testmode command.
Additionally, to give people an idea of how to use the
command, I've added a little code to hwsim that makes use
of the new command to set the powersave mode, this is
currently done via debugfs and should remain there, and
the testmode command only serves as an example of how to
use this best -- with nested netlink attributes in the
TESTDATA attribute. A hwsim testmode tool can be found at
http://git.sipsolutions.net/hwsim.git/. This tool is BSD
licensed so people can easily use it as a basis for their
own internal fabrication and validation tools.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This is never changed by the function, so can be marked const.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This variable isn't necessary -- the wext code keeps
track of the BSSID itself, and otherwise we have
current_bss.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Instead of hardcoding GFP_ATOMIC everywhere, add a
new function parameter that gets the flags from the
caller. Obviously then I need to update all callers
(all of them in mac80211), and it turns out that now
it's ok to use GFP_KERNEL in almost all places.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Signed-off-by: David Kilroy <kilroyd@googlemail.com>
Acked-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Within mac80211, we often need to copy the rx status into
skb->cb. This is wasteful, as drivers could be building it
in there to start with. This patch changes the API so that
drivers are expected to pass the RX status in skb->cb, now
accessible as IEEE80211_SKB_RXCB(skb). It also updates all
drivers to pass the rx status in there, but only by making
them memcpy() it into place before the call to the receive
function (ieee80211_rx(_irqsafe)). Each driver can now be
optimised on its own schedule.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
If there was a reason I'm passing the ifidx I cannot
remember it any more and don't see one now, so let's
just pass the pointer itself.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Adding smp_mb__after_lock define to be used as a smp_mb call after
a lock.
Making it nop for x86, since {read|write|spin}_lock() on x86 are
full memory barriers.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Olsa <jolsa@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Adding memory barrier after the poll_wait function, paired with
receive callbacks. Adding fuctions sock_poll_wait and sk_has_sleeper
to wrap the memory barrier.
Without the memory barrier, following race can happen.
The race fires, when following code paths meet, and the tp->rcv_nxt
and __add_wait_queue updates stay in CPU caches.
CPU1 CPU2
sys_select receive packet
... ...
__add_wait_queue update tp->rcv_nxt
... ...
tp->rcv_nxt check sock_def_readable
... {
schedule ...
if (sk->sk_sleep && waitqueue_active(sk->sk_sleep))
wake_up_interruptible(sk->sk_sleep)
...
}
If there was no cache the code would work ok, since the wait_queue and
rcv_nxt are opposit to each other.
Meaning that once tp->rcv_nxt is updated by CPU2, the CPU1 either already
passed the tp->rcv_nxt check and sleeps, or will get the new value for
tp->rcv_nxt and will return with new data mask.
In both cases the process (CPU1) is being added to the wait queue, so the
waitqueue_active (CPU2) call cannot miss and will wake up CPU1.
The bad case is when the __add_wait_queue changes done by CPU1 stay in its
cache, and so does the tp->rcv_nxt update on CPU2 side. The CPU1 will then
endup calling schedule and sleep forever if there are no more data on the
socket.
Calls to poll_wait in following modules were ommited:
net/bluetooth/af_bluetooth.c
net/irda/af_irda.c
net/irda/irnet/irnet_ppp.c
net/mac80211/rc80211_pid_debugfs.c
net/phonet/socket.c
net/rds/af_rds.c
net/rfkill/core.c
net/sunrpc/cache.c
net/sunrpc/rpc_pipe.c
net/tipc/socket.c
Signed-off-by: Jiri Olsa <jolsa@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In case if kernel was compiled without ebtables support
there is no need to keep ebt_table pointers in netns_xt
structure.
Make it config dependent.
Signed-off-by: Cyrill Gorcunov <gorcunov@openvz.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch removes an unused member (seq) scm_cookie; besides initialized
to 0 in the header file, it is not used.
Signed-off-by: Rami Rosen <ramirose@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When NAT helpers change the TCP packet size, the highest seen sequence
number needs to be corrected. This is currently only done upwards, when
the packet size is reduced the sequence number is unchanged. This causes
TCP conntrack to falsely detect unacknowledged data and decrease the
timeout.
Fix by updating the highest seen sequence number in both directions after
packet mangling.
Tested-by: Krzysztof Piotr Oledzki <ole@ans.pl>
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
* git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net-next-2.6:
bnx2: Fix the behavior of ethtool when ONBOOT=no
qla3xxx: Don't sleep while holding lock.
qla3xxx: Give the PHY time to come out of reset.
ipv4 routing: Ensure that route cache entries are usable and reclaimable with caching is off
net: Move rx skb_orphan call to where needed
ipv6: Use correct data types for ICMPv6 type and code
net: let KS8842 driver depend on HAS_IOMEM
can: let SJA1000 driver depend on HAS_IOMEM
netxen: fix firmware init handshake
netxen: fix build with without CONFIG_PM
netfilter: xt_rateest: fix comparison with self
netfilter: xt_quota: fix incomplete initialization
netfilter: nf_log: fix direct userspace memory access in proc handler
netfilter: fix some sparse endianess warnings
netfilter: nf_conntrack: fix conntrack lookup race
netfilter: nf_conntrack: fix confirmation race condition
netfilter: nf_conntrack: death_by_timeout() fix
In order to get the tun driver to account packets, we need to be
able to receive packets with destructors set. To be on the safe
side, I added an skb_orphan call for all protocols by default since
some of them (IP in particular) cannot handle receiving packets
destructors properly.
Now it seems that at least one protocol (CAN) expects to be able
to pass skb->sk through the rx path without getting clobbered.
So this patch attempts to fix this properly by moving the skb_orphan
call to where it's actually needed. In particular, I've added it
to skb_set_owner_[rw] which is what most users of skb->destructor
call.
This is actually an improvement for tun too since it means that
we only give back the amount charged to the socket when the skb
is passed to another socket that will also be charged accordingly.
Signed-off-by: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au>
Tested-by: Oliver Hartkopp <olver@hartkopp.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Change all the code that deals directly with ICMPv6 type and code
values to use u8 instead of a signed int as that's the actual data
type.
Signed-off-by: Brian Haley <brian.haley@hp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
* git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net-next-2.6: (43 commits)
via-velocity: Fix velocity driver unmapping incorrect size.
mlx4_en: Remove redundant refill code on RX
mlx4_en: Removed redundant check on lso header size
mlx4_en: Cancel port_up check in transmit function
mlx4_en: using stop/start_all_queues
mlx4_en: Removed redundant skb->len check
mlx4_en: Counting all the dropped packets on the TX side
usbnet cdc_subset: fix issues talking to PXA gadgets
Net: qla3xxx, remove sleeping in atomic
ipv4: fix NULL pointer + success return in route lookup path
isdn: clean up documentation index
cfg80211: validate station settings
cfg80211: allow setting station parameters in mesh
cfg80211: allow adding/deleting stations on mesh
ath5k: fix beacon_int handling
MAINTAINERS: Fix Atheros pattern paths
ath9k: restore PS mode, before we put the chip into FULL SLEEP state.
ath9k: wait for beacon frame along with CAB
acer-wmi: fix rfkill conversion
ath5k: avoid PCI FATAL interrupts by restoring RETRY_TIMEOUT disabling
...
If the iucv message limit for a communication path is exceeded,
sendmsg() returns -EAGAIN instead of -EPIPE.
The calling application can then handle this error situtation,
e.g. to try again after waiting some time.
For blocking sockets, sendmsg() waits up to the socket timeout
before returning -EAGAIN. For the new wait condition, a macro
has been introduced and the iucv_sock_wait_state() has been
refactored to this macro.
Signed-off-by: Hendrik Brueckner <brueckner@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Ursula Braun <ursula.braun@de.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
* git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net-next-2.6: (55 commits)
netxen: fix tx ring accounting
netxen: fix detection of cut-thru firmware mode
forcedeth: fix dma api mismatches
atm: sk_wmem_alloc initial value is one
net: correct off-by-one write allocations reports
via-velocity : fix no link detection on boot
Net / e100: Fix suspend of devices that cannot be power managed
TI DaVinci EMAC : Fix rmmod error
net: group address list and its count
ipv4: Fix fib_trie rebalancing, part 2
pkt_sched: Update drops stats in act_police
sky2: version 1.23
sky2: add GRO support
sky2: skb recycling
sky2: reduce default transmit ring
sky2: receive counter update
sky2: fix shutdown synchronization
sky2: PCI irq issues
sky2: more receive shutdown
sky2: turn off pause during shutdown
...
Manually fix trivial conflict in net/core/skbuff.c due to kmemcheck
commit 2b85a34e91
(net: No more expensive sock_hold()/sock_put() on each tx)
changed initial sk_wmem_alloc value.
Some protocols check sk_wmem_alloc value to determine if a timer
must delay socket deallocation. We must take care of the sk_wmem_alloc
value being one instead of zero when no write allocations are pending.
Reported by Ingo Molnar, and full diagnostic from David Miller.
This patch introduces three helpers to get read/write allocations
and a followup patch will use these helpers to report correct
write allocations to user.
Reported-by: Ingo Molnar <mingo@elte.hu>
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
If socket destuction gets delayed to a timer, we try to
lock_sock() from that timer which won't work.
Use bh_lock_sock() in that case.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Tested-by: Ingo Molnar <mingo@elte.hu>
The use of bitfields here would lead to false positive warnings with
kmemcheck. Silence them.
(Additionally, one erroneous comment related to the bitfield was also
fixed.)
Signed-off-by: Vegard Nossum <vegard.nossum@gmail.com>
Let's use TICKS instead of US, so PSCHED_TICKS2NS and PSCHED_NS2TICKS
(like in PSCHED_TICKS_PER_SEC already) to avoid misleading.
Signed-off-by: Jarek Poplawski <jarkao2@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch improves ctnetlink event reliability if one broadcast
listener has set the NETLINK_BROADCAST_ERROR socket option.
The logic is the following: if an event delivery fails, we keep
the undelivered events in the missed event cache. Once the next
packet arrives, we add the new events (if any) to the missed
events in the cache and we try a new delivery, and so on. Thus,
if ctnetlink fails to deliver an event, we try to deliver them
once we see a new packet. Therefore, we may lose state
transitions but the userspace process gets in sync at some point.
At worst case, if no events were delivered to userspace, we make
sure that destroy events are successfully delivered. Basically,
if ctnetlink fails to deliver the destroy event, we remove the
conntrack entry from the hashes and we insert them in the dying
list, which contains inactive entries. Then, the conntrack timer
is added with an extra grace timeout of random32() % 15 seconds
to trigger the event again (this grace timeout is tunable via
/proc). The use of a limited random timeout value allows
distributing the "destroy" resends, thus, avoiding accumulating
lots "destroy" events at the same time. Event delivery may
re-order but we can identify them by means of the tuple plus
the conntrack ID.
The maximum number of conntrack entries (active or inactive) is
still handled by nf_conntrack_max. Thus, we may start dropping
packets at some point if we accumulate a lot of inactive conntrack
entries that did not successfully report the destroy event to
userspace.
During my stress tests consisting of setting a very small buffer
of 2048 bytes for conntrackd and the NETLINK_BROADCAST_ERROR socket
flag, and generating lots of very small connections, I noticed
very few destroy entries on the fly waiting to be resend.
A simple way to test this patch consist of creating a lot of
entries, set a very small Netlink buffer in conntrackd (+ a patch
which is not in the git tree to set the BROADCAST_ERROR flag)
and invoke `conntrack -F'.
For expectations, no changes are introduced in this patch.
Currently, event delivery is only done for new expectations (no
events from expectation expiration, removal and confirmation).
In that case, they need a per-expectation event cache to implement
the same idea that is exposed in this patch.
This patch can be useful to provide reliable flow-accouting. We
still have to add a new conntrack extension to store the creation
and destroy time.
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
This patch moves the helper destruction to a function that lives
in nf_conntrack_helper.c. This new function is used in the patch
to add ctnetlink reliable event delivery.
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
This patch reworks the per-cpu event caching to use the conntrack
extension infrastructure.
The main drawback is that we consume more memory per conntrack
if event delivery is enabled. This patch is required by the
reliable event delivery that follows to this patch.
BTW, this patch allows you to enable/disable event delivery via
/proc/sys/net/netfilter/nf_conntrack_events in runtime, although
you can still disable event caching as compilation option.
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
One of the problem with sock memory accounting is it uses
a pair of sock_hold()/sock_put() for each transmitted packet.
This slows down bidirectional flows because the receive path
also needs to take a refcount on socket and might use a different
cpu than transmit path or transmit completion path. So these
two atomic operations also trigger cache line bounces.
We can see this in tx or tx/rx workloads (media gateways for example),
where sock_wfree() can be in top five functions in profiles.
We use this sock_hold()/sock_put() so that sock freeing
is delayed until all tx packets are completed.
As we also update sk_wmem_alloc, we could offset sk_wmem_alloc
by one unit at init time, until sk_free() is called.
Once sk_free() is called, we atomic_dec_and_test(sk_wmem_alloc)
to decrement initial offset and atomicaly check if any packets
are in flight.
skb_set_owner_w() doesnt call sock_hold() anymore
sock_wfree() doesnt call sock_put() anymore, but check if sk_wmem_alloc
reached 0 to perform the final freeing.
Drawback is that a skb->truesize error could lead to unfreeable sockets, or
even worse, prematurely calling __sk_free() on a live socket.
Nice speedups on SMP. tbench for example, going from 2691 MB/s to 2711 MB/s
on my 8 cpu dev machine, even if tbench was not really hitting sk_refcnt
contention point. 5 % speedup on a UDP transmit workload (depends
on number of flows), lowering TX completion cpu usage.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In order to handle powersave frames properly we had needed
to pass these out to the device queues again, and introduce
the skb->requeue bit. This, however, also has unnecessary
overhead by needing to 'clean up' already tried frames, and
this clean-up code is also buggy when software encryption
is used.
Instead of sending the frames via the master netdev queue
again, simply put them into the pending queue. This also
fixes a problem where frames for that particular station
could be reordered when some were still on the software
queues and older ones are re-injected into the software
queue after them.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Introduce per-conntrack locks and use them instead of the global protocol
locks to avoid contention. Especially tcp_lock shows up very high in
profiles on larger machines.
This will also allow to simplify the upcoming reliable event delivery patches.
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Add a netlink interface for configuration of IEEE 802.15.4 device. Also this
interface specifies events notification sent by devices towards higher layers.
Signed-off-by: Dmitry Eremin-Solenikov <dbaryshkov@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Sergey Lapin <slapin@ossfans.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add support for communication over IEEE 802.15.4 networks. This implementation
is neither certified nor complete, but aims to that goal. This commit contains
only the socket interface for communication over IEEE 802.15.4 networks.
One can either send RAW datagrams or use SOCK_DGRAM to encapsulate data
inside normal IEEE 802.15.4 packets.
Configuration interface, drivers and software MAC 802.15.4 implementation will
follow.
Initial implementation was done by Maxim Gorbachyov, Maxim Osipov and Pavel
Smolensky as a research project at Siemens AG. Later the stack was heavily
reworked to better suit the linux networking model, and is now maitained
as an open project partially sponsored by Siemens.
Signed-off-by: Dmitry Eremin-Solenikov <dbaryshkov@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Sergey Lapin <slapin@ossfans.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Change PSCHED_SHIFT from 10 to 6 to increase schedulers time
resolution. This will increase 16x a number of (internal) ticks per
nanosecond, and is needed to improve accuracy of schedulers based on
rate tables, like HTB, TBF or CBQ, with rates above 100Mbit. It is
assumed this change is safe for 32bit accounting of time diffs up
to 2 minutes, which should be enough for common use (extremely low
rate values may overflow, so get inaccurate instead). To make full
use of this change an updated iproute2 will be needed. (But using
older iproute2 should be safe too.)
This change breaks ticks - microseconds similarity, so some minor code
fixes might be needed. It is also planned to change naming adequately
eg. to PSCHED_TICKS2NS() etc. in the near future.
Reported-by: Antonio Almeida <vexwek@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Antonio Almeida <vexwek@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Jarek Poplawski <jarkao2@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Use PSCHED_SHIFT constant instead of '10' in PSCHED_US2NS() and
PSCHED_NS2US() macros to enable changing this value later.
Additionally use PSCHED_SHIFT in sch_hfsc SM_SHIFT and ISM_SHIFT
definitions. This part of the patch is based on feedback from
Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>.
Reported-by: Antonio Almeida <vexwek@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Antonio Almeida <vexwek@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Jarek Poplawski <jarkao2@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Furthermore, it twiddles with the details of SKB list handling
directly, which we're trying to eliminate.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Current conntrack code kills the ICMP conntrack entry as soon as
the first reply is received. This is incorrect, as we then see only
the first ICMP echo reply out of several possible duplicates as
ESTABLISHED, while the rest will be INVALID. Also this unnecessarily
increases the conntrackd traffic on H-A firewalls.
Make all the ICMP conntrack entries (including the replied ones)
last for the default of nf_conntrack_icmp{,v6}_timeout seconds.
Signed-off-by: Jan "Yenya" Kasprzak <kas@fi.muni.cz>
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
With the re-write of the RFKILL subsystem it is now possible to easily
integrate RFKILL soft-switch support into the Bluetooth subsystem. All
Bluetooth devices will now get automatically RFKILL support.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
The Bluetooth source uses some endian conversion helpers, that in the end
translate to kernel standard routines. So remove this obfuscation since it
is fully pointless.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
This adds the basic constants required to add support for L2CAP Enhanced
Retransmission feature.
Based on a patch from Nathan Holstein <nathan@lampreynetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Using the L2CAP_CONF_HINT macro is easier to understand than using a
hardcoded 0x80 value.
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <gustavo@las.ic.unicamp.br>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Use macros instead of hardcoded numbers to make the L2CAP source code
more readable.
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <gustavo@las.ic.unicamp.br>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
To be easier on drivers and users, have cfg80211 register an
rfkill structure that drivers can access. When soft-killed,
simply take down all interfaces; when hard-killed the driver
needs to notify us and we will take down the interfaces
after the fact. While rfkilled, interfaces cannot be set UP.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This patch introduces new cfg80211 API to set the TX power
via cfg80211, puts the wext code into cfg80211 and updates
mac80211 to use all that. The -ENETDOWN bits are a hack but
will go away soon.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This patch completely rewrites the rfkill core to address
the following deficiencies:
* all rfkill drivers need to implement polling where necessary
rather than having one central implementation
* updating the rfkill state cannot be done from arbitrary
contexts, forcing drivers to use schedule_work and requiring
lots of code
* rfkill drivers need to keep track of soft/hard blocked
internally -- the core should do this
* the rfkill API has many unexpected quirks, for example being
asymmetric wrt. alloc/free and register/unregister
* rfkill can call back into a driver from within a function the
driver called -- this is prone to deadlocks and generally
should be avoided
* rfkill-input pointlessly is a separate module
* drivers need to #ifdef rfkill functions (unless they want to
depend on or select RFKILL) -- rfkill should provide inlines
that do nothing if it isn't compiled in
* the rfkill structure is not opaque -- drivers need to initialise
it correctly (lots of sanity checking code required) -- instead
force drivers to pass the right variables to rfkill_alloc()
* the documentation is hard to read because it always assumes the
reader is completely clueless and contains way TOO MANY CAPS
* the rfkill code needlessly uses a lot of locks and atomic
operations in locked sections
* fix LED trigger to actually change the LED when the radio state
changes -- this wasn't done before
Tested-by: Alan Jenkins <alan-jenkins@tuffmail.co.uk>
Signed-off-by: Henrique de Moraes Holschuh <hmh@hmh.eng.br> [thinkpad]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Ivo has updated the driver to no longer use the change flag,
so we can remove that, but rt2x00 and ath5k still use the
actual value so let's mark it as deprecated too.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Prior implementation of the new sctp_connectx() call that returns
an association ID did not work correctly on non-blocking socket.
This is because we could not return both a EINPROGRESS error and
an association id. This is a new implementation that supports this.
Originally from Ivan Skytte Jørgensen <isj-sctp@i1.dk
Signed-off-by: Ivan Skytte Jørgensen <isj-sctp@i1.dk
Signed-off-by: Vlad Yasevich <vladislav.yasevich@hp.com>
RFC 5061 Section 5.1 ASCONF Chunk Procedures said:
B4) Re-transmit the ASCONF Chunk last sent and if possible choose an
alternate destination address (please refer to [RFC4960],
Section 6.4.1). An endpoint MUST NOT add new parameters to this
chunk; it MUST be the same (including its Sequence Number) as
the last ASCONF sent. An endpoint MAY, however, bundle an
additional ASCONF with new ASCONF parameters with the next
Sequence Number. For details, see Section 5.5.
This patch fix to choose an alternate destination address when
re-transmit the ASCONF chunk, with some dup codes cleanup.
Signed-off-by: Wei Yongjun <yjwei@cn.fujitsu.com>
Signed-off-by: Vlad Yasevich <vladislav.yasevich@hp.com>
Define three accessors to get/set dst attached to a skb
struct dst_entry *skb_dst(const struct sk_buff *skb)
void skb_dst_set(struct sk_buff *skb, struct dst_entry *dst)
void skb_dst_drop(struct sk_buff *skb)
This one should replace occurrences of :
dst_release(skb->dst)
skb->dst = NULL;
Delete skb->dst field
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Define skb_rtable(const struct sk_buff *skb) accessor to get rtable from skb
Delete skb->rtable field
Setting rtable is not allowed, just set dst instead as rtable is an alias.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch removes the notify chain infrastructure and replace it
by a simple function pointer. This issue has been mentioned in the
mailing list several times: the use of the notify chain adds
too much overhead for something that is only used by ctnetlink.
This patch also changes nfnetlink_send(). It seems that gfp_any()
returns GFP_KERNEL for user-context request, like those via
ctnetlink, inside the RCU read-side section which is not valid.
Using GFP_KERNEL is also evil since netlink may schedule(),
this leads to "scheduling while atomic" bug reports.
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
This patch simplifies the conntrack event caching system by removing
several events:
* IPCT_[*]_VOLATILE, IPCT_HELPINFO and IPCT_NATINFO has been deleted
since the have no clients.
* IPCT_COUNTER_FILLING which is a leftover of the 32-bits counter
days.
* IPCT_REFRESH which is not of any use since we always include the
timeout in the messages.
After this patch, the existing events are:
* IPCT_NEW, IPCT_RELATED and IPCT_DESTROY, that are used to identify
addition and deletion of entries.
* IPCT_STATUS, that notes that the status bits have changes,
eg. IPS_SEEN_REPLY and IPS_ASSURED.
* IPCT_PROTOINFO, that reports that internal protocol information has
changed, eg. the TCP, DCCP and SCTP protocol state.
* IPCT_HELPER, that a helper has been assigned or unassigned to this
entry.
* IPCT_MARK and IPCT_SECMARK, that reports that the mark has changed, this
covers the case when a mark is set to zero.
* IPCT_NATSEQADJ, to report that there's updates in the NAT sequence
adjustment.
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
This patch moves the event flags from linux/netfilter/nf_conntrack_common.h
to net/netfilter/nf_conntrack_ecache.h. This flags are not of any use
from userspace.
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
During the module removal there are no possible event listeners
since ctnetlink must be removed before to allow removing
nf_conntrack. This patch removes the event reporting for the
module removal case which is not of any use in the existing code.
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
After some discussion offline with Christoph Lameter and David Stevens
regarding multicast behaviour in Linux, I'm submitting a slightly
modified patch from the one Christoph submitted earlier.
This patch provides a new socket option IP_MULTICAST_ALL.
In this case, default behaviour is _unchanged_ from the current
Linux standard. The socket option is set by default to provide
original behaviour. Sockets wishing to receive data only from
multicast groups they join explicitly will need to clear this
socket option.
Signed-off-by: Nivedita Singhvi <niv@us.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Christoph Lameter<cl@linux.com>
Acked-by: David Stevens <dlstevens@us.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds CTA_PROTOINFO_DCCP_HANDSHAKE_SEQ that exposes
the u64 handshake sequence number to user-space.
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
The patch moves some utility functions from mac80211 to cfg80211.
Because these functions are doing generic 802.11 operations so they
are not mac80211 specific. The moving allows some fullmac drivers
to be also benefit from these utility functions.
Signed-off-by: Zhu Yi <yi.zhu@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Samuel Ortiz <samuel.ortiz@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This introduces genl_register_family_with_ops() that registers a genetlink
family along with operations from a table. This is used to kill copy'n'paste
occurrences in following patches.
Signed-off-by: Michał Mirosław <mirq-linux@rere.qmqm.pl>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The netlink message header (struct nlmsghdr) is an unused parameter in
fill method of fib_rules_ops struct. This patch removes this
parameter from this method and fixes the places where this method is
called.
(include/net/fib_rules.h)
Signed-off-by: Rami Rosen <ramirose@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Moving information from config_interface to bss_info_changed
removed struct ieee80211_if_conf which the documentation still
refers to, additionally there's one kernel-doc description too
much and one other missing, fix all this.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Some applications using wireless extensions expect to be able to
remove a key that doesn't exist. One example is wpa_supplicant
which doesn't actually change behaviour when running into an
error while trying to do that, but it prints an error message
which users interpret as wpa_supplicant having problems.
The safe thing to do is not change the behaviour of wireless
extensions any more, so when the driver reports -ENOENT let
the wext bridge code return success to userspace. To guarantee
this, also document that drivers should return -ENOENT when the
key doesn't exist.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This allows drivers to use a const pointer as the privid without a cast.
Signed-off-by: David Kilroy <kilroyd@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This allows drivers to mark their cfg80211_ops tables const.
Signed-off-by: David Kilroy <kilroyd@googlemail.com>
Acked-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This is more consistent with our nl80211 naming convention
for HT40-/+.
Signed-off-by: Luis R. Rodriguez <lrodriguez@atheros.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
We are not correctly listening to the regulatory max bandwidth
settings. To actually make use of it we need to redesign things
a bit. This patch does the work for that. We do this to so we
can obey to regulatory rules accordingly for use of HT40.
We end up dealing with HT40 by having two passes for each channel.
The first check will see if a 20 MHz channel fits into the channel's
center freq on a given frequency range. We check for a 20 MHz
banwidth channel as that is the maximum an individual channel
will use, at least for now. The first pass will go ahead and
check if the regulatory rule for that given center of frequency
allows 40 MHz bandwidths and we use this to determine whether
or not the channel supports HT40 or not. So to support HT40 you'll
need at a regulatory rule that allows you to use 40 MHz channels
but you're channel must also be enabled and support 20 MHz by itself.
The second pass is done after we do the regulatory checks over
an device's supported channel list. On each channel we'll check
if the control channel and the extension both:
o exist
o are enabled
o regulatory allows 40 MHz bandwidth on its frequency range
This work allows allows us to idependently check for HT40- and
HT40+.
Signed-off-by: Luis R. Rodriguez <lrodriguez@atheros.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
be sent periodically. The rs_delay can be speficied when adding the
PRL entry and defaults to 15 minutes.
The RS is sent from every link local adress that's assigned to the
tunnel interface. It's directed to the (guessed) linklocal address
of the router and is sent through the tunnel.
Better: send to ff02::2 encapsuled in unicast directed to router-v4.
Signed-off-by: Sascha Hlusiak <contact@saschahlusiak.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add a new NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT flag for NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE to
allow user space to indicate that it will control the IEEE 802.1X port
in station mode. Previously, mac80211 was always marking the port
authorized in station mode. This was enough when drop_unencrypted flag
was set. However, drop_unencrypted can currently be controlled only
with WEXT and the current nl80211 design does not allow fully secure
configuration. Fix this by providing a mechanism for user space to
control the IEEE 802.1X port in station mode (i.e., do the same that
we are already doing in AP mode).
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni.malinen@atheros.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
It is currently not possible to modify station flags, but that
capability would be very useful. This patch introduces a new
nl80211 attribute that contains a set/mask for station flags,
and updates the internal API (and mac80211) to mirror that.
The new attribute is parsed before falling back to the old so
that userspace can specify both (if it can) to work on all
kernels.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni.malinen@atheros.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Move key handling wireless extension ioctls from mac80211 to cfg80211
so that all drivers that implement the cfg80211 operations get wext
compatibility.
Note that this drops the SIOCGIWENCODE ioctl support for getting
IW_ENCODE_RESTRICTED/IW_ENCODE_OPEN. This means that iwconfig will
no longer report "Security mode:open" or "Security mode:restricted"
for mac80211. However, what we displayed there (the authentication
algo used) was actually wrong -- linux/wireless.h states that this
setting is meant to differentiate between "Refuse non-encoded packets"
and "Accept non-encoded packets".
(Combined with "cfg80211: fix a couple of bugs with key ioctls". -- JWL)
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
To make it more apparent in the code what is for wext
only (and needs to be #ifdef'ed) put all the info for
wext into a substruct in each wireless_dev.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
The address pointed to by mac_addr can be marked as const.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This struct is no longer used (and hasn't been for a while).
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
There really is no need to have a separate struct for a
single variable. The fact that it exists is due to the
code legacy, but we can remove that now. Very simple.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE request must be able to indicate whether
management frame protection (IEEE 802.11w) is being used. mac80211 was
able to use MFP in client mode only with WEXT, but the new
NL80211_ATTR_USE_MFP attribute will allow this to be done with
nl80211, too.
Since we are currently using nl80211 for MFP only with drivers that
use user space SME, only MFP disabled and required values are
used. However, the NL80211_ATTR_USE_MFP attribute is an enum that can
be extended with MFP optional in the future, if that is needed with
some drivers (e.g., if the RSN IE is generated by the driver).
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni.malinen@atheros.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
We can avoid waking up tasks not interested in receive notifications,
using wake_up_interruptible_poll() instead of wake_up_interruptible()
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <dada1@cosmosbay.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Small cleanup patch to reduce line lengths, before a change in
tcp_prequeue().
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <dada1@cosmosbay.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When we aren't doing anything in mac80211, we can turn off
much of the hardware, depending on the driver/hw. Not doing
anything, aka being idle, means:
* no monitor interfaces
* no AP/mesh/wds interfaces
* any station interfaces are in DISABLED state
* any IBSS interfaces aren't trying to be in a network
* we aren't trying to scan
By creating a new function that verifies these conditions and calling
it at strategic points where the states of those conditions change,
we can easily make mac80211 tell the driver when we are idle to save
power.
Additionally, this fixes a small quirk where a recalculated powersave
state is passed to the driver even if the hardware is about to stopped
completely.
This patch intentionally doesn't touch radio_enabled because that is
currently implemented to be a soft rfkill which is inappropriate here
when we need to be able to wake up with low latency.
One thing I'm not entirely sure about is this:
phy0: device no longer idle - in use
wlan0: direct probe to AP 00:11:24:91:07:4d try 1
wlan0 direct probe responded
wlan0: authenticate with AP 00:11:24:91:07:4d
wlan0: authenticated
> phy0: device now idle
> phy0: device no longer idle - in use
wlan0: associate with AP 00:11:24:91:07:4d
wlan0: RX AssocResp from 00:11:24:91:07:4d (capab=0x401 status=0 aid=1)
wlan0: associated
Is it appropriate to go into idle state for a short time when we have
just authenticated, but not associated yet? This happens only with the
userspace SME, because we cannot really know how long it will wait
before asking us to associate. Would going idle after a short timeout
be more appropriate? We may need to revisit this, depending on what
happens.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
The config_interface method is a little strange, it contains the
BSSID and beacon updates, while bss_info_changed contains most
other BSS information for each interface. This patch removes
config_interface and rolls all the information it previously
passed to drivers into bss_info_changed.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
We currently have two beacon interval configuration knobs:
hw.conf.beacon_int and vif.bss_info.beacon_int. This is
rather confusing, even though the former is used when we
beacon ourselves and the latter when we are associated to
an AP.
This just deprecates the hw.conf.beacon_int setting in favour
of always using vif.bss_info.beacon_int. Since it touches all
the beaconing IBSS code anyway, we can also add support for
the cfg80211 IBSS beacon interval configuration easily.
NOTE: The hw.conf.beacon_int setting is retained for now due
to drivers still using it -- I couldn't untangle all
drivers, some are updated in this patch.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Kalle points out that max_sleep_interval is somewhat confusing
because the value is measured in beacon intervals, and not in
TU. Rename it to max_sleep_period to be consistent with things
like DTIM period that are also measured in beacon intervals.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
* git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net-2.6: (30 commits)
e1000: fix virtualization bug
bonding: fix alb mode locking regression
Bluetooth: Fix issue with sysfs handling for connections
usbnet: CDC EEM support (v5)
tcp: Fix tcp_prequeue() to get correct rto_min value
ehea: fix invalid pointer access
ne2k-pci: Do not register device until initialized.
Subject: [PATCH] br2684: restore net_dev initialization
net: Only store high 16 bits of kernel generated filter priorities
virtio_net: Fix function name typo
virtio_net: Cleanup command queue scatterlist usage
bonding: correct the cleanup in bond_create()
virtio: add missing include to virtio_net.h
smsc95xx: add support for LAN9512 and LAN9514
smsc95xx: configure LED outputs
netconsole: take care of NETDEV_UNREGISTER event
xt_socket: checks for the state of nf_conntrack
bonding: bond_slave_info_query() fix
cxgb3: fixing gcc 4.4 compiler warning: suggest parentheses around operand of ‘!’
netfilter: use likely() in xt_info_rdlock_bh()
...
Due to a semantic changes in flush_workqueue() the current approach of
synchronizing the sysfs handling for connections doesn't work anymore. The
whole approach is actually fully broken and based on assumptions that are
no longer valid.
With the introduction of Simple Pairing support, the creation of low-level
ACL links got changed. This change invalidates the reason why in the past
two independent work queues have been used for adding/removing sysfs
devices. The adding of the actual sysfs device is now postponed until the
host controller successfully assigns an unique handle to that link. So
the real synchronization happens inside the controller and not the host.
The only left-over problem is that some internals of the sysfs device
handling are not initialized ahead of time. This leaves potential access
to invalid data and can cause various NULL pointer dereferences. To fix
this a new function makes sure that all sysfs details are initialized
when an connection attempt is made. The actual sysfs device is only
registered when the connection has been successfully established. To
avoid a race condition with the registration, the check if a device is
registered has been moved into the removal work.
As an extra protection two flush_work() calls are left in place to
make sure a previous add/del work has been completed first.
Based on a report by Marc Pignat <marc.pignat@hevs.ch>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Tested-by: Justin P. Mattock <justinmattock@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Roger Quadros <ext-roger.quadros@nokia.com>
Tested-by: Marc Pignat <marc.pignat@hevs.ch>
tcp_prequeue() refers to the constant value (TCP_RTO_MIN) regardless of
the actual value might be tuned. The following patches fix this and make
tcp_prequeue get the actual value returns from tcp_rto_min().
Signed-off-by: Satoru SATOH <satoru.satoh@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The Bluetooth stack uses a reference counting for all established ACL
links and if no user (L2CAP connection) is present, the link will be
terminated to save power. The problem part is the dedicated pairing
when using Legacy Pairing (Bluetooth 2.0 and before). At that point
no user is present and pairing attempts will be disconnected within
10 seconds or less. In previous kernel version this was not a problem
since the disconnect timeout wasn't triggered on incoming connections
for the first time. However this caused issues with broken host stacks
that kept the connections around after dedicated pairing. When the
support for Simple Pairing got added, the link establishment procedure
needed to be changed and now causes issues when using Legacy Pairing
When using Simple Pairing it is possible to do a proper reference
counting of ACL link users. With Legacy Pairing this is not possible
since the specification is unclear in some areas and too many broken
Bluetooth devices have already been deployed. So instead of trying to
deal with all the broken devices, a special pairing timeout will be
introduced that increases the timeout to 60 seconds when pairing is
triggered.
If a broken devices now puts the stack into an unforeseen state, the
worst that happens is the disconnect timeout triggers after 120 seconds
instead of 4 seconds. This allows successful pairings with legacy and
broken devices now.
Based on a report by Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@nokia.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
The IP MIB (RFC 4293) defines stats for InOctets, OutOctets, InMcastOctets and
OutMcastOctets:
http://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc4293
But it seems we don't track those in any way that easy to separate from other
protocols. This patch adds those missing counters to the stats file. Tested
successfully by me
With help from Eric Dumazet.
Signed-off-by: Neil Horman <nhorman@tuxdriver.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch removes an unused parameter (tb_stamp) from fib_table
structure in include/net/ip_fib.h.
Signed-off-by: Rami Rosen <ramirose@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The SO_MSGLIMIT socket option modifies the message limit for new
IUCV communication paths.
The message limit specifies the maximum number of outstanding messages
that are allowed for connections. This setting can be lowered by z/VM
when an IUCV connection is established.
Expects an integer value in the range of 1 to 65535.
The default value is 65535.
The message limit must be set before calling connect() or listen()
for sockets.
If sockets are already connected or in state listen, changing the message
limit is not supported.
For reading the message limit value, unconnected sockets return the limit
that has been set or the default limit. For connected sockets, the actual
message limit is returned. The actual message limit is assigned by z/VM
for each connection and it depends on IUCV MSGLIMIT authorizations
specified for the z/VM guest virtual machine.
Signed-off-by: Hendrik Brueckner <brueckner@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Ursula Braun <ursula.braun@de.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Allow 'classification' of socket data that is sent or received over
an af_iucv socket. For classification of data, the target class of an
(native) iucv message is used.
This patch provides the cmsg interface for iucv_sock_recvmsg() and
iucv_sock_sendmsg(). Applications can use the msg_control field of
struct msghdr to set or get the target class as a
"socket control message" (SCM/CMSG).
Signed-off-by: Hendrik Brueckner <brueckner@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Ursula Braun <ursula.braun@de.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Provide the socket operations getsocktopt() and setsockopt() to enable/disable
sending of data in the parameter list of IUCV messages.
The patch sets respective flag only.
Signed-off-by: Hendrik Brueckner <brueckner@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Ursula Braun <ursula.braun@de.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
SME needs to be notified when the authentication or association
attempt times out and MLME has stopped processing in order to allow
the SME to decide what to do next.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni.malinen@atheros.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
The maximum sleep interval, for powersave purposes, is
determined by the DTIM period (it may not be larger)
and the required networking latency (it must be small
enough to fulfil those constraints).
This makes mac80211 calculate the maximum sleep interval
based on those constraints, and pass it to the driver.
Then the driver should instruct the device to sleep at
most that long.
Note that the device is responsible for aligning the
maximum sleep interval between DTIMs, we make sure it's
not longer but it needs to make sure it's between them.
Also, group some powersave documentation together and
make it more explicit that we support managed mode only,
and no IBSS powersaving (yet).
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Make the JOIN_IBSS command look at the beacon interval
attribute to see if the user requested a specific beacon
interval, if not default to 100 TU (wext too).
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Just setting IEEE80211_CONF_CHANGE_PS should be sufficient
for changes in the power saving things. The driver already
tells us whether it wants notification of dynps via the
"have dynps support" hw flag.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Reviewed-by: Kalle Valo <kalle.valo@iki.fi>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Add new nl80211 attributes that can be used with NL80211_CMD_SET_WIPHY
and NL80211_CMD_GET_WIPHY to manage fragmentation/RTS threshold and
retry limits.
Since these values are stored in struct wiphy, remove the local copy
from mac80211 where feasible (frag & rts threshold). The retry limits
are currently needed in struct ieee80211_conf, but these could be
eventually removed since the driver should have access to the values
in struct wiphy.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Trying to separate header files into net/wireless.h and
net/cfg80211.h has been a source of confusion. Remove
net/wireless.h (because there also is the linux/wireless.h)
and subsume everything into net/cfg80211.h -- except the
definitions for regulatory structures which get moved to
a new header net/regulatory.h.
The "new" net/cfg80211.h is now divided into sections.
There are no real changes in this patch but code shuffling
and some very minor documentation fixes.
I have also, to make things reflect reality, put in a
copyright line for Luis to net/regulatory.h since that
is probably exclusively written by him but was formerly
in a file that only had my copyright line.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Cc: Luis R. Rodriguez <lrodriguez@atheros.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This adds IBSS API along with (preliminary) wext handlers.
The wext handlers can only do IBSS so you need to call them
from your own wext handlers if the mode is IBSS.
The nl80211 API requires
* an SSID
* a channel (frequency) for the case that a new IBSS
has to be created
It optionally supports
* a flag to fix the channel
* a fixed BSSID
The cfg80211 code also takes care to leave the IBSS before
the netdev is set down. If wireless extensions are used, it
also caches values when the interface is down and instructs
the driver to join when the interface is set up.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Since we have ->deauth and ->disassoc we can support the
wext SIWMLME call directly without driver wext handlers.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Document what mac80211 will do in the future to help save power.
We're not quite there yet, but a plan helps. Also, while at it,
fix the docs wrt. multicast traffic.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Reviewed-by: Kalle Valo <kalle.valo@iki.fi>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Some hardware defects may require the hardware to be re-initialised
completely from scratch. Drivers would need much information (for
instance the current MAC address, crypto keys, beaconing information,
etc.) stored duplicated from mac80211 to be able to do this, so let
mac80211 help them.
The new ieee80211_restart_hw() function requires the same code as
resuming, so move that code into a new ieee80211_reconfig() function
in util.c and leave only the suspend code in pm.c.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This adds the necessary code and fields to let drivers specify
their cipher capabilities and exports them to userspace. Also
update mac80211 to export the ciphers it has.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Instead of just passing the cfg80211-requested IEs, pass
the locally generated ones as well.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This patch introduces a new attribute for a wiphy that tells
userspace how long the information elements added to a probe
request frame can be at most. It also updates the at76 to
advertise that it cannot support that, and, for now until I
can fix that, iwlwifi too.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Added cfg80211_inform_bss() for full-mac devices to use.
Signed-off-by: Jussi Kivilinna <jussi.kivilinna@mbnet.fi>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Define a new nl80211 event, NL80211_CMD_MICHAEL_MIC_FAILURE, to be
used to notify user space about locally detected Michael MIC failures.
This matches with the MLME-MICHAELMICFAILURE.indication() primitive.
Since we do not actually have TSC in the skb anymore when
mac80211_ev_michael_mic_failure() is called, that function is changed
to take in the TSC as an optional parameter instead of as a
requirement to include the TSC after the hdr field (which we did not
really follow). For now, TSC is not included in the events from
mac80211, but it could be added at some point.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Previously, nl80211 mlme events were generated only for received
deauthentication and disassociation frames. We need to do the same for
locally generated ones in order to let applications know that we
disconnected (e.g., when AP does not reply to a probe). Rename the
nl80211 and cfg80211 functions (s/rx_//) to make it clearer that they
are used for both received and locally generated frames.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Remove duplicated #include in include/net/cfg80211.h.
Signed-off-by: Huang Weiyi <weiyi.huang@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
last_synq_overflow eats 4 or 8 bytes in struct tcp_sock, even
though it is only used when a listening sockets syn queue
is full.
We can (ab)use rx_opt.ts_recent_stamp to store the same information;
it is not used otherwise as long as a socket is in listen state.
Move linger2 around to avoid splitting struct mtu_probe
across cacheline boundary on 32 bit arches.
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The removal of the SAME target accidentally removed one feature that is
not available from the normal NAT targets so far, having multi-range
mappings that use the same mapping for each connection from a single
client. The current behaviour is to choose the address from the range
based on source and destination IP, which breaks when communicating
with sites having multiple addresses that require all connections to
originate from the same IP address.
Introduce a IP_NAT_RANGE_PERSISTENT option that controls whether the
destination address is taken into account for selecting addresses.
http://bugzilla.kernel.org/show_bug.cgi?id=12954
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
This patch fixes a regression (introduced by myself in commit 19abb7b:
netfilter: ctnetlink: deliver events for conntracks changed from
userspace) that results in an expectation re-insertion since
__nf_ct_expect_check() may return 0 for expectation timer refreshing.
This patch also removes a unnecessary refcount bump that
pretended to avoid a possible race condition with event delivery
and expectation timers (as said, not needed since we hold a
reference to the object since until we finish the expectation
setup). This also merges nf_ct_expect_related_report() and
nf_ct_expect_related() which look basically the same.
Reported-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Currently the 9p code crashes when a operation is interrupted, i.e. for
example when the user presses ^C while reading from a file.
This patch fixes the code that is responsible for interruption and flushing
of 9P operations.
Signed-off-by: Latchesar Ionkov <lucho@ionkov.net>
* git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net-2.6: (54 commits)
glge: remove unused #include <version.h>
dnet: remove unused #include <version.h>
tcp: miscounts due to tcp_fragment pcount reset
tcp: add helper for counter tweaking due mid-wq change
hso: fix for the 'invalid frame length' messages
hso: fix for crash when unplugging the device
fsl_pq_mdio: Fix compile failure
fsl_pq_mdio: Revive UCC MDIO support
ucc_geth: Pass proper device to DMA routines, otherwise oops happens
i.MX31: Fixing cs89x0 network building to i.MX31ADS
tc35815: Fix build error if NAPI enabled
hso: add Vendor/Product ID's for new devices
ucc_geth: Remove unused header
gianfar: Remove unused header
kaweth: Fix locking to be SMP-safe
net: allow multiple dev per napi with GRO
r8169: reset IntrStatus after chip reset
ixgbe: Fix potential memory leak/driver panic issue while setting up Tx & Rx ring parameters
ixgbe: fix ethtool -A|a behavior
ixgbe: Patch to fix driver panic while freeing up tx & rx resources
...
We need full-scale adjustment to fix a TCP miscount in the next
patch, so just move it into a helper and call for that from the
other places.
Signed-off-by: Ilpo Järvinen <ilpo.jarvinen@helsinki.fi>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch cleans up a lot of the Smack network access control code. The
largest changes are to fix the labeling of incoming TCP connections in a
manner similar to the recent SELinux changes which use the
security_inet_conn_request() hook to label the request_sock and let the label
move to the child socket via the normal network stack mechanisms. In addition
to the incoming TCP connection fixes this patch also removes the smk_labled
field from the socket_smack struct as the minor optimization advantage was
outweighed by the difficulty in maintaining it's proper state.
Signed-off-by: Paul Moore <paul.moore@hp.com>
Acked-by: Casey Schaufler <casey@schaufler-ca.com>
Signed-off-by: James Morris <jmorris@namei.org>
The current NetLabel/SELinux behavior for incoming TCP connections works but
only through a series of happy coincidences that rely on the limited nature of
standard CIPSO (only able to convey MLS attributes) and the write equality
imposed by the SELinux MLS constraints. The problem is that network sockets
created as the result of an incoming TCP connection were not on-the-wire
labeled based on the security attributes of the parent socket but rather based
on the wire label of the remote peer. The issue had to do with how IP options
were managed as part of the network stack and where the LSM hooks were in
relation to the code which set the IP options on these newly created child
sockets. While NetLabel/SELinux did correctly set the socket's on-the-wire
label it was promptly cleared by the network stack and reset based on the IP
options of the remote peer.
This patch, in conjunction with a prior patch that adjusted the LSM hook
locations, works to set the correct on-the-wire label format for new incoming
connections through the security_inet_conn_request() hook. Besides the
correct behavior there are many advantages to this change, the most significant
is that all of the NetLabel socket labeling code in SELinux now lives in hooks
which can return error codes to the core stack which allows us to finally get
ride of the selinux_netlbl_inode_permission() logic which greatly simplfies
the NetLabel/SELinux glue code. In the process of developing this patch I
also ran into a small handful of AF_INET6 cleanliness issues that have been
fixed which should make the code safer and easier to extend in the future.
Signed-off-by: Paul Moore <paul.moore@hp.com>
Acked-by: Casey Schaufler <casey@schaufler-ca.com>
Signed-off-by: James Morris <jmorris@namei.org>
This patch removes all the virtual A-MPDU-queue bookkeeping from
mac80211. Curiously, iwlwifi already does its own bookkeeping, so
it doesn't require much changes except where it needs to handle
starting and stopping the queues in mac80211.
To handle the queue stop/wake properly, we rewrite the software
queue number for aggregation frames and internally to iwlwifi keep
track of the queues that map into the same AC queue, and only talk
to mac80211 about the AC queue. The implementation requires calling
two new functions, iwl_stop_queue and iwl_wake_queue instead of the
mac80211 counterparts.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Cc: Reinette Chattre <reinette.chatre@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Instead of stopping the entire AC queue when enabling aggregation
(which was only done for hardware with aggregation queues) buffer
the packets for each station, and release them to the pending skb
queue once aggregation is turned on successfully.
We get a little more code, but it becomes conceptually simpler and
we can remove the entire virtual queue mechanism from mac80211 in
a follow-up patch.
This changes how mac80211 behaves towards drivers that support
aggregation but have no hardware queues -- those drivers will now
not be handed packets while the aggregation session is being
established, but only after it has been fully established.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
When TX aggregation becomes operational, we do a number of steps:
1) print a debug message
2) wake the virtual queue
3) notify the driver
Unfortunately, 1) and 3) are only done if the driver is first to
reply to the aggregation request, it is, however, possible that the
remote station replies before the driver! Thus, unify the code for
this and call the new function ieee80211_agg_tx_operational in both
places where TX aggregation can become operational.
Additionally, rename the driver notification from
IEEE80211_AMPDU_TX_RESUME to IEEE80211_AMPDU_TX_OPERATIONAL.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This patch changes mac80211 to not notify the rate control algorithm's
tx_status() method when reporting status for a packet that didn't go
through the rate control algorithm's get_rate() method.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Add IEEE80211_HW_BEACON_FILTERING flag so that driver inform that it supports
beacon filtering. Drivers need to call the new function
ieee80211_beacon_loss() to notify about beacon loss.
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kalle.valo@nokia.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
In beacon filtering there needs to be a way to not expire the BSS even
when no beacons are received. Add an interface to cfg80211 to hold
BSS and make sure that it's not expired.
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kalle.valo@nokia.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
When software scanning we need to disable power save so that all possible
probe responses and beacons are received. For hardware scanning assume that
hardware will take care of that and document that assumption.
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kalle.valo@nokia.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
The functionality that NL80211_CMD_SET_MGMT_EXTRA_IE provided can now
be achieved with cleaner design by adding IE(s) into
NL80211_CMD_TRIGGER_SCAN, NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE,
NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE, NL80211_CMD_DEAUTHENTICATE, and
NL80211_CMD_DISASSOCIATE.
Since this is a very recently added command and there are no known (or
known planned) applications using NL80211_CMD_SET_MGMT_EXTRA_IE and
taken into account how much extra complexity it adds to the IE
processing we have now (and need to add in the future to fix IE order
in couple of frames), it looks like the best option is to just remove
the implementation of this command for now. The enum values themselves
are left to avoid changing the nl80211 command or attribute numbers.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni.malinen@atheros.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This patch adds new nl80211 commands to allow user space to request
authentication and association (and also deauthentication and
disassociation). The commands are structured to allow separate
authentication and association steps, i.e., the interface between
kernel and user space is similar to the MLME SAP interface in IEEE
802.11 standard and an user space application takes the role of the
SME.
The patch introduces MLME-AUTHENTICATE.request,
MLME-{,RE}ASSOCIATE.request, MLME-DEAUTHENTICATE.request, and
MLME-DISASSOCIATE.request primitives. The authentication and
association commands request the actual operations in two steps
(assuming the driver supports this; if not, separate authentication
step is skipped; this could end up being a separate "connect"
command).
The initial implementation for mac80211 uses the current
net/mac80211/mlme.c for actual sending and processing of management
frames and the new nl80211 commands will just stop the current state
machine from moving automatically from authentication to association.
Future cleanup may move more of the MLME operations into cfg80211.
The goal of this design is to provide more control of authentication and
association process to user space without having to move the full MLME
implementation. This should be enough to allow IEEE 802.11r FT protocol
and 802.11s SAE authentication to be implemented. Obviously, this will
also bring the extra benefit of not having to use WEXT for association
requests with mac80211. An example implementation of a user space SME
using the new nl80211 commands is available for wpa_supplicant.
This patch is enough to get IEEE 802.11r FT protocol working with
over-the-air mechanism (over-the-DS will need additional MLME
primitives for handling the FT Action frames).
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Add new nl80211 event notifications (and a new multicast group, "mlme")
for informing user space about received and processed Authentication,
(Re)Association Response, Deauthentication, and Disassociation frames in
station and IBSS modes (i.e., MLME SAP interface primitives
MLME-AUTHENTICATE.confirm, MLME-ASSOCIATE.confirm,
MLME-REASSOCIATE.confirm, MLME-DEAUTHENTICATE.indicate, and
MLME-DISASSOCIATE.indication). The event data is encapsulated as the 802.11
management frame since we already have the frame in that format and it
includes all the needed information.
This is the initial step in providing MLME SAP interface for
authentication and association with nl80211. In other words, kernel code
will act as the MLME and a user space application can control it as the
SME.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
No drivers use it any more, so it can now be removed safely.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Radiotap was updated to include a "bad PLCP" flag and standardise
the "bad FCS" flag in the "flags" rather than "RX flags" field,
this patch updates Linux to that standard.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
No hw/driver actually supports more than four queues right now,
and we allocate a number of things per queue which means we
waste a bit of memory. Reduce the maximum number to four to
accurately reflect what we do (and need for QoS). Even if we
had hardware supporting more queues we couldn't take advantage
of that right now anyway.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This inline is useless and actually makes the code _longer_
rather than shorter.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This patch adds a platform device driver that supports the OpenCores 10/100
Mbps Ethernet MAC.
The driver expects three resources: one IORESOURCE_MEM resource defines the
memory region for the core's memory-mapped registers while a second
IORESOURCE_MEM resource defines the network packet buffer space. The third
resource, of type IORESOURCE_IRQ, associates an interrupt with the driver.
Signed-off-by: Thierry Reding <thierry.reding@avionic-design.de>
Acked-by: Florian Fainelli <florian@openwrt.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Usefull for all protocols which do not add additional data, such
as GRE or UDPlite.
Signed-off-by: Holger Eitzenberger <holger@eitzenberger.org>
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Use "hlist_nulls" infrastructure we added in 2.6.29 for RCUification of UDP & TCP.
This permits an easy conversion from call_rcu() based hash lists to a
SLAB_DESTROY_BY_RCU one.
Avoiding call_rcu() delay at nf_conn freeing time has numerous gains.
First, it doesnt fill RCU queues (up to 10000 elements per cpu).
This reduces OOM possibility, if queued elements are not taken into account
This reduces latency problems when RCU queue size hits hilimit and triggers
emergency mode.
- It allows fast reuse of just freed elements, permitting better use of
CPU cache.
- We delete rcu_head from "struct nf_conn", shrinking size of this structure
by 8 or 16 bytes.
This patch only takes care of "struct nf_conn".
call_rcu() is still used for less critical conntrack parts, that may
be converted later if necessary.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <dada1@cosmosbay.com>
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
This is necessary in order to have an upper bound for Netlink
message calculation, which is not a problem at all, as there
are no helpers with a longer name.
Signed-off-by: Holger Eitzenberger <holger@eitzenberger.org>
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
It calculates the max. length of a Netlink policy, which is usefull
for allocating Netlink buffers roughly the size of the actual
message.
Signed-off-by: Holger Eitzenberger <holger@eitzenberger.org>
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
There is added a single callback for the l3 proto helper. The two
callbacks for the l4 protos are necessary because of the general
structure of a ctnetlink event, which is in short:
CTA_TUPLE_ORIG
<l3/l4-proto-attributes>
CTA_TUPLE_REPLY
<l3/l4-proto-attributes>
CTA_ID
...
CTA_PROTOINFO
<l4-proto-attributes>
CTA_TUPLE_MASTER
<l3/l4-proto-attributes>
Therefore the formular is
size := sizeof(generic-nlas) + 3 * sizeof(tuple_nlas) + sizeof(protoinfo_nlas)
Some of the NLAs are optional, e. g. CTA_TUPLE_MASTER, which is only
set if it's an expected connection. But the number of optional NLAs is
small enough to prevent netlink_trim() from reallocating if calculated
properly.
Signed-off-by: Holger Eitzenberger <holger@eitzenberger.org>
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Implement a way to provide the MAC address for ax88796 devices from
their platform data. Boards might decide to set the address
programmatically, taken from boot tags or other sources.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Mack <daniel@caiaq.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The ipv6 version of bind_conflict code calls ipv6_rcv_saddr_equal()
which at times wrongly identified intersections between addresses.
It particularly broke down under a few instances and caused erroneous
bind conflicts.
Signed-off-by: Vlad Yasevich <vladislav.yasevich@hp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The initial version of the DSA driver only supported a single switch
chip per network interface, while DSA-capable switch chips can be
interconnected to form a tree of switch chips. This patch adds support
for multiple switch chips on a network interface.
An example topology for a 16-port device with an embedded CPU is as
follows:
+-----+ +--------+ +--------+
| |eth0 10| switch |9 10| switch |
| CPU +----------+ +-------+ |
| | | chip 0 | | chip 1 |
+-----+ +---++---+ +---++---+
|| ||
|| ||
||1000baseT ||1000baseT
||ports 1-8 ||ports 9-16
This requires a couple of interdependent changes in the DSA layer:
- The dsa platform driver data needs to be extended: there is still
only one netdevice per DSA driver instance (eth0 in the example
above), but each of the switch chips in the tree needs its own
mii_bus device pointer, MII management bus address, and port name
array. (include/net/dsa.h) The existing in-tree dsa users need
some small changes to deal with this. (arch/arm)
- The DSA and Ethertype DSA tagging modules need to be extended to
use the DSA device ID field on receive and demultiplex the packet
accordingly, and fill in the DSA device ID field on transmit
according to which switch chip the packet is heading to.
(net/dsa/tag_{dsa,edsa}.c)
- The concept of "CPU port", which is the switch chip port that the
CPU is connected to (port 10 on switch chip 0 in the example), needs
to be extended with the concept of "upstream port", which is the
port on the switch chip that will bring us one hop closer to the CPU
(port 10 for both switch chips in the example above).
- The dsa platform data needs to specify which ports on which switch
chips are links to other switch chips, so that we can enable DSA
tagging mode on them. (For inter-switch links, we always use
non-EtherType DSA tagging, since it has lower overhead. The CPU
link uses dsa or edsa tagging depending on what the 'root' switch
chip supports.) This is done by specifying "dsa" for the given
port in the port array.
- The dsa platform data needs to be extended with information on via
which port to reach any given switch chip from any given switch chip.
This info is specified via the per-switch chip data struct ->rtable[]
array, which gives the nexthop ports for each of the other switches
in the tree.
For the example topology above, the dsa platform data would look
something like this:
static struct dsa_chip_data sw[2] = {
{
.mii_bus = &foo,
.sw_addr = 1,
.port_names[0] = "p1",
.port_names[1] = "p2",
.port_names[2] = "p3",
.port_names[3] = "p4",
.port_names[4] = "p5",
.port_names[5] = "p6",
.port_names[6] = "p7",
.port_names[7] = "p8",
.port_names[9] = "dsa",
.port_names[10] = "cpu",
.rtable = (s8 []){ -1, 9, },
}, {
.mii_bus = &foo,
.sw_addr = 2,
.port_names[0] = "p9",
.port_names[1] = "p10",
.port_names[2] = "p11",
.port_names[3] = "p12",
.port_names[4] = "p13",
.port_names[5] = "p14",
.port_names[6] = "p15",
.port_names[7] = "p16",
.port_names[10] = "dsa",
.rtable = (s8 []){ 10, -1, },
},
},
static struct dsa_platform_data pd = {
.netdev = &foo,
.nr_switches = 2,
.sw = sw,
};
Signed-off-by: Lennert Buytenhek <buytenh@marvell.com>
Tested-by: Gary Thomas <gary@mlbassoc.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Protocols should be able to use constant value for the descriptor.
Minor whitespace cleanup as well
Signed-off-by: Stephen Hemminger <shemminger@vyatta.com>
Acked-by: Arnaldo Carvalho de Melo <acme@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Remove 2 TEST_FRAME hacks that are no longer needed. These allowed
sctp regression tests to compile before, but are no longer needed.
Signed-off-by: Vlad Yasevich <vladislav.yasevich@hp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
reorder struct inet6_ifaddr to remove padding on 64 bit builds
remove 8 bytes of padding so inet6_ifaddr becomes 192 bytes & fits into
a smaller slab.
Signed-off-by: Richard Kennedy <richard@rsk.demon.co.uk>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
dev_queue_xmit() needs to dirty fields "state", "q", "bstats" and "qstats"
On x86_64 arch, they currently span three cache lines, involving more
cache line ping pongs than necessary, making longer holding of queue spinlock.
We can reduce this to one cache line, by grouping all read-mostly fields
at the beginning of structure. (Or should I say, all highly modified fields
at the end :) )
Before patch :
offsetof(struct Qdisc, state)=0x38
offsetof(struct Qdisc, q)=0x48
offsetof(struct Qdisc, bstats)=0x80
offsetof(struct Qdisc, qstats)=0x90
sizeof(struct Qdisc)=0xc8
After patch :
offsetof(struct Qdisc, state)=0x80
offsetof(struct Qdisc, q)=0x88
offsetof(struct Qdisc, bstats)=0xa0
offsetof(struct Qdisc, qstats)=0xac
sizeof(struct Qdisc)=0xc0
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <dada1@cosmosbay.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We do this so we can later inform userspace who set the
regulatory domain and provide details of the request.
Signed-off-by: Luis R. Rodriguez <lrodriguez@atheros.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This is not used as we can always just assume the first
regulatory domain set will _always_ be a static regulatory
domain. REGDOM_SET_BY_CORE will be the first request from
cfg80211 for a regdomain and that then populates the first
regulatory request.
Signed-off-by: Luis R. Rodriguez <lrodriguez@atheros.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This patch skips the delivery of conntrack events if the packet
was drop due to a race condition in the conntrack insertion.
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
This patch modifies nf_log to use a linked list of loggers for each
protocol. This list of loggers is read and write protected with a
mutex.
This patch separates registration and binding. To be used as
logging module, a module has to register calling nf_log_register()
and to bind to a protocol it has to call nf_log_bind_pf().
This patch also converts the logging modules to the new API. For nfnetlink_log,
it simply switchs call to register functions to call to bind function and
adds a call to nf_log_register() during init. For other modules, it just
remove a const flag from the logger structure and replace it with a
__read_mostly.
Signed-off-by: Eric Leblond <eric@inl.fr>
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
There's very little need for most of the callsites to get
tp->xmit_goal_size updated. That will cost us divide as is,
so slice the function in two. Also, the only users of the
tp->xmit_goal_size are directly behind tcp_current_mss(),
so there's no need to store that variable into tcp_sock
at all! The drop of xmit_goal_size currently leaves 16-bit
hole and some reorganization would again be necessary to
change that (but I'm aiming to fill that hole with u16
xmit_goal_size_segs to cache the results of the remaining
divide to get that tso on regression).
Bring xmit_goal_size parts into tcp.c
Signed-off-by: Ilpo Järvinen <ilpo.jarvinen@helsinki.fi>
Cc: Evgeniy Polyakov <zbr@ioremap.net>
Cc: Ingo Molnar <mingo@elte.hu>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Wow, it was quite tricky to merge that stream of negations
but I think I finally got it right:
check & replace_ts_recent:
(s32)(rcv_tsval - ts_recent) >= 0 => 0
(s32)(ts_recent - rcv_tsval) <= 0 => 0
discard:
(s32)(ts_recent - rcv_tsval) > TCP_PAWS_WINDOW => 1
(s32)(ts_recent - rcv_tsval) <= TCP_PAWS_WINDOW => 0
I toggled the return values of tcp_paws_check around since
the old encoding added yet-another negation making tracking
of truth-values really complicated.
Signed-off-by: Ilpo Järvinen <ilpo.jarvinen@helsinki.fi>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
It turns out that net_alive is unnecessary, and the original problem
that led to it being added was simply that the icmp code thought
it was a network device and wound up being unable to handle packets
while there were still packets in the network namespace.
Now that icmp and tcp have been fixed to properly register themselves
this problem is no longer present and we have a stronger guarantee
that packets will not arrive in a network namespace then that provided
by net_alive in netif_receive_skb. So remove net_alive allowing
packet reception run a little faster.
Additionally document the strong reason why network namespace cleanup
is safe so that if something happens again someone else will have
a chance of figuring it out.
Signed-off-by: Eric W. Biederman <ebiederm@aristanetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Commit faee47cdbf
(sctp: Fix the RTO-doubling on idle-link heartbeats)
broke the RTO doubling for data retransmits. If the
heartbeat was sent before the data T3-rtx time, the
the RTO will not double upon the T3-rtx expiration.
Distingish between the operations by passing an argument
to the function.
Additionally, Wei Youngjun pointed out that our treatment
of requested HEARTBEATS and timer HEARTBEATS is the same
wrt resetting congestion window. That needs to be separated,
since user requested HEARTBEATS should not treat the link
as idle.
Signed-off-by: Vlad Yasevich <vladislav.yasevich@hp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The above functions from include/net/tcp.h have been defined with an
argument that they never use. The argument is 'u32 ack' which is never
used inside the function body, and thus it can be removed. The rest of
the patch involves the necessary changes to the function callers of the
above two functions.
Signed-off-by: Hantzis Fotis <xantzis@ceid.upatras.gr>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Also fixes insignificant bug that would cause sending of stale
SACK block (would occur in some corner cases).
Signed-off-by: Ilpo Järvinen <ilpo.jarvinen@helsinki.fi>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
It seems that implementation in yeah was inconsistent to what
other did as it would increase cwnd one ack earlier than the
others do.
Size benefits:
bictcp_cong_avoid | -36
tcp_cong_avoid_ai | +52
bictcp_cong_avoid | -34
tcp_scalable_cong_avoid | -36
tcp_veno_cong_avoid | -12
tcp_yeah_cong_avoid | -38
= -104 bytes total
Signed-off-by: Ilpo Järvinen <ilpo.jarvinen@helsinki.fi>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When devices are world roaming they cannot beacon or do active scan
on 5 GHz or on channels 12, 13 and 14 on the 2 GHz band. Although
we have a good regulatory API some cards may _always_ world roam, this
is also true when a system does not have CRDA present. Devices doing world
roaming can still passive scan, if they find a beacon from an AP on
one of the world roaming frequencies we make the assumption we can do
the same and we also remove the passive scan requirement.
This adds support for providing beacon regulatory hints based on scans.
This works for devices that do either hardware or software scanning.
If a channel has not yet been marked as having had a beacon present
on it we queue the beacon hint processing into the workqueue.
All wireless devices will benefit from beacon regulatory hints from
any wireless device on a system including new devices connected to
the system at a later time.
Signed-off-by: Luis R. Rodriguez <lrodriguez@atheros.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
All regulatory hints (core, driver, userspace and 11d) are now processed in
a workqueue.
Signed-off-by: Luis R. Rodriguez <lrodriguez@atheros.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
We do this so later on we can move the pending requests onto a
workqueue. By using the wiphy_idx instead of the wiphy we can
later easily check if the wiphy has disappeared or not.
Signed-off-by: Luis R. Rodriguez <lrodriguez@atheros.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This adds optional notifier functions for software scan.
Signed-off-by: Michael Buesch <mb@bu3sch.de>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
The previous patch made cfg80211 generally aware of the signal
type a given hardware will give, so now it can implement
SIOCGIWRANGE itself, removing more wext stuff from mac80211.
Might need to be a little more parametrized once we have
more hardware using cfg80211 and new hardware capabilities.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
It wasn't a good idea to make the signal type a per-BSS option,
although then it is closer to the actual value. Move it to be
a per-wiphy setting, update mac80211 to match.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
The TX/RX packet counters are needed to fill in RADIUS Accounting
attributes Acct-Output-Packets and Acct-Input-Packets. We already
collect the needed information, but only the TX/RX bytes were
previously exposed through nl80211. Allow applications to fetch the
packet counters, too, to provide more complete support for accounting.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni.malinen@atheros.com>
Acked-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This extends the NL80211_CMD_TRIGGER_SCAN command to allow applications
to specify a set of information element(s) to be added into Probe
Request frames with NL80211_ATTR_IE. This provides support for the
MLME-SCAN.request primitive parameter VendorSpecificInfo and can be
used, e.g., to implement WPS scanning.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni.malinen@atheros.com>
Acked-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
The AP can switch dynamically between 20/40 Mhz channel width,
in which case we switch the local operating channel, but the
rate control algorithm is not notified. This patch adds a new callback
to indicate such changes to the RC algorithm.
Currently, HT channel width change is notified, but this callback
can be used to indicate any new requirements that might come up later on.
Signed-off-by: Sujith <Sujith.Manoharan@atheros.com>
Acked-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Hardware with AMPDU queues currently has broken aggregation.
This patch fixes it by making all A-MPDUs go over the regular AC queues,
but keeping track of the hardware queues in mac80211. As a first rough
version, it actually stops the AC queue for extended periods of time,
which can be removed by adding buffering internal to mac80211, but is
currently not a huge problem because people rarely use multiple TIDs
that are in the same AC (and iwlwifi currently doesn't operate as AP).
This is a short-term fix, my current medium-term plan, which I hope to
execute soon as well, but am not sure can finish before .30, looks like
this:
1) rework the internal queuing layer in mac80211 that we use for
fragments if the driver stopped queue in the middle of a fragmented
frame to be able to queue more frames at once (rather than just a
single frame with its fragments)
2) instead of stopping the entire AC queue, queue up the frames in a
per-station/per-TID queue during aggregation session initiation,
when the session has come up take all those frames and put them
onto the queue from 1)
3) push the ampdu queue layer abstraction this patch introduces in
mac80211 into the driver, and remove the virtual queue stuff from
mac80211 again
This plan will probably also affect ath9k in that mac80211 queues the
frames instead of passing them down, even when there are no ampdu queues.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Only ipw2x00 now uses it. Reduce confusion. Profit!
Signed-off-by: Dan Williams <dcbw@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Impact: Attribute function with __releases(...)
Fix this sparse warning:
net/ipv4/inet_fragment.c:276:35: warning: context imbalance in 'inet_frag_find' - unexpected unlock
Signed-off-by: Hannes Eder <hannes@hanneseder.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Some of the qualification tests demand that in case of failures in L2CAP
the HCI disconnect should indicate a reason why L2CAP fails. This is a
bluntly layer violation since multiple L2CAP connections could be using
the same ACL and thus forcing a disconnect reason is not a good idea.
To comply with the Bluetooth test specification, the disconnect reason
is now stored in the L2CAP connection structure and every time a new
L2CAP channel is added it will set back to its default. So only in the
case where the L2CAP channel with the disconnect reason is really the
last one, it will propagated to the HCI layer.
The HCI layer has been extended with a disconnect indication that allows
it to ask upper layers for a disconnect reason. The upper layer must not
support this callback and in that case it will nicely default to the
existing behavior. If an upper layer like L2CAP can provide a disconnect
reason that one will be used to disconnect the ACL or SCO link.
No modification to the ACL disconnect timeout have been made. So in case
of Linux to Linux connection the initiator will disconnect the ACL link
before the acceptor side can signal the specific disconnect reason. That
is perfectly fine since Linux doesn't make use of this value anyway. The
L2CAP layer has a perfect valid error code for rejecting connection due
to a security violation. It is unclear why the Bluetooth specification
insists on having specific HCI disconnect reason.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
In preparation for L2CAP fixed channel support, the CID value of a
L2CAP connection needs to be accessible via the socket interface. The
CID is the connection identifier and exists as source and destination
value. So extend the L2CAP socket address structure with this field and
change getsockname() and getpeername() to fill it in.
The bind() and connect() functions have been modified to handle L2CAP
socket address structures of variable sizes. This makes them future
proof if additional fields need to be added.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
If the extended features mask indicates support for fixed channels,
request the list of available fixed channels. This also enables the
fixed channel features bit so remote implementations can request
information about it. Currently only the signal channel will be
listed.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
The recommendation for the L2CAP PSM 1 (SDP) is to not use any kind
of authentication or encryption. So don't trigger authentication
for incoming and outgoing SDP connections.
For L2CAP PSM 3 (RFCOMM) there is no clear requirement, but with
Bluetooth 2.1 the initiator is required to enable authentication
and encryption first and this gets enforced. So there is no need
to trigger an additional authentication step. The RFCOMM service
security will make sure that a secure enough link key is present.
When the encryption gets enabled after the SDP connection setup,
then switch the security level from SDP to low security.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
If the remote L2CAP server uses authentication pending stage and
encryption is enabled it can happen that a L2CAP connection request is
sent twice due to a race condition in the connection state machine.
When the remote side indicates any kind of connection pending, then
track this state and skip sending of L2CAP commands for this period.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
When two L2CAP connections are requested quickly after the ACL link has
been established there exists a window for a race condition where a
connection request is sent before the information response has been
received. Any connection request should only be sent after an exchange
of the extended features mask has been finished.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
When receiving incoming connection to specific services, always use
general bonding. This ensures that the link key gets stored and can be
used for further authentications.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
When attempting to setup eSCO connections it can happen that some link
manager implementations fail to properly negotiate the eSCO parameters
and thus fail the eSCO setup. Normally the link manager is responsible
for the negotiation of the parameters and actually fallback to SCO if
no agreement can be reached. In cases where the link manager is just too
stupid, then at least try to establish a SCO link if eSCO fails.
For the Bluetooth devices with EDR support this includes handling packet
types of EDR basebands. This is particular tricky since for the EDR the
logic of enabling/disabling one specific packet type is turned around.
This fix contains an extra bitmask to disable eSCO EDR packet when
trying to fallback to a SCO connection.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
A role switch with devices following the Bluetooth pre-2.1 standards
or without Encryption Pause and Resume support is not possible if
encryption is enabled. Most newer headsets require the role switch,
but also require that the connection is encrypted.
For connections with a high security mode setting, the link will be
immediately dropped. When the connection uses medium security mode
setting, then a grace period is introduced where the TX is halted and
the remote device gets a change to re-enable encryption after the
role switch. If not re-enabled the link will be dropped.
Based on initial work by Ville Tervo <ville.tervo@nokia.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
The current security model is based around the flags AUTH, ENCRYPT and
SECURE. Starting with support for the Bluetooth 2.1 specification this is
no longer sufficient. The different security levels are now defined as
SDP, LOW, MEDIUM and SECURE.
Previously it was possible to set each security independently, but this
actually doesn't make a lot of sense. For Bluetooth the encryption depends
on a previous successful authentication. Also you can only update your
existing link key if you successfully created at least one before. And of
course the update of link keys without having proper encryption in place
is a security issue.
The new security levels from the Bluetooth 2.1 specification are now
used internally. All old settings are mapped to the new values and this
way it ensures that old applications still work. The only limitation
is that it is no longer possible to set authentication without also
enabling encryption. No application should have done this anyway since
this is actually a security issue. Without encryption the integrity of
the authentication can't be guaranteed.
As default for a new L2CAP or RFCOMM connection, the LOW security level
is used. The only exception here are the service discovery sessions on
PSM 1 where SDP level is used. To have similar security strength as with
a Bluetooth 2.0 and before combination key, the MEDIUM level should be
used. This is according to the Bluetooth specification. The MEDIUM level
will not require any kind of man-in-the-middle (MITM) protection. Only
the HIGH security level will require this.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
In order to decide if listening RFCOMM sockets should be accept()ed
the BD_ADDR of the remote device needs to be known. This patch adds
a socket option which defines a timeout for deferring the actual
connection setup.
The connection setup is done after reading from the socket for the
first time. Until then writing to the socket returns ENOTCONN.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
The L2CAP and RFCOMM applications require support for authorization
and the ability of rejecting incoming connection requests. The socket
interface is not really able to support this.
This patch does the ground work for a socket option to defer connection
setup. Setting this option allows calling of accept() and then the
first read() will trigger the final connection setup. Calling close()
would reject the connection.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
It turns out that net_alive is unnecessary, and the original problem
that led to it being added was simply that the icmp code thought
it was a network device and wound up being unable to handle packets
while there were still packets in the network namespace.
Now that icmp and tcp have been fixed to properly register themselves
this problem is no longer present and we have a stronger guarantee
that packets will not arrive in a network namespace then that provided
by net_alive in netif_receive_skb. So remove net_alive allowing
packet reception run a little faster.
Additionally document the strong reason why network namespace cleanup
is safe so that if something happens again someone else will have
a chance of figuring it out.
Signed-off-by: Eric W. Biederman <ebiederm@aristanetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Table size is defined as unsigned, wheres the table maximum size is
defined as a signed integer. The calculation of max is 8 or 4,
multiplied the table size. Therefore the max value is aligned to
unsigned.
Signed-off-by: Hagen Paul Pfeifer <hagen@jauu.net>
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
The untracked conntrack actually does usually have events marked for
delivery as its not special-cased in that part of the code. Skip the
actual delivery since it impacts performance noticeably.
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
A long time ago we had bugs, primarily in TCP, where we would modify
skb->truesize (for TSO queue collapsing) in ways which would corrupt
the socket memory accounting.
skb_truesize_check() was added in order to try and catch this error
more systematically.
However this debugging check has morphed into a Frankenstein of sorts
and these days it does nothing other than catch false-positives.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
During peeloff/accept() sctp needs to save the parent socket state
into the new socket so that any options set on the parent are
inherited by the child socket. This was found when the
parent/listener socket issues SO_BINDTODEVICE, but the
data was misrouted after a route cache flush.
Signed-off-by: Vlad Yasevich <vladislav.yasevich@hp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
SCTP incorrectly doubles rto ever time a Hearbeat chunk
is generated. However RFC 4960 states:
On an idle destination address that is allowed to heartbeat, it is
recommended that a HEARTBEAT chunk is sent once per RTO of that
destination address plus the protocol parameter 'HB.interval', with
jittering of +/- 50% of the RTO value, and exponential backoff of the
RTO if the previous HEARTBEAT is unanswered.
Essentially, of if the heartbean is unacknowledged, do we double the RTO.
Signed-off-by: Vlad Yasevich <vladislav.yasevich@hp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The sctp crc32c checksum is always generated in little endian.
So, we clean up the code to treat it as little endian and remove
all the __force casts.
Suggested by Herbert Xu.
Signed-off-by: Vlad Yasevich <vladislav.yasevich@hp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This is a new version of my patch, now using a module parameter instead
of a sysctl, so that the option is harder to find. Please note that,
once the module is loaded, it is still possible to change the value of
the parameter in /sys/module/sctp/parameters/, which is useful if you
want to do performance comparisons without rebooting.
Computation of SCTP checksums significantly affects the performance of
SCTP. For example, using two dual-Opteron 246 connected using a Gbe
network, it was not possible to achieve more than ~730 Mbps, compared to
941 Mbps after disabling SCTP checksums.
Unfortunately, SCTP checksum offloading in NICs is not commonly
available (yet).
By default, checksums are still enabled, of course.
Signed-off-by: Lucas Nussbaum <lucas.nussbaum@ens-lyon.fr>
Signed-off-by: Vlad Yasevich <vladislav.yasevich@hp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Instructions for time stamping outgoing packets are take from the
socket layer and later copied into the new skb.
Signed-off-by: Patrick Ohly <patrick.ohly@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The overlap with the old SO_TIMESTAMP[NS] options is handled so
that time stamping in software (net_enable_timestamp()) is
enabled when SO_TIMESTAMP[NS] and/or SO_TIMESTAMPING_RX_SOFTWARE
is set. It's disabled if all of these are off.
Signed-off-by: Patrick Ohly <patrick.ohly@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Base versions handle constant folding now. For headers exposed to
userspace, we must only expose the __ prefixed versions.
Signed-off-by: Harvey Harrison <harvey.harrison@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add a more flexible BSS lookup function so that mac80211 or
other drivers can actually use this for getting the BSS to
connect to.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This patch introduces cfg80211_unlink_bss, a function to
allow a driver to remove a BSS from the internal list and
make it not show up in scan results any more -- this is
to be used when the driver detects that the BSS is no
longer available.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
When cfg80211 users have their own allocated data in the per-BSS
private data, they will need to free this when the BSS struct is
destroyed. Add a free_priv method and fix one place where the BSS
was kfree'd rather than released properly.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This patch adds basic scan capability to cfg80211/nl80211 and
changes mac80211 to use it. The BSS list that cfg80211 maintains
is made driver-accessible with a private area in each BSS struct,
but mac80211 doesn't yet use it. That's another large project.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
The atomic requirement for the TSF callbacks
is outdated. get_tsf() is only called by
ieee80211_rx_bss_info() which is indirectly
called by the work queue ieee80211_sta_work().
In the same context are called several other
non-atomic functions, too.
And the atomic requirement causes problems
for drivers of USB wifi cards.
Signed-off-by: Alina Friedrichsen <x-alina@gmx.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
The problem is that in_atomic() will return false inside spinlocks if
CONFIG_PREEMPT=n. This will lead to deadlockable GFP_KERNEL allocations
from spinlocked regions.
Secondly, if CONFIG_PREEMPT=y, this bug solves itself because networking
will instead use GFP_ATOMIC from this callsite. Hence we won't get the
might_sleep() debugging warnings which would have informed us of the buggy
callsites.
Solve both these problems by switching to in_interrupt(). Now, if someone
runs a gfp_any() allocation from inside spinlock we will get the warning
if CONFIG_PREEMPT=y.
I reviewed all callsites and most of them were too complex for my little
brain and none of them documented their interface requirements. I have no
idea what this patch will do.
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Giving the signal in dB isn't much more useful to userspace
than giving the signal in unspecified units. This removes
some radiotap information for zd1211 (the only driver using
this flag), but it helps a lot for getting cfg80211-based
scanning which won't support dB, and zd1211 being dB is a
little fishy anyway.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Cc: Bruno Randolf <bruno@thinktube.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
The function sock_alloc_send_pskb is completely useless if not
exported since most of the code in it won't be used as is. In
fact, this code has already been duplicated in the tun driver.
Now that we need accounting in the tun driver, we can in fact
use this function as is. So this patch marks it for export again.
Signed-off-by: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
And switch bsockets to atomic_t since it might be changed in parallel.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <dada1@cosmosbay.com>
Acked-by: Evgeniy Polyakov <zbr@ioremap.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net> suggested:
> How about making this flag and the warning message (in a out-of-line
> function) globally available? Other qdiscs (f.i. HFSC) can't deal with
> inner non-work-conserving qdiscs as well.
This patch uses qdisc->flags field of "suspected" child qdisc.
Signed-off-by: Jarek Poplawski <jarkao2@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch enables low-level driver independent debugging of the TSF and remove the driver specific things of ath5k and ath9k from the debugfs.
Signed-off-by: Alina Friedrichsen <x-alina@gmx.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Using only the RTNL has a number of problems, most notably that
ieee80211_iterate_active_interfaces() and other interface list
traversals cannot be done from the internal workqueue because it
needs to be flushed under the RTNL.
This patch introduces a new mutex that protects the interface list
against modifications. A more detailed explanation is part of the
code change.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
If a driver is given a wiphy and it wants to get to its private
mac80211 driver area it can use wiphy_to_ieee80211_hw() to get first
to its ieee80211_hw and then access the private structure via hw->priv. The
wiphy_priv() is already being used internally by mac80211 and drivers
should not use this. This can be helpful in a drivers reg_notifier().
Signed-off-by: Luis R. Rodriguez <lrodriguez@atheros.com>
Acked-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This allows drivers to request strict regulatory settings to
be applied to its devices. This is desirable for devices where
proper calibration and compliance can only be gauranteed for
for the device's programmed regulatory domain. Regulatory
domain settings will be ignored until the device's own
regulatory domain is properly configured. If no regulatory
domain is received only the world regulatory domain will be
applied -- if OLD_REG (default to "US") is not enabled. If
OLD_REG behaviour is not acceptable to drivers they must
update their wiphy with a custom reuglatory prior to wiphy
registration.
Signed-off-by: Luis R. Rodriguez <lrodriguez@atheros.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Drivers may need more information than just who set the last regulatory domain,
as such lets just pass the last regulatory_request receipt. To do this we need
to move out to headers struct regulatory_request, and enum environment_cap. While
at it lets add documentation for enum environment_cap.
Signed-off-by: Luis R. Rodriguez <lrodriguez@atheros.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Drivers without firmware can also have custom regulatory maps
which do not map to a specific ISO / IEC alpha2 country code.
Signed-off-by: Luis R. Rodriguez <lrodriguez@atheros.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This can be used by drivers on the reg_notifier()
Signed-off-by: Luis R. Rodriguez <lrodriguez@atheros.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This adds wiphy_apply_custom_regulatory() to be used by drivers
prior to wiphy registration to apply a custom regulatory domain.
This can be used by drivers that do not have a direct 1-1 mapping
between a regulatory domain and a country.
Signed-off-by: Luis R. Rodriguez <lrodriguez@atheros.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This patch adds a flag to notify drivers to start and stop
beaconing when needed, for example, during a scan run. Based
on Sujith's first patch to do the same, but now disables
beaconing for all virtual interfaces while scanning, has a
separate change flag and tracks user-space requests.
Signed-off-by: Sujith <Sujith.Manoharan@atheros.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Signed-off-by: Sujith <Sujith.Manoharan@atheros.com>
Acked-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Since the standards only define 12 legacy rates, 32 is certainly
a sane upper limit and we don't need to use u64 everywhere. Add
sanity checking that no more than 32 rates are registered and
change the variables to u32 throughout.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Then one place can be a static const.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Acked-by: Ivo van Doorn <IvDoorn@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This should help implement suspend/resume in mac80211, these
hooks will be run before the device is suspended and after it
resumes. Therefore, they can touch the hardware as much as
they want to.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: Bob Copeland <me@bobcopeland.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
A new nl80211 command, NL80211_CMD_SET_MGMT_EXTRA_IE, can be used to
add arbitrary IE data into the end of management frames. The interface
allows extra IEs to be configured for each management frame subtype, but
only some of them (ProbeReq, ProbeResp, Auth, (Re)AssocReq, Deauth,
Disassoc) are currently accepted in mac80211 implementation.
This makes it easier to implement IEEE 802.11 extensions like WPS and
FT that add IE(s) into some management frames. In addition, this can
be useful for testing and experimentation purposes.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni.malinen@atheros.com>
Acked-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
For any callbacks in ieee80211_ops, specify what values the return
codes represent. While at it, fix a couple of capitalization and
punctuation differences.
Signed-off-by: Bob Copeland <me@bobcopeland.com>
Reviewed-by: Kalle Valo <kalle.valo@iki.fi>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This allows user space to determine whether a driver supports MFP and
behave properly without having to ask user to configure this in
MFP-optional mode.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni.malinen@atheros.com>
Acked-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
If driver/firmware/hardware does not support CCMP for management
frames, it can now request mac80211 to take care of encrypting and
decrypting management frames (when MFP is enabled) in software. The
will need to add this new IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_SW_MGMT flag when a CCMP
key is being configured for TX side and return the undecrypted frames
on RX side without RX_FLAG_DECRYPTED flag to use software CCMP for
management frames (but hardware for data frames).
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni.malinen@atheros.com>
Acked-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Add mechanism for managing BIP keys (IGTK) and integrate BIP into the
TX/RX paths.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
Acked-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Add flags for setting STA entries and struct ieee80211_if_sta to
indicate whether management frame protection (MFP) is used.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
Acked-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
We add support for multiple drivers to provide a regulatory_hint()
on a system by adding a wiphy specific regulatory domain cache.
This allows drivers to keep around cache their own regulatory domain
structure queried from CRDA.
We handle conflicts by intersecting multiple regulatory domains,
each driver will stick to its own regulatory domain though unless
a country IE has been received and processed.
If the user already requested a regulatory domain and a driver
requests the same regulatory domain then simply copy to the
driver's regd the same regulatory domain and do not call
CRDA, do not collect $200.
Signed-off-by: Luis R. Rodriguez <lrodriguez@atheros.com>
Acked-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This modifies hardware flags for powersave to support three different
flags:
* IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_PS - indicates general PS support
* IEEE80211_HW_PS_NULLFUNC_STACK - indicates nullfunc sending in software
* IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_DYNAMIC_PS - indicates dynamic PS on the device
It also adds documentation for all this which explains how to set the
various flags.
Additionally, it fixes a few things:
* a spot where && was used to test flags
* enable CONF_PS only when associated again
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This will be needed for drivers that set the
IEEE80211_HW_NO_STACK_DYNAMIC_PS flag and still
want to handle dynamic PS.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Reviewed-by: Kalle Valo <kalle.valo@nokia.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
The channel_type really doesn't need to be the only member in
a new structure, so remove the struct. Additionally, remove
the _CONF_CHANGE_HT flag and use _CONF_CHANGE_CHANNEL when the
channel type changes, since that's enough of a change to require
reprogramming the hardware anyway.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
I missed this during review of "mac80211: Fix tx power setting",
the user_power_level shouldn't be available to the driver but
rather be an internal value used to calculate the value for the
driver.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Cc: Vasanthakumar Thiagarajan <vasanth@atheros.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
The set_key callback now seems rather odd, passing a MAC address
instead of a station struct, and a local address instead of a
vif struct. Change that.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Acked-by: Bob Copeland <me@bobcopeland.com> [ath5k]
Acked-by: Ivo van Doorn <ivdoorn@gmail.com> [rt2x00]
Acked-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@web.de> [p54]
Tested-by: Kalle Valo <kalle.valo@nokia.com> [iwl3945]
Tested-by: Samuel Ortiz <samuel@sortiz.org> [iwl3945]
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
power_level in ieee80211_conf is being used for more than one
purpose. It being used as user configured power limit and the
final power limit given to the driver. By doing so, except very
first time, the tx power limit is taken from min(chan->max_power,
local->hw.conf.power_level) which is not what we want. This patch
defines a new memeber in ieee80211_conf which is meant only for
user configured power limit.
Signed-off-by: Vasanthakumar Thiagarajan <vasanth@atheros.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
We can simply use conf_is_ht() check where needed.
Signed-off-by: Luis R. Rodriguez <lrodriguez@atheros.com>
Acked-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
In HT capable drivers you often need to check if you
are currently using HT20 or HT40. This adds a few small
helpers to let drivers figure that out.
Signed-off-by: Luis R. Rodriguez <lrodriguez@atheros.com>
Acked-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
In commit 9db66bdcc8 (net: convert
TCP/DCCP ehash rwlocks to spinlocks), I forgot to change one
occurrence of rwlock_t to spinlock_t
I believe sizeof(raw_spinlock_t) might be > 0 on !CONFIG_SMP if
CONFIG_DEBUG_SPINLOCK while sizeof(raw_rwlock_t) should be 0 in this
case.
Fortunatly, CONFIG_DEBUG_SPINLOCK adds fields to both spinlock_t and
rwlock_t, but at this might change in the future (being able to debug
spinlocks but not rwlocks for example), better to be safe.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <dada1@cosmosbay.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
crc32c algorithm provides a byteswaped result. On little-endian
arches, the result ends up in big-endian/network byte order.
On big-endinan arches, the result ends up in little-endian
order and needs to be byte swapped again. Thus calling cpu_to_le32
gives the right output.
Tested-by: Jukka Taimisto <jukka.taimisto@mail.suomi.net>
Signed-off-by: Vlad Yasevich <vladislav.yasevich@hp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Preliminary work to make IPv4 multicast routing netns-aware.
Declare variable 'reg_vif_num' per-namespace, move into struct netns_ipv4.
At the moment, this variable is only referenced in init_net.
Signed-off-by: Benjamin Thery <benjamin.thery@bull.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Preliminary work to make IPv4 multicast routing netns-aware.
Declare IPv multicast routing variables 'mroute_do_assert' and
'mroute_do_pim' per-namespace in struct netns_ipv4.
At the moment, these variables are only referenced in init_net.
Signed-off-by: Benjamin Thery <benjamin.thery@bull.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Preliminary work to make IPv4 multicast routing netns-aware.
Declare variable cache_resolve_queue_len per-namespace: move it into
struct netns_ipv4.
This variable counts the number of unresolved cache entries queued in the
list mfc_unres_queue. This list is kept global to all netns as the number
of entries per namespace is limited to 10 (hardcoded in routine
ipmr_cache_unresolved).
Entries belonging to different namespaces in mfc_unres_queue will be
identified by matching the mfc_net member introduced previously in
struct mfc_cache.
Keeping this list global to all netns, also allows us to keep a single
timer (ipmr_expire_timer) to handle their expiration.
In some places cache_resolve_queue_len value was tested for arming
or deleting the timer. These tests were equivalent to testing
mfc_unres_queue value instead and are replaced in this patch.
At the moment, cache_resolve_queue_len is only referenced in init_net.
Signed-off-by: Benjamin Thery <benjamin.thery@bull.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Preliminary work to make IPv4 multicast routing netns-aware.
Dynamically allocate IPv4 multicast forwarding cache, mfc_cache_array,
and move it to struct netns_ipv4.
At the moment, mfc_cache_array is only referenced in init_net.
Signed-off-by: Benjamin Thery <benjamin.thery@bull.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Preliminary work to make IPv6 multicast routing netns-aware.
Dynamically allocate interface table vif_table and move it to
struct netns_ipv4, and update MIF_EXISTS() macro.
At the moment, vif_table is only referenced in init_net.
Signed-off-by: Benjamin Thery <benjamin.thery@bull.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Preliminary work to make IPv4 multicast routing netns-aware.
Make IPv4 multicast routing mroute_socket per-namespace,
moves it into struct netns_ipv4.
At the moment, mroute_socket is only referenced in init_net.
Signed-off-by: Benjamin Thery <benjamin.thery@bull.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
With simple extension to the binding mechanism, which allows to bind more
than 64k sockets (or smaller amount, depending on sysctl parameters),
we have to traverse the whole bind hash table to find out empty bucket.
And while it is not a problem for example for 32k connections, bind()
completion time grows exponentially (since after each successful binding
we have to traverse one bucket more to find empty one) even if we start
each time from random offset inside the hash table.
So, when hash table is full, and we want to add another socket, we have
to traverse the whole table no matter what, so effectivelly this will be
the worst case performance and it will be constant.
Attached picture shows bind() time depending on number of already bound
sockets.
Green area corresponds to the usual binding to zero port process, which
turns on kernel port selection as described above. Red area is the bind
process, when number of reuse-bound sockets is not limited by 64k (or
sysctl parameters). The same exponential growth (hidden by the green
area) before number of ports reaches sysctl limit.
At this time bind hash table has exactly one reuse-enbaled socket in a
bucket, but it is possible that they have different addresses. Actually
kernel selects the first port to try randomly, so at the beginning bind
will take roughly constant time, but with time number of port to check
after random start will increase. And that will have exponential growth,
but because of above random selection, not every next port selection
will necessary take longer time than previous. So we have to consider
the area below in the graph (if you could zoom it, you could find, that
there are many different times placed there), so area can hide another.
Blue area corresponds to the port selection optimization.
This is rather simple design approach: hashtable now maintains (unprecise
and racely updated) number of currently bound sockets, and when number
of such sockets becomes greater than predefined value (I use maximum
port range defined by sysctls), we stop traversing the whole bind hash
table and just stop at first matching bucket after random start. Above
limit roughly corresponds to the case, when bind hash table is full and
we turned on mechanism of allowing to bind more reuse-enabled sockets,
so it does not change behaviour of other sockets.
Signed-off-by: Evgeniy Polyakov <zbr@ioremap.net>
Tested-by: Denys Fedoryschenko <denys@visp.net.lb>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Signed-off-by: Stephen Hemminger <shemminger@vyatta.com>
Acked-by: Ralf Baechle <ralf@linux-mips.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Fix (delete) more mac80211 kernel-doc:
Warning(linux-2.6.28-git13//include/net/mac80211.h:375): Excess struct/union/enum/typedef member 'retry_count' description in 'ieee80211_tx_info'
Warning(linux-2.6.28-git13//net/mac80211/sta_info.h:308): Excess struct/union/enum/typedef member 'last_txrate' description in 'sta_info'
Signed-off-by: Randy Dunlap <randy.dunlap@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
The kernel-doc was referring to member @debufs_dentry instead of
@debugfs_dentry.
Reported by Randy Dunlap http://marc.info/?l=linux-netdev&m=123147942302885&w=2
As well, escape the colon in the field's text description, as it is
causing the generated text to be erraticly broken up (with paragraphs
moved down). Could not find a reason why it is happening so, even when
other field descriptions use colons and work as expected.
Signed-off-by: Inaky Perez-Gonzalez <inaky@linux.intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
* 'next' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/djbw/async_tx: (22 commits)
ioat: fix self test for multi-channel case
dmaengine: bump initcall level to arch_initcall
dmaengine: advertise all channels on a device to dma_filter_fn
dmaengine: use idr for registering dma device numbers
dmaengine: add a release for dma class devices and dependent infrastructure
ioat: do not perform removal actions at shutdown
iop-adma: enable module removal
iop-adma: kill debug BUG_ON
iop-adma: let devm do its job, don't duplicate free
dmaengine: kill enum dma_state_client
dmaengine: remove 'bigref' infrastructure
dmaengine: kill struct dma_client and supporting infrastructure
dmaengine: replace dma_async_client_register with dmaengine_get
atmel-mci: convert to dma_request_channel and down-level dma_slave
dmatest: convert to dma_request_channel
dmaengine: introduce dma_request_channel and private channels
net_dma: convert to dma_find_channel
dmaengine: provide a common 'issue_pending_all' implementation
dmaengine: centralize channel allocation, introduce dma_find_channel
dmaengine: up-level reference counting to the module level
...
Reported by Randy Dunlap from a warning in the v2.6.29 merge window
tree as of 2009/1/8.
Signed-off-by: Inaky Perez-Gonzalez <inaky@linux.intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds GRO support for IPv6. IPv6 GRO supports extension
headers in the same way as GSO (by using the same infrastructure).
It's also simpler compared to IPv4 since we no longer have to worry
about fragmentation attributes or header checksums.
Signed-off-by: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Definitions for the user/kernel API protocol through generic
netlink. User space can copy it verbatim and use it.
Kernel API definition declares the main data types and calls for the
drivers to integrate into the WiMAX stack. Provides usage
documentation.
Signed-off-by: Inaky Perez-Gonzalez <inaky@linux.intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@suse.de>
Use the general-purpose channel allocation provided by dmaengine.
Reviewed-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan Williams <dan.j.williams@intel.com>
Simply, if a client wants any dmaengine channel then prevent all dmaengine
modules from being removed. Once the clients are done re-enable module
removal.
Why?, beyond reducing complication:
1/ Tracking reference counts per-transaction in an efficient manner, as
is currently done, requires a complicated scheme to avoid cache-line
bouncing effects.
2/ Per-transaction ref-counting gives the false impression that a
dma-driver can be gracefully removed ahead of its user (net, md, or
dma-slave)
3/ None of the in-tree dma-drivers talk to hot pluggable hardware, but
if such an engine were built one day we still would not need to notify
clients of remove events. The driver can simply return NULL to a
->prep() request, something that is much easier for a client to handle.
Reviewed-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Acked-by: Maciej Sosnowski <maciej.sosnowski@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Dan Williams <dan.j.williams@intel.com>
Thanks to excellent diagnosis by Eduard Guzovsky.
The core problem is that on a network with lots of active
multicast traffic, the neighbour cache can fill up. If
we try to allocate a new route and thus neighbour cache
entry, the bog-standard GC attempt the neighbour layer does
in ineffective because route entries hold a reference
to the existing neighbour entries and GC can only liberate
entries with no references.
IPV4 already has a way to handle this, by doing a route cache
GC in such situations (when neigh attach returns -ENOBUFS).
So simply mimick this on the ipv6 side.
Tested-by: Eduard Guzovsky <eguzovsky@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Update the NetLabel kernel API to expose the new features added in kernel
releases 2.6.25 and 2.6.28: the static/fallback label functionality and network
address based selectors.
Signed-off-by: Paul Moore <paul.moore@hp.com>
* git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net-next-2.6: (1429 commits)
net: Allow dependancies of FDDI & Tokenring to be modular.
igb: Fix build warning when DCA is disabled.
net: Fix warning fallout from recent NAPI interface changes.
gro: Fix potential use after free
sfc: If AN is enabled, always read speed/duplex from the AN advertising bits
sfc: When disabling the NIC, close the device rather than unregistering it
sfc: SFT9001: Add cable diagnostics
sfc: Add support for multiple PHY self-tests
sfc: Merge top-level functions for self-tests
sfc: Clean up PHY mode management in loopback self-test
sfc: Fix unreliable link detection in some loopback modes
sfc: Generate unique names for per-NIC workqueues
802.3ad: use standard ethhdr instead of ad_header
802.3ad: generalize out mac address initializer
802.3ad: initialize ports LACPDU from const initializer
802.3ad: remove typedef around ad_system
802.3ad: turn ports is_individual into a bool
802.3ad: turn ports is_enabled into a bool
802.3ad: make ntt bool
ixgbe: Fix set_ringparam in ixgbe to use the same memory pools.
...
Fixed trivial IPv4/6 address printing conflicts in fs/cifs/connect.c due
to the conversion to %pI (in this networking merge) and the addition of
doing IPv6 addresses (from the earlier merge of CIFS).
See commit 1045b03e07 ("netlink: fix
overrun in attribute iteration") for a detailed explanation of why
this patch is necessary.
In short, nlmsg_next() can make "remaining" go negative, and the
remaining >= sizeof(...) comparison will promote "remaining" to an
unsigned type, which means that the expression will evaluate to
true for negative numbers, even though it was not intended.
I put "theoretical" in the title because I have no evidence that
this can actually happen, but I suspect that a crafted netlink
packet can trigger some badness.
Note that the last test, which seemingly has the exact same
problem (also true for nla_ok()), is perfectly OK, since we
already know that remaining is positive.
Signed-off-by: Vegard Nossum <vegard.nossum@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Implement socket option SCTP_GET_ASSOC_NUMBER of the latest ietf socket
extensions API draft.
8.2.5. Get the Current Number of Associations (SCTP_GET_ASSOC_NUMBER)
This option gets the current number of associations that are attached
to a one-to-many style socket. The option value is an uint32_t.
Signed-off-by: Wei Yongjun <yjwei@cn.fujitsu.com>
Signed-off-by: Vlad Yasevich <vladislav.yasevich@hp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Provide a locking free version of iucv_message_receive and iucv_message_send
that do not call local_bh_enable in a spin_lock_(bh|irqsave)() context.
Signed-off-by: Hendrik Brueckner <brueckner@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Data Center Bridging (DCB) had no way to know if setstate had failed in the
driver. This patch enables dcb netlink code to handle the status for the DCB
setstate interface. Likewise it allows the driver to return a failed status
if MSI-X isn't enabled.
Signed-off-by: Don Skidmore <donald.c.skidmore@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Eric W Multanen <eric.w.multanen@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch implements dynamic power save for mac80211. Basically it
means enabling power save mode after an idle period. Implementing it
dynamically gives a good compromise of low power consumption and low
latency. Some hardware have support for this in firmware, but some
require the host to do it.
The dynamic power save is implemented by adding an timeout to
ieee80211_subif_start_xmit(). The timeout can be enabled from userspace
with Wireless Extensions. For example, the command below enables the
dynamic power save and sets the time timeout to 500 ms:
iwconfig wlan0 power timeout 500m
Power save now only works with devices which handle power save in firmware.
It's also disabled by default and the heuristics when and how to enable is
considered as a policy decision and will be left for the userspace to handle.
In case the firmware has support for this, drivers can disable this feature
with IEEE80211_HW_NO_STACK_DYNAMIC_PS.
Big thanks to Johannes Berg for the help with the design and code.
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kalle.valo@nokia.com>
Acked-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This patch adds option for HT-enabled drivers to report HT rates
(HT20/HT40, short GI, MCS index) to mac80211. These rates are
currently not in the rate table, so the rate_idx is used to indicate
MCS index.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni.malinen@atheros.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
HT management is done differently for AP and STA modes, unify
to just the ->config() callback since HT is fundamentally a
PHY property and cannot be per-BSS.
Rename enum nl80211_sec_chan_offset as nl80211_channel_type to denote
the channel type ( NO_HT, HT20, HT40+, HT40- ).
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: Sujith <Sujith.Manoharan@atheros.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This patch adds signal strength and transmission bitrate
to the station_info of nl80211.
Signed-off-by: Henning Rogge <rogge@fgan.de>
Acked-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
GPRS TX flow control won't need to lock the underlying socket anymore.
Signed-off-by: Rémi Denis-Courmont <remi.denis-courmont@nokia.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We need to pad irda_skb_cb in order to keep it safe accross dev_queue_xmit()
calls. This is some ugly and temporary hack triggered by recent qisc code
changes.
Even though it fixes bugzilla.kernel.org bug #11795, it will be replaced by a
proper fix before 2.6.29 is released.
Signed-off-by: Samuel Ortiz <samuel@sortiz.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds the TCP-specific portion of GRO. The criterion for
merging is extremely strict (the TCP header must match exactly apart
from the checksum) so as to allow refragmentation. Otherwise this
is pretty much identical to LRO, except that we support the merging
of ECN packets.
Signed-off-by: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds GRO support for IPv4.
The criteria for merging is more stringent than LRO, in particular,
we require all fields in the IP header to be identical except for
the length, ID and checksum. In addition, the ID must form an
arithmetic sequence with a difference of one.
The ID requirement might seem overly strict, however, most hardware
TSO solutions already obey this rule. Linux itself also obeys this
whether GSO is in use or not.
In future we could relax this rule by storing the IDs (or rather
making sure that we don't drop them when pulling the aggregate
skb's tail).
Signed-off-by: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch replaces the newly introduced sta_notify_ps function,
which can be used to notify the driver about every power state
transition for all associated stations, by integrating its functionality
back into the original sta_notify callback.
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@web.de>
Acked-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
There's no driver that actually does fragmentation on the
device, and the callback is buggy (when it returns an error,
mac80211's fragmentation status is changed so reading the
frag threshold from userspace reads the new value despite
the error). Let's just remove it, if we really find some
hardware supporting it we can add it back later.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Mention more possible STA entries and document the atomic requirement.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Preliminary work to make IPv6 multicast forwarding netns-aware.
Declare variable 'reg_vif_num' per-namespace, moves into struct netns_ipv6.
At the moment, this variable is only referenced in init_net.
Signed-off-by: Benjamin Thery <benjamin.thery@bull.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Preliminary work to make IPv6 multicast forwarding netns-aware.
Declare IPv6 multicast forwarding variables 'mroute_do_assert' and
'mroute_do_pim' per-namespace in struct netns_ipv6.
At the moment, these variables are only referenced in init_net.
Signed-off-by: Benjamin Thery <benjamin.thery@bull.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Preliminary work to make IPv6 multicast forwarding netns-aware.
Declare variable cache_resolve_queue_len per-namespace: moves it into
struct netns_ipv6.
This variable counts the number of unresolved cache entries queued in the
list mfc_unres_queue. This list is kept global to all netns as the number
of entries per namespace is limited to 10 (hardcoded in routine
ip6mr_cache_unresolved).
Entries belonging to different namespaces in mfc_unres_queue will be
identified by matching the mfc_net member introduced previously in
struct mfc6_cache.
Keeping this list global to all netns, also allows us to keep a single
timer (ipmr_expire_timer) to handle their expiration.
In some places cache_resolve_queue_len value was tested for arming
or deleting the timer. These tests were equivalent to testing
mfc_unres_queue value instead and are replaced in this patch.
At the moment, cache_resolve_queue_len is only referenced in init_net.
Signed-off-by: Benjamin Thery <benjamin.thery@bull.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Preliminary work to make IPv6 multicast forwarding netns-aware.
Dynamically allocates IPv6 multicast forwarding cache, mfc6_cache_array,
and moves it to struct netns_ipv6.
At the moment, mfc6_cache_array is only referenced in init_net.
Replace 'ARRAY_SIZE(mfc6_cache_array)' with mfc6_cache_array size: MFC6_LINES.
Signed-off-by: Benjamin Thery <benjamin.thery@bull.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Preliminary work to make IPv6 multicast forwarding netns-aware.
Dynamically allocates interface table vif6_table and moves it to
struct netns_ipv6, and updates MIF_EXISTS() macro.
At the moment, vif6_table is only referenced in init_net.
Signed-off-by: Benjamin Thery <benjamin.thery@bull.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Preliminary work to make IPv6 multicast forwarding netns-aware.
Make IPv6 multicast forwarding mroute6_socket per-namespace,
moves it into struct netns_ipv6.
At the moment, mroute6_socket is only referenced in init_net.
Signed-off-by: Benjamin Thery <benjamin.thery@bull.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Fixes htmldocs warning:
Warning(mac80211.h:379): No description found for parameter 'pad[2]'
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kalle.valo@nokia.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This patch is necessary in order to provide a proper Access point support for p54.
Unfortunately for us, there is no documented way to disable the interfering
power save buffering mechanism in firmware completely.
Therefore we give in and notify the driver through our new sta_notify_ps callback,
so that we can update the filter state.
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@web.de>
Acked-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
No need to pad the header so no constant needed for that,
no need to carry any version number from netbsd nor CVS
IDs from them.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
further reducing wext code in mac80211.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This patch moves the SIOCGIWNAME handling from mac80211 to cfg80211.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This patch adds new NL80211_CMD_SET_WIPHY attributes
NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ and NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_SEC_CHAN_OFFSET to allow
userspace to set the operating channel (e.g., hostapd for AP mode).
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni.malinen@atheros.com>
Acked-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Conflicts:
fs/nfsd/nfs4recover.c
Manually fixed above to use new creds API functions, e.g.
nfs4_save_creds().
Signed-off-by: James Morris <jmorris@namei.org>
With the introduction of CONFIG_DYNAMIC_PRINTK_DEBUG it is possible to
allow debugging without having to recompile the kernel. This patch turns
all BT_DBG() calls into pr_debug() to support dynamic debug messages.
As a side effect all CONFIG_BT_*_DEBUG statements are now removed and
some broken debug entries have been fixed.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
The Bluetooth subsystem was not using the HCI Reset command when doing
device initialization. The Bluetooth 1.0b specification was ambiguous
on how the device firmware was suppose to handle it. Almost every device
was triggering a transport reset at the same time. In case of USB this
ended up in disconnects from the bus.
All modern Bluetooth dongles handle this perfectly fine and a lot of
them actually require that HCI Reset is sent. If not then they are
either stuck in their HID Proxy mode or their internal structures for
inquiry and paging are not correctly setup.
To handle old and new devices smoothly the Bluetooth subsystem contains
a quirk to force the HCI Reset on initialization. However maintaining
such a quirk becomes more and more complicated. This patch turns the
logic around and lets the old devices disable the HCI Reset command.
The only device where the HCI_QUIRK_NO_RESET is still needed are the
original Digianswer devices and dongles with an early CSR firmware.
CSR reported that they fixed this for version 12 firmware. The last
official release of version 11 firmware is build ID 115. The first
version 12 candidate was build ID 117.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Harvey Harrison <harvey.harrison@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Steven Whitehouse <swhiteho@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This is an implementation of David Miller's suggested fix in:
https://bugzilla.redhat.com/show_bug.cgi?id=470201
It has been updated to use wait_event() instead of
wait_event_interruptible().
Paraphrasing the description from the above report, it makes sendmsg()
block while UNIX garbage collection is in progress. This avoids a
situation where child processes continue to queue new FDs over a
AF_UNIX socket to a parent which is in the exit path and running
garbage collection on these FDs. This contention can result in soft
lockups and oom-killing of unrelated processes.
Signed-off-by: dann frazier <dannf@hp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Since all other gen_estimator functions use bstats and rate_est params
together, and searching for them is optimized now, let's use this also
in gen_estimator_active(). The return type of gen_estimator_active()
is changed to bool, and gen_find_node() parameters to const, btw.
In tcf_act_police_locate() a check for ACT_P_CREATED is added before
calling gen_estimator_active().
Signed-off-by: Jarek Poplawski <jarkao2@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Instead of using one atomic_t per protocol, use a percpu_counter
for "orphan_count", to reduce cache line contention on
heavy duty network servers.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <dada1@cosmosbay.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Instead of using one atomic_t per protocol, use a percpu_counter
for "sockets_allocated", to reduce cache line contention on
heavy duty network servers.
Note : We revert commit (248969ae31
net: af_unix can make unix_nr_socks visbile in /proc),
since it is not anymore used after sock_prot_inuse_add() addition
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <dada1@cosmosbay.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Found that while trying average rate policing, it was possible to
request average rate policing without a rate estimator. This results
in no policing which is harmless but incorrect.
Since policing could be setup in two steps, need to check
in the kernel.
Signed-off-by: Stephen Hemminger <shemminger@vyatta.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Make
net.core.xfrm_aevent_etime
net.core.xfrm_acq_expires
net.core.xfrm_aevent_rseqth
net.core.xfrm_larval_drop
sysctls per-netns.
For that make net_core_path[] global, register it to prevent two
/proc/net/core antries and change initcall position -- xfrm_init() is called
from fs_initcall, so this one should be fs_initcall at least.
Signed-off-by: Alexey Dobriyan <adobriyan@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
SA and SPD flush are executed with NULL SA and SPD respectively, for
these cases pass netns explicitly from userspace socket.
Signed-off-by: Alexey Dobriyan <adobriyan@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Pass netns pointer to struct xfrm_policy_afinfo::garbage_collect()
[This needs more thoughts on what to do with dst_ops]
[Currently stub to init_net]
Signed-off-by: Alexey Dobriyan <adobriyan@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Pass netns to xfrm_lookup()/__xfrm_lookup(). For that pass netns
to flow_cache_lookup() and resolver callback.
Take it from socket or netdevice. Stub DECnet to init_net.
Signed-off-by: Alexey Dobriyan <adobriyan@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add netns parameter to xfrm_policy_bysel_ctx(), xfrm_policy_byidx().
Signed-off-by: Alexey Dobriyan <adobriyan@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Per-netns hashes are independently resizeable.
Signed-off-by: Alexey Dobriyan <adobriyan@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Again, to avoid complications with passing netns when not necessary.
Again, ->xp_net is set-once field, once set it never changes.
Signed-off-by: Alexey Dobriyan <adobriyan@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Disallow spurious wakeups in __xfrm_lookup().
Signed-off-by: Alexey Dobriyan <adobriyan@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
State GC is per-netns, and this is part of it.
Signed-off-by: Alexey Dobriyan <adobriyan@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
km_waitq is going to be made per-netns to disallow spurious wakeups
in __xfrm_lookup().
To not wakeup after every garbage-collected xfrm_state (which potentially
can be from different netns) make state GC list per-netns.
Signed-off-by: Alexey Dobriyan <adobriyan@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
All of this is implicit passing which netns's hashes should be resized.
Signed-off-by: Alexey Dobriyan <adobriyan@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Since hashtables are per-netns, they can be independently resized.
Signed-off-by: Alexey Dobriyan <adobriyan@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This is done to get
a) simple "something leaked" check
b) cover possible DoSes when other netns puts many, many xfrm_states
onto a list.
c) not miss "alien xfrm_state" check in some of list iterators in future.
Signed-off-by: Alexey Dobriyan <adobriyan@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
To avoid unnecessary complications with passing netns around.
* set once, very early after allocating
* once set, never changes
For a while create every xfrm_state in init_net.
Signed-off-by: Alexey Dobriyan <adobriyan@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This adds API to cfg80211 to allow wireless drivers to inform
us if their firmware can handle regulatory considerations *and*
they cannot map these regulatory domains to an ISO / IEC 3166
alpha2. In these cases we skip the first regulatory hint instead
of expecting the driver to build their own regulatory structure,
providing us with an alpha2, or using the reg_notifier().
Signed-off-by: Luis R. Rodriguez <lrodriguez@atheros.com>
Acked-by: Zhu Yi <yi.zhu@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This adds country IE parsing to mac80211 and enables its usage
within the new regulatory infrastructure in cfg80211. We parse
the country IEs only on management beacons for the BSSID you are
associated to and disregard the IEs when the country and environment
(indoor, outdoor, any) matches the already processed country IE.
To avoid following misinformed or outdated APs we build and use
a regulatory domain out of the intersection between what the AP
provides us on the country IE and what CRDA is aware is allowed
on the same country.
A secondary device is allowed to follow only the same country IE
as it make no sense for two devices on a system to be in two
different countries.
In the case the AP is using country IEs for an incorrect country
the user may help compliance further by setting the regulatory
domain before or after the IE is parsed and in that case another
intersection will be performed.
CONFIG_WIRELESS_OLD_REGULATORY is supported but requires CRDA
present.
Signed-off-by: Luis R. Rodriguez <lrodriguez@atheros.com>
Acked-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
fix this warning:
net/netfilter/nf_conntrack_proto_tcp.c: In function \u2018tcp_in_window\u2019:
net/netfilter/nf_conntrack_proto_tcp.c:491: warning: unused variable \u2018net\u2019
net/netfilter/nf_conntrack_proto_tcp.c: In function \u2018tcp_packet\u2019:
net/netfilter/nf_conntrack_proto_tcp.c:812: warning: unused variable \u2018net\u2019
Signed-off-by: Ingo Molnar <mingo@elte.hu>
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
During SACK processing, most of the benefits of TSO are eaten by
the SACK blocks that one-by-one fragment SKBs to MSS sized chunks.
Then we're in problems when cleanup work for them has to be done
when a large cumulative ACK comes. Try to return back to pre-split
state already while more and more SACK info gets discovered by
combining newly discovered SACK areas with the previous skb if
that's SACKed as well.
This approach has a number of benefits:
1) The processing overhead is spread more equally over the RTT
2) Write queue has less skbs to process (affect everything
which has to walk in the queue past the sacked areas)
3) Write queue is consistent whole the time, so no other parts
of TCP has to be aware of this (this was not the case with
some other approach that was, well, quite intrusive all
around).
4) Clean_rtx_queue can release most of the pages using single
put_page instead of previous PAGE_SIZE/mss+1 calls
In case a hole is fully filled by the new SACK block, we attempt
to combine the next skb too which allows construction of skbs
that are even larger than what tso split them to and it handles
hole per on every nth patterns that often occur during slow start
overshoot pretty nicely. Though this to be really useful also
a retransmission would have to get lost since cumulative ACKs
advance one hole at a time in the most typical case.
TODO: handle upwards only merging. That should be rather easy
when segment is fully sacked but I'm leaving that as future
work item (it won't make very large difference anyway since
this current approach already covers quite a lot of normal
cases).
I was earlier thinking of some sophisticated way of tracking
timestamps of the first and the last segment but later on
realized that it won't be that necessary at all to store the
timestamp of the last segment. The cases that can occur are
basically either:
1) ambiguous => no sensible measurement can be taken anyway
2) non-ambiguous is due to reordering => having the timestamp
of the last segment there is just skewing things more off
than does some good since the ack got triggered by one of
the holes (besides some substle issues that would make
determining right hole/skb even harder problem). Anyway,
it has nothing to do with this change then.
I choose to route some abnormal looking cases with goto noop,
some could be handled differently (eg., by stopping the
walking at that skb but again). In general, they either
shouldn't happen at all or are rare enough to make no difference
in practice.
In theory this change (as whole) could cause some macroscale
regression (global) because of cache misses that are taken over
the round-trip time but it gets very likely better because of much
less (local) cache misses per other write queue walkers and the
big recovery clearing cumulative ack.
Worth to note that these benefits would be very easy to get also
without TSO/GSO being on as long as the data is in pages so that
we can merge them. Currently I won't let that happen because
DSACK splitting at fragment that would mess up pcounts due to
sk_can_gso in tcp_set_skb_tso_segs. Once DSACKs fragments gets
avoided, we have some conditions that can be made less strict.
TODO: I will probably have to convert the excessive pointer
passing to struct sacktag_state... :-)
My testing revealed that considerable amount of skbs couldn't
be shifted because they were cloned (most likely still awaiting
tx reclaim)...
[The rest is considering future work instead since I got
repeatably EFAULT to tcpdump's recvfrom when I added
pskb_expand_head to deal with clones, so I separated that
into another, later patch]
...To counter that, I gave up on the fifth advantage:
5) When growing previous SACK block, less allocs for new skbs
are done, basically a new alloc is needed only when new hole
is detected and when the previous skb runs out of frags space
...which now only happens of if reclaim is fast enough to dispose
the clone before the SACK block comes in (the window is RTT long),
otherwise we'll have to alloc some.
With clones being handled I got these numbers (will be somewhat
worse without that), taken with fine-grained mibs:
TCPSackShifted 398
TCPSackMerged 877
TCPSackShiftFallback 320
TCPSACKCOLLAPSEFALLBACKGSO 0
TCPSACKCOLLAPSEFALLBACKSKBBITS 0
TCPSACKCOLLAPSEFALLBACKSKBDATA 0
TCPSACKCOLLAPSEFALLBACKBELOW 0
TCPSACKCOLLAPSEFALLBACKFIRST 1
TCPSACKCOLLAPSEFALLBACKPREVBITS 318
TCPSACKCOLLAPSEFALLBACKMSS 1
TCPSACKCOLLAPSEFALLBACKNOHEAD 0
TCPSACKCOLLAPSEFALLBACKSHIFT 0
TCPSACKCOLLAPSENOOPSEQ 0
TCPSACKCOLLAPSENOOPSMALLPCOUNT 0
TCPSACKCOLLAPSENOOPSMALLLEN 0
TCPSACKCOLLAPSEHOLE 12
Signed-off-by: Ilpo Järvinen <ilpo.jarvinen@helsinki.fi>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We can reduce pressure on dst entry refcount that slowdown UDP transmit
path on SMP machines. This pressure is visible on RTP servers when
delivering content to mediagateways, especially big ones, handling
thousand of streams. Several cpus send UDP frames to the same
destination, hence use the same dst entry.
This patch makes ip_append_data() eventually steal the refcount its
callers had to take on the dst entry.
This doesnt avoid all refcounting, but still gives speedups on SMP,
on UDP/RAW transmit path
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <dada1@cosmosbay.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This is the last step to be able to perform full RCU lookups
in __inet_lookup() : After established/timewait tables, we
add RCU lookups to listening hash table.
The only trick here is that a socket of a given type (TCP ipv4,
TCP ipv6, ...) can now flight between two different tables
(established and listening) during a RCU grace period, so we
must use different 'nulls' end-of-chain values for two tables.
We define a large value :
#define LISTENING_NULLS_BASE (1U << 29)
So that slots in listening table are guaranteed to have different
end-of-chain values than slots in established table. A reader can
still detect it finished its lookup in the right chain.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <dada1@cosmosbay.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
If the slub allocator is used, kmem_cache_create() may merge two or more
kmem_cache's into one but the cache name pointer is not updated and
kmem_cache_name() is no longer guaranteed to return the pointer passed
to the former function. This patch stores the kmalloc'ed pointers in the
corresponding request_sock_ops and timewait_sock_ops structures.
Signed-off-by: Catalin Marinas <catalin.marinas@arm.com>
Acked-by: Arnaldo Carvalho de Melo <acme@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Christoph Lameter <cl@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We can avoid some useless instructions if !CONFIG_NET_NS
Because of RCU, we use INET_MATCH or INET_TW_MATCH twice for the found
socket, so thats six instructions less per incoming TCP packet.
Yet another tbench speedup :)
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <dada1@cosmosbay.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds #include <linux/timer.h> in lib80211.h to avoid
these compilation erros.
> In file included from /work/src/wireless-testing/net/wireless/lib80211.c:24:
> /work/src/wireless-testing/include/net/lib80211.h:113: error: field
> 'crypt_deinit_timer' has incomplete type
> /work/src/wireless-testing/net/wireless/lib80211.c: In function
> 'lib80211_crypt_info_init':
> /work/src/wireless-testing/net/wireless/lib80211.c:83: error: implicit
> declaration of function 'setup_timer'
> /work/src/wireless-testing/net/wireless/lib80211.c: In function
> 'lib80211_crypt_info_free':
> /work/src/wireless-testing/net/wireless/lib80211.c:95: error: implicit
> declaration of function 'del_timer_sync'
> /work/src/wireless-testing/net/wireless/lib80211.c: In function
> 'lib80211_crypt_deinit_handler':
> /work/src/wireless-testing/net/wireless/lib80211.c:157: error:
> implicit declaration of function 'add_timer'
> /work/src/wireless-testing/net/wireless/lib80211.c: In function
> 'lib80211_crypt_delayed_deinit':
> /work/src/wireless-testing/net/wireless/lib80211.c:182: error:
> implicit declaration of function 'timer_pending'
> make[3]: *** [net/wireless/lib80211.o] Error 1
> make[2]: *** [net/wireless] Error 2
> make[1]: *** [net] Error 2
> make: *** [sub-make] Error 2
Signed-off-by: Rami Rosen <ramirose@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Otherwise, the BUILD_BUG_ON calls in ieee80211_tx_info_clear_status can
fail on some architectures.
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
These bits are shared already between ipw2x00 and hostap, and could
probably be shared both more cleanly and with other drivers. This
commit simply relocates the code to lib80211 and adjusts the drivers
appropriately.
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Delete kernel-doc struct descriptions for fields that don't exist:
Warning(include/net/mac80211.h:1263): Excess struct/union/enum/typedef member 'conf_ht' description in 'ieee80211_ops'
Warning(net/mac80211/sta_info.h:309): Excess struct/union/enum/typedef member 'addr' description in 'sta_info'
Warning(net/mac80211/sta_info.h:309): Excess struct/union/enum/typedef member 'aid' description in 'sta_info'
Signed-off-by: Randy Dunlap <randy.dunlap@oracle.com>
cc: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
cc: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
On ARM alignment is done slightly different from other architectures.
struct ieee80211_tx_rate is aligned to word size, even though it only has 3
single-byte members, which triggers the BUILD_BUG_ON in
ieee80211_tx_info_clear_status
This patch marks the struct ieee80211_tx_rate as packed, so that ARM
behaves like the other architectures.
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Adds an interface to configure the Backward Congestion Notification
(BCN) feature. In a BCN capabale network, congestion notifications
from congested points out in the network can cause the end station
limit the rate of a given traffic flow.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Peter P Waskiewicz Jr <peter.p.waskiewicz.jr@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Adds a netlink interface for Data Center Bridging (DCB) to get and set
the enable state of the Priority Flow Control (PFC) feature.
Primarily, this is a way to turn off PFC in the driver while DCB
remains enabled.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Peter P Waskiewicz Jr <peter.p.waskiewicz.jr@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Adds interface for Data Center Bridging (DCB) to query (and set if
supported) the number of traffic classes currently supported by the
device for the two (DCB) features: priority groups (PG) and priority
flow control (PFC).
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Peter P Waskiewicz Jr <peter.p.waskiewicz.jr@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Adds to the netlink interface for Data Center Bridging (DCB), allowing
the DCB capabilities supported by a device to be queried.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Peter P Waskiewicz Jr <peter.p.waskiewicz.jr@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This adds support for Data Center Bridging (DCB) features in the ixgbe
driver and adds an rtnetlink interface for configuring DCB to the
kernel. The DCB feature support included are Priority Grouping (PG) -
which allows bandwidth guarantees to be allocated to groups to traffic
based on the 802.1q priority, and Priority Based Flow Control (PFC) -
which introduces a new MAC control PAUSE frame which works at
granularity of the 802.1p priority instead of the link (IEEE 802.3x).
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Peter P Waskiewicz Jr <peter.p.waskiewicz.jr@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Now TCP & DCCP use RCU lookups, we can convert ehash rwlocks to spinlocks.
/proc/net/tcp and other seq_file 'readers' can safely be converted to 'writers'.
This should speedup writers, since spin_lock()/spin_unlock()
only use one atomic operation instead of two for write_lock()/write_unlock()
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <dada1@cosmosbay.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch prepares RCU migration of listening_hash table for
TCP/DCCP protocols.
listening_hash table being small (32 slots per protocol), we add
a spinlock for each slot, instead of a single rwlock for whole table.
This should reduce hold time of readers, and writers concurrency.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <dada1@cosmosbay.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The first argument to csum_partial is const void *
casts to char/u8 * are not necessary
Signed-off-by: Joe Perches <joe@perches.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Before ieee80211_notify_mac() was added, it was presented with the
use case of using it to tell mac80211 that the association may
have been lost because the firmware crashed/reset.
Since then, it has also been used by iwlwifi to (slightly) speed
up re-association after resume, a workaround around the fact that
mac80211 has no suspend/resume handling yet. It is also not used
by any other drivers, so clearly it cannot be necessary for "good
enough" suspend/resume.
Unfortunately, the callback suffers from a severe problem: It only
works for station mode. If suspend/resume happens while in IBSS or
any other mode (but station), then the callback is pointless.
Recently, it has created a number of locking issues, first because
it required rtnl locking rather than RCU due to calling sleeping
functions within the critical section, and now because it's called
by iwlwifi from the mac80211 workqueue that may not use the rtnl
because it is flushed under rtnl.
(cf. http://bugzilla.kernel.org/show_bug.cgi?id=12046)
I think, therefore, that we should take a step back, remove it
entirely for now and add the small feature it provided properly.
For suspend and resume we will need to introduce new hooks, and for
the case where the firmware was reset the driver will probably
simply just pretend it has done a suspend/resume cycle to get
mac80211 to reprogram the hardware completely, not just try to
connect to the current AP again in station mode. When doing so, we
will need to take into account locking issues and possibly defer
to schedule_work from within mac80211 for the resume operation,
while the suspend operation must be done directly.
Proper suspend/resume should also not necessarily try to reconnect
to the current AP, the time spent in suspend may have been short
enough to not be disconnected from the AP, mac80211 will detect
that the AP went out of range quickly if it did, and if the
association is lost then the AP will disassoc as soon as a data
frame is sent. We might also take into account WWOL then, and
have mac80211 program the hardware into such a mode where it is
available and requested.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
net/netfilter/nfnetlink_log.c:537:1: warning: symbol 'nfulnl_log_packet' was not declared. Should it be static?
Including the proper header also revealed an incorrect prototype.
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
As for now, the creation and update of conntracks via ctnetlink do not
propagate an event to userspace. This can result in inconsistent situations
if several userspace processes modify the connection tracking table by means
of ctnetlink at the same time. Specifically, using the conntrack command
line tool and conntrackd at the same time can trigger unconsistencies.
This patch also modifies the event cache infrastructure to pass the
process PID and the ECHO flag to nfnetlink_send() to report back
to userspace if the process that triggered the change needs so.
Based on a suggestion from Patrick McHardy.
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
This patch adds module loading for helpers via ctnetlink.
* Creation path: We support explicit and implicit helper assignation. For
the explicit case, we try to load the module. If the module is correctly
loaded and the helper is present, we return EAGAIN to re-start the
creation. Otherwise, we return EOPNOTSUPP.
* Update path: release the spin lock, load the module and check. If it is
present, then return EAGAIN to re-start the update.
This patch provides a refactorized function to lookup-and-set the
connection tracking helper. The function removes the exported symbol
__nf_ct_helper_find as it has not clients anymore.
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
This patch adds the macro MODULE_ALIAS_NFCT_HELPER that defines a
way to provide generic and persistent aliases for the connection
tracking helpers.
This next patch requires this patch.
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Simply delete ops from list and let list debugging do the job.
Signed-off-by: Alexey Dobriyan <adobriyan@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
As found in the past (commit f1dd9c379c
[NET]: Fix tbench regression in 2.6.25-rc1), it is really
important that struct dst_entry refcount is aligned on a cache line.
We cannot use __atribute((aligned)), so manually pad the structure
for 32 and 64 bit arches.
for 32bit : offsetof(truct dst_entry, __refcnt) is 0x80
for 64bit : offsetof(truct dst_entry, __refcnt) is 0xc0
As it is not possible to guess at compile time cache line size,
we use a generic value of 64 bytes, that satisfies many current arches.
(Using 128 bytes alignment on 64bit arches would waste 64 bytes)
Add a BUILD_BUG_ON to catch future updates to "struct dst_entry" dont
break this alignment.
"tbench 8" is 4.4 % faster on a dual quad core (HP BL460c G1), Intel E5450 @3.00GHz
(2350 MB/s instead of 2250 MB/s)
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <dada1@cosmosbay.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
RCU was added to UDP lookups, using a fast infrastructure :
- sockets kmem_cache use SLAB_DESTROY_BY_RCU and dont pay the
price of call_rcu() at freeing time.
- hlist_nulls permits to use few memory barriers.
This patch uses same infrastructure for TCP/DCCP established
and timewait sockets.
Thanks to SLAB_DESTROY_BY_RCU, no slowdown for applications
using short lived TCP connections. A followup patch, converting
rwlocks to spinlocks will even speedup this case.
__inet_lookup_established() is pretty fast now we dont have to
dirty a contended cache line (read_lock/read_unlock)
Only established and timewait hashtable are converted to RCU
(bind table and listen table are still using traditional locking)
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <dada1@cosmosbay.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This is a straightforward patch, using hlist_nulls infrastructure.
RCUification already done on UDP two weeks ago.
Using hlist_nulls permits us to avoid some memory barriers, both
at lookup time and delete time.
Patch is large because it adds new macros to include/net/sock.h.
These macros will be used by TCP & DCCP in next patch.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <dada1@cosmosbay.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
fix this warning:
net/bluetooth/af_bluetooth.c:60: warning: ‘bt_key_strings’ defined but not used
net/bluetooth/af_bluetooth.c:71: warning: ‘bt_slock_key_strings’ defined but not used
this is a lockdep macro problem in the !LOCKDEP case.
We cannot convert it to an inline because the macro works on multiple types,
but we can mark the parameter used.
[ also clean up a misaligned tab in sock_lock_init_class_and_name() ]
[ also remove #ifdefs from around af_family_clock_key strings - which
were certainly added to get rid of the ugly build warnings. ]
Signed-off-by: Ingo Molnar <mingo@elte.hu>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
After implementing qdisc->ops->peek() and changing sch_netem into
classless qdisc there are no more qdisc->ops->requeue() users. This
patch removes this method with its wrappers (qdisc_requeue()), and
also unused qdisc->requeue structure. There are a few minor fixes of
warnings (htb_enqueue()) and comments btw.
The idea to kill ->requeue() and a similar patch were first developed
by David S. Miller.
Signed-off-by: Jarek Poplawski <jarkao2@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The urg_ptr field is not used anywhere and is merely confusing.
Signed-off-by: Petr Tesarik <ptesarik@suse.cz>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Conflicts:
security/keys/internal.h
security/keys/process_keys.c
security/keys/request_key.c
Fixed conflicts above by using the non 'tsk' versions.
Signed-off-by: James Morris <jmorris@namei.org>
Wrap access to task credentials so that they can be separated more easily from
the task_struct during the introduction of COW creds.
Change most current->(|e|s|fs)[ug]id to current_(|e|s|fs)[ug]id().
Change some task->e?[ug]id to task_e?[ug]id(). In some places it makes more
sense to use RCU directly rather than a convenient wrapper; these will be
addressed by later patches.
Signed-off-by: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: James Morris <jmorris@namei.org>
Acked-by: Serge Hallyn <serue@us.ibm.com>
Cc: netdev@vger.kernel.org
Signed-off-by: James Morris <jmorris@namei.org>
Every user is under CONFIG_NET_DMA already, so ifdef field as well.
Signed-off-by: Alexey Dobriyan <adobriyan@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Using read_pnet() and write_pnet() in neighbour code ease the reading
of code.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <dada1@cosmosbay.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We can shrink size of "struct inet_bind_bucket" by 50%, using
read_pnet() and write_pnet()
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <dada1@cosmosbay.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch introduces two helpers that deal with reading and writing
struct net pointers in various network structures.
Their implementation depends on CONFIG_NET_NS
For symmetry, both functions work with "struct net **pnet".
Their usage should reduce the number of #ifdef CONFIG_NET_NS,
without adding many helpers for each network structure
that hold a "struct net *pointer"
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <dada1@cosmosbay.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
->pde isn't actually needed, since name is stashed in ->id.
Signed-off-by: Alexey Dobriyan <adobriyan@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Acked-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@suse.de>
Signed-off-by: Kay Sievers <kay.sievers@vrfy.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Ensure regulatory converstion macros safely accept
multiple arguments and make REG_RULE() use them.
Signed-off-by: Luis R. Rodriguez <lrodriguez@atheros.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Add a new attribute, NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TXQ_PARAMS, that can be used with
NL80211_CMD_SET_WIPHY for userspace (e.g., hostapd) to set TX queue
parameters (txop, cwmin, cwmax, aifs).
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni.malinen@atheros.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Add a new attribute, NL80211_ATTR_BSS_BASIC_RATES, that can be used with
NL80211_CMD_SET_BSS for userspace (e.g., hostapd) to set which rates are
in the basic rate set.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni.malinen@atheros.com>
Acked-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This adds a helper function that, given a bitmap of basic
rates and a bitrate returns the response rate for this rate.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Send a notification to the driver on succesful
reception of an ADDBA response, add IEEE80211_AMPDU_TX_RESUME
for this purpose.
Signed-off-by: Sujith <Sujith.Manoharan@atheros.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Remove the SSID from the driver API since now there is no
driver that requires knowing the SSID and I think it's
unlikely that any hardware design that does require the
SSID will play well with mac80211.
This also removes support for setting the SSID in master
mode which will require a patch to hostapd to not try.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Previously I assumed that the receive queues of candidates don't
change during the GC. This is only half true, nothing can be received
from the queues (see comment in unix_gc()), but buffers could be added
through the other half of the socket pair, which may still have file
descriptors referring to it.
This can result in inc_inflight_move_tail() erronously increasing the
"inflight" counter for a unix socket for which dec_inflight() wasn't
previously called. This in turn can trigger the "BUG_ON(total_refs <
inflight_refs)" in a later garbage collection run.
Fix this by only manipulating the "inflight" counter for sockets which
are candidates themselves. Duplicating the file references in
unix_attach_fds() is also needed to prevent a socket becoming a
candidate for GC while the skb that contains it is not yet queued.
Reported-by: Andrea Bittau <a.bittau@cs.ucl.ac.uk>
Signed-off-by: Miklos Szeredi <mszeredi@suse.cz>
CC: stable@kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
__scm_destroy() walks the list of file descriptors in the scm_fp_list
pointed to by the scm_cookie argument.
Those, in turn, can close sockets and invoke __scm_destroy() again.
There is nothing which limits how deeply this can occur.
The idea for how to fix this is from Linus. Basically, we do all of
the fput()s at the top level by collecting all of the scm_fp_list
objects hit by an fput(). Inside of the initial __scm_destroy() we
keep running the list until it is empty.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
This patch adds better IPv6 failover support for bonding devices,
especially when in active-backup mode and there are only IPv6 addresses
configured, as reported by Alex Sidorenko.
- Creates a new file, net/drivers/bonding/bond_ipv6.c, for the
IPv6-specific routines. Both regular bonds and VLANs over bonds
are supported.
- Adds a new tunable, num_unsol_na, to limit the number of unsolicited
IPv6 Neighbor Advertisements that are sent on a failover event.
Default is 1.
- Creates two new IPv6 neighbor discovery functions:
ndisc_build_skb()
ndisc_send_skb()
These were required to support VLANs since we have to be able to
add the VLAN id to the skb since ndisc_send_na() and friends
shouldn't be asked to do this. These two routines are basically
__ndisc_send() split into two pieces, in a slightly different order.
- Updates Documentation/networking/bonding.txt and bumps the rev of bond
support to 3.4.0.
On failover, this new code will generate one packet:
- An unsolicited IPv6 Neighbor Advertisement, which helps the switch
learn that the address has moved to the new slave.
Testing has shown that sending just the NA results in pretty good
behavior when in active-back mode, I saw no lost ping packets for example.
Signed-off-by: Brian Haley <brian.haley@hp.com>
Signed-off-by: Jay Vosburgh <fubar@us.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Garzik <jgarzik@redhat.com>
A packet dequeued and stored as gso_skb in qdisc_peek_dequeued() should
be seen as part of the queue for sch->q.qlen queries until it's really
dequeued with qdisc_dequeue_peeked(), so qlen needs additional updating
in these functions. (Updating qstats.backlog shouldn't matter here.)
Signed-off-by: Jarek Poplawski <jarkao2@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch modifies xt_NFLOG to suppress the call to nf_log_packet()
function. The call of this wrapper in xt_NFLOG was causing NFLOG to
use the first initialized module. Thus, if ipt_ULOG is loaded before
nfnetlink_log all NFLOG rules are treated as plain LOG rules.
Signed-off-by: Eric Leblond <eric@inl.fr>
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Remove the 'supports_ipv6' scheduler flag since all schedulers now
support IPv6.
Signed-off-by: Julius Volz <julius.volz@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
One parameter wasn't described and one I forgot to update when
renaming it; also update TBDs in sta_info.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
The code needs to be split out and cleaned up, so as a
first step remove the capability, to add it back in a
subsequent patch as a separate function. Also remove the
publically facing return value of the function and the
wiphy argument. A number of internal functions go from
being generic helpers to just being used for alpha2
setting.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
The regdom struct is given to the core, so it might as well
free it in error conditions.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Wireless HW without any dedicated queues for aggregation
do not need the ampdu_queues mechanism present right now
in mac80211. Since mac80211 is still incomplete wrt TX MQ
changes, do not allow aggregation sessions for drivers that
set ampdu_queues.
This is only an interim hack until Intel fixes the requeue issue.
Signed-off-by: Sujith <Sujith.Manoharan@atheros.com>
Signed-off-by: Luis Rodriguez <Luis.Rodriguez@Atheros.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
It is unnecessary and of questionable value. Also remove
is_empty_ssid, as it is also unnecessary.
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This function requires an internal lock to be held, so it cannot
be published to other modules in the kernel.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Correct a handful of errors found while reading the mac80211 book.
Signed-off-by: Bob Copeland <me@bobcopeland.com>
Acked-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
The two new commands are NL80211_CMD_GET_MESH_PARAMS and
NL80211_CMD_SET_MESH_PARAMS. There is a new attribute enum,
NL80211_ATTR_MESH_PARAMS, which enumerates the various mesh configuration
parameters.
Moved struct mesh_config from mac80211/ieee80211_i.h to net/cfg80211.h.
nl80211_get_mesh_params and nl80211_set_mesh_params unpack the netlink messages
and ask the driver to get or set the configuration. This is done via two new
function stubs, get_mesh_params and set_mesh_params, in struct cfg80211_ops.
Signed-off-by: Colin McCabe <colin@cozybit.com>
Acked-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
"Clearing" the rate control algorithm is pointless, none of
the algorithms actually uses this operation and it's not even
invoked properly for all channel switching. Also, there's no
need to since rate control algorithms work per station.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
So after the previous changes we were still unhappy with how
convoluted the API is and decided to make things simpler for
everybody. This completely changes the rate control API, now
taking into account 802.11n with MCS rates and more control,
most drivers don't support that though.
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
The HT handling has the following deficiencies, which I've
(partially) fixed:
* it always uses the AP info even if there is no AP,
hence has no chance of working as an AP
* it pretends to be HW config, but really is per-BSS
* channel sanity checking is left to the drivers
* it generally lets the driver control too much
HT enabling is still wrong with this patch if you have more than
one virtual STA mode interface, but that never happens currently.
Once WDS, IBSS or AP/VLAN gets HT capabilities, it will also be
wrong, see the comment in ieee80211_enable_ht().
Additionally, this fixes a number of bugs:
* mac80211: ieee80211_set_disassoc doesn't notify the driver any
more since the refactoring
* iwl-agn-rs: always uses the HT capabilities from the wrong stuff
mac80211 gives it rather than the actual peer STA
* ath9k: a number of bugs resulting from the broken HT API
I'm not entirely happy with putting the HT capabilities into
struct ieee80211_sta as restricted to our own HT TX capabilities,
but I see no cleaner solution for now.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Move bss_conf into the vif struct so that drivers can
access it during ->tx without having to store it in
the private data or similar. No driver updates because
this is only for when they want to start using it.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Instead of having a separate callback, use the HW config callback
with a new flag to change retry limits.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This makes mac80211 notify the driver which configuration
actually changed, e.g. channel etc.
No driver changes, this is just plumbing, driver authors are
expected to act on this if they want to.
Also remove the HW CONFIG debug printk, it's incorrect, often
we configure something else.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This patch cleans up a number of things:
* the unusable definition of the HT capabilities/HT information
information elements
* variable names that are hard to understand
* mac80211: move ieee80211_handle_ht to ht.c and remove the unused
enable_ht parameter
* mac80211: fix bug with MCS rate 32 in ieee80211_handle_ht
* mac80211: fix bug with casting the result of ieee80211_bss_get_ie
to an information element _contents_ rather than the
whole element, add size checking (another out-of-bounds
access bug fixed!)
* mac80211: remove some unused return values in favour of BUG_ON
checking
* a few minor other things
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This patch makes mac80211 handle short slot requests from the AP
properly. Also warn about uses of IEEE80211_CONF_SHORT_SLOT_TIME
and optimise out the code since it cannot ever be hit anyway.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
The antenna gain isn't exactly configurable, despite the belief of
some unnamed individual who thinks that the EEPROM might influence
it.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This isn't used by anyone, if we ever need it we can add
it back, until then it's useless.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Using NIPQUAD() with NIPQUAD_FMT, %d.%d.%d.%d or %u.%u.%u.%u
can be replaced with %pI4
Signed-off-by: Harvey Harrison <harvey.harrison@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds qdisc_peek_dequeued() wrapper to emulate peek method
with qdisc->dequeue() and storing "peeked" skb in qdisc->gso_skb until
dequeuing. This is mainly for compatibility reasons not to break some
strange configs because peeking is expected for non-work-conserving
parent qdiscs to query work-conserving child qdiscs.
This implementation requires using qdisc_dequeue_peeked() wrapper
instead of directly calling qdisc->dequeue() for all qdiscs ever
querried with qdisc->ops->peek() or qdisc_peek_dequeued().
Signed-off-by: Jarek Poplawski <jarkao2@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
From: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Just as a demonstration how easy adding a peek operation to the
work-conserving qdiscs actually is. It doesn't need to keep or change
any internal state in many cases thanks to the guarantee that the
packet will either be dequeued or, if another packet arrives, the
upper qdisc will immediately ->peek again to reevaluate the state.
(This is only slightly modified Patrick's patch.)
Signed-off-by: Jarek Poplawski <jarkao2@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add Qdisc_ops peek() method in order to replace requeuing.
Based on ideas and patches of Herbert Xu, Patrick McHardy and
David S. Miller.
Signed-off-by: Jarek Poplawski <jarkao2@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
netns ops which are registered with register_pernet_gen_device() are
shutdown strictly before those which are registered with
register_pernet_subsys(). Sometimes this leads to opposite (read: buggy)
shutdown ordering between two modules.
Add register_pernet_gen_subsys()/unregister_pernet_gen_subsys() for modules
which aren't elite enough for entry in struct net, and which can't use
register_pernet_gen_device(). PPTP conntracking module is such one.
Signed-off-by: Alexey Dobriyan <adobriyan@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Remove excess kernel-doc function parameters from networking header
& driver files:
Warning(include/net/sock.h:946): Excess function parameter or struct member 'sk' description in 'sk_filter_release'
Warning(include/linux/netdevice.h:1545): Excess function parameter or struct member 'cpu' description in 'netif_tx_lock'
Warning(drivers/net/wan/z85230.c:712): Excess function parameter or struct member 'regs' description in 'z8530_interrupt'
Signed-off-by: Randy Dunlap <randy.dunlap@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Corey Minyard found a race added in commit 271b72c7fa
(udp: RCU handling for Unicast packets.)
"If the socket is moved from one list to another list in-between the
time the hash is calculated and the next field is accessed, and the
socket has moved to the end of the new list, the traversal will not
complete properly on the list it should have, since the socket will
be on the end of the new list and there's not a way to tell it's on a
new list and restart the list traversal. I think that this can be
solved by pre-fetching the "next" field (with proper barriers) before
checking the hash."
This patch corrects this problem, introducing a new
sk_for_each_rcu_safenext() macro.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <dada1@cosmosbay.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Goals are :
1) Optimizing handling of incoming Unicast UDP frames, so that no memory
writes should happen in the fast path.
Note: Multicasts and broadcasts still will need to take a lock,
because doing a full lockless lookup in this case is difficult.
2) No expensive operations in the socket bind/unhash phases :
- No expensive synchronize_rcu() calls.
- No added rcu_head in socket structure, increasing memory needs,
but more important, forcing us to use call_rcu() calls,
that have the bad property of making sockets structure cold.
(rcu grace period between socket freeing and its potential reuse
make this socket being cold in CPU cache).
David did a previous patch using call_rcu() and noticed a 20%
impact on TCP connection rates.
Quoting Cristopher Lameter :
"Right. That results in cacheline cooldown. You'd want to recycle
the object as they are cache hot on a per cpu basis. That is screwed
up by the delayed regular rcu processing. We have seen multiple
regressions due to cacheline cooldown.
The only choice in cacheline hot sensitive areas is to deal with the
complexity that comes with SLAB_DESTROY_BY_RCU or give up on RCU."
- Because udp sockets are allocated from dedicated kmem_cache,
use of SLAB_DESTROY_BY_RCU can help here.
Theory of operation :
---------------------
As the lookup is lockfree (using rcu_read_lock()/rcu_read_unlock()),
special attention must be taken by readers and writers.
Use of SLAB_DESTROY_BY_RCU is tricky too, because a socket can be freed,
reused, inserted in a different chain or in worst case in the same chain
while readers could do lookups in the same time.
In order to avoid loops, a reader must check each socket found in a chain
really belongs to the chain the reader was traversing. If it finds a
mismatch, lookup must start again at the begining. This *restart* loop
is the reason we had to use rdlock for the multicast case, because
we dont want to send same message several times to the same socket.
We use RCU only for fast path.
Thus, /proc/net/udp still takes spinlocks.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <dada1@cosmosbay.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
UDP sockets are hashed in a 128 slots hash table.
This hash table is protected by *one* rwlock.
This rwlock is readlocked each time an incoming UDP message is handled.
This rwlock is writelocked each time a socket must be inserted in
hash table (bind time), or deleted from this table (close time)
This is not scalable on SMP machines :
1) Even in read mode, lock() and unlock() are atomic operations and
must dirty a contended cache line, shared by all cpus.
2) A writer might be starved if many readers are 'in flight'. This can
happen on a machine with some NIC receiving many UDP messages. User
process can be delayed a long time at socket creation/dismantle time.
This patch prepares RCU migration, by introducing 'struct udp_table
and struct udp_hslot', and using one spinlock per chain, to reduce
contention on central rwlock.
Introducing one spinlock per chain reduces latencies, for port
randomization on heavily loaded UDP servers. This also speedup
bindings to specific ports.
udp_lib_unhash() was uninlined, becoming to big.
Some cleanups were done to ease review of following patch
(RCUification of UDP Unicast lookups)
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <dada1@cosmosbay.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This is a patch to provide on demand route cache rebuilding. Currently, our
route cache is rebulid periodically regardless of need. This introduced
unneeded periodic latency. This patch offers a better approach. Using code
provided by Eric Dumazet, we compute the standard deviation of the average hash
bucket chain length while running rt_check_expire. Should any given chain
length grow to larger that average plus 4 standard deviations, we trigger an
emergency hash table rebuild for that net namespace. This allows for the common
case in which chains are well behaved and do not grow unevenly to not incur any
latency at all, while those systems (which may be being maliciously attacked),
only rebuild when the attack is detected. This patch take 2 other factors into
account:
1) chains with multiple entries that differ by attributes that do not affect the
hash value are only counted once, so as not to unduly bias system to rebuilding
if features like QOS are heavily used
2) if rebuilding crosses a certain threshold (which is adjustable via the added
sysctl in this patch), route caching is disabled entirely for that net
namespace, since constant rebuilding is less efficient that no caching at all
Tested successfully by me.
Signed-off-by: Neil Horman <nhorman@tuxdriver.com>
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <dada1@cosmosbay.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Fix mac80211.h kernel-doc: it had some extra parameters that were
no longer valid and incorrect format for a return value in 2 places.
Warning(lin2628-rc2//include/net/mac80211.h:1487): Excess function parameter or struct member 'control' description in 'ieee80211_beacon_get'
Warning(lin2628-rc2//include/net/mac80211.h:1596): Excess function parameter or struct member 'control' description in 'ieee80211_get_buffered_bc'
Warning(lin2628-rc2//include/net/mac80211.h:1632): Excess function parameter or struct member 'rc4key' description in 'ieee80211_get_tkip_key'
Warning(lin2628-rc2//include/net/mac80211.h:1735): Excess function parameter or struct member 'return' description in 'ieee80211_start_tx_ba_session'
Warning(lin2628-rc2//include/net/mac80211.h:1775): Excess function parameter or struct member 'return' description in 'ieee80211_stop_tx_ba_session'
Signed-off-by: Randy Dunlap <randy.dunlap@oracle.com>
Acked-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This fixes an OOPS in hard_header if a Phonet address is assigned to a
non-Phonet network interface.
Signed-off-by: Remi Denis-Courmont <remi.denis-courmont@nokia.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
* git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net-2.6: (29 commits)
tcp: Restore ordering of TCP options for the sake of inter-operability
net: Fix disjunct computation of netdev features
sctp: Fix to handle SHUTDOWN in SHUTDOWN_RECEIVED state
sctp: Fix to handle SHUTDOWN in SHUTDOWN-PENDING state
sctp: Add check for the TSN field of the SHUTDOWN chunk
sctp: Drop ICMP packet too big message with MTU larger than current PMTU
p54: enable 2.4/5GHz spectrum by eeprom bits.
orinoco: reduce stack usage in firmware download path
ath5k: fix suspend-related oops on rmmod
[netdrvr] fec_mpc52xx: Implement polling, to make netconsole work.
qlge: Fix MSI/legacy single interrupt bug.
smc911x: Make the driver safer on SMP
smc911x: Add IRQ polarity configuration
smc911x: Allow Kconfig dependency on ARM
sis190: add identifier for Atheros AR8021 PHY
8139x: reduce message severity on driver overlap
igb: add IGB_DCA instead of selecting INTEL_IOATDMA
igb: fix tx data corruption with transition to L0s on 82575
ehea: Fix memory hotplug support
netdev: DM9000: remove BLACKFIN hacking in DM9000 netdev driver
...
Once an endpoint has reached the SHUTDOWN-RECEIVED state,
it MUST NOT send a SHUTDOWN in response to a ULP request.
The Cumulative TSN Ack of the received SHUTDOWN chunk
MUST be processed.
This patch fix to process Cumulative TSN Ack of the received
SHUTDOWN chunk in SHUTDOWN_RECEIVED state.
Signed-off-by: Wei Yongjun <yjwei@cn.fujitsu.com>
Signed-off-by: Vlad Yasevich <vladislav.yasevich@hp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Several sparse warnings were introduced by patches accepted during the merge
window which weren't caught. This patch fixes those warnings.
Signed-off-by: Eric Van Hensbergen <ericvh@gmail.com>
This patch implements the RDMA transport provider for 9P. It allows
mounts to be performed over iWARP and IB capable network interfaces.
Signed-off-by: Tom Tucker <tom@opengridcomputing.com>
Signed-off-by: Latchesar Ionkov <lionkov@lanl.gov>
Fixes build problem with 9p when building with debug disabled.
Also contains some fixes for warnings which pop up when
CONFIG_NET_9P_DEBUG is disabled.
Signed-off-by: Eric Van Hensbergen <ericvh@gmail.com>
* 'for-next' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/ericvh/v9fs: (26 commits)
9p: add more conservative locking
9p: fix oops in protocol stat parsing error path.
9p: fix device file handling
9p: Improve debug support
9p: eliminate depricated conv functions
9p: rework client code to use new protocol support functions
9p: remove unnecessary tag field from p9_req_t structure
9p: remove 9p fcall debug prints
9p: add new protocol support code
9p: encapsulate version function
9p: move dirread to fs layer
9p: adjust 9p vfs write operation
9p: move readn meta-function from client to fs layer
9p: consolidate read/write functions
9p: drop broken unused error path from p9_conn_create()
9p: make rpc code common and rework flush code
9p: use the rcall structure passed in the request in trans_fd read_work
9p: apply common request code to trans_fd
9p: apply common tagpool handling to trans_fd
9p: move request management to client code
...
* git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net-2.6:
netfilter: replace old NF_ARP calls with NFPROTO_ARP
netfilter: fix compilation error with NAT=n
netfilter: xt_recent: use proc_create_data()
netfilter: snmp nat leaks memory in case of failure
netfilter: xt_iprange: fix range inversion match
netfilter: netns: use NFPROTO_NUMPROTO instead of NUMPROTO for tables array
netfilter: ctnetlink: remove obsolete NAT dependency from Kconfig
pkt_sched: sch_generic: Fix oops in sch_teql
dccp: Port redirection support for DCCP
tcp: Fix IPv6 fallout from 'Port redirection support for TCP'
netdev: change name dropping error codes
ipvs: Update CONFIG_IP_VS_IPV6 description and help text
The netfilter families have been decoupled from regular protocol families.
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The new debug support lacks some of the information that the previous fcprint
code provided -- this patch focuses on better presentation of debug data along
with more helpful debug along error paths.
Signed-off-by: Eric Van Hensbergen <ericvh@gmail.com>
Remove depricated conv functions which have been replaced with new
protocol routines.
This patch also reworks the one instance of the file-system code which
directly calls conversion routines (to accomplish unpacking dirreads).
Signed-off-by: Eric Van Hensbergen <ericvh@gmail.com>
Now that the new protocol functions are in place, this patch switches
the client code to using the new support code.
Signed-off-by: Eric Van Hensbergen <ericvh@gmail.com>
One of the current debug options allows users to get a verbose dump of fcalls.
This isn't really necessary as correctly parsed protocol frames can be printed
as part of the code in the client functions. The consolidated printfcalls
structure would require new entries to be added for every extension. This
patch removes the debug print methods and their use.
Signed-off-by: Eric Van Hensbergen <ericvh@gmail.com>
This adds a new protocol processing support code based on Anthony Liguori's
9p library code. This code performs protocol marshalling/unmarshalling using
printf like strings to represent protocol elements. It is my intent to use
them to replace the current functions in conv.c as well as the
p9_create_* functions.
This should make the client implementation much more clear, and also make it
much easier to add new protocol extensions by limiting the number of places
in which changes need to be made.
Signed-off-by: Eric Van Hensbergen <ericvh@gmail.com>
Currently reading a directory is implemented in the client code.
This function is not actually a wire operation, but a meta operation
which calls read operations and processes the results.
This patch moves this functionality to the fs layer and calls component
wire operations instead of constructing their packets. This provides a
cleaner separation and will help when we reorganize the client functions
and protocol processing methods.
Signed-off-by: Eric Van Hensbergen <ericvh@gmail.com>
There are a couple of methods in the client code which aren't actually
wire operations. To keep things organized cleaner, these operations are
being moved to the fs layer.
This patch moves the readn meta-function (which executes multiple wire
reads until a buffer is full) to the fs layer.
Signed-off-by: Eric Van Hensbergen <ericvh@gmail.com>
Currently there are two separate versions of read and write. One for
dealing with user buffers and the other for dealing with kernel buffers.
There is a tremendous amount of code duplication in the otherwise
identical versions of these functions. This patch adds an additional
user buffer parameter to read and write and conditionalizes handling of
the buffer on whether the kernel buffer or the user buffer is populated.
Signed-off-by: Eric Van Hensbergen <ericvh@gmail.com>
This code moves the rpc function to the common client base,
reorganizes the flush code to be more simple and stable, and
makes the necessary adjustments to the underlying transports
to adapt to the new structure.
This reduces the overall amount of code duplication between the
transports and should make adding new transports more straightforward.
Signed-off-by: Eric Van Hensbergen <ericvh@gmail.com>
The virtio transport uses a simplified request management system
that I want to use for all transports. This patch adapts and moves the
exisiting code for managing requests to the client common code.
Later patches will apply these mechanisms to the other transports.
Signed-off-by: Eric Van Hensbergen <ericvh@gmail.com>
Right now there is a transport module structure which provides per-transport
type functions and data and a transport structure which contains per-instance
public data as well as function pointers to instance specific functions.
This patch moves public transport visible instance data to the client
structure (which in some cases had duplicate data) and consolidates the
functions into the transport module structure.
Signed-off-by: Eric Van Hensbergen <ericvh@gmail.com>
name and nlen parameters passed to ->strategy hook are unused, remove
them. In general ->strategy hook should know what it's doing, and don't
do something tricky for which, say, pointer to original userspace array
may be needed (name).
Signed-off-by: Alexey Dobriyan <adobriyan@gmail.com>
Acked-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net> [ networking bits ]
Cc: Ralf Baechle <ralf@linux-mips.org>
Cc: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
Cc: Matt Mackall <mpm@selenic.com>
Cc: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
__FUNCTION__ is gcc-specific, use __func__
Signed-off-by: Harvey Harrison <harvey.harrison@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
Fix kernel-doc warnings in mac80211.h.
Fields need real explanations added to them.
Warning(lin2627-g3-kdocfixes//include/net/mac80211.h:659): No description found for parameter 'icv_len'
Warning(lin2627-g3-kdocfixes//include/net/mac80211.h:659): No description found for parameter 'iv_len'
Signed-off-by: Randy Dunlap <randy.dunlap@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This patch removes the module dependency between ctnetlink and
nf_nat by means of an indirect call that is initialized when
nf_nat is loaded. Now, nf_conntrack_netlink only requires
nf_conntrack and nfnetlink.
This patch puts nfnetlink_parse_nat_setup_hook into the
nf_conntrack_core to avoid dependencies between ctnetlink,
nf_conntrack_ipv4 and nf_conntrack_ipv6.
This patch also introduces the function ctnetlink_change_nat
that is only invoked from the creation path. Actually, the
nat handling cannot be invoked from the update path since
this is not allowed. By introducing this function, we remove
the useless nat handling in the update path and we avoid
deadlock-prone code.
This patch also adds the required EAGAIN logic for nfnetlink.
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The dummy version of 'nf_conntrack_event_cache()' (used when the
NF_CONNTRACK_EVENTS config option is not enabled) had not been updated
when the calling convention changed.
This was introduced by commit a71996fccc
("netfilter: netns nf_conntrack: pass conntrack to
nf_conntrack_event_cache() not skb")
Tssk.
Cc: Alexey Dobriyan <adobriyan@gmail.com>
Cc: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Cc: David Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
Add the necessary NetLabel support for the new CIPSO mapping,
CIPSO_V4_MAP_LOCAL, which allows full LSM label/context support.
Signed-off-by: Paul Moore <paul.moore@hp.com>
Reviewed-by: James Morris <jmorris@namei.org>
This patch accomplishes three minor tasks: add a new tag type for local
labeling, rename the CIPSO_V4_MAP_STD define to CIPSO_V4_MAP_TRANS and
replace some of the CIPSO "magic numbers" with constants from the header
file. The first change allows CIPSO to support full LSM labels/contexts,
not just MLS attributes. The second change brings the mapping names inline
with what userspace is using, compatibility is preserved since we don't
actually change the value. The last change is to aid readability and help
prevent mistakes.
Signed-off-by: Paul Moore <paul.moore@hp.com>
This patch provides support for including the LSM's secid in addition to
the LSM's MLS information in the NetLabel security attributes structure.
Signed-off-by: Paul Moore <paul.moore@hp.com>
Acked-by: James Morris <jmorris@namei.org>
Previous work enabled the use of address based NetLabel selectors, which while
highly useful, brought the potential for additional per-packet overhead when
used. This patch attempts to solve that by applying NetLabel socket labels
when sockets are connect()'d. This should alleviate the per-packet NetLabel
labeling for all connected sockets (yes, it even works for connected DGRAM
sockets).
Signed-off-by: Paul Moore <paul.moore@hp.com>
Reviewed-by: James Morris <jmorris@namei.org>
This patch builds upon the new NetLabel address selector functionality by
providing the NetLabel KAPI and CIPSO engine support needed to enable the
new packet-based labeling. The only new addition to the NetLabel KAPI at
this point is shown below:
* int netlbl_skbuff_setattr(skb, family, secattr)
... and is designed to be called from a Netfilter hook after the packet's
IP header has been populated such as in the FORWARD or LOCAL_OUT hooks.
This patch also provides the necessary SELinux hooks to support this new
functionality. Smack support is not currently included due to uncertainty
regarding the permissions needed to expand the Smack network access controls.
Signed-off-by: Paul Moore <paul.moore@hp.com>
Reviewed-by: James Morris <jmorris@namei.org>
This patch extends the NetLabel traffic labeling capabilities to individual
packets based not only on the LSM domain but the by the destination address
as well. The changes here only affect the core NetLabel infrastructre,
changes to the NetLabel KAPI and individial protocol engines are also
required but are split out into a different patch to ease review.
Signed-off-by: Paul Moore <paul.moore@hp.com>
Reviewed-by: James Morris <jmorris@namei.org>
NetLabel has always had a list of backpointers in the CIPSO DOI definition
structure which pointed to the NetLabel LSM domain mapping structures which
referenced the CIPSO DOI struct. The rationale for this was that when an
administrator removed a CIPSO DOI from the system all of the associated
NetLabel LSM domain mappings should be removed as well; a list of
backpointers made this a simple operation.
Unfortunately, while the backpointers did make the removal easier they were
a bit of a mess from an implementation point of view which was making
further development difficult. Since the removal of a CIPSO DOI is a
realtively rare event it seems to make sense to remove this backpointer
list as the optimization was hurting us more then it was helping. However,
we still need to be able to track when a CIPSO DOI definition is being used
so replace the backpointer list with a reference count. In order to
preserve the current functionality of removing the associated LSM domain
mappings when a CIPSO DOI is removed we walk the LSM domain mapping table,
removing the relevant entries.
Signed-off-by: Paul Moore <paul.moore@hp.com>
Reviewed-by: James Morris <jmorris@namei.org>
At some point I think I messed up and dropped the calls to netlbl_skbuff_err()
which are necessary for CIPSO to send error notifications to remote systems.
This patch re-introduces the error handling calls into the SELinux code.
Signed-off-by: Paul Moore <paul.moore@hp.com>
Acked-by: James Morris <jmorris@namei.org>
After some discussions with the Smack folks, well just Casey, I now have a
better idea of what Smack wants out of NetLabel in the future so I think it
is now safe to do some API "pruning". If another LSM comes along that
needs this functionality we can always add it back in, but I don't see any
LSMs on the horizon which might make use of these functions.
Thanks to Rami Rosen who suggested removing netlbl_cfg_cipsov4_del() back
in February 2008.
Signed-off-by: Paul Moore <paul.moore@hp.com>
Reviewed-by: James Morris <jmorris@namei.org>
This patch add missing braces of today's net-next-2.6:
include/net/netfilter/nf_conntrack_ecache.h
Signed-off-by: Guo-Fu Tseng <cooldavid@cooldavid.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch makes the RX/TX byte counters for IPIP, GRE and SIT more
consistent. Previously we included the external IP headers on the
way out but not when the packet is inbound.
The new scheme is to count payload only in both directions. For
IPIP and SIT this simply means the exclusion of the external IP
header. For GRE this means that we exclude the GRE header as
well.
Signed-off-by: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This adds support for the Trailer switch tagging format. This is
another tagging that doesn't explicitly mark tagged packets with a
distinct ethertype, so that we need to add a similar hack in the
receive path as for the Original DSA tagging format.
Signed-off-by: Lennert Buytenhek <buytenh@marvell.com>
Tested-by: Byron Bradley <byron.bbradley@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Tim Ellis <tim.ellis@mac.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Most of the DSA switches currently in the field do not support the
Ethertype DSA tagging format that one of the previous patches added
support for, but only the original DSA tagging format.
The original DSA tagging format carries the same information as the
Ethertype DSA tagging format, but with the difference that it does not
have an ethertype field. In other words, when receiving a packet that
is tagged with an original DSA tag, there is no way of telling in
eth_type_trans() that this packet is in fact a DSA-tagged packet.
This patch adds a hook into eth_type_trans() which is only compiled in
if support for a switch chip that doesn't support Ethertype DSA is
selected, and which checks whether there is a DSA switch driver
instance attached to this network device which uses the old tag format.
If so, it sets the protocol field to ETH_P_DSA without looking at the
packet, so that the packet ends up in the right place.
Signed-off-by: Lennert Buytenhek <buytenh@marvell.com>
Tested-by: Nicolas Pitre <nico@marvell.com>
Tested-by: Peter van Valderen <linux@ddcrew.com>
Tested-by: Dirk Teurlings <dirk@upexia.nl>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Distributed Switch Architecture is a protocol for managing hardware
switch chips. It consists of a set of MII management registers and
commands to configure the switch, and an ethernet header format to
signal which of the ports of the switch a packet was received from
or is intended to be sent to.
The switches that this driver supports are typically embedded in
access points and routers, and a typical setup with a DSA switch
looks something like this:
+-----------+ +-----------+
| | RGMII | |
| +-------+ +------ 1000baseT MDI ("WAN")
| | | 6-port +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN1")
| CPU | | ethernet +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN2")
| |MIImgmt| switch +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN3")
| +-------+ w/5 PHYs +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN4")
| | | |
+-----------+ +-----------+
The switch driver presents each port on the switch as a separate
network interface to Linux, polls the switch to maintain software
link state of those ports, forwards MII management interface
accesses to those network interfaces (e.g. as done by ethtool) to
the switch, and exposes the switch's hardware statistics counters
via the appropriate Linux kernel interfaces.
This initial patch supports the MII management interface register
layout of the Marvell 88E6123, 88E6161 and 88E6165 switch chips, and
supports the "Ethertype DSA" packet tagging format.
(There is no officially registered ethertype for the Ethertype DSA
packet format, so we just grab a random one. The ethertype to use
is programmed into the switch, and the switch driver uses the value
of ETH_P_EDSA for this, so this define can be changed at any time in
the future if the one we chose is allocated to another protocol or
if Ethertype DSA gets its own officially registered ethertype, and
everything will continue to work.)
Signed-off-by: Lennert Buytenhek <buytenh@marvell.com>
Tested-by: Nicolas Pitre <nico@marvell.com>
Tested-by: Byron Bradley <byron.bbradley@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Tim Ellis <tim.ellis@mac.com>
Tested-by: Peter van Valderen <linux@ddcrew.com>
Tested-by: Dirk Teurlings <dirk@upexia.nl>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The gabs array in the sctp_tsnmap structure is only used
in one place, sctp_make_sack(). As such, carrying the
array around in the sctp_tsnmap and thus directly in
the sctp_association is rather pointless since most
of the time it's just taking up space. Now, let
sctp_make_sack create and populate it and then throw
it away when it's done.
Signed-off-by: Vlad Yasevich <vladislav.yasevich@hp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The tsn map currently use is 4K large and is stuck inside
the sctp_association structure making memory references REALLY
expensive. What we really need is at most 4K worth of bits
so the biggest map we would have is 512 bytes. Also, the
map is only really usefull when we have gaps to store and
report. As such, starting with minimal map of say 32 TSNs (bits)
should be enough for normal low-loss operations. We can grow
the map by some multiple of 32 along with some extra room any
time we receive the TSN which would put us outside of the map
boundry. As we close gaps, we can shift the map to rebase
it on the latest TSN we've seen. This saves 4088 bytes per
association just in the map alone along savings from the now
unnecessary structure members.
Signed-off-by: Vlad Yasevich <vladislav.yasevich@hp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
I noticed sysctl_local_port_range[] and its associated seqlock
sysctl_local_port_range_lock were on separate cache lines.
Moreover, sysctl_local_port_range[] was close to unrelated
variables, highly modified, leading to cache misses.
Moving these two variables in a structure can help data
locality and moving this structure to read_mostly section
helps sharing of this data among cpus.
Cleanup of extern declarations (moved in include file where
they belong), and use of inet_get_local_port_range()
accessor instead of direct access to ports values.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <dada1@cosmosbay.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The iptables tproxy core is a module that contains the common routines used by
various tproxy related modules (TPROXY target and socket match)
Signed-off-by: KOVACS Krisztian <hidden@sch.bme.hu>
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Netfilter connection tracking requires all IPv4 packets to be defragmented.
Both the socket match and the TPROXY target depend on this functionality, so
this patch separates the Netfilter IPv4 defrag hooks into a separate module.
Signed-off-by: KOVACS Krisztian <hidden@sch.bme.hu>
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Same story as with iptable_filter, iptables_raw tables.
Signed-off-by: Alexey Dobriyan <adobriyan@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Note, sysctl table is always duplicated, this is simpler and less
special-cased.
Signed-off-by: Alexey Dobriyan <adobriyan@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Heh, last minute proof-reading of this patch made me think,
that this is actually unneeded, simply because "ct" pointers will be
different for different conntracks in different netns, just like they
are different in one netns.
Not so sure anymore.
[Patrick: pointers will be different, flushing can only be done while
inactive though and thus it needs to be per netns]
Signed-off-by: Alexey Dobriyan <adobriyan@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
This is cleaner, we already know conntrack to which event is relevant.
Signed-off-by: Alexey Dobriyan <adobriyan@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Again, it's deducible from skb, but we're going to use it for
nf_conntrack_checksum and statistics, so just pass it from upper layer.
Signed-off-by: Alexey Dobriyan <adobriyan@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
It's deducible from skb->dev or skb->dst->dev, but we know netns at
the moment of call, so pass it down and use for finding and creating
conntracks.
Signed-off-by: Alexey Dobriyan <adobriyan@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
What is confirmed connection in one netns can very well be unconfirmed
in another one.
Signed-off-by: Alexey Dobriyan <adobriyan@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Make per-netns a) expectation hash and b) expectations count.
Expectations always belongs to netns to which it's master conntrack belong.
This is natural and doesn't bloat expectation.
Proc files and leaf users are stubbed to init_net, this is temporary.
Signed-off-by: Alexey Dobriyan <adobriyan@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
* make per-netns conntrack hash
Other solution is to add ->ct_net pointer to tuplehashes and still has one
hash, I tried that it's ugly and requires more code deep down in protocol
modules et al.
* propagate netns pointer to where needed, e. g. to conntrack iterators.
Signed-off-by: Alexey Dobriyan <adobriyan@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Sysctls and proc files are stubbed to init_net's one. This is temporary.
Signed-off-by: Alexey Dobriyan <adobriyan@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Conntrack (struct nf_conn) gets pointer to netns: ->ct_net -- netns in which
it was created. It comes from netdevice.
->ct_net is write-once field.
Every conntrack in system has ->ct_net initialized, no exceptions.
->ct_net doesn't pin netns: conntracks are recycled after timeouts and
pinning background traffic will prevent netns from even starting shutdown
sequence.
Right now every conntrack is created in init_net.
Signed-off-by: Alexey Dobriyan <adobriyan@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
One comment: #ifdefs around #include is necessary to overcome amazing compile
breakages in NOTRACK-in-netns patch (see below).
Signed-off-by: Alexey Dobriyan <adobriyan@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
and (try to) consistently use u_int8_t for the L3 family.
Signed-off-by: Jan Engelhardt <jengelh@medozas.de>
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Wrap calling sk->sk_backlog_rcv() in a function. This will allow extending the
generic sk_backlog_rcv behaviour.
Signed-off-by: Peter Zijlstra <a.p.zijlstra@chello.nl>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Use the socket cached in the skb if it's present.
Signed-off-by: KOVACS Krisztian <hidden@sch.bme.hu>
Acked-by: Arnaldo Carvalho de Melo <acme@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
To be able to use the cached socket reference in the skb during input
processing we add a new set of lookup functions that receive the skb on
their argument list.
Signed-off-by: Arnaldo Carvalho de Melo <acme@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: KOVACS Krisztian <hidden@sch.bme.hu>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adjusts the rate control API to allow multi-rate retry
if supported by the driver. The ieee80211_hw struct specifies how
many alternate rate selections the driver supports.
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Free up 2 bytes in skb->cb to be used for multi-rate retry later.
Move iv_len and icv_len initialization into key alloc.
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Jay Cliburn noticed and diagnosed a bug triggered in
dev_gso_skb_destructor() after last change from qdisc->gso_skb
to qdisc->requeue list. Since gso_segmented skbs can't be queued
to another list this patch brings back qdisc->gso_skb for them.
Reported-by: Jay Cliburn <jcliburn@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Jarek Poplawski <jarkao2@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Provides implementation of the enhancements of XFRM/PF_KEY MIGRATE mechanism
specified in draft-ebalard-mext-pfkey-enhanced-migrate-00. Defines associated
PF_KEY SADB_X_EXT_KMADDRESS extension and XFRM/netlink XFRMA_KMADDRESS
attribute.
Signed-off-by: Arnaud Ebalard <arno@natisbad.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This protocol provides some connection handling and negotiated
congestion control. Nokia cellular modems use it for bulk transfers.
It provides packet boundaries (hence SOCK_SEQPACKET). Congestion
control is per packet rather per byte, so we do not re-use the
generic socket memory accounting.
Signed-off-by: Rémi Denis-Courmont <remi.denis-courmont@nokia.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Signed-off-by: Rémi Denis-Courmont <remi.denis-courmont@nokia.com>
Acked-by: Arnaldo Carvalho de Melo <acme@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
sctp_is_any() function that is used to check for wildcard addresses
only looks at the address itself to determine the address family.
This function is used in the API to check the address passed in from
the user. If the user simply zerroes out the sockaddr_storage and
pass that in, we'll end up failing. So, let's try harder to determine
the address family by also checking the socket if it's possible.
Signed-off-by: Vlad Yasevich <vladislav.yasevich@hp.com>
sctp_chunks should be put on a diet. This is some of the low hanging
fruit that we can strip out. Changes all the __s8/__u8 flags to
bitfields. Saves 12 bytes per chunk.
Signed-off-by: Neil Horman <nhorman@tuxdriver.com>
Signed-off-by: Vlad Yasevich <vladislav.yasevich@hp.com>
The iptables tproxy code has to be able to do UDP socket hash lookups,
so we have to provide an exported lookup function for this purpose.
Signed-off-by: KOVACS Krisztian <hidden@sch.bme.hu>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Current TCP code relies on the local port of the listening socket
being the same as the destination address of the incoming
connection. Port redirection used by many transparent proxying
techniques obviously breaks this, so we have to store the original
destination port address.
This patch extends struct inet_request_sock and stores the incoming
destination port value there. It also modifies the handshake code to
use that value as the source port when sending reply packets.
Signed-off-by: KOVACS Krisztian <hidden@sch.bme.hu>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Netfilter's ip_route_me_harder() tries to re-route packets either
generated or re-routed by Netfilter. This patch changes
ip_route_me_harder() to handle packets from non-locally-bound sockets
with IP_TRANSPARENT set as local and to set the appropriate flowi
flags when re-doing the routing lookup.
Signed-off-by: KOVACS Krisztian <hidden@sch.bme.hu>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The TCP stack sends out SYN+ACK/ACK/RST reply packets in response to
incoming packets. The non-local source address check on output bites
us again, as replies for transparently redirected traffic won't have a
chance to leave the node.
This patch selectively sets the FLOWI_FLAG_ANYSRC flag when doing the
route lookup for those replies. Transparent replies are enabled if the
listening socket has the transparent socket flag set.
Signed-off-by: KOVACS Krisztian <hidden@sch.bme.hu>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Set FLOWI_FLAG_ANYSRC in flowi->flags if the socket has the
transparent socket option set. This way we selectively enable certain
connections with non-local source addresses to be routed.
Signed-off-by: KOVACS Krisztian <hidden@sch.bme.hu>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
inet_iif() in inet_sock.h requires route.h. Since users of inet_iif()
usually require other route.h functionality anyway this patch moves
inet_iif() to route.h.
Signed-off-by: KOVACS Krisztian <hidden@sch.bme.hu>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch introduces the IP_TRANSPARENT socket option: enabling that
will make the IPv4 routing omit the non-local source address check on
output. Setting IP_TRANSPARENT requires NET_ADMIN capability.
Signed-off-by: KOVACS Krisztian <hidden@sch.bme.hu>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
ip_route_output() contains a check to make sure that no flows with
non-local source IP addresses are routed. This obviously makes using
such addresses impossible.
This patch introduces a flowi flag which makes omitting this check
possible. The new flag provides a way of handling transparent and
non-transparent connections differently.
Signed-off-by: Julian Anastasov <ja@ssi.bg>
Signed-off-by: KOVACS Krisztian <hidden@sch.bme.hu>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Herbert Xu came up with the idea and the original patch to make
xfrm_state dump list contain also dumpers:
As it is we go to extraordinary lengths to ensure that states
don't go away while dumpers go to sleep. It's much easier if
we just put the dumpers themselves on the list since they can't
go away while they're going.
I've also changed the order of addition on new states to prevent
a never-ending dump.
Timo Teräs improved the patch to apply cleanly to latest tree,
modified iteration code to be more readable by using a common
struct for entries in the list, implemented the same idea for
xfrm_policy dumping and moved the af_key specific "last" entry
caching to af_key.
Signed-off-by: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au>
Signed-off-by: Timo Teras <timo.teras@iki.fi>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Since call to function sctp_sf_abort_violation() need paramter 'arg' with
'struct sctp_chunk' type, it will read the chunk type and chunk length from
the chunk_hdr member of chunk. But call to sctp_sf_violation_paramlen()
always with 'struct sctp_paramhdr' type's parameter, it will be passed to
sctp_sf_abort_violation(). This may cause kernel panic.
sctp_sf_violation_paramlen()
|-- sctp_sf_abort_violation()
|-- sctp_make_abort_violation()
This patch fixed this problem. This patch also fix two place which called
sctp_sf_violation_paramlen() with wrong paramter type.
Signed-off-by: Wei Yongjun <yjwei@cn.fujitsu.com>
Signed-off-by: Vlad Yasevich <vladislav.yasevich@hp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
9p trans modules aren't refcounted nor were they unregistered
properly. Fix it.
* Add 9p_trans_module->owner and reference the module on each trans
instance creation and put it on destruction.
* Protect v9fs_trans_list with a spinlock. This isn't strictly
necessary as the list is manipulated only during module loading /
unloading but it's a good idea to make the API safe.
* Unregister trans modules when the corresponding module is being
unloaded.
* While at it, kill unnecessary EXPORT_SYMBOL on p9_trans_fd_init().
Signed-off-by: Tejun Heo <tj@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: Eric Van Hensbergen <ericvh@gmail.com>
Long awaited, hard work. This patch totally cleans up the rate control
API to remove the requirement to include internal headers outside of
net/mac80211/.
There's one internal use in the PID algorithm left for mesh networking,
we'll have to figure out a way to clean that one up and decide how to
do the peer link evaluation, possibly independent of the rate control
algorithm or via new API.
Additionally, ath9k is left using the cross-inclusion hack for now, we
will add new API where necessary to make this work properly, but right
now I'm not expert enough to do it. It's still off better than before.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This patch makes cfg80211 show the interface in the nl80211
information about a specific interface. API users are required
to keep the type updated (everything else is fairly complicated)
but you will get a warning if you fail to keep it updated.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Luis added the regulatory hint stuff to this file without
observing that __ieee80211_get_channel and ieee80211_get_channel
really belong together.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
The current check wrongly uses the state of one (currently the first)
tx queue for all tx queues in case of non-default qdiscs. This check
mainly prevented requeuing loop with __netif_schedule(), but now it's
controlled inside __qdisc_run(), while dequeuing. The wrongness of
this check was first noticed by Herbert Xu.
Signed-off-by: Jarek Poplawski <jarkao2@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When there is no listener socket for a received packet, send an error
back to the sender.
Signed-off-by: Remi Denis-Courmont <remi.denis-courmont@nokia.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Phonet endpoints are bound to individual ports.
This provides a /proc/sys/net/phonet (or sysctl) interface for
selecting the range of automatically allocated ports (much like the
ip_local_port_range with IPv4).
Signed-off-by: Remi Denis-Courmont <remi.denis-courmont@nokia.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This provides the basic SOCK_DGRAM transport protocol for Phonet.
Signed-off-by: Remi Denis-Courmont <remi.denis-courmont@nokia.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This provides the socket API for the Phonet protocols family.
Signed-off-by: Remi Denis-Courmont <remi.denis-courmont@nokia.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This provides support for configuring Phonet addresses, notifying
Phonet configuration changes, and dumping the configuration.
Signed-off-by: Remi Denis-Courmont <remi.denis-courmont@nokia.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This provides support for adding Phonet addresses to and removing
Phonet addresses from network devices.
Signed-off-by: Rémi Denis-Courmont <remi.denis-courmont@nokia.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This is the basis for the Phonet protocol families, and introduces
the ETH_P_PHONET packet type and the PF_PHONET socket family.
Signed-off-by: Remi Denis-Courmont <remi.denis-courmont@nokia.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
As discovered by Timo Teräs, the currently xfrm_state_walk scheme
is racy because if a second dump finishes before the first, we
may free xfrm states that the first dump would walk over later.
This patch fixes this by storing the dumps in a list in order
to calculate the correct completion counter which cures this
problem.
I've expanded netlink_cb in order to accomodate the extra state
related to this. It shouldn't be a big deal since netlink_cb
is kmalloced for each dump and we're just increasing it by 4 or
8 bytes.
Signed-off-by: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This minor cleanup simplifies later changes which will convert
struct sk_buff and friends over to using struct list_head.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Most importantly avoid doing it with cumulative ACK. Not clearing
means that we no longer need n^2 processing in resolution of each
fast recovery.
Signed-off-by: Ilpo Järvinen <ilpo.jarvinen@helsinki.fi>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Both loops are quite similar, so they can be combined
with little effort. As a result, forward_skb_hint becomes
obsolete as well.
Signed-off-by: Ilpo Järvinen <ilpo.jarvinen@helsinki.fi>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Main benefit in this is that we can then freely point
the retransmit_skb_hint to anywhere we want to because
there's no longer need to know what would be the count
changes involve, and since this is really used only as a
terminator, unnecessary work is one time walk at most,
and if some retransmissions are necessary after that
point later on, the walk is not full waste of time
anyway.
Since retransmit_high must be kept valid, all lost
markers must ensure that.
Now I also have learned how those "holes" in the
rexmittable skbs can appear, mtu probe does them. So
I removed the misleading comment as well.
Signed-off-by: Ilpo Järvinen <ilpo.jarvinen@helsinki.fi>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Ie., the difference between partial and all clearing doesn't
exists anymore since the SACK optimizations got dropped by
an sacktag rewrite.
Signed-off-by: Ilpo Järvinen <ilpo.jarvinen@helsinki.fi>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Currently, virtual interface pointers passed to drivers might be
from monitor interfaces and as such completely uninitialised
because we do not tell the driver about monitor interfaces when
those are created. Instead of passing them, we should therefore
indicate to the driver that there is no information; do that by
passing a NULL value and adjust drivers to cope with it.
As a result, some mac80211 API functions also need to cope with
a NULL vif pointer so drivers can still call them unconditionally.
Also, when injecting frames we really don't want to pass NULL all
the time, if we know we are the source address of a frame and have
a local interface for that address, we can to use that interface.
This also helps with processing the frame correctly for that
interface which will help the 802.11w implementation. It's not
entirely correct for VLANs or WDS interfaces because there the MAC
address isn't unique, but it's already a lot better than what we
do now.
Finally, when injecting without a matching local interface, don't
assign sequence numbers at all.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Rate control algorithms may need access to a station's
HT capabilities, so share the ht_info struct in the
public station API.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
As more preparation for a saner rate control algorithm API,
share the supported rates bitmap in the public API.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This patch changes mac80211 to share some more data about
stations with drivers. Should help iwlwifi and ath9k when
they get around to updating, and might also help with
implementing rate control algorithms without internals.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Cc: Sujith Manoharan <Sujith.Manoharan@atheros.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
There's really no reason for mac80211 to be using its
own interface type defines. Use the nl80211 types and
simplify the configuration code a bit: there's no need
to translate them any more now.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Drivers need to know the basic rateset to be able to configure
the ACK/CTS programming in hardware correctly.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
When we remove an interface, we can currently end up having
a pointer to it left in local->scan_sdata after it has been
set down, and then with a hardware scan the scan completion
can try to access it which is a bug. Alternatively, a scan
that started as a hardware scan may terminate as though it
was a software scan, if the timing is just right.
On SMP systems, software scan also has a similar problem,
just canceling the delayed work and setting a flag isn't
enough since it may be running concurrently; in this case
we would also never restore state of other interfaces.
This patch hopefully fixes the problems by always invoking
ieee80211_scan_completed or requiring it to be invoked by
the driver, I suspect the drivers that have ->hw_scan() are
buggy. The bug will not manifest itself unless you remove
the interface while hw-scanning which will also turn off
the hw, and then add a new interface which will be unusable
until you scan once.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This adds the new wireless regulatory infrastructure. The
main motiviation behind this was to centralize regulatory
code as each driver was implementing their own regulatory solution,
and to replace the initial centralized code we have where:
* only 3 regulatory domains are supported: US, JP and EU
* regulatory domains can only be changed through module parameter
* all rules were built statically in the kernel
We now have support for regulatory domains for many countries
and regulatory domains are now queried through a userspace agent
through udev allowing distributions to update regulatory rules
without updating the kernel.
Each driver can regulatory_hint() a regulatory domain
based on either their EEPROM mapped regulatory domain value to a
respective ISO/IEC 3166-1 country code or pass an internally built
regulatory domain. We also add support to let the user set the
regulatory domain through userspace in case of faulty EEPROMs to
further help compliance.
Support for world roaming will be added soon for cards capable of
this.
For more information see:
http://wireless.kernel.org/en/developers/Regulatory/CRDA
For now we leave an option to enable the old module parameter,
ieee80211_regdom, and to build the 3 old regdomains statically
(US, JP and EU). This option is CONFIG_WIRELESS_OLD_REGULATORY.
These old static definitions and the module parameter is being
scheduled for removal for 2.6.29. Note that if you use this
you won't make use of a world regulatory domain as its pointless.
If you leave this option enabled and if CRDA is present and you
use US or JP we will try to ask CRDA to update us a regulatory
domain for us.
Signed-off-by: Luis R. Rodriguez <lrodriguez@atheros.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This new action will have the ability to change the priority and/or
queue_mapping fields on an sk_buff.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
kmemcheck reported this:
kmemcheck: Caught 16-bit read from uninitialized memory (f6c1ba30)
0500110001508abf050010000500000002017300140000006f72672e66726565
i i i i i i i i i i i i i u u u u u u u u u u u u u u u u u u u
^
Pid: 3462, comm: wpa_supplicant Not tainted (2.6.27-rc3-00054-g6397ab9-dirty #13)
EIP: 0060:[<c05de64a>] EFLAGS: 00010296 CPU: 0
EIP is at nla_parse+0x5a/0xf0
EAX: 00000008 EBX: fffffffd ECX: c06f16c0 EDX: 00000005
ESI: 00000010 EDI: f6c1ba30 EBP: f6367c6c ESP: c0a11e88
DS: 007b ES: 007b FS: 00d8 GS: 0033 SS: 0068
CR0: 8005003b CR2: f781cc84 CR3: 3632f000 CR4: 000006d0
DR0: c0ead9bc DR1: 00000000 DR2: 00000000 DR3: 00000000
DR6: ffff4ff0 DR7: 00000400
[<c05d4b23>] rtnl_setlink+0x63/0x130
[<c05d5f75>] rtnetlink_rcv_msg+0x165/0x200
[<c05ddf66>] netlink_rcv_skb+0x76/0xa0
[<c05d5dfe>] rtnetlink_rcv+0x1e/0x30
[<c05dda21>] netlink_unicast+0x281/0x290
[<c05ddbe9>] netlink_sendmsg+0x1b9/0x2b0
[<c05beef2>] sock_sendmsg+0xd2/0x100
[<c05bf945>] sys_sendto+0xa5/0xd0
[<c05bf9a6>] sys_send+0x36/0x40
[<c05c03d6>] sys_socketcall+0x1e6/0x2c0
[<c020353b>] sysenter_do_call+0x12/0x3f
[<ffffffff>] 0xffffffff
This is the line in nla_ok():
/**
* nla_ok - check if the netlink attribute fits into the remaining bytes
* @nla: netlink attribute
* @remaining: number of bytes remaining in attribute stream
*/
static inline int nla_ok(const struct nlattr *nla, int remaining)
{
return remaining >= sizeof(*nla) &&
nla->nla_len >= sizeof(*nla) &&
nla->nla_len <= remaining;
}
It turns out that remaining can become negative due to alignment in
nla_next(). But GCC promotes "remaining" to unsigned in the test
against sizeof(*nla) above. Therefore the test succeeds, and the
nla_for_each_attr() may access memory outside the received buffer.
A short example illustrating this point is here:
#include <stdio.h>
main(void)
{
printf("%d\n", -1 >= sizeof(int));
}
...which prints "1".
This patch adds a cast in front of the sizeof so that GCC will make
a signed comparison and fix the illegal memory dereference. With the
patch applied, there is no kmemcheck report.
Signed-off-by: Vegard Nossum <vegard.nossum@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Thomas Graf <tgraf@suug.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The conf_tx callback currently needs to be atomic, this requirement
is just because it can be called from scanning. This rearranges it
slightly to only update while not scanning (which is fine, we'll be
getting beacons when associated) and thus removes the atomic
requirement.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Now that we save states within a walk we need synchronisation
so that the list the saved state is on doesn't disappear from
under us.
As it stands this is done by keeping the state on the list which
is bad because it gets in the way of the management of the state
life-cycle.
An alternative is to make our own pseudo-RCU system where we use
counters to indicate which state can't be freed immediately as
it may be referenced by an ongoing walk when that resumes.
Signed-off-by: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The Security Mode 4 of the Bluetooth 2.1 specification has strict
authentication and encryption requirements. It is the initiators job
to create a secure ACL link. However in case of malicious devices, the
acceptor has to make sure that the ACL is encrypted before allowing
any kind of L2CAP connection. The only exception here is the PSM 1 for
the service discovery protocol, because that is allowed to run on an
insecure ACL link.
Previously it was enough to reject a L2CAP connection during the
connection setup phase, but with Bluetooth 2.1 it is forbidden to
do any L2CAP protocol exchange on an insecure link (except SDP).
The new hci_conn_check_link_mode() function can be used to check the
integrity of an ACL link. This functions also takes care of the cases
where Security Mode 4 is disabled or one of the devices is based on
an older specification.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
With the introduction of Security Mode 4 and Simple Pairing from the
Bluetooth 2.1 specification it became mandatory that the initiator
requires authentication and encryption before any L2CAP channel can
be established. The only exception here is PSM 1 for the service
discovery protocol (SDP). It is meant to be used without any encryption
since it contains only public information. This is how Bluetooth 2.0
and before handle connections on PSM 1.
For Bluetooth 2.1 devices the pairing procedure differentiates between
no bonding, general bonding and dedicated bonding. The L2CAP layer
wrongly uses always general bonding when creating new connections, but it
should not do this for SDP connections. In this case the authentication
requirement should be no bonding and the just-works model should be used,
but in case of non-SDP connection it is required to use general bonding.
If the new connection requires man-in-the-middle (MITM) protection, it
also first wrongly creates an unauthenticated link key and then later on
requests an upgrade to an authenticated link key to provide full MITM
protection. With Simple Pairing the link key generation is an expensive
operation (compared to Bluetooth 2.0 and before) and doing this twice
during a connection setup causes a noticeable delay when establishing
a new connection. This should be avoided to not regress from the expected
Bluetooth 2.0 connection times. The authentication requirements are known
up-front and so enforce them.
To fulfill these requirements the hci_connect() function has been extended
with an authentication requirement parameter that will be stored inside
the connection information and can be retrieved by userspace at any
time. This allows the correct IO capabilities exchange and results in
the expected behavior.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Instead of duplicating the fields, integrate a user stats structure into
the kernel stats structure. This is more robust when the members are
changed, because they are now automatically kept in sync.
Signed-off-by: Sven Wegener <sven.wegener@stealer.net>
Reviewed-by: Julius Volz <juliusv@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Simon Horman <horms@verge.net.au>
Instead of checking the value in include/net/ip_vs.h, we can just
restrict the range in our Kconfig file. This will prevent values outside
of the range early.
Signed-off-by: Sven Wegener <sven.wegener@stealer.net>
Reviewed-by: Julius Volz <juliusv@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Simon Horman <horms@verge.net.au>
How to reproduce ?
- create a network namespace
- use tcp protocol and get timewait socket
- exit the network namespace
- after a moment (when the timewait socket is destroyed), the kernel
panics.
# BUG: unable to handle kernel NULL pointer dereference at
0000000000000007
IP: [<ffffffff821e394d>] inet_twdr_do_twkill_work+0x6e/0xb8
PGD 119985067 PUD 11c5c0067 PMD 0
Oops: 0000 [1] SMP
CPU 1
Modules linked in: ipv6 button battery ac loop dm_mod tg3 libphy ext3 jbd
edd fan thermal processor thermal_sys sg sata_svw libata dock serverworks
sd_mod scsi_mod ide_disk ide_core [last unloaded: freq_table]
Pid: 0, comm: swapper Not tainted 2.6.27-rc2 #3
RIP: 0010:[<ffffffff821e394d>] [<ffffffff821e394d>]
inet_twdr_do_twkill_work+0x6e/0xb8
RSP: 0018:ffff88011ff7fed0 EFLAGS: 00010246
RAX: ffffffffffffffff RBX: ffffffff82339420 RCX: ffff88011ff7ff30
RDX: 0000000000000001 RSI: ffff88011a4d03c0 RDI: ffff88011ac2fc00
RBP: ffffffff823392e0 R08: 0000000000000000 R09: ffff88002802a200
R10: ffff8800a5c4b000 R11: ffffffff823e4080 R12: ffff88011ac2fc00
R13: 0000000000000001 R14: 0000000000000001 R15: 0000000000000000
FS: 0000000041cbd940(0000) GS:ffff8800bff839c0(0000)
knlGS:0000000000000000
CS: 0010 DS: 0018 ES: 0018 CR0: 000000008005003b
CR2: 0000000000000007 CR3: 00000000bd87c000 CR4: 00000000000006e0
DR0: 0000000000000000 DR1: 0000000000000000 DR2: 0000000000000000
DR3: 0000000000000000 DR6: 00000000ffff0ff0 DR7: 0000000000000400
Process swapper (pid: 0, threadinfo ffff8800bff9e000, task
ffff88011ff76690)
Stack: ffffffff823392e0 0000000000000100 ffffffff821e3a3a
0000000000000008
0000000000000000 ffffffff821e3a61 ffff8800bff7c000 ffffffff8203c7e7
ffff88011ff7ff10 ffff88011ff7ff10 0000000000000021 ffffffff82351108
Call Trace:
<IRQ> [<ffffffff821e3a3a>] ? inet_twdr_hangman+0x0/0x9e
[<ffffffff821e3a61>] ? inet_twdr_hangman+0x27/0x9e
[<ffffffff8203c7e7>] ? run_timer_softirq+0x12c/0x193
[<ffffffff820390d1>] ? __do_softirq+0x5e/0xcd
[<ffffffff8200d08c>] ? call_softirq+0x1c/0x28
[<ffffffff8200e611>] ? do_softirq+0x2c/0x68
[<ffffffff8201a055>] ? smp_apic_timer_interrupt+0x8e/0xa9
[<ffffffff8200cad6>] ? apic_timer_interrupt+0x66/0x70
<EOI> [<ffffffff82011f4c>] ? default_idle+0x27/0x3b
[<ffffffff8200abbd>] ? cpu_idle+0x5f/0x7d
Code: e8 01 00 00 4c 89 e7 41 ff c5 e8 8d fd ff ff 49 8b 44 24 38 4c 89 e7
65 8b 14 25 24 00 00 00 89 d2 48 8b 80 e8 00 00 00 48 f7 d0 <48> 8b 04 d0
48 ff 40 58 e8 fc fc ff ff 48 89 df e8 c0 5f 04 00
RIP [<ffffffff821e394d>] inet_twdr_do_twkill_work+0x6e/0xb8
RSP <ffff88011ff7fed0>
CR2: 0000000000000007
This patch provides a function to purge all timewait sockets related
to a network namespace. The timewait sockets life cycle is not tied with
the network namespace, that means the timewait sockets stay alive while
the network namespace dies. The timewait sockets are for avoiding to
receive a duplicate packet from the network, if the network namespace is
freed, the network stack is removed, so no chance to receive any packets
from the outside world. Furthermore, having a pending destruction timer
on these sockets with a network namespace freed is not safe and will lead
to an oops if the timer callback which try to access data belonging to
the namespace like for example in:
inet_twdr_do_twkill_work
-> NET_INC_STATS_BH(twsk_net(tw), LINUX_MIB_TIMEWAITED);
Purging the timewait sockets at the network namespace destruction will:
1) speed up memory freeing for the namespace
2) fix kernel panic on asynchronous timewait destruction
Signed-off-by: Daniel Lezcano <dlezcano@fr.ibm.com>
Acked-by: Denis V. Lunev <den@openvz.org>
Acked-by: Eric W. Biederman <ebiederm@xmission.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
It is obviously good for userspace to know up front which
interface modes a given piece of hardware might support (even
if adding such an interface might fail later because of
concurrency issues), so let's make cfg80211 aware of that.
For good measure, disallow adding interfaces in all other
modes so drivers don't forget to announce support for one mode
when they add it.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: Stephen Blackheath <tramp.enshrine.stephen@blacksapphire.com>
Signed-off-by: Ivo van Doorn <IvDoorn@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Luis R. Rodriguez <lrodriguez@atheros.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Adjust various debug outputs to use the new *_BUF macro variants for
correct output of v4/v6 addresses.
Signed-off-by: Julius Volz <juliusv@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Simon Horman <horms@verge.net.au>
Convert functions for looking up destinations (real servers) to support
IPv6 services/dests.
Signed-off-by: Julius Volz <juliusv@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Simon Horman <horms@verge.net.au>
Add xmit functions for IPv6. Also add the already needed __ip_vs_get_out_rt_v6()
to ip_vs_core.c. Bind the new xmit functions to v6 connections.
Signed-off-by: Julius Volz <juliusv@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Simon Horman <horms@verge.net.au>
Extend functions for getting/creating connections and connection
templates for IPv6 support and fix the callers.
Signed-off-by: Julius Volz <juliusv@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Simon Horman <horms@verge.net.au>
Extend protocol DNAT/SNAT and state handlers to work with IPv6. Also
change/introduce new checksumming helper functions for this.
Signed-off-by: Julius Volz <juliusv@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Simon Horman <horms@verge.net.au>
Add 'af' arguments to conn_schedule(), conn_in_get(), conn_out_get() and
csum_check() function pointers in struct ip_vs_protocol. Extend the
respective functions for TCP, UDP, AH and ESP and adjust the callers.
The changes in the callers need to be somewhat extensive, since they now
need to pass a filled out struct ip_vs_iphdr * to the modified functions
instead of a struct iphdr *.
Signed-off-by: Julius Volz <juliusv@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Simon Horman <horms@verge.net.au>
Add 'supports_ipv6' flag to struct ip_vs_scheduler to indicate whether a
scheduler supports IPv6. Set the flag to 1 in schedulers that work with
IPv6, 0 otherwise. This flag is checked in a later patch while trying to
add a service with a specific scheduler. Adjust debug in v6-supporting
schedulers to work with both address families.
Signed-off-by: Julius Volz <juliusv@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Simon Horman <horms@verge.net.au>
Add support for selecting services based on their address family to
ip_vs_service_get() and adjust the callers.
Signed-off-by: Julius Volz <juliusv@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Simon Horman <horms@verge.net.au>
Add extended internal versions of struct ip_vs_service_user and struct
ip_vs_dest_user (the originals can't be modified as they are part
of the old sockopt interface). Adjust ip_vs_ctl.c to work with the new
data structures and add some minor AF-awareness.
Signed-off-by: Julius Volz <juliusv@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Simon Horman <horms@verge.net.au>
Add some debugging macros that allow conditional output of either v4 or v6
addresses, depending on an 'af' parameter. This is done by creating a
temporary string buffer in an outer debug macro and writing addresses'
string representations into it from another macro which can only be used
when inside the outer one.
Signed-off-by: Julius Volz <juliusv@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Simon Horman <horms@verge.net.au>
Add a struct ip_vs_iphdr for easier handling of common v4 and v6 header
fields in the same code path. ip_vs_fill_iphdr() helps to fill this struct
from an IPv4 or IPv6 header. Add further helper functions for copying and
comparing addresses.
Signed-off-by: Julius Volz <juliusv@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Simon Horman <horms@verge.net.au>
Introduce new 'af' fields into IPVS data structures for specifying an
entry's address family. Convert IP addresses to be of type union
nf_inet_addr.
Signed-off-by: Julius Volz <juliusv@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Simon Horman <horms@verge.net.au>
This patch consolidates the code common to TCP and CCID-2:
* TCP uses RFC 3390 in a packet-oriented manner (tcp_input.c) and
* CCID-2 uses RFC 3390 in packet-oriented manner (RFC 4341).
Signed-off-by: Gerrit Renker <gerrit@erg.abdn.ac.uk>
Removes all _nested_compat() functions from the API. The prio qdisc
no longer requires them and netem has its own format anyway. Their
existance is only confusing.
Resend: Also remove the wrapper macro.
Signed-off-by: Thomas Graf <tgraf@suug.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Allow userspace (e.g., hostapd) to set HT capabilities for associated
STAs. This is based on a patch from Zhu Yi <yi.zhu@intel.com> (only
the NL80211_ATTR_HT_CAPABILITY for NEW_STA part is included here).
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni.malinen@atheros.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This change adds a new cfg80211 command, NL80211_CMD_SET_BSS, to allow
AP mode BSS parameters to be changed from user space (e.g., hostapd).
The drivers using mac80211 are expected to be modified with separate
changes to use the new BSS info parameter for short slot time in the
bss_info_changed() handler.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni.malinen@atheros.com>
Acked-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
All users of struct proto::compat_[gs]etsockopt and
struct inet_connection_sock_af_ops::compat_[gs]etsockopt are under
#ifdef already, so use it in structure definition too.
Signed-off-by: Alexey Dobriyan <adobriyan@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Use new qdisc_root_sleeping_lock() instead of qdisc_root_lock() as
sch_tree_lock() because this lock could be used while dev is
deactivated, but we never need to use this with noop_qdisc as a root.
Signed-off-by: Jarek Poplawski <jarkao2@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
While passing a qdisc root lock to gen_new_estimator() and
gen_replace_estimator() dev could be deactivated or even before
grafting proper root qdisc as qdisc_sleeping (e.g. qdisc_create), so
using qdisc_root_lock() is not enough. This patch adds
qdisc_root_sleeping_lock() for this, plus additional checks, where
necessary.
Signed-off-by: Jarek Poplawski <jarkao2@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
All users have been moved over to the version taking a le16 frame control
rather than a cpu-endian value.
Signed-off-by: Harvey Harrison <harvey.harrison@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This patch adds ieee80211_queue_stopped that let drivers to query
queue status
Signed-off-by: Tomas Winkler <tomas.winkler@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Since some qdiscs call qdisc_tree_decrease_qlen() (so qdisc_lookup())
without rtnl_lock(), adding and deleting from a qdisc list needs
additional locking. This patch adds global spinlock qdisc_list_lock
and wrapper functions for modifying the list. It is considered as a
temporary solution until hfsc_dequeue(), netem_dequeue() and
tbf_dequeue() (or qdisc_tree_decrease_qlen()) are redone.
With feedback from Herbert Xu and David S. Miller.
Signed-off-by: Jarek Poplawski <jarkao2@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
dev_deactivate() can skip rescheduling of a qdisc by qdisc_watchdog()
or other timer calling netif_schedule() after dev_queue_deactivate().
We prevent this checking aliveness before scheduling the timer. Since
during deactivation the root qdisc is available only as qdisc_sleeping
additional accessor qdisc_root_sleeping() is created.
With feedback from Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au>
Signed-off-by: Jarek Poplawski <jarkao2@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
IEEE80211_HW_HOST_GEN_BEACON_TEMPLATE was made unnecessary in
the recent revamp on beacon configuration.
Signed-off-by: Luis R. Rodriguez <lrodriguez@atheros.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
We can now kill them synchronously with all of the
previous dev_deactivate() cures.
This makes netdev destruction and shutdown saner as
the qdiscs hold references to the device.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This new state lets dev_deactivate() mark a qdisc as having been
deactivated.
dev_queue_xmit() and ing_filter() check for this bit and do not
try to process the qdisc if the bit is set.
dev_deactivate() polls the qdisc after setting the bit, waiting
for both __QDISC_STATE_RUNNING and __QDISC_STATE_SCHED to clear.
This isn't perfect yet, but subsequent changesets will make it so.
This part is just one piece of the puzzle.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Commit 8ab19ea36c ("ipvs: Fix possible deadlock
in estimator code") fixed a deadlock condition, but that condition can only
happen during unload of IPVS, because during normal operation there is at least
our global stats structure in the estimator list. The mod_timer() and
del_timer_sync() calls are actually initialization and cleanup code in
disguise. Let's make it explicit and move them to their own init and cleanup
function.
Signed-off-by: Sven Wegener <sven.wegener@stealer.net>
Signed-off-by: Simon Horman <horms@verge.net.au>
ipv6_dev_get_saddr() blindly de-references dst_dev to get the network
namespace, but some callers might pass NULL. Change callers to pass a
namespace pointer instead.
Signed-off-by: Brian Haley <brian.haley@hp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch removes ip6_prohibit_entry and ip6_blk_hole_entry
declarations from include/net/ip6_route.h as they are unused.
Signed-off-by: Rami Rosen <ramirose@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch removes rt6_lock declaration from include/net/ip6_route.h
as it is unused.
Signed-off-by: Rami Rosen <ramirose@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Based upon a bug report by Andrew Gallatin on netdev
with subject "CPU utilization increased in 2.6.27rc"
In commit 37437bb2e1
("pkt_sched: Schedule qdiscs instead of netdev_queue.")
the test of the queue being stopped was erroneously
removed from qdisc_run().
When the TX queue of the device fills up, this omission
causes lots of extraneous useless work to be queued up
to softirq context, where we'll just return immediately
because the device is still stuffed up.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There's no reason for dynamically allocating an estimator object for every
stats object. Directly embed an estimator object into every stats object and
switch to using the kernel-provided list implementation. This makes the code
much simpler and faster, as we do not need to traverse the list of all
estimators to find the one belonging to a stats object. There's no need to use
an rwlock, as we only have one reader. Also reorder the members of the
estimator structure slightly to avoid padding overhead. This can't be done
with the stats object as the members are currently copied to our user space
object via memcpy() and changing it would break ABI.
Signed-off-by: Sven Wegener <sven.wegener@stealer.net>
Acked-by: Simon Horman <horms@verge.net.au>
This patch removes an unused field (flags) from struct flowi; it seems
that this "flags" field was used once in the past for multipath
routing with FLOWI_FLAG_MULTIPATHOLDROUTE flag (which does no longer
exist); however, the "flags" field of struct flowi is not used
anymore.
Signed-off-by: Rami Rosen <ramirose@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
dst_input() was doing something completely absurd, looping
on skb->dst->input() if NET_XMIT_BYPASS was seen, but these
functions never return such an error.
And as a result plain ole' NET_XMIT_BYPASS has no more
references and can be completely killed off.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net> noticed that it would be nice to
handle NET_XMIT_BYPASS by NET_XMIT_SUCCESS with an internal qdisc flag
__NET_XMIT_BYPASS and to remove the mapping from dev_queue_xmit().
David Miller <davem@davemloft.net> spotted a serious bug in the first
version of this patch.
Signed-off-by: Jarek Poplawski <jarkao2@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net> noticed:
"The other problem that affects all qdiscs supporting actions is
TC_ACT_QUEUED/TC_ACT_STOLEN getting mapped to NET_XMIT_SUCCESS
even though the packet is not queued, corrupting upper qdiscs'
qlen counters."
and later explained:
"The reason why it translates it at all seems to be to not increase
the drops counter. Within a single qdisc this could be avoided by
other means easily, upper qdiscs would still increase the counter
when we return anything besides NET_XMIT_SUCCESS though.
This means we need a new NET_XMIT return value to indicate this to
the upper qdiscs. So I'd suggest to introduce NET_XMIT_STOLEN,
return that to upper qdiscs and translate it to NET_XMIT_SUCCESS
in dev_queue_xmit, similar to NET_XMIT_BYPASS."
David Miller <davem@davemloft.net> noticed:
"Maybe these NET_XMIT_* values being passed around should be a set of
bits. They could be composed of base meanings, combined with specific
attributes.
So you could say "NET_XMIT_DROP | __NET_XMIT_NO_DROP_COUNT"
The attributes get masked out by the top-level ->enqueue() caller,
such that the base meanings are the only thing that make their
way up into the stack. If it's only about communication within the
qdisc tree, let's simply code it that way."
This patch is trying to realize these ideas.
Signed-off-by: Jarek Poplawski <jarkao2@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch makes possible for a driver to specify maximal listen interval
The possibility for user to configure listen interval is not implemented
yet, currently the maximum provided by the driver or 1 is used.
Mac80211 uses config handler to set listen interval for to the driver.
Signed-off-by: Tomas Winkler <tomas.winkler@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Zhu Yi <yi.zhu@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This patch adds the dtim_period in ieee80211_bss_conf, this allows the low
level driver to know the dtim_period, and to plan power save accordingly.
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Tomas Winkler <tomas.winkler@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Zhu Yi <yi.zhu@intel.com>
Acked-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
The ipfragok flag controls whether the packet may be fragmented
either on the local host on beyond. The latter is only valid on
IPv4.
In fact, we never want to do the latter even on IPv4 when PMTU is
enabled. This is because even though we can't fragment packets
within SCTP due to the prtocol's inherent faults, we can still
fragment it at IP layer. By setting the DF bit we will improve
the PMTU process.
RFC 2960 only says that we SHOULD clear the DF bit in this case,
so we're compliant even if we set the DF bit. In fact RFC 4960
no longer has this statement.
Once we make this change, we only need to control the local
fragmentation. There is already a bit in the skb which controls
that, local_df. So this patch sets that instead of using the
ipfragok argument.
The only complication is that there isn't a struct sock object
per transport, so for IPv4 we have to resort to changing the
pmtudisc field for every packet. This should be safe though
as the protocol is single-threaded.
Note that after this patch we can remove ipfragok from the rest
of the stack too.
Signed-off-by: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
It is the only legal environment in which this can be
used.
Add some commentary explaining the situation.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Current versions of ipvsadm include "/usr/src/linux/include/net/ip_vs.h"
directly. This file also contains kernel-only definitions. Normally, public
definitions should live in include/linux, so this patch moves the
definitions shared with userspace to a new file, "include/linux/ip_vs.h".
This also removes the unused NFC_IPVS_PROPERTY bitmask, which was once
used to point into skb->nfcache.
To make old ipvsadms still compile with this, the old header file includes
the new one.
Thanks to Dave Miller and Horms for noting/adding the missing Kbuild entry
for the new header file.
Signed-off-by: Julius Volz <juliusv@google.com>
Acked-by: Simon Horman <horms@verge.net.au>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch fixes mac80211 to not use the skb->cb over the queue step
from virtual interfaces to the master. The patch also, for now,
disables aggregation because that would still require requeuing,
will fix that in a separate patch. There are two other places (software
requeue and powersaving stations) where requeue can happen, but that is
not currently used by any drivers/not possible to use respectively.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
I forgot this in the previous patch that made it unused.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Piss-poor sysctl registration API strikes again, film at 11...
What we really need is _pathname_ required to be present in
already registered table, so that kernel could warn about bad
order. That's the next target for sysctl stuff (and generally
saner and more explicit order of initialization of ipv[46]
internals wouldn't hurt either).
For the time being, here are full fixups required by ..._rotable()
stuff; we make per-net sysctl sets descendents of "ro" one and
make sure that sufficient skeleton is there before we start registering
per-net sysctls.
Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
* 'for-linus' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/viro/vfs-2.6: (39 commits)
[PATCH] fix RLIM_NOFILE handling
[PATCH] get rid of corner case in dup3() entirely
[PATCH] remove remaining namei_{32,64}.h crap
[PATCH] get rid of indirect users of namei.h
[PATCH] get rid of __user_path_lookup_open
[PATCH] f_count may wrap around
[PATCH] dup3 fix
[PATCH] don't pass nameidata to __ncp_lookup_validate()
[PATCH] don't pass nameidata to gfs2_lookupi()
[PATCH] new (local) helper: user_path_parent()
[PATCH] sanitize __user_walk_fd() et.al.
[PATCH] preparation to __user_walk_fd cleanup
[PATCH] kill nameidata passing to permission(), rename to inode_permission()
[PATCH] take noexec checks to very few callers that care
Re: [PATCH 3/6] vfs: open_exec cleanup
[patch 4/4] vfs: immutable inode checking cleanup
[patch 3/4] fat: dont call notify_change
[patch 2/4] vfs: utimes cleanup
[patch 1/4] vfs: utimes: move owner check into inode_change_ok()
[PATCH] vfs: use kstrdup() and check failing allocation
...
* git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net-2.6:
netns: fix ip_rt_frag_needed rt_is_expired
netfilter: nf_conntrack_extend: avoid unnecessary "ct->ext" dereferences
netfilter: fix double-free and use-after free
netfilter: arptables in netns for real
netfilter: ip{,6}tables_security: fix future section mismatch
selinux: use nf_register_hooks()
netfilter: ebtables: use nf_register_hooks()
Revert "pkt_sched: sch_sfq: dump a real number of flows"
qeth: use dev->ml_priv instead of dev->priv
syncookies: Make sure ECN is disabled
net: drop unused BUG_TRAP()
net: convert BUG_TRAP to generic WARN_ON
drivers/net: convert BUG_TRAP to generic WARN_ON
make it atomic_long_t; while we are at it, get rid of useless checks in affs,
hfs and hpfs - ->open() always has it equal to 1, ->release() - to 0.
Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
Massage ipv4 initialization - make sure that net.ipv4 appears as
non-per-net-namespace before it shows up in per-net-namespace sysctls.
That's the only change outside of sysctl.c needed to get sane ordering
rules and data structures for sysctls (esp. for procfs side of that
mess).
Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
New object: set of sysctls [currently - root and per-net-ns].
Contains: pointer to parent set, list of tables and "should I see this set?"
method (->is_seen(set)).
Current lists of tables are subsumed by that; net-ns contains such a beast.
->lookup() for ctl_table_root returns pointer to ctl_table_set instead of
that to ->list of that ctl_table_set.
[folded compile fixes by rdd for configs without sysctl]
Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
Removes legacy reinvent-the-wheel type thing. The generic
machinery integrates much better to automated debugging aids
such as kerneloops.org (and others), and is unambiguous due to
better naming. Non-intuively BUG_TRAP() is actually equal to
WARN_ON() rather than BUG_ON() though some might actually be
promoted to BUG_ON() but I left that to future.
I could make at least one BUILD_BUG_ON conversion.
Signed-off-by: Ilpo Järvinen <ilpo.jarvinen@helsinki.fi>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch merges the IPv4/IPv6 IPComp implementations since most
of the code is identical. As a result future enhancements will no
longer need to be duplicated.
Signed-off-by: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Change icmp6_dst_gc to return the one value the caller cares about rather
than using call by reference.
Signed-off-by: Stephen Hemminger <shemminger@vyatta.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
FIB timer list is a trivial size structure, avoid indirection and just
put it in existing ns.
Signed-off-by: Stephen Hemminger <shemminger@vyatta.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
sctp_outq_flush() can now become static.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Bunk <bunk@kernel.org>
Acked-by: Neil Horman <nhorman@tuxdriver.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Initially netfilter has had 64bit counters for conntrack-based accounting, but
it was changed in 2.6.14 to save memory. Unfortunately in-kernel 64bit counters are
still required, for example for "connbytes" extension. However, 64bit counters
waste a lot of memory and it was not possible to enable/disable it runtime.
This patch:
- reimplements accounting with respect to the extension infrastructure,
- makes one global version of seq_print_acct() instead of two seq_print_counters(),
- makes it possible to enable it at boot time (for CONFIG_SYSCTL/CONFIG_SYSFS=n),
- makes it possible to enable/disable it at runtime by sysctl or sysfs,
- extends counters from 32bit to 64bit,
- renames ip_conntrack_counter -> nf_conn_counter,
- enables accounting code unconditionally (no longer depends on CONFIG_NF_CT_ACCT),
- set initial accounting enable state based on CONFIG_NF_CT_ACCT
- removes buggy IPCT_COUNTER_FILLING event handling.
If accounting is enabled newly created connections get additional acct extend.
Old connections are not changed as it is not possible to add a ct_extend area
to confirmed conntrack. Accounting is performed for all connections with
acct extend regardless of a current state of "net.netfilter.nf_conntrack_acct".
Signed-off-by: Krzysztof Piotr Oledzki <ole@ans.pl>
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add NLA_PUT_BE64 macro required for 64bit counters in netfilter
Signed-off-by: Krzysztof Piotr Oledzki <ole@ans.pl>
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The stab bits can't be referenced uniless the full
packet scheduler layer is enabled.
Reported by Stephen Rothwell.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add size table functions for qdiscs and calculate packet size in
qdisc_enqueue().
Based on patch by Patrick McHardy
http://marc.info/?l=linux-netdev&m=115201979221729&w=2
Signed-off-by: Jussi Kivilinna <jussi.kivilinna@mbnet.fi>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Use sockaddr_storage{} for generic socket address storage
and ensures proper alignment.
Use sockaddr{} for pointers to omit several casts.
Signed-off-by: YOSHIFUJI Hideaki <yoshfuji@linux-ipv6.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This should fix the following bugs:
* Connections with MD5 signatures produce invalid packets whenever SACK
options are included
* MD5 signatures are counted twice in the MSS calculations
Behaviour changes:
* A SYN with MD5 + SACK + TS elicits a SYNACK with MD5 + SACK
This is because we can't fit any SACK blocks in a packet with MD5 + TS
options. There was discussion about disabling SACK rather than TS in
order to fit in better with old, buggy kernels, but that was deemed to
be unnecessary.
* SYNs with MD5 don't include a TS option
See above.
Additionally, it removes a bunch of duplicated logic for calculating options,
which should help avoid these sort of issues in the future.
Signed-off-by: Adam Langley <agl@imperialviolet.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Currently, the MD5 code assumes that the SKBs are linear and, in the case
that they aren't, happily goes off and hashes off the end of the SKB and
into random memory.
Reported by Stephen Hemminger in [1]. Advice thanks to Stephen and Evgeniy
Polyakov. Also includes a couple of missed route_caps from Stephen's patch
in [2].
[1] http://marc.info/?l=linux-netdev&m=121445989106145&w=2
[2] http://marc.info/?l=linux-netdev&m=121459157816964&w=2
Signed-off-by: Adam Langley <agl@imperialviolet.org>
Acked-by: Stephen Hemminger <shemminger@vyatta.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Signed-off-by: Harvey Harrison <harvey.harrison@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Vlad Yasevich <vladislav.yasevich@hp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Some of the metrics (RTT, RTTVAR and RTAX_RTO_MIN) are stored in
kernel units (jiffies) and this leaks out through the netlink API to
user space where the units for jiffies are unknown.
This patches changes the kernel to convert to/from milliseconds. This
changes the ABI, but milliseconds seemed like the most natural unit
for these parameters. Values available via syscall in
/proc/net/rt_cache and netlink will be in milliseconds.
Signed-off-by: Stephen Hemminger <shemminger@vyatta.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The u32_list is just an indirect way of maintaining a reference
to a U32 node on a per-qdisc basis.
Just add an explicit node pointer for u32 to struct Qdisc an do
away with this global list.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Proc temporary uses stats from init_net.
BTW, TCP_XXX_STATS are beautiful (w/o do { } while (0) facing) again :)
Signed-off-by: Pavel Emelyanov <xemul@openvz.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The only structure declared within is the netns_mib, which will
carry all our mibs within. I didn't put the mibs in the existing
netns_xxx structures to make it possible to mark this one as
properly aligned and get in a separate "read-mostly" cache-line.
Signed-off-by: Pavel Emelyanov <xemul@openvz.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We have to have exclusive access to the given qdisc anyways, so
doing even more locking is superfluous.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Make sch_tree_lock() lock the qdisc's root. All of the
users hold the RTNL semaphore and the root qdisc is not
changing.
Implement tbf_tree_{lock,unlock}() simply in terms of
sch_tree_{lock,unlock}().
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When we have shared qdiscs, packets come out of the qdiscs
for multiple transmit queues.
Therefore it doesn't make any sense to schedule the transmit
queue when logically we cannot know ahead of time the TX
queue of the SKB that the qdisc->dequeue() will give us.
Just for sanity I added a BUG check to make sure we never
get into a state where the noop_qdisc is scheduled.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When code wants to lock the qdisc tree state, the logic
operation it's doing is locking the top-level qdisc that
sits of the root of the netdev_queue.
Add qdisc_root_lock() to represent this and convert the
easiest cases.
In order for this to work out in all cases, we have to
hook up the noop_qdisc to a dummy netdev_queue.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Currently it is associated with a netdev_queue, but when we have
qdisc sharing that no longer makes any sense.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We liberate any dangling gso_skb during qdisc destruction.
It really only matters for the root qdisc. But when qdiscs
can be shared by multiple netdev_queue objects, we can't
have the gso_skb in the netdev_queue any more.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The only behavior change is that we do not drop packets under any
circumstances. If that is absolutely needed, we could easily add it
back.
With cleanups and help from Johannes Berg.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This effectively "flips the switch" by making the core networking
and multiqueue-aware drivers use the new TX multiqueue structures.
Non-multiqueue drivers need no changes. The interfaces they use such
as netif_stop_queue() degenerate into an operation on TX queue zero.
So everything "just works" for them.
Code that really wants to do "X" to all TX queues now invokes a
routine that does so, such as netif_tx_wake_all_queues(),
netif_tx_stop_all_queues(), etc.
pktgen and netpoll required a little bit more surgery than the others.
In particular the pktgen changes, whilst functional, could be largely
improved. The initial check in pktgen_xmit() will sometimes check the
wrong queue, which is mostly harmless. The thing to do is probably to
invoke fill_packet() earlier.
The bulk of the netpoll changes is to make the code operate solely on
the TX queue indicated by by the SKB queue mapping.
Setting of the SKB queue mapping is entirely confined inside of
net/core/dev.c:dev_pick_tx(). If we end up needing any kind of
special semantics (drops, for example) it will be implemented here.
Finally, we now have a "real_num_tx_queues" which is where the driver
indicates how many TX queues are actually active.
With IGB changes from Jeff Kirsher.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
alloc_netdev_mq() now allocates an array of netdev_queue
structures for TX, based upon the queue_count argument.
Furthermore, all accesses to the TX queues are now vectored
through the netdev_get_tx_queue() and netdev_for_each_tx_queue()
interfaces. This makes it easy to grep the tree for all
things that want to get to a TX queue of a net device.
Problem spots which are not really multiqueue aware yet, and
only work with one queue, can easily be spotted by grepping
for all netdev_get_tx_queue() calls that pass in a zero index.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
in __neigh_event_send, if we have a neighbour entry which is in
NUD_INCOMPLETE state, we enqueue any outbound frames to that neighbour
to the neighbours arp_queue, which is default capped to a length of 3
skbs. If that queue exceeds its set length, it will drop an skb on
the queue to enqueue the newly arrived skb. This results in a drop
for which we have no statistics incremented. This patch adds an
unresolved_discards stat to /proc/net/stat/ndisc_cache to track these
lost frames.
Signed-off-by: Neil Horman <nhorman@tuxdriver.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Done with NET_XXX_STATS macros :)
To be continued...
Signed-off-by: Pavel Emelyanov <xemul@openvz.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This one is tricky.
The thing is that this macro is only used when killing tw buckets,
but since this killer is promiscuous wrt to which net each particular
tw belongs to, I have to use it only when NET_NS is off. When the net
namespaces are on, I use the INET_INC_STATS_BH for each bucket.
Signed-off-by: Pavel Emelyanov <xemul@openvz.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The tcp_enter_memory_pressure calls NET_INC_STATS, but doesn't
have where to get the net from.
I decided to add a sk argument, not the net itself, only to factor
all the required sock_net(sk) calls inside the enter_memory_pressure
callback itself.
Signed-off-by: Pavel Emelyanov <xemul@openvz.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Same as before - the sock is always there to get the net from,
but there are also some places with the net already saved on
the stack.
Signed-off-by: Pavel Emelyanov <xemul@openvz.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Fortunately (almost) all the TCP code has a sock to get the net from :)
Signed-off-by: Pavel Emelyanov <xemul@openvz.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This one sets TCP MIBs after zeroing them, and thus requires
the net.
The existing single caller can use init_net (temporarily).
Signed-off-by: Pavel Emelyanov <xemul@openvz.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
TCP_INC_STATS_USER and TCP_ADD_STATS_BH are currently unused.
Signed-off-by: Pavel Emelyanov <xemul@openvz.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Very simple - only ip_evictor (fragments) requires such.
This patch ends up the IP_XXX_STATS patching.
Signed-off-by: Pavel Emelyanov <xemul@openvz.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
All the callers already have either the net itself, or the place
where to get it from.
Signed-off-by: Pavel Emelyanov <xemul@openvz.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There are ICMP_XXX_STATS that are not used in the kernel, so I remove
them, not to "just patch" them later. But if there's some sense in
keeping them, kick me - I will remake this set keeping them.
Signed-off-by: Pavel Emelyanov <xemul@openvz.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This routine deals with ICMP statistics, but doesn't have a
struct net at hands, so add one.
Signed-off-by: Pavel Emelyanov <xemul@openvz.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch eliminates an unneeded parameter when creating a low-level
TIPC port object. Instead of returning both the pointer to the port
structure and the port's reference ID, it now returns only the pointer
since the port structure contains the reference ID as one of its fields.
Signed-off-by: Allan Stephens <allan.stephens@windriver.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Multiple issues:
- there are no "default" values needed
- cw_min/cw_max can be larger than documented
- restructure to decrease size
- use get_unaligned_le16
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This patch makes mac80211 assign proper sequence numbers to
QoS-data frames. It also removes the old sequence number code
because we noticed that only the driver or hardware can assign
sequence numbers to non-QoS-data and especially management
frames in a race-free manner because beacons aren't passed
through mac80211's TX path.
This patch also adds temporary code to the rt2x00 drivers to
not break them completely, that code will have to be reworked
for proper sequence numbers on beacons.
It also moves sequence number assignment down in the TX path
so no sequence numbers are assigned to frames that are dropped.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This patch changes mac80211's beacon configuration handling
to never pass skbs to the driver directly but rather always
require the driver to use ieee80211_beacon_get(). Additionally,
it introduces "change flags" on the config_interface() call
to enable drivers to figure out what is changing. Finally, it
removes the beacon_update() driver callback in favour of
having IBSS beacon delivered by ieee80211_beacon_get() as well.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This patch implements the power management routines wireless extensions
for mac80211.
For now we only support switching PS mode between on and off.
Signed-off-by: Samuel Ortiz <sameo@openedhand.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
When switching a RFCOMM socket to a TTY, the remote modem status might
be needed later. Currently it is lost since the original configuration
is done via the socket interface. So store the modem status and reply
it when the socket has been converted to a TTY.
Signed-off-by: Denis Kenzior <denis.kenzior@trolltech.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Enable the common timestamp functionality that the network subsystem
provides for L2CAP, RFCOMM and SCO sockets. It is possible to either
use SO_TIMESTAMP or the IOCTLs to retrieve the timestamp of the
current packet.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
With the Simple Pairing support, the authentication requirements are
an explicit setting during the bonding process. Track and enforce the
requirements and allow higher layers like L2CAP and RFCOMM to increase
them if needed.
This patch introduces a new IOCTL that allows to query the current
authentication requirements. It is also possible to detect Simple
Pairing support in the kernel this way.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
The Bluetooth technology introduces new features on a regular basis
and for some of them it is important that the hardware on both sides
support them. For features like Simple Pairing it is important that
the host stacks on both sides have switched this feature on. To make
valid decisions, a config stage during ACL link establishment has been
introduced that retrieves remote features and if needed also the remote
extended features (known as remote host features) before signalling
this link as connected.
This change introduces full reference counting of incoming and outgoing
ACL links and the Bluetooth core will disconnect both if no owner of it
is present. To better handle interoperability during the pairing phase
the disconnect timeout for incoming connections has been increased to
10 seconds. This is five times more than for outgoing connections.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
The Simple Pairing process can only be used if both sides have the
support enabled in the host stack. The current Bluetooth specification
has three ways to detect this support.
If an Extended Inquiry Result has been sent during inquiry then it
is safe to assume that Simple Pairing is enabled. It is not allowed
to enable Extended Inquiry without Simple Pairing. During the remote
name request phase a notification with the remote host supported
features will be sent to indicate Simple Pairing support. Also the
second page of the remote extended features can indicate support for
Simple Pairing.
For all three cases the value of remote Simple Pairing mode is stored
in the inquiry cache for later use.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
The Simple Pairing feature is optional and needs to be enabled by the
host stack first. The Linux kernel relies on the Bluetooth daemon to
either enable or disable it, but at any time it needs to know the
current state of the Simple Pairing mode. So track any changes made
by external entities and store the current mode in the HCI device
structure.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
During the Simple Pairing process the HCI disconnect timer must be
disabled. The way to do this is by holding a reference count of the
HCI connection. The Simple Pairing process on both sides starts with
an IO Capabilities Request and ends with Simple Pairing Complete.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
The Bluetooth specification supports the default link policy settings
on a per host controller basis. For every new connection the link
manager would then use these settings. It is better to use this instead
of bothering the controller on every connection setup to overwrite the
default settings.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
The connection packet type can be changed after the connection has been
established and thus needs to be properly tracked to ensure that the
host stack has always correct and valid information about it.
On incoming connections the Bluetooth core switches the supported packet
types to the configured list for this controller. However the usefulness
of this feature has been questioned a lot. The general consent is that
every Bluetooth host stack should enable as many packet types as the
hardware actually supports and leave the decision to the link manager
software running on the Bluetooth chip.
When running on Bluetooth 2.0 or later hardware, don't change the packet
type for incoming connections anymore. This hardware likely supports
Enhanced Data Rate and thus leave it completely up to the link manager
to pick the best packet type.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
The Bluetooth specification allows to enable or disable the encryption
of an ACL link at any time by either the peer or the remote device. If
a L2CAP or RFCOMM connection requested an encrypted link, they will now
disconnect that link if the encryption gets disabled. Higher protocols
that don't care about encryption (like SDP) are not affected.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Recent tests with various Bluetooth headsets have shown that some of
them don't enforce authentication and encryption when connecting. All
of them leave it up to the host stack to enforce it. Non of them should
allow unencrypted connections, but that is how it is. So in case the
link mode settings require authentication and/or encryption it will now
also be enforced on outgoing RFCOMM connections. Previously this was
only done for incoming connections.
This support has a small drawback from a protocol level point of view
since the host stack can't really tell with 100% certainty if a remote
side is already authenticated or not. So if both sides are configured
to enforce authentication it will be requested twice. Most Bluetooth
chips are caching this information and thus no extra authentication
procedure has to be triggered over-the-air, but it can happen.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
First, we add a qdisc_tx_changing() helper which returns true if the
qdisc attachment is in transition.
Second, we remove an assertion warning which is of limited value and
is hard to express precisely in a multiqueue environment.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This is a helper function, currently used by IRDA.
This is being added so that we can contain and isolate as many
explicit ->tx_queue references in the tree as possible.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Isolate callers that want to simply reset all the TX qdiscs from the
details of TX queues.
Use this in the ISDN code.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
It can be obtained via the netdev_queue. So create a helper routine,
qdisc_dev(), to make the transformations nicer looking.
Now, qdisc_alloc() now no longer needs a net_device pointer argument.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
A netdev_queue is an entity managed by a qdisc.
Currently there is one RX and one TX queue, and a netdev_queue merely
contains a backpointer to the net_device.
The Qdisc struct is augmented with a netdev_queue pointer as well.
Eventually the 'dev' Qdisc member will go away and we will have the
resulting hierarchy:
net_device --> netdev_queue --> Qdisc
Also, qdisc_alloc() and qdisc_create_dflt() now take a netdev_queue
pointer argument.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Fix more than 50 kernel-doc warnings in ieee80211/mac80211 kernel-doc notation.
Fix a few typos also.
Note: Some fields are marked as TBD and need to have their description
corrected.
Signed-off-by: Randy Dunlap <randy.dunlap@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This patch adds block ack request capability
Signed-off-by: Ester Kummer <ester.kummer@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Tomas Winkler <tomas.winkler@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Ron Rindjunsky <ron.rindjunsky@intel.com>
Acked-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
ctnetlink does not need to allocate the conntrack entries with GFP_ATOMIC
as its code is executed in user context.
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Acked-by: Stephen Hemminger <shemminger@vyatta.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Currently all qdiscs which allow to create classes uses a fixed sized hash
table with size 16 to hash the classes. This causes a large bottleneck
when using thousands of classes and unbound filters.
Add helpers for dynamically sized class hashes to fix this. The following
patches will convert the qdiscs to use them.
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add GVRP support for dynamically registering VLANs with switches.
By default GVRP is disabled because we only support the applicant-only
participant model, which means it should not be enabled on vlans that
are members of a bridge. Since there is currently no way to cleanly
determine that, the user is responsible for enabling it.
The code is pretty small and low impact, its wrapped in a config
option though because it depends on the GARP implementation and
the STP core.
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add an implementation of the GARP (Generic Attribute Registration Protocol)
applicant-only participant. This will be used by the following patch to
add GVRP support to the VLAN code.
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add small STP demux layer for demuxing STP PDUs based on MAC address.
This is needed to run both GARP and STP in parallel (or even load the
modules) since both use LLC_SAP_BSPAN.
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
As simple as the patch #1 in this set.
Signed-off-by: Pavel Emelyanov <xemul@openvz.org>
Acked-by: Denis V. Lunev <den@openvz.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Two special cases here - one is rxrpc - I put init_net there
explicitly, since we haven't touched this part yet. The second
place is in __udp4_lib_rcv - we already have a struct net there,
but I have to move its initialization above to make it ready
at the "drop" label.
Signed-off-by: Pavel Emelyanov <xemul@openvz.org>
Acked-by: Denis V. Lunev <den@openvz.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Nothing special - all the places already have a struct sock
at hands, so use the sock_net() net.
Signed-off-by: Pavel Emelyanov <xemul@openvz.org>
Acked-by: Denis V. Lunev <den@openvz.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This is required to pass namespace context into rt_cache_flush called from
->flush_cache.
Signed-off-by: Denis V. Lunev <den@openvz.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Pass double tcf_proto pointers to tcf_destroy_chain() to make it
clear the start of the filter list for more consistency.
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch add spectrum capability and required information
elements to association request providing AP has requested it and
it is supported by the driver
Signed-off-by: Tomas Winkler <tomas.winkler@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Assaf Krauss <assaf.krauss@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This patch makes mac80211 refuse a WEP key whose length is not WEP40 nor
WEP104.
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Tomas Winkler <tomas.winkler@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
The workqueue provided by mac80211 should not be used for
scheduled tasks that acquire the RTNL lock. This could be done
when the driver uses the function ieee80211_iterate_active_interfaces()
within the scheduled work. Such behavior will end in locking
dependencies problems when an interface is being removed.
This patch will add a notification about the RTNL locking and
the mac80211 workqueue to prevent driver developers from
blindly using it.
Signed-off-by: Ivo van Doorn <IvDoorn@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Some drivers may want to to use the TKIP key offsets for TX and RX
MIC so lets move this out. Lets also clear up a bit how this is used
internally in mac80211.
Signed-off-by: Luis R. Rodriguez <lrodriguez@atheros.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
[ Based upon original report and patch by Karsten Keil. Karsten
has verified that this fixes the TAHI test case "ICMPv6 test
v6LC.5.1.2 Part F". -DaveM ]
Signed-off-by: YOSHIFUJI Hideaki <yoshfuji@linux-ipv6.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
RFC 4960, Section 11.4. Protection of Non-SCTP-Capable Hosts
When an SCTP stack receives a packet containing multiple control or
DATA chunks and the processing of the packet requires the sending of
multiple chunks in response, the sender of the response chunk(s) MUST
NOT send more than one packet. If bundling is supported, multiple
response chunks that fit into a single packet MAY be bundled together
into one single response packet. If bundling is not supported, then
the sender MUST NOT send more than one response chunk and MUST
discard all other responses. Note that this rule does NOT apply to a
SACK chunk, since a SACK chunk is, in itself, a response to DATA and
a SACK does not require a response of more DATA.
We implement this by not servicing our outqueue until we reach the end
of the packet. This enables maximum bundling. We also identify
'response' chunks and make sure that we only send 1 packet when sending
such chunks.
Signed-off-by: Vlad Yasevich <vladislav.yasevich@hp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In order to more easily grep for all things that set
sk->sk_socket, add sk_set_socket() helper inline function.
Suggested (although only half-seriously) by Evgeniy Polyakov.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In commits 33c732c361 ([IPV4]: Add raw
drops counter) and a92aa318b4 ([IPV6]:
Add raw drops counter), Wang Chen added raw drops counter for
/proc/net/raw & /proc/net/raw6
This patch adds this capability to UDP sockets too (/proc/net/udp &
/proc/net/udp6).
This means that 'RcvbufErrors' errors found in /proc/net/snmp can be also
be examined for each udp socket.
# grep Udp: /proc/net/snmp
Udp: InDatagrams NoPorts InErrors OutDatagrams RcvbufErrors SndbufErrors
Udp: 23971006 75 899420 16390693 146348 0
# cat /proc/net/udp
sl local_address rem_address st tx_queue rx_queue tr tm->when retrnsmt ---
uid timeout inode ref pointer drops
75: 00000000:02CB 00000000:0000 07 00000000:00000000 00:00000000 00000000 ---
0 0 2358 2 ffff81082a538c80 0
111: 00000000:006F 00000000:0000 07 00000000:00000000 00:00000000 00000000 ---
0 0 2286 2 ffff81042dd35c80 146348
In this example, only port 111 (0x006F) was flooded by messages that
user program could not read fast enough. 146348 messages were lost.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <dada1@cosmosbay.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
ROSE network is organized through nodes connected via hamradio or Internet.
AX25 packet radio frames sent to a remote ROSE address destination are routed
through these nodes.
Without the present patch, automatic routing mechanism did not work optimally
due to an improper parameter checking.
rose_get_neigh() function is called either by rose_connect() or by
rose_route_frame().
In the case of a call from rose_connect(), f0 timer is checked to find if a connection
is already pending. In that case it returns the address of the neighbour, or returns a NULL otherwise.
When called by rose_route_frame() the purpose was to route a packet AX25 frame
through an adjacent node given a destination rose address.
However, in that case, t0 timer checked does not indicate if the adjacent node
is actually connected even if the timer is not null. Thus, for each frame sent, the
function often tried to start a new connexion even if the adjacent node was already connected.
The patch adds a "new" parameter that is true when the function is called by
rose route_frame().
This instructs rose_get_neigh() to check node parameter "restarted".
If restarted is true it means that the route to the destination address is opened via a neighbour
node already connected.
If "restarted" is false the function returns a NULL.
In that case the calling function will initiate a new connection as before.
This results in a fast routing of frames, from nodes to nodes, until
destination is reached, as originaly specified by ROSE protocole.
Signed-off-by: Bernard Pidoux <f6bvp@amsat.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Fix three ct_extend/NAT extension related races:
- When cleaning up the extension area and removing it from the bysource hash,
the nat->ct pointer must not be set to NULL since it may still be used in
a RCU read side
- When replacing a NAT extension area in the bysource hash, the nat->ct
pointer must be assigned before performing the replacement
- When reallocating extension storage in ct_extend, the old memory must
not be freed immediately since it may still be used by a RCU read side
Possibly fixes https://bugzilla.redhat.com/show_bug.cgi?id=449315
and/or http://bugzilla.kernel.org/show_bug.cgi?id=10875
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Three major portions to this change:
1) Add IW_EV_COMPAT_LCP_LEN, IW_EV_COMPAT_POINT_OFF,
and IW_EV_COMPAT_POINT_LEN helper defines.
2) Delete iw_stream_check_add_*(), they are unused.
3) Add iw_request_info argument to iwe_stream_add_*(), and use it to
size the event and pointer lengths correctly depending upon whether
IW_REQUEST_FLAG_COMPAT is set or not.
4) The mechanical transformations to the drivers and wireless stack
bits to get the iw_request_info passed down into the routines
modified in #3. Also, explicit references to IW_EV_LCP_LEN are
replaced with iwe_stream_lcp_len(info).
With a lot of help and bug fixes from Masakazu Mokuno.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Next we can kill the hacks in fs/compat_ioctl.c and also
dispatch compat ioctls down into the driver and 80211 protocol
helper layers in order to handle iw_point objects embedded in
stream replies which need to be translated.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There are many possible ways to add this "salt", thus I made this
patch to be the last in the series to change it if required.
Currently I propose to use the struct net pointer itself as this
salt, but since this pointer is most often cache-line aligned, shift
this right to eliminate the bits, that are most often zeroed.
After this, simply add this mix to prepared hashfn-s.
For CONFIG_NET_NS=n case this salt is 0 and no changes in hashfn
appear.
Signed-off-by: Pavel Emelyanov <xemul@openvz.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Same as for inet_hashfn, prepare its ipv6 incarnation.
Signed-off-by: Pavel Emelyanov <xemul@openvz.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Although this hash takes addresses into account, the ehash chains
can also be too long when, for instance, communications via lo occur.
So, prepare the inet_hashfn to take struct net into account.
Signed-off-by: Pavel Emelyanov <xemul@openvz.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Listening-on-one-port sockets in many namespaces produce long
chains in the listening_hash-es, so prepare the inet_lhashfn to
take struct net into account.
Signed-off-by: Pavel Emelyanov <xemul@openvz.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Binding to some port in many namespaces may create too long
chains in bhash-es, so prepare the hashfn to take struct net
into account.
Signed-off-by: Pavel Emelyanov <xemul@openvz.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Change struct proto destroy function pointer to return void. Noticed
by Al Viro.
Signed-off-by: Brian Haley <brian.haley@hp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Take a __le16 directly rather than a host-endian value.
Signed-off-by: Harvey Harrison <harvey.harrison@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
reorder udp_iter_state to remove padding on 64bit builds
shrinks from 24 to 16 bytes, moving to a smaller slab when
CONFIG_NET_NS is undefined & seq_net_private = {}
Signed-off-by: Richard Kennedy <richard@rsk.demon.co.uk>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This reverts two changesets, ec3c0982a2
("[TCP]: TCP_DEFER_ACCEPT updates - process as established") and
the follow-on bug fix 9ae27e0adb
("tcp: Fix slab corruption with ipv6 and tcp6fuzz").
This change causes several problems, first reported by Ingo Molnar
as a distcc-over-loopback regression where connections were getting
stuck.
Ilpo Järvinen first spotted the locking problems. The new function
added by this code, tcp_defer_accept_check(), only has the
child socket locked, yet it is modifying state of the parent
listening socket.
Fixing that is non-trivial at best, because we can't simply just grab
the parent listening socket lock at this point, because it would
create an ABBA deadlock. The normal ordering is parent listening
socket --> child socket, but this code path would require the
reverse lock ordering.
Next is a problem noticed by Vitaliy Gusev, he noted:
----------------------------------------
>--- a/net/ipv4/tcp_timer.c
>+++ b/net/ipv4/tcp_timer.c
>@@ -481,6 +481,11 @@ static void tcp_keepalive_timer (unsigned long data)
> goto death;
> }
>
>+ if (tp->defer_tcp_accept.request && sk->sk_state == TCP_ESTABLISHED) {
>+ tcp_send_active_reset(sk, GFP_ATOMIC);
>+ goto death;
Here socket sk is not attached to listening socket's request queue. tcp_done()
will not call inet_csk_destroy_sock() (and tcp_v4_destroy_sock() which should
release this sk) as socket is not DEAD. Therefore socket sk will be lost for
freeing.
----------------------------------------
Finally, Alexey Kuznetsov argues that there might not even be any
real value or advantage to these new semantics even if we fix all
of the bugs:
----------------------------------------
Hiding from accept() sockets with only out-of-order data only
is the only thing which is impossible with old approach. Is this really
so valuable? My opinion: no, this is nothing but a new loophole
to consume memory without control.
----------------------------------------
So revert this thing for now.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch removes CVS keywords that weren't updated for a long time
from comments.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Bunk <bunk@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
As we do for other socket/timewait-socket specific parameters,
let the callers pass appropriate arguments to
tcp_v{4,6}_do_calc_md5_hash().
Signed-off-by: YOSHIFUJI Hideaki <yoshfuji@linux-ipv6.org>
We can share most part of the hash calculation code because
the only difference between IPv4 and IPv6 is their pseudo headers.
Signed-off-by: YOSHIFUJI Hideaki <yoshfuji@linux-ipv6.org>
This pacth makes IPv6 address labels per network namespace.
It keeps the global label tables, ip6addrlbl_table, but
adds a 'net' member to each ip6addrlbl_entry.
This new member is taken into account when matching labels.
Changelog
=========
* v1: Initial version
* v2:
* Minize the penalty when network namespaces are not configured:
* the 'net' member is added only if CONFIG_NET_NS is
defined. This saves space when network namespaces are not
configured.
* 'net' value is retrieved with the inlined function
ip6addrlbl_net() that always return &init_net when
CONFIG_NET_NS is not defined.
* 'net' member in ip6addrlbl_entry renamed to the less generic
'lbl_net' name (helps code search).
Signed-off-by: Benjamin Thery <benjamin.thery@bull.net>
Signed-off-by: YOSHIFUJI Hideaki <yoshfuji@linux-ipv6.org>
This patches removes IFA_GLOBAL definition from linux/include/net/if_inet6.h
as it is unused.
Signed-off-by: Rami Rosen <ramirose@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: YOSHIFUJI Hideaki <yoshfuji@linux-ipv6.org>
Wei Yongjun noticed that we may call reqsk_free on request sock objects where
the opt fields may not be initialized, fix it by introducing inet_reqsk_alloc
where we initialize ->opt to NULL and set ->pktopts to NULL in
inet6_reqsk_alloc.
Signed-off-by: Arnaldo Carvalho de Melo <acme@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
- The tcp_unhash() method in /include/net/tcp.h is no more needed, as the
unhash method in tcp_prot structure is now inet_unhash (instead of
tcp_unhash in the
past); see tcp_prot structure in net/ipv4/tcp_ipv4.c.
- So, this patch removes tcp_unhash() declaration from include/net/tcp.h
Signed-off-by: Rami Rosen <ramirose@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch removes nf_ct_ipv4_ct_gather_frags() method declaration from
include/net/netfilter/ipv4/nf_conntrack_ipv4.h, since it is unused in
the Linux kernel.
Signed-off-by: Rami Rosen <ramirose@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Currently the last packet of a connection isn't accounted when its causing
abnormal termination.
Introduces nf_ct_kill_acct() which increments the accounting counters on
conntrack kill. The new function was necessary, because there are calls
to nf_ct_kill() which don't need accounting:
nf_conntrack_proto_tcp.c line ~847:
Kills ct and returns NF_REPEAT. We don't want to count twice.
nf_conntrack_proto_tcp.c line ~880:
Kills ct and returns NF_DROP. I think we don't want to count dropped
packets.
nf_conntrack_netlink.c line ~824:
As far as I can see ctnetlink_del_conntrack() is used to destroy a
conntrack on behalf of the user. There is an sk_buff, but I don't think
this is an actual packet. Incrementing counters here is therefore not
desired.
Signed-off-by: Fabian Hugelshofer <hugelshofer2006@gmx.ch>
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Encapsulate the common
if (del_timer(&ct->timeout))
ct->timeout.function((unsigned long)ct)
sequence in a new function.
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This is a port of the IPv4 security table for IPv6.
Signed-off-by: James Morris <jmorris@namei.org>
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The following patch implements a new "security" table for iptables, so
that MAC (SELinux etc.) networking rules can be managed separately to
standard DAC rules.
This is to help with distro integration of the new secmark-based
network controls, per various previous discussions.
The need for a separate table arises from the fact that existing tools
and usage of iptables will likely clash with centralized MAC policy
management.
The SECMARK and CONNSECMARK targets will still be valid in the mangle
table to prevent breakage of existing users.
Signed-off-by: James Morris <jmorris@namei.org>
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Commit e9df2e8fd8 ("[IPV6]: Use
appropriate sock tclass setting for routing lookup.") also changed the
way that ECN capable transports mark this capability in IPv6. As a
result, SCTP was not marking ECN capablity because the traffic class
was never set. This patch brings back the markings for IPv6 traffic.
Signed-off-by: Vlad Yasevich <vladislav.yasevich@hp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When we are trying to fast retransmit the lowest outstanding TSN, we
need to restart the T3-RTX timer, so that subsequent timeouts will
correctly tag all the packets necessary for retransmissions.
Signed-off-by: Vlad Yasevich <vladislav.yasevich@hp.com>
Tested-by: Wei Yongjun <yjwei@cn.fujitsu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Correctly keep track of Fast Recovery state and do not reduce
congestion window multiple times during sucht state.
Signed-off-by: Vlad Yasevich <vladislav.yasevich@hp.com>
Tested-by: Wei Yongjun <yjwei@cn.fujitsu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
IPv6 UDP sockets wth IPv4 mapped address use udp_sendmsg to send the data
actually. In this case ip_flush_pending_frames should be called instead
of ip6_flush_pending_frames.
Signed-off-by: Denis V. Lunev <den@openvz.org>
Signed-off-by: YOSHIFUJI Hideaki <yoshfuji@linux-ipv6.org>
- Allow longer lifetimes (>= 0x7fffffff/HZ) on 64bit archs
by using unsigned long.
- Shadow this arithmetic overflow workaround by introducing
helper functions: addrconf_timeout_fixup() and
addrconf_finite_timeout().
Signed-off-by: YOSHIFUJI Hideaki <yoshfuji@linux-ipv6.org>
Commit 7cbca67c07 ("[IPV6]: Support
Source Address Selection API (RFC5014)") introduced NULL dereference
of asoc to sctp_v6_get_saddr in net/sctp/ipv6.c.
Pointed out by Johann Felix Soden <johfel@users.sourceforge.net>.
Signed-off-by: YOSHIFUJI Hideaki <yoshfuji@linux-ipv6.org>
Make nlmsg_trim(), nlmsg_cancel(), genlmsg_cancel(), and
nla_nest_cancel() void functions.
Return -EMSGSIZE instead of -1 if the provided message buffer is not
big enough.
Signed-off-by: Thomas Graf <tgraf@suug.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch allows to disable FAT channel in specific configurations.
For example the configuration (8, +1), (primary channel 8, extension
channel 12) isn't permitted in U.S., but (8, -1), (primary channel 8,
extension channel 4) is. When FAT channel configuration is not
permitted, FAT channel should be reported as not supported in the
capabilities of the HT IE in association request. And sssociation is
performed on 20Mhz channel.
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Tomas Winkler <tomas.winkler@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
The purpose of nla_parse_nested_compat() is to parse attributes which
contain a struct followed by a stream of nested attributes. So far,
it called nla_parse_nested() to parse the stream of nested attributes
which was wrong, as nla_parse_nested() expects a container attribute
as data which holds the attribute stream. It needs to call
nla_parse() directly while pointing at the next possible alignment
point after the struct in the beginning of the attribute.
With this patch, I can no longer reproduce the reported leftover
warnings.
Signed-off-by: Thomas Graf <tgraf@suug.ch>
Acked-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch updates mac80211 and drivers to be multi-queue aware and
use that instead of the internal queue mapping. Also does a number
of cleanups in various pieces of the code that fall out and reduces
internal mac80211 state size.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
There really is no reason for a driver to reject a frame on
an A-MPDU queue when it can stop that queue for any period
of time and is given frames one by one. Hence, disallow it
with a big warning and reduce mac80211-internal state.
Also add a warning when we try to fragment a frame destined
for an A-MPDU queue and drop it, the actual bug needs to be
fixed elsewhere but I'm not exactly sure how to yet.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Cc: Ron Rindjunsky <ron.rindjunsky@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This patch converts mac80211 and all drivers to have transmit
information and status in skb->cb rather than allocating extra
memory for it and copying all the data around. To make it fit,
a union is used where only data that is necessary for all steps
is kept outside of the union.
A number of fixes were done by Ivo, as well as the rt2x00 part
of this patch.
Signed-off-by: Ivo van Doorn <IvDoorn@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Acked-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This patch modifies struct ieee80211_tx_control to give band
info and the rate index (instead of rate pointers) to drivers.
This mostly serves to reduce the TX control structure size to
make it fit into skb->cb so that the fragmentation code can
put it there and we can think about passing it to drivers that
way in the future.
The rt2x00 driver update was done by Ivo, thanks.
Signed-off-by: Ivo van Doorn <IvDoorn@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Having drivers start queues is just confusing, their ->start()
callback can block and do whatever is necessary, so let mac80211
start queues and have drivers wake queues when necessary (to get
packets flowing again right away.)
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Acked-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This tunnel uses its own private structure and requires separate
patch to switch from private stats to on-device ones.
Signed-off-by: Pavel Emelyanov <xemul@openvz.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
All users already use on-device statistics, so this field can be
safely removed.
Signed-off-by: Pavel Emelyanov <xemul@openvz.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Noticed from Al Viro <viro@ftp.linux.org.uk> via David Miller
<davem@davemloft.net>.
Signed-off-by: YOSHIFUJI Hideaki <yoshfuji@linux-ipv6.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This one stores all ctl-heads in one list and restricts the
permissions not give write access to non-init net namespaces.
Signed-off-by: Pavel Emelyanov <xemul@openvz.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Since commit e38bad4766
mac80211: make ieee80211_iterate_active_interfaces not need rtnl
rt2500usb and rt73usb broke down due to attempting register access
in atomic context (which is not possible for USB hardware).
This patch restores ieee80211_iterate_active_interfaces() to use RTNL lock,
and provides the non-RTNL version under a new name:
ieee80211_iterate_active_interfaces_atomic()
So far only rt2x00 uses ieee80211_iterate_active_interfaces(), and those
drivers require the RTNL version of ieee80211_iterate_active_interfaces().
Since they already call that function directly, this patch will automatically
fix the USB rt2x00 drivers.
v2: Rename ieee80211_iterate_active_interfaces_rtnl
Signed-off-by: Ivo van Doorn <IvDoorn@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
There was some cleanup issues during early mount which would trigger
a kernel bug for certain types of failure. This patch reorganizes the
cleanup to get rid of the bad behavior.
This also merges the 9pnet and 9pnet_fd modules for the purpose of
configuration and initialization. Keeping the fd transport separate
from the core 9pnet code seemed like a good idea at the time, but in
practice has caused more harm and confusion than good.
Signed-off-by: Eric Van Hensbergen <ericvh@gmail.com>
The kernel-doc comments of much of the 9p system have been in disarray since
reorganization. This patch fixes those problems, adds additional documentation
and a template book which collects the 9p information.
Signed-off-by: Eric Van Hensbergen <ericvh@gmail.com>
trying to clean up the signal/noise code. the previous code in mac80211 had
confusing names for the related variables, did not have much definition of
what units of signal and noise were provided and used implicit mechanisms from
the wireless extensions.
this patch introduces hardware capability flags to let the hardware specify
clearly if it can provide signal and noise level values and which units it can
provide. this also anticipates possible new units like RCPI in the future.
for signal:
IEEE80211_HW_SIGNAL_UNSPEC - unspecified, unknown, hw specific
IEEE80211_HW_SIGNAL_DB - dB difference to unspecified reference point
IEEE80211_HW_SIGNAL_DBM - dBm, difference to 1mW
for noise we currently only have dBm:
IEEE80211_HW_NOISE_DBM - dBm, difference to 1mW
if IEEE80211_HW_SIGNAL_UNSPEC or IEEE80211_HW_SIGNAL_DB is used the driver has
to provide the maximum value (max_signal) it reports in order for applications
to make sense of the signal values.
i tried my best to find out for each driver what it can provide and update it
but i'm not sure (?) for some of them and used the more conservative guess in
doubt. this can be fixed easily after this patch has been merged by changing
the hardware flags of the driver.
DRIVER SIGNAL MAX NOISE QUAL
-----------------------------------------------------------------
adm8211 unspec(?) 100 n/a missing
at76_usb unspec(?) (?) unused missing
ath5k dBm dBm percent rssi
b43legacy dBm dBm percent jssi(?)
b43 dBm dBm percent jssi(?)
iwl-3945 dBm dBm percent snr+more
iwl-4965 dBm dBm percent snr+more
p54 unspec 127 n/a missing
rt2x00 dBm n/a percent rssi+tx/rx frame success
rt2400 dBm n/a
rt2500pci dBm n/a
rt2500usb dBm n/a
rt61pci dBm n/a
rt73usb dBm n/a
rtl8180 unspec(?) 65 n/a (?)
rtl8187 unspec(?) 65 (?) noise(?)
zd1211 dB(?) 100 n/a percent
drivers/net/wireless/ath5k/base.c: Changes-licensed-under: 3-Clause-BSD
Signed-off-by: Bruno Randolf <br1@einfach.org>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Replace u16ho with put/get_unaligned functions
Signed-off-by: Graf Yang <graf.yang@analog.com>
Signed-off-by: Bryan Wu <cooloney@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch eliminates the (very remote) chance of a crash resulting
from a partially initialized socket or native port unexpectedly
receiving a message. Now, during the creation of a socket or native
port, the underlying generic port's lock is not released until all
initialization required to handle incoming messages has been done.
Signed-off-by: Allan Stephens <allan.stephens@windriver.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The syncppp layer wants a mid-level netdev private pointer.
It was using netdev->priv but that only worked by accident,
and thus this scheme was broken when the device private
allocation strategy changed.
Add a proper mid-layer private pointer for uses like this,
update syncppp and all users, and remove the HDLC_PPP broken
tag from drivers/net/wan/Kconfig
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The specification of sctp_connectx() has been changed to return
an association id. We've added a new socket option that will
return the association id as the return value from the setsockopt()
call. The library that implements sctp_connectx() interface will
implement both socket options.
Signed-off-by: Vlad Yasevich <vladislav.yasevich@hp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Brings delayed_ack socket option set/get into line with the latest ietf
socket extensions API draft, while maintaining backwards compatibility.
Signed-off-by: Wei Yongjun <yjwei@cn.fujitsu.com>
Signed-off-by: Vlad Yasevich <vladislav.yasevich@hp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This
* makes the queue number passed to drivers a u16
(as it will be with skb_get_queue_mapping)
* removes the useless queue number defines
* splits hw->queues into hw->queues/ampdu_queues
* removes the debugfs files for per-queue counters
* removes some dead QoS code
* removes the beacon queue configuration for IBSS
so that the drivers now never get a queue number
bigger than (hw->queues + hw->ampdu_queues - 1)
for tx and only in the range 0..hw->queues-1 for
conf_tx.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
The queue info in struct ieee80211_tx_status is never used.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
The callback takes a ieee80211_tx_queue_stats with a contained
array of ieee80211_tx_queue_stats_data, remove the former, rename
the latter to ieee80211_tx_queue_stats and make tx_stats() take
the array directly.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
After the bcm43xx removal ieee80211_wx_{get,set}_auth() were no longer
used.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Bunk <bunk@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
After the softmac removal ieee80211_tx_frame() was no longer used.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Bunk <bunk@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This adds a new flag to the ieee80211_key_conf structure.
This flag will inform the driver the key is pairwise rather then
a shared key.
This is important for drivers who support both types of keys,
and need to be informed which type of key this is. Alternative
would be drivers checking the address argument of set_key(),
but it will be safer when mac80211 is more explicit.
Signed-off-by: Ivo van Doorn <IvDoorn@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
The hw_key_idx inside the ieee80211_key_conf structure does
not provide all the information drivers might need to perform
hardware encryption.
This is in particular true for rt2x00 who needs to know the
key algorithm and whether it is a shared or pairwise key.
By passing the ieee80211_key_conf pointer it assures us that
drivers can make full use of all information that it should know
about a particular key.
Additionally this patch updates all drivers to grab the hw_key_idx from
the ieee80211_key_conf structure.
v2: Removed bogus u16 cast
v3: Add warning about ieee80211_tx_control pointers
v4: Update warning about ieee80211_tx_control pointers
Signed-off-by: Ivo van Doorn <IvDoorn@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
* git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net-2.6: (53 commits)
tcp: Overflow bug in Vegas
[IPv4] UFO: prevent generation of chained skb destined to UFO device
iwlwifi: move the selects to the tristate drivers
ipv4: annotate a few functions __init in ipconfig.c
atm: ambassador: vcc_sf semaphore to mutex
MAINTAINERS: The socketcan-core list is subscribers-only.
netfilter: nf_conntrack: padding breaks conntrack hash on ARM
ipv4: Update MTU to all related cache entries in ip_rt_frag_needed()
sch_sfq: use del_timer_sync() in sfq_destroy()
net: Add compat support for getsockopt (MCAST_MSFILTER)
net: Several cleanups for the setsockopt compat support.
ipvs: fix oops in backup for fwmark conn templates
bridge: kernel panic when unloading bridge module
bridge: fix error handling in br_add_if()
netfilter: {nfnetlink,ip,ip6}_queue: fix skb_over_panic when enlarging packets
netfilter: x_tables: fix net namespace leak when reading /proc/net/xxx_tables_names
netfilter: xt_TCPOPTSTRIP: signed tcphoff for ipv6_skip_exthdr() retval
tcp: Limit cwnd growth when deferring for GSO
tcp: Allow send-limited cwnd to grow up to max_burst when gso disabled
[netdrvr] gianfar: Determine TBIPA value dynamically
...
* 'audit.b50' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/viro/audit-current:
[PATCH] new predicate - AUDIT_FILETYPE
[patch 2/2] Use find_task_by_vpid in audit code
[patch 1/2] audit: let userspace fully control TTY input auditing
[PATCH 2/2] audit: fix sparse shadowed variable warnings
[PATCH 1/2] audit: move extern declarations to audit.h
Audit: MAINTAINERS update
Audit: increase the maximum length of the key field
Audit: standardize string audit interfaces
Audit: stop deadlock from signals under load
Audit: save audit_backlog_limit audit messages in case auditd comes back
Audit: collect sessionid in netlink messages
Audit: end printk with newline
commit 0794935e "[NETFILTER]: nf_conntrack: optimize hash_conntrack()"
results in ARM platforms hashing uninitialised padding. This padding
doesn't exist on other architectures.
Fix this by replacing NF_CT_TUPLE_U_BLANK() with memset() to ensure
everything is initialised. There were only 4 bytes that
NF_CT_TUPLE_U_BLANK() wasn't clearing anyway (or 12 bytes on ARM).
Signed-off-by: Philip Craig <philipc@snapgear.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add struct net_device parameter to ip_rt_frag_needed() and update MTU to
cache entries where ifindex is specified. This is similar to what is
already done in ip_rt_redirect().
Signed-off-by: Timo Teras <timo.teras@iki.fi>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds support for getsockopt for MCAST_MSFILTER for
both IPv4 and IPv6. It depends on the previous setsockopt patch,
and uses the same method.
Signed-off-by: David L Stevens <dlstevens@us.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: YOSHIFUJI Hideaki <yoshfuji@linux-ipv6.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Fixes bug http://bugzilla.kernel.org/show_bug.cgi?id=10556
where conn templates with protocol=IPPROTO_IP can oops backup box.
Result from ip_vs_proto_get() should be checked because
protocol value can be invalid or unsupported in backup. But
for valid message we should not fail for templates which use
IPPROTO_IP. Also, add checks to validate message limits and
connection state. Show state NONE for templates using IPPROTO_IP.
Signed-off-by: Julian Anastasov <ja@ssi.bg>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
* git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net-2.6:
iwlwifi: Allow building iwl3945 without iwl4965.
wireless: Fix compile error with wifi & leds
tcp: Fix slab corruption with ipv6 and tcp6fuzz
ipv4/ipv6 compat: Fix SSM applications on 64bit kernels.
[IPSEC]: Use digest_null directly for auth
sunrpc: fix missing kernel-doc
can: Fix copy_from_user() results interpretation
Revert "ipv6: Fix typo in net/ipv6/Kconfig"
tipc: endianness annotations
ipv6: result of csum_fold() is already 16bit, no need to cast
[XFRM] AUDIT: Fix flowlabel text format ambibuity.
Previously I added sessionid output to all audit messages where it was
available but we still didn't know the sessionid of the sender of
netlink messages. This patch adds that information to netlink messages
so we can audit who sent netlink messages.
Signed-off-by: Eric Paris <eparis@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
Add support on 64-bit kernels for seting 32-bit compatible MCAST*
socket options.
Signed-off-by: David L Stevens <dlstevens@us.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This adds IPv6 support to the interfaces that are used to express nfsd
exports. All addressed are stored internally as IPv6; backwards
compatibility is maintained using mapped addresses.
Thanks to Bruce Fields, Brian Haley, Neil Brown and Hideaki Joshifuji
for comments
Signed-off-by: Aurelien Charbon <aurelien.charbon@bull.net>
Cc: Neil Brown <neilb@suse.de>
Cc: Brian Haley <brian.haley@hp.com>
Cc: YOSHIFUJI Hideaki / 吉藤英明 <yoshfuji@linux-ipv6.org>
Signed-off-by: J. Bruce Fields <bfields@citi.umich.edu>
As it stands it's impossible to use any authentication algorithms
with an ID above 31 portably. It just happens to work on x86 but
fails miserably on ppc64.
The reason is that we're using a bit mask to check the algorithm
ID but the mask is only 32 bits wide.
After looking at how this is used in the field, I have concluded
that in the long term we should phase out state matching by IDs
because this is made superfluous by the reqid feature. For current
applications, the best solution IMHO is to allow all algorithms when
the bit masks are all ~0.
The following patch does exactly that.
This bug was identified by IBM when testing on the ppc64 platform
using the NULL authentication algorithm which has an ID of 251.
Signed-off-by: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This deblats ~200 bytes when ipv6 and dccp are 'y'.
Besides, this will ease compilation issues for patches
I'm working on to make inet hash tables more scalable
wrt net namespaces.
Signed-off-by: Pavel Emelyanov <xemul@openvz.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
As I can see from the code, two places (tcp_v6_syn_recv_sock and
dccp_v6_request_recv_sock) that call this one already run with
BHs disabled, so it's safe to call __inet_inherit_port there.
Besides (in case I missed smth with code review) the calltrace
tcp_v6_syn_recv_sock
`- tcp_v4_syn_recv_sock
`- __inet_inherit_port
and the similar for DCCP are valid, but assumes BHs to be disabled.
Signed-off-by: Pavel Emelyanov <xemul@openvz.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There is no need to send BSS changes to driver from beacons processed
during scanning. We are more interested in beacons from an AP with which
we are associated - these will still be used to send updates to driver as
the beacons are received without scanning.
This change·removes the requirement that bss_info_changed needs to be atomic.
The beacons received during scanning are processed from a tasklet, but if we
do not call bss_info_changed for these beacons there is no need for it to be
atomic. This function (bss_info_changed) is called either from workqueue or
ioctl in all other instances.
Signed-off-by: Reinette Chatre <reinette.chatre@intel.com>
Acked-by: Tomas Winkler <tomas.winkler@intel.com>
Acked-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This change is necessary to allow cwnd to grow during persistent
reordering. Cwnd moderation is applied when in the disorder state
and an ack that fills the hole comes in. If the hole was greater
than 3 packets, but less than tp->reordering, cwnd will shrink when
it should not have.
Signed-off-by: John Heffner <jheffner@napa.(none)>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Protocol control sockets and netlink kernel sockets should not prevent the
namespace stop request. They are initialized and disposed in a special way by
sk_change_net/sk_release_kernel.
Signed-off-by: Denis V. Lunev <den@openvz.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Make release_net/hold_net noop for performance-hungry people. This is a debug
staff and should be used in the debug mode only.
Add check for net != NULL in hold/release calls. This will be required
later on.
[ Added minor simplifications suggested by Brian Haley. -DaveM ]
Signed-off-by: Denis V. Lunev <den@openvz.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This one is responsible for calling ->dellink on each net
device found in net to help with vlan net_exit hook in the
nearest future.
Signed-off-by: Pavel Emelyanov <xemul@openvz.org>
Acked-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add the elastic array of void * pointer to the struct net.
The access rules are simple:
1. register the ops with register_pernet_gen_device to get
the id of your private pointer
2. call net_assign_generic() to put the private data on the
struct net (most preferably this should be done in the
->init callback of the ops registered)
3. do not store any private reference on the net_generic array;
4. do not change this pointer while the net is alive;
5. use the net_generic() to get the pointer.
When adding a new pointer, I copy the old array, replace it
with a new one and schedule the old for kfree after an RCU
grace period.
Since the net_generic explores the net->gen array inside rcu
read section and once set the net->gen->ptr[x] pointer never
changes, this grants us a safe access to generic pointers.
Quoting Paul: "... RCU is protecting -only- the net_generic
structure that net_generic() is traversing, and the [pointer]
returned by net_generic() is protected by a reference counter
in the upper-level struct net."
Signed-off-by: Pavel Emelyanov <xemul@openvz.org>
Acked-by: Paul E. McKenney <paulmck@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
To make some per-net generic pointers, we need some way to address
them, i.e. - IDs. This is simple IDA-based IDs generator for pernet
subsystems.
Addressing questions about potential checkpoint/restart problems:
these IDs are "lite-offsets" within the net structure and are by no
means supposed to be exported to the userspace.
Since it will be used in the nearest future by devices only (tun,
vlan, tunnels, bridge, etc), I make it resemble the functionality
of register_pernet_device().
The new ids is stored in the *id pointer _before_ calling the init
callback to make this id available in this callback.
Signed-off-by: Pavel Emelyanov <xemul@openvz.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Even kernel 2.2.26 (sic) already contains the
#undef CONFIG_IRLAN_SEND_GRATUITOUS_ARP
with the comment "but for some reason the machine crashes if you use DHCP".
Either someone finally looks into this or it's simply time to remove
this dead code.
Reported-by: Robert P. J. Day <rpjday@crashcourse.ca>
Signed-off-by: Adrian Bunk <bunk@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch modifies TIPC's socket code to follow the same approach
used by other protocols. This change eliminates the need for a
mutex in the TIPC-specific portion of the socket protocol data
structure -- in its place, the standard Linux socket backlog queue
and associated locking routines are utilized. These changes fix
a long-standing receive queue bug on SMP systems, and also enable
individual read and write threads to utilize a socket without
unnecessarily interfering with each other.
Signed-off-by: Allan Stephens <allan.stephens@windriver.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Directly call IPv4 and IPv6 variants where the address family is
easily known.
Signed-off-by: Jan Engelhardt <jengelh@computergmbh.de>
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Connection tracking helpers (specifically FTP) need to be called
before NAT sequence numbers adjustments are performed to be able
to compare them against previously seen ones. We've introduced
two new hooks around 2.6.11 to maintain this ordering when NAT
modules were changed to get called from conntrack helpers directly.
The cost of netfilter hooks is quite high and sequence number
adjustments are only rarely needed however. Add a RCU-protected
sequence number adjustment function pointer and call it from
IPv4 conntrack after calling the helper.
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
New extensions may only be added to unconfirmed conntracks to avoid races
when reallocating the storage.
Also change NF_CT_ASSERT to use WARN_ON to get backtraces.
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Adding extensions to confirmed conntracks is not allowed to avoid races
on reallocation. Don't setup NAT for confirmed conntracks in case NAT
module is loaded late.
The has one side-effect, the connections existing before the NAT module
was loaded won't enter the bysource hash. The only case where this actually
makes a difference is in case of SNAT to a multirange where the IP before
NAT is also part of the range. Since old connections don't enter the
bysource hash the first new connection from the IP will have a new address
selected. This shouldn't matter at all.
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Move to nf_nat_proto_common and rename to nf_nat_proto_... since they're
also used by protocols that don't have port numbers.
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
This expresses __skb_append in terms of __skb_queue_after, exploiting that
__skb_append(old, new, list) = __skb_queue_after(list, old, new).
Signed-off-by: Gerrit Renker <gerrit@erg.abdn.ac.uk>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
And replace all its usage with init_net's socket.
Signed-off-by: Pavel Emelyanov <xemul@openvz.org>
Acked-by: Arnaldo Carvalho de Melo <acme@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
And replace all its usage with init_net's socket.
Signed-off-by: Pavel Emelyanov <xemul@openvz.org>
Acked-by: Arnaldo Carvalho de Melo <acme@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
According to the overall struct net design, it will be
filled with DCCP-related members.
Signed-off-by: Pavel Emelyanov <xemul@openvz.org>
Acked-by: Arnaldo Carvalho de Melo <acme@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
No need to create seq_operations for each instance of 'netstat'.
Signed-off-by: Denis V. Lunev <den@openvz.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Smack doesn't have the need to create a private copy of the LSM "domain" when
setting NetLabel security attributes like SELinux, however, the current
NetLabel code requires a private copy of the LSM "domain". This patches fixes
that by letting the LSM determine how it wants to pass the domain value.
* NETLBL_SECATTR_DOMAIN_CPY
The current behavior, NetLabel assumes that the domain value is a copy and
frees it when done
* NETLBL_SECATTR_DOMAIN
New, Smack-friendly behavior, NetLabel assumes that the domain value is a
reference to a string managed by the LSM and does not free it when done
Signed-off-by: Paul Moore <paul.moore@hp.com>
Acked-by: James Morris <jmorris@namei.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Fix 3 warnings about discarding const qualifiers:
net/sctp/ulpevent.c:862: warning: passing argument 1 of 'sctp_event2skb' discards qualifiers from pointer target type
net/sctp/sm_statefuns.c:4393: warning: passing argument 1 of 'SCTP_ASOC' discards qualifiers from pointer target type
net/sctp/socket.c:5874: warning: passing argument 1 of 'cmsg_nxthdr' discards qualifiers from pointer target type
Signed-off-by: Vlad Yasevich <vladislav.yasevich@hp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When receiving an error length INIT-ACK during COOKIE-WAIT,
a 0-vtag ABORT will be responsed. This action violates the
protocol apparently. This patch achieves the following things.
1 If the INIT-ACK contains all the fixed parameters, use init-tag
recorded from INIT-ACK as vtag.
2 If the INIT-ACK doesn't contain all the fixed parameters,
just reflect its vtag.
Signed-off-by: Gui Jianfeng <guijianfeng@cn.fujitsu.com>
Signed-off-by: Vlad Yasevich <vladislav.yasevich@hp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
MIP6_OPT_PAD_X are actually for paddings in destination
option header. Replace them with our standard IPV6_TLV_PADX.
Signed-off-by: YOSHIFUJI Hideaki <yoshfuji@linux-ipv6.org>
Allow the use of SACK and window scaling when syncookies are used
and the client supports tcp timestamps. Options are encoded into
the timestamp sent in the syn-ack and restored from the timestamp
echo when the ack is received.
Based on earlier work by Glenn Griffin.
This patch avoids increasing the size of structs by encoding TCP
options into the least significant bits of the timestamp and
by not using any 'timestamp offset'.
The downside is that the timestamp sent in the packet after the synack
will increase by several seconds.
changes since v1:
don't duplicate timestamp echo decoding function, put it into ipv4/syncookie.c
and have ipv6/syncookies.c use it.
Feedback from Glenn Griffin: fix line indented with spaces, kill redundant if ()
Reviewed-by: Hagen Paul Pfeifer <hagen@jauu.net>
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
1) Standlaone ip6_null_entry is no longer needed as it is replaced by
the ip6_null_entry member of ipv6 (instance of struct netns_ipv6) in
struct net (as a result of Network Namespaces patches).
2) These 3 methods from this same header are not defined anywhere:
ip6_rt_addr_add(), ip6_rt_addr_del(), rt6_sndmsg()
Signed-off-by: Rami Rosen <ramirose@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch removes two unused method declarations in
include/net/ndisc.h: ndisc_forwarding_on(void) and
ndisc_forwarding_off(void);
Also igmp6_cleanup(void) appears twice in this header, so one
igmp6_cleanup(void) declaration is removed.
Signed-off-by: Rami Rosen <ramirose@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The sk_filter function is too big to be inlined. This saves 2296 bytes
of text on allyesconfig.
Signed-off-by: Stephen Hemminger <shemminger@vyatta.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add new API to MAC80211 to allow low level driver to
notify MAC with driver status.
Signed-off-by: Mohamed Abbas <mabbas@linux.intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Reinette Chatre <reinette.chatre@intel.com>
Acked-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This patch is necessary for the upcoming Accesspoint patch for p54.
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@web.de>
Acked-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This patch adds assocation capability, timestamp (tsf) and beacon interval
to bss_conf. This is required for successful assocation of iwlwifi drivers
Signed-off-by: Tomas Winkler <tomas.winkler@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Gregory Greenman <gregory.greenman@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This patch eliminates the use of conf_ht, replacing it with
bss_info_changed.
Signed-off-by: Tomas Winkler <tomas.winkler@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Ron Rindjunsky <ron.rindjunsky@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This fixes Bugzilla #10384
tcp_simple_retransmit does L increment without any checking
whatsoever for overflowing S+L when Reno is in use.
The simplest scenario I can currently think of is rather
complex in practice (there might be some more straightforward
cases though). Ie., if mss is reduced during mtu probing, it
may end up marking everything lost and if some duplicate ACKs
arrived prior to that sacked_out will be non-zero as well,
leading to S+L > packets_out, tcp_clean_rtx_queue on the next
cumulative ACK or tcp_fastretrans_alert on the next duplicate
ACK will fix the S counter.
More straightforward (but questionable) solution would be to
just call tcp_reset_reno_sack() in tcp_simple_retransmit but
it would negatively impact the probe's retransmission, ie.,
the retransmissions would not occur if some duplicate ACKs
had arrived.
So I had to add reno sacked_out reseting to CA_Loss state
when the first cumulative ACK arrives (this stale sacked_out
might actually be the explanation for the reports of left_out
overflows in kernel prior to 2.6.23 and S+L overflow reports
of 2.6.24). However, this alone won't be enough to fix kernel
before 2.6.24 because it is building on top of the commit
1b6d427bb7 ([TCP]: Reduce sacked_out with reno when purging
write_queue) to keep the sacked_out from overflowing.
Signed-off-by: Ilpo Järvinen <ilpo.jarvinen@helsinki.fi>
Reported-by: Alessandro Suardi <alessandro.suardi@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This is a generic requirement, so make inet_ctl_sock_create namespace
aware and create a inet_ctl_sock_destroy wrapper around
sk_release_kernel.
Signed-off-by: Denis V. Lunev <den@openvz.org>
Acked-by: Arnaldo Carvalho de Melo <acme@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
All upper protocol layers are already use sock internally.
Signed-off-by: Denis V. Lunev <den@openvz.org>
Acked-by: Arnaldo Carvalho de Melo <acme@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This call is nothing common with INET connection sockets code. It
simply creates an unhashes kernel sockets for protocol messages.
Move the new call into af_inet.c after the rename.
Signed-off-by: Denis V. Lunev <den@openvz.org>
Acked-by: Arnaldo Carvalho de Melo <acme@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This does not look good, but there is no other choice. The compilation
without CONFIG_NET is broken and can not be fixed with ease.
After that there is no need for the following commits:
1567ca7eec3edf8fa5cc2d38f9a4f8
Revert them.
Signed-off-by: Denis V. Lunev <den@openvz.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch updates the Linux the Intra-Site Automatic Tunnel Addressing
Protocol (ISATAP) implementation. It places the ISATAP potential router
list (PRL) in the kernel and adds three new private ioctls for PRL
management.
[Add several changes of structure name, constant names etc. - yoshfuji]
Signed-off-by: Fred L. Templin <fred.l.templin@boeing.com>
Signed-off-by: YOSHIFUJI Hideaki <yoshfuji@linux-ipv6.org>
Allocate the skb for llc responses with the received packet size by
using the size adjustable llc_frame_alloc.
Don't allocate useless extra payload.
Cleanup magic numbers.
So, this fixes oops.
Reported by Jim Westfall:
kernel: skb_over_panic: text:c0541fc7 len:1000 put:997 head:c166ac00 data:c166ac2f tail:0xc166b017 end:0xc166ac80 dev:eth0
kernel: ------------[ cut here ]------------
kernel: kernel BUG at net/core/skbuff.c:95!
Signed-off-by: Joonwoo Park <joonwpark81@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Arnaldo Carvalho de Melo <acme@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Such an accounting would cost us two more dereferences to get the
percpu variable from the struct net, so I make sock_prot_inuse_get
and _add calls work differently depending on CONFIG_NET_NS - without
it old optimized routines are used.
The per-cpu counter for init_net is prepared in core_initcall, so
that even af_inet, that starts as fs_initcall, will already have the
init_net prepared.
Signed-off-by: Pavel Emelyanov <xemul@openvz.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This counter is about to become per-proto-and-per-net, so we'll need
two arguments to determine which cell in this "table" to work with.
All the places, but proc already pass proper net to it - proc will be
tuned a bit later.
Some indentation with spaces in proc files is done to keep the file
coding style consistent.
Signed-off-by: Pavel Emelyanov <xemul@openvz.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There's already some stuff on the struct net, that should better
be folded into netns_core structure. I'm making the per-proto inuse
counter be per-net also, which is also a candidate for this, so
introduce this structure and populate it a bit.
Signed-off-by: Pavel Emelyanov <xemul@openvz.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
No need to create seq_operations for each instance of 'netstat'.
Signed-off-by: Denis V. Lunev <den@openvz.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
An uppercut - do not use the pcounter on struct proto.
Signed-off-by: Pavel Emelyanov <xemul@openvz.org>
Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <dada1@cosmosbay.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Constructive part of the set is finished here. We have to remove the
pcounter, so start with its init and free functions.
Signed-off-by: Pavel Emelyanov <xemul@openvz.org>
Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <dada1@cosmosbay.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
And redirect sock_prot_inuse_add and _get to use one.
As far as the dereferences are concerned. Before the patch we made
1 dereference to proto->inuse.add call, the call itself and then
called the __get_cpu_var() on a static variable. After the patch we
make a direct call, then one dereference to proto->inuse_idx and
then the same __get_cpu_var() on a still static variable. So this
patch doesn't seem to produce performance penalty on SMP.
This is not per-net yet, but I will deliberately make NET_NS=y case
separated from NET_NS=n one, since it'll cost us one-or-two more
dereferences to get the struct net and the inuse counter.
Signed-off-by: Pavel Emelyanov <xemul@openvz.org>
Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <dada1@cosmosbay.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The inuse counters are going to become a per-cpu array. Introduce an
index for this array on the struct proto.
To handle the case of proto register-unregister-register loop the
bitmap is used. All its bits manipulations are protected with
proto_list_lock and a sanity check for the bitmap being exhausted is
also added.
Signed-off-by: Pavel Emelyanov <xemul@openvz.org>
Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <dada1@cosmosbay.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
On Fri, 2008-03-28 at 03:24 -0700, Andrew Morton wrote:
> they should all be renamed.
Done for include/net and net
Signed-off-by: Joe Perches <joe@perches.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
kill unnecessary llc_station_mac_sa.
Signed-off-by: Joonwoo Park <joonwpark81@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Arnaldo Carvalho de Melo <acme@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patches removes unused declaration of addrconf_forwarding_on() method
in include/net/addrconf.h.
Signed-off-by: Rami Rosen <ramirose@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
With a was number of callsites sctp_add_cmd_sf wrapper bloats
kernel by some amount. Due to unlikely tracking allyesconfig,
with the initial result were around ~7kB (thus caught my
attention) while a non-debug config produced only ~2.3kB effect.
I (ij) proposed first a patch to uninline it but Vlad responded
with a patch that removed the only sctp_add_cmd call which is
wrapped by sctp_add_cmd_sf (I wasn't sure if I could do that).
I did minor cleanup to Vlad's patch.
Signed-off-by: Ilpo Järvinen <ilpo.jarvinen@helsinki.fi>
Signed-off-by: Vlad Yasevich <vladislav.yasevich@hp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch removes three unused method declarations in include/net/ipv6.h:
inet_getfrag_t(), ipv6_build_nfrag_opts() and ipv6_build_frag_opts().
Signed-off-by: Rami Rosen <ramirose@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch makes ieee80211_get_channel a static inline defined in
cfg80211's header file which simply calls __ieee80211_get_channel
to avoid symbol clashes with the ieee80211 code.
The problem was pointed out by David Miller, thanks!
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Cc: David Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This patch introduces a new member, fl_net, in struct ip6_flowlabel.
This allows to create labels with the same value in different namespaces.
Signed-off-by: Benjamin Thery <benjamin.thery@bull.net>
Signed-off-by: Daniel Lezcano <dlezcano@fr.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Make use of the network namespace information to have this protocol to
handle several network namespace.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Lezcano <dlezcano@fr.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Benjamin Thery <benjamin.thery@bull.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The IPv6 BEET output function is incorrectly including the inner
header in the payload to be protected. This causes a crash as
the packet doesn't actually have that many bytes for a second
header.
The IPv4 BEET output on the other hand is broken when it comes
to handling an inner IPv6 header since it always assumes an
inner IPv4 header.
This patch fixes both by making sure that neither BEET output
function touches the inner header at all. All access is now
done through the protocol-independent cb structure. Two new
attributes are added to make this work, the IP header length
and the IPv4 option length. They're filled in by the inner
mode's output function.
Thanks to Joakim Koskela for finding this problem.
Signed-off-by: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add some flesh to ipv4_sysctl_init_net and ipv4_sysctl_exit_net,
i.e. copy the table, alter .data pointers and register it per-net.
Other ipv4_table's sysctls are now global, but this is going to
change once sysctl permissions patches migrate from -mm tree to
mainline in 2.6.26 merge window :)
Signed-off-by: Pavel Emelyanov <xemul@openvz.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Initialization is moved to icmp_sk_init, all the places, that
refer to them use init_net for now.
Signed-off-by: Pavel Emelyanov <xemul@openvz.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Recent commits from YOSHIFUJI Hideaki <yoshfuji@linux-ipv6.org>
have been introduced a several compilation warnings
'assignment discards qualifiers from pointer target type'
due to extra const modifier in the inline call parameters of
{dev|sock|twsk}_net_set.
Drop it.
Signed-off-by: Denis V. Lunev <den@openvz.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add support for multiple media channels and use it to create
expectations for video streams when present.
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Create expectations for incoming signalling connections when seeing
a REGISTER request. This is needed when the registrar uses a
different source port number for signalling messages and for receiving
incoming calls from other endpoints than the registrar.
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Introduce expectation classes and policies. An expectation class
is used to distinguish different types of expectations by the
same helper (for example audio/video/t.120). The expectation
policy is used to hold the maximum number of expectations and
the initial timeout for each class.
The individual classes are isolated from each other, which means
that for example an audio expectation will only evict other audio
expectations.
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This is useful for the SIP helper and signalling expectations.
We don't want to create a full-blown expectation with a wildcard
as source based on a single UDP packet, but need to know the
final port anyways. With inactive expectations we can register
the expectation and reserve the tuple, but wait for confirmation
from the registrar before activating it.
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
NF_CT_TUPLE_DUMP prints IPv4 addresses as IPv6, fix this and use printk
(guarded by #ifdef DEBUG) directly instead of pr_debug since the tuple
is usually printed at the end of line and we don't want to include a
log-level.
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add ieee80211_get_channel() which gets you a channel struct for a
specific wiphy if that channel is present in that wiphy.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This patch makes mac80211 able to send a phase1 key for TKIP
decryption.
This is needed for drivers that don't do the rekeying by themselves
(i.e. iwlwifi). Upon IV16 wrap around, the packet is decrypted in SW,
if decryption is ok, mac80211 calls to update_tkip_key with a new
phase 1 RX key.
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Tomas Winkler <tomas.winkler@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This patch makes mac80211 able to compute a TKIP key from an skb.
The requested key can be a phase 1 or a phase 2 key.
This is useful for drivers who need to provide tkip key to their
HW to enable HW encryption.
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Tomas Winkler <tomas.winkler@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Introduce an inline net_eq() to compare two namespaces.
Without CONFIG_NET_NS, since no namespace other than &init_net
exists, it is always 1.
We do not need to convert 1) inline vs inline and
2) inline vs &init_net comparisons.
Signed-off-by: YOSHIFUJI Hideaki <yoshfuji@linux-ipv6.org>
Introduce neigh_parms/pneigh_entry inlines: neigh_parms_net(), pneigh_net().
Without CONFIG_NET_NS, no namespace other than &init_net exists.
Let's explicitly define them to help compiler optimizations.
Signed-off-by: YOSHIFUJI Hideaki <yoshfuji@linux-ipv6.org>
Introduce per-sock inlines: sock_net(), sock_net_set()
and per-inet_timewait_sock inlines: twsk_net(), twsk_net_set().
Without CONFIG_NET_NS, no namespace other than &init_net exists.
Let's explicitly define them to help compiler optimizations.
Signed-off-by: YOSHIFUJI Hideaki <yoshfuji@linux-ipv6.org>
Last part of hop-limit determination is always:
hoplimit = dst_metric(dst, RTAX_HOPLIMIT);
if (hoplimit < 0)
hoplimit = ipv6_get_hoplimit(dst->dev).
Let's consolidate it as ip6_dst_hoplimit(dst).
Signed-off-by: YOSHIFUJI Hideaki <yoshfuji@linux-ipv6.org>
Each MIPv6 XFRM state (DSTOPT/RH2) holds either destination or source
address to be mangled in the IPv6 header (that is "CoA").
On Inter-MN communication after both nodes binds each other,
they use route optimized traffic two MIPv6 states applied, and
both source and destination address in the IPv6 header
are replaced by the states respectively.
The packet format is correct, however, next-hop routing search
are not.
This patch fixes it by remembering address pairs for later states.
Based on patch from Masahide NAKAMURA <nakam@linux-ipv6.org>.
Signed-off-by: Masahide NAKAMURA <nakam@linux-ipv6.org>
Signed-off-by: YOSHIFUJI Hideaki <yoshfuji@linux-ipv6.org>
IP layer now can handle multiple namespaces normally. So, process such
packets normally and drop them only if the transport layer is not
aware about namespaces.
Signed-off-by: Denis V. Lunev <den@openvz.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
ip_options_compile uses inet_addr_type which requires a namespace. The
packet argument is optional, so parameter is the only way to obtain
it. Pass the init_net there for now.
Signed-off-by: Denis V. Lunev <den@openvz.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Proxy neighbors do not have any reference counting, so any caller
of pneigh_lookup (unless it's a netlink triggered add/del routine)
should _not_ perform any actions on the found proxy entry.
There's one exception from this rule - the ipv6's ndisc_recv_ns()
uses found entry to check the flags for NTF_ROUTER.
This creates a race between the ndisc and pneigh_delete - after
the pneigh is returned to the caller, the nd_tbl.lock is dropped
and the deleting procedure may proceed.
One of the fixes would be to add a reference counting, but this
problem exists for ndisc only. Besides such a patch would be too
big for -rc4.
So I propose to introduce a __pneigh_lookup() which is supposed
to be called with the lock held and use it in ndisc code to check
the flags on alive pneigh entry.
Changes from v2:
As David noticed, Exported the __pneigh_lookup() to ipv6 module.
The checkpatch generates a warning on it, since the EXPORT_SYMBOL
does not follow the symbol itself, but in this file all the
exports come at the end, so I decided no to break this harmony.
Changes from v1:
Fixed comments from YOSHIFUJI - indentation of prototype in header
and the pndisc_check_router() name - and a compilation fix, pointed
by Daniel - the is_routed was (falsely) considered as uninitialized
by gcc.
Signed-off-by: Pavel Emelyanov <xemul@openvz.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
sctp_datamsg_free and sctp_datamsg_track are just aliases for
sctp_datamsg_put and sctp_chunk_hold, respectively.
Saves 32 Bytes on x86.
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
the first u32 copied from syncookie_secret is overwritten by the
minute-counter four lines below. After adjusting the destination
address, the size of syncookie_secret can be reduced accordingly.
AFAICS, the only other user of syncookie_secret[] is the ipv6
syncookie support. Because ipv6 syncookies only grab 44 bytes from
syncookie_secret[], this shouldn't affect them in any way.
With fixes from Glenn Griffin.
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Acked-by: Glenn Griffin <ggriffin.kernel@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Sorry for the patch sequence confusion :| but I found that the similar
thing can be done for raw sockets easily too late.
Expand the proto.h union with the raw_hashinfo member and use it in
raw_prot and rawv6_prot. This allows to drop the protocol specific
versions of hash and unhash callbacks.
Signed-off-by: Pavel Emelyanov <xemul@openvz.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
After this we have only udp_lib_get_port to get the port and two
stubs for ipv4 and ipv6. No difference in udp and udplite except
for initialized h.udp_hash member.
I tried to find a graceful way to drop the only difference between
udp_v4_get_port and udp_v6_get_port (i.e. the rcv_saddr comparison
routine), but adding one more callback on the struct proto didn't
appear such :( Maybe later.
Signed-off-by: Pavel Emelyanov <xemul@openvz.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Inspired by the commit ab1e0a13 ([SOCK] proto: Add hashinfo member to
struct proto) from Arnaldo, I made similar thing for UDP/-Lite IPv4
and -v6 protocols.
The result is not that exciting, but it removes some levels of
indirection in udpxxx_get_port and saves some space in code and text.
The first step is to union existing hashinfo and new udp_hash on the
struct proto and give a name to this union, since future initialization
of tcpxxx_prot, dccp_vx_protinfo and udpxxx_protinfo will cause gcc
warning about inability to initialize anonymous member this way.
Signed-off-by: Pavel Emelyanov <xemul@openvz.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
ip_options->is_data is assigned only and never checked. The structure is
not a part of kernel interface to the userspace. So, it is safe to remove
this field.
Signed-off-by: Denis V. Lunev <den@openvz.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Change TCP_DEFER_ACCEPT implementation so that it transitions a
connection to ESTABLISHED after handshake is complete instead of
leaving it in SYN-RECV until some data arrvies. Place connection in
accept queue when first data packet arrives from slow path.
Benefits:
- established connection is now reset if it never makes it
to the accept queue
- diagnostic state of established matches with the packet traces
showing completed handshake
- TCP_DEFER_ACCEPT timeouts are expressed in seconds and can now be
enforced with reasonable accuracy instead of rounding up to next
exponential back-off of syn-ack retry.
Signed-off-by: Patrick McManus <mcmanus@ducksong.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Use the inline trick (same as pr_debug) to get checking of debug
statements even if no code is generated.
Signed-off-by: Stephen Hemminger <shemminger@vyatta.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Introduced by 270637abff
("[SCTP]: Fix a race between module load and protosw access")
Reported by Gabriel C:
In file included from net/sctp/sm_statetable.c:50:
include/net/sctp/sctp.h: In function 'sctp_v6_pf_init':
include/net/sctp/sctp.h:392: warning: 'return' with a value, in function returning void
In file included from net/sctp/sm_statefuns.c:62:
include/net/sctp/sctp.h: In function 'sctp_v6_pf_init':
include/net/sctp/sctp.h:392: warning: 'return' with a value, in function returning void
...
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The proc init/exit functions take a new network namespace parameter in
order to register/unregister /proc/net/udp6 for a namespace.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Lezcano <dlezcano@fr.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch, like udp proc, makes the proc functions to take care of
which namespace the socket belongs.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Lezcano <dlezcano@fr.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch makes the common udp proc functions to take care of which
socket they should show taking into account the namespace it belongs.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Lezcano <dlezcano@fr.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Update: My mailer ate one of Jarek's feedback mails... Fixed the
parameter in netif_set_gso_max_size() to be u32, not u16. Fixed the
whitespace issue due to a patch import botch. Changed the types from
u32 to unsigned int to be more consistent with other variables in the
area. Also brought the patch up to the latest net-2.6.26 tree.
Update: Made gso_max_size container 32 bits, not 16. Moved the
location of gso_max_size within netdev to be less hotpath. Made more
consistent names between the sock and netdev layers, and added a
define for the max GSO size.
Update: Respun for net-2.6.26 tree.
Update: changed max_gso_frame_size and sk_gso_max_size from signed to
unsigned - thanks Stephen!
This patch adds the ability for device drivers to control the size of
the TSO frames being sent to them, per TCP connection. By setting the
netdevice's gso_max_size value, the socket layer will set the GSO
frame size based on that value. This will propogate into the TCP
layer, and send TSO's of that size to the hardware.
This can be desirable to help tune the bursty nature of TSO on a
per-adapter basis, where one may have 1 GbE and 10 GbE devices
coexisting in a system, one running multiqueue and the other not, etc.
This can also be desirable for devices that cannot support full 64 KB
TSO's, but still want to benefit from some level of segmentation
offloading.
Signed-off-by: Peter P Waskiewicz Jr <peter.p.waskiewicz.jr@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There is a race is SCTP between the loading of the module
and the access by the socket layer to the protocol functions.
In particular, a list of addresss that SCTP maintains is
not initialized prior to the registration with the protosw.
Thus it is possible for a user application to gain access
to SCTP functions before everything has been initialized.
The problem shows up as odd crashes during connection
initializtion when we try to access the SCTP address list.
The solution is to refactor how we do registration and
initialize the lists prior to registering with the protosw.
Care must be taken since the address list initialization
depends on some other pieces of SCTP initialization. Also
the clean-up in case of failure now also needs to be refactored.
Signed-off-by: Vlad Yasevich <vladislav.yasevich@hp.com>
Acked-by: Sridhar Samudrala <sri@us.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Signed-off-by: Adrian Bunk <bunk@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Comparing with kernel 2.6.24, tbench result has regression with
2.6.25-rc1.
1) On 2 quad-core processor stoakley: 4%.
2) On 4 quad-core processor tigerton: more than 30%.
bisect located below patch.
b4ce92775c is first bad commit
commit b4ce92775c
Author: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au>
Date: Tue Nov 13 21:33:32 2007 -0800
[IPV6]: Move nfheader_len into rt6_info
The dst member nfheader_len is only used by IPv6. It's also currently
creating a rather ugly alignment hole in struct dst. Therefore this patch
moves it from there into struct rt6_info.
Above patch changes the cache line alignment, especially member
__refcnt. I did a testing by adding 2 unsigned long pading before
lastuse, so the 3 members, lastuse/__refcnt/__use, are moved to next
cache line. The performance is recovered.
I created a patch to rearrange the members in struct dst_entry.
With Eric and Valdis Kletnieks's suggestion, I made finer arrangement.
1) Move tclassid under ops in case CONFIG_NET_CLS_ROUTE=y. So
sizeof(dst_entry)=200 no matter if CONFIG_NET_CLS_ROUTE=y/n. I
tested many patches on my 16-core tigerton by moving tclassid to
different place. It looks like tclassid could also have impact on
performance. If moving tclassid before metrics, or just don't move
tclassid, the performance isn't good. So I move it behind metrics.
2) Add comments before __refcnt.
On 16-core tigerton:
If CONFIG_NET_CLS_ROUTE=y, the result with below patch is about 18%
better than the one without the patch;
If CONFIG_NET_CLS_ROUTE=n, the result with below patch is about 30%
better than the one without the patch.
With 32bit 2.6.25-rc1 on 8-core stoakley, the new patch doesn't
introduce regression.
Thank Eric, Valdis, and David!
Signed-off-by: Zhang Yanmin <yanmin.zhang@intel.com>
Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <dada1@cosmosbay.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There's a horrible slab abuse in net/netfilter/nf_conntrack_extend.c
that can be replaced with a call to ksize().
Cc: Christoph Lameter <clameter@sgi.com>
Signed-off-by: Pekka Enberg <penberg@cs.helsinki.fi>
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch clarifies the use of IEEE80211_TXCTL_OFDM_HT flag.
Can by united with patch "mac80211: adding mac80211_tx_control
flags and HT flags"
Signed-off-by: Ron Rindjunsky <ron.rindjunsky@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This patch makes enum from the defines previously dwelled inside
ieee80211_tx_control for better readability.
The patch also addes HT flags, for 802.11n drivers:
- IEEE80211_TXCTL_OFDM_HT: request low-level driver to use HT OFDM rates
- IEEE80211_TXCTL_GREEN_FIELD: use green field protection
- IEEE80211_TXCTL_DUP_DATA: duplicate data on both 20 Mhz channels
- IEEE80211_TXCTL_40_MHZ_WIDTH: send this frame in 40Mhz width
- IEEE80211_TXCTL_SHORT_GI: send this frame with short guard interval
Tx command can be a combination of any of these flags, along with
bitrate represented by ieee80211_rate. this will allow legacy drivers to
switch easily to any 11n rate representation.
Signed-off-by: Ron Rindjunsky <ron.rindjunsky@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Tomas Winkler <tomas.winkler@intel.com>
CC: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This patch make use of the network namespace information at the right
places to handle the multicast for several network namespaces. It
makes the socket control to be per namespace too.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Lezcano <dlezcano@fr.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Benjamin Thery <benjamin.thery@bull.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Instead of having a tcp6_socket global to all the namespace, there is
tcp6 socket control per namespace. That is consistent with which
namespace sent a RST and allows to pass the socket to the underlying
function to retrieve the network namespace.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Lezcano <dlezcano@fr.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Benjamin Thery <benjamin.thery@bull.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Make ndisc socket control per namespace.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Lezcano <dlezcano@fr.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Benjamin Thery <benjamin.thery@bull.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Current /proc/net is done with so called "shadows", but current
implementation is broken and has little chances to get fixed.
The problem is that dentries subtree of /proc/net directory has
fancy revalidation rules to make processes living in different
net namespaces see different entries in /proc/net subtree, but
currently, tasks see in the /proc/net subdir the contents of any
other namespace, depending on who opened the file first.
The proposed fix is to turn /proc/net into a symlink, which points
to /proc/self/net, which in turn shows what previously was in
/proc/net - the network-related info, from the net namespace the
appropriate task lives in.
# ls -l /proc/net
lrwxrwxrwx 1 root root 8 Mar 5 15:17 /proc/net -> self/net
In other words - this behaves like /proc/mounts, but unlike
"mounts", "net" is not a file, but a directory.
Changes from v2:
* Fixed discrepancy of /proc/net nlink count and selinux labeling
screwup pointed out by Stephen.
To get the correct nlink count the ->getattr callback for /proc/net
is overridden to read one from the net->proc_net entry.
To make selinux still work the net->proc_net entry is initialized
properly, i.e. with the "net" name and the proc_net parent.
Selinux fixes are
Acked-by: Stephen Smalley <sds@tycho.nsa.gov>
Changes from v1:
* Fixed a task_struct leak in get_proc_task_net, pointed out by Paul.
Signed-off-by: Pavel Emelyanov <xemul@openvz.org>
Acked-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This reverts commit db1ed684f6 ("[IPV6]
UDP: Rename IPv6 UDP files."), commit
8be8af8fa4 ("[IPV4] UDP: Move
IPv4-specific bits to other file.") and commit
e898d4db27 ("[UDP]: Allow users to
configure UDP-Lite.").
First, udplite is of such small cost, and it is a core protocol just
like TCP and normal UDP are.
We spent enormous amounts of effort to make udplite share as much code
with core UDP as possible. All of that work is less valuable if we're
just going to slap a config option on udplite support.
It is also causing build failures, as reported on linux-next, showing
that the changeset was not tested very well. In fact, this is the
second build failure resulting from the udplite change.
Finally, the config options provided was a bool, instead of a modular
option. Meaning the udplite code does not even get build tested
by allmodconfig builds, and furthermore the user is not presented
with a reasonable modular build option which is particularly needed
by distribution vendors.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch eliminates warnings about undeclared symbols.
Signed-off-by: Allan Stephens <allan.stephens@windriver.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch removes code associated with optional, user-specified
fields of the TIPC message header. Such fields were never
utilized by TIPC, and have now been removed from the protocol
specification.
Signed-off-by: Allan Stephens <allan.stephens@windriver.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Quite a while ago I started this book. The required kernel-doc
patches have since gone into the tree so it is now possible to
build the book in mainline.
The actual documentation is still rather incomplete and not all
things are linked into the book, but this enables us to edit
the documentation collaboratively, hopefully driver authors can
add documentation based on their experience with mac80211.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Various cleanups, reducing the #ifdef mess and other things.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Added support for mesh id and mesh path operation as well as
station structure dumping.
Signed-off-by: Luis Carlos Cobo <luisca@cozybit.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
hci_sock_cleanup() always returns 0 and its return value isn't used
anywhere in the code.
Compile-tested with 'make allyesconfig && make net/bluetooth/bluetooth.ko'
Signed-off-by: Tobias Klauser <tklauser@distanz.ch>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Harvey Harrison <harvey.harrison@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
(Anonymous) unions can help us to avoid ugly casts.
A common cast it the (struct rtable *)skb->dst one.
Defining an union like :
union {
struct dst_entry *dst;
struct rtable *rtable;
};
permits to use skb->rtable in place.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <dada1@cosmosbay.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add an netns parameter to ip6_route_output. That will allow to access
to the right routing table for outgoing traffic.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Lezcano <dlezcano@fr.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Benjamin Thery <benjamin.thery@bull.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch propagates the network namespace pointer to the address
configuration routines which need it, which means adding a new
parameter to these functions, and make them use it instead of using
the initial network namespace.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Lezcano <dlezcano@fr.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Benjamin Thery <benjamin.thery@bull.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
If all of the entropy is in the local and foreign addresses,
but xor'ing together would cancel out that entropy, the
current hash performs poorly.
Suggested by Cosmin Ratiu:
Basically, the situation is as follows: There is a client
machine and a server machine. Both create 15000 virtual
interfaces, open up a socket for each pair of interfaces and
do SIP traffic. By profiling I noticed that there is a lot of
time spent walking the established hash chains with this
particular setup.
The addresses were distributed like this: client interfaces
were 198.18.0.1/16 with increments of 1 and server interfaces
were 198.18.128.1/16 with increments of 1. As I said, there
were 15000 interfaces. Source and destination ports were 5060
for each connection. So in this case, ports don't matter for
hashing purposes, and the bits from the address pairs used
cancel each other, meaning there are no differences in the
whole lot of pairs, so they all end up in the same hash chain.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch makes the necessary changes to make IPv6 dst_entry garbage
collection work with multiple network namespaces.
In ip6_dst_gc(), static local variables are now declared
per-namespace.
Signed-off-by: Benjamin Thery <benjamin.thery@bull.net>
Signed-off-by: Daniel Lezcano <dlezcano@fr.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The ip6_dst_ops is moved inside the network namespace structure. All
references to this structure are now relative to the initial network
namespace.
Signed-off-by: Benjamin Thery <benjamin.thery@bull.net>
Signed-off-by: Daniel Lezcano <dlezcano@fr.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The rt6_info structures are moved inside the network namespace
structure. All references to these structures are now relative to the
initial network namespace.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Lezcano <dlezcano@fr.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Benjamin Thery <benjamin.thery@bull.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch make mindless changes and prepares the code to use dynamic
allocation for rt6_info structure. The code accesses the rt6_info
structure as a pointer instead of a global static variable.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Lezcano <dlezcano@fr.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Benjamin Thery <benjamin.thery@bull.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch makes the routing engine use the network namespaces to
access routing informations: Add a network namespace parameter to
ipv6_route_ioctl and propagate the network namespace value to all the
routing code that have not yet been changed.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Lezcano <dlezcano@fr.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Benjamin Thery <benjamin.thery@bull.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add a network namespace parameter to rt6_purge_dflt_routers. This is
needed to call fib6_get_table with the appropriate network namespace.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Lezcano <dlezcano@fr.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Benjamin Thery <benjamin.thery@bull.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add a network namespace parameter to rt6_lookup().
Signed-off-by: Daniel Lezcano <dlezcano@fr.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Benjamin Thery <benjamin.thery@bull.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The rt6_stats is now per namespace with this patch. It is allocated
when a network namespace is created and freed when the network
namespace exits and references are relative to the network namespace.
Signed-off-by: Benjamin Thery <benjamin.thery@bull.net>
Signed-off-by: Daniel Lezcano <dlezcano@fr.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch allocates the rt6_stats struct dynamically when the fib6 is
initialized. That provides the ability to create several instances of
this structure for the network namespaces.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Lezcano <dlezcano@fr.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Benjamin Thery <benjamin.thery@bull.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The fib6_rules_ops is moved to the network namespace structure. All
references are changed to have it relatively to it.
Each time a network namespace is created a new fib6_rules_ops is
allocated, initialized and stored into the network namespace
structure.
The common part of the fib rules is namespace aware, so it is quite
easy to retrieve the network namespace from the rules and use it in
the different callbacks.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Lezcano <dlezcano@fr.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Benjamin Thery <benjamin.thery@bull.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Move the timer initialization at the network namespace creation and
store the network namespace in the timer argument.
That enables multiple timers (one per network namespace) to do garbage
collecting.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Lezcano <dlezcano@fr.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Benjamin Thery <benjamin.thery@bull.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The fib tables are now relative to the network namespace. When the
garbage collector timer expires, we must have a network namespace
parameter in order to retrieve the tables. For now this is the
init_net, but we should be able to have a timer per namespace and use
the timer callback parameter to pass the network namespace from the
expired timer.
The timer callback, fib6_run_gc, is actually used to be called
synchronously by some functions and asynchronously when the timer
expires.
When the timer expires, the delay specified for fib6_run_gc parameter
is always zero. So, I changed fib6_run_gc to not be a timer callback
but a function called by the timer callback and I added a timer
callback where its work is just to retrieve from the data arg of the
timer the network namespace and call fib6_run_gc with zero expiring
time and the network namespace parameters. That makes the code cleaner
for the fib6_run_gc callers.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Lezcano <dlezcano@fr.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Benjamin Thery <benjamin.thery@bull.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The function fib6_clean_all takes the network namespace as
parameter. That allows to flush the routes related to a specific
network namespace.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Lezcano <dlezcano@fr.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Benjamin Thery <benjamin.thery@bull.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The fib table for ipv6 are moved to the network namespace structure.
All references to them are made relatively to the network namespace.
All external calls to the ip6_fib functions taking the network
namespace parameter are made using the init_net variable, so the
ip6_fib engine is ready for the namespaces but the callers not yet.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Lezcano <dlezcano@fr.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Benjamin Thery <benjamin.thery@bull.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
For later use, this patch is renaming ndisc_dst_alloc()
(and related function/structures) to icmp6_dst_alloc()
(and so on). This patch also removing unused function-
pointer argument for it.
Signed-off-by: YOSHIFUJI Hideaki <yoshfuji@linux-ipv6.org>
Since most users of ipv6_get_saddr() pass non-NULL as
dst argument, use ipv6_dev_get_saddr() directly.
Signed-off-by: YOSHIFUJI Hideaki <yoshfuji@linux-ipv6.org>
neigh_is_connected() is not popular at all, and the only user
drivers/net/cxgb3/l2t.c:t3_l2t_update() also have raw (expanded) expression.
Let's expand it and remove the inline function.
Signed-off-by: YOSHIFUJI Hideaki <yoshfuji@linux-ipv6.org>
Updated to incorporate Eric's suggestion of using a per cpu buffer
rather than allocating on the stack. Just a two line change, but will
resend in it's entirety.
Signed-off-by: Glenn Griffin <ggriffin.kernel@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: YOSHIFUJI Hideaki <yoshfuji@linux-ipv6.org>
This patch clarifies the use of the irqsafe vs. non-irq-safe
functions and their respective locking requirements.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This reworks the code for TX filtered frames, splitting it out to
a new function to handle those cases, making the clear instruction
a flag and renaming a few things to be easier to understand and
less Atheros hardware specific. Finally, it also makes the comments
explain more.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
enable IBSS cell merging. if an IBSS beacon with the same channel, same ESSID
and a TSF higher than the local TSF (mactime) is received, we have to join its
BSSID. while this might not be immediately apparent from reading the 802.11
standard it is compliant and necessary to make IBSS mode functional in many
cases. most drivers have a similar behaviour.
* move the relevant code section (previously only containing debug code) down
to the end of the function, so we can reuse the bss structure.
* we have to compare the mactime (TSF at the time of packet receive) rather
than the current TSF. since mactime is defined as the time the first data
symbol arrived we add the time until byte 24 where the timestamp resides, since
this is how the beacon timestamp is defined. as some some drivers are not able
to give a reliable mactime we fall back to use the current TSF, which will be
enough to catch most (but not all) cases where an IBSS merge is necessary.
* in IBSS mode we want to allow beacons to override probe response info so we
can correctly do merges.
* we don't only configure beacons based on scan results, so change that
message.
* to enable this we have to let all beacons thru in IBSS mode, even if they
have a different BSSID.
Signed-off-by: Bruno Randolf <bruno@thinktube.com>
Acked-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
define mactime as the time when the first data symbol arrived at the HW. the
old definition was questionable because 802.11 defines timestamp only for
beacon and probe response frames, and there it means the timestamp field.
a stricter definition of mactime is necessary for correct merging of IBSS.
note that it is up to the driver to convert whatever its hardware returns to
this definition. unfortunately we don't know for example when atheros hardware
takes its rx timestamp exactly :(
Signed-off-by: Bruno Randolf <bruno@thinktube.com>
Acked-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This extends the filter flags documentation to make it clear
what clearing a flag really means.
Signed-off-by: Michael Buesch <mb@bu3sch.de>
Acked-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This changes mac80211 to pass the burst time to conf_tx in txop
units rather than 0.1msec units. 0.1msec units are only required
by atheros hardware (according to current driver support), all
other drivers do other calculations or require the txop value.
Therefore, it results in fewer calculations and more precision
if we just pass the txop value through to the driver.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Acked-by: Michael Buesch <mb@bu3sch.de>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This allows precise control over what a monitor interface shows.
Signed-off-by: Michael Wu <flamingice@sourmilk.net>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This patch creates new cfg80211 wiphy API for channel and bitrate
registration and converts mac80211 and drivers to the new API. The
old mac80211 API is completely ripped out. All drivers (except ath5k)
are updated to the new API, in many cases I expect that optimisations
can be done.
Along with the regulatory code I've also ripped out the
IEEE80211_HW_DEFAULT_REG_DOMAIN_CONFIGURED flag, I believe it to be
unnecessary if the hardware simply gives us whatever channels it wants
to support and we then enable/disable them as required, which is pretty
much required for travelling.
Additionally, the patch adds proper "basic" rate handling for STA
mode interface, AP mode interface will have to have new API added
to allow userspace to set the basic rate set, currently it'll be
empty... However, the basic rate handling will need to be moved to
the BSS conf stuff.
I do expect there to be bugs in this, especially wrt. transmit
power handling where I'm basically clueless about how it should work.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This patch adds fields to ieee80211_tx_status in order to allow block ack
information exchange between low-level driver,mac80211 and rate scaling
module.
Signed-off-by: Ron Rindjunsky <ron.rindjunsky@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This patch allows qdisc support in A-MPDU Tx. a method to
handle QoS <-> TID switches is present in this patch.
Signed-off-by: Ron Rindjunsky <ron.rindjunsky@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This patch adds the API for 3 stages in A-MPDU Tx session flow:
- request mac80211 to start/stop A-MPDU Tx session for specific TID. such a
request should be issued by a load aware element, either mac80211 itself
or external element.
- requests by mac80211 to low-level driver to start/stop Tx aggregation.
notice that low level driver responds now with Starting Sequence Number.
- async feedback by low-level to mac80211 to inform that HW is ready for
next A-MPDU Tx state.
Changes in API to Rx A-MPDU were also made, reflected in iwlwifi changes as
well.
Signed-off-by: Ron Rindjunsky <ron.rindjunsky@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
After the patch:
$ git-grep llc_addrany | wc -l
0
Signed-off-by: Ilpo Järvinen <ilpo.jarvinen@helsinki.fi>
Acked-by: Arnaldo Carvalho de Melo <acme@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
After the patch:
$ git-grep sctp_sysctl_jiffies_ms | wc -l
0
Signed-off-by: Ilpo Järvinen <ilpo.jarvinen@helsinki.fi>
Acked-by: Vlad Yasevich <vladislav.yasevich@hp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
It looks like dst parameter is used in this API due to historical
reasons. Actually, it is really used in the direct call to
tcp_v4_send_synack only. So, create a wrapper for tcp_v4_send_synack
and remove dst from rtx_syn_ack.
Signed-off-by: Denis V. Lunev <den@openvz.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
RFC 3873 specifies several MIB objects that can't be obtained by the
current data set exported by /proc/sys/net/sctp/assoc. This patch
adds the missing pieces of data that allow us to compute all the
objects in the sctpAssocTable object.
Signed-off-by: Neil Horman <nhorman@tuxdriver.com>
Signed-off-by: Vlad Yasevich <vladislav.yasevich@hp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
All preparations are done. Now just add a hook to perform an
initialization on namespace startup and replace icmpv6_sk macro with
proper inline call. Actual namespace the packet belongs too will be
passed later along with the one for the routing.
Signed-off-by: Denis V. Lunev <den@openvz.org>
Acked-by: Daniel Lezcano <dlezcano@fr.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
All preparations are done. Now just add a hook to perform an
initialization on namespace startup and replace icmp_sk macro with
proper inline call.
Signed-off-by: Denis V. Lunev <den@openvz.org>
Acked-by: Daniel Lezcano <dlezcano@fr.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This staff will be needed for non-netlink kernel sockets, which should
also not pin a namespace like tcp_socket and icmp_socket.
Signed-off-by: Denis V. Lunev <den@openvz.org>
Acked-by: Daniel Lezcano <dlezcano@fr.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
icmp_init could fail and this is normal for namespace other than initial.
So, the panic should be triggered only on init_net initialization path.
Additionally create rollback path for icmp_init as a separate function.
It will also be used later during namespace destruction.
Signed-off-by: Denis V. Lunev <den@openvz.org>
Acked-by: Daniel Lezcano <dlezcano@fr.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
struct net_proto_family* is not used in icmp[v6]_init, ndisc_init,
igmp_init and tcp_v4_init. Remove it.
Signed-off-by: Denis V. Lunev <den@openvz.org>
Acked-by: Daniel Lezcano <dlezcano@fr.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Change xfrm_policy and xfrm_state walking algorithm from O(n^2) to O(n).
This is achieved adding the entries to one more list which is used
solely for walking the entries.
This also fixes some races where the dump can have duplicate or missing
entries when the SPD/SADB is modified during an ongoing dump.
Dumping SADB with 20000 entries using "time ip xfrm state" the sys
time dropped from 1.012s to 0.080s.
Signed-off-by: Timo Teras <timo.teras@iki.fi>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Skip the prefix length matching in source address selection for
orchid -> non-orchid addresses.
Overlay Routable Cryptographic Hash IDentifiers (RFC 4843,
2001:10::/28) are currenty not globally reachable. Without this
check a host with an ORCHID address can end up preferring those over
regular addresses when talking to other regular hosts in the 2001::/16
range thus breaking non-orchid connections.
Signed-off-by: Juha-Matti Tapio <jmtapio@verkkotelakka.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The new SCTP socket api (draft 16) updates the AUTH API structures.
We never exported these since we knew they would change.
Update the rest to match the draft.
Signed-off-by: Vlad Yasevich <vladislav.yasevich@hp.com>
Use the added dev_alloc_name() call to create tunnel device name,
rather than iterate in a hand-made loop with an artificial limit.
Thanks Patrick for noticing this.
[ The way this works is, when the device is actually registered,
the generic code noticed the '%' in the name and invokes
dev_alloc_name() to fully resolve the name. -DaveM ]
Signed-off-by: Pavel Emelyanov <xemul@openvz.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add missing structure kernel-doc descriptions to sock.h & skbuff.h
to fix kernel-doc warnings.
(I think that Stephen H. sent a similar patch, but I can't find it.
I just want to kill the warnings, with either patch.)
Signed-off-by: Randy Dunlap <randy.dunlap@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Al Viro spotted a bogus use of u64 on the input sequence number which
is big-endian. This patch fixes it by giving the input sequence number
its own member in the xfrm_skb_cb structure.
Signed-off-by: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch removes unused declaration of dflt_rt_lookup() method in
include/net/ndisc.h
Signed-off-by: Rami Rosen <ramirose@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch changes current use of: init_timer(), add_timer()
and del_timer() to setup_timer() with mod_timer(), which
should be safer anyway.
Reported-by: Jann Traschewski <jann@gmx.de>
Signed-off-by: Jarek Poplawski <jarkao2@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
According to one of Jann's OOPS reports it looks like
BUG_ON(timer_pending(timer)) triggers during add_timer()
in ax25_start_t1timer(). This patch changes current use
of: init_timer(), add_timer() and del_timer() to
setup_timer() with mod_timer(), which should be safer
anyway.
Reported-by: Jann Traschewski <jann@gmx.de>
Signed-off-by: Jarek Poplawski <jarkao2@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
All these static inlines are unused:
in_own_zone 1 (net/tipc/addr.h)
msg_dataoctet 1 (net/tipc/msg.h)
msg_direct 1 (include/net/tipc/tipc_msg.h)
msg_options 1 (include/net/tipc/tipc_msg.h)
tipc_nmap_get 1 (net/tipc/bcast.h)
Signed-off-by: Ilpo Järvinen <ilpo.jarvinen@helsinki.fi>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch removes some unused definitions and one method typedef
declaration (f_pnode)
in include/net/ip6_fib.h, as they are not used in the kernel.
Signed-off-by: Rami Rosen <ramirose@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Remove IP6_RT_PRIO_FW and IP6_RT_FLOW_MASK definitions in
include/net/ip6_route.h, as they are not used in the kernel.
Signed-off-by: Rami Rosen <ramirose@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The ->move operation has two bugs:
- It is called with the same extension as source and destination,
so it doesn't update the new extension.
- The address of the old extension is calculated incorrectly,
instead of (void *)ct->ext + ct->ext->offset[i] it uses
ct->ext + ct->ext->offset[i].
Fixes a crash on x86_64 reported by Chuck Ebbert <cebbert@redhat.com>
and Thomas Woerner <twoerner@redhat.com>.
Tested-by: Thomas Woerner <twoerner@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This merges the mux.c (including the connection interface) with trans_fd
in preparation for transport API changes. Ultimately, trans_fd will need
to be rewritten to clean it up and simplify the implementation, but this
reorganization is viewed as the first step.
Signed-off-by: Eric Van Hensbergen <ericvh@gmail.com>
GDM gets unhappy if /var/gdm doesn't have the sticky bit set. This patch adds
support for the sticky bit in much the same way setuid/setgid is supported.
With this patch, I can launch X from a v9fs rootfs (although I quickly run out
of fds in the server once gnome starts up).
Signed-off-by: Anthony Liguori <aliguori@us.ibm.com>
Acked-by: Eric Van Hensbergen <ericvh@gmail.com>
This replaces the console-based virto client with a block-based
client using a single request queue.
Signed-off-by: Eric Van Hensbergen <ericvh@gmail.com>
Add a new transport function which allows a cut-thru directly to
the transport instead of processing request through the mux if the
cut-thru exists.
Signed-off-by: Eric Van Hensbergen <ericvh@gmail.com>
Add a new set of configuration functions to the NetLabel/LSM API so that
LSMs can perform their own configuration of the NetLabel subsystem without
relying on assistance from userspace.
Signed-off-by: Paul Moore <paul.moore@hp.com>
Signed-off-by: Casey Schaufler <casey@schaufler-ca.com>
Reviewed-by: James Morris <jmorris@namei.org>
Cc: Chris Wright <chrisw@sous-sol.org>
Cc: Stephen Smalley <sds@tycho.nsa.gov>
Cc: Casey Schaufler <casey@schaufler-ca.com>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
I was notified by Randy Stewart that lksctp claims to be
"the reference implementation". First of all, "the
refrence implementation" was the original implementation
of SCTP in usersapce written ty Randy and a few others.
Second, after looking at the definiton of 'reference implementation',
we don't really meet the requirements.
Signed-off-by: Vlad Yasevich <vladislav.yasevich@hp.com>
The port offset calculations depend on the protocol family, but, as
Adrian noticed, I broke this logic with the commit
5ee31fc1ec
[INET]: Consolidate inet(6)_hash_connect.
Return this logic back, by passing the port offset directly into the
consolidated function.
Signed-off-by: Pavel Emelyanov <xemul@openvz.org>
Noticed-by: Adrian Bunk <bunk@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Move ipv6_icmp_sysctl_init and ipv6_route_sysctl_init into the right
ifdef section otherwise that does not compile when CONFIG_SYSCTL=yes
and CONFIG_PROC_FS=no
Signed-off-by: Daniel Lezcano <dlezcano@fr.ibm.com>
Acked-by: YOSHIFUJI Hideaki <yoshfuji@linux-ipv6.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
compile error building without CONFIG_FS_PROC:
net/ipv4/fib_frontend.c: In function 'fib_net_init':
net/ipv4/fib_frontend.c:1032: error: implicit declaration of function 'fib_proc_
init'
net/ipv4/fib_frontend.c: In function 'fib_net_exit':
net/ipv4/fib_frontend.c:1047: error: implicit declaration of function 'fib_proc_
exit'
Signed-off-by: Li Zefan <lizf@cn.fujitsu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This way we can remove TCP and DCCP specific versions of
sk->sk_prot->get_port: both v4 and v6 use inet_csk_get_port
sk->sk_prot->hash: inet_hash is directly used, only v6 need
a specific version to deal with mapped sockets
sk->sk_prot->unhash: both v4 and v6 use inet_hash directly
struct inet_connection_sock_af_ops also gets a new member, bind_conflict, so
that inet_csk_get_port can find the per family routine.
Now only the lookup routines receive as a parameter a struct inet_hashtable.
With this we further reuse code, reducing the difference among INET transport
protocols.
Eventually work has to be done on UDP and SCTP to make them share this
infrastructure and get as a bonus inet_diag interfaces so that iproute can be
used with these protocols.
net-2.6/net/ipv4/inet_hashtables.c:
struct proto | +8
struct inet_connection_sock_af_ops | +8
2 structs changed
__inet_hash_nolisten | +18
__inet_hash | -210
inet_put_port | +8
inet_bind_bucket_create | +1
__inet_hash_connect | -8
5 functions changed, 27 bytes added, 218 bytes removed, diff: -191
net-2.6/net/core/sock.c:
proto_seq_show | +3
1 function changed, 3 bytes added, diff: +3
net-2.6/net/ipv4/inet_connection_sock.c:
inet_csk_get_port | +15
1 function changed, 15 bytes added, diff: +15
net-2.6/net/ipv4/tcp.c:
tcp_set_state | -7
1 function changed, 7 bytes removed, diff: -7
net-2.6/net/ipv4/tcp_ipv4.c:
tcp_v4_get_port | -31
tcp_v4_hash | -48
tcp_v4_destroy_sock | -7
tcp_v4_syn_recv_sock | -2
tcp_unhash | -179
5 functions changed, 267 bytes removed, diff: -267
net-2.6/net/ipv6/inet6_hashtables.c:
__inet6_hash | +8
1 function changed, 8 bytes added, diff: +8
net-2.6/net/ipv4/inet_hashtables.c:
inet_unhash | +190
inet_hash | +242
2 functions changed, 432 bytes added, diff: +432
vmlinux:
16 functions changed, 485 bytes added, 492 bytes removed, diff: -7
/home/acme/git/net-2.6/net/ipv6/tcp_ipv6.c:
tcp_v6_get_port | -31
tcp_v6_hash | -7
tcp_v6_syn_recv_sock | -9
3 functions changed, 47 bytes removed, diff: -47
/home/acme/git/net-2.6/net/dccp/proto.c:
dccp_destroy_sock | -7
dccp_unhash | -179
dccp_hash | -49
dccp_set_state | -7
dccp_done | +1
5 functions changed, 1 bytes added, 242 bytes removed, diff: -241
/home/acme/git/net-2.6/net/dccp/ipv4.c:
dccp_v4_get_port | -31
dccp_v4_request_recv_sock | -2
2 functions changed, 33 bytes removed, diff: -33
/home/acme/git/net-2.6/net/dccp/ipv6.c:
dccp_v6_get_port | -31
dccp_v6_hash | -7
dccp_v6_request_recv_sock | +5
3 functions changed, 5 bytes added, 38 bytes removed, diff: -33
Signed-off-by: Arnaldo Carvalho de Melo <acme@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The namespace is not available in the fib_sync_down_addr, add it as a
parameter.
Looking up a device by the pointer to it is OK. Looking up using a
result from fib_trie/fib_hash table lookup is also safe. No need to
fix that at all. So, just fix lookup by address and insertion to the
hash table path.
Signed-off-by: Denis V. Lunev <den@openvz.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This is required to make fib_info lookups namespace aware. In the
other case initial namespace devices are marked as dead in the local
routing table during other namespace stop.
Signed-off-by: Denis V. Lunev <den@openvz.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
fib_sync_down can be called with an address and with a device. In
reality it is called either with address OR with a device. The
codepath inside is completely different, so lets separate it into two
calls for these two cases.
Signed-off-by: Denis V. Lunev <den@openvz.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Current ip route cache implementation is not suited to large caches.
We can consume a lot of CPU when cache must be invalidated, since we
currently need to evict all cache entries, and this eviction is
sometimes asynchronous. min_delay & max_delay can somewhat control this
asynchronism behavior, but whole thing is a kludge, regularly triggering
infamous soft lockup messages. When entries are still in use, this also
consumes a lot of ram, filling dst_garbage.list.
A better scheme is to use a generation identifier on each entry,
so that cache invalidation can be performed by changing the table
identifier, without having to scan all entries.
No more delayed flushing, no more stalling when secret_interval expires.
Invalidated entries will then be freed at GC time (controled by
ip_rt_gc_timeout or stress), or when an invalidated entry is found
in a chain when an insert is done.
Thus we keep a normal equilibrium.
This patch :
- renames rt_hash_rnd to rt_genid (and makes it an atomic_t)
- Adds a new rt_genid field to 'struct rtable' (filling a hole on 64bit)
- Checks entry->rt_genid at appropriate places :
Add a net argument to inet6_lookup and propagate it further.
Actually, this is tcp-v6 implementation of what was done for
tcp-v4 sockets in a previous patch.
Signed-off-by: Pavel Emelyanov <xemul@openvz.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add a net argument to inet_lookup and propagate it further
into lookup calls. Plus tune the __inet_check_established.
The dccp and inet_diag, which use that lookup functions
pass the init_net into them.
Signed-off-by: Pavel Emelyanov <xemul@openvz.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This tags the inet_bind_bucket struct with net pointer,
initializes it during creation and makes a filtering
during lookup.
A better hashfn, that takes the net into account is to
be done in the future, but currently all bind buckets
with similar port will be in one hash chain.
Signed-off-by: Pavel Emelyanov <xemul@openvz.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
These two functions are the same except for what they call
to "check_established" and "hash" for a socket.
This saves half-a-kilo for ipv4 and ipv6.
add/remove: 1/0 grow/shrink: 1/4 up/down: 582/-1128 (-546)
function old new delta
__inet_hash_connect - 577 +577
arp_ignore 108 113 +5
static.hint 8 4 -4
rt_worker_func 376 372 -4
inet6_hash_connect 584 25 -559
inet_hash_connect 586 25 -561
Signed-off-by: Pavel Emelyanov <xemul@openvz.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Signed-off-by: Jan Engelhardt <jengelh@computergmbh.de>
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Constify a few data tables use const qualifiers on variables where
possible in the nf_*_proto_tcp sources.
Signed-off-by: Jan Engelhardt <jengelh@computergmbh.de>
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Rename all "conntrack" variables to "ct" for more consistency and
avoiding some overly long lines.
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Reorder struct nf_conntrack_l4proto so all members used during packet
processing are in the same cacheline.
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
nf_ct_tuple_src_equal() and nf_ct_tuple_dst_equal() both compare the protocol
numbers. Unfortunately gcc doesn't optimize out the second comparison, so
remove it and prefix both functions with __ to indicate that they should not
be used directly.
Saves another 16 byte of text in __nf_conntrack_find() on x86_64:
nf_conntrack_tuple_taken | -20 # 320 -> 300, size inlines: 181 -> 161
__nf_conntrack_find | -16 # 267 -> 251, size inlines: 127 -> 115
__nf_conntrack_confirm | -40 # 875 -> 835, size inlines: 570 -> 537
3 functions changed, 76 bytes removed
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Ignoring specific entries in __nf_conntrack_find() is only needed by NAT
for nf_conntrack_tuple_taken(). Remove it from __nf_conntrack_find()
and make nf_conntrack_tuple_taken() search the hash itself.
Saves 54 bytes of text in the hotpath on x86_64:
__nf_conntrack_find | -54 # 321 -> 267, # inlines: 3 -> 2, size inlines: 181 -> 127
nf_conntrack_tuple_taken | +305 # 15 -> 320, lexblocks: 0 -> 3, # inlines: 0 -> 3, size inlines: 0 -> 181
nf_conntrack_find_get | -2 # 90 -> 88
3 functions changed, 305 bytes added, 56 bytes removed, diff: +249
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
With the RCU conversion only write_lock usages of nf_conntrack_lock are
left (except one read_lock that should actually use write_lock in the
H.323 helper). Switch to a spinlock.
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Use RCU for expectation hash. This doesn't buy much for conntrack
runtime performance, but allows to reduce the use of nf_conntrack_lock
for /proc and nf_netlink_conntrack.
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The hashtable size is really unsigned so sparse complains when you pass
a signed integer. Change all uses to make it consistent.
Signed-off-by: Stephen Hemminger <shemminger@vyatta.com>
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Now it's possible to list and manipulate per-netns ip6tables rules.
Filtering decisions are based on init_net's table so far.
P.S.: remove init_net check in inet6_create() to see the effect
Signed-off-by: Alexey Dobriyan <adobriyan@sw.ru>
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Now, iptables show and configure different set of rules in different
netnss'. Filtering decisions are still made by consulting only
init_net's set.
Changes are identical except naming so no splitting.
P.S.: one need to remove init_net checks in nf_sockopt.c and inet_create()
to see the effect.
Signed-off-by: Alexey Dobriyan <adobriyan@sw.ru>
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In fact all we want is per-netns set of rules, however doing that will
unnecessary complicate routines such as ipt_hook()/ipt_do_table, so
make full xt_table array per-netns.
Every user stubbed with init_net for a while.
Signed-off-by: Alexey Dobriyan <adobriyan@sw.ru>
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Signed-off-by: Jan Engelhardt <jengelh@computergmbh.de>
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The address of IPv6 raw sockets was shown in the wrong format, from
IPv4 ones. The problem has been introduced by the commit
42a73808ed ("[RAW]: Consolidate proc
interface.")
Thanks to Adrian Bunk who originally noticed the problem.
Signed-off-by: Denis V. Lunev <den@openvz.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Different hashtables are used for IPv6 and IPv4 raw sockets, so no
need to check the socket family in the iterator over hashtables. Clean
this out.
Signed-off-by: Denis V. Lunev <den@openvz.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
A userspace program may wish to set the mark for each packets its send
without using the netfilter MARK target. Changing the mark can be used
for mark based routing without netfilter or for packet filtering.
It requires CAP_NET_ADMIN capability.
Signed-off-by: Laszlo Attila Toth <panther@balabit.hu>
Acked-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds support for combined mode algorithms with GCM being
the first algorithm supported.
Combined mode algorithms can be added through the xfrm_user interface
using the new algorithm payload type XFRMA_ALG_AEAD. Each algorithms
is identified by its name and the ICV length.
For the purposes of matching algorithms in xfrm_tmpl structures,
combined mode algorithms occupy the same name space as encryption
algorithms. This is in line with how they are negotiated using IKE.
Signed-off-by: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch converts ESP to use the crypto_aead interface and in particular
the authenc algorithm. This lays the foundations for future support of
combined mode algorithms.
Signed-off-by: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Most trusted OSs, with the exception of Linux, have the ability to specify
static security labels for unlabeled networks. This patch adds this ability to
the NetLabel packet labeling framework.
If the NetLabel subsystem is called to determine the security attributes of an
incoming packet it first checks to see if any recognized NetLabel packet
labeling protocols are in-use on the packet. If none can be found then the
unlabled connection table is queried and based on the packets incoming
interface and address it is matched with a security label as configured by the
administrator using the netlabel_tools package. The matching security label is
returned to the caller just as if the packet was explicitly labeled using a
labeling protocol.
Signed-off-by: Paul Moore <paul.moore@hp.com>
Signed-off-by: James Morris <jmorris@namei.org>
In order to do any sort of IP header inspection of incoming packets we need to
know which address family, AF_INET/AF_INET6/etc., it belongs to and since the
sk_buff structure does not store this information we need to pass along the
address family separate from the packet itself.
Signed-off-by: Paul Moore <paul.moore@hp.com>
Signed-off-by: James Morris <jmorris@namei.org>
This patch adds support to the NetLabel LSM secattr struct for a secid token
and a type field, paving the way for full LSM/SELinux context support and
"static" or "fallback" labels. In addition, this patch adds a fair amount
of documentation to the core NetLabel structures used as part of the
NetLabel kernel API.
Signed-off-by: Paul Moore <paul.moore@hp.com>
Signed-off-by: James Morris <jmorris@namei.org>
Basically, this piece looks relatively easy. Namespace is already
available on the dst entry via device and the device is safe to
dereferrence. Compare it with one of a searcher and skip entry if
appropriate.
The only exception is ip_rt_frag_needed. So, add namespace parameter to it.
Signed-off-by: Denis V. Lunev <den@openvz.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
ip_route_connect and ip_route_newports are a part of routing API
presented to the socket layer. The namespace is available inside them
through a socket.
Signed-off-by: Denis V. Lunev <den@openvz.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Convert packet schedulers to use the netlink API. Unfortunately a gradual
conversion is not possible without breaking compilation in the middle or
adding lots of casts, so this patch converts them all in one step. The
patch has been mostly generated automatically with some minor edits to
at least allow seperate conversion of classifiers and actions.
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Used to append data to a message without a header or padding.
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Needed to propagate it down to the ip_route_output_flow.
Signed-off-by: Denis V. Lunev <den@openvz.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Needed to propagate it down to the __ip_route_output_key.
Signed_off_by: Denis V. Lunev <den@openvz.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This is only required to propagate it down to the
ip_route_output_slow.
Signed-off-by: Denis V. Lunev <den@openvz.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Currently fib_select_default calls fib_get_table() with the
init_net. Prepare it to provide a correct namespace to lookup default
route.
Signed-off-by: Denis V. Lunev <den@openvz.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The difference in the implementation of the fib_select_default when
CONFIG_IP_MULTIPLE_TABLES is (not) defined looks
negligible. Consolidate it and place into fib_frontend.c.
Signed-off-by: Denis V. Lunev <den@openvz.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Two small issues fixed:
- fib_select_multipath is exported from fib_semantics.c rather than from
fib_frontend.c. So, move the declaration below appropriate comment.
- struct rt_entry declaration is not used. Drop it.
Signed-off-by: Denis V. Lunev <den@openvz.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
On x86_64, sizeof(struct rtable) is 0x148, which is rounded up to
0x180 bytes by SLAB allocator.
We can reduce this to exactly 0x140 bytes, without alignment overhead,
and store 12 struct rtable per PAGE instead of 10.
rate_tokens is currently defined as an "unsigned long", while its
content should not exceed 6*HZ. It can safely be converted to an
unsigned int.
Moving tclassid right after rate_tokens to fill the 4 bytes hole
permits to save 8 bytes on 'struct dst_entry', which finally permits
to save 8 bytes on 'struct rtable'
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <dada1@cosmosbay.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
On namespace start we mainly prepare the ctl variables.
When the namespace is stopped we have to kill all the fragments that
point to this namespace. The inet_frags_exit_net() handles it.
Signed-off-by: Pavel Emelyanov <xemul@openvz.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The inet_frags.lru_list is used for evicting only, so we have
to make it per-namespace, to evict only those fragments, who's
namespace exceeded its high threshold, but not the whole hash.
Besides, this helps to avoid long loops in evictor.
The spinlock is not per-namespace because it protects the
hash table as well, which is global.
Signed-off-by: Pavel Emelyanov <xemul@openvz.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Since we have one hashtable to lookup the fragment, having
different secret_interval-s for hash rebuild doesn't make
sense, so move this one to inet_frags.
The inet_frags_ctl becomes empty after this, so remove it.
The appropriate ctl table is kept read-only in namespaces.
Signed-off-by: Pavel Emelyanov <xemul@openvz.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This is the same as with the timeout variable.
Currently, after exceeding the high threshold _all_
the fragments are evicted, but it will be fixed in
later patch.
Signed-off-by: Pavel Emelyanov <xemul@openvz.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Move it to the netns_frags, adjust the usage and
make the appropriate ctl table writable.
Now fragment, that live in different namespaces can
live for different times.
Signed-off-by: Pavel Emelyanov <xemul@openvz.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Each namespace has to have own tables to tune their
different parameters, so duplicate the tables and
register them.
All the tables in sub-namespaces are temporarily made
read-only.
Signed-off-by: Pavel Emelyanov <xemul@openvz.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This is also simple, but introduces more changes, since
then mem counter is altered in more places.
Signed-off-by: Pavel Emelyanov <xemul@openvz.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This is simple - just move the variable from struct inet_frags
to struct netns_frags and adjust the usage appropriately.
Signed-off-by: Pavel Emelyanov <xemul@openvz.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Since fragment management code is consolidated, we cannot have the
pointer from inet_frag_queue to struct net, since we must know what
king of fragment this is.
So, I introduce the netns_frags structure. This one is currently
empty, but will be eventually filled with per-namespace
attributes. Each inet_frag_queue is tagged with this one.
The conntrack_reasm is not "netns-izated", so it has one static
netns_frags instance to keep working in init namespace.
Signed-off-by: Pavel Emelyanov <xemul@openvz.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This is a preparation for sysctl netns-ization.
Move the ctl tables to the files, where the tuning
variables reside. Plus make the helpers to register
the tables.
This will simplify the later patches and will keep
similar things closer to each other.
ipv4, ipv6 and conntrack_reasm are patched differently,
but the result is all the tables are in appropriate files.
Signed-off-by: Pavel Emelyanov <xemul@openvz.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Fix the following sparse warnings:
| net/ipv6/route.c:2491:18: warning: symbol 'ipv6_route_sysctl_init' was not declared. Should it be static?
| net/ipv6/icmp.c:922:18: warning: symbol 'ipv6_icmp_sysctl_init' was not declared. Should it be static?
| net/ipv6/reassembly.c:628:6: warning: symbol 'ipv6_frag_sysctl_init' was not declared. Should it be static?
Signed-off-by: YOSHIFUJI Hideaki <yoshfuji@linux-ipv6.org>
This patch (based on Ron Rindjunsky's) creates a framework for
a unified way to pass BSS configuration to drivers that require
the information, e.g. for implementing power save mode.
This patch introduces new ieee80211_bss_conf structure that is
passed to the driver via the new bss_info_changed() callback
when the BSS configuration changes.
This new BSS configuration infrastructure adds the following
new features:
* drivers are notified of their association AID
* drivers are notified of association status
and replaces the erp_ie_changed() callback. The patch also does
the relevant driver updates for the latter change.
Signed-off-by: Ron Rindjunsky <ron.rindjunsky@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Drivers that support mixed AP/STA operation may well need to
know the type of a virtual interface when iterating over them.
The easiest way to support that is to move the interface type
variable into the vif structure.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This patch gets rid of the if_id stuff where possible in favour of
a new per-virtual-interface structure "struct ieee80211_vif". This
structure is located at the end of the per-interface structure and
contains a variable length driver-use data area.
This has two advantages:
* removes the need to look up interfaces by if_id, this is better
for working with network namespaces and performance
* allows drivers to store and retrieve per-interface data without
having to allocate own lists/hash tables
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This short patch modifies the IPv4 networking to enable use of the
240.0.0.0/4 (aka "class-E") address space as propsed in the internet
draft draft-fuller-240space-00.txt.
Signed-off-by: Jan Engelhardt <jengelh@computergmbh.de>
Acked-by: YOSHIFUJI Hideaki <yoshfuji@linux-ipv6.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Save namespace context on the fib rule at the rule creation time and
call routing lookup in the correct namespace.
Signed-off-by: Denis V. Lunev <den@openvz.org>
Acked-by: Daniel Lezcano <dlezcano@fr.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The backward link from FIB rules operations to the network namespace
will allow to simplify the API a bit.
Signed-off-by: Denis V. Lunev <den@openvz.org>
Acked-by: Daniel Lezcano <dlezcano@fr.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch removes IrPORT and the old dongle drivers (all off them
have replacement drivers).
Signed-off-by: Adrian Bunk <bunk@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: Samuel Ortiz <samuel@sortiz.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The network namespace pointer can be stored into the dst_ops structure.
This is usefull when there are multiple instances of the dst_ops for a
protocol. When there are no several instances, this field will be never
used in the protocol. So there is no impact for the protocols which do
implement the network namespaces.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Lezcano <dlezcano@fr.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The garbage collection function receive the dst_ops structure as
parameter. This is useful for the next incoming patchset because it
will need the dst_ops (there will be several instances) and the
network namespace pointer (contained in the dst_ops).
The protocols which do not take care of the namespaces will not be
impacted by this change (expect for the function signature), they do
just ignore the parameter.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Lezcano <dlezcano@fr.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
- Remove declarations of non-existing variables and functions
- Move helper init/cleanup function declarations to nf_conntrack_helper.h
- Remove unneeded __nf_conntrack_attach declaration and make it static
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Initialization of the slab cache's should be done when IP is
initialized to make sure of available memory, and that code can be
marked __init.
Signed-off-by: Stephen Hemminger <stephen.hemminger@vyatta.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Make them static.
[ Moved the inline before, instead of after, call sites. -DaveM ]
Signed-off-by: Denis V. Lunev <den@openvz.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
fib_rules_unregister is called only after successful register and the
return code is never checked.
Signed-off-by: Denis V. Lunev <den@openvz.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Pull the struct net pointer up to the showing functions
to filter the sockets depending on their namespaces.
Signed-off-by: Pavel Emelyanov <xemul@openvz.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Looks if the address is belonging to the network namespace, otherwise
discard the address for the check.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Lezcano <dlezcano@fr.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Benjamin Thery <benjamin.thery@bull.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The inet6_addr_lst is browsed taking into account the network
namespace specified as parameter. If an address does not belong
to the specified namespace, it is ignored.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Lezcano <dlezcano@fr.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Benjamin Thery <benjamin.thery@bull.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When a new address is added, we must check if the new address does not
already exists. This patch makes this check to be aware of a network
namespace, so the check will look if the address already exists for
the specified network namespace. While the addresses are browsed, the
addresses which do not belong to the namespace are discarded.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Lezcano <dlezcano@fr.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Benjamin Thery <benjamin.thery@bull.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When I studied the neighbor code I puzzled over what the NUD can mean
for quite a long time.
Finally I asked Alexey and he said that this was smth like "neighbor
unreachability detection".
Signed-off-by: Pavel Emelyanov <xemul@openvz.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Otherwise we beat heavily on the global tcp_memory atomics
when all of the sockets in the system are slowly sending
perioding packet clumps.
Noticed and suggested by Eric Dumazet.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This is the core. Declare and register the pernet subsys for
addrconf. The init callback the will create the devconf-s.
The init_net will reuse the existing statically declared confs,
so that accessing them from inside the ipv6 code will still
work.
The register_pernet_subsys() is moved above the ipv6_add_dev()
call for loopback, because this function will need the
net->devconf_dflt pointer to be already set.
Signed-off-by: Pavel Emelyanov <xemul@openvz.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
seq_open_net requires that first field of the seq->private data to be
struct seq_net_private. In reality this is a single pointer to a
struct net for now. The patch makes code consistent.
Signed-off-by: Denis V. Lunev <den@openvz.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
... up to rtentry_to_fib_config
Acked-by: Benjamin Thery <benjamin.thery@bull.net>
Acked-by: Daniel Lezcano <dlezcano@fr.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Denis V. Lunev <den@openvz.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch makes the netlink socket to be per namespace. That allows
to have each namespace its own socket for routing queries.
Acked-by: Benjamin Thery <benjamin.thery@bull.net>
Acked-by: Daniel Lezcano <dlezcano@fr.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Denis V. Lunev <den@openvz.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The preparatory work has been done. All we need is to substitute
fib_table_hash with net->ipv4.fib_table_hash. Netns context is
available when required.
Acked-by: Benjamin Thery <benjamin.thery@bull.net>
Acked-by: Daniel Lezcano <dlezcano@fr.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Denis V. Lunev <den@openvz.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The final trick for rules: place fib4_rules_ops into struct net and
modify initialization path for this.
Acked-by: Benjamin Thery <benjamin.thery@bull.net>
Acked-by: Daniel Lezcano <dlezcano@fr.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Denis V. Lunev <den@openvz.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
nl_info is used to track the end-user destination of routing change
notification. This is a natural object to hold a namespace on. Place
it there and utilize the context in the appropriate places.
Acked-by: Benjamin Thery <benjamin.thery@bull.net>
Acked-by: Daniel Lezcano <dlezcano@fr.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Denis V. Lunev <den@openvz.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The patch extends the inet_addr_type and inet_dev_addr_type with the
network namespace pointer. That allows to access the different tables
relatively to the network namespace.
The modification of the signature function is reported in all the
callers of the inet_addr_type using the pointer to the well known
init_net.
Acked-by: Benjamin Thery <benjamin.thery@bull.net>
Acked-by: Daniel Lezcano <dlezcano@fr.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Eric W. Biederman <ebiederm@xmission.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch extends the fib_get_table and the fib_new_table functions
with the network namespace pointer. That will allow to access the
table relatively from the network namespace.
Acked-by: Benjamin Thery <benjamin.thery@bull.net>
Acked-by: Daniel Lezcano <dlezcano@fr.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Denis V. Lunev <den@openvz.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Replace the direct pointers to local and main tables with
calls to fib_get_table() with appropriate argument.
This doesn't introduce additional dereferences, but makes the access to fib
tables uniform in any (CONFIG_IP_MULTIPLE_TABLES) case.
Acked-by: Benjamin Thery <benjamin.thery@bull.net>
Acked-by: Daniel Lezcano <dlezcano@fr.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Denis V. Lunev <den@openvz.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch makes the fib to be initialized as a subsystem for the
network namespaces. The code does not handle several namespaces yet,
so in case of a creation of a network namespace, the
creation/initialization will not occur.
Acked-by: Benjamin Thery <benjamin.thery@bull.net>
Acked-by: Daniel Lezcano <dlezcano@fr.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Denis V. Lunev <den@openvz.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This adds error paths into both versions of fib4_rules_init
(with/without CONFIG_IP_MULTIPLE_TABLES) and returns error code to the
caller.
Acked-by: Benjamin Thery <benjamin.thery@bull.net>
Acked-by: Daniel Lezcano <dlezcano@fr.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Denis V. Lunev <den@openvz.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This adds netns parameter to fib_proc_init/exit and replaces __init
specifier with __net_init. After this, we will not yet have these proc
files show info from the specific namespace - this will be done when
these tables become namespaced.
Acked-by: Benjamin Thery <benjamin.thery@bull.net>
Acked-by: Daniel Lezcano <dlezcano@fr.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Denis V. Lunev <den@openvz.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Move static rules_ops & rules_mod_lock to the struct net, register the
pernet subsys to init them and enjoy the fact that the core rules
infrastructure works in the namespace.
Real IPv4 fib rules virtualization requires fib tables support in the
namespace and will be done seriously later in the patchset.
Acked-by: Benjamin Thery <benjamin.thery@bull.net>
Acked-by: Daniel Lezcano <dlezcano@fr.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Denis V. Lunev <den@openvz.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
fib_rules_ops contains operations and the list of configured rules. ops will
become per/namespace soon, so we need them to be known in the default_pref
callback.
Acked-by: Benjamin Thery <benjamin.thery@bull.net>
Acked-by: Daniel Lezcano <dlezcano@fr.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Denis V. Lunev <den@openvz.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The patch extends the different fib rules API in order to pass the
network namespace pointer. That will allow to access the different
tables from a namespace relative object. As usual, the pointer to the
init_net variable is passed as parameter so we don't break the
network.
Acked-by: Benjamin Thery <benjamin.thery@bull.net>
Acked-by: Daniel Lezcano <dlezcano@fr.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Denis V. Lunev <den@openvz.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch moves the icmpv6_time sysctl to the network namespace
structure.
Because the ipv6 protocol is not yet per namespace, the variable is
accessed relatively to the initial network namespace.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Lezcano <dlezcano@fr.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
All the sysctl concerning the routes are moved to the network
namespace structure. A helper function is called to initialize the
variables.
Because the ipv6 protocol is not yet per namespace, the variables are
accessed relatively from the network namespace.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Lezcano <dlezcano@fr.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The ip6_frags is moved to the network namespace structure. Because
there can be multiple instances of the network namespaces, and the
ip6_frags is no longer a global static variable, a helper function has
been added to facilitate the initialization of the variables.
Until the ipv6 protocol is not per namespace, the variables are
accessed relatively from the initial network namespace.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Lezcano <dlezcano@fr.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch moves the bindv6only sysctl to the network namespace
structure. Until the ipv6 protocol is not per namespace, the sysctl
variable is always from the initial network namespace.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Lezcano <dlezcano@fr.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Each network namespace wants its own set of sysctl value, eg. we
should not be able from a namespace to set a sysctl value for another
namespace , especially for the initial network namespace.
This patch duplicates the sysctl table when we register a new network
namespace for ipv6. The duplicated table are postfixed with the
"template" word to notify the developper the table is cloned.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Lezcano <dlezcano@fr.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Like the ipv4 part, this patch adds an ipv6 structure in the net
structure to aggregate the different resources to make ipv6 per
namespace.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Lezcano <dlezcano@fr.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch makes the function ipv6_sysctl_register to return a
value. The af_inet6 init function is now able to handle an error and
catch it from the initialization of the sysctl.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Lezcano <dlezcano@fr.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The conntracks subsystem has a similar infrastructure
to maintain ctl_paths, but since we already have it
on the generic level, I think it's OK to switch to
using it.
So, basically, this patch just replaces the ctl_table-s
with ctl_path-s, nf_register_sysctl_table with
register_sysctl_paths() and removes no longer needed code.
After this the net/netfilter/nf_sysctl.c file contains
the paths only.
Signed-off-by: Pavel Emelyanov <xemul@openvz.org>
Acked-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This includes the most simple cases for netfilter.
The first part is tne queue modules for ipv4 and ipv6,
on which the net/ipv4/ and net/ipv6/ paths are reused
from the appropriate ipv4 and ipv6 code.
The conntrack module is also patched, but this hunk is
very small and simple.
Signed-off-by: Pavel Emelyanov <xemul@openvz.org>
Acked-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The feature of ipvs ctls is that the net/ipv4/vs path
is common for core ipvs ctls and for two schedulers,
so I make it exported and re-use it in modules.
Two other .c files required linux/sysctl.h to make the
extern declaration of this path compile well.
Signed-off-by: Pavel Emelyanov <xemul@openvz.org>
Acked-by: Simon Horman <horms@verge.net.au>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Some devices have a seperate LED which indicates if the radio is
enabled or not. This adds a LED trigger to mac80211 where drivers
can hook into when they are interested in radio status changes.
v2: Check hw.conf.radio_enabled when calling start().
Signed-off-by: Ivo van Doorn <IvDoorn@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds the API to perform A-MPDU actions between mac80211 and low
level driver.
Signed-off-by: Ron Rindjunsky <ron.rindjunsky@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The info placeholder member of dst_entry seems to be unused in the
network stack.
Signed-off-by: Rami Rosen <ramirose@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Since __xfrm_policy_destroy is used to destory the resources
allocated by xfrm_policy_alloc. So using the name
__xfrm_policy_destroy is not correspond with xfrm_policy_alloc.
Rename it to xfrm_policy_destroy.
And along with some instances that call xfrm_policy_alloc
but not using xfrm_policy_destroy to destroy the resource,
fix them.
Signed-off-by: WANG Cong <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Previous NETNS patches broke CONFIG_SYSCTL=n case
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <dada1@cosmosbay.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
1) Cleanups (all functions are prefixed by sock_prot_inuse)
sock_prot_inc_use(prot) -> sock_prot_inuse_add(prot,-1)
sock_prot_dec_use(prot) -> sock_prot_inuse_add(prot,-1)
sock_prot_inuse() -> sock_prot_inuse_get()
New functions :
sock_prot_inuse_init() and sock_prot_inuse_free() to abstract pcounter use.
2) if CONFIG_PROC_FS=n, we can zap 'inuse' member from "struct proto",
since nobody wants to read the inuse value.
This saves 1372 bytes on i386/SMP and some cpu cycles.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <dada1@cosmosbay.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In include/net/ip_vs.h:
- The ip_vs_secure_tcp_set() method is not implemented anywhere.
- IP_VS_APP_TYPE_FTP is an unused definition.
Signed-off-by: Rami Rosen <ramirose@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
These three declarations in include/net/ip.h are not implemented
anywhere:
ip_mc_dropsocket(), ip_mc_dropdevice() and ip_net_unreachable().
Also, correct a comment to be "Functions provided by ip_fragment.c"
(instead of by ip_fragment.o) in consistency with the other comments
in this header.
Signed-off-by: Rami Rosen <ramirose@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
For five years we had two xfrm_policy_flush prototypes and every time that
function's signature changed people have been diligently updating both of
them without noticing :)
Signed-off-by: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The snd_up check should be enough. I suspect this has been
there to provide a minor optimization in clean_rtx_queue which
used to have a small if (!->sacked) block which could skip
snd_up check among the other work.
Signed-off-by: Ilpo Järvinen <ilpo.jarvinen@helsinki.fi>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch introduces new memory accounting functions for each network
protocol. Most of them are renamed from memory accounting functions
for stream protocols. At the same time, some stream memory accounting
functions are removed since other functions do same thing.
Renaming:
sk_stream_free_skb() -> sk_wmem_free_skb()
__sk_stream_mem_reclaim() -> __sk_mem_reclaim()
sk_stream_mem_reclaim() -> sk_mem_reclaim()
sk_stream_mem_schedule -> __sk_mem_schedule()
sk_stream_pages() -> sk_mem_pages()
sk_stream_rmem_schedule() -> sk_rmem_schedule()
sk_stream_wmem_schedule() -> sk_wmem_schedule()
sk_charge_skb() -> sk_mem_charge()
Removeing
sk_stream_rfree(): consolidates into sock_rfree()
sk_stream_set_owner_r(): consolidates into skb_set_owner_r()
sk_stream_mem_schedule()
The following functions are added.
sk_has_account(): check if the protocol supports accounting
sk_mem_uncharge(): do the opposite of sk_mem_charge()
In addition, to achieve consolidation, updating sk_wmem_queued is
removed from sk_mem_charge().
Next, to consolidate memory accounting functions, this patch adds
memory accounting calls to network core functions. Moreover, present
memory accounting call is renamed to new accounting call.
Finally we replace present memory accounting calls with new interface
in TCP and SCTP.
Signed-off-by: Takahiro Yasui <tyasui@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Hideo Aoki <haoki@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
sk_forward_alloc being signed, we should take care of divides by
SK_STREAM_MEM_QUANTUM we do in sk_stream_pages() and
__sk_stream_mem_reclaim()
This patchs introduces SK_STREAM_MEM_QUANTUM_SHIFT, defined
as ilog2(SK_STREAM_MEM_QUANTUM), to be able to use right
shifts instead of plain divides.
This should help compiler to choose right shifts instead of
expensive divides (as seen with CONFIG_CC_OPTIMIZE_FOR_SIZE=y on x86)
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <dada1@cosmosbay.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
I'm actually surprised at how much was involved. At first glance it
appears that the neighbour table data structures are already split by
network device so all that should be needed is to modify the user
interface commands to filter the set of neighbours by the network
namespace of their devices.
However a couple things turned up while I was reading through the
code. The proxy neighbour table allows entries with no network
device, and the neighbour parms are per network device (except for the
defaults) so they now need a per network namespace default.
So I updated the two structures (which surprised me) with their very
own network namespace parameter. Updated the relevant lookup and
destroy routines with a network namespace parameter and modified the
code that interacts with users to filter out neighbour table entries
for devices of other namespaces.
I'm a little concerned that we can modify and display the global table
configuration and from all network namespaces. But this appears good
enough for now.
I keep thinking modifying the neighbour table to have per network
namespace instances of each table type would should be cleaner. The
hash table is already dynamically sized so there are it is not a
limiter. The default parameter would be straight forward to take care
of. However when I look at the how the network table is built and
used I still find some assumptions that there is only a single
neighbour table for each type of table in the kernel. The netlink
operations, neigh_seq_start, the non-core network users that call
neigh_lookup. So while it might be doable it would require more
refactoring than my current approach of just doing a little extra
filtering in the code.
Signed-off-by: Eric W. Biederman <ebiederm@xmission.com>
Signed-off-by: Daniel Lezcano <dlezcano@fr.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds a number of new IPsec audit events to meet the auditing
requirements of RFC4303. This includes audit hooks for the following events:
* Could not find a valid SA [sections 2.1, 3.4.2]
. xfrm_audit_state_notfound()
. xfrm_audit_state_notfound_simple()
* Sequence number overflow [section 3.3.3]
. xfrm_audit_state_replay_overflow()
* Replayed packet [section 3.4.3]
. xfrm_audit_state_replay()
* Integrity check failure [sections 3.4.4.1, 3.4.4.2]
. xfrm_audit_state_icvfail()
While RFC4304 deals only with ESP most of the changes in this patch apply to
IPsec in general, i.e. both AH and ESP. The one case, integrity check
failure, where ESP specific code had to be modified the same was done to the
AH code for the sake of consistency.
Signed-off-by: Paul Moore <paul.moore@hp.com>
Acked-by: James Morris <jmorris@namei.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Because sk_wmem_queued, sk_sndbuf are signed, a divide per two
may force compiler to use an integer divide.
We can instead use a right shift.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <dada1@cosmosbay.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Several length variables cannot be negative, so convert int to
unsigned int. This also allows us to do sane shift operations
on those variables.
Signed-off-by: YOSHIFUJI Hideaki <yoshfuji@linux-ipv6.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
After a station is added to the kernel's structures, userspace
has to be able to retrieve statistics about that station, especially
whether the station was idle and how much bytes were transferred
to and from it. This adds the necessary code to nl80211.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds station handling to cfg80211/nl80211.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This adds the necessary API to cfg80211/nl80211 to allow
changing beaconing settings.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This implements cfg80211's get_key() to allow retrieving the sequence
counter for a TKIP or CCMP key from userspace. It also cleans up and
documents the associated low-level driver interface.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This introduces key handling to cfg80211/nl80211. Default
and group keys can be added, changed and removed; sequence
counters for each key can be retrieved.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There are various decisions influencing the decision whether to buffer
a frame for after the next DTIM beacon. The "do we have stations in PS
mode" condition cannot be tested by the driver so mac80211 has to do
that. To ease driver writing for hardware that can buffer frames until
after the next DTIM beacon, introduce a new txctl flag telling the
driver to buffer a specific frame.
While at it, restructure and comment the code for multicast buffering
and remove spurious "inline" directives.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Cc: Michael Buesch <mb@bu3sch.de>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The previous patch left only one user of the ieee80211_is_eapol()
function and that user can be eliminated easily by introducing
a new "frame is EAPOL" flag to handle the frame specially (we
already have this information) instead of doing the (expensive)
ieee80211_is_eapol() all the time.
Also, allow unencrypted frames to be sent when they are injected.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch fixes a number of small but potentially troublesome things in the
XFRM/IPsec code:
* Use the 'audit_enabled' variable already in include/linux/audit.h
Removed the need for extern declarations local to each XFRM audit fuction
* Convert 'sid' to 'secid' everywhere we can
The 'sid' name is specific to SELinux, 'secid' is the common naming
convention used by the kernel when refering to tokenized LSM labels,
unfortunately we have to leave 'ctx_sid' in 'struct xfrm_sec_ctx' otherwise
we risk breaking userspace
* Convert address display to use standard NIP* macros
Similar to what was recently done with the SPD audit code, this also also
includes the removal of some unnecessary memcpy() calls
* Move common code to xfrm_audit_common_stateinfo()
Code consolidation from the "less is more" book on software development
* Proper spacing around commas in function arguments
Minor style tweak since I was already touching the code
Signed-off-by: Paul Moore <paul.moore@hp.com>
Acked-by: James Morris <jmorris@namei.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This statistics is shown factor dropped by transformation
at /proc/net/xfrm_stat for developer.
It is a counter designed from current transformation source code
and defined as linux private MIB.
See Documentation/networking/xfrm_proc.txt for the detail.
Signed-off-by: Masahide NAKAMURA <nakam@linux-ipv6.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
IPv6 specific thing is wrongly removed from transformation at net-2.6.25.
This patch recovers it with current design.
o Update "path" of xfrm_dst since IPv6 transformation should
care about routing changes. It is required by MIPv6 and
off-link destined IPsec.
o Rename nfheader_len which is for non-fragment transformation used by
MIPv6 to rt6i_nfheader_len as IPv6 name space.
Signed-off-by: Masahide NAKAMURA <nakam@linux-ipv6.org>
Acked-by: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This is -700 bytes from the net/ipv4/built-in.o
add/remove: 1/0 grow/shrink: 1/3 up/down: 340/-1040 (-700)
function old new delta
__inet_lookup_established - 339 +339
tcp_sacktag_write_queue 2254 2255 +1
tcp_v4_err 1304 973 -331
tcp_v4_rcv 2089 1744 -345
tcp_v4_do_rcv 826 462 -364
Exporting is for dccp module (used via e.g. inet_lookup).
Signed-off-by: Pavel Emelyanov <xemul@openvz.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This one is used in quite many places in the networking code and
seems to big to be inline.
After the patch net/ipv4/build-in.o loses ~650 bytes:
add/remove: 2/0 grow/shrink: 0/5 up/down: 461/-1114 (-653)
function old new delta
__inet_hash_nolisten - 282 +282
__inet_hash - 179 +179
tcp_sacktag_write_queue 2255 2254 -1
__inet_lookup_listener 284 274 -10
tcp_v4_syn_recv_sock 755 493 -262
tcp_v4_hash 389 35 -354
inet_hash_connect 1086 599 -487
This version addresses the issue pointed by Eric, that
while being inline this function was optimized by gcc
in respect to the 'listen_possible' argument.
Signed-off-by: Pavel Emelyanov <xemul@openvz.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
ADD-IP spec has a special case for processing ABORTs:
F4) ... One special consideration is that ABORT
Chunks arriving destined to the IP address being deleted MUST be
ignored (see Section 5.3.1 for further details).
Check if the address we received on is in the DEL state, and if
so, ignore the ABORT.
Signed-off-by: Vlad Yasevich <vladislav.yasevich@hp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The processing of the ASCONF chunks has changed a lot in the
spec. New items are:
1. A list of ASCONF-ACK chunks is now cached
2. The source of the packet is used in response.
3. New handling for unexpect ASCONF chunks.
Signed-off-by: Vlad Yasevich <vladislav.yasevich@hp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The ADD-IP "Set Primary IP Address" parameter is allowed in the
INIT/INIT-ACK exchange. Allow processing of this parameter during
the INIT/INIT-ACK.
Signed-off-by: Vlad Yasevich <vladislav.yasevich@hp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The Address Parameter in the parameter list of the ASCONF chunk
may be a wildcard address. In this case special processing
is required. For the 'add' case, the source IP of the packet is
added. In the 'del' case, all addresses except the source IP
of packet are removed. In the "mark primary" case, the source
address is marked as primary.
Signed-off-by: Vlad Yasevich <vladislav.yasevich@hp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The SNMP macros use raw_smp_processor_id() in process context
which is illegal because the process may be preempted and then
migrated to another CPU.
This patch makes it use get_cpu/put_cpu to disable preemption.
Signed-off-by: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
A few netfilter modules provide their own union of IPv4 and IPv6
address storage. Will unify that in this patch series.
(1/4): Rename union nf_conntrack_address to union nf_inet_addr and
move it to x_tables.h.
Signed-off-by: Jan Engelhardt <jengelh@computergmbh.de>
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
nf_nat_setup_info gets the hook number and translates that to the
manip type to perform. This is a relict from the time when one
manip per hook could exist, the exact hook number doesn't matter
anymore, its converted to the manip type. Most callers already
know what kind of NAT they want to perform, so pass the maniptype
in directly.
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This makes mac80211 include the low-level MAC timestamp
in the radiotap header if the driver indicated (by a new
RX flag) that the timestamp is valid.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The crc32c library used an identical table and algorithm
as SCTP. Switch to using the library instead of carrying
our own table. Using crypto layer proved to have too
much overhead compared to using the library directly.
Signed-off-by: Vlad Yasevich <vladislav.yasevich@hp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This is the core.
Add all and default pointers on the netns_ipv4 and register
a new pernet subsys to initialize them.
Also add the ctl_table_header to register the
net.ipv4.ip_forward ctl.
I don't allocate additional memory for init_net, but use
global devinets.
Signed-off-by: Pavel Emelyanov <xemul@openvz.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This one will need to set the IPV4_DEVCONF_ALL(PROXY_ARP), but
there's no ways to get the net right in place, so we have to
pull one from the inet_ioctl's struct sock.
Signed-off-by: Pavel Emelyanov <xemul@openvz.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The ipv4 will store its parameters inside this structure.
This one is empty now, but it will be eventually filled.
Signed-off-by: Pavel Emelyanov <xemul@openvz.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
X86_32 was the last user of the FASTCALL macro, now that it
uses regparm(3) by default, this macro expands to nothing.
Signed-off-by: Harvey Harrison <harvey.harrison@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
RFC 4301 requires us to relookup ICMP traffic that does not match any
policies using the reverse of its payload. This patch implements this
for ICMP traffic that originates from or terminates on localhost.
This is activated on outbound with the new policy flag XFRM_POLICY_ICMP,
and on inbound by the new state flag XFRM_STATE_ICMP.
On inbound the policy check is now performed by the ICMP protocol so
that it can repeat the policy check where necessary.
Signed-off-by: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
RFC 4301 requires us to relookup ICMP traffic that does not match any
policies using the reverse of its payload. This patch adds the functions
xfrm_decode_session_reverse and xfrmX_policy_check_reverse so we can get
the reverse flow to perform such a lookup.
Signed-off-by: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch introduces an enum for bits in the flags argument of xfrm_lookup.
This is so that we can cram more information into it later.
Since all current users use just the values 0 and 1, XFRM_LOOKUP_WAIT has
been added with the value 1 << 0 to represent the current meaning of flags.
The test in __xfrm_lookup has been changed accordingly.
Signed-off-by: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Recently David Miller and Herbert Xu pointed out that struct net becomes
overbloated and un-maintainable. There are two solutions:
- provide a pointer to a network subsystem definition from struct net.
This costs an additional dereferrence
- place sub-system definition into the structure itself. This will speedup
run-time access at the cost of recompilation time
The second approach looks better for us. Other sub-systems will follow.
Signed-off-by: Denis V. Lunev <den@openvz.org>
Acked-by: Daniel Lezcano <dlezcano@fr.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patchset makes the different protocols to return an error code, so
the af_inet6 module can check the initialization was correct or not.
The raw6 was taken into account to be consistent with the rest of the
protocols, but the registration is at the same place.
Because the raw6 has its own init function, the proto and the ops structure
can be moved inside the raw6.c file.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Lezcano <dlezcano@fr.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch makes the inet6_register_protosw to return an error code.
The different protocols can be aware the registration was successful or
not and can pass the error to the initial caller, af_inet6.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Lezcano <dlezcano@fr.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch makes the frag_init to return an error code, so the af_inet6
module can handle the error.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Lezcano <dlezcano@fr.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch factorize the code for the differents init functions for rthdr,
nodata, destopt in a single function exthdrs_init.
This function returns an error so the af_inet6 module can check correctly
the initialization.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Lezcano <dlezcano@fr.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch makes the flowlab subsystem to return an error code and makes
some cleanup with procfs ifdefs.
The af_inet6 will use the flowlabel init return code to check the initialization
was correct.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Lezcano <dlezcano@fr.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds the xfrm_input_state helper function which returns the
current xfrm state being processed on the input path given an sk_buff.
This is currently only used by xfrm_input but will be used by ESP upon
asynchronous resumption.
Signed-off-by: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
With fixes from Arnaldo Carvalho de Melo.
Signed-off-by: YOSHIFUJI Hideaki <yoshfuji@linux-ipv6.org>
Signed-off-by: Arnaldo Carvalho de Melo <acme@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The patch defines the usual static inline functions when the code is
disabled for fib6_rules. That's allow to remove some ifdef in route.c
file and make the code a little more clear.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Lezcano <dlezcano@fr.ibm.com>
Acked-by: YOSHIFUJI Hideaki <yoshfuji@linux-ipv6.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The following patch create the usual static inline functions to disable
the xfrm6_init and xfrm6_fini function when XFRM is off.
That's allow to remove some ifdef and make the code a little more clear.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Lezcano <dlezcano@fr.ibm.com>
Acked-by: YOSHIFUJI Hideaki <yoshfuji@linux-ipv6.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Just move the variable on the struct net and adjust
its usage.
Others sysctls from sys.net.core table are more
difficult to virtualize (i.e. make them per-namespace),
but I'll look at them as well a bit later.
Signed-off-by: Pavel Emelyanov <xemul@oenvz.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Making them per-namespace is required for the following
two reasons:
First, some ctl values have a per-namespace meaning.
Second, making them writable from the sub-namespace
is an isolation hole.
So I introduce the pernet operations to create these
tables. For init_net I use the existing statically
declared tables, for sub-namespace they are duplicated
and the write bits are removed from the mode.
Signed-off-by: Pavel Emelyanov <xemul@openvz.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The SNMP_INC_STATS_OFFSET_BH is used only by ICMP6_INC_STATS_OFFSET_BH.
The ICMP6_INC_STATS_OFFSET_BH is unused.
Signed-off-by: Pavel Emelyanov <xemul@openvz.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There are only 2 users and it doesn't hurt to call fib_get_table
instead, and it makes it easier to make the fib network namespace
aware.
Signed-off-by: Eric W. Biederman <ebiederm@xmission.com>
Signed-off-by: Denis V. Lunev <den@openvz.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The route initialization function does not return any value to notify
if the initialization is successful or not. This patch checks all
calls made for the initilization in order to return a value for the
caller.
Unfortunately, proc_net_fops_create will return a NULL pointer if
CONFIG_PROC_FS is off, so we can not check the return code without an
ifdef CONFIG_PROC_FS block in the ip6_route_init function.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Lezcano <dlezcano@fr.ibm.com>
Acked-by: Benjamin Thery <benjamin.thery@bull.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When the fib_rules initialization finished, no return code is provided
so there is no way to know, for the caller, if the initialization has
been successful or has failed. This patch fix that.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Lezcano <dlezcano@fr.ibm.com>
Acked-by: Benjamin Thery <benjamin.thery@bull.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The xfrm initialization function does not return any error code, so if
there is an error, the caller can not be advise of that. This patch
checks the return code of the different called functions in order to
return a successful or failed initialization.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Lezcano <dlezcano@fr.ibm.com>
Acked-by: Benjamin Thery <benjamin.thery@bull.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
If there is an error in the initialization function, nothing is
followed up to the caller. So I add a return value to be set for the
init function.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Lezcano <dlezcano@fr.ibm.com>
Acked-by: Benjamin Thery <benjamin.thery@bull.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The previous move of the the UDP inDatagrams counter caused the
counting of encapsulated packets, SUNRPC data (as opposed to call)
packets and RXRPC packets to go missing.
This patch restores all of these.
Signed-off-by: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This is the same as I did for the net/core/ table in the
second patch in his series: use the paths and isolate the
whole table in the .c file.
Signed-off-by: Pavel Emelyanov <xemul@openvz.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Using ctl paths we can put all the stuff, related to net/core/
sysctl table, into one file and remove all the references on it.
As a good side effect this hides the "core_table" name from
the global scope :)
Signed-off-by: Pavel Emelyanov <xemul@openvz.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Move common fields for queue management to struct nf_info and rename it
to struct nf_queue_entry. The avoids one allocation/free per packet and
simplifies the code a bit.
Alternatively we could add some private room at the tail, but since
all current users use identical structs this seems easier.
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add new rate estimator target (using gen_estimator). In combination with
the rateest match (next patch) this can be used for load-based multipath
routing.
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Constify include/net/dsfield.h
Signed-off-by: Jan Engelhardt <jengelh@computergmbh.de>
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Address type search can be limited to an interface by
inet_dev_addr_type function.
Signed-off-by: Laszlo Attila Toth <panther@balabit.hu>
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch speedups compilation when net_namespace.h is changed.
Signed-off-by: Denis V. Lunev <den@openvz.org>
Acked-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When merging the input paths of IPsec I accidentally left a hard-coded
AF_INET for the state lookup call. This broke IPv6 obviously. This
patch fixes by getting the input callers to specify the family through
skb->cb.
Credit goes to Kazunori Miyazawa for diagnosing this and providing an
initial patch.
Signed-off-by: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Pointing to the next skb is necessary to avoid referencing
already SACKed skbs which will soon be on a separate list.
Signed-off-by: Ilpo Järvinen <ilpo.jarvinen@helsinki.fi>
Signed-off-by: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Signed-off-by: Ilpo Järvinen <ilpo.jarvinen@helsinki.fi>
Signed-off-by: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Signed-off-by: Ilpo Järvinen <ilpo.jarvinen@helsinki.fi>
Signed-off-by: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch configures the 802.11n mode of operation
internally in ieee80211_conf structure and in the low-level
driver as well (through op conf_ht).
It does not include AP configuration flows.
Signed-off-by: Ron Rindjunsky <ron.rindjunsky@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
New structures:
- ieee80211_ht_info: describing STA's HT capabilities
- ieee80211_ht_bss_info: describing BSS's HT characteristics
Changed structures:
- ieee80211_hw_mode: now also holds PHY HT capabilities for each HW mode
- ieee80211_conf: ht_conf holds current self HT configuration
ht_bss_conf holds current BSS HT configuration
- flag IEEE80211_CONF_SUPPORT_HT_MODE added to indicate if HT use is
desired
- sta_info: now also holds Peer's HT capabilities
Signed-off-by: Ron Rindjunsky <ron.rindjunsky@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Interface iteration in mac80211 can be done without holding any
locks because I converted it to RCU. Initially, I thought this
wouldn't be needed for ieee80211_iterate_active_interfaces but
it's turning out that multi-BSS AP support can be much simpler
in a driver if ieee80211_iterate_active_interfaces can be called
without holding locks. This converts it to use RCU, it adds a
requirement that the callback it invokes cannot sleep.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This is the core.
* add the ctl_table_header on the struct net;
* make the unix_sysctl_register and _unregister clone the table;
* moves calls to them into per-net init and exit callbacks;
* move the .data pointer in the proper place.
Signed-off-by: Pavel Emelyanov <xemul@openvz.org>
Acked-by: Eric W. Biederman <ebiederm@xmission.com>
Signed-off-by: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This will make all the sub-namespaces always use the
default value (10) and leave the tuning via sysctl
to the init namespace only.
Per-namespace tuning is coming.
Signed-off-by: Pavel Emelyanov <xemul@openvz.org>
Acked-by: Eric W. Biederman <ebiederm@xmission.com>
Signed-off-by: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add the struct net * argument to both of them to use in
the future. Also make the register one return an error code.
It is useless right now, but will make the future patches
much simpler.
Signed-off-by: Pavel Emelyanov <xemul@openvz.org>
Acked-by: Eric W. Biederman <ebiederm@xmission.com>
Signed-off-by: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The user interface is: register_net_sysctl_table and
unregister_net_sysctl_table. Very much like the current
interface except there is a network namespace parameter.
With this any sysctl registered with register_net_sysctl_table
will only show up to tasks in the same network namespace.
All other sysctls continue to be globally visible.
Signed-off-by: Eric W. Biederman <ebiederm@xmission.com>
Cc: Serge Hallyn <serue@us.ibm.com>
Cc: Daniel Lezcano <dlezcano@fr.ibm.com>
Cc: Cedric Le Goater <clg@fr.ibm.com>
Cc: Pavel Emelyanov <xemul@openvz.org>
Signed-off-by: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This allows to get rid of the CONFIG_NETFILTER dependency of NET_ACT_NAT.
This patch redefines the old names to keep the noise low, the next patch
converts all users.
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Signed-off-by: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch includes support for the Intra-Site Automatic Tunnel
Addressing Protocol (ISATAP) per RFC4214. It uses the SIT
module, and is configured using extensions to the "iproute2"
utility. The diffs are specific to the Linux 2.6.24-rc2 kernel
distribution.
This version includes the diff for ./include/linux/if.h which was
missing in the v2.4 submission and is needed to make the
patch compile. The patch has been installed, compiled and
tested in a clean 2.6.24-rc2 kernel build area.
Signed-off-by: Fred L. Templin <fred.l.templin@boeing.com>
Signed-off-by: YOSHIFUJI Hideaki <yoshfuji@linux-ipv6.org>
Signed-off-by: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The 3rd argument is always zero (according to grep :) Eliminate
it and merge the function with sk_stream_alloc_skb.
This saves 44 more bytes, and together with the previous patch
we have:
add/remove: 1/0 grow/shrink: 0/8 up/down: 183/-751 (-568)
function old new delta
sk_stream_alloc_skb - 183 +183
ip_rt_init 529 525 -4
arp_ignore 112 107 -5
__inet_lookup_listener 284 274 -10
tcp_sendmsg 2583 2481 -102
tcp_sendpage 1449 1300 -149
tso_fragment 417 258 -159
tcp_fragment 1149 988 -161
__tcp_push_pending_frames 1998 1837 -161
Signed-off-by: Pavel Emelyanov <xemul@openvz.org>
Signed-off-by: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This function seems too big for inlining. Indeed, it saves
half-a-kilo when uninlined:
add/remove: 1/0 grow/shrink: 0/7 up/down: 195/-719 (-524)
function old new delta
sk_stream_alloc_pskb - 195 +195
ip_rt_init 529 525 -4
__inet_lookup_listener 284 274 -10
tcp_sendmsg 2583 2486 -97
tcp_sendpage 1449 1305 -144
tso_fragment 417 267 -150
tcp_fragment 1149 992 -157
__tcp_push_pending_frames 1998 1841 -157
Signed-off-by: Pavel Emelyanov <xemul@openvz.org>
Signed-off-by: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Better place exists in update_send_head (other non-queue related
adjustments are done there as well) which is the only caller of
tcp_advance_send_head (now that the bogus call from mtu_probe is
gone).
Signed-off-by: Ilpo Järvinen <ilpo.jarvinen@helsinki.fi>
Signed-off-by: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Signed-off-by: Arnaldo Carvalho de Melo <acme@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Sometimes drivers need to know which interfaces are associated with
their hardware. Rather than forcing those drivers to keep track of
the interfaces that were added, this adds an iteration function to
mac80211.
As it is intended to be used from the interface add/remove callbacks,
the iteration function may currently only be called under RTNL.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Both ipv6/raw.c and ipv4/raw.c use the seq files to walk
through the raw sockets hash and show them.
The "walking" code is rather huge, but is identical in both
cases. The difference is the hash table to walk over and
the protocol family to check (this was not in the first
virsion of the patch, which was noticed by YOSHIFUJI)
Make the ->open store the needed hash table and the family
on the allocated raw_iter_state and make the start/next/stop
callbacks work with it.
This removes most of the code.
Signed-off-by: Pavel Emelyanov <xemul@openvz.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Same as the ->hash one, this is easily consolidated.
Signed-off-by: Pavel Emelyanov <xemul@openvz.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Having the raw_hashinfo it's easy to consolidate the
raw[46]_hash functions.
Signed-off-by: Pavel Emelyanov <xemul@openvz.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The ipv4/raw.c and ipv6/raw.c contain many common code (most
of which is proc interface) which can be consolidated.
Most of the places to consolidate deal with the raw sockets
hashtable, so introduce a struct raw_hashinfo which describes
the raw sockets hash.
Signed-off-by: Pavel Emelyanov <xemul@openvz.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Same as in the previous patch for ipv4, compact the
API and hide hash table and rwlock inside the raw.c
file.
Plus fix some "bad" places from checkpatch.pl point
of view (assignments inside if()).
Signed-off-by: Pavel Emelyanov <xemul@openvz.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The raw sockets functions are explicitly used from
inside the kernel in two places:
1. in ip_local_deliver_finish to intercept skb-s
2. in icmp_error
For this purposes many functions and even data structures,
that are naturally internal for raw protocol, are exported.
Compact the API to two functions and hide all the other
(including hash table and rwlock) inside the net/ipv4/raw.c
Signed-off-by: Pavel Emelyanov <xemul@openvz.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This is done by making packet_sklist_lock and packet_sklist per
network namespace and adding an additional filter condition on
received packets to ensure they came from the proper network
namespace.
Changes from v1:
- prohibit to call inet_dgram_ops.ioctl in other than init_net
Signed-off-by: Denis V. Lunev <den@openvz.org>
Signed-off-by: Eric W. Biederman <ebiederm@xmission.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
After this patch none of the netlink callback support anything
except the initial network namespace but the rtnetlink infrastructure
now handles multiple network namespaces.
Changes from v2:
- IPv6 addrlabel processing
Changes from v1:
- no need for special rtnl_unlock handling
- fixed IPv6 ndisc
Signed-off-by: Denis V. Lunev <den@openvz.org>
Signed-off-by: Eric W. Biederman <ebiederm@xmission.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Key points of this patch are:
- In case new SACK information is advance only type, no skb
processing below previously discovered highest point is done
- Optimize cases below highest point too since there's no need
to always go up to highest point (which is very likely still
present in that SACK), this is not entirely true though
because I'm dropping the fastpath_skb_hint which could
previously optimize those cases even better. Whether that's
significant, I'm not too sure.
Currently it will provide skipping by walking. Combined with
RB-tree, all skipping would become fast too regardless of window
size (can be done incrementally later).
Previously a number of cases in TCP SACK processing fails to
take advantage of costly stored information in sack_recv_cache,
most importantly, expected events such as cumulative ACK and new
hole ACKs. Processing on such ACKs result in rather long walks
building up latencies (which easily gets nasty when window is
huge). Those latencies are often completely unnecessary
compared with the amount of _new_ information received, usually
for cumulative ACK there's no new information at all, yet TCP
walks whole queue unnecessary potentially taking a number of
costly cache misses on the way, etc.!
Since the inclusion of highest_sack, there's a lot information
that is very likely redundant (SACK fastpath hint stuff,
fackets_out, highest_sack), though there's no ultimate guarantee
that they'll remain the same whole the time (in all unearthly
scenarios). Take advantage of this knowledge here and drop
fastpath hint and use direct access to highest SACKed skb as
a replacement.
Effectively "special cased" fastpath is dropped. This change
adds some complexity to introduce better coveraged "fastpath",
though the added complexity should make TCP behave more cache
friendly.
The current ACK's SACK blocks are compared against each cached
block individially and only ranges that are new are then scanned
by the high constant walk. For other parts of write queue, even
when in previously known part of the SACK blocks, a faster skip
function is used (if necessary at all). In addition, whenever
possible, TCP fast-forwards to highest_sack skb that was made
available by an earlier patch. In typical case, no other things
but this fast-forward and mandatory markings after that occur
making the access pattern quite similar to the former fastpath
"special case".
DSACKs are special case that must always be walked.
The local to recv_sack_cache copying could be more intelligent
w.r.t DSACKs which are likely to be there only once but that
is left to a separate patch.
Signed-off-by: Ilpo Järvinen <ilpo.jarvinen@helsinki.fi>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
It is going to replace the sack fastpath hint quite soon... :-)
Signed-off-by: Ilpo Järvinen <ilpo.jarvinen@helsinki.fi>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The sock_valbool_flag() helper is used in setsockopt to
set or reset some flag on the sock. This helper is required
in the net/socket.c only, so move it there.
Besides, patch two places in sys_setsockopt() that repeat
this helper functionality manually.
Since this is not a bugfix, but a trivial cleanup, I
prepared this patch against net-2.6.25, but it also
applies (with a single offset) to the latest net-2.6.
Signed-off-by: Pavel Emelyanov <xemul@openvz.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Qdisc_class_ops are const, and Qdisc_ops are mostly read.
Using "const" and "__read_mostly" qualifiers helps to reduce false
sharing.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <dada1@cosmosbay.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Policy table is implemented as an RCU linear list since we do not expect
large list nor frequent updates.
Signed-off-by: YOSHIFUJI Hideaki <yoshfuji@linux-ipv6.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
After changeset:
[NETFILTER]: Introduce NF_INET_ hook values
It always evaluates to NF_INET_POST_ROUTING.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The IPv4 and IPv6 hook values are identical, yet some code tries to figure
out the "correct" value by looking at the address family. Introduce NF_INET_*
values for both IPv4 and IPv6. The old values are kept in a #ifndef __KERNEL__
section for userspace compatibility.
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Acked-by: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds support for async resumptions on input. To do so, the
transform would return -EINPROGRESS and subsequently invoke the
function xfrm_input_resume to resume processing.
Signed-off-by: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The nhoff field isn't actually necessary in xfrm_input. For tunnel
mode transforms we now throw away the output IP header so it makes no
sense to fill in the nexthdr field. For transport mode we can now let
the function transport_finish do the setting and it knows where the
nexthdr field is.
The only other thing that needs the nexthdr field to be set is the
header extraction code. However, we can simply move the protocol
extraction out of the generic header extraction.
We want to minimise the amount of info we have to carry around between
transforms as this simplifies the resumption process for async crypto.
Signed-off-by: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Currently x->lastused is u64 which means that it cannot be
read/written atomically on all architectures. David Miller observed
that the value stored in it is only an unsigned long which is always
atomic.
So based on his suggestion this patch changes the internal
representation from u64 to unsigned long while the user-interface
still refers to it as u64.
Signed-off-by: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
As part of the work on asynchronous cryptographic operations, we need
to be able to resume from the spot where they occur. As such, it
helps if we isolate them to one spot.
This patch moves most of the remaining family-specific processing into
the common input code.
Signed-off-by: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds support for async resumptions on output. To do so,
the transform would return -EINPROGRESS and subsequently invoke the
function xfrm_output_resume to resume processing.
Signed-off-by: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
As part of the work on asynchrnous cryptographic operations, we need
to be able to resume from the spot where they occur. As such, it
helps if we isolate them to one spot.
This patch moves most of the remaining family-specific processing into
the common output code.
Signed-off-by: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Most callers of the LOCAL_OUT chain will set the IP packet length
before doing so. They also share the same output function dst_output.
This patch creates a new function called ip6_local_out which does all
of that and converts the appropriate users over to it.
Apart from removing duplicate code, it will also help in merging the
IPsec output path.
Signed-off-by: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Most callers of the LOCAL_OUT chain will set the IP packet length and
header checksum before doing so. They also share the same output
function dst_output.
This patch creates a new function called ip_local_out which does all
of that and converts the appropriate users over to it.
Apart from removing duplicate code, it will also help in merging the
IPsec output path once the same thing is done for IPv6.
Signed-off-by: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
With inter-family transforms the inner mode differs from the outer
mode. Attempting to handle both sides from the same function means
that it needs to handle both IPv4 and IPv6 which creates duplication
and confusion.
This patch separates the two parts on the input path so that each
function deals with one family only.
In particular, the functions xfrm4_extract_inut/xfrm6_extract_inut
moves the pertinent fields from the IPv4/IPv6 IP headers into a
neutral format stored in skb->cb. This is then used by the inner mode
input functions to modify the inner IP header. In this way the input
function no longer has to know about the outer address family.
Signed-off-by: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
With inter-family transforms the inner mode differs from the outer
mode. Attempting to handle both sides from the same function means
that it needs to handle both IPv4 and IPv6 which creates duplication
and confusion.
This patch separates the two parts on the output path so that each
function deals with one family only.
In particular, the functions xfrm4_extract_output/xfrm6_extract_output
moves the pertinent fields from the IPv4/IPv6 IP headers into a
neutral format stored in skb->cb. This is then used by the outer mode
output functions to write the outer IP header. In this way the output
function no longer has to know about the inner address family.
Since the extract functions are only called by tunnel modes (the only
modes that can support inter-family transforms), I've also moved the
xfrm*_tunnel_check_size calls into them. This allows the correct ICMP
message to be sent as opposed to now where you might call icmp_send
with an IPv6 packet and vice versa.
Signed-off-by: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch changes the prototype of ipv4_copy_dscp and ipv6_copy_dscp so
that they directly take the outer DSCP rather than the outer IP header.
This will help us to unify the code for inter-family tunnels.
Signed-off-by: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Half of the code in xfrm4_bundle_create and xfrm6_bundle_create are
common. This patch extracts that logic and puts it into
xfrm_bundle_create. The rest of it are then accessed through afinfo.
As a result this fixes the problem with inter-family transforms where
we treat every xfrm dst in the bundle as if it belongs to the top
family.
This patch also fixes a long-standing error-path bug where we may free
the xfrm states twice.
Signed-off-by: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch moves the flow construction from the callers of
xfrm_dst_lookup into that function. It also changes xfrm_dst_lookup
so that it takes an xfrm state as its argument instead of explicit
addresses.
This removes any address-specific logic from the callers of
xfrm_dst_lookup which is needed to correctly support inter-family
transforms.
Signed-off-by: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The functions local_addr and remote_addr are more than what they're
needed for. The same thing can be done easily with flags on the type
object. This patch does that and simplifies the wrapper functions in
xfrm6_policy accordingly.
Signed-off-by: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The file net/netevent.h only refers to struct dst_entry * so it
doesn't need to include dst.h. I've replaced it with a forward
declaration.
Signed-off-by: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We have a number of copies of dst_discard scattered around the place
which all do the same thing, namely free a packet on the input or
output paths.
This patch deletes all of them except dst_discard and points all the
users to it.
The only non-trivial bit is decnet where it returns an error.
However, conceptually this is identical to the blackhole functions
used in IPv4 and IPv6 which do not return errors. So they should
either all return errors or all return zero. For now I've stuck with
the majority and picked zero as the return value.
It doesn't really matter in practice since few if any driver would
react differently depending on a zero return value or NET_RX_DROP.
Signed-off-by: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The dst member nfheader_len is only used by IPv6. It's also currently
creating a rather ugly alignment hole in struct dst. Therefore this patch
moves it from there into struct rt6_info.
It also reorders the fields in rt6_info to minimize holes.
Signed-off-by: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add raw drops counter for IPv4 in /proc/net/raw .
Signed-off-by: Wang Chen <wangchen@cn.fujitsu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
An IPoIB subnet on an IB fabric that spans multiple IB subnets can't
use link-local scope in multicast GIDs. The existing routines that
map IP/IPv6 multicast addresses into IB link-level addresses hard-code
the scope to link-local, and they also leave the partition key field
uninitialised. This patch adds a parameter (the link-level broadcast
address) to the mapping routines, allowing them to initialise both the
scope and the P_Key appropriately, and fixes up the call sites.
The next step will be to add a way to configure the scope for an IPoIB
interface.
Signed-off-by: Rolf Manderscheid <rvm@obsidianresearch.com>
Signed-off-by: Roland Dreier <rolandd@cisco.com>
It seems commit fda9ef5d67 introduced a RCU
protection for sk_filter(), without a rcu_dereference()
Either we need a rcu_dereference(), either a comment should explain why we
dont need it. I vote for the former.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <dada1@cosmosbay.com>
Acked-by: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
alg_key_len is the length in bits of the key, not in bytes.
Best way to fix this is to move alg_len() function from net/xfrm/xfrm_user.c
to include/net/xfrm.h, and to use it in xfrm_algo_clone()
alg_len() is renamed to xfrm_alg_len() because of its global exposition.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <dada1@cosmosbay.com>
Signed-off-by: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Both NetLabel and SELinux (other LSMs may grow to use it as well) rely
on the 'iif' field to determine the receiving network interface of
inbound packets. Unfortunately, at present this field is not
preserved across a skb clone operation which can lead to garbage
values if the cloned skb is sent back through the network stack. This
patch corrects this problem by properly copying the 'iif' field in
__skb_clone() and removing the 'iif' field assignment from
skb_act_clone() since it is no longer needed.
Also, while we are here, put the assignments in the same order as the
offsets to reduce cacheline bounces.
Signed-off-by: Paul Moore <paul.moore@hp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The even should be called SCTP_AUTHENTICATION_INDICATION.
Signed-off-by: Vlad Yasevich <vladislav.yasevich@hp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Move veth.h from net/ to linux/ since it is a user api, and add it to
user header processing Kbuild.
[ Use header-y as suggested by Sam Ravnborg. -DaveM ]
Signed-off-by: Stephen Hemminger <shemminger@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Some users do "modprobe ip_conntrack hashsize=...". Since we have the
module aliases this loads nf_conntrack_ipv4 and nf_conntrack, the
hashsize parameter is unknown for nf_conntrack_ipv4 however and makes
it fail.
Allow to specify hashsize= for both nf_conntrack and nf_conntrack_ipv4.
Note: the nf_conntrack message in the ringbuffer will display an
incorrect hashsize since nf_conntrack is first pulled in as a
dependency and calculates the size itself, then it gets changed
through a call to nf_conntrack_set_hashsize().
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
During accept/migrate the code attempts to copy the addresses from
the parent endpoint to the new endpoint. However, if the parent
was bound to a wildcard address, then we end up pointlessly copying
all of the current addresses on the system.
Signed-off-by: Vlad Yasevich <vladislav.yasevich@hp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
ip_rt_advice has been gone, so no need to keep prototype and debug message.
Signed-off-by: Denis V. Lunev <den@openvz.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
SCTP-AUTH requires selection of CRYPTO, HMAC and SHA1 since
SHA1 is a MUST requirement for AUTH. We also support SHA256,
but that's optional, so fix the code to treat it as such.
Signed-off-by: Vlad Yasevich <vladislav.yasevich@hp.com>
The inet_ehash_locks_alloc() looks like this:
#ifdef CONFIG_NUMA
if (size > PAGE_SIZE)
x = vmalloc(...);
else
#endif
x = kmalloc(...);
Unlike it, the inet_ehash_locks_alloc() looks like this:
#ifdef CONFIG_NUMA
if (size > PAGE_SIZE)
vfree(x);
else
#else
kfree(x);
#endif
The error is obvious - if the NUMA is on and the size
is less than the PAGE_SIZE we leak the pointer (kfree is
inside the #else branch).
Compiler doesn't warn us because after the kfree(x) there's
a "x = NULL" assignment, so here's another (minor?) bug: we
don't set x to NULL under certain circumstances.
Boring explanation, I know... Patch explains it better.
Signed-off-by: Pavel Emelyanov <xemul@openvz.org>
Signed-off-by: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au>
if (net_ratelimit())
IEEE80211_DEBUG_DROP(...)
can pollute the logs with messages like:
printk: 1 messages suppressed.
printk: 2 messages suppressed.
printk: 7 messages suppressed.
if debugging information is disabled. These messages are printed by
net_ratelimit(). Add a wrapper to net_ratelimit() that takes into account
the log level, so that net_ratelimit() is called only when we really want
to print something.
Signed-off-by: Guillaume Chazarain <guichaz@yahoo.fr>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
When the abstraction functions got added, conversion here was
made incorrectly. As a result, the skb may end up pointing
to skb which got included to the probe skb and then was freed.
For it to trigger, however, skb_transmit must fail sending as
well.
Signed-off-by: Ilpo Jrvinen <ilpo.jarvinen@helsinki.fi>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Switch the remaining IPVS sysctl entries over to to use CTL_UNNUMBERED,
I stronly doubt that anyone is using the sys_sysctl interface to
these variables.
Signed-off-by: Simon Horman <horms@verge.net.au>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
sysctl table check failed: /net/ipv4/vs/lblc_expiration .3.5.21.19 Missing strategy
[...]
sysctl table check failed: /net/ipv4/vs/lblcr_expiration .3.5.21.20 Missing strategy
Switch these entried over to use CTL_UNNUMBERED as clearly
the sys_syscal portion wasn't working.
This is along the same lines as Christian Borntraeger's patch that fixes
up entries with no stratergy in net/ipv4/ipvs/ip_vs_ctl.c
Signed-off-by: Simon Horman <horms@verge.net.au>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Running the latest git code I get the following messages during boot:
sysctl table check failed: /net/ipv4/vs/drop_entry .3.5.21.4 Missing strategy
[...]
sysctl table check failed: /net/ipv4/vs/drop_packet .3.5.21.5 Missing strategy
[...]
sysctl table check failed: /net/ipv4/vs/secure_tcp .3.5.21.6 Missing strategy
[...]
sysctl table check failed: /net/ipv4/vs/sync_threshold .3.5.21.24 Missing strategy
I removed the binary sysctl handler for those messages and also removed
the definitions in ip_vs.h. The alternative would be to implement a
proper strategy handler, but syscall sysctl is deprecated.
There are other sysctl definitions that are commented out or work with
the default sysctl_data strategy. I did not touch these.
Signed-off-by: Christian Borntraeger <borntraeger@de.ibm.com>
Acked-by: Simon Horman <horms@verge.net.au>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Indeed my previous change to alloc_pskb has made it possible
for the TCP header to be misaligned iff the MTU is not a multiple
of 4 (and less than a page). So I suspect the optimised IPsec
MTU calculation is giving you just such an MTU :)
This patch fixes it by changing alloc_pskb to make sure that
the size is at least 32-bit aligned. This does not cause the
problem fixed by the previous patch because max_header is always
32-bit aligned which means that in the SG/NOTSO case this will
be a no-op.
I thought about putting this in the callers but all the current
callers are from TCP. If and when we get a non-TCP caller we
can always create a TCP wrapper for this function and move the
alignment over there.
Signed-off-by: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The request_sock_queue's listen_opt is either vmalloc-ed or
kmalloc-ed depending on the number of table entries. Thus it
is expected to be handled properly on free, which is done in
the reqsk_queue_destroy().
However the error path in inet_csk_listen_start() calls
the lite version of reqsk_queue_destroy, called
__reqsk_queue_destroy, which calls the kfree unconditionally.
Fix this and move the __reqsk_queue_destroy into a .c file as
it looks too big to be inline.
As David also noticed, this is an error recovery path only,
so no locking is required and the lopt is known to be not NULL.
reqsk_queue_yank_listen_sk is also now only used in
net/core/request_sock.c so we should move it there too.
Signed-off-by: Pavel Emelyanov <xemul@openvz.org>
Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <dada1@cosmosbay.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We round up the header size in sk_stream_alloc_pskb so that
TSO packets get zero tail room. Unfortunately this rounding
up is not coordinated with the select_size() function used by
TCP to calculate the second parameter of sk_stream_alloc_pskb.
As a result, we may allocate more than a page of data in the
non-TSO case when exactly one page is desired.
In fact, rounding up the head room is detrimental in the non-TSO
case because it makes memory that would otherwise be available to
the payload head room. TSO doesn't need this either, all it wants
is the guarantee that there is no tail room.
So this patch fixes this by adjusting the skb_reserve call so that
exactly the requested amount (which all callers have calculated in
a precise way) is made available as tail room.
Signed-off-by: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch reverts Eric's commit 2b008b0a8e
It diets .text & .data section of the kernel if CONFIG_NET_NS is not set.
This is safe after list operations cleanup.
Signed-of-by: Denis V. Lunev <den@openvz.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The inetpeer.c tracks the LRU list of inet_perr-s, but makes
it by hands. Use the list_head-s for this.
Signed-off-by: Pavel Emelyanov <xemul@openvz.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch fixes a small memory leak. Default fib rules can be deleted by
the user if the rule does not carry FIB_RULE_PERMANENT flag, f.e. by
ip rule flush
Such a rule will not be freed as the ref-counter has 2 on start and becomes
clearly unreachable after removal.
Signed-off-by: Denis V. Lunev <den@openvz.org>
Acked-by: Alexey Kuznetsov <kuznet@ms2.inr.ac.ru>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This counter is _always_ modified under the unix_gc_lock spinlock,
so its atomicity can be provided w/o additional efforts.
Signed-off-by: Pavel Emelyanov <xemul@openvz.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The driver operations set_ieee8021x(), set_port_auth() and
set_privacy_invoked() are not used by any drivers, except
set_privacy_invoked() they aren't even used by mac80211.
Remove them at least until we need to support drivers with
mac80211 that require getting this information.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Acked-by: Michael Wu <flamingice@sourmilk.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This allows a driver to ask for a specific rate control algorithm.
The rate control algorithm asked for must be registered and be
available as a module or built-in.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
There are many places that get the dst entry, increase the
__use counter and set the "lastuse" time stamp.
Make a helper for this.
Signed-off-by: Pavel Emelyanov <xemul@openvz.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
SCTP-AUTH and future ADD-IP updates have a requirement to
do additional verification of parameters and an ability to
ABORT the association if verification fails. So, introduce
additional return code so that we can clear signal a required
action.
Signed-off-by: Vlad Yasevich <vladislav.yasevich@hp.com>
This patch adds a tunable that will allow ADD_IP to work without
AUTH for backward compatibility. The default value is off since
the default value for ADD_IP is off as well. People who need
to use ADD-IP with older implementations take risks of connection
hijacking and should consider upgrading or turning this tunable on.
Signed-off-by: Vlad Yasevich <vladislav.yasevich@hp.com>
After learning more about rcu, it looks like the ADD-IP hadling
doesn't need to call call_rcu_bh. All the rcu critical sections
use rcu_read_lock, so using call_rcu_bh is wrong here.
Now, restore the local_bh_disable() code blocks and use normal
call_rcu() calls. Also restore the missing return statement.
Signed-off-by: Vlad Yasevich <vladislav.yasevich@hp.com>
Commit d0ce92910b broke several retransmit
cases including fast retransmit. The reason is that we should
only delay by rto while doing retranmists as a result of a timeout.
Retransmit as a result of path mtu discover, fast retransmit, or
other evernts that should trigger immidiate retransmissions got broken.
Also, since rto is doubled prior to marking of packets elegable for
retransmission, we never marked correct chunks anyway.
The fix is provide a reason for a given retransmission so that we
can mark chunks appropriately and to save the old rto value to do
comparisons against.
All regressions tests passed with this code.
Spotted by Wei Yongjun <yjwei@cn.fujitsu.com>
Signed-off-by: Vlad Yasevich <vladislav.yasevich@hp.com>
As done two years ago on IP route cache table (commit
22c047ccbc) , we can avoid using one
lock per hash bucket for the huge TCP/DCCP hash tables.
On a typical x86_64 platform, this saves about 2MB or 4MB of ram, for
litle performance differences. (we hit a different cache line for the
rwlock, but then the bucket cache line have a better sharing factor
among cpus, since we dirty it less often). For netstat or ss commands
that want a full scan of hash table, we perform fewer memory accesses.
Using a 'small' table of hashed rwlocks should be more than enough to
provide correct SMP concurrency between different buckets, without
using too much memory. Sizing of this table depends on
num_possible_cpus() and various CONFIG settings.
This patch provides some locking abstraction that may ease a future
work using a different model for TCP/DCCP table.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <dada1@cosmosbay.com>
Acked-by: Arnaldo Carvalho de Melo <acme@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch makes the master daemon to sync the connection when it is about
to close. This makes the connections on the backup to close or timeout
according their state. Before the sync was performed only if the
connection is in ESTABLISHED state which always made the connections to
timeout in the hard coded 3 minutes. However the Andy Gospodarek's patch
([IPVS]: use proper timeout instead of fixed value) effectively did nothing
more than increasing this to 15 minutes (Established state timeout). So
this patch makes use of proper timeout since it syncs the connections on
status changes to FIN_WAIT (2min timeout) and CLOSE (10sec timeout).
However if the backup misses CLOSE hopefully it did not miss FIN_WAIT.
Otherwise we will just have to wait for the ESTABLISHED state timeout. As
it is without this patch. This way the number of the hanging connections
on the backup is kept to minimum. And very few of them will be left to
timeout with a long timeout.
This is important if we want to make use of the fix for the real server
overcommit on master/backup fail-over.
Signed-off-by: Rumen G. Bogdanovski <rumen@voicecho.com>
Signed-off-by: Simon Horman <horms@verge.net.au>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch fixes the problem with node overload on director fail-over.
Given the scenario: 2 nodes each accepting 3 connections at a time and 2
directors, director failover occurs when the nodes are fully loaded (6
connections to the cluster) in this case the new director will assign
another 6 connections to the cluster, If the same real servers exist
there.
The problem turned to be in not binding the inherited connections to
the real servers (destinations) on the backup director. Therefore:
"ipvsadm -l" reports 0 connections:
root@test2:~# ipvsadm -l
IP Virtual Server version 1.2.1 (size=4096)
Prot LocalAddress:Port Scheduler Flags
-> RemoteAddress:Port Forward Weight ActiveConn InActConn
TCP test2.local:5999 wlc
-> node473.local:5999 Route 1000 0 0
-> node484.local:5999 Route 1000 0 0
while "ipvs -lnc" is right
root@test2:~# ipvsadm -lnc
IPVS connection entries
pro expire state source virtual destination
TCP 14:56 ESTABLISHED 192.168.0.10:39164 192.168.0.222:5999
192.168.0.51:5999
TCP 14:59 ESTABLISHED 192.168.0.10:39165 192.168.0.222:5999
192.168.0.52:5999
So the patch I am sending fixes the problem by binding the received
connections to the appropriate service on the backup director, if it
exists, else the connection will be handled the old way. So if the
master and the backup directors are synchronized in terms of real
services there will be no problem with server over-committing since
new connections will not be created on the nonexistent real services
on the backup. However if the service is created later on the backup,
the binding will be performed when the next connection update is
received. With this patch the inherited connections will show as
inactive on the backup:
root@test2:~# ipvsadm -l
IP Virtual Server version 1.2.1 (size=4096)
Prot LocalAddress:Port Scheduler Flags
-> RemoteAddress:Port Forward Weight ActiveConn InActConn
TCP test2.local:5999 wlc
-> node473.local:5999 Route 1000 0 1
-> node484.local:5999 Route 1000 0 1
rumen@test2:~$ cat /proc/net/ip_vs
IP Virtual Server version 1.2.1 (size=4096)
Prot LocalAddress:Port Scheduler Flags
-> RemoteAddress:Port Forward Weight ActiveConn InActConn
TCP C0A800DE:176F wlc
-> C0A80033:176F Route 1000 0 1
-> C0A80032:176F Route 1000 0 1
Regards,
Rumen Bogdanovski
Acked-by: Julian Anastasov <ja@ssi.bg>
Signed-off-by: Rumen G. Bogdanovski <rumen@voicecho.com>
Signed-off-by: Simon Horman <horms@verge.net.au>
There are places that check for CONFIG_IP_MULTIPLE_TABLES
twice in the same file, but the internals of these #ifdefs
can be merged.
As a side effect - remove one ifdef from inside a function.
Signed-off-by: Pavel Emelyanov <xemul@openvz.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
"struct proto" currently uses an array stats[NR_CPUS] to track change on
'inuse' sockets per protocol.
If NR_CPUS is big, this means we use a big memory area for this.
Moreover, all this memory area is located on a single node on NUMA
machines, increasing memory pressure on the boot node.
In this patch, I tried to :
- Keep a fast !CONFIG_SMP implementation
- Keep a fast CONFIG_SMP implementation for often used protocols
(tcp,udp,raw,...)
- Introduce a NUMA efficient implementation
Some helper macros are defined in include/net/sock.h
These macros take into account CONFIG_SMP
If a "struct proto" is declared without using DEFINE_PROTO_INUSE /
REF_PROTO_INUSE
macros, it will automatically use a default implementation, using a
dynamically allocated percpu zone.
This default implementation will be NUMA efficient, but might use 32/64
bytes per possible cpu
because of current alloc_percpu() implementation.
However it still should be better than previous implementation based on
stats[NR_CPUS] field.
When a "struct proto" is changed to use the new macros, we use a single
static "int" percpu variable,
lowering the memory and cpu costs, still preserving NUMA efficiency.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <dada1@cosmosbay.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Not architecture specific code should not #include <asm/scatterlist.h>.
This patch therefore either replaces them with
#include <linux/scatterlist.h> or simply removes them if they were
unused.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Bunk <bunk@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <jens.axboe@oracle.com>
When the CONFIG_NET_NS is n there's no need in refcounting
the initial net namespace. So relax this code by making a
stupid stubs for the "n" case.
Signed-off-by: Pavel Emelyanov <xemul@openvz.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Finally, the zero_it argument can be completely removed from
the callers and from the function prototype.
Besides, fix the checkpatch.pl warnings about using the
assignments inside if-s.
This patch is rather big, and it is a part of the previous one.
I splitted it wishing to make the patches more readable. Hope
this particular split helped.
Signed-off-by: Pavel Emelyanov <xemul@openvz.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The sock_copy() call is not used outside the sock.c file,
so just move it into a sock.c
Signed-off-by: Pavel Emelyanov <xemul@openvz.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
Acked-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
It is not safe to to place struct pernet_operations in a special section.
We need struct pernet_operations to last until we call unregister_pernet_subsys.
Which doesn't happen until module unload.
So marking struct pernet_operations is a disaster for modules in two ways.
- We discard it before we call the exit method it points to.
- Because I keep struct pernet_operations on a linked list discarding
it for compiled in code removes elements in the middle of a linked
list and does horrible things for linked insert.
So this looks safe assuming __exit_refok is not discarded
for modules.
Signed-off-by: Eric W. Biederman <ebiederm@xmission.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch makes three needlessly global functions static.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Bunk <bunk@kernel.org>
Acked-by: Vlad Yasevich <vladislav.yasevich@hp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
sctp_update_copy_cksum() is no longer used.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Bunk <bunk@kernel.org>
Acked-by: Vlad Yasevich <vladislav.yasevich@hp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Reworked skb_clone looks uglier with the single ifdef
CONFIG_NET_CLS_ACT This patch introduces skb_act_clone which will
replace skb_clone in tc actions
Signed-off-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <hadi@cyberus.ca>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
UDP currently uses skb->dev->ifindex which may provide the wrong
information when the socket bound to a specific interface.
This patch makes inet_iif() accessible to UDP and makes UDP use it.
The scenario we are trying to fix is when a client is running on
the same system and the server and both client and server bind to
a non-loopback device.
Signed-off-by: Vlad Yasevich <vladislav.yasevich@hp.com>
Acked-by: David L Stevens <dlstevens@us.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Some are already declared in include/linux/netdevice.h, while
some others (xfrm ones) need to be declared.
The driver/net/rrunner.c just uses same extern as well, so
cleanup it also.
Signed-off-by: Pavel Emelyanov <xemul@openvz.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The tcp_minshall_update() function is called in exactly one place, and is
passed an unsigned integer for the mss_len argument. Make the sign of the
argument match the sign of the passed variable in order to eliminate an
unneeded implicit type cast and a mixed sign comparison in
tcp_minshall_update().
Signed-off-by: Chuck Lever <chuck.lever@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
With the Bluetooth 1.2 specification the Extended SCO feature for
better audio connections was introduced. So far the Bluetooth core
wasn't able to handle any eSCO connections correctly. This patch
adds simple eSCO support while keeping backward compatibility with
older devices.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
In case the remote entity tries to negogiate retransmission or flow
control mode, reject it and fall back to basic mode.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
The Bluetooth 1.2 specification introduced a specific features mask
value to interoperate with newer versions of the specification. So far
this piece of information was never needed, but future extensions will
rely on it. This patch adds a generic way to retrieve this information
only once per connection setup.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
After the change to the L2CAP configuration parameter handling the
global conf_mtu variable is no longer needed and so remove it.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
The Bluetooth HCI commands are divided into logical OGF groups for
easier identification of their purposes. While this still makes sense
for the written specification, its makes the code only more complex
and harder to read. So instead of using separate OGF and OCF values
to identify the commands, use a common 16-bit opcode that combines
both values. As a side effect this also reduces the complexity of
OGF and OCF calculations during command header parsing.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
The task_struct->pid member is going to be deprecated, so start
using the helpers (task_pid_nr/task_pid_vnr/task_pid_nr_ns) in
the kernel.
The first thing to start with is the pid, printed to dmesg - in
this case we may safely use task_pid_nr(). Besides, printks produce
more (much more) than a half of all the explicit pid usage.
[akpm@linux-foundation.org: git-drm went and changed lots of stuff]
Signed-off-by: Pavel Emelyanov <xemul@openvz.org>
Cc: Dave Airlie <airlied@linux.ie>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
This is the largest patch in the set. Make all (I hope) the places where
the pid is shown to or get from user operate on the virtual pids.
The idea is:
- all in-kernel data structures must store either struct pid itself
or the pid's global nr, obtained with pid_nr() call;
- when seeking the task from kernel code with the stored id one
should use find_task_by_pid() call that works with global pids;
- when showing pid's numerical value to the user the virtual one
should be used, but however when one shows task's pid outside this
task's namespace the global one is to be used;
- when getting the pid from userspace one need to consider this as
the virtual one and use appropriate task/pid-searching functions.
[akpm@linux-foundation.org: build fix]
[akpm@linux-foundation.org: nuther build fix]
[akpm@linux-foundation.org: yet nuther build fix]
[akpm@linux-foundation.org: remove unneeded casts]
Signed-off-by: Pavel Emelyanov <xemul@openvz.org>
Signed-off-by: Alexey Dobriyan <adobriyan@openvz.org>
Cc: Sukadev Bhattiprolu <sukadev@us.ibm.com>
Cc: Oleg Nesterov <oleg@tv-sign.ru>
Cc: Paul Menage <menage@google.com>
Cc: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
This patch adds a new field to xfrm states called inner_mode. The existing
mode object is renamed to outer_mode.
This is the first part of an attempt to fix inter-family transforms. As it
is we always use the outer family when determining which mode to use. As a
result we may end up shoving IPv4 packets into netfilter6 and vice versa.
What we really want is to use the inner family for the first part of outbound
processing and the outer family for the second part. For inbound processing
we'd use the opposite pairing.
I've also added a check to prevent silly combinations such as transport mode
with inter-family transforms.
Signed-off-by: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
It is convenient to have a pointer from xfrm_state to address-specific
functions such as the output function for a family. Currently the
address-specific policy code calls out to the xfrm state code to get
those pointers when we could get it in an easier way via the state
itself.
This patch adds an xfrm_state_afinfo to xfrm_mode (since they're
address-specific) and changes the policy code to use it. I've also
added an owner field to do reference counting on the module providing
the afinfo even though it isn't strictly necessary today since IPv6
can't be unloaded yet.
Signed-off-by: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Currently BEET mode does not reinject the packet back into the stack
like tunnel mode does. Since BEET should behave just like tunnel mode
this is incorrect.
This patch fixes this by introducing a flags field to xfrm_mode that
tells the IPsec code whether it should terminate and reinject the packet
back into the stack.
It then sets the flag for BEET and tunnel mode.
I've also added a number of missing BEET checks elsewhere where we check
whether a given mode is a tunnel or not.
Signed-off-by: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The type and mode maps are only used by SAs, not policies. So it makes
sense to move them from xfrm_policy.c into xfrm_state.c. This also allows
us to mark xfrm_get_type/xfrm_put_type/xfrm_get_mode/xfrm_put_mode as
static.
The only other change I've made in the move is to get rid of the casts
on the request_module call for types. They're unnecessary because C
will promote them to ints anyway.
Signed-off-by: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Currently xfrm6_rcv_spi gets the nexthdr value itself from the packet.
This means that we need to fix up the value in case we have a 4-on-6
tunnel. Moving this logic into the caller simplifies things and allows
us to merge the code with IPv4.
Signed-off-by: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch moves the tunnel parsing for IPv4 out of xfrm4_input and into
xfrm4_tunnel. This change is in line with what IPv6 does and will allow
us to merge the two input functions.
Signed-off-by: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The proposed fix is to delay the reference counter decrement
until the quiescent state pass. This will give sk_clone() a
chance to get the reference on the cloned filter.
Regular sk_filter_uncharge can happen from the sk_free() only
and there's no need in delaying the put - the socket is dead
anyway and is to be release itself.
Signed-off-by: Pavel Emelyanov <xemul@openvz.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This is done merely as a preparation for the fix.
The sk_filter_uncharge() unaccounts the filter memory and calls
the sk_filter_release(), which in turn decrements the refcount
anf frees the filter.
The latter function will be required separately.
Signed-off-by: Pavel Emelyanov <xemul@openvz.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Since this callback is used to check for conflicts in
hashtable when inserting a newly created frag queue, we can
do the same by checking for matching the queue with the
argument, used to create one.
Signed-off-by: Pavel Emelyanov <xemul@openvz.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Here we need another callback ->match to check whether the
entry found in hash matches the key passed. The key used
is the same as the creation argument for inet_frag_create.
Yet again, this ->match is the same for netfilter and ipv6.
Running a frew steps forward - this callback will later
replace the ->equal one.
Since the inet_frag_find() uses the already consolidated
inet_frag_create() remove the xxx_frag_create from protocol
codes.
Signed-off-by: Pavel Emelyanov <xemul@openvz.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This one uses the xxx_frag_intern() and xxx_frag_alloc()
routines, which are already consolidated, so remove them
from protocol code (as promised).
The ->constructor callback is used to init the rest of
the frag queue and it is the same for netfilter and ipv6.
Signed-off-by: Pavel Emelyanov <xemul@openvz.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Just perform the kzalloc() allocation and setup common
fields in the inet_frag_queue(). Then return the result
to the caller to initialize the rest.
The inet_frag_alloc() may return NULL, so check the
return value before doing the container_of(). This looks
ugly, but the xxx_frag_alloc() will be removed soon.
The xxx_expire() timer callbacks are patches,
because the argument is now the inet_frag_queue, not
the protocol specific queue.
Signed-off-by: Pavel Emelyanov <xemul@openvz.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This routine checks for the existence of a given entry
in the hash table and inserts the new one if needed.
The ->equal callback is used to compare two frag_queue-s
together, but this one is temporary and will be removed
later. The netfilter code and the ipv6 one use the same
routine to compare frags.
The inet_frag_intern() always returns non-NULL pointer,
so convert the inet_frag_queue into protocol specific
one (with the container_of) without any checks.
Signed-off-by: Pavel Emelyanov <xemul@openvz.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
A sysctl method was added to enable and disable debugging levels. After
further review, it was decided that there are better approaches to doing this
and the sysctl methodology isn't really desirable. This patch removes the
sysctl code from 9p.
Signed-off-by: Eric Van Hensbergen <ericvh@gmail.com>
This patch moves transport dynamic registration and matching to the net
module to prevent a bad Kconfig dependency between the net and fs 9p modules.
Signed-off-by: Eric Van Hensbergen <ericvh@gmail.com>
The 9P2000 protocol requires the authentication and permission checks to be
done in the file server. For that reason every user that accesses the file
server tree has to authenticate and attach to the server separately.
Multiple users can share the same connection to the server.
Currently v9fs does a single attach and executes all I/O operations as a
single user. This makes using v9fs in multiuser environment unsafe as it
depends on the client doing the permission checking.
This patch improves the 9P2000 support by allowing every user to attach
separately. The patch defines three modes of access (new mount option
'access'):
- attach-per-user (access=user) (default mode for 9P2000.u)
If a user tries to access a file served by v9fs for the first time, v9fs
sends an attach command to the server (Tattach) specifying the user. If
the attach succeeds, the user can access the v9fs tree.
As there is no uname->uid (string->integer) mapping yet, this mode works
only with the 9P2000.u dialect.
- allow only one user to access the tree (access=<uid>)
Only the user with uid can access the v9fs tree. Other users that attempt
to access it will get EPERM error.
- do all operations as a single user (access=any) (default for 9P2000)
V9fs does a single attach and all operations are done as a single user.
If this mode is selected, the v9fs behavior is identical with the current
one.
Signed-off-by: Latchesar Ionkov <lucho@ionkov.net>
Signed-off-by: Eric Van Hensbergen <ericvh@gmail.com>
This patch abstracts out the interfaces to underlying transports so that
new transports can be added as modules. This should also allow kernel
configuration of transports without ifdef-hell.
Signed-off-by: Eric Van Hensbergen <ericvh@gmail.com>
With all the users of the double pointers removed from the IPv6 input path,
this patch converts all occurances of sk_buff ** to sk_buff * in IPv6 input
handlers.
Signed-off-by: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
These ones use the generic data types too, so move
them in one place.
Signed-off-by: Pavel Emelyanov <xemul@openvz.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The evictors collect some statistics for ipv4 and ipv6,
so make it return the number of evicted queues and account
them all at once in the caller.
The XXX_ADD_STATS_BH() macros are just for this case,
but maybe there are places in code, that can make use of
them as well.
Signed-off-by: Pavel Emelyanov <xemul@openvz.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
To make in possible we need to know the exact frag queue
size for inet_frags->mem management and two callbacks:
* to destoy the skb (optional, used in conntracks only)
* to free the queue itself (mandatory, but later I plan to
move the allocation and the destruction of frag_queues
into the common place, so this callback will most likely
be optional too).
Signed-off-by: Pavel Emelyanov <xemul@openvz.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This code works with the generic data types as well, so
move this into inet_fragment.c
This move makes it possible to hide the secret_timer
management and the secret_rebuild routine completely in
the inet_fragment.c
Introduce the ->hashfn() callback in inet_frags() to get
the hashfun for a given inet_frag_queue() object.
Signed-off-by: Pavel Emelyanov <xemul@openvz.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Since now all the xxx_frag_kill functions now work
with the generic inet_frag_queue data type, this can
be moved into a common place.
The xxx_unlink() code is moved as well.
Signed-off-by: Pavel Emelyanov <xemul@openvz.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Some sysctl variables are used to tune the frag queues
management and it will be useful to work with them in
a common way in the future, so move them into one
structure, moreover they are the same for all the frag
management codes.
I don't place them in the existing inet_frags object,
introduced in the previous patch for two reasons:
1. to keep them in the __read_mostly section;
2. not to export the whole inet_frags objects outside.
Signed-off-by: Pavel Emelyanov <xemul@openvz.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There are some objects that are common in all the places
which are used to keep track of frag queues, they are:
* hash table
* LRU list
* rw lock
* rnd number for hash function
* the number of queues
* the amount of memory occupied by queues
* secret timer
Move all this stuff into one structure (struct inet_frags)
to make it possible use them uniformly in the future. Like
with the previous patch this mostly consists of hunks like
- write_lock(&ipfrag_lock);
+ write_lock(&ip4_frags.lock);
To address the issue with exporting the number of queues and
the amount of memory occupied by queues outside the .c file
they are declared in, I introduce a couple of helpers.
Signed-off-by: Pavel Emelyanov <xemul@openvz.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Introduce the struct inet_frag_queue in include/net/inet_frag.h
file and place there all the common fields from three structs:
* struct ipq in ipv4/ip_fragment.c
* struct nf_ct_frag6_queue in nf_conntrack_reasm.c
* struct frag_queue in ipv6/reassembly.c
After this, replace these fields on appropriate structures with
this structure instance and fix the users to use correct names
i.e. hunks like
- atomic_dec(&fq->refcnt);
+ atomic_dec(&fq->q.refcnt);
(these occupy most of the patch)
Signed-off-by: Pavel Emelyanov <xemul@openvz.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
With all the users of the double pointers removed, this patch mops up by
finally replacing all occurances of sk_buff ** in the netfilter API by
sk_buff *.
Signed-off-by: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch removes the IPVS-specific version of skb_make_writable and
replaces it with the netfilter one.
Signed-off-by: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Now that ip_frag always returns the packet given to it on input, we can
change it to return an integer indicating error instead. This patch does
that and updates all its callers accordingly.
Signed-off-by: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
As discussed before, this patch provides userland with a way to access
relevant options in Router Advertisements, after they are processed
and validated by the kernel. Extra options are processed in a generic
way; this patch only exports RDNSS options described in RFC5006, but
support to control which options are exported could be easily added.
A new rtnetlink message type is defined, to transport Neighbor
Discovery options, along with optional context information. At the
moment only the address of the router sending an RDNSS option is
included, but additional attributes may be later defined, if needed by
new use cases.
Signed-off-by: Pierre Ynard <linkfanel@yahoo.fr>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
found via make randconfig build testing:
net/built-in.o: In function `init_p9':
mod.c:(.init.text+0x3b39): undefined reference to `p9_sysctl_register'
net/built-in.o: In function `exit_p9':
mod.c:(.exit.text+0x36b): undefined reference to `p9_sysctl_unregister'
Signed-off-by: Ingo Molnar <mingo@elte.hu>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch make processing netlink user -> kernel messages synchronious.
This change was inspired by the talk with Alexey Kuznetsov about current
netlink messages processing. He says that he was badly wrong when introduced
asynchronious user -> kernel communication.
The call netlink_unicast is the only path to send message to the kernel
netlink socket. But, unfortunately, it is also used to send data to the
user.
Before this change the user message has been attached to the socket queue
and sk->sk_data_ready was called. The process has been blocked until all
pending messages were processed. The bad thing is that this processing
may occur in the arbitrary process context.
This patch changes nlk->data_ready callback to get 1 skb and force packet
processing right in the netlink_unicast.
Kernel -> user path in netlink_unicast remains untouched.
EINTR processing for in netlink_run_queue was changed. It forces rtnl_lock
drop, but the process remains in the cycle until the message will be fully
processed. So, there is no need to use this kludges now.
Signed-off-by: Denis V. Lunev <den@openvz.org>
Acked-by: Alexey Kuznetsov <kuznet@ms2.inr.ac.ru>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch fixes a few typos in comments in include/net/netlink.h
Signed-off-by: Pierre Ynard <linkfanel@yahoo.fr>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Expansion of original idea from Denis V. Lunev <den@openvz.org>
Add robustness and locking to the local_port_range sysctl.
1. Enforce that low < high when setting.
2. Use seqlock to ensure atomic update.
The locking might seem like overkill, but there are
cases where sysadmin might want to change value in the
middle of a DoS attack.
Signed-off-by: Stephen Hemminger <shemminger@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add port randomization rather than a simple fixed rover
for use with SCTP. This makes it act similar to TCP, UDP, DCCP
when allocating ports.
No longer need port_alloc_lock as well (suggestion by Brian Haley).
Signed-off-by: Stephen Hemminger <shemminger@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch removes the duplicate ipv6_{auth,esp,comp}_hdr structures since
they're identical to the IPv4 versions. Duplicating them would only create
problems for ourselves later when we need to add things like extended
sequence numbers.
I've also added transport header type conversion headers for these types
which are now used by the transforms.
Signed-off-by: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The IPv6 calling convention for x->mode->output is more general and could
help an eventual protocol-generic x->type->output implementation. This
patch adopts it for IPv4 as well and modifies the IPv4 type output functions
accordingly.
It also rewrites the IPv6 mac/transport header calculation to be based off
the network header where practical.
Signed-off-by: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch moves some common code that conceptually belongs to the xfrm core
from af_key/xfrm_user into xfrm_alloc_spi.
In particular, the spin lock on the state is now taken inside xfrm_alloc_spi.
Previously it also protected the construction of the response PF_KEY/XFRM
messages to user-space. This is inconsistent as other identical constructions
are not protected by the state lock. This is bad because they in fact should
be protected but only in certain spots (so as not to hold the lock for too
long which may cause packet drops).
The SPI byte order conversion has also been moved.
Signed-off-by: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
With the net namespaces many code leaved the __init section,
thus making the kernel occupy more memory than it did before.
Since we have a config option that prohibits the namespace
creation, the functions that initialize/finalize some netns
stuff are simply not needed and can be freed after the boot.
Currently, this is almost not noticeable, since few calls
are no longer in __init, but when the namespaces will be
merged it will be possible to free more code. I propose to
use the __net_init, __net_exit and __net_initdata "attributes"
for functions/variables that are not used if the CONFIG_NET_NS
is not set to save more space in memory.
The exiting functions cannot just reside in the __exit section,
as noticed by David, since the init section will have
references on it and the compilation will fail due to modpost
checks. These references can exist, since the init namespace
never dies and the exit callbacks are never called. So I
introduce the __exit_refok attribute just like it is already
done with the __init_refok.
Signed-off-by: Pavel Emelyanov <xemul@openvz.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Now that the only callers of xfrm_replay_notify are in xfrm, we can remove
the export.
This patch also removes xfrm_aevent_doreplay since it's now called in just
one spot.
Signed-off-by: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The replay counter is one of only two remaining things in the output code
that requires a lock on the xfrm state (the other being the crypto). This
patch moves it into the generic xfrm_output so we can remove the lock from
the transforms themselves.
Signed-off-by: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The functions xfrm_state_check and xfrm_state_check_space are only used by
the output code in xfrm_output.c so we can move them over.
Signed-off-by: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Most of the code in xfrm4_output_one and xfrm6_output_one are identical so
this patch moves them into a common xfrm_output function which will live
in net/xfrm.
In fact this would seem to fix a bug as on IPv4 we never reset the network
header after a transform which may upset netfilter later on.
Signed-off-by: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The keys are only used during initialisation so we don't need to carry them
in esp_data. Since we don't have to allocate them again, there is no need
to place a limit on the authentication key length anymore.
Signed-off-by: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The keys are only used during initialisation so we don't need to carry them
in esp_data. Since we don't have to allocate them again, there is no need
to place a limit on the authentication key length anymore.
This patch also kills the unused auth.icv member.
Signed-off-by: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
AF_IUCV socket programs may waste Linux storage, because af_iucv
allocates an skb whenever posted by the receive callback routine and
receives the message immediately.
Message receival is now postponed if data from previous callbacks has
not yet been transferred to the receiving socket program. Instead a
message handle is saved in a message queue as a reminder. Once
messages could be given to the receiving socket program, there is
an additional checking for entries in the message queue, followed
by skb allocation and message receival if applicable.
Signed-off-by: Ursula Braun <braunu@de.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Signed-off-by: Heiko Carstens <heiko.carstens@de.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Ursula Braun <braunu@de.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Fix a bunch of sparse warnings. Mostly about 0 used as
NULL pointer, and shadowed variable declarations.
One notable case was that hash size should have been unsigned.
Signed-off-by: Stephen Hemminger <shemminger@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Signed-off-by: Michael Buesch <mb@bu3sch.de>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds sta_notify callback and removes sta_table_notification
which was not used by any driver.
sta_notify() is essential for drivers that keeps notion of station
internally and need to be notified about removal or addition of a station
to the (I)BSS or assocation to an AP.
This version adds interface id to the parameter list
as suggested by Johannes Berg
Signed-off-by: Tomas Winkler <tomas.winkler@intel.com>
Acked-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Many devices have LEDs to indicate the link status.
Export this functionality to drivers.
Signed-off-by: Michael Buesch <mb@bu3sch.de>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This "algorithm" is used only internally and is not useful.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Cc: Michael Buesch <mb@bu3sch.de>
Acked-by: Zhu Yi <yi.zhu@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Removes the management interface since it is only required
for hostapd/userspace MLME, will not be in the final tree
at least in this form and hostapd/userspace MLME currently
do not work against this tree anyway.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Since I cannot convince the lazy driver authors (hello Michael)
to stop (ab)using the MGMT interface type internally in their
drivers, this patch introduces a new _INVALID type especially
for their use and changes all affected drivers to use it.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Hook up the 93cx6 eeprom code to the ax88796 driver and modify the ax88796
driver to read out the mac address from the eeprom. We need this for the
ax88796 on certain SuperH boards. The pin configuration used to connect
the eeprom to the ax88796 on these boards is the same as pointed out by the
ax88796 datasheet, so we can probably reuse this code for multiple
platforms in the future.
Signed-off-by: Magnus Damm <damm@igel.co.jp>
Cc: Ben Dooks <ben-linux@fluff.org>
Cc: Paul Mundt <lethal@linux-sh.org>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Garzik <jeff@garzik.org>
Similar to the conntrack ID, the per-expectation ID is not needed
anymore, kill it.
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Remove the per-conntrack ID, its not necessary anymore for dumping.
For compatiblity reasons we send the address of the conntrack to
userspace as ID.
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There is no struct nfattr anymore, rename functions to 'nlattr'.
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Get rid of the duplicated rtnetlink macros and use the generic netlink
attribute functions. The old duplicated stuff is moved to a new header
file that exists just for userspace.
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This is not useful since we do not support probe response
offload to hardware at this time and beacons are set in
another way.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Stateless NAT is useful in controlled environments where restrictions are
placed on through traffic such that we don't need connection tracking to
correctly NAT protocol-specific data.
In particular, this is of interest when the number of flows or the number
of addresses being NATed is large, or if connection tracking information
has to be replicated and where it is not practical to do so.
Previously we had stateless NAT functionality which was integrated into
the IPv4 routing subsystem. This was a great solution as long as the NAT
worked on a subnet to subnet basis such that the number of NAT rules was
relatively small. The reason is that for SNAT the routing based system
had to perform a linear scan through the rules.
If the number of rules is large then major renovations would have take
place in the routing subsystem to make this practical.
For the time being, the least intrusive way of achieving this is to use
the u32 classifier written by Alexey Kuznetsov along with the actions
infrastructure implemented by Jamal Hadi Salim.
The following patch is an attempt at this problem by creating a new nat
action that can be invoked from u32 hash tables which would allow large
number of stateless NAT rules that can be used/updated in constant time.
The actual NAT code is mostly based on the previous stateless NAT code
written by Alexey. In future we might be able to utilise the protocol
NAT code from netfilter to improve support for other protocols.
Signed-off-by: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The typedef is not required, we can just use "enum ieee80211_key_alg"
instead of "ieee80211_key_alg"
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: Michael Wu <flamingice@sourmilk.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
These inlines are generally useful, not just with mac80211.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: Michael Wu <flamingice@sourmilk.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This patch adds a lot more documentation (in kernel-doc format)
to include/net/mac80211.h
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: Michael Wu <flamingice@sourmilk.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Currently, hardware flags that drivers must set are not
documented well enough. Fix this.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: Michael Wu <flamingice@sourmilk.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This patch changes mac80211 to verify that VLAN interfaces
are valid and not bother drivers about them any more.
VLAN interfaces are now only valid when an AP interface
is up with the same MAC address, and are automatically
turned off when the AP interface is set down.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Cc: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
Signed-off-by: Michael Wu <flamingice@sourmilk.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Drivers are currently supposed to keep track of monitor
interfaces if they allow so-called "hard" monitor, and
they are also supposed to keep track of multicast etc.
This patch changes that, replaces the set_multicast_list()
callback with a new configure_filter() callback that takes
filter flags (FIF_*) instead of interface flags (IFF_*).
For a driver, this means it should open the filter as much
as necessary to get all frames requested by the filter flags.
Accordingly, the filter flags are named "positively", e.g.
FIF_ALLMULTI.
Multicast filtering is a bit special in that drivers that
have no multicast address filters need to allow multicast
frames through when either the FIF_ALLMULTI flag is set or
when the mc_count value is positive.
At the same time, drivers are no longer notified about
monitor interfaces at all, this means they now need to
implement the start() and stop() callbacks and the new
change_filter_flags() callback. Also, the start()/stop()
ordering changed, start() is now called *before* any
add_interface() as it really should be, and stop() after
any remove_interface().
The patch also changes the behaviour of setting the bssid
to multicast for scanning when IEEE80211_HW_NO_PROBE_FILTERING
is set; the IEEE80211_HW_NO_PROBE_FILTERING flag is removed
and the filter flag FIF_BCN_PRBRESP_PROMISC introduced.
This is a lot more efficient for hardware like b43 that
supports it and other hardware can still set the BSSID
to all-ones.
Driver modifications by Johannes Berg (b43 & iwlwifi), Michael Wu
(rtl8187, adm8211, and p54), Larry Finger (b43legacy), and
Ivo van Doorn (rt2x00).
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: Michael Wu <flamingice@sourmilk.net>
Signed-off-by: Larry Finger <Larry.Finger@lwfinger.net>
Signed-off-by: Ivo van Doorn <IvDoorn@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Denis V. Lunev <den@sw.ru> noticed that the locking rules
for the network namespace list are over complicated and broken.
In particular the current register_netdev_notifier currently
does not take any lock making the for_each_net iteration racy
with network namespace creation and destruction. Oops.
The fact that we need to use for_each_net in rtnl_unlock() when
the rtnetlink support becomes per network namespace makes designing
the proper locking tricky. In addition we need to be able to call
rtnl_lock() and rtnl_unlock() when we have the net_mutex held.
After thinking about it and looking at the alternatives carefully
it looks like the simplest and most maintainable solution is
to remove net_list_mutex altogether, and to use the rtnl_mutex instead.
Signed-off-by: Eric W. Biederman <ebiederm@xmission.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Since hardware header operations are part of the protocol class
not the device instance, make them into a separate object and
save memory.
Signed-off-by: Stephen Hemminger <shemminger@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add inline for common usage of hardware header creation, and
fix bug in IPV6 mcast where the assumption about negative return is
an errno. Negative return from hard_header means not enough space
was available,(ie -N bytes).
Signed-off-by: Stephen Hemminger <shemminger@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch makes loopback_dev per network namespace. Adding
code to create a different loopback device for each network
namespace and adding the code to free a loopback device
when a network namespace exits.
This patch modifies all users the loopback_dev so they
access it as init_net.loopback_dev, keeping all of the
code compiling and working. A later pass will be needed to
update the users to use something other than the initial network
namespace.
Signed-off-by: Eric W. Biederman <ebiederm@xmission.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch allows you to create a new network namespace
using sys_clone, or sys_unshare.
As the network namespace is still experimental and under development
clone and unshare support is only made available when CONFIG_NET_NS is
selected at compile time.
As this patch introduces network namespace support into code paths
that exist when the CONFIG_NET is not selected there are a few
additions made to net_namespace.h to allow a few more functions
to be used when the networking stack is not compiled in.
Signed-off-by: Eric W. Biederman <ebiederm@xmission.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This is unused.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: Michael Wu <flamingice@sourmilk.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add more mac80211 documentation.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: Michael Wu <flamingice@sourmilk.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The IEEE80211_CONF_SSID_HIDDEN setting is not useful for any driver
we have and should be a per-interface setting anyway. Remove it.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: Michael Wu <flamingice@sourmilk.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch allows drivers to indicate bad FCS/PLCP CRC to the stack and
have the stack drop packets like that except for monitor interfaces.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: Michael Wu <flamingice@sourmilk.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
It seems I was actually able to hit this deadlock, on my quad G5 softmac
locks up more often than not. This fixes it by using an own workqueue
that can safely be flushed under RTNL.
Not sure if the patch is correct with the workqueue naming. And don't
think with the patch it doesn't continually lock up. It still does, just
doesn't invoke lockdep warnings all the time.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There's no reason to clear the sacktag skb hint when small part
of the rexmit queue changes. Account changes (if any) instead when
fragmenting/collapsing. RTO/FRTO do not touch SACKED_ACKED bits so
no need to discard SACK tag hint at all.
Signed-off-by: Ilpo Järvinen <ilpo.jarvinen@helsinki.fi>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
ADD-IP spec requires AUTH. It is, in fact, dangerous without AUTH.
So, disable ADD-IP functionality if the peer claims to support
ADD-IP, but not AUTH.
Signed-off-by: Vlad Yasevich <vladislav.yasevich@hp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add SCTP-AUTH API. The API implemented here was
agreed to between implementors at the 9th SCTP Interop.
It will be documented in the next revision of the
SCTP socket API spec.
Signed-off-by: Vlad Yasevich <vladislav.yasevich@hp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch implements the receive path needed to process authenticated
chunks. Add ability to process the AUTH chunk and handle edge cases
for authenticated COOKIE-ECHO as well.
Signed-off-by: Vlad Yasevich <vladislav.yasevich@hp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
SCTP-AUTH, Section 6.2:
Endpoints MUST send all requested chunks authenticated where this has
been requested by the peer. The other chunks MAY be sent
authenticated or not. If endpoint pair shared keys are used, one of
them MUST be selected for authentication.
To send chunks in an authenticated way, the sender MUST include these
chunks after an AUTH chunk. This means that a sender MUST bundle
chunks in order to authenticate them.
If the endpoint has no endpoint pair shared key for the peer, it MUST
use Shared Key Identifier 0 with an empty endpoint pair shared key.
If there are multiple endpoint shared keys the sender selects one and
uses the corresponding Shared Key Identifier
Signed-off-by: Vlad Yasevich <vladislav.yasevich@hp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Implement processing for the CHUNKS, RANDOM, and HMAC parameters and
deal with how this parameters are effected by association restarts.
In particular, during unexpeted INIT processing, we need to reply with
parameters from the original INIT chunk. Also, after restart, we need
to update the old association with new peer parameters and change the
association shared keys.
Signed-off-by: Vlad Yasevich <vladislav.yasevich@hp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch implements the internals operations of the AUTH, such as
key computation and storage. It also adds necessary variables to
the SCTP data structures.
Signed-off-by: Vlad Yasevich <vladislav.yasevich@hp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Background: RFC 4293 deprecates existing individual, named ICMP
type counters to be replaced with the ICMPMsgStatsTable. This table
includes entries for both IPv4 and IPv6, and requires counting of all
ICMP types, whether or not the machine implements the type.
These patches "remove" (but not really) the existing counters, and
replace them with the ICMPMsgStats tables for v4 and v6.
It includes the named counters in the /proc places they were, but gets the
values for them from the new tables. It also counts packets generated
from raw socket output (e.g., OutEchoes, MLD queries, RA's from
radvd, etc).
Changes:
1) create icmpmsg_statistics mib
2) create icmpv6msg_statistics mib
3) modify existing counters to use these
4) modify /proc/net/snmp to add "IcmpMsg" with all ICMP types
listed by number for easy SNMP parsing
5) modify /proc/net/snmp printing for "Icmp" to get the named data
from new counters.
Signed-off-by: David L Stevens <dlstevens@us.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Background: RFC 4293 deprecates existing individual, named ICMP
type counters to be replaced with the ICMPMsgStatsTable. This table
includes entries for both IPv4 and IPv6, and requires counting of all
ICMP types, whether or not the machine implements the type.
These patches "remove" (but not really) the existing counters, and
replace them with the ICMPMsgStats tables for v4 and v6.
It includes the named counters in the /proc places they were, but gets the
values for them from the new tables. It also counts packets generated
from raw socket output (e.g., OutEchoes, MLD queries, RA's from
radvd, etc).
Changes:
1) create icmpmsg_statistics mib
2) create icmpv6msg_statistics mib
3) modify existing counters to use these
4) modify /proc/net/snmp to add "IcmpMsg" with all ICMP types
listed by number for easy SNMP parsing
5) modify /proc/net/snmp printing for "Icmp" to get the named data
from new counters.
[new to 2nd revision]
6) support per-interface ICMP stats
7) use common macro for per-device stat macros
Signed-off-by: David L Stevens <dlstevens@us.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
I was looking at Patrick's fix to inet_diag and it occured
to me that we're using a pointer argument to return values
unnecessarily in netlink_run_queue. Changing it to return
the value will allow the compiler to generate better code
since the value won't have to be memory-backed.
Signed-off-by: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
SCTP Supported Extenions parameter is specified in Section 4.2.7
of the ADD-IP draft (soon to be RFC). The parameter is
encoded as:
0 1 2 3
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1
+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
| Parameter Type = 0x8008 | Parameter Length |
+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
| CHUNK TYPE 1 | CHUNK TYPE 2 | CHUNK TYPE 3 | CHUNK TYPE 4 |
+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
| .... |
+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
| CHUNK TYPE N | PAD | PAD | PAD |
+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
It contains a list of chunks that a particular SCTP extension
uses. Current extensions supported are Partial Reliability
(FWD-TSN) and ADD-IP (ASCONF and ASCONF-ACK).
When implementing new extensions (AUTH, PKT-DROP, etc..), new
chunks need to be added to this parameter. Parameter processing
would be modified to negotiate support for these new features.
Signed-off-by: Vlad Yasevich <vladislav.yasevich@hp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch slightly cleanups FIB rules framework. rules_list as a pointer
on struct fib_rules_ops is useless. It is always assigned with a static
per/subsystem list in IPv4, IPv6 and DecNet.
Signed-off-by: Denis V. Lunev <den@openvz.org>
Acked-by: Alexey Kuznetsov <kuznet@ms2.inr.ac.ru>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The TKIP mixing code was added for the benefit of Intel's ipw3945
chipset but that code ended up not using it. We have previously
identified many problems with this code and it crystallized that
library functions for mixing are likely to handle this in much
more generality and might allow b43 to take advantage of hardware
acceleration for TKIP.
Due to these reasons, remove the TKIP mixing for hardware
accelerated crypto operations.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Acked-by: Michael Buesch <mb@bu3sch.de>
Acked-by: Michael Wu <flamingice@sourmilk.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch makes the mac80211/driver interface rely only on the
IEEE80211_TXCTL_DO_NOT_ENCRYPT flag to signal to the driver whether
a frame should be encrypted or not, since mac80211 internally no
longer relies on HW_KEY_IDX_INVALID either this removes it, changes
the key index to be a u8 in all places and makes the full range of
the value available to drivers.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Acked-by: Michael Wu <flamingice@sourmilk.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch formats some documentation in mac80211.h into kerneldoc
and also adds some more explanations for hardware crypto.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Acked-by: Michael Wu <flamingice@sourmilk.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
No existing drivers use this callback, hence there's no telling
how it might be used. In fact, it is unlikely to be of much use
as-is because the default key index isn't something that the
driver can do much with without knowing which interface it was
for etc. And if it needs the key index for the transmitted frame,
it can get it by keeping a reference to the key_conf structure
and looking it up by hw_key_idx.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Acked-by: Michael Wu <flamingice@sourmilk.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch reworks the various hardware crypto related
flags to make them more local, i.e. put them with each
key or each packet instead of into the hw struct.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Acked-by: Michael Wu <flamingice@sourmilk.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch removes all mention of the atheros turbo modes that
can't possibly work properly anyway since in some places we don't
check for them when we should.
I have no idea what the iwlwifi drivers were doing with these but
it can't possibly have been correct.
Cc: Zhu Yi <yi.zhu@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Acked-by: Michael Wu <flamingice@sourmilk.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The problem: proc_net files remember which network namespace the are
against but do not remember hold a reference count (as that would pin
the network namespace). So we currently have a small window where
the reference count on a network namespace may be incremented when opening
a /proc file when it has already gone to zero.
To fix this introduce maybe_get_net and get_proc_net.
maybe_get_net increments the network namespace reference count only if it is
greater then zero, ensuring we don't increment a reference count after it
has gone to zero.
get_proc_net handles all of the magic to go from a proc inode to the network
namespace instance and call maybe_get_net on it.
PROC_NET the old accessor is removed so that we don't get confused and use
the wrong helper function.
Then I fix up the callers to use get_proc_net and handle the case case
where get_proc_net returns NULL. In that case I return -ENXIO because
effectively the network namespace has already gone away so the files
we are trying to access don't exist anymore.
Signed-off-by: Eric W. Biederman <ebiederm@xmission.com>
Acked-by: Paul E. McKenney <paulmck@us.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When CONFIG_NET=no, init_net is unresolved because net_namespace.c
is not compiled and the include pull init_net definition.
This problem was very similar with the ipc namespace where the kernel
can be compiled with SYSV ipc out.
This patch fix that defining a macro which simply remove init_net
initialization from nsproxy namespace aggregator.
Compiled and booted on qemu-i386 with CONFIG_NET=no and CONFIG_NET=yes.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Lezcano <dlezcano@fr.ibm.com>
Acked-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This is done in order to, add support to changing the rate table to
use the upper-boundry L2T (length to time) value. Currently we use the
lower-boundry, which result in under-estimating the actual bandwidth
usage.
Extend the tc_ratespec struct, with two parameters: 1) "cell_align"
that allow adjusting the alignment of the rate table. 2) "overhead"
that allow adding a packet overhead before the lookup.
Signed-off-by: Jesper Dangaard Brouer <hawk@comx.dk>
Acked-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Change L2T (length to time) macros, in all rate based schedulers, to
call a common function qdisc_l2t() that does the rate table lookup.
This function handles if the packet size lookup is larger than the
rate table, which often occurs with TSO enabled.
Signed-off-by: Jesper Dangaard Brouer <hawk@comx.dk>
Acked-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This change allows the generic attribute interface to be used within
the netfilter subsystem where this flag was initially introduced.
The byte-order flag is yet unused, it's intended use is to
allow automatic byte order convertions for all atomic types.
Signed-off-by: Thomas Graf <tgraf@suug.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch makes most of the generic device layer network
namespace safe. This patch makes dev_base_head a
network namespace variable, and then it picks up
a few associated variables. The functions:
dev_getbyhwaddr
dev_getfirsthwbytype
dev_get_by_flags
dev_get_by_name
__dev_get_by_name
dev_get_by_index
__dev_get_by_index
dev_ioctl
dev_ethtool
dev_load
wireless_process_ioctl
were modified to take a network namespace argument, and
deal with it.
vlan_ioctl_set and brioctl_set were modified so their
hooks will receive a network namespace argument.
So basically anthing in the core of the network stack that was
affected to by the change of dev_base was modified to handle
multiple network namespaces. The rest of the network stack was
simply modified to explicitly use &init_net the initial network
namespace. This can be fixed when those components of the network
stack are modified to handle multiple network namespaces.
For now the ifindex generator is left global.
Fundametally ifindex numbers are per namespace, or else
we will have corner case problems with migration when
we get that far.
At the same time there are assumptions in the network stack
that the ifindex of a network device won't change. Making
the ifindex number global seems a good compromise until
the network stack can cope with ifindex changes when
you change namespaces, and the like.
Signed-off-by: Eric W. Biederman <ebiederm@xmission.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch passes in the namespace a new socket should be created in
and has the socket code do the appropriate reference counting. By
virtue of this all socket create methods are touched. In addition
the socket create methods are modified so that they will fail if
you attempt to create a socket in a non-default network namespace.
Failing if we attempt to create a socket outside of the default
network namespace ensures that as we incrementally make the network stack
network namespace aware we will not export functionality that someone
has not audited and made certain is network namespace safe.
Allowing us to partially enable network namespaces before all of the
exotic protocols are supported.
Any protocol layers I have missed will fail to compile because I now
pass an extra parameter into the socket creation code.
[ Integrated AF_IUCV build fixes from Andrew Morton... -DaveM ]
Signed-off-by: Eric W. Biederman <ebiederm@xmission.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch makes /proc/net per network namespace. It modifies the global
variables proc_net and proc_net_stat to be per network namespace.
The proc_net file helpers are modified to take a network namespace argument,
and all of their callers are fixed to pass &init_net for that argument.
This ensures that all of the /proc/net files are only visible and
usable in the initial network namespace until the code behind them
has been updated to be handle multiple network namespaces.
Making /proc/net per namespace is necessary as at least some files
in /proc/net depend upon the set of network devices which is per
network namespace, and even more files in /proc/net have contents
that are relevant to a single network namespace.
Signed-off-by: Eric W. Biederman <ebiederm@xmission.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Sockets need to get a reference to their network namespace,
or possibly a simple hold if someone registers on the network
namespace notifier and will free the sockets when the namespace
is going to be destroyed.
Signed-off-by: Eric W. Biederman <ebiederm@xmission.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This is the basic infrastructure needed to support network
namespaces. This infrastructure is:
- Registration functions to support initializing per network
namespace data when a network namespaces is created or destroyed.
- struct net. The network namespace data structure.
This structure will grow as variables are made per network
namespace but this is the minimal starting point.
- Functions to grab a reference to the network namespace.
I provide both get/put functions that keep a network namespace
from being freed. And hold/release functions serve as weak references
and will warn if their count is not zero when the data structure
is freed. Useful for dealing with more complicated data structures
like the ipv4 route cache.
- A list of all of the network namespaces so we can iterate over them.
- A slab for the network namespace data structure allowing leaks
to be spotted.
Signed-off-by: Eric W. Biederman <ebiederm@xmission.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch modifies the current ipsec audit layer
by breaking it up into purpose driven audit calls.
So far, the only audit calls made are when add/delete
an SA/policy. It had been discussed to give each
key manager it's own calls to do this, but I found
there to be much redundnacy since they did the exact
same things, except for how they got auid and sid, so I
combined them. The below audit calls can be made by any
key manager. Hopefully, this is ok.
Signed-off-by: Joy Latten <latten@austin.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The type of owner in sock_lock_t is currently (struct sock_iocb *),
presumably for historical reasons. It is never used as this type, only
tested as NULL or set to (void *)1. For clarity, this changes it to type
int, and renames to owned, to avoid any possible type casting errors.
Signed-off-by: John Heffner <jheffner@psc.edu>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This moves all the key handling code out from ieee80211_ioctl.c
into key.c and also does the following changes including documentation
updates in mac80211.h:
1) Turn off hardware acceleration for keys when the interface
is down. This is necessary because otherwise monitor
interfaces could be decrypting frames for other interfaces
that are down at the moment. Also, it should go some way
towards better suspend/resume support, in any case the
routines used here could be used for that as well.
Additionally, this makes the driver interface nicer, keys
for a specific local MAC address are only ever present
while an interface with that MAC address is enabled.
2) Change driver set_key() callback interface to allow only
return values of -ENOSPC, -EOPNOTSUPP and 0, warn on all
other return values. This allows debugging the stack when
a driver notices it's handed a key while it is down.
3) Invert the flag meaning to KEY_FLAG_UPLOADED_TO_HARDWARE.
4) Remove REMOVE_ALL_KEYS command as it isn't used nor do we
want to use it, we'll use DISABLE_KEY for each key. It is
hard to use REMOVE_ALL_KEYS because we can handle multiple
virtual interfaces with different key configuration, so we'd
have to keep track of a lot of state for this and that isn't
worth it.
5) Warn when disabling a key fails, it musn't.
6) Remove IEEE80211_HW_NO_TKIP_WMM_HWACCEL in favour of per-key
IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_WMM_STA to let driver sort it out itself.
7) Tell driver that a (non-WEP) key is used only for transmission
by using an all-zeroes station MAC address when configuring.
8) Change the set_key() callback to have access to the local MAC
address the key is being added for.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Acked-by: Michael Wu <flamingice@sourmilk.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Remove the default_wep_only stuff, this wasn't really done well
and no current driver actually cares.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Acked-by: Michael Wu <flamingice@sourmilk.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch embeds the struct ieee80211_key_conf into struct ieee80211_key
and thus avoids allocations and having data present twice.
This required some more changes:
1) The removal of the IEEE80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TX_KEY key flag.
This flag isn't used by drivers nor should it be since
we have a set_key_idx() callback. Maybe that callback needs
to be extended to include the key conf, but only a driver that
requires it will tell.
2) The removal of the IEEE80211_KEY_DEFAULT_WEP_ONLY key flag.
This flag is global, so it shouldn't be passed in the key
conf structure. Pass it to the function instead.
Also, this patch removes the AID parameter to the set_key() callback
because it is currently unused and the hardware currently cannot know
about the AID anyway. I suspect this was used with some hardware that
actually selected the AID itself, but that functionality was removed.
Additionally, I've removed the ALG_NULL key algorithm since we have
ALG_NONE.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Acked-by: Michael Wu <flamingice@sourmilk.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The ioctls
* PRISM2_PARAM_RADAR_DETECT
* PRISM2_PARAM_SPECTRUM_MGMT
are not used by hostapd or wpa_supplicant,
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Acked-by: Michael Wu <flamingice@sourmilk.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The ioctls
* PRISM2_PARAM_STA_ANTENNA_SEL
* PRISM2_PARAM_TX_POWER_REDUCTION
* PRISM2_PARAM_DEFAULT_WEP_ONLY
are not used by hostapd or wpa_supplicant.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Acked-by: Michael Wu <flamingice@sourmilk.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The ioctls
* PRISM2_PARAM_ANTENNA_MODE
* PRISM2_PARAM_STAT_TIME
are not used by hostapd or wpa_supplicant.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Acked-by: Michael Wu <flamingice@sourmilk.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When doing key selection for software decryption, mac80211 gets
a few things wrong: it always uses pairwise keys if configured,
even if the frame is addressed to a multicast address. Also, it
doesn't allow using a key index of zero if a pairwise key has
also been found.
This patch changes the key selection code to be (more) in line
with the 802.11 specification. I have confirmed that with this,
multicast frames are correctly decrypted and I've tested with
WEP as well.
While at it, I've cleaned up the semantics of the hardware flags
IEEE80211_HW_WEP_INCLUDE_IV and IEEE80211_HW_DEVICE_HIDES_WEP
and clarified them in the mac80211.h header; it is also now
allowed to set the IEEE80211_HW_DEVICE_HIDES_WEP option even if
it only applies to frames that have been decrypted by the hw,
unencrypted frames must be dropped but encrypted frames that
the hardware couldn't handle can be passed up unmodified.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Acked-by: Michael Wu <flamingice@sourmilk.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Unused in drivers, userspace and mac80211.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Acked-by: Michael Wu <flamingice@sourmilk.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The flag is never checked because drivers can simply call
ieee80211_beacon_get() regardless of setting this flag.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Acked-by: Michael Wu <flamingice@sourmilk.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The callback isn't used so remove it.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Acked-by: Michael Wu <flamingice@sourmilk.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Hopefully captured all single statement cases under net/. I'm
not too sure if there is some policy about #includes that are
"guaranteed" (ie., in the current tree) to be available through
some other #included header, so I just added linux/kernel.h to
each changed file that didn't #include it previously.
Signed-off-by: Ilpo Järvinen <ilpo.jarvinen@helsinki.fi>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When XFRM policy and state are ready after TCP connection is started,
the traffic should be transformed immediately, however it does not
on IPv6 TCP.
It depends on a dst cache replacement policy with connected socket.
It seems that the replacement is always done for IPv4, however, on
IPv6 case it is done only when routing cookie is changed.
This patch fix that non-transformation dst can be changed to
transformation one.
This behavior is required by MIPv6 and improves IPv6 IPsec.
Fixes by Masahide NAKAMURA.
Signed-off-by: Noriaki TAKAMIYA <takamiya@po.ntts.co.jp>
Signed-off-by: Masahide NAKAMURA <nakam@linux-ipv6.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add v4mapped address inline to avoid calls to ipv6_addr_type().
Signed-off-by: Brian Haley <brian.haley@hp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Makes caller side more obvious, there's no need to have
a wrapper for this oneliner!
Signed-off-by: Ilpo Järvinen <ilpo.jarvinen@helsinki.fi>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch introduces autotuning to the sctp buffer management code
similar to the TCP. The buffer space can be grown if the advertised
receive window still has room. This might happen if small message
sizes are used, which is common in telecom environmens.
New tunables are introduced that provide limits to buffer growth
and memory pressure is entered if to much buffer spaces is used.
Signed-off-by: Neil Horman <nhorman@tuxdriver.com>
Signed-off-by: Vlad Yasevich <vladislav.yasevich@hp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Previously code had IsReno/IsFack defined as macros that were
local to tcp_input.c though sack_ok field has user elsewhere too
for the same purpose. This changes them to static inlines as
preferred according the current coding style and unifies the
access to sack_ok across multiple files. Magic bitops of sack_ok
for FACK and DSACK are also abstracted to functions with
appropriate names.
Note:
- One sack_ok = 1 remains but that's self explanary, i.e., it
enables sack
- Couple of !IsReno cases are changed to tcp_is_sack
- There were no users for IsDSack => I dropped it
Signed-off-by: Ilpo Järvinen <ilpo.jarvinen@helsinki.fi>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
BUG_ON is an overkill. In fact, I was mislead by BUG_TRAP
severity (equals to WARN_ON) which is much lower than BUG_ON's
(that panics).
Signed-off-by: Ilpo Järvinen <ilpo.jarvinen@helsinki.fi>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Previously TCP had a transitional state during which reno
counted segments that are already below the current window into
sacked_out, which is now prevented. In addition, re-try now
the unconditional S+L skb catching.
This approach conservatively calls just remove_sack and leaves
reset_sack() calls alone. The best solution to the whole problem
would be to first calculate the new sacked_out fully (this patch
does not move reno_sack_reset calls from original sites and thus
does not implement this). However, that would require very
invasive change to fastretrans_alert (perhaps even slicing it to
two halves). Alternatively, all callers of tcp_packets_in_flight
(i.e., users that depend on sacked_out) should be postponed
until the new sacked_out has been calculated but it isn't any
simpler alternative.
Signed-off-by: Ilpo Järvinen <ilpo.jarvinen@helsinki.fi>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Left_out was dropped a while ago, thus leaving verifying
consistency of the "left out" as only task for the function in
question. Thus make it's name more appropriate.
In addition, it is intentionally converted to #define instead
of static inline because the location of the invariant failure
is the most important thing to have if this ever triggers. I
think it would have been helpful e.g. in this case where the
location of the failure point had to be based on some quesswork:
http://lkml.org/lkml/2007/5/2/464
...Luckily the guesswork seems to have proved to be correct.
Signed-off-by: Ilpo Järvinen <ilpo.jarvinen@helsinki.fi>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
tp->left_out got removed but nothing came to replace it back
then (users just did addition by themselves), so add function
for users now.
Signed-off-by: Ilpo Järvinen <ilpo.jarvinen@helsinki.fi>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
It is easily calculable when needed and user are not that many
after all.
Signed-off-by: Ilpo Järvinen <ilpo.jarvinen@helsinki.fi>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
No other users exist for tcp_ecn.h. Very few things remain in
tcp.h, for most TCP ECN functions callers reside within a
single .c file and can be placed there.
Signed-off-by: Ilpo Järvinen <ilpo.jarvinen@helsinki.fi>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Veth stands for Virtual ETHernet. It is a simple tunnel driver
that works at the link layer and looks like a pair of ethernet
devices interconnected with each other.
Mainly it allows to communicate between network namespaces but
it can be used as is as well.
The newlink callback is organized that way to make it easy to
create the peer device in the separate namespace when we have
them in kernel.
This implementation uses another interface - the RTM_NRELINK
message introduced by Patric.
Bug fixes from Daniel Lezcano.
Signed-off-by: Pavel Emelyanov <xemul@openvz.org>
Acked-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This routine gets the parsed rtnl attributes and creates a new
link with generic info (IFLA_LINKINFO policy). Its intention
is to help the drivers, that need to create several links at
once (like VETH).
This is nothing but a copy-paste-ed part of rtnl_newlink() function
that is responsible for creation of new device.
Signed-off-by: Pavel Emelianov <xemul@openvz.org>
Acked-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
ieee80211_get_radiotap_len() tries to dereference radiotap length without
taking care that it is completely unaligned and get_unaligned()
is required.
Signed-off-by: Andy Green <andy@warmcat.com>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Benc <jbenc@suse.cz>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
zd1211rw and bcm43xx are interested in being notified when ERP IE conditions
change, so that they can reprogram a register which affects how control frames
are transmitted.
This patch adds an interface similar to the one that can be found in softmac.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Drake <dsd@gentoo.org>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Benc <jbenc@suse.cz>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Similarly to CTS protection, whether short preambles are used for 802.11b
transmissions should be a per-subif setting, not device global.
For STAs, this patch makes short preamble handling automatic based on the ERP
IE. For APs, hostapd still uses the prism ioctls, but the write ioctl has been
restricted to AP-only subifs.
ieee80211_txrx_data.short_preamble (an unused field) was removed.
Unfortunately, some API changes were required for the following functions:
- ieee80211_generic_frame_duration
- ieee80211_rts_duration
- ieee80211_ctstoself_duration
- ieee80211_rts_get
- ieee80211_ctstoself_get
Affected drivers were updated accordingly.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Drake <dsd@gentoo.org>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Benc <jbenc@suse.cz>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
mac80211 informs the driver what the short and long retry values are through
set_retry_limit(), but when packets are being transmitted it did not inform the
driver which of the 2 retry limits should actually be used.
Instead it sends the actual value, but for drivers that can only set the retry limit
and the register and in the descriptor need to indicate which of the limits should
be used this is not really useful.
This patch will add a IEEE80211_TXCTL_LONG_RETRY_LIMIT flag to the
ieee80211_tx_control structure. By default the short retry limit should be
used but if the flag is set the long retry should be used.
This does not prevent the driver to ignore the request for "no retry" packets,
but at least those will be send out with the short retry limit. But there is no
perfect cure for this problem.. :(
Signed-off-by: Ivo van Doorn <IvDoorn@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Benc <jbenc@suse.cz>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
The sta_info code has some awkward locking which prevents some driver
callbacks from being allowed to sleep. This patch makes the locking more
focused so code that calls driver callbacks are allowed to sleep. It also
converts sta_lock to a rwlock.
Signed-off-by: Michael Wu <flamingice@sourmilk.net>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Benc <jbenc@suse.cz>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Benc <jbenc@suse.cz>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Based upon a report and initial patch by Peter Lieven.
tcp4_md5sig_key and tcp6_md5sig_key need to start with
the exact same members as tcp_md5sig_key. Because they
are both cast to that type by tcp_v{4,6}_md5_do_lookup().
Unfortunately tcp{4,6}_md5sig_key use a u16 for the key
length instead of a u8, which is what tcp_md5sig_key
uses. This just so happens to work by accident on
little-endian, but on big-endian it doesn't.
Instead of casting, just place tcp_md5sig_key as the first member of
the address-family specific structures, adjust the access sites, and
kill off the ugly casts.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
It gets pointer to fastcall function, expects a pointer to normal
one and calls the sucker.
Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
If ADDIP is enabled, when an ASCONF chunk is received with ASCONF
paramter length set to zero, this will cause infinite loop.
By the way, if an malformed ASCONF chunk is received, will cause
processing to access memory without verifying.
This is because of not check the validity of parameters in ASCONF chunk.
This patch fixed this.
Signed-off-by: Wei Yongjun <yjwei@cn.fujitsu.com>
Signed-off-by: Vlad Yasevich <vladislav.yasevich@hp.com>
While processing OOTB chunks as well as chunks with an invalid
length of 0, it was possible to SCTP to get wedged inside an
infinite loop because we didn't catch the condition correctly,
or didn't mark the packet for discard correctly.
This work is based on original findings and work by
Wei Yongjun <yjwei@cn.fujitsu.com>
Signed-off-by: Vlad Yasevich <vladislav.yasevich@hp.com>
Since the sctp_sockaddr_entry is now RCU enabled as part of
the patch to synchronize sctp_localaddr_list, it makes sense to
change all handling of these entries to RCU. This includes the
sctp_bind_addrs structure and it's list of bound addresses.
This list is currently protected by an external rw_lock and that
looks like an overkill. There are only 2 writers to the list:
bind()/bindx() calls, and BH processing of ASCONF-ACK chunks.
These are already seriealized via the socket lock, so they will
not step on each other. These are also relatively rare, so we
should be good with RCU.
The readers are varied and they are easily converted to RCU.
Signed-off-by: Vlad Yasevich <vladislav.yasevich@hp.com>
Acked-by: Paul E. McKenney <paulmck@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Acked-by: Sridhar Samdurala <sri@us.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
sctp_localaddr_list is modified dynamically via NETDEV_UP
and NETDEV_DOWN events, but there is not synchronization
between writer (even handler) and readers. As a result,
the readers can access an entry that has been freed and
crash the sytem.
Signed-off-by: Vlad Yasevich <vladislav.yasevich@hp.com>
Acked-by: Paul E. McKenney <paulmck@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Acked-by: Sridhar Samdurala <sri@us.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
PROTOCOL VIOLATION error cause in ABORT is bad encode when make abort
chunk. When SCTP encode ABORT chunk with PROTOCOL VIOLATION error cause,
it just add the error messages to PROTOCOL VIOLATION error cause, the
rest four bytes(struct sctp_paramhdr) is just add to the chunk, not
change the length of error cause. This cause the ABORT chunk to be a bad
format. The chunk is like this:
ABORT chunk
Chunk type: ABORT (6)
Chunk flags: 0x00
Chunk length: 72 (*1)
Protocol violation cause
Cause code: Protocol violation (0x000d)
Cause length: 62 (*2)
Cause information: 5468652063756D756C61746976652074736E2061636B2062...
Cause padding: 0000
[Needless] 00030010
Chunk Length(*1) = 72 but Cause length(*2) only 62, not include the
extend 4 bytes.
((72 - sizeof(chunk_hdr)) = 68) != (62 +3) / 4 * 4
Signed-off-by: Wei Yongjun <yjwei@cn.fujitsu.com>
Signed-off-by: Vlad Yasevich <vladislav.yasevich@hp.com>
When we recieve a FWD-TSN (meaning the peer has abandoned the data),
we need to clean up any partially received messages that may be
hanging out on the re-assembly or re-ordering queues. This is
a MUST requirement that was not properly done before.
Signed-off-by: Vlad Yasevich <vladislav.yasevich@hp.com.>
Loading nf_nat causes the conntrack core to be loaded, but we need IPv4 as
well.
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
As discovered by Evegniy Polyakov, if we try to sendmsg after
a connection reset, we can do incredibly stupid things.
The core issue is that inet_sendmsg() tries to autobind the
socket, but we should never do that for TCP. Instead we should
just go straight into TCP's sendmsg() code which will do all
of the necessary state and pending socket error checks.
TCP's sendpage already directly vectors to tcp_sendpage(), so this
merely brings sendmsg() in line with that.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
A small fix to the SELinux/NetLabel glue code to ensure that the NetLabel
cache is utilized when possible. This was broken when the SELinux/NetLabel
glue code was reorganized in the last kernel release.
Signed-off-by: Paul Moore <paul.moore@hp.com>
Acked-by: Stephen Smalley <sds@tycho.nsa.gov>
Signed-off-by: James Morris <jmorris@namei.org>
sctp_chunk_cachep & sctp_bucket_cachep is used module global, so move it
to a header file.
Signed-off-by: Sebastian Siewior <sebastian@breakpoint.cc>
Signed-off-by: Vlad Yasevich <vladislav.yasevich@hp.com>
The following code can now become static:
- struct unix_socket_table
- unix_table_lock
Signed-off-by: Adrian Bunk <bunk@stusta.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
net/if_inet6.h includes linux/ipv6.h which also tries to include
net/if_inet6.h. Since the latter only needs it for forward
declarations, we can fix this by adding the declarations.
A number of files are implicitly including net/if_inet6.h through
linux/ipv6.h. They also use net/ipv6.h so this patch includes
net/if_inet6.h there.
Signed-off-by: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
no code changes, just documenting existing types
Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch changes the API for the callback that is done after an ACK is
received. It solves a couple of issues:
* Some congestion controls want higher resolution value of RTT
(controlled by TCP_CONG_RTT_SAMPLE flag). These don't really want a ktime, but
all compute a RTT in microseconds.
* Other congestion control could use RTT at jiffies resolution.
To keep API consistent the units should be the same for both cases, just the
resolution should change.
Signed-off-by: Stephen Hemminger <shemminger@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
no real bugs, just misannotations cropping up
Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
* 'for-linus' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/jmorris/selinux-2.6:
SELinux: use SECINITSID_NETMSG instead of SECINITSID_UNLABELED for NetLabel
SELinux: enable dynamic activation/deactivation of NetLabel/SELinux enforcement
Create a new NetLabel KAPI interface, netlbl_enabled(), which reports on the
current runtime status of NetLabel based on the existing configuration. LSMs
that make use of NetLabel, i.e. SELinux, can use this new function to determine
if they should perform NetLabel access checks. This patch changes the
NetLabel/SELinux glue code such that SELinux only enforces NetLabel related
access checks when netlbl_enabled() returns true.
At present NetLabel is considered to be enabled when there is at least one
labeled protocol configuration present. The result is that by default NetLabel
is considered to be disabled, however, as soon as an administrator configured
a CIPSO DOI definition NetLabel is enabled and SELinux starts enforcing
NetLabel related access controls - including unlabeled packet controls.
This patch also tries to consolidate the multiple "#ifdef CONFIG_NETLABEL"
blocks into a single block to ease future review as recommended by Linus.
Signed-off-by: Paul Moore <paul.moore@hp.com>
Signed-off-by: James Morris <jmorris@namei.org>
Introduce API to dynamically register and unregister multicast groups.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Acked-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Acked-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <hadi@cyberus.ca>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
XFRM expects xfrm_dst->u.next to be same pointer as dst->next, which
was broken by the dst_entry reordering in commit 1e19e02c~, causing
an oops in xfrm_bundle_ok when walking the bundle upwards.
Kill xfrm_dst->u.next and change the only user to use dst->next instead.
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
None of the existing TCP congestion controls use the rtt value pased
in the ca_ops->cong_avoid interface. Which is lucky because seq_rtt
could have been -1 when handling a duplicate ack.
Signed-off-by: Stephen Hemminger <shemminger@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The OPEN_MAX constant is an arbitrary number with no useful relation to
anything. Nothing should be using it. SCM_MAX_FD is just an arbitrary
constant and it should be clear that its value is chosen in net/scm.h
and not actually derived from anything else meaningful in the system.
Signed-off-by: Roland McGrath <roland@redhat.com>
Cc: "David S. Miller" <davem@davemloft.net>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
* 'master' of master.kernel.org:/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net-2.6: (53 commits)
[TCP]: Verify the presence of RETRANS bit when leaving FRTO
[IPV6]: Call inet6addr_chain notifiers on link down
[NET_SCHED]: Kill CONFIG_NET_CLS_POLICE
[NET_SCHED]: act_api: qdisc internal reclassify support
[NET_SCHED]: sch_dsmark: act_api support
[NET_SCHED]: sch_atm: act_api support
[NET_SCHED]: sch_atm: Lindent
[IPV6]: MSG_ERRQUEUE messages do not pass to connected raw sockets
[IPV4]: Cleanup call to __neigh_lookup()
[NET_SCHED]: Revert "avoid transmit softirq on watchdog wakeup" optimization
[NETFILTER]: nf_conntrack: UDPLITE support
[NETFILTER]: nf_conntrack: mark protocols __read_mostly
[NETFILTER]: x_tables: add connlimit match
[NETFILTER]: Lower *tables printk severity
[NETFILTER]: nf_conntrack: Don't track locally generated special ICMP error
[NETFILTER]: nf_conntrack: Introduces nf_ct_get_tuplepr and uses it
[NETFILTER]: nf_conntrack: make l3proto->prepare() generic and renames it
[NETFILTER]: nf_conntrack: Increment error count on parsing IPv4 header
[NET]: Add ethtool support for NETIF_F_IPV6_CSUM devices.
[AF_IUCV]: Add lock when updating accept_q
...
The NET_CLS_ACT option is now a full replacement for NET_CLS_POLICE,
remove the old code. The config option will be kept around to select
the equivalent NET_CLS_ACT options for a short time to allow easier
upgrades.
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The behaviour of NET_CLS_POLICE for TC_POLICE_RECLASSIFY was to return
it to the qdisc, which could handle it internally or ignore it. With
NET_CLS_ACT however, tc_classify starts over at the first classifier
and never returns it to the qdisc. This makes it impossible to support
qdisc-internal reclassification, which in turn makes it impossible to
remove the old NET_CLS_POLICE code without breaking compatibility since
we have two qdiscs (CBQ and ATM) that support this.
This patch adds a tc_classify_compat function that handles
reclassification the old way and changes CBQ and ATM to use it.
This again is of course not fully backwards compatible with the previous
NET_CLS_ACT behaviour. Unfortunately there is no way to fully maintain
compatibility *and* support qdisc internal reclassification with
NET_CLS_ACT, but this seems like the better choice over keeping the two
incompatible options around forever.
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Also remove two unnecessary EXPORT_SYMBOLs and move the
nf_conntrack_l3proto_ipv4 declaration to the correct file.
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
nf_ct_get_tuple() requires the offset to transport header and that bothers
callers such as icmp[v6] l4proto modules. This introduces new function
to simplify them.
Signed-off-by: Yasuyuki Kozakai <yasuyuki.kozakai@toshiba.co.jp>
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The icmp[v6] l4proto modules parse headers in ICMP[v6] error to get tuple.
But they have to find the offset to transport protocol header before that.
Their processings are almost same as prepare() of l3proto modules.
This makes prepare() more generic to simplify icmp[v6] l4proto module
later.
Signed-off-by: Yasuyuki Kozakai <yasuyuki.kozakai@toshiba.co.jp>
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The accept_queue of an af_iucv socket will be corrupted, if
adding and deleting of entries in this queue occurs at the
same time (connect request from one client, while accept call
is processed for another client).
Solution: add locking when updating accept_q
Signed-off-by: Ursula Braun <braunu@de.ibm.com>
Acked-by: Frank Pavlic <fpavlic@de.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch makes the needlessly global __inet_twsk_kill() static.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Bunk <bunk@stusta.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patchset moves non-filesystem interfaces of v9fs from fs/9p to net/9p.
It moves the transport, packet marshalling and connection layers to net/9p
leaving only the VFS related files in fs/9p. This work is being done in
preparation for in-kernel 9p servers as well as alternate 9p clients (other
than VFS).
Signed-off-by: Latchesar Ionkov <lucho@ionkov.net>
Signed-off-by: Eric Van Hensbergen <ericvh@gmail.com>
The semantics of not having an add_interface callback are not well
defined, this callback is required because otherwise you cannot obtain
the requested MAC address of the device. Change the documentation to
reflect this, add a note about having no MAC address at all, add a
warning that mac_addr in struct ieee80211_if_init_conf can be NULL and
finally verify that a few callbacks are assigned by way of BUG_ON()
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Benc <jbenc@suse.cz>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Remove ieee80211_set_aid_for_sta and associated code.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Benc <jbenc@suse.cz>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Generic code to walk through the fields in a radiotap header, accounting
for nasties like extended "field present" bitfields and alignment rules
Signed-off-by: Andy Green <andy@warmcat.com>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Benc <jbenc@suse.cz>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Throw out the old mark & sweep garbage collector and put in a
refcounting cycle detecting one.
The old one had a race with recvmsg, that resulted in false positives
and hence data loss. The old algorithm operated on all unix sockets
in the system, so any additional locking would have meant performance
problems for all users of these.
The new algorithm instead only operates on "in flight" sockets, which
are very rare, and the additional locking for these doesn't negatively
impact the vast majority of users.
In fact it's probable, that there weren't *any* heavy senders of
sockets over sockets, otherwise the above race would have been
discovered long ago.
The patch works OK with the app that exposed the race with the old
code. The garbage collection has also been verified to work in a few
simple cases.
Signed-off-by: Miklos Szeredi <mszeredi@suse.cz>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Based on <draft-ietf-ipv6-deprecate-rh0-00.txt>.
Signed-off-by: YOSHIFUJI Hideaki <yoshfuji@linux-ipv6.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
To better support and handle eSCO links in the future a bunch of
constants needs to be added and some basic routines need to be
updated. This is the initial step.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Convert DEBUGP to pr_debug and fix lots of non-compiling debug statements.
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Eliminate the last global list searched for every new connection.
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
As a last step of preventing DoS by creating lots of expectations, this
patch introduces a global maximum and a sysctl to control it. The default
is initialized to 4 * the expectation hash table size, which results in
1/64 of the default maxmimum of conntracks.
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch brings back the per-conntrack expectation list that was
removed around 2.6.10 to avoid walking all expectations on expectation
eviction and conntrack destruction.
As these were the last users of the global expectation list, this patch
also kills that.
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Currently all expectations are kept on a global list that
- needs to be searched for every new conncetion
- needs to be walked for evicting expectations when a master connection
has reached its limit
- needs to be walked on connection destruction for connections that
have open expectations
This is obviously not good, especially when considering helpers like
H.323 that register *lots* of expectations and can set up permanent
expectations, but it also allows for an easy DoS against firewalls
using connection tracking helpers.
Use a hashtable for expectations to avoid incurring the search overhead
for every new connection. The default hash size is 1/256 of the conntrack
hash table size, this can be overriden using a module parameter.
This patch only introduces the hash table for expectation lookups and
keeps other users to reduce the noise, the following patches will get
rid of it completely.
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Since conntrack currently allows to use masks for every bit of both
helper and expectation tuples, we can't hash them and have to keep
them on two global lists that are searched for every new connection.
This patch removes the never used ability to use masks for the
destination part of the expectation tuple and completely removes
masks from helpers since the only reasonable choice is a full
match on l3num, protonum and src.u.all.
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Currently there is a wild mix of nf_conntrack_expect_, nf_ct_exp_,
expect_, exp_, ...
Consistently use nf_ct_ as prefix for exported functions.
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
All callers pass NULL, this also doesn't seem very useful for modules.
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Convert conntrack hash to hlists to reduce its size and cache
footprint. Since the default hashsize to max. entries ratio
sucks (1:16), this patch doesn't reduce the amount of memory
used for the hash by default, but instead uses a better ratio
of 1:8, which results in the same max. entries value.
One thing worth noting is early_drop. It really should use LRU,
so it now has to iterate over the entire chain to find the last
unconfirmed entry. Since chains shouldn't be very long and the
entire operation is very rare this shouldn't be a problem.
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Signed-off-by: Yasuyuki Kozakai <yasuyuki.kozakai@toshiba.co.jp>
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This kills the global 'destroy' operation which was used by NAT.
Instead it uses the extension infrastructure so that multiple
extensions can register own operations.
Signed-off-by: Yasuyuki Kozakai <yasuyuki.kozakai@toshiba.co.jp>
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Now memory space for help and NAT are allocated by extension
infrastructure.
Signed-off-by: Yasuyuki Kozakai <yasuyuki.kozakai@toshiba.co.jp>
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Signed-off-by: Yasuyuki Kozakai <yasuyuki.kozakai@toshiba.co.jp>
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Signed-off-by: Yasuyuki Kozakai <yasuyuki.kozakai@toshiba.co.jp>
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
I will split 'struct nf_nat_info' out from conntrack. So I cannot use
'offsetof' to get the pointer to conntrack from it.
Signed-off-by: Yasuyuki Kozakai <yasuyuki.kozakai@toshiba.co.jp>
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Signed-off-by: Yasuyuki Kozakai <yasuyuki.kozakai@toshiba.co.jp>
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Old space allocator of conntrack had problems about extensibility.
- It required slab cache per combination of extensions.
- It expected what extensions would be assigned, but it was impossible
to expect that completely, then we allocated bigger memory object than
really required.
- It needed to search helper twice due to lock issue.
Now basic informations of a connection are stored in 'struct nf_conn'.
And a storage for extension (helper, NAT) is allocated by kmalloc.
Signed-off-by: Yasuyuki Kozakai <yasuyuki.kozakai@toshiba.co.jp>
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Signed-off-by: Yasuyuki Kozakai <yasuyuki.kozakai@toshiba.co.jp>
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This cleanup fell out after adding L2TP support where a new encap_rcv
funcptr was added to struct udp_sock. Have XFRM use the new encap_rcv
funcptr, which allows us to move the XFRM encap code from udp.c into
xfrm4_input.c.
Make xfrm4_rcv_encap() static since it is no longer called externally.
Signed-off-by: James Chapman <jchapman@katalix.com>
Acked-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
First IrDA configuration netlink layer implementation.
Currently, we only support the set/get mode commands.
Signed-off-by: Samuel Ortiz <samuel@sortiz.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Remove stats_lock pointers from qdisc-internal structures, in all cases
it points to dev->queue_lock. The only case where it is necessary is for
top-level qdiscs, where it might also point to dev->ingress_lock in case
of the ingress qdisc. Also remove it from actions completely, it always
points to the actions internal lock.
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This allows other in-kernel functions to do SAD lookups.
The only known user at the moment is pktgen.
Signed-off-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <hadi@cyberus.ca>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
It is clean-up for XFRM type modules and adds aliases with its
protocol:
ESP, AH, IPCOMP, IPIP and IPv6 for IPsec
ROUTING and DSTOPTS for MIPv6
It is almost the same thing as XFRM mode alias, but it is added
new defines XFRM_PROTO_XXX for preprocessing since some protocols
are defined as enum.
Signed-off-by: Masahide NAKAMURA <nakam@linux-ipv6.org>
Acked-by: Ingo Oeser <netdev@axxeo.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch makes MIPv6 loadable module named "mip6".
Here is a modprobe.conf(5) example to load it automatically
when user application uses XFRM state for MIPv6:
alias xfrm-type-10-43 mip6
alias xfrm-type-10-60 mip6
Some MIPv6 feature is not included by this modular, however,
it should not be affected to other features like either IPsec
or IPv6 with and without the patch.
We may discuss XFRM, MH (RAW socket) and ancillary data/sockopt
separately for future work.
Loadable features:
* MH receiving check (to send ICMP error back)
* RO header parsing and building (i.e. RH2 and HAO in DSTOPTS)
* XFRM policy/state database handling for RO
These are NOT covered as loadable:
* Home Address flags and its rule on source address selection
* XFRM sub policy (depends on its own kernel option)
* XFRM functions to receive RO as IPv6 extension header
* MH sending/receiving through raw socket if user application
opens it (since raw socket allows to do so)
* RH2 sending as ancillary data
* RH2 operation with setsockopt(2)
Signed-off-by: Masahide NAKAMURA <nakam@linux-ipv6.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Kill unnecessary CONFIG_IPV6_MIP6.
o It is redundant for RAW socket to keep MH out with the config then
it can handle any protocol.
o Clean-up at AH.
Signed-off-by: Masahide NAKAMURA <nakam@linux-ipv6.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add a nested compat attribute type that can be used to convert
attributes that contain a structure to nested attributes in a
backwards compatible way.
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add rtnetlink API for creating, changing and deleting software devices.
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch changes the RFCOMM TTY release process so that the TTY is kept
on the list until it is really freed. A new device flag is used to keep
track of released TTYs.
Signed-off-by: Ville Tervo <ville.tervo@nokia.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
This patch enhances TIPC's stream socket send routine so that
it avoids transmitting data in chunks that require fragmentation
and reassembly, thereby improving performance at both the
sending and receiving ends of the connection.
The "maximum packet size" hint that records MTU info allows
the socket to decide how big a chunk it should send; in the
event that the hint has become stale, fragmentation may still
occur, but the data will be passed correctly and the hint will
be updated in time for the following send. Note: The 66060 byte
pseudo-MTU used for intra-node connections requires the send
routine to perform an additional check to ensure it does not
exceed TIPC"s limit of 66000 bytes of user data per chunk.
Signed-off-by: Allan Stephens <allan.stephens@windriver.com>
Signed-off-by: Jon Paul Maloy <jon.maloy@ericsson.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Most drivers must handle fragmented HCI data packets and events. This
patch adds a generic function for their reassembly to the Bluetooth
core layer and thus allows to shrink the complexity of the drivers.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Support for the Asix AX88796 network controller, an
NE2000 compatible 10/100 ethernet device with internal
PHY.
The driver supports PHY settings via either ioctl() or
the ethtool driver ops.
Signed-off-by: Ben Dooks <ben-linux@fluff.org>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Garzik <jeff@garzik.org>
Currently, if the socket is owned by the user, we drop the ICMP
message. As a result SCTP forgets that path MTU changed and
never adjusting it's estimate. This causes all subsequent
packets to be fragmented. With this patch, we'll flag the association
that it needs to udpate it's estimate based on the already updated
routing information.
Signed-off-by: Vlad Yasevich <vladislav.yasevich@hp.com>
Acked-by: Sridhar Samudrala <sri@us.ibm.com>
Introduce new function sctp_transport_update_pmtu that updates
the transports and destination caches view of the path mtu.
Signed-off-by: Vlad Yasevich <vladislav.yasevich@hp.com>
Acked-by: Sridhar Samudrala <sri@us.ibm.com>
From: G. Liakhovetski <gl@dsa-ac.de>
We need to switch to NRM _before_ sending the final packet otherwise
we might hit a race condition where we get the first packet from the
peer while we're still in LAP_XMIT_P.
Signed-off-by: Samuel Ortiz <samuel@sortiz.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The current NetLabel code has some redundant APIs which allow both
"struct socket" and "struct sock" types to be used; this may have made
sense at some point but it is wasteful now. Remove the functions that
operate on sockets and convert the callers. Not only does this make
the code smaller and more consistent but it pushes the locking burden
up to the caller which can be more intelligent about the locks. Also,
perform the same conversion (socket to sock) on the SELinux/NetLabel
glue code where it make sense.
Signed-off-by: Paul Moore <paul.moore@hp.com>
Acked-by: James Morris <jmorris@namei.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Currently we check for permission before deleting entries from SAD and
SPD, (see security_xfrm_policy_delete() security_xfrm_state_delete())
However we are not checking for authorization when flushing the SPD and
the SAD completely. It was perhaps missed in the original security hooks
patch.
This patch adds a security check when flushing entries from the SAD and
SPD. It runs the entire database and checks each entry for a denial.
If the process attempting the flush is unable to remove all of the
entries a denial is logged the the flush function returns an error
without removing anything.
This is particularly useful when a process may need to create or delete
its own xfrm entries used for things like labeled networking but that
same process should not be able to delete other entries or flush the
entire database.
Signed-off-by: Joy Latten<latten@austin.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Eric Paris <eparis@parisplace.org>
Signed-off-by: James Morris <jmorris@namei.org>
This reverts changesets:
6aaf47fa48b7b5f487abde34ed91c4fc038410b4
There are still some correctness issues recently
discovered which do not have a known fix that doesn't
involve doing a full hash table scan on port bind.
So revert for now.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
A time_wait socket inherits sk_bound_dev_if from the original socket,
but it is not used when sending ACK packets using ip_send_reply.
Fix by passing the oif to ip_send_reply in struct ip_reply_arg and
use it for output routing.
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The unix_state_*() locking macros imply that there is some
rwlock kind of thing going on, but the implementation is
actually a spinlock which makes the code more confusing than
it needs to be.
So use plain unix_state_lock and unix_state_unlock.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
tcp_out_of_resources() and tcp_close() perform the
same checking of number of orphan sockets. Move this
code into common place.
Signed-off-by: Pavel Emelianov <xemul@openvz.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The current IPSEC rule resolution behavior we have does not work for a
lot of people, even though technically it's an improvement from the
-EAGAIN buisness we had before.
Right now we'll block until the key manager resolves the route. That
works for simple cases, but many folks would rather packets get
silently dropped until the key manager resolves the IPSEC rules.
We can't tell these folks to "set the socket non-blocking" because
they don't have control over the non-block setting of things like the
sockets used to resolve DNS deep inside of the resolver libraries in
libc.
With that in mind I coded up the patch below with some help from
Herbert Xu which provides packet-drop behavior during larval state
resolution, controllable via sysctl and off by default.
This lays the framework to either:
1) Make this default at some point or...
2) Move this logic into xfrm{4,6}_policy.c and implement the
ARP-like resolution queue we've all been dreaming of.
The idea would be to queue packets to the policy, then
once the larval state is resolved by the key manager we
re-resolve the route and push the packets out. The
packets would timeout if the rule didn't get resolved
in a certain amount of time.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The L2CAP configuration parameter handling was missing the support
for rejecting unknown options. The capability to reject unknown
options is mandatory since the Bluetooth 1.2 specification. This
patch implements its and also simplifies the parameter parsing.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Yasuyuki Kozakai <yasuyuki.kozakai@toshiba.co.jp>
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
These are also in include/net/netfilter/nf_conntrack_helper.h
Signed-off-by: Yasuyuki Kozakai <yasuyuki.kozakai@toshiba.co.jp>
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
nf_nat_rule_find, alloc_null_binding and alloc_null_binding_confirmed
do not use the argument 'info', which is actually ct->nat.info.
If they are necessary to access it again, we can use the argument 'ct'
instead.
Signed-off-by: Yasuyuki Kozakai <yasuyuki.kozakai@toshiba.co.jp>
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
__udp_lib_port_inuse() cannot make direct references to
inet_sk(sk)->rcv_saddr as that is ipv4 specific state and
this code is used by ipv6 too.
Use an operations vector to solve this, and this also paves
the way for ipv6 support for non-wild saddr hashing in UDP.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Merge all compat ioctl handling into compat_ioctl.c instead of splitting it
over compat.c and compat_ioctl.c. This also allows to get rid of ioctl32.h
Signed-off-by: Christoph Hellwig <hch@lst.de>
Looks-good-to: Andi Kleen <ak@suse.de>
Acked-by: Arnd Bergmann <arnd@arndb.de>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
The routines that interrogate the ieee80211_geo struct are missing a
channel to frequency entry. This patch adds it.
Signed-off-by: Larry Finger <Larry.Finger@lwfinger.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
During the INIT/COOKIE-ACK collision cases, it's possible to get
into a situation where the association id is not yet set at the time
of the user event generation. As a result, user events have an
association id set to 0 which will confuse applications.
This happens if we hit case B of duplicate cookie processing.
In the particular example found and provided by Oscar Isaula
<Oscar.Isaula@motorola.com>, flow looks like this:
A B
---- INIT-------> (lost)
<---------INIT------
---- INIT-ACK--->
<------ Cookie ECHO
When the Cookie Echo is received, we end up trying to update the
association that was created on A as a result of the (lost) INIT,
but that association doesn't have the ID set yet.
Signed-off-by: Vlad Yasevich <vladislav.yasevich@hp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Signed-off-by: Sridhar Samudrala <sri@us.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Vlad Yasevich <vladislav.yasevich@hp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Aggregate the SPD info TLVs.
Signed-off-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <hadi@cyberus.ca>
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Aggregate the SAD info TLVs.
Signed-off-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <hadi@cyberus.ca>
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
With the inital implementation we missed to implement a skb backlog
queue . The result is that socket receive processing tossed packets.
Since AF_IUCV connections are working synchronously it leads to
connection hangs. Problems with read, close and select also occured.
Using a skb backlog queue is fixing all of these problems .
Signed-off-by: Jennifer Hunt <jenhunt@us.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Frank Pavlic <fpavlic@de.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
1) struct ip6_flowlabel : moves 'users' field to avoid two 32bits
holes for 64bit arches. Shrinks by 8 bytes sizeof(struct
ip6_flowlabel)
2) ipv6_addr_cmp() and ipv6_addr_copy() dont need (void *) casts :
Compiler might take into account natural alignement of in6_addr
structs to emit better code for memcpy()/memcmp() Casts to (void *)
force byte accesses.
3) ipv6_addr_prefix() optimization :
Better to clear whole struct, as compiler can emit better code for
memset(addr, 0, 16) (2 stores on x86_64), and avoid some conditional
branches.
# size vmlinux.after vmlinux.before
text data bss dec hex filename
5262262 647612 557432 6467306 62aeea vmlinux.after
5262550 647612 557432 6467594 62b00a vmlinux.before
thats 288 bytes saved.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <dada1@cosmosbay.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
TCP has a transitional state when SACK is not in use during
which this invariant is temporarily broken. Without SACK,
tcp_clean_rtx_queue does not decrement sacked_out. Therefore
calls to tcp_sync_left_out before sacked_out is again
corrected by tcp_fastretrans_alert can trigger this trap as
sacked_out still has couple of segments that are already out
of window.
Signed-off-by: Ilpo Järvinen <ilpo.jarvinen@helsinki.fi>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
__HAVE_ARCH_ADDR_SET seems unused these days, just get rid of it.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <dada1@cosmosbay.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
* master.kernel.org:/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net-2.6: (21 commits)
[IPV4] SNMP: Support OutMcastPkts and OutBcastPkts
[IPV4] SNMP: Support InMcastPkts and InBcastPkts
[IPV4] SNMP: Support InTruncatedPkts
[IPV4] SNMP: Support InNoRoutes
[SNMP]: Add definitions for {In,Out}BcastPkts
[TCP] FRTO: RFC4138 allows Nagle override when new data must be sent
[TCP] FRTO: Delay skb available check until it's mandatory
[XFRM]: Restrict upper layer information by bundle.
[TCP]: Catch skb with S+L bugs earlier
[PATCH] INET : IPV4 UDP lookups converted to a 2 pass algo
[L2TP]: Add the ability to autoload a pppox protocol module.
[SKB]: Introduce skb_queue_walk_safe()
[AF_IUCV/IUCV]: smp_call_function deadlock
[IPV6]: Fix slab corruption running ip6sic
[TCP]: Update references in two old comments
[XFRM]: Export SPD info
[IPV6]: Track device renames in snmp6.
[SCTP]: Fix sctp_getsockopt_local_addrs_old() to use local storage.
[NET]: Remove NETIF_F_INTERNAL_STATS, default to internal stats.
[NETPOLL]: Remove CONFIG_NETPOLL_RX
...
This is a corner case where less than MSS sized new data thingie
is awaiting in the send queue. For F-RTO to work correctly, a
new data segment must be sent at certain point or F-RTO cannot
be used at all. RFC4138 allows overriding of Nagle at that
point.
Implementation uses frto_counter states 2 and 3 to distinguish
when Nagle override is needed.
Signed-off-by: Ilpo Järvinen <ilpo.jarvinen@helsinki.fi>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
On MIPv6 usage, XFRM sub policy is enabled.
When main (IPsec) and sub (MIPv6) policy selectors have the same
address set but different upper layer information (i.e. protocol
number and its ports or type/code), multiple bundle should be created.
However, currently we have issue to use the same bundle created for
the first time with all flows covered by the case.
It is useful for the bundle to have the upper layer information
to be restructured correctly if it does not match with the flow.
1. Bundle was created by two policies
Selector from another policy is added to xfrm_dst.
If the flow does not match the selector, it goes to slow path to
restructure new bundle by single policy.
2. Bundle was created by one policy
Flow cache is added to xfrm_dst as originated one. If the flow does
not match the cache, it goes to slow path to try searching another
policy.
Signed-off-by: Masahide NAKAMURA <nakam@linux-ipv6.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
SACKED_ACKED and LOST are mutually exclusive with SACK, thus
having their sum larger than packets_out is bug with SACK.
Eventually these bugs trigger traps in the tcp_clean_rtx_queue
with SACK but it's much more informative to do this here.
Non-SACK TCP, however, could get more than packets_out duplicate
ACKs which each increment sacked_out, so it makes sense to do
this kind of limitting for non-SACK TCP but not for SACK enabled
one. Perhaps the author had the opposite in mind but did the
logic accidently wrong way around? Anyway, the sacked_out
incrementer code for non-SACK already deals this issue before
calling sync_left_out so this trapping can be done
unconditionally.
Signed-off-by: Ilpo Järvinen <ilpo.jarvinen@helsinki.fi>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Calling smp_call_function can lead to a deadlock if it is called
from tasklet context.
Fixing this deadlock requires to move the smp_call_function from the
tasklet context to a work queue. To do that queue the path pending
interrupts to a separate list and move the path cleanup out of
iucv_path_sever to iucv_path_connect and iucv_path_pending.
This creates a new requirement for iucv_path_connect: it may not be
called from tasklet context anymore.
Also fixed compile problem for CONFIG_HOTPLUG_CPU=n and
another one when walking the cpu_online mask. When doing this,
we must disable cpu hotplug.
Signed-off-by: Frank Pavlic <fpavlic@de.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Martin Schwidefsky <schwidefsky@de.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
With this patch you can use iproute2 in user space to efficiently see
how many policies exist in different directions.
Signed-off-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <hadi@cyberus.ca>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
IEEE80211_RADIOTAP_FCS is obsolete and should not be used. It's no
longer defined. Remove it from the comment too.
Signed-off-by: Pavel Roskin <proski@gnu.org>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
After 13 years of use, it looks like my email address is finally going
to disappear. While this is likely to drop the amount of incoming spam
greatly ;-), it may also affect more appropriate messages, so let's
update my email address in various places. In addition, Host AP mailing
list is subscribers-only and linux-wireless can also be used for
discussing issues related to this driver which is now shown in
MAINTAINERS.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Document that all fields must be little endian. Use annotated types
even in the comments. Consistently use shorter type names (u8, s8).
Realign the comments.
Signed-off-by: Pavel Roskin <proski@gnu.org>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Add the Marvell Libertas 8388 802.11 USB driver.
Signed-off-by: Marcelo Tosatti <marcelo@kvack.org>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Fix miscellaneous networking compilation errors.
(*) Export ktime_add_ns() for modules.
(*) wext_proc_init() should have an ANSI declaration.
Signed-off-by: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch cleans up the call paths from the core code into wext.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add an interface to the AF_RXRPC module so that the AFS filesystem module can
more easily make use of the services available. AFS still opens a socket but
then uses the action functions in lieu of sendmsg() and registers an intercept
functions to grab messages before they're queued on the socket Rx queue.
This permits AFS (or whatever) to:
(1) Avoid the overhead of using the recvmsg() call.
(2) Use different keys directly on individual client calls on one socket
rather than having to open a whole slew of sockets, one for each key it
might want to use.
(3) Avoid calling request_key() at the point of issue of a call or opening of
a socket. This is done instead by AFS at the point of open(), unlink() or
other VFS operation and the key handed through.
(4) Request the use of something other than GFP_KERNEL to allocate memory.
Furthermore:
(*) The socket buffer markings used by RxRPC are made available for AFS so
that it can interpret the cooked RxRPC messages itself.
(*) rxgen (un)marshalling abort codes are made available.
The following documentation for the kernel interface is added to
Documentation/networking/rxrpc.txt:
=========================
AF_RXRPC KERNEL INTERFACE
=========================
The AF_RXRPC module also provides an interface for use by in-kernel utilities
such as the AFS filesystem. This permits such a utility to:
(1) Use different keys directly on individual client calls on one socket
rather than having to open a whole slew of sockets, one for each key it
might want to use.
(2) Avoid having RxRPC call request_key() at the point of issue of a call or
opening of a socket. Instead the utility is responsible for requesting a
key at the appropriate point. AFS, for instance, would do this during VFS
operations such as open() or unlink(). The key is then handed through
when the call is initiated.
(3) Request the use of something other than GFP_KERNEL to allocate memory.
(4) Avoid the overhead of using the recvmsg() call. RxRPC messages can be
intercepted before they get put into the socket Rx queue and the socket
buffers manipulated directly.
To use the RxRPC facility, a kernel utility must still open an AF_RXRPC socket,
bind an addess as appropriate and listen if it's to be a server socket, but
then it passes this to the kernel interface functions.
The kernel interface functions are as follows:
(*) Begin a new client call.
struct rxrpc_call *
rxrpc_kernel_begin_call(struct socket *sock,
struct sockaddr_rxrpc *srx,
struct key *key,
unsigned long user_call_ID,
gfp_t gfp);
This allocates the infrastructure to make a new RxRPC call and assigns
call and connection numbers. The call will be made on the UDP port that
the socket is bound to. The call will go to the destination address of a
connected client socket unless an alternative is supplied (srx is
non-NULL).
If a key is supplied then this will be used to secure the call instead of
the key bound to the socket with the RXRPC_SECURITY_KEY sockopt. Calls
secured in this way will still share connections if at all possible.
The user_call_ID is equivalent to that supplied to sendmsg() in the
control data buffer. It is entirely feasible to use this to point to a
kernel data structure.
If this function is successful, an opaque reference to the RxRPC call is
returned. The caller now holds a reference on this and it must be
properly ended.
(*) End a client call.
void rxrpc_kernel_end_call(struct rxrpc_call *call);
This is used to end a previously begun call. The user_call_ID is expunged
from AF_RXRPC's knowledge and will not be seen again in association with
the specified call.
(*) Send data through a call.
int rxrpc_kernel_send_data(struct rxrpc_call *call, struct msghdr *msg,
size_t len);
This is used to supply either the request part of a client call or the
reply part of a server call. msg.msg_iovlen and msg.msg_iov specify the
data buffers to be used. msg_iov may not be NULL and must point
exclusively to in-kernel virtual addresses. msg.msg_flags may be given
MSG_MORE if there will be subsequent data sends for this call.
The msg must not specify a destination address, control data or any flags
other than MSG_MORE. len is the total amount of data to transmit.
(*) Abort a call.
void rxrpc_kernel_abort_call(struct rxrpc_call *call, u32 abort_code);
This is used to abort a call if it's still in an abortable state. The
abort code specified will be placed in the ABORT message sent.
(*) Intercept received RxRPC messages.
typedef void (*rxrpc_interceptor_t)(struct sock *sk,
unsigned long user_call_ID,
struct sk_buff *skb);
void
rxrpc_kernel_intercept_rx_messages(struct socket *sock,
rxrpc_interceptor_t interceptor);
This installs an interceptor function on the specified AF_RXRPC socket.
All messages that would otherwise wind up in the socket's Rx queue are
then diverted to this function. Note that care must be taken to process
the messages in the right order to maintain DATA message sequentiality.
The interceptor function itself is provided with the address of the socket
and handling the incoming message, the ID assigned by the kernel utility
to the call and the socket buffer containing the message.
The skb->mark field indicates the type of message:
MARK MEANING
=============================== =======================================
RXRPC_SKB_MARK_DATA Data message
RXRPC_SKB_MARK_FINAL_ACK Final ACK received for an incoming call
RXRPC_SKB_MARK_BUSY Client call rejected as server busy
RXRPC_SKB_MARK_REMOTE_ABORT Call aborted by peer
RXRPC_SKB_MARK_NET_ERROR Network error detected
RXRPC_SKB_MARK_LOCAL_ERROR Local error encountered
RXRPC_SKB_MARK_NEW_CALL New incoming call awaiting acceptance
The remote abort message can be probed with rxrpc_kernel_get_abort_code().
The two error messages can be probed with rxrpc_kernel_get_error_number().
A new call can be accepted with rxrpc_kernel_accept_call().
Data messages can have their contents extracted with the usual bunch of
socket buffer manipulation functions. A data message can be determined to
be the last one in a sequence with rxrpc_kernel_is_data_last(). When a
data message has been used up, rxrpc_kernel_data_delivered() should be
called on it..
Non-data messages should be handled to rxrpc_kernel_free_skb() to dispose
of. It is possible to get extra refs on all types of message for later
freeing, but this may pin the state of a call until the message is finally
freed.
(*) Accept an incoming call.
struct rxrpc_call *
rxrpc_kernel_accept_call(struct socket *sock,
unsigned long user_call_ID);
This is used to accept an incoming call and to assign it a call ID. This
function is similar to rxrpc_kernel_begin_call() and calls accepted must
be ended in the same way.
If this function is successful, an opaque reference to the RxRPC call is
returned. The caller now holds a reference on this and it must be
properly ended.
(*) Reject an incoming call.
int rxrpc_kernel_reject_call(struct socket *sock);
This is used to reject the first incoming call on the socket's queue with
a BUSY message. -ENODATA is returned if there were no incoming calls.
Other errors may be returned if the call had been aborted (-ECONNABORTED)
or had timed out (-ETIME).
(*) Record the delivery of a data message and free it.
void rxrpc_kernel_data_delivered(struct sk_buff *skb);
This is used to record a data message as having been delivered and to
update the ACK state for the call. The socket buffer will be freed.
(*) Free a message.
void rxrpc_kernel_free_skb(struct sk_buff *skb);
This is used to free a non-DATA socket buffer intercepted from an AF_RXRPC
socket.
(*) Determine if a data message is the last one on a call.
bool rxrpc_kernel_is_data_last(struct sk_buff *skb);
This is used to determine if a socket buffer holds the last data message
to be received for a call (true will be returned if it does, false
if not).
The data message will be part of the reply on a client call and the
request on an incoming call. In the latter case there will be more
messages, but in the former case there will not.
(*) Get the abort code from an abort message.
u32 rxrpc_kernel_get_abort_code(struct sk_buff *skb);
This is used to extract the abort code from a remote abort message.
(*) Get the error number from a local or network error message.
int rxrpc_kernel_get_error_number(struct sk_buff *skb);
This is used to extract the error number from a message indicating either
a local error occurred or a network error occurred.
Signed-off-by: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Provide AF_RXRPC sockets that can be used to talk to AFS servers, or serve
answers to AFS clients. KerberosIV security is fully supported. The patches
and some example test programs can be found in:
http://people.redhat.com/~dhowells/rxrpc/
This will eventually replace the old implementation of kernel-only RxRPC
currently resident in net/rxrpc/.
Signed-off-by: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
- make the following needlessly global variables static:
- core/rtnetlink.c: struct rtnl_msg_handlers[]
- netfilter/nf_conntrack_proto.c: struct nf_ct_protos[]
- make the following needlessly global functions static:
- core/rtnetlink.c: rtnl_dump_all()
- netlink/af_netlink.c: netlink_queue_skip()
Signed-off-by: Adrian Bunk <bunk@stusta.de>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
On a system with a lot of SAs, counting SAD entries chews useful
CPU time since you need to dump the whole SAD to user space;
i.e something like ip xfrm state ls | grep -i src | wc -l
I have seen taking literally minutes on a 40K SAs when the system
is swapping.
With this patch, some of the SAD info (that was already being tracked)
is exposed to user space. i.e you do:
ip xfrm state count
And you get the count; you can also pass -s to the command line and
get the hash info.
Signed-off-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <hadi@cyberus.ca>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch moves the non-proc SNMP code into addrconf.c and reuses
IPv4 SNMP code where applicable.
As a result we can skip proc.o if /proc is disabled.
Note that I've made a number of functions static since they're only
used by addrconf.c for now. If they ever get used elsewhere we can
always remove the static.
Signed-off-by: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au>
Acked-by: YOSHIFUJI Hideaki <yoshfuji@linux-ipv6.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch moves the SNMP code shared between IPv4/IPv6 from proc.c
into net/ipv4/af_inet.c. This makes sense because these functions
aren't specific to /proc.
As a result we can again skip proc.o if /proc is disabled.
Signed-off-by: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au>
Acked-by: YOSHIFUJI Hideaki <yoshfuji@linux-ipv6.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds a comment that was part of my rtnl locking patch for
cfg80211 but which I forgot for the merge.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Do some simple changes to make congestion control API faster/cleaner.
* use ktime_t rather than timeval
* merge rtt sampling into existing ack callback
this means one indirect call versus two per ack.
* use flags bits to store options/settings
Signed-off-by: Stephen Hemminger <shemminger@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
As scheduled, this patch removes the pointless wext over netlink code.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch creates the core cfg80211 code along with some sysfs bits.
This is a stripped down version to allow mac80211 to function, but
doesn't include any configuration yet except for creating and removing
virtual interfaces.
This patch includes the nl80211 header file but it only contains the
interface types which the cfg80211 interface for creating virtual
interfaces relies on.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Hint from David Miller <davem@davemloft.net>.
Signed-off-by: YOSHIFUJI Hideaki <yoshfuji@linux-ipv6.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Because stats pointer may not be aligned for u64, use memcpy
to fill u64 values.
Issue reported by David Miller <davem@davemloft.net>.
Signed-off-by: YOSHIFUJI Hideaki <yoshfuji@linux-ipv6.org>
It is far too large to be an inline and not in any hot paths.
Signed-off-by: Andi Kleen <ak@suse.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The function is quite big and has several call sites and nothing
to collapse by compiler optimization on inlining.
Besides it's nicer to read in a in .c file.
Signed-off-by: Andi Kleen <ak@suse.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This also fixes memory leak in error path.
Signed-off-by: YOSHIFUJI Hideaki <yoshfuji@linux-ipv6.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Since we're now holding the rtnl during the entire dump operation, we
can remove qdisc_tree_lock, whose only purpose is to protect dump
callbacks from concurrent changes to the qdisc tree.
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When a transmitted packet is looped back directly, CHECKSUM_PARTIAL
maps to the semantics of CHECKSUM_UNNECESSARY. Therefore we should
treat it as such in the stack.
Signed-off-by: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Replace the probing based MTU estimation, which usually takes 2-3 iterations
to find a fitting value and may underestimate the MTU, by an exact calculation.
Also fix underestimation of the XFRM trailer_len, which causes unnecessary
reallocations.
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Move generic skbuff stuff from XFRM code to generic code so that
AF_RXRPC can use it too.
The kdoc comments I've attached to the functions needs to be checked
by whoever wrote them as I had to make some guesses about the workings
of these functions.
Signed-off-By: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
For consistency with other skb data accessors, reducing the number of direct
accesses to skb->data.
Signed-off-by: Arnaldo Carvalho de Melo <acme@redhat.com>
The results of FIB rules lookups are cached in the routing cache
except for IPv6 as no such cache exists. So far, it was the
responsibility of the user to flush the cache after modifying any
rules. This lead to many false bug reports due to misunderstanding
of this concept.
This patch automatically flushes the route cache after inserting
or deleting a rule.
Thanks to Muli Ben-Yehuda <muli@il.ibm.com> for catching a bug
in the previous patch.
Signed-off-by: Thomas Graf <tgraf@suug.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds a new rule action FR_ACT_GOTO which allows
to skip a set of rules by jumping to another rule. The rule
to jump to is specified via the FRA_GOTO attribute which
carries a rule preference.
Referring to a rule which doesn't exists is explicitely allowed.
Such goto rules are marked with the flag FIB_RULE_UNRESOLVED
and will act like a rule with a non-matching selector. The rule
will become functional as soon as its target is present.
The goto action enables performance optimizations by reducing
the average number of rules that have to be passed per lookup.
Example:
0: from all lookup local
40: not from all to 192.168.23.128 goto 32766
41: from all fwmark 0xa blackhole
42: from all fwmark 0xff blackhole
32766: from all lookup main
Signed-off-by: Thomas Graf <tgraf@suug.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The days are gone when this was not an issue, there are folks out
there with huge bot networks that can be used to attack the
established hash tables on remote systems.
So just like the routing cache and connection tracking
hash, use Jenkins hash with random secret input.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch introduces a new NLA_BINARY attribute policy type with the
verification of simply checking the maximum length of the payload.
It also fixes a small typo in the example.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: Thomas Graf <tgraf@suug.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
As stated in the sctp socket api draft:
sac_info: variable
If the sac_state is SCTP_COMM_LOST and an ABORT chunk was received
for this association, sac_info[] contains the complete ABORT chunk as
defined in the SCTP specification RFC2960 [RFC2960] section 3.3.7.
We now save received ABORT chunks into the sac_info field and pass that
to the user.
Signed-off-by: Vlad Yasevich <vladislav.yasevich@hp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Parameters only take effect when a corresponding flag bit is set
and a value is specified. This means we need to check the flags
in addition to checking for non-zero value.
Signed-off-by: Vlad Yasevich <vladislav.yasevich@hp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This option induces partial delivery to run as soon
as the specified amount of data has been accumulated on
the association. However, we give preference to fully
reassembled messages over PD messages. In any case,
window and buffer is freed up.
Signed-off-by: Vlad Yasevich <vladislav.yasevich@.hp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This option was introduced in draft-ietf-tsvwg-sctpsocket-13. It
prevents head-of-line blocking in the case of one-to-many endpoint.
Applications enabling this option really must enable SCTP_SNDRCV event
so that they would know where the data belongs. Based on an
earlier patch by Ivan Skytte Jørgensen.
Additionally, this functionality now permits multiple associations
on the same endpoint to enter Partial Delivery. Applications should
be extra careful, when using this functionality, to track EOR indicators.
Signed-off-by: Vlad Yasevich <vladislav.yasevich@hp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Uninline tcf_destroy and add a helper function to destroy an entire filter
chain.
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The error pointer argument in netlink message handlers is used
to signal the special case where processing has to be interrupted
because a dump was started but no error happened. Instead it is
simpler and more clear to return -EINTR and have netlink_run_queue()
deal with getting the queue right.
nfnetlink passed on this error pointer to its subsystem handlers
but only uses it to signal the start of a netlink dump. Therefore
it can be removed there as well.
This patch also cleans up the error handling in the affected
message handlers to be consistent since it had to be touched anyway.
Signed-off-by: Thomas Graf <tgraf@suug.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Implements a unified, protocol independant rules dumping function
which is capable of both, dumping a specific protocol family or
all of them. This speeds up dumping as less lookups are required.
Signed-off-by: Thomas Graf <tgraf@suug.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds a new interface to register rtnetlink message
handlers replacing the exported rtnl_links[] array which
required many message handlers to be exported unnecessarly.
Signed-off-by: Thomas Graf <tgraf@suug.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
So that it is also an offset from skb->head, reduces its size from 8 to 4 bytes
on 64bit architectures, allowing us to combine the 4 bytes hole left by the
layer headers conversion, reducing struct sk_buff size to 256 bytes, i.e. 4
64byte cachelines, and since the sk_buff slab cache is SLAB_HWCACHE_ALIGN...
:-)
Many calculations that previously required that skb->{transport,network,
mac}_header be first converted to a pointer now can be done directly, being
meaningful as offsets or pointers.
Signed-off-by: Arnaldo Carvalho de Melo <acme@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Now that all packet schedulers have been converted to hrtimers most users
of PSCHED_JIFFIE2US and PSCHED_US2JIFFIE are gone. The remaining users use
it to convert external time units to packet scheduler clock ticks, so use
PSCHED_TICKS_PER_SEC instead.
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Get rid of the manual clock source selection mess and use ktime. Also
use a scalar representation, which allows to clean up pkt_sched.h a bit
more and results in less ktime_to_ns() calls in most cases.
The PSCHED_US2JIFFIE/PSCHED_JIFFIE2US macros are implemented quite
inefficient by this patch, following patches will convert all qdiscs
to hrtimers and get rid of them entirely.
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Remove ugly special-casing of nf_conntrack_l4proto_generic, all it
wants is its sysctl tables registered, so do that explicitly in an
init function and move the remaining protocol initialization and
cleanup code to nf_conntrack_proto.c as well.
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Remove the obsolete IPv4 only connection tracking/NAT as scheduled in
feature-removal-schedule.
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
For the places where we need a pointer to the transport header, it is
still legal to touch skb->h.raw directly if just adding to,
subtracting from or setting it to another layer header.
Signed-off-by: Arnaldo Carvalho de Melo <acme@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
For the quite common 'skb->h.raw - skb->data' sequence.
Signed-off-by: Arnaldo Carvalho de Melo <acme@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Now the skb->nh union has just one member, .raw, i.e. it is just like the
skb->mac union, strange, no? I'm just leaving it like that till the transport
layer is done with, when we'll rename skb->mac.raw to skb->mac_header (or
->mac_header_offset?), ditto for ->{h,nh}.
Signed-off-by: Arnaldo Carvalho de Melo <acme@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
For the common sequence "skb->nh.iph->ihl * 4", removing a good number of open
coded skb->nh.iph uses, now to go after the rest...
Just out of curiosity, here are the idioms found to get the same result:
skb->nh.iph->ihl << 2
skb->nh.iph->ihl<<2
skb->nh.iph->ihl * 4
skb->nh.iph->ihl*4
(skb->nh.iph)->ihl * sizeof(u32)
Signed-off-by: Arnaldo Carvalho de Melo <acme@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
For the places where we need a pointer to the network header, it is still legal
to touch skb->nh.raw directly if just adding to, subtracting from or setting it
to another layer header.
Signed-off-by: Arnaldo Carvalho de Melo <acme@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
For the common, open coded 'skb->nh.raw = skb->data' operation, so that we can
later turn skb->nh.raw into a offset, reducing the size of struct sk_buff in
64bit land while possibly keeping it as a pointer on 32bit.
This one touches just the most simple case, next will handle the slightly more
"complex" cases.
Signed-off-by: Arnaldo Carvalho de Melo <acme@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We'll have skb_reset_network_header soon.
Signed-off-by: Arnaldo Carvalho de Melo <acme@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
For the common, open coded 'skb->mac.raw = skb->data' operation, so that we can
later turn skb->mac.raw into a offset, reducing the size of struct sk_buff in
64bit land while possibly keeping it as a pointer on 32bit.
This one touches just the most simple case, next will handle the slightly more
"complex" cases.
Signed-off-by: Arnaldo Carvalho de Melo <acme@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Now that network timestamps use ktime_t infrastructure, we can add a new
SOL_SOCKET sockopt SO_TIMESTAMPNS.
This command is similar to SO_TIMESTAMP, but permits transmission of
a 'timespec struct' instead of a 'timeval struct' control message.
(nanosecond resolution instead of microsecond)
Control message is labelled SCM_TIMESTAMPNS instead of SCM_TIMESTAMP
A socket cannot mix SO_TIMESTAMP and SO_TIMESTAMPNS : the two modes are
mutually exclusive.
sock_recv_timestamp() became too big to be fully inlined so I added a
__sock_recv_timestamp() helper function.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <dada1@cosmosbay.com>
CC: linux-arch@vger.kernel.org
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Covert network warning messages from a compile time to runtime choice.
Removes kernel config option and replaces it with new /proc/sys/net/core/warnings.
Signed-off-by: Stephen Hemminger <shemminger@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Now network timestamps use ktime_t infrastructure, we can add a new
ioctl() SIOCGSTAMPNS command to get timestamps in 'struct timespec'.
User programs can thus access to nanosecond resolution.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <dada1@cosmosbay.com>
CC: Stephen Hemminger <shemminger@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This allows the write queue implementation to be changed,
for example, to one which allows fast interval searching.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch eliminates some duplicate code for the verification of
receive checksums between UDP-Lite and UDP. It does this by
introducing __skb_checksum_complete_head which is identical to
__skb_checksum_complete_head apart from the fact that it takes
a length parameter rather than computing the first skb->len bytes.
As a result UDP-Lite will be able to use hardware checksum offload
for packets which do not use partial coverage checksums. It also
means that UDP-Lite loopback no longer does unnecessary checksum
verification.
If any NICs start support UDP-Lite this would also start working
automatically.
This patch removes the assumption that msg_flags has MSG_TRUNC clear
upon entry in recvmsg.
Signed-off-by: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Nominally an autoconfigured IPv6 address is added to an interface in the
Tentative state (as per RFC 2462). Addresses in this state remain in this
state while the Duplicate Address Detection process operates on them to
determine their uniqueness on the network. During this period, these
tentative addresses may not be used for communication, increasing the time
before a node may be able to communicate on a network. Using Optimistic
Duplicate Address Detection, autoconfigured addresses may be used
immediately for communication on the network, as long as certain rules are
followed to avoid conflicts with other nodes during the Duplicate Address
Detection process.
Signed-off-by: Neil Horman <nhorman@tuxdriver.com>
Signed-off-by: YOSHIFUJI Hideaki <yoshfuji@linux-ipv6.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We currently use a special structure (struct skb_timeval) and plain
'struct timeval' to store packet timestamps in sk_buffs and struct
sock.
This has some drawbacks :
- Fixed resolution of micro second.
- Waste of space on 64bit platforms where sizeof(struct timeval)=16
I suggest using ktime_t that is a nice abstraction of high resolution
time services, currently capable of nanosecond resolution.
As sizeof(ktime_t) is 8 bytes, using ktime_t in 'struct sock' permits
a 8 byte shrink of this structure on 64bit architectures. Some other
structures also benefit from this size reduction (struct ipq in
ipv4/ip_fragment.c, struct frag_queue in ipv6/reassembly.c, ...)
Once this ktime infrastructure adopted, we can more easily provide
nanosecond resolution on top of it. (ioctl SIOCGSTAMPNS and/or
SO_TIMESTAMPNS/SCM_TIMESTAMPNS)
Note : this patch includes a bug correction in
compat_sock_get_timestamp() where a "err = 0;" was missing (so this
syscall returned -ENOENT instead of 0)
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <dada1@cosmosbay.com>
CC: Stephen Hemminger <shemminger@linux-foundation.org>
CC: John find <linux.kernel@free.fr>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Where appropriate, convert references to xtime.tv_sec to the
get_seconds() helper function.
Signed-off-by: James Morris <jmorris@namei.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
sk_backlog is a critical field of struct sock. (known famous words)
It is (ab)used in hot paths, in particular in release_sock(), tcp_recvmsg(),
tcp_v4_rcv(), sk_receive_skb().
It really makes sense to place it next to sk_lock, because sk_backlog is only
used after sk_lock locked (and thus memory cache line in L1 cache). This
should reduce cache misses and sk_lock acquisition time.
(In theory, we could only move the head pointer near sk_lock, and leaving tail
far away, because 'tail' is normally not so hot, but keep it simple :) )
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <dada1@cosmosbay.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
New sysctl tcp_frto_response is added to select amongst these
responses:
- Rate halving based; reuses CA_CWR state (default)
- Very conservative; used to be the only one available (=1)
- Undo cwr; undoes ssthresh and cwnd reductions (=2)
The response with rate halving requires a new parameter to
tcp_enter_cwr because FRTO has already reduced ssthresh and
doing a second reduction there has to be prevented. In addition,
to keep things nice on 80 cols screen, a local variable was
added.
Signed-off-by: Ilpo Järvinen <ilpo.jarvinen@helsinki.fi>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This interpretation comes from RFC4138:
"If the sender implements some loss recovery algorithm other
than Reno or NewReno [FHG04], the F-RTO algorithm SHOULD
NOT be entered when earlier fast recovery is underway."
I think the RFC means to say (especially in the light of
Appendix B) that ...recovery is underway (not just fast recovery)
or was underway when it was interrupted by an earlier (F-)RTO
that hasn't yet been resolved (snd_una has not advanced enough).
Thus, my interpretation is that whenever TCP has ever
retransmitted other than head, basic version cannot be used
because then the order assumptions which are used as FRTO basis
do not hold.
NewReno has only the head segment retransmitted at a time.
Therefore, walk up to the segment that has not been SACKed, if
that segment is not retransmitted nor anything before it, we know
for sure, that nothing after the non-SACKed segment should be
either. This assumption is valid because TCPCB_EVER_RETRANS does
not leave holes but each non-SACKed segment is rexmitted
in-order.
Check for retrans_out > 1 avoids more expensive walk through the
skb list, as we can know the result beforehand: F-RTO will not be
allowed.
SACKed skb can turn into non-SACked only in the extremely rare
case of SACK reneging, in this case we might fail to detect
retransmissions if there were them for any other than head. To
get rid of that feature, whole rexmit queue would have to be
walked (always) or FRTO should be prevented when SACK reneging
happens. Of course RTO should still trigger after reneging which
makes this issue even less likely to show up. And as long as the
response is as conservative as it's now, nothing bad happens even
then.
Signed-off-by: Ilpo Järvinen <ilpo.jarvinen@helsinki.fi>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The input_device pointer is not refcounted, which means the device may
disappear while packets are queued, causing a crash when ifb passes packets
with a stale skb->dev pointer to netif_rx().
Fix by storing the interface index instead and do a lookup where neccessary.
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Acked-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <hadi@cyberus.ca>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Johannes Berg discovered that kernel space was leaking to
userspace on 64 bit platform. He made a first patch to fix that. This
is an improved version of his patch.
Signed-off-by: Jean Tourrilhes <jt@hpl.hp.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
As per RFC2461, section 6.3.6, item #2, when no routers on the
matching list are known to be reachable or probably reachable we
do round robin on those available routes so that we make sure
to probe as many of them as possible to detect when one becomes
reachable faster.
Each routing table has a rwlock protecting the tree and the linked
list of routes at each leaf. The round robin code executes during
lookup and thus with the rwlock taken as a reader. A small local
spinlock tries to provide protection but this does not work at all
for two reasons:
1) The round-robin list manipulation, as coded, goes like this (with
read lock held):
walk routes finding head and tail
spin_lock();
rotate list using head and tail
spin_unlock();
While one thread is rotating the list, another thread can
end up with stale values of head and tail and then proceed
to corrupt the list when it gets the lock. This ends up causing
the OOPS in fib6_add() later onthat many people have been hitting.
2) All the other code paths that run with the rwlock held as
a reader do not expect the list to change on them, they
expect it to remain completely fixed while they hold the
lock in that way.
So, simply stated, it is impossible to implement this correctly using
a manipulation of the list without violating the rwlock locking
semantics.
Reimplement using a per-fib6_node round-robin pointer. This way we
don't need to manipulate the list at all, and since the round-robin
pointer can only ever point to real existing entries we don't need
to perform any locking on the changing of the round-robin pointer
itself. We only need to reset the round-robin pointer to NULL when
the entry it is pointing to is removed.
The idea is from Thomas Graf and it is very similar to how this
was implemented before the advanced router selection code when in.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
->neigh_destructor() is killed (not used), replaced with
->neigh_cleanup(), which is called when neighbor entry goes to dead
state. At this point everything is still valid: neigh->dev,
neigh->parms etc.
The device should guarantee that dead neighbor entries (neigh->dead !=
0) do not get private part initialized, otherwise nobody will cleanup
it.
I think this is enough for ipoib which is the only user of this thing.
Initialization private part of neighbor entries happens in ipib
start_xmit routine, which is not reached when device is down. But it
would be better to add explicit test for neigh->dead in any case.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Based upon a patch from Patrick McHardy.
The fib_rules netlink attribute policy introduced in 2.6.19 broke
userspace compatibilty. When specifying a rule with "from all"
or "to all", iproute adds a zero byte long netlink attribute,
but the policy requires all addresses to have a size equal to
sizeof(struct in_addr)/sizeof(struct in6_addr), resulting in a
validation error.
Check attribute length of FRA_SRC/FRA_DST in the generic framework
by letting the family specific rules implementation provide the
length of an address. Report an error if address length is non
zero but no address attribute is provided. Fix actual bug by
checking address length for non-zero instead of relying on
availability of attribute.
Signed-off-by: Thomas Graf <tgraf@suug.ch>
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
If the association has been restarted, we need to reset the
transport congestion variables as well as accumulated error
counts and CACC variables. If we do not, the association
will use the wrong values and may terminate prematurely.
This was found with a scenario where the peer restarted
the association when lksctp was in the last HB timeout for
its association. The restart happened, but the error counts
have not been reset and when the timeout occurred, a newly
restarted association was terminated due to excessive
retransmits.
Signed-off-by: Vlad Yasevich <vladislav.yasevich@hp.com>
Signed-off-by: Sridhar Samudrala <sri@us.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
During association restart we may have stale data sitting
on the ULP queue waiting for ordering or reassembly. This
data may cause severe problems if not cleaned up. In particular
stale data pending ordering may cause problems with receive
window exhaustion if our peer has decided to restart the
association.
Signed-off-by: Vlad Yasevich <vladislav.yasevich@hp.com>
Signed-off-by: Sridhar Samudrala <sri@us.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The security hooks to check permissions to remove an xfrm_policy were
actually done after the policy was removed. Since the unlinking and
deletion are done in xfrm_policy_by* functions this moves the hooks
inside those 2 functions. There we have all the information needed to
do the security check and it can be done before the deletion. Since
auditing requires the result of that security check err has to be passed
back and forth from the xfrm_policy_by* functions.
This patch also fixes a bug where a deletion that failed the security
check could cause improper accounting on the xfrm_policy
(xfrm_get_policy didn't have a put on the exit path for the hold taken
by xfrm_policy_by*)
It also fixes the return code when no policy is found in
xfrm_add_pol_expire. In old code (at least back in the 2.6.18 days) err
wasn't used before the return when no policy is found and so the
initialization would cause err to be ENOENT. But since err has since
been used above when we don't get a policy back from the xfrm_policy_by*
function we would always return 0 instead of the intended ENOENT. Also
fixed some white space damage in the same area.
Signed-off-by: Eric Paris <eparis@redhat.com>
Acked-by: Venkat Yekkirala <vyekkirala@trustedcs.com>
Acked-by: James Morris <jmorris@namei.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This reverts two changes:
8488df894d248f06726e
A backlog value of N really does mean allow "N + 1" connections
to queue to a listening socket. This allows one to specify
"0" as the backlog and still get 1 connection.
Noticed by Gerrit Renker and Rick Jones.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Fix {nf,ip}_ct_iterate_cleanup unconfirmed list handling:
- unconfirmed entries can not be killed manually, they are removed on
confirmation or final destruction of the conntrack entry, which means
we might iterate forever without making forward progress.
This can happen in combination with the conntrack event cache, which
holds a reference to the conntrack entry, which is only released when
the packet makes it all the way through the stack or a different
packet is handled.
- taking references to an unconfirmed entry and using it outside the
locked section doesn't work, the list entries are not refcounted and
another CPU might already be waiting to destroy the entry
What the code really wants to do is make sure the references of the hash
table to the selected conntrack entries are released, so they will be
destroyed once all references from skbs and the event cache are dropped.
Since unconfirmed entries haven't even entered the hash yet, simply mark
them as dying and skip confirmation based on that.
Reported and tested by Chuck Ebbert <cebbert@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
when I use linux TCP socket, and find there is a bug in function
sk_acceptq_is_full().
When a new SYN comes, TCP module first checks its validation. If valid,
send SYN,ACK to the client and add the sock to the syn hash table. Next
time if received the valid ACK for SYN,ACK from the client. server will
accept this connection and increase the sk->sk_ack_backlog -- which is
done in function tcp_check_req().We check wether acceptq is full in
function tcp_v4_syn_recv_sock().
Consider an example:
After listen(sockfd, 1) system call, sk->sk_max_ack_backlog is set to
1. As we know, sk->sk_ack_backlog is initialized to 0. Assuming accept()
system call is not invoked now.
1. 1st connection comes. invoke sk_acceptq_is_full(). sk-
>sk_ack_backlog=0 sk->sk_max_ack_backlog=1, function return 0 accept
this connection. Increase the sk->sk_ack_backlog
2. 2nd connection comes. invoke sk_acceptq_is_full(). sk-
>sk_ack_backlog=1 sk->sk_max_ack_backlog=1, function return 0 accept
this connection. Increase the sk->sk_ack_backlog
3. 3rd connection comes. invoke sk_acceptq_is_full(). sk-
>sk_ack_backlog=2 sk->sk_max_ack_backlog=1, function return 1. Refuse
this connection.
I think it has bugs. after listen system call. sk->sk_max_ack_backlog=1
but now it can accept 2 connections.
Signed-off-by: Wei Dong <weid@np.css.fujitsu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
ctnetlink uses netlink_unicast from an atomic_notifier_chain
(which is called within a RCU read side critical section)
without holding further locks. netlink_unicast calls netlink_trim
with the result of gfp_any() for the gfp flags, which are passed
down to pskb_expand_header. gfp_any() only checks for softirq
context and returns GFP_KERNEL, resulting in this warning:
BUG: sleeping function called from invalid context at mm/slab.c:3032
in_atomic():1, irqs_disabled():0
no locks held by rmmod/7010.
Call Trace:
[<ffffffff8109467f>] debug_show_held_locks+0x9/0xb
[<ffffffff8100b0b4>] __might_sleep+0xd9/0xdb
[<ffffffff810b5082>] __kmalloc+0x68/0x110
[<ffffffff811ba8f2>] pskb_expand_head+0x4d/0x13b
[<ffffffff81053147>] netlink_broadcast+0xa5/0x2e0
[<ffffffff881cd1d7>] :nfnetlink:nfnetlink_send+0x83/0x8a
[<ffffffff8834f6a6>] :nf_conntrack_netlink:ctnetlink_conntrack_event+0x94c/0x96a
[<ffffffff810624d6>] notifier_call_chain+0x29/0x3e
[<ffffffff8106251d>] atomic_notifier_call_chain+0x32/0x60
[<ffffffff881d266d>] :nf_conntrack:destroy_conntrack+0xa5/0x1d3
[<ffffffff881d194e>] :nf_conntrack:nf_ct_cleanup+0x8c/0x12c
[<ffffffff881d4614>] :nf_conntrack:kill_l3proto+0x0/0x13
[<ffffffff881d482a>] :nf_conntrack:nf_conntrack_l3proto_unregister+0x90/0x94
[<ffffffff883551b3>] :nf_conntrack_ipv4:nf_conntrack_l3proto_ipv4_fini+0x2b/0x5d
[<ffffffff8109d44f>] sys_delete_module+0x1b5/0x1e6
[<ffffffff8105f245>] trace_hardirqs_on_thunk+0x35/0x37
[<ffffffff8105911e>] system_call+0x7e/0x83
Since netlink_unicast is supposed to be callable from within RCU
read side critical sections, make gfp_any() check for in_atomic()
instead of in_softirq().
Additionally nfnetlink_send needs to use gfp_any() as well for the
call to netlink_broadcast).
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds proper prototypes for some functions in
include/net/irda/irda.h
Signed-off-by: Adrian Bunk <bunk@stusta.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch changes xfrm6_tunnel register and deregister
interface to prepare for solving the conflict of device
tunnels with inter address family IPsec tunnel.
There is no device which conflicts with IPv4 over IPv6
IPsec tunnel.
Signed-off-by: Kazunori MIYAZAWA <miyazawa@linux-ipv6.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch changes xfrm4_tunnel register and deregister
interface to prepare for solving the conflict of device
tunnels with inter address family IPsec tunnel.
Signed-off-by: Kazunori MIYAZAWA <miyazawa@linux-ipv6.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
No caller checks the return value, and since its usually called within the
module unload path there's nothing a module could do about errors anyway,
so BUG on invalid conditions and return void.
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
NF_CT_STAT_INC assumes rcu_read_lock in nf_hook_slow disables
preemption as well, making it legal to use __get_cpu_var without
disabling preemption manually. The assumption is not correct anymore
with preemptable RCU, additionally we need to protect against softirqs
when not holding nf_conntrack_lock.
Add NF_CT_STAT_INC_ATOMIC macro, which disables local softirqs,
and use where necessary.
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Replace preempt_{enable,disable} based RCU by proper use of the
RCU API and add missing rcu_read_lock/rcu_read_unlock calls in
all paths not obviously only used within packet process context
(nfnetlink_conntrack).
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Many struct file_operations in the kernel can be "const". Marking them const
moves these to the .rodata section, which avoids false sharing with potential
dirty data. In addition it'll catch accidental writes at compile time to
these shared resources.
Signed-off-by: Arjan van de Ven <arjan@linux.intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
This last patch (but not least :) ) finally moves the next pointer at
the end of struct dst_entry. This permits to perform route cache
lookups with a minimal cost of one cache line per entry, instead of
two.
Both 32bits and 64bits platforms benefit from this new layout.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <dada1@cosmosbay.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch removes the next pointer from 'struct dn_route.u' union,
and renames u.rt_next to u.dst.dn_next.
It also moves 'struct flowi' right after 'struct dst_entry' to prepare
speedup lookups.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <dada1@cosmosbay.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch removes the next pointer from 'struct rt6_info.u' union,
and renames u.next to u.dst.rt6_next.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <dada1@cosmosbay.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch removes the rt_next pointer from 'struct rtable.u' union,
and renames u.rt_next to u.dst_rt_next.
It also moves 'struct flowi' right after 'struct dst_entry' to prepare
the gain on lookups.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <dada1@cosmosbay.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch introduces an anonymous union to nicely express the fact that all
objects inherited from struct dst_entry should access to the generic 'next'
pointer but with appropriate type verification.
This patch is a prereq before following patches.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <dada1@cosmosbay.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
ehash table layout is currently this one :
First half of this table is used by sockets not in TIME_WAIT state
Second half of it is used by sockets in TIME_WAIT state.
This is non optimal because of for a given hash or socket, the two chain heads
are located in separate cache lines.
Moreover the locks of the second half are never used.
If instead of this halving, we use two list heads in inet_ehash_bucket instead
of only one, we probably can avoid one cache miss, and reduce ram usage,
particularly if sizeof(rwlock_t) is big (various CONFIG_DEBUG_SPINLOCK,
CONFIG_DEBUG_LOCK_ALLOC settings). So we still halves the table but we keep
together related chains to speedup lookups and socket state change.
In this patch I did not try to align struct inet_ehash_bucket, but a future
patch could try to make this structure have a convenient size (a power of two
or a multiple of L1_CACHE_SIZE).
I guess rwlock will just vanish as soon as RCU is plugged into ehash :) , so
maybe we dont need to scratch our heads to align the bucket...
Note : In case struct inet_ehash_bucket is not a power of two, we could
probably change alloc_large_system_hash() (in case it use __get_free_pages())
to free the unused space. It currently allocates a big zone, but the last
quarter of it could be freed. Again, this should be a temporary 'problem'.
Patch tested on ipv4 tcp only, but should be OK for IPV6 and DCCP.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <dada1@cosmosbay.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
From: Jennifer Hunt <jenhunt@us.ibm.com>
This patch adds AF_IUCV socket support.
Signed-off-by: Frank Pavlic <fpavlic@de.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Martin Schwidefsky <schwidefsky@de.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add rewritten IUCV base code to net/iucv.
Signed-off-by: Frank Pavlic <fpavlic@de.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Martin Schwidefsky <schwidefsky@de.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
echo "1" > /proc/sys/net/x25/x25_forward
To turn on x25_forwarding, defaults to off
Requires the previous patch.
Signed-off-by: Andrew Hendry <andrew.hendry@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Adds call forwarding to X.25, allowing it to operate like an X.25 router.
Useful if one needs to manipulate X.25 traffic with tools like tc.
This is an update/cleanup based off a patch submitted by Daniel Ferenci a few years ago.
Thanks Alan for the feedback.
Added the null check to the clones.
Moved the skb_clone's into the forwarding functions.
Worked ok with Cisco XoT, linux X.25 back to back, and some old NTUs/PADs.
Signed-off-by: Andrew Hendry <andrew.hendry@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Extend the XFRM framework so that endpoint address(es) in the XFRM
databases could be dynamically updated according to a request (MIGRATE
message) from user application. Target XFRM policy is first identified
by the selector in the MIGRATE message. Next, the endpoint addresses
of the matching templates and XFRM states are updated according to
the MIGRATE message.
Signed-off-by: Shinta Sugimoto <shinta.sugimoto@ericsson.com>
Signed-off-by: Masahide NAKAMURA <nakam@linux-ipv6.org>
Signed-off-by: YOSHIFUJI Hideaki <yoshfuji@linux-ipv6.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds support to NAT to randomize source ports.
Signed-off-by: Eric Leblond <eric@inl.fr>
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This is nf_conntrack_sane, a netfilter connection tracking helper module
for the SANE protocol used by the 'saned' daemon to make scanners available
via network. The SANE protocol uses separate control & data connections,
similar to passive FTP. The helper module is needed to recognize the data
connection as RELATED to the control one.
Signed-off-by: Michal Schmidt <mschmidt@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch exports xfrm_state_afinfo.
Signed-off-by: Miika Komu <miika@iki.fi>
Signed-off-by: Diego Beltrami <Diego.Beltrami@hiit.fi>
Signed-off-by: Kazunori Miyazawa <miyazawa@linux-ipv6.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Do this even for non-blocking sockets. This avoids the silly -EAGAIN
that applications can see now, even for non-blocking sockets in some
cases (f.e. connect()).
With help from Venkat Tekkirala.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The tcphdr struct passed to tcp_v4_check is not used, the following
patch removes it from the parameter list.
This adds the netfilter modifications missing in the patch I sent
for rc3-mm1.
Signed-off-by: Frederik Deweerdt <frederik.deweerdt@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Revert 931731123a
We can't elide the skb_set_owner_w() here because things like certain
netfilter targets (such as owner MATCH) need a socket to be set on the
SKB for correct operation.
Thanks to Jan Engelhardt and other netfilter list members for
pointing this out.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Consider the chunk as Out-of-the-Blue if we don't have
an endpoint. Otherwise discard it as before.
Signed-off-by: Vlad Yasevich <vladislav.yasevich@hp.com>
Signed-off-by: Sridhar Samudrala <sri@us.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In file included from net/netfilter/xt_state.c:13:
include/net/netfilter/nf_conntrack_compat.h: In function 'nf_ct_l3proto_try_module_get':
include/net/netfilter/nf_conntrack_compat.h:70: error: 'PF_INET' undeclared (first use in this function)
include/net/netfilter/nf_conntrack_compat.h:70: error: (Each undeclared identifier is reported only once
include/net/netfilter/nf_conntrack_compat.h:70: error: for each function it appears in.)
include/net/netfilter/nf_conntrack_compat.h:71: warning: control reaches end of non-void function
make[2]: *** [net/netfilter/xt_state.o] Error 1
make[1]: *** [net/netfilter] Error 2
make: *** [net] Error 2
A simple fix is to have nf_conntrack_compat.h #include <linux/socket.h>.
Signed-off-by: Mikael Pettersson <mikpe@it.uu.se>
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This reverts the new (unambiguous) definition of the TCP `before'
relation. As pointed out in an example by Herbert Xu, there is
existing code which implicitly requires the old definition in order
to work correctly.
Signed-off-by: Gerrit Renker <gerrit@erg.abdn.ac.uk>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds a proper prototype for x25_init_timers() in
include/net/x25.h
Signed-off-by: Adrian Bunk <bunk@stusta.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The WLAN_GET_SEQ_SEQ(seq) macro in ieee80211 is selecting the wrong region.
Signed-off-by: Zhu Yi <yi.zhu@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This patch makes the following needlessly global functions static:
- ipv6.c: sctp_inet6addr_event()
- protocol.c: sctp_inetaddr_event()
Signed-off-by: Adrian Bunk <bunk@stusta.de>
Signed-off-by: Sridhar Samudrala <sri@us.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Signed-off-by: Ivan Skytte Jorgensen <isj-sctp@i1.dk>
Signed-off-by: Sridhar Samudrala <sri@us.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
While looking at DCCP sequence numbers, I stumbled over a problem with
the following definition of before in tcp.h:
static inline int before(__u32 seq1, __u32 seq2)
{
return (__s32)(seq1-seq2) < 0;
}
Problem: This definition suffers from an an ambiguity, i.e. always
before(a, (a + 2^31) % 2^32)) = 1
before((a + 2^31) % 2^32), a) = 1
In text: when the difference between a and b amounts to 2^31,
a is always considered `before' b, the function can not decide.
The reason is that implicitly 0 is `before' 1 ... 2^31-1 ... 2^31
Solution: There is a simple fix, by defining before in such a way that
0 is no longer `before' 2^31, i.e. 0 `before' 1 ... 2^31-1
By not using the middle between 0 and 2^32, before can be made
unambiguous.
This is achieved by testing whether seq2-seq1 > 0 (using signed
32-bit arithmetic).
I attach a patch to codify this. Also the `after' relation is basically
a redefinition of `before', it is now defined as a macro after before.
Signed-off-by: Gerrit Renker <gerrit@erg.abdn.ac.uk>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
rose_add_loopback_neigh uses kmalloc and the callers were ignoring the
error value. Rewrite to let the caller deal with the allocation. This
allows the use of static allocation of kmalloc use entirely.
Signed-off-by: Ralf Baechle <ralf@linux-mips.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
ax25_linkfail_register uses kmalloc and the callers were ignoring the
error value. Rewrite to let the caller deal with the allocation. This
allows the use of static allocation of kmalloc use entirely.
Signed-off-by: Ralf Baechle <ralf@linux-mips.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Replace ax25_protocol_register by ax25_register_pid which assumes the
caller has done the memory allocation. This allows replacing the
kmalloc allocations entirely by static allocations.
Signed-off-by: Ralf Baechle <ralf@linux-mips.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The recent fix 0506d4068b made obvious that
error values were not being propagated through the AX.25 stack. To help
with that this patch marks all kmalloc users in the AX.25, NETROM and
ROSE stacks as __must_check.
Signed-off-by: Ralf Baechle <ralf@linux-mips.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Make fib6_node 'subtree' depend on IPV6_SUBTREES.
Signed-off-by: Kim Nordlund <kim.nordlund@nokia.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Signed-off-by: Ivan Skytte Jorgensen <isj-sctp@i1.dk>
Signed-off-by: Sridhar Samudrala <sri@us.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Currently in SCTP, we maintain a local address list by rebuilding the whole
list from the device list whenever we get a address add/delete event.
This patch fixes it by only adding/deleting the address for which we
receive the event.
Also removed the sctp_local_addr_lock() which is no longer needed as we
now use list_for_each_safe() to traverse this list. This fixes the bugs
in sctp_copy_laddrs_xxx() routines where we do copy_to_user() while
holding this lock.
Signed-off-by: Sridhar Samudrala <sri@us.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
To do that, this makes nf_ct_l3proto_try_module_{get,put} compatible
functions. As a result we can remove '#ifdef' surrounds and direct call of
need_conntrack().
Signed-off-by: Yasuyuki Kozakai <yasuyuki.kozakai@toshiba.co.jp>
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Fix foobar in 15b1c0e822 and
e8cc49bb0f patch series.
Signed-off-by: Ralf Baechle <ralf@linux-mips.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Only the callsign but not the SSID part of an AX.25 address is ASCII
based but Linux by initializes the SSID which should be just a 4-bit
number from ASCII anyway.
Fix that and convert the code to use a shared constant for both default
addresses. While at it, use the same style for null_ax25_address also.
Signed-off-by: Ralf Baechle <ralf@linux-mips.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The hard header cache is in the main output path, so using
seqlock instead of reader/writer lock should reduce overhead.
Signed-off-by: Stephen Hemminger <shemminger@osdl.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This is the core of the switch to the new framework. I've split it from the
driver patches which are mostly search/replace and would encourage people to
give this one a good hard stare.
The references to BOTHER and ISHIFT are the termios values that must be
defined by a platform once it wants to turn on "new style" ioctl support. The
code patches here ensure that providing
1. The termios overlays the ktermios in memory
2. The only new kernel only fields are c_ispeed/c_ospeed (or none)
the existing behaviour is retained. This is true for the patches at this
point in time.
Future patches will define BOTHER, ISHIFT and enable newer termios structures
for each architecture, and once they are all done some of the ifdefs also
vanish.
[akpm@osdl.org: warning fix]
[akpm@osdl.org: IRDA fix]
Signed-off-by: Alan Cox <alan@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@osdl.org>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@osdl.org>
Stick NFS sockets in their own class to avoid some lockdep warnings. NFS
sockets are never exposed to user-space, and will hence not trigger certain
code paths that would otherwise pose deadlock scenarios.
[akpm@osdl.org: cleanups]
Signed-off-by: Peter Zijlstra <a.p.zijlstra@chello.nl>
Signed-off-by: Steven Dickson <SteveD@redhat.com>
Acked-by: Ingo Molnar <mingo@elte.hu>
Cc: Trond Myklebust <trond.myklebust@fys.uio.no>
Acked-by: Neil Brown <neilb@suse.de>
Cc: "David S. Miller" <davem@davemloft.net>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@osdl.org>
[ Fixed patch corruption by quilt, pointed out by Peter Zijlstra ]
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@osdl.org>
Replace all uses of kmem_cache_t with struct kmem_cache.
The patch was generated using the following script:
#!/bin/sh
#
# Replace one string by another in all the kernel sources.
#
set -e
for file in `find * -name "*.c" -o -name "*.h"|xargs grep -l $1`; do
quilt add $file
sed -e "1,\$s/$1/$2/g" $file >/tmp/$$
mv /tmp/$$ $file
quilt refresh
done
The script was run like this
sh replace kmem_cache_t "struct kmem_cache"
Signed-off-by: Christoph Lameter <clameter@sgi.com>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@osdl.org>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@osdl.org>
SLAB_ATOMIC is an alias of GFP_ATOMIC
Signed-off-by: Christoph Lameter <clameter@sgi.com>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@osdl.org>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@osdl.org>
Disables auditing in ipsec when CONFIG_AUDITSYSCALL is
disabled in the kernel.
Also includes a bug fix for xfrm_state.c as a result of
original ipsec audit patch.
Signed-off-by: Joy Latten <latten@austin.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: James Morris <jmorris@namei.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
An audit message occurs when an ipsec SA
or ipsec policy is created/deleted.
Signed-off-by: Joy Latten <latten@austin.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: James Morris <jmorris@namei.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
include/net/irda/irlan_filter.h:31: warning: 'struct seq_file' declared inside parameter list
include/net/irda/irlan_filter.h:31: warning: its scope is only this definition or declaration, which is probably not what you want
Signed-off-by: Randy Dunlap <randy.dunlap@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Conflicts:
drivers/ata/libata-scsi.c
include/linux/libata.h
Futher merge of Linus's head and compilation fixups.
Signed-Off-By: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
Conflicts:
drivers/infiniband/core/iwcm.c
drivers/net/chelsio/cxgb2.c
drivers/net/wireless/bcm43xx/bcm43xx_main.c
drivers/net/wireless/prism54/islpci_eth.c
drivers/usb/core/hub.h
drivers/usb/input/hid-core.c
net/core/netpoll.c
Fix up merge failures with Linus's head and fix new compilation failures.
Signed-Off-By: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
Add nf_conntrack port of the PPtP conntrack/NAT helper. Since there seems
to be no IPv6-capable PPtP implementation the helper only support IPv4.
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add IPv4 and IPv6 capable nf_conntrack port of the H.323 conntrack/NAT helper.
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Expectation address masks need to be differently initialized depending
on the address family, create helper function to avoid cluttering up
the code too much.
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add FTP NAT helper.
Split out from Jozsef's big nf_nat patch with a few small fixes by myself.
Signed-off-by: Jozsef Kadlecsik <kadlec@blackhole.kfki.hu>
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add NAT support for nf_conntrack. Joint work of Jozsef Kadlecsik,
Yasuyuki Kozakai, Martin Josefsson and myself.
Signed-off-by: Jozsef Kadlecsik <kadlec@blackhole.kfki.hu>
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Some helpers (namely H.323) manually assign further helpers to expected
connections. This is not possible with nf_conntrack anymore since we
need to know whether a helper is used at allocation time.
Handle the helper assignment centrally, which allows to perform the
correct allocation and as a nice side effect eliminates the need
for the H.323 helper to fiddle with nf_conntrack_lock.
Mid term the allocation scheme really needs to be redesigned since
we do both the helper and expectation lookup _twice_ for every new
connection.
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Resync with Al Viro's ip_conntrack annotations and fix a missed
spot in ip_nat_proto_icmp.c.
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Adding the alignment to the size doesn't make any sense, what it
should do is align the size of the conntrack structure to the
alignment requirements of the helper structure and return an
aligned pointer in nfct_help().
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Remove assumption that generic netlink commands cannot have dump
completion callbacks.
Signed-off-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <hadi@cyberus.ca>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Signed-off-by: Miika Komu <miika@iki.fi>
Signed-off-by: Diego Beltrami <Diego.Beltrami@hiit.fi>
Signed-off-by: Kazunori Miyazawa <miyazawa@linux-ipv6.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There are multiple problems related to qlen adjustment that can lead
to an upper qdisc getting out of sync with the real number of packets
queued, leading to endless dequeueing attempts by the upper layer code.
All qdiscs must maintain an accurate q.qlen counter. There are basically
two groups of operations affecting the qlen: operations that propagate
down the tree (enqueue, dequeue, requeue, drop, reset) beginning at the
root qdisc and operations only affecting a subtree or single qdisc
(change, graft, delete class). Since qlen changes during operations from
the second group don't propagate to ancestor qdiscs, their qlen values
become desynchronized.
This patch adds a function to propagate qlen changes up the qdisc tree,
optionally calling a callback function to perform qdisc-internal
maintenance when the child qdisc becomes empty. The follow-up patches
will convert all qdiscs to use this function where necessary.
Noticed by Timo Steinbach <tsteinbach@astaro.com>.
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Set parent classids in default qdiscs to allow walking up the tree
from outside the qdiscs. This is needed by the next patch.
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The original NetLabel category bitmap was a straight char bitmap which worked
fine for the initial release as it only supported 240 bits due to limitations
in the CIPSO restricted bitmap tag (tag type 0x01). This patch converts that
straight char bitmap into an extensibile/sparse bitmap in order to lay the
foundation for other CIPSO tag types and protocols.
This patch also has a nice side effect in that all of the security attributes
passed by NetLabel into the LSM are now in a format which is in the host's
native byte/bit ordering which makes the LSM specific code much simpler; look
at the changes in security/selinux/ss/ebitmap.c as an example.
Signed-off-by: Paul Moore <paul.moore@hp.com>
Signed-off-by: James Morris <jmorris@namei.org>
We usually uses 'xxx_find_get' for function which increments
reference count.
Signed-off-by: Yasuyuki Kozakai <yasuyuki.kozakai@toshiba.co.jp>
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
This patch adds /proc/net/ip_conntrack, /proc/net/ip_conntrack_expect and
/proc/net/stat/ip_conntrack files to keep old programs using them working.
The /proc/net/ip_conntrack and /proc/net/ip_conntrack_expect files show only
IPv4 entries, the /proc/net/stat/ip_conntrack shows global statistics.
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Add helper functions for sysctl registration with optional instantiating
of common path elements (like net/netfilter) and use it for support for
automatic registation of conntrack protocol sysctls.
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Remove unused struct list_head from struct nf_conntrack_l3proto and
nf_conntrack_l4proto as all protocols are kept in arrays, not linked
lists.
Signed-off-by: Martin Josefsson <gandalf@wlug.westbo.se>
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Add some more sanity checks when registering/unregistering l3/l4 protocols.
Signed-off-by: Martin Josefsson <gandalf@wlug.westbo.se>
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Rename 'struct nf_conntrack_protocol' to 'struct nf_conntrack_l4proto' in
order to help distinguish it from 'struct nf_conntrack_l3proto'. It gets
rather confusing with 'nf_conntrack_protocol'.
Signed-off-by: Martin Josefsson <gandalf@wlug.westbo.se>
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
This patch splits out the event cache into its own file
nf_conntrack_ecache.c
Signed-off-by: Martin Josefsson <gandalf@wlug.westbo.se>
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
This patch splits out handling of helpers into its own file
nf_conntrack_helper.c
Signed-off-by: Martin Josefsson <gandalf@wlug.westbo.se>
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
This patch splits out expectation handling into its own file
nf_conntrack_expect.c
Signed-off-by: Martin Josefsson <gandalf@wlug.westbo.se>
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
This patch consolidates set/getsockopt code between UDP(-Lite) v4 and 6. The
justification is that UDP(-Lite) is a transport-layer protocol and therefore
the socket option code (at least in theory) should be AF-independent.
Furthermore, there is the following code reduplication:
* do_udp{,v6}_getsockopt is 100% identical between v4 and v6
* do_udp{,v6}_setsockopt is identical up to the following differerence
--v4 in contrast to v4 additionally allows the experimental encapsulation
types UDP_ENCAP_ESPINUDP and UDP_ENCAP_ESPINUDP_NON_IKE
--the remainder is identical between v4 and v6
I believe that this difference is of little relevance.
The advantages in not duplicating twice almost completely identical code.
The patch further simplifies the interface of udp{,v6}_push_pending_frames,
since for the second argument (struct udp_sock *up) it always holds that
up = udp_sk(sk); where sk is the first function argument.
Signed-off-by: Gerrit Renker <gerrit@erg.abdn.ac.uk>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Extends the netlink interface to support the __le16 type and
converts address addition, deletion and, dumping to use the
new netlink interface.
Fixes multiple occasions of possible illegal memory references
due to not validated netlink attributes.
Signed-off-by: Thomas Graf <tgraf@suug.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
switched to taking a pointer to net-endian sctp_addr
and a net-endian port number. Instances and callers
adjusted; interestingly enough, the only calls are
direct calls of specific instances - the method is not
used at all.
Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add sctp_chunk->source, sctp_sockaddr_entry->a, sctp_transport->ipaddr
and sctp_transport->saddr, maintain them as net-endian mirrors of
their host-endian counterparts.
Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Part 1: rename sctp_chunk->source, sctp_sockaddr_entry->a,
sctp_transport->ipaddr and sctp_transport->saddr (to ..._h)
The next patch will reintroduce these fields and keep them as
net-endian mirrors of the original (renamed) ones. Split in
two patches to make sure that we hadn't forgotten any instanes.
Later in the series we'll eliminate uses of host-endian variants
(basically switching users to net-endian counterparts as we
progress through that mess). Then host-endian ones will die.
Other embedded host-endian sctp_addr will be easier to switch
directly, so we leave them alone for now.
Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
That's going to be a long series. Introduced temporary helpers
doing copy-and-convert for sctp_addr; they are used to kill
flip-in-place in global data structures and will be used
to gradually push host-endian uses of sctp_addr out of existence.
Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
argument stored for SCTP_CMD_INIT_FAILED is always __be16
(protocol error). Introduced new field and accessor for
it (SCTP_PERR()); switched to their use (from SCTP_U32() and
.u32)
Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch makes two needlessly global functions static.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Bunk <bunk@stusta.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The CIPSOv4 engine currently has MLS label limits which are slightly larger
than what the draft allows. This is not a major problem due to the current
implementation but we should fix this so it doesn't bite us later.
Signed-off-by: Paul Moore <paul.moore@hp.com>
Signed-off-by: James Morris <jmorris@namei.org>
The existing netlbl_lsm_secattr struct required the LSM to check all of the
fields to determine if any security attributes were present resulting in a lot
of work in the common case of no attributes. This patch adds a 'flags' field
which is used to indicate which attributes are present in the structure; this
should allow the LSM to do a quick comparison to determine if the structure
holds any security attributes.
Example:
if (netlbl_lsm_secattr->flags)
/* security attributes present */
else
/* NO security attributes present */
Signed-off-by: Paul Moore <paul.moore@hp.com>
Signed-off-by: James Morris <jmorris@namei.org>
The netlbl_secattr_init() function would always return 0 making it pointless
to have a return value. This patch changes the function to return void.
Signed-off-by: Paul Moore <paul.moore@hp.com>
Signed-off-by: James Morris <jmorris@namei.org>
There were a few places in the NetLabel code where the int type was being used
instead of the gfp_t type, this patch corrects this mistake.
Signed-off-by: Paul Moore <paul.moore@hp.com>
Signed-off-by: James Morris <jmorris@namei.org>
Spotted by Ian McDonald, tentatively fixed by Gerrit Renker:
http://www.mail-archive.com/dccp%40vger.kernel.org/msg00599.html
Rewritten not to unroll sk_receive_skb, in the common case, i.e. no lock
debugging, its optimized away.
Signed-off-by: Arnaldo Carvalho de Melo <acme@mandriva.com>
This is a revision of the previously submitted patch, which alters
the way files are organized and compiled in the following manner:
* UDP and UDP-Lite now use separate object files
* source file dependencies resolved via header files
net/ipv{4,6}/udp_impl.h
* order of inclusion files in udp.c/udplite.c adapted
accordingly
[NET/IPv4]: Support for the UDP-Lite protocol (RFC 3828)
This patch adds support for UDP-Lite to the IPv4 stack, provided as an
extension to the existing UDPv4 code:
* generic routines are all located in net/ipv4/udp.c
* UDP-Lite specific routines are in net/ipv4/udplite.c
* MIB/statistics support in /proc/net/snmp and /proc/net/udplite
* shared API with extensions for partial checksum coverage
[NET/IPv6]: Extension for UDP-Lite over IPv6
It extends the existing UDPv6 code base with support for UDP-Lite
in the same manner as per UDPv4. In particular,
* UDPv6 generic and shared code is in net/ipv6/udp.c
* UDP-Litev6 specific extensions are in net/ipv6/udplite.c
* MIB/statistics support in /proc/net/snmp6 and /proc/net/udplite6
* support for IPV6_ADDRFORM
* aligned the coding style of protocol initialisation with af_inet6.c
* made the error handling in udpv6_queue_rcv_skb consistent;
to return `-1' on error on all error cases
* consolidation of shared code
[NET]: UDP-Lite Documentation and basic XFRM/Netfilter support
The UDP-Lite patch further provides
* API documentation for UDP-Lite
* basic xfrm support
* basic netfilter support for IPv4 and IPv6 (LOG target)
Signed-off-by: Gerrit Renker <gerrit@erg.abdn.ac.uk>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
By modyfing genlmsg_put() to take a genl_family and by adding
genlmsg_put_reply() the process of constructing the netlink
and generic netlink headers is simplified.
Signed-off-by: Thomas Graf <tgraf@suug.ch>
Acked-by: Paul Moore <paul.moore@hp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
A generic netlink user has no interest in knowing how to
address the source of the original request.
Signed-off-by: Thomas Graf <tgraf@suug.ch>
Acked-by: Paul Moore <paul.moore@hp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Throughout the TCP/DCCP (and tunnelling) code, it often happens that the
return code of a transmit function needs to be tested against NET_XMIT_CN
which is a value that does not indicate a strict error condition.
This patch uses a macro for these recurring situations which is consistent
with the already existing macro net_xmit_errno, saving on duplicated code.
Signed-off-by: Gerrit Renker <gerrit@erg.abdn.ac.uk>
Signed-off-by: Arnaldo Carvalho de Melo <acme@mandriva.com>
Account for the netlink message header size directly in nlmsg_new()
instead of relying on the caller calculate it correctly.
Replaces error handling of message construction functions when
constructing notifications with bug traps since a failure implies
a bug in calculating the size of the skb.
Signed-off-by: Thomas Graf <tgraf@suug.ch>
Acked-by: Paul Moore <paul.moore@hp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The data itself is already charged to the SKB, doing
the skb_set_owner_w() just generates a lot of noise and
extra atomics we don't really need.
Lmbench improvements on lat_tcp are minimal:
before:
TCP latency using localhost: 23.2701 microseconds
TCP latency using localhost: 23.1994 microseconds
TCP latency using localhost: 23.2257 microseconds
after:
TCP latency using localhost: 22.8380 microseconds
TCP latency using localhost: 22.9465 microseconds
TCP latency using localhost: 22.8462 microseconds
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Allow normal users to only choose among a restricted set of congestion
control choices. The default is reno and what ever has been configured
as default. But the policy can be changed by administrator at any time.
For example, to allow any choice:
cp /proc/sys/net/ipv4/tcp_available_congestion_control \
/proc/sys/net/ipv4/tcp_allowed_congestion_control
Signed-off-by: Stephen Hemminger <shemminger@osdl.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Create /proc/sys/net/ipv4/tcp_available_congestion_control
that reflects currently available TCP choices.
Signed-off-by: Stephen Hemminger <shemminger@osdl.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
An alternate solution would be to make the digest a pointer, allocate
it in sctp_endpoint_init() and free it in sctp_endpoint_destroy().
I guess I should have originally done it this way...
CC [M] net/sctp/sm_make_chunk.o
net/sctp/sm_make_chunk.c: In function 'sctp_unpack_cookie':
net/sctp/sm_make_chunk.c:1358: warning: initialization discards qualifiers from pointer target type
The reason is that sctp_unpack_cookie() takes a const struct
sctp_endpoint and modifies the digest in it (digest being embedded in
the struct, not a pointer). Make digest a pointer to fix this
warning.
Signed-off-by: Vlad Yasevich <vladislav.yasevich@hp.com>
Acked-by: Sridhar Samudrala <sri@us.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We currently allocate a fixed size (TCP_SYNQ_HSIZE=512) slots hash table for
each LISTEN socket, regardless of various parameters (listen backlog for
example)
On x86_64, this means order-1 allocations (might fail), even for 'small'
sockets, expecting few connections. On the contrary, a huge server wanting a
backlog of 50000 is slowed down a bit because of this fixed limit.
This patch makes the sizing of listen hash table a dynamic parameter,
depending of :
- net.core.somaxconn tunable (default is 128)
- net.ipv4.tcp_max_syn_backlog tunable (default : 256, 1024 or 128)
- backlog value given by user application (2nd parameter of listen())
For large allocations (bigger than PAGE_SIZE), we use vmalloc() instead of
kmalloc().
We still limit memory allocation with the two existing tunables (somaxconn &
tcp_max_syn_backlog). So for standard setups, this patch actually reduce RAM
usage.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <dada1@cosmosbay.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Move the attribute policy for the non-specific attributes into
net/fib_rules.h and include it in the respective protocols.
Signed-off-by: Thomas Graf <tgraf@suug.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Move mark selector currently implemented per protocol into
the protocol independant part.
Signed-off-by: Thomas Graf <tgraf@suug.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Now that all protocols have been made aware of the mark
field it can be moved out of the union thus simplyfing
its usage.
The config options in the IPv4/IPv6/DECnet subsystems
to enable respectively disable mark based routing only
obfuscate the code with ifdefs, the cost for the
additional comparison in the flow key is insignificant,
and most distributions have all these options enabled
by default anyway. Therefore it makes sense to remove
the config options and enable mark based routing by
default.
Signed-off-by: Thomas Graf <tgraf@suug.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Fix SO_PEERSEC for tcp sockets to return the security context of
the peer (as represented by the SA from the peer) as opposed to the
SA used by the local/source socket.
Signed-off-by: Venkat Yekkirala <vyekkirala@TrustedCS.com>
Signed-off-by: James Morris <jmorris@namei.org>
In the SoftMAC version of the IEEE 802.11 stack, not all duplicate messages are
detected. For the most part, there is no difficulty; however for TKIP and CCMP
encryption, the duplicates result in a "replay detected" log message where the
received and previous values of the TSC are identical. This change adds a new
variable to the ieee80211_device structure that holds the 'seq_ctl' value for
the previous frame. When a new frame repeats the value, the frame is dropped and
the appropriate counter is incremented.
Signed-off-by: Larry Finger <Larry.Finger@lwfinger.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This patch adds a host_strip_iv_icv flag to ieee80211 which indicates that
ieee80211_rx should strip the IV/ICV/other security features from the payload.
This saves on some memmove() calls in the driver and seems like something that
belongs in the stack as it can be used by bcm43xx, ipw2200, and zd1211rw
I will submit the ipw2200 patch separately as it needs testing.
This patch also adds some sensible variable reuse (idx vs keyidx) in
ieee80211_rx
Signed-off-by: Daniel Drake <dsd@gentoo.org>
Acked-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Restoring old, correct comment for sk_filter_release, moving it to
where it should actually be, and changing new comment into proper
comment for sk_filter_rcu_free, where it actually makes sense.
The original fix submitted for this on Oct 23 mistakenly documented
the wrong function.
Signed-off-by: Paul Bonser <misterpib@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Pass the work_struct pointer to the work function rather than context data.
The work function can use container_of() to work out the data.
For the cases where the container of the work_struct may go away the moment the
pending bit is cleared, it is made possible to defer the release of the
structure by deferring the clearing of the pending bit.
To make this work, an extra flag is introduced into the management side of the
work_struct. This governs auto-release of the structure upon execution.
Ordinarily, the work queue executor would release the work_struct for further
scheduling or deallocation by clearing the pending bit prior to jumping to the
work function. This means that, unless the driver makes some guarantee itself
that the work_struct won't go away, the work function may not access anything
else in the work_struct or its container lest they be deallocated.. This is a
problem if the auxiliary data is taken away (as done by the last patch).
However, if the pending bit is *not* cleared before jumping to the work
function, then the work function *may* access the work_struct and its container
with no problems. But then the work function must itself release the
work_struct by calling work_release().
In most cases, automatic release is fine, so this is the default. Special
initiators exist for the non-auto-release case (ending in _NAR).
Signed-Off-By: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
This change makes __beXX available to user-space applications, such as
ipvsadm, which include ip_vs.h
Signed-Off-By: Simon Horman <horms@verge.net.au>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
__constant_htons(2<<4) is not a replacement for
htonl(2<<20).
Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Calculation of IPX checksum got buggered about 2.4.0. The old variant
mangled the packet; that got fixed, but calculation itself got buggered.
Restored the correct logics, fixed a subtle breakage we used to have even
back then: if the sum is 0 mod 0xffff, we want to return 0, not 0xffff.
The latter has special meaning for IPX (cheksum disabled). Observation
(and obvious fix) nicked from history of FreeBSD ipx_cksum.c...
Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Fix kernel-doc warning in include/net/sock.h:
Warning(/var/linsrc/linux-2619-rc1-pv//include/net/sock.h:894): No description found for parameter 'rcu'
Signed-off-by: Randy Dunlap <rdunlap@xenotime.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
As suggested by David, just kill off some unused fields in dnports to
reduce sizef(struct flowi). If they come back, they should be moved to
nl_u.dn_u in order not to enlarge again struct flowi
[ Modified to really delete this stuff instead of using #if 0. -DaveM ]
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <dada1@cosmosbay.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Lot of routers/embedded devices still use CPUS with 16/32 bytes cache
lines. (486, Pentium, ... PIII) It makes sense to group together
fields used at lookup time so they fit in one cache line. This reduce
cache footprint and speedup lookups.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <dada1@cosmosbay.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Struct pol_chain has existed since at least the 2.2 kernel, but isn't used
anymore. As the IPv6 policy routing is implemented in a totally different
way in the current kernel, just get rid of it.
Signed-off-by: Ville Nuorvala <vnuorval@tcs.hut.fi>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This fixes some race conditions in the WirelessExtension
handling and association handling code.
Signed-off-by: Michael Buesch <mb@bu3sch.de>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Most Bluetooth chips don't support concurrent connect requests, because
this would involve a multiple baseband page with only one radio. In the
case an upper layer like L2CAP requests a concurrent connect these chips
return the error "Command Disallowed" for the second request. If this
happens it the responsibility of the Bluetooth core to queue the request
and try again after the previous connect attempt has been completed.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
When doing receiver buffer accounting, we always used skb->truesize.
This is problematic when processing bundled DATA chunks because for
every DATA chunk that could be small part of one large skb, we would
charge the size of the entire skb. The new approach is to store the
size of the DATA chunk we are accounting for in the sctp_ulpevent
structure and use that stored value for accounting.
Signed-off-by: Vlad Yasevich <vladislav.yasevich@hp.com>
Signed-off-by: Sridhar Samudrala <sri@us.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Currently when an IPSec policy rule doesn't specify a security
context, it is assumed to be "unlabeled" by SELinux, and so
the IPSec policy rule fails to match to a flow that it would
otherwise match to, unless one has explicitly added an SELinux
policy rule allowing the flow to "polmatch" to the "unlabeled"
IPSec policy rules. In the absence of such an explicitly added
SELinux policy rule, the IPSec policy rule fails to match and
so the packet(s) flow in clear text without the otherwise applicable
xfrm(s) applied.
The above SELinux behavior violates the SELinux security notion of
"deny by default" which should actually translate to "encrypt by
default" in the above case.
This was first reported by Evgeniy Polyakov and the way James Morris
was seeing the problem was when connecting via IPsec to a
confined service on an SELinux box (vsftpd), which did not have the
appropriate SELinux policy permissions to send packets via IPsec.
With this patch applied, SELinux "polmatching" of flows Vs. IPSec
policy rules will only come into play when there's a explicit context
specified for the IPSec policy rule (which also means there's corresponding
SELinux policy allowing appropriate domains/flows to polmatch to this context).
Secondly, when a security module is loaded (in this case, SELinux), the
security_xfrm_policy_lookup() hook can return errors other than access denied,
such as -EINVAL. We were not handling that correctly, and in fact
inverting the return logic and propagating a false "ok" back up to
xfrm_lookup(), which then allowed packets to pass as if they were not
associated with an xfrm policy.
The solution for this is to first ensure that errno values are
correctly propagated all the way back up through the various call chains
from security_xfrm_policy_lookup(), and handled correctly.
Then, flow_cache_lookup() is modified, so that if the policy resolver
fails (typically a permission denied via the security module), the flow
cache entry is killed rather than having a null policy assigned (which
indicates that the packet can pass freely). This also forces any future
lookups for the same flow to consult the security module (e.g. SELinux)
for current security policy (rather than, say, caching the error on the
flow cache entry).
This patch: Fix the selinux side of things.
This makes sure SELinux polmatching of flow contexts to IPSec policy
rules comes into play only when an explicit context is associated
with the IPSec policy rule.
Also, this no longer defaults the context of a socket policy to
the context of the socket since the "no explicit context" case
is now handled properly.
Signed-off-by: Venkat Yekkirala <vyekkirala@TrustedCS.com>
Signed-off-by: James Morris <jmorris@namei.org>
When a security module is loaded (in this case, SELinux), the
security_xfrm_policy_lookup() hook can return an access denied permission
(or other error). We were not handling that correctly, and in fact
inverting the return logic and propagating a false "ok" back up to
xfrm_lookup(), which then allowed packets to pass as if they were not
associated with an xfrm policy.
The way I was seeing the problem was when connecting via IPsec to a
confined service on an SELinux box (vsftpd), which did not have the
appropriate SELinux policy permissions to send packets via IPsec.
The first SYNACK would be blocked, because of an uncached lookup via
flow_cache_lookup(), which would fail to resolve an xfrm policy because
the SELinux policy is checked at that point via the resolver.
However, retransmitted SYNACKs would then find a cached flow entry when
calling into flow_cache_lookup() with a null xfrm policy, which is
interpreted by xfrm_lookup() as the packet not having any associated
policy and similarly to the first case, allowing it to pass without
transformation.
The solution presented here is to first ensure that errno values are
correctly propagated all the way back up through the various call chains
from security_xfrm_policy_lookup(), and handled correctly.
Then, flow_cache_lookup() is modified, so that if the policy resolver
fails (typically a permission denied via the security module), the flow
cache entry is killed rather than having a null policy assigned (which
indicates that the packet can pass freely). This also forces any future
lookups for the same flow to consult the security module (e.g. SELinux)
for current security policy (rather than, say, caching the error on the
flow cache entry).
Signed-off-by: James Morris <jmorris@namei.org>
Testing revealed a problem with the NetLabel cache where a cached entry could
be freed while in use by the LSM layer causing an oops and other problems.
This patch fixes that problem by introducing a reference counter to the cache
entry so that it is only freed when it is no longer in use.
Signed-off-by: Paul Moore <paul.moore@hp.com>
Signed-off-by: James Morris <jmorris@namei.org>
Add two utility helper functions genlmsg_msg_size() and genlmsg_total_size().
These functions are derived from their netlink counterparts.
Signed-off-by: Balbir Singh <balbir@in.ibm.com>
Cc: Jamal Hadi <hadi@cyberus.ca>
Cc: Shailabh Nagar <nagar@watson.ibm.com>
Cc: Thomas Graf <tgraf@suug.ch>
Cc: "David S. Miller" <davem@davemloft.net>
Cc: Jay Lan <jlan@engr.sgi.com>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@osdl.org>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@osdl.org>
This patch vectorizes aio_read() and aio_write() methods to prepare for
collapsing all aio & vectored operations into one interface - which is
aio_read()/aio_write().
Signed-off-by: Badari Pulavarty <pbadari@us.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Christoph Hellwig <hch@lst.de>
Cc: Michael Holzheu <HOLZHEU@de.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@osdl.org>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@osdl.org>
Fix some issues Steve Grubb had with the way NetLabel was using the audit
subsystem. This should make NetLabel more consistent with other kernel
generated audit messages specifying configuration changes.
Signed-off-by: Paul Moore <paul.moore@hp.com>
Acked-by: Steve Grubb <sgrubb@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds audit support to NetLabel, including six new audit message
types shown below.
#define AUDIT_MAC_UNLBL_ACCEPT 1406
#define AUDIT_MAC_UNLBL_DENY 1407
#define AUDIT_MAC_CIPSOV4_ADD 1408
#define AUDIT_MAC_CIPSOV4_DEL 1409
#define AUDIT_MAC_MAP_ADD 1410
#define AUDIT_MAC_MAP_DEL 1411
Signed-off-by: Paul Moore <paul.moore@hp.com>
Acked-by: James Morris <jmorris@namei.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch replaces the bunch of arbitrary 64 and 128 bytes alloc_skb() calls
with more accurate allocation sizes.
Signed-off-by: Samuel Ortiz <samuel@sortiz.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
spi argument of xfrm_state_lookup() is net-endian
Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
inet_lookup() annotated along with helper functions (__inet_lookup(),
__inet_lookup_established(), inet_lookup_established(),
inet_lookup_listener(), __inet_lookup_listener() and inet_ehashfn())
Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
INET_MATCH() and friends depend on an interesting set of kludges:
* there's a pair of adjacent fields in struct inet_sock - __be16 dport
followed by __u16 num. We want to search by pair, so we combine the keys into
a single 32bit value and compare with 32bit value read from &...->dport.
* on 64bit targets we combine comparisons with pair of adjacent __be32
fields in the same way.
Make sure that we don't mix those values with anything else and that pairs
we form them from have correct types.
Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
ip_route_connect(), ip_route_newports() get port numbers net-endian
Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
->faddr is net-endian; annotated as such, variables inferred to be net-endian
annotated.
Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In case of non-blocking connects it is possible that the last user
of an ACL link quits before the connection has been fully established.
This will lead to a race condition where the internal state of a
connection is closed, but the actual link has been established and is
active. In case of Bluetooth 1.2 and later devices it is possible to
call create connection cancel to abort the connect. For older devices
the disconnect timer will be used to trigger the needed disconnect.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
The local version information are needed to identify certain feature
sets of devices. They must be read on device init and stored for later
use. It is also possible to access them through the device model.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
The command complete event of the exit periodic inquiry command must
clear the HCI_INQUIRY flag and finish the HCI request.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
This patch assigns the next free HCI device identifier to Bluetooth
devices based on the SDIO interface.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
This patch integrates the low-level connections (ACL and SCO) into the
driver model. Every connection is presented as device with the parent
set to its host controller device.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
multipath_set_nhinfo() (and underlying callback) take net-endian
network and netmask.
Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This one is interesting - we use net-endian value as search key, but
order the tree by *host-endian* comparisons of keys. OK since we only
care about lookups. Annotated inet_getpeer() and friends.
Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
argument and inferred net-endian variables in callers annotated.
Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The last argument is network-endian (it will go straight into the packet).
Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
net-endian counterparts of nla_get_u32()/NLA_PUT_U32()
Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
annotated arguments and inferred net-endian variables in callers
Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
annotated address arguments (port number left alone for now); ditto
for inferred net-endian variables in callers.
Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The first 4 arguments of ip_rt_redirect() are net-endian. Annotated.
Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
ip_route_input() takes net-endian source and destination address.
* Annotated as such.
* arguments of its invocations annotated where needed.
* local helpers getting the same values passed to by it (ip_route_input_mc(),
ip_route_input_slow(), ip_handle_martian_source(), ip_mkroute_input(),
ip_mkroute_input_def(), __mkroute_input()) annotated
Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
At the suggestion of Thomas Graf, rewrite NetLabel's use of Netlink attributes
to better follow the common Netlink attribute usage.
Signed-off-by: Paul Moore <paul.moore@hp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add a new function, nla_validate_nested(), to validate nested Netlink
attributes.
Signed-off-by: Paul Moore <paul.moore@hp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
At the top of include/net/netlink.h is a list of Netlink interfaces, however,
the nla_for_each_nested() macro was not listed. This patch adds this interface
to the list at the top of the header file.
Signed-off-by: Paul Moore <paul.moore@hp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Fix a problem where NetLabel would always set the value of
sk_security_struct->peer_sid in selinux_netlbl_sock_graft() to the context of
the socket, causing problems when users would query the context of the
connection. This patch fixes this so that the value in
sk_security_struct->peer_sid is only set when the connection is NetLabel based,
otherwise the value is untouched.
Signed-off-by: Paul Moore <paul.moore@hp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
* 'upstream-linus' of master.kernel.org:/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/jgarzik/netdev-2.6: (217 commits)
net/ieee80211: fix more crypto-related build breakage
[PATCH] Spidernet: add ethtool -S (show statistics)
[NET] GT96100: Delete bitrotting ethernet driver
[PATCH] mv643xx_eth: restrict to 32-bit PPC_MULTIPLATFORM
[PATCH] Cirrus Logic ep93xx ethernet driver
r8169: the MMIO region of the 8167 stands behin BAR#1
e1000, ixgb: Remove pointless wrappers
[PATCH] Remove powerpc specific parts of 3c509 driver
[PATCH] s2io: Switch to pci_get_device
[PATCH] gt96100: move to pci_get_device API
[PATCH] ehea: bugfix for register access functions
[PATCH] e1000 disable device on PCI error
drivers/net/phy/fixed: #if 0 some incomplete code
drivers/net: const-ify ethtool_ops declarations
[PATCH] ethtool: allow const ethtool_ops
[PATCH] sky2: big endian
[PATCH] sky2: fiber support
[PATCH] sky2: tx pause bug fix
drivers/net: Trim trailing whitespace
[PATCH] ehea: IBM eHEA Ethernet Device Driver
...
Manually resolved conflicts in drivers/net/ixgb/ixgb_main.c and
drivers/net/sky2.c related to CHECKSUM_HW/CHECKSUM_PARTIAL changes by
commit 84fa7933a3 that just happened to be
next to unrelated changes in this update.
IFA_F_HOMEADDRESS is introduced for Mobile IPv6 Home Addresses on
Mobile Node.
The IFA_F_HOMEADDRESS flag should be set for Mobile IPv6 Home
Addresses for 2 purposes. 1) We need to check this on receipt of
Type 2 Routing Header (RFC3775 Secion 6.4), 2) We prefer Home
Address(es) in source address selection (RFC3484 Section 5 Rule 4).
Signed-off-by: Noriaki TAKAMIYA <takamiya@po.ntts.co.jp>
Signed-off-by: YOSHIFUJI Hideaki <yoshfuji@linux-ipv6.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We have sent NA with router flag from the node-wide forwarding
configuration. This is not appropriate for proxy NA, and it should be
set according to each proxy entry's configuration.
This is used by Mobile IPv6 home agent to support physical home link
in acting as a proxy router for mobile node which is not a router,
for example.
Based on MIPL2 kernel patch.
Signed-off-by: Ville Nuorvala <vnuorval@tcs.hut.fi>
Signed-off-by: Masahide NAKAMURA <nakam@linux-ipv6.org>
Signed-off-by: YOSHIFUJI Hideaki <yoshfuji@linux-ipv6.org>
Now that IPv6 supports policy routing we need to reroute in NF_IP6_LOCAL_OUT
when the mark value changes.
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Hashing SAs by source address breaks templates with wildcards as tunnel
source since the source address used for hashing/lookup is still 0/0.
Move source address lookup to xfrm_tmpl_resolve_one() so we can use the
real address in the lookup.
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
It does not affect either mss-sized connections (obviously) or
connections controlled by Nagle (because there is only one small
segment in flight).
The idea is to record the fact that a small segment arrives on a
connection, where one small segment has already been received and
still not-ACKed. In this case ACK is forced after tcp_recvmsg() drains
receive buffer.
In other words, it is a "soft" each-2nd-segment ACK, which is enough
to preserve ACK clock even when ABC is enabled.
Signed-off-by: Alexey Kuznetsov <kuznet@ms2.inr.ac.ru>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch contains the following cleanups:
- make the following needlessly global function static:
- socket.c: sctp_apply_peer_addr_params()
- add proper prototypes for the several global functions in
include/net/sctp/sctp.h
Note that this fixes wrong prototypes for the following functions:
- sctp_snmp_proc_exit()
- sctp_eps_proc_exit()
- sctp_assocs_proc_exit()
The latter was spotted by the GNU C compiler and reported
by David Woodhouse.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Bunk <bunk@stusta.de>
Acked-by: Sridhar Samudrala <sri@us.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Additionaly exports the following information when providing
the list of registered generic netlink families:
- protocol version
- header size
- maximum number of attributes
- list of available operations including
- id
- flags
- avaiability of policy and doit/dumpit function
libnl HEAD provides a utility to read this new information:
0x0010 nlctrl version 1
hdrsize 0 maxattr 6
op GETFAMILY (0x03) [POLICY,DOIT,DUMPIT]
0x0011 NLBL_MGMT version 1
hdrsize 0 maxattr 0
op unknown (0x02) [DOIT]
op unknown (0x03) [DOIT]
....
Signed-off-by: Thomas Graf <tgraf@suug.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Expose IPSEC modes output path to take an xfrm state as input param.
This makes it consistent with the input mode processing (which already
takes the xfrm state as a param).
Signed-off-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <hadi@cyberus.ca>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Function sk_filter() is called from tcp_v{4,6}_rcv() functions with arg
needlock = 0, while socket is not locked at that moment. In order to avoid
this and similar issues in the future, use rcu for sk->sk_filter field read
protection.
Signed-off-by: Dmitry Mishin <dim@openvz.org>
Signed-off-by: Alexey Kuznetsov <kuznet@ms2.inr.ac.ru>
Signed-off-by: Kirill Korotaev <dev@openvz.org>
Add some missing include files to the NetLabel related header files.
Signed-off-by: Paul Moore <paul.moore@hp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Removed some older function prototypes for functions that no longer exist.
Signed-off-by: Paul Moore <paul.moore@hp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Introduces a new attribute type NLA_NUL_STRING to support NUL
terminated strings. Attributes of this kind require to carry
a terminating NUL within the maximum specified in the policy.
The `old' NLA_STRING which is not required to be NUL terminated
is extended to provide means to specify a maximum length of the
string.
Aims at easing the pain with using nla_strlcpy() on temporary
buffers.
Signed-off-by: Thomas Graf <tgraf@suug.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This also kills a warning while building ipv6:
net/ipv6/udp.c: In function ‘udp_v6_get_port’:
net/ipv6/udp.c:66: warning: passing argument 3 of ‘udp_get_port’ from incompatible pointer type
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch creates one common function which is called by
udp_v4_get_port() and udp_v6_get_port(). As a result,
* duplicated code is removed
* udp_port_rover and local port lookup can now be removed from udp.h
* further savings follow since the same function will be used by UDP-Litev4
and UDP-Litev6
In contrast to the patch sent in response to Yoshifujis comments
(fixed by this variant), the code below also removes the
EXPORT_SYMBOL(udp_port_rover), since udp_port_rover can now remain
local to net/ipv4/udp.c.
Signed-off-by: Gerrit Renker <gerrit@erg.abdn.ac.uk>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch removes the 'value' argument from NLA_PUT_FLAG which is
unused anyway. The documentation comment was already correct so it
doesn't need an update :)
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
First of all, if the xfrm_state only gets used for input
packets this entropy is a complete waste.
Secondly, it is often the case that a configuration loads
many rules (perhaps even dynamically) and they don't all
necessarily ever get used.
This get_random_bytes() call was showing up in the profiles
for xfrm_state inserts which is how I noticed this.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This idea is from Alexey Kuznetsov.
It is common for policies to be non-prefixed. And for
that case we can optimize lookups, insert, etc. quite
a bit.
For each direction, we have a dynamically sized policy
hash table for non-prefixed policies. We also have a
hash table on policy->index.
For prefixed policies, we have a list per-direction which
we will consult on lookups when a non-prefix hashtable
lookup fails.
This still isn't as efficient as I would like it. There
are four immediate problems:
1) Lots of excessive refcounting, which can be fixed just
like xfrm_state was
2) We do 2 hash probes on insert, one to look for dups and
one to allocate a unique policy->index. Althought I wonder
how much this matters since xfrm_state inserts do up to
3 hash probes and that seems to perform fine.
3) xfrm_policy_insert() is very complex because of the priority
ordering and entry replacement logic.
4) Lots of counter bumping, in addition to policy refcounts,
in the form of xfrm_policy_count[]. This is merely used
to let code path(s) know that some IPSEC rules exist. So
this count is indexed per-direction, maybe that is overkill.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Just let GC and other normal mechanisms take care of getting
rid of DST cache references to deleted xfrm_state objects
instead of walking all the policy bundles.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Instead, simply set all potentially aliasing existing xfrm_state
objects to have the current generation counter value.
This will make routes get relooked up the next time an existing
route mentioning these aliased xfrm_state objects gets used,
via xfrm_dst_check().
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Each xfrm_state inserted gets a new generation counter
value. When a bundle is created, the xfrm_dst objects
get the current generation counter of the xfrm_state
they will attach to at dst->xfrm.
xfrm_bundle_ok() will return false if it sees an
xfrm_dst with a generation count different from the
generation count of the xfrm_state that dst points to.
This provides a facility by which to passively and
cheaply invalidate cached IPSEC routes during SA
database changes.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Sub policy can be used through netlink socket.
PF_KEY uses main only and it is TODO to support sub.
Signed-off-by: Masahide NAKAMURA <nakam@linux-ipv6.org>
Signed-off-by: YOSHIFUJI Hideaki <yoshfuji@linux-ipv6.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Under two transformation policies it is required to merge them.
This is a platform to sort state for outbound and templates
for inbound respectively.
It will be used when Mobile IPv6 and IPsec are used at the same time.
Signed-off-by: Masahide NAKAMURA <nakam@linux-ipv6.org>
Signed-off-by: YOSHIFUJI Hideaki <yoshfuji@linux-ipv6.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Sub policy is introduced. Main and sub policy are applied the same flow.
(Policy that current kernel uses is named as main.)
It is required another transformation policy management to keep IPsec
and Mobile IPv6 lives separate.
Policy which lives shorter time in kernel should be a sub i.e. normally
main is for IPsec and sub is for Mobile IPv6.
(Such usage as two IPsec policies on different database can be used, too.)
Limitation or TODOs:
- Sub policy is not supported for per socket one (it is always inserted as main).
- Current kernel makes cached outbound with flowi to skip searching database.
However this patch makes it disabled only when "two policies are used and
the first matched one is bypass case" because neither flowi nor bundle
information knows about transformation template size.
Signed-off-by: Masahide NAKAMURA <nakam@linux-ipv6.org>
Signed-off-by: YOSHIFUJI Hideaki <yoshfuji@linux-ipv6.org>
XFRM_MSG_REPORT is a message as notification of state protocol and
selector from kernel to user-space.
Mobile IPv6 will use it when inbound reject is occurred at route
optimization to make user-space know a binding error requirement.
Based on MIPL2 kernel patch.
Signed-off-by: Masahide NAKAMURA <nakam@linux-ipv6.org>
Signed-off-by: YOSHIFUJI Hideaki <yoshfuji@linux-ipv6.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
For Mobile IPv6 usage, it is required to trace which secpath state is
reject factor in order to notify it to user space (to know the address
which cannot be used route optimized communication).
Based on MIPL2 kernel patch.
This patch was also written by: Henrik Petander <petander@tcs.hut.fi>
Signed-off-by: Masahide NAKAMURA <nakam@linux-ipv6.org>
Signed-off-by: YOSHIFUJI Hideaki <yoshfuji@linux-ipv6.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Transformation support mobility header.
Based on MIPL2 kernel patch.
Signed-off-by: Masahide NAKAMURA <nakam@linux-ipv6.org>
Signed-off-by: YOSHIFUJI Hideaki <yoshfuji@linux-ipv6.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Like ICMPv6, mobility header is handled through raw socket.
In inbound case, check only whether ICMPv6 error should be sent as a reply
or not by kernel.
Based on MIPL2 kernel patch.
This patch was also written by: Ville Nuorvala <vnuorval@tcs.hut.fi>
This patch was also written by: Antti Tuominen <anttit@tcs.hut.fi>
Signed-off-by: Masahide NAKAMURA <nakam@linux-ipv6.org>
Signed-off-by: YOSHIFUJI Hideaki <yoshfuji@linux-ipv6.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add Mobility header definition for Mobile IPv6.
Based on MIPL2 kernel patch.
This patch was also written by: Antti Tuominen <anttit@tcs.hut.fi>
Signed-off-by: Masahide NAKAMURA <nakam@linux-ipv6.org>
Signed-off-by: YOSHIFUJI Hideaki <yoshfuji@linux-ipv6.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add destination options header transformation for Mobile IPv6.
Based on MIPL2 kernel patch.
This patch was also written by: Ville Nuorvala <vnuorval@tcs.hut.fi>
Signed-off-by: Noriaki TAKAMIYA <takamiya@po.ntts.co.jp>
Signed-off-by: Masahide NAKAMURA <nakam@linux-ipv6.org>
Signed-off-by: YOSHIFUJI Hideaki <yoshfuji@linux-ipv6.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add routing header type 2 transformation for Mobile IPv6.
Based on MIPL2 kernel patch.
Signed-off-by: Noriaki TAKAMIYA <takamiya@po.ntts.co.jp>
Signed-off-by: Masahide NAKAMURA <nakam@linux-ipv6.org>
Signed-off-by: YOSHIFUJI Hideaki <yoshfuji@linux-ipv6.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In receiving Mobile IPv6 home address option which is a TLV carried by
destination options header, kernel will try to mangle source adderss
of packet. Think of cloned skbuff it is required to replace it by the
parser just like routing header case.
This is a framework to achieve that to allow TLV parser to replace
inbound skbuff pointer.
Signed-off-by: Masahide NAKAMURA <nakam@linux-ipv6.org>
Signed-off-by: YOSHIFUJI Hideaki <yoshfuji@linux-ipv6.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This is a helper to search option offset from extension header which
can carry TLV option like destination options header.
Mobile IPv6 home address option will use it.
Based on MIPL2 kernel patch.
Signed-off-by: Masahide NAKAMURA <nakam@linux-ipv6.org>
Signed-off-by: YOSHIFUJI Hideaki <yoshfuji@linux-ipv6.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add inbound interface of routing header type 2 for Mobile IPv6.
Based on MIPL2 kernel patch.
This patch was also written by: Ville Nuorvala <vnuorval@tcs.hut.fi>
Signed-off-by: Masahide NAKAMURA <nakam@linux-ipv6.org>
Signed-off-by: YOSHIFUJI Hideaki <yoshfuji@linux-ipv6.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
For outbound transformation, bundle is checked whether it is
suitable for current flow to be reused or not. In such IPv6 case
as below, transformation may apply incorrect bundle for the flow instead
of creating another bundle:
- The policy selector has destination prefix length < 128
(Two or more addresses can be matched it)
- Its bundle holds dst entry of default route whose prefix length < 128
(Previous traffic was used such route as next hop)
- The policy and the bundle were used a transport mode state and
this time flow address is not matched the bundled state.
This issue is found by Mobile IPv6 usage to protect mobility signaling
by IPsec, but it is not a Mobile IPv6 specific.
This patch adds strict check to xfrm_bundle_ok() for each
state mode and address when prefix length is less than 128.
Signed-off-by: Masahide NAKAMURA <nakam@linux-ipv6.org>
Signed-off-by: YOSHIFUJI Hideaki <yoshfuji@linux-ipv6.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
With this patch transformation state is updated last used time
for each sending. Xtime is used for it like other state lifetime
expiration.
Mobile IPv6 enabled nodes will want to know traffic status of each
binding (e.g. judgement to request binding refresh by correspondent node,
or to keep home/care-of nonce alive by mobile node).
The last used timestamp is an important hint about it.
Based on MIPL2 kernel patch.
This patch was also written by: Henrik Petander <petander@tcs.hut.fi>
Signed-off-by: Masahide NAKAMURA <nakam@linux-ipv6.org>
Signed-off-by: YOSHIFUJI Hideaki <yoshfuji@linux-ipv6.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Care-of address is carried by state as a transformation option like
IPsec encryption/authentication algorithm.
Based on MIPL2 kernel patch.
Signed-off-by: Noriaki TAKAMIYA <takamiya@po.ntts.co.jp>
Signed-off-by: Masahide NAKAMURA <nakam@linux-ipv6.org>
Signed-off-by: YOSHIFUJI Hideaki <yoshfuji@linux-ipv6.org>
For originated outbound IPv6 packets which will fragment, ip6_append_data()
should know length of extension headers before sending them and
the length is carried by dst_entry.
IPv6 IPsec headers fragment then transformation was
designed to place all headers after fragment header.
OTOH Mobile IPv6 extension headers do not fragment then
it is a good idea to make dst_entry have non-fragment length to tell it
to ip6_append_data().
Signed-off-by: Masahide NAKAMURA <nakam@linux-ipv6.org>
Signed-off-by: YOSHIFUJI Hideaki <yoshfuji@linux-ipv6.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Outbound transformation replaces both source and destination address with
state's end-point addresses at the same time when IPsec tunnel mode.
It is also required to change them for Mobile IPv6 route optimization, but we
should care about the following differences:
- changing result is not end-point but care-of address
- either source or destination is replaced for each state
This hook is a common platform to change outbound address.
Based on MIPL2 kernel patch.
Signed-off-by: Masahide NAKAMURA <nakam@linux-ipv6.org>
Signed-off-by: YOSHIFUJI Hideaki <yoshfuji@linux-ipv6.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
XFRM_STATE_WILDRECV flag is introduced; the last resort state is set
it and receives packet which is not route optimized but uses such
extension headers i.e. Mobile IPv6 signaling (binding update and
acknowledgement). A node enabled Mobile IPv6 adds the state.
Based on MIPL2 kernel patch.
Signed-off-by: Masahide NAKAMURA <nakam@linux-ipv6.org>
Signed-off-by: YOSHIFUJI Hideaki <yoshfuji@linux-ipv6.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
On current kernel, ip6_find_1stfragopt() is used by IPv6 IPsec to find
offset to be inserted header in outbound for transport mode. (BTW, no
usage may be needed for IPv4 case.) Mobile IPv6 requires another
logic for routing header and destination options header
respectively. This patch is common platform for the offset and adopts
it to IPsec.
Based on MIPL2 kernel patch.
Signed-off-by: Masahide NAKAMURA <nakam@linux-ipv6.org>
Signed-off-by: YOSHIFUJI Hideaki <yoshfuji@linux-ipv6.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This is a support to search transformation states by its addresses
by using source address list for Mobile IPv6 usage.
To use it from user-space, it is also added a message type for
source address as a xfrm state option.
Based on MIPL2 kernel patch.
Signed-off-by: Masahide NAKAMURA <nakam@linux-ipv6.org>
Signed-off-by: YOSHIFUJI Hideaki <yoshfuji@linux-ipv6.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Support source address based searching.
Mobile IPv6 will use it.
Based on MIPL2 kernel patch.
Signed-off-by: Masahide NAKAMURA <nakam@linux-ipv6.org>
Signed-off-by: YOSHIFUJI Hideaki <yoshfuji@linux-ipv6.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
XFRM_MAX_DEPTH is a limit of transformation states to be applied to the same
flow. Two more extension headers are used by Mobile IPv6 transformation.
Based on MIPL2 kernel patch.
Signed-off-by: Masahide NAKAMURA <nakam@linux-ipv6.org>
Signed-off-by: YOSHIFUJI Hideaki <yoshfuji@linux-ipv6.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
It will be added two more transformation protocols (routing header
and destination options header) for Mobile IPv6.
xfrm_id_proto_match() can be handle zero as all, IPSEC_PROTO_ANY as
all IPsec and otherwise as exact one.
Based on MIPL2 kernel patch.
Signed-off-by: Masahide NAKAMURA <nakam@linux-ipv6.org>
Signed-off-by: YOSHIFUJI Hideaki <yoshfuji@linux-ipv6.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Put the helper to header for future use.
Based on MIPL2 kernel patch.
Signed-off-by: Masahide NAKAMURA <nakam@linux-ipv6.org>
Signed-off-by: YOSHIFUJI Hideaki <yoshfuji@linux-ipv6.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Transformation mode is used as either IPsec transport or tunnel.
It is required to add two more items, route optimization and inbound trigger
for Mobile IPv6.
Based on MIPL2 kernel patch.
This patch was also written by: Ville Nuorvala <vnuorval@tcs.hut.fi>
Signed-off-by: Masahide NAKAMURA <nakam@linux-ipv6.org>
Signed-off-by: YOSHIFUJI Hideaki <yoshfuji@linux-ipv6.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Unify RT6_F_xxx and RT6_SELECT_F_xxx flags into
RT6_LOOKUP_F_xxx flags, and put them into ip6_route.h
Signed-off-by: YOSHIFUJI Hideaki <yoshfuji@linux-ipv6.org>
Acked-by: Ville Nuorvala <vnuorval@tcs.hut.fi
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Based on MIPL2 kernel patch.
Signed-off-by: YOSHIFUJI Hideaki <yoshfuji@linux-ipv6.org>
Signed-off-by: Ville Nuorvala <vnuorval@tcs.hut.fi>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Based on MIPL2 kernel patch.
Signed-off-by: YOSHIFUJI Hideaki <yoshfuji@linux-ipv6.org>
Signed-off-by: Ville Nuorvala <vnuorval@tcs.hut.fi>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Signed-off-by: YOSHIFUJI Hideaki <yoshfuji@linux-ipv6.org>
Signed-off-by: Ville Nuorvala <vnuorval@tcs.hut.fi>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The SCTP sysctl entries are displayed in milliseconds, but stored
internally in jiffies. This results in multiple levels of msecs to
jiffies conversion and as a result produces a truncation error. This
patch makes things consistent in that we store and display defaults
in milliseconds and only convert once for use by association.
This patch also adds some sane min/max values so that we don't go off
the deep end.
Signed-off-by: Vladislav Yasevich <vladislav.yasevich@hp.com>
Signed-off-by: Sridhar Samudrala <sri@us.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds more statistics info under /proc/net/sctp/snmp
that should be useful for debugging. The additional events that
are counted now include timer expirations, retransmits, packet
and data chunk discards.
The Data chunk discards include all the cases where a data chunk
is discarded including high tsn, bad stream, dup tsn and the most
useful one(out of receive buffer/rwnd).
Also moved the SCTP MIB data structures from the generic include
directories to include/sctp/sctp.h.
Signed-off-by: Sridhar Samudrala <sri@us.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Replaces the struct in6_rtmsg based interface orignating from
the ioctl interface with a struct fib6_config based on. Allows
changing the interface without breaking the ioctl interface
and avoids passing on tons of parameters.
The recently introduced struct nl_info is used to pass on
netlink authorship information for notifications.
Signed-off-by: Thomas Graf <tgraf@suug.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Provide a simple ip6_ins_rt() for the majority of users and
an alternative for the exception via netlink. Avoids code
obfuscation.
Signed-off-by: Thomas Graf <tgraf@suug.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Provide a simple ip6_del_rt() for the majority of users and
an alternative for the exception via netlink. Avoids code
obfuscation.
Signed-off-by: Thomas Graf <tgraf@suug.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This was simply making templates of functions and mostly causing a lot
of code duplication in the classifier action modules.
We solve this more cleanly by having a common "struct tcf_common" that
hash worker functions contained once in act_api.c can work with.
Callers work with real action objects that have the common struct
plus their module specific struct members. You go from a common
object to the higher level one using a "to_foo()" macro which makes
use of container_of() to do the dirty work.
This also kills off act_generic.h which was only used by act_simple.c
and keeping it around was more work than the it's value.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Fixes various unvalidated netlink attributes causing memory
corruptions when left empty by userspace applications.
Signed-off-by: Thomas Graf <tgraf@suug.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Introduces struct fib_config replacing the ugly struct kern_rta
prone to ordering issues. Avoids creating faked netlink messages
for auto generated routes or requests via ioctl.
A new interface net/nexthop.h is added to help navigate through
nexthop configuration arrays.
A new struct nl_info will be used to carry the necessary netlink
information to be used for notifications later on.
Signed-off-by: Thomas Graf <tgraf@suug.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Adds rtnl_notify() to send rtnetlink notification messages and
rtnl_set_sk_err() to report notification errors as socket
errors in order to indicate the need of a resync due to loss
of events.
nlmsg_report() is added to properly document the meaning of
NLM_F_ECHO.
Signed-off-by: Thomas Graf <tgraf@suug.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Adds nlmsg_notify() implementing proper notification logic. The
message is multicasted to all listeners in the group. The
applications the requests orignates from can request a unicast
back report in which case said socket will be excluded from the
multicast to avoid duplicated notifications.
nlmsg_multicast() is extended to take allocation flags to
allow notification in atomic contexts.
Signed-off-by: Thomas Graf <tgraf@suug.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
- make the following needlessly global functions static:
- dn_fib.c: dn_fib_sync_down()
- dn_fib.c: dn_fib_sync_up()
- dn_rules.c: dn_fib_rule_action()
- remove the following unneeded prototype:
- dn_fib.c: dn_cache_dump()
Signed-off-by: Adrian Bunk <bunk@stusta.de>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@osdl.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Make the following needlessly global code static:
- fib6_walker_lock
- struct fib6_walker_list
- fib6_walk_continue()
- fib6_walk()
Signed-off-by: Adrian Bunk <bunk@stusta.de>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@osdl.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Increase the number of possible routing tables to 2^32 by replacing the
fixed sized array of pointers by a hash table and replacing iterations
over all possible table IDs by hash table walking.
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Increase number of possible routing tables to 2^32 by replacing iterations
over all possible table IDs by hash table walking.
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Increase the number of possible routing tables to 2^32 by replacing the
fixed sized array of pointers by a hash table and replacing iterations
over all possible table IDs by hash table walking.
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Introduce RTA_TABLE route attribute and FRA_TABLE routing rule attribute
to hold 32 bit routing table IDs. Usespace compatibility is provided by
continuing to accept and send the rtm_table field, but because of its
limited size it can only carry the low 8 bits of the table ID. This
implies that if larger IDs are used, _all_ userspace programs using them
need to use RTA_TABLE.
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Use u32 for routing table IDs in net/ipv4 and net/decnet in preparation of
support for a larger number of routing tables. net/ipv6 already uses u32
everywhere and needs no further changes. No functional changes are made by
this patch.
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Rather than opencoding the mask, it looks better to use ALIGN()
macro from kernel.h.
Signed-off-by: Stephen Hemminger <shemminger@osdl.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch converts the DECnet rules code to use the generic
rules system created by Thomas Graf <tgraf@suug.ch>.
Signed-off-by: Steven Whitehouse <steve@chygwyn.com>
Acked-by: Thomas Graf <tgraf@suug.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Right now most inet_lookup_* functions take a host-order hnum instead
of a network-order dport because that's how it is represented
internally.
This means that users of these functions have to be careful about
using the right byte-order. To add more confusion, inet_lookup takes
a network-order dport unlike all other functions.
So this patch changes all visible inet_lookup functions to take a
dport and move all dport->hnum conversion inside them.
Signed-off-by: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
By modern standards this function is way too big to be inlined. It's
even bigger than __inet_lookup_listener :)
Signed-off-by: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The value is_setbyuser from struct ip_options is never used and set
only one time (http://linux-net.osdl.org/index.php/TODO#IPV4).
This little patch removes it from the kernel source.
Signed-off-by: Louis Nyffenegger <louis.nyffenegger@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Moves netlink neighbour bits to linux/neighbour.h. Also
moves bits to be exported to userspace from net/neighbour.h
to linux/neighbour.h and removes __KERNEL__ guards, userspace
is not supposed to be using it.
rtnetlink_rcv_msg() is not longer required to parse attributes
for the neighbour layer, remove dependency on obsolete and
buggy rta_buf.
Signed-off-by: Thomas Graf <tgraf@suug.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Adds:
nlmsg_get_pos() return current position in message
nlmsg_trim() trim part of message
nla_reserve_nohdr(skb, len) reserve room for an attribute w/o hdr
nla_put_nohdr(skb, len, data) add attribute w/o hdr
nla_find_nested() find attribute in nested attributes
Fixes nlmsg_new() to take allocation flags and consider size.
Signed-off-by: Thomas Graf <tgraf@suug.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Adds support for policy routing rules including a new
local table for routes with a local destination.
Signed-off-by: Thomas Graf <tgraf@suug.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Adds the framework to support multiple IPv6 routing tables.
Currently all automatically generated routes are put into the
same table. This could be changed at a later point after
considering the produced locking overhead.
Signed-off-by: Thomas Graf <tgraf@suug.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Changes to the core network stack to support the NetLabel subsystem. This
includes changes to the IPv4 option handling to support CIPSO labels.
Signed-off-by: Paul Moore <paul.moore@hp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This automatically labels the TCP, Unix stream, and dccp child sockets
as well as openreqs to be at the same MLS level as the peer. This will
result in the selection of appropriately labeled IPSec Security
Associations.
This also uses the sock's sid (as opposed to the isec sid) in SELinux
enforcement of secmark in rcv_skb and postroute_last hooks.
Signed-off-by: Venkat Yekkirala <vyekkirala@TrustedCS.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This defaults the label of socket-specific IPSec policies to be the
same as the socket they are set on.
Signed-off-by: Venkat Yekkirala <vyekkirala@TrustedCS.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This labels the flows that could utilize IPSec xfrms at the points the
flows are defined so that IPSec policy and SAs at the right label can
be used.
The following protos are currently not handled, but they should
continue to be able to use single-labeled IPSec like they currently
do.
ipmr
ip_gre
ipip
igmp
sit
sctp
ip6_tunnel (IPv6 over IPv6 tunnel device)
decnet
Signed-off-by: Venkat Yekkirala <vyekkirala@TrustedCS.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This implements a seemless mechanism for xfrm policy selection and
state matching based on the flow sid. This also includes the necessary
SELinux enforcement pieces.
Signed-off-by: Venkat Yekkirala <vyekkirala@TrustedCS.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This adds security to flow key for labeling of flows as also to allow
for making flow cache lookups based on the security label seemless.
Signed-off-by: Venkat Yekkirala <vyekkirala@TrustedCS.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This adds security for IP sockets at the sock level. Security at the
sock level is needed to enforce the SELinux security policy for
security associations even when a sock is orphaned (such as in the TCP
LAST_ACK state).
This will also be used to enforce SELinux controls over data arriving
at or leaving a child socket while it's still waiting to be accepted.
Signed-off-by: Venkat Yekkirala <vyekkirala@TrustedCS.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch converts SCTP to use the new HMAC template and hash interface.
Signed-off-by: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch converts IPsec to use the new HMAC template. The names of
existing simple digest algorithms may still be used to refer to their
HMAC composites.
The same structure can be used by other MACs such as AES-XCBC-MAC.
This patch also switches from the digest interface to hash.
Signed-off-by: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch converts IPSec/ESP to use the new block cipher type where
applicable. Similar to the HMAC conversion, existing algorithm names
have been kept for compatibility.
Signed-off-by: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au>
This patch adds a compatibility name field for each IPsec algorithm. This
is needed when parameterised algorithms are used. For example, "md5" will
become "hmac(md5)", and "aes" will become "cbc(aes)".
Signed-off-by: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au>
The header file linux/crypto.h is only needed by a few files so including
it in net/xfrm.h (which is included by half of the networking stack) is a
waste. This patch moves it out of net/xfrm.h and into the specific header
files that actually need it.
Signed-off-by: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au>
sctp_make_abort_user() now takes the msg_len along with the msg
so that we don't have to recalculate the bytes in iovec.
It also uses memcpy_fromiovec() so that we don't go beyond the
length allocated.
It is good to have this fix even if verify_iovec() is fixed to
return error on overflow.
Signed-off-by: Sridhar Samudrala <sri@us.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@suse.de>
Overflow can occur very easily with 32 bits, e.g., with 1 second
us_idle is approx. 2^20, which leaves only 11-Wlog bits for queue
length. Since the EWMA exponent is typically around 9, queue
lengths larger than 2^2 cause overflow. Whether the affected
branch is taken when us_idle is as high as 1 second, depends on
Scell_log, but with rather reasonable configuration Scell_log is
large enough to cause p->Stab to have zero index, which always
results zero shift (typically also few other small indices result
in zero shift).
Signed-off-by: Ilpo Järvinen <ilpo.jarvinen@helsinki.fi>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
From: Catherine Zhang <cxzhang@watson.ibm.com>
This patch implements a cleaner fix for the memory leak problem of the
original unix datagram getpeersec patch. Instead of creating a
security context each time a unix datagram is sent, we only create the
security context when the receiver requests it.
This new design requires modification of the current
unix_getsecpeer_dgram LSM hook and addition of two new hooks, namely,
secid_to_secctx and release_secctx. The former retrieves the security
context and the latter releases it. A hook is required for releasing
the security context because it is up to the security module to decide
how that's done. In the case of Selinux, it's a simple kfree
operation.
Acked-by: Stephen Smalley <sds@tycho.nsa.gov>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch uses notifier blocks to implement a network event
notifier mechanism.
Clients register their callback function by calling
register_netevent_notifier() like this:
static struct notifier_block nb = {
.notifier_call = my_callback_func
};
...
register_netevent_notifier(&nb);
Signed-off-by: Tom Tucker <tom@opengridcomputing.com>
Signed-off-by: Steve Wise <swise@opengridcomputing.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Refer to RFC2012, tcpAttemptFails is defined as following:
tcpAttemptFails OBJECT-TYPE
SYNTAX Counter32
MAX-ACCESS read-only
STATUS current
DESCRIPTION
"The number of times TCP connections have made a direct
transition to the CLOSED state from either the SYN-SENT
state or the SYN-RCVD state, plus the number of times TCP
connections have made a direct transition to the LISTEN
state from the SYN-RCVD state."
::= { tcp 7 }
When I lookup into RFC793, I found that the state change should occured
under following condition:
1. SYN-SENT -> CLOSED
a) Received ACK,RST segment when SYN-SENT state.
2. SYN-RCVD -> CLOSED
b) Received SYN segment when SYN-RCVD state(came from LISTEN).
c) Received RST segment when SYN-RCVD state(came from SYN-SENT).
d) Received SYN segment when SYN-RCVD state(came from SYN-SENT).
3. SYN-RCVD -> LISTEN
e) Received RST segment when SYN-RCVD state(came from LISTEN).
In my test, those direct state transition can not be counted to
tcpAttemptFails.
Signed-off-by: Wei Yongjun <yjwei@nanjing-fnst.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The current users of ip6_dst_lookup can be divided into two classes:
1) The caller holds no locks and is in user-context (UDP).
2) The caller does not want to lookup the dst cache at all.
The second class covers everyone except UDP because most people do
the cache lookup directly before calling ip6_dst_lookup. This patch
adds ip6_sk_dst_lookup for the first class.
Similarly ip6_dst_store users can be divded into those that need to
take the socket dst lock and those that don't. This patch adds
__ip6_dst_store for those (everyone except UDP/datagram) that don't
need an extra lock.
Signed-off-by: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
ieee80211_rx_any is new to 2.6.18-rc1, even though it appears this function
was never completed:
http://lists.sipsolutions.net/pipermail/softmac-dev/2006-February/000103.html
This patch changes ieee80211_rx_any to always claim the skb, which avoids
further driver complexity and the possibility of leaking management frames.
It also exports the function so that people can actually use it.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Drake <dsd@gentoo.org>
Acked-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
zd1211 needs this functionality, no point duplicating it.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Drake <dsd@gentoo.org>
Acked-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This patch implements ERP handling in softmac so that the drivers can support
protection and preambles properly.
I added a new struct, ieee80211softmac_bss_info, which is used for
BSS-dependent variables like these.
A new hook has been added (bssinfo_change), which allows the drivers to be
notified when anything in bssinfo changes.
I modified the txrates_change API to match the bssinfo_change API. The
existing one is a little messy and the usefulness of providing the old rates
is questionable (and can be implemented at driver level if really necessary).
No drivers are using this API (yet), so this should be safe.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Drake <dsd@gentoo.org>
Acked-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This adds a flag to the ieee80211_network structure which indicates whether
the stored erp_value is valid (a check against 0 is not enough, since an ERP
of 0 is valid and very meaningful).
I also added the ERP IE bit-definitions to ieee80211.h.
This is needed by some upcoming softmac patches.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Drake <dsd@gentoo.org>
Acked-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
In PSCHED_TADD and PSCHED_TADD2, if delta is less than tv.tv_usec (so,
less than USEC_PER_SEC too) then tv_res will be smaller than tv. The
affectation "(tv_res).tv_usec = __delta;" is wrong. The fix is to
revert to the original code before
4ee303dfea and change the 'if' in
'while'.
[Shuya MAEDA: "while (__delta >= USEC_PER_SEC){ ... }" instead of
"while (__delta > USEC_PER_SEC){ ... }"]
Signed-off-by: Guillaume Chazarain <guichaz@yahoo.fr>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Every file should #include the headers containing the prototypes for
its global functions.
Especially in cases like this one where gcc can tell us through a
compile error that the prototype was wrong...
Signed-off-by: Adrian Bunk <bunk@stusta.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This implements Rules D1 and D4 of Sec 4.3 in the ADDIP draft.
Signed-off-by: Sridhar Samudrala <sri@us.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch implements Path Initialization procedure as described in
Sec 2.36 of RFC4460.
Signed-off-by: Sridhar Samudrala <sri@us.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Certain subsystems in the stack (e.g., netfilter) can break the partial
checksum on GSO packets. Until they're fixed, this patch allows this to
work by recomputing the partial checksums through the GSO mechanism.
Once they've all been converted to update the partial checksum instead of
clearing it, this workaround can be removed.
Signed-off-by: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch addresses the "No queue exists" messages commonly seen during
authentication and associating. These appear due to scheduling multiple
authentication attempts on the same network. To prevent this, I added a
flag to stop multiple authentication attempts by the association layer.
I also added a check to the wx handler to see if we're connecting to a
different network than the one already in progress. This scenario was
causing multiple requests on the same network because the network BSSID
was not being updated despite the fact that the ESSID changed.
Signed-off-by: Joseph Jezak <josejx@gentoo.org>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This patch converts the Bluetooth class devices into real devices. The
Bluetooth class is kept and the driver core provides the appropriate
symlinks for backward compatibility.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
This patch adds a generic Bluetooth platform device that can be used
as parent device by virtual and serial devices.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
This patch introduces the automatic sniff mode feature. This allows
the host to switch idle connections into sniff mode to safe power.
Signed-off-by: Ulisses Furquim <ulissesf@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
This patch introduces a quirk that allows the drivers to tell the host
to correct the SCO buffer size values.
Signed-off-by: Olivier Galibert <galibert@pobox.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
In the past routes could be freed even though the were possibly in use ...
Signed-off-by: Ralf Baechle DL5RB <ralf@linux-mips.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Teach sk_lock semantics to the lock validator. In the softirq path the
slock has mutex_trylock()+mutex_unlock() semantics, in the process context
sock_lock() case it has mutex_lock()/mutex_unlock() semantics.
Thus we treat sock_owned_by_user() flagged areas as an exclusion area too,
not just those areas covered by a held sk_lock.slock.
Effect on non-lockdep kernels: minimal, sk_lock_sock_init() has been turned
into an inline function.
Signed-off-by: Ingo Molnar <mingo@elte.hu>
Cc: Arjan van de Ven <arjan@linux.intel.com>
Cc: "David S. Miller" <davem@davemloft.net>
Cc: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@osdl.org>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@osdl.org>
Teach special (recursive) locking code to the lock validator. Has no effect
on non-lockdep kernels.
Signed-off-by: Ingo Molnar <mingo@elte.hu>
Signed-off-by: Arjan van de Ven <arjan@linux.intel.com>
Cc: "David S. Miller" <davem@davemloft.net>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@osdl.org>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@osdl.org>
Teach special (recursive) locking code to the lock validator. Also splits
af_unix's sk_receive_queue.lock class from the other networking skb-queue
locks. Has no effect on non-lockdep kernels.
Signed-off-by: Ingo Molnar <mingo@elte.hu>
Signed-off-by: Arjan van de Ven <arjan@linux.intel.com>
Cc: "David S. Miller" <davem@davemloft.net>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@osdl.org>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@osdl.org>
Teach special (multi-initialized, per-address-family) locking code to the lock
validator. Has no effect on non-lockdep kernels.
Signed-off-by: Ingo Molnar <mingo@elte.hu>
Signed-off-by: Arjan van de Ven <arjan@linux.intel.com>
Cc: "David S. Miller" <davem@davemloft.net>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@osdl.org>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@osdl.org>
This patch adds GSO support for IPv6 and TCPv6. This is based on a patch
by Ananda Raju <Ananda.Raju@neterion.com>. His original description is:
This patch enables TSO over IPv6. Currently Linux network stacks
restricts TSO over IPv6 by clearing of the NETIF_F_TSO bit from
"dev->features". This patch will remove this restriction.
This patch will introduce a new flag NETIF_F_TSO6 which will be used
to check whether device supports TSO over IPv6. If device support TSO
over IPv6 then we don't clear of NETIF_F_TSO and which will make the
TCP layer to create TSO packets. Any device supporting TSO over IPv6
will set NETIF_F_TSO6 flag in "dev->features" along with NETIF_F_TSO.
In case when user disables TSO using ethtool, NETIF_F_TSO will get
cleared from "dev->features". So even if we have NETIF_F_TSO6 we don't
get TSO packets created by TCP layer.
SKB_GSO_TCPV4 renamed to SKB_GSO_TCP to make it generic GSO packet.
SKB_GSO_UDPV4 renamed to SKB_GSO_UDP as UFO is not a IPv4 feature.
UFO is supported over IPv6 also
The following table shows there is significant improvement in
throughput with normal frames and CPU usage for both normal and jumbo.
--------------------------------------------------
| | 1500 | 9600 |
| ------------------|-------------------|
| | thru CPU | thru CPU |
--------------------------------------------------
| TSO OFF | 2.00 5.5% id | 5.66 20.0% id |
--------------------------------------------------
| TSO ON | 2.63 78.0 id | 5.67 39.0% id |
--------------------------------------------------
Signed-off-by: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch generalises the TSO-specific bits from sk_setup_caps by adding
the sk_gso_type member to struct sock. This makes sk_setup_caps generic
so that it can be used by TCPv6 or UFO.
The only catch is that whoever uses this must provide a GSO implementation
for their protocol which I think is a fair deal :) For now UFO continues to
live without a GSO implementation which is OK since it doesn't use the sock
caps field at the moment.
Signed-off-by: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds GSO support for IPv6 and TCPv6.
Signed-off-by: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In the current TSO implementation, NETIF_F_TSO and ECN cannot be
turned on together in a TCP connection. The problem is that most
hardware that supports TSO does not handle CWR correctly if it is set
in the TSO packet. Correct handling requires CWR to be set in the
first packet only if it is set in the TSO header.
This patch adds the ability to turn on NETIF_F_TSO and ECN using
GSO if necessary to handle TSO packets with CWR set. Hardware
that handles CWR correctly can turn on NETIF_F_TSO_ECN in the dev->
features flag.
All TSO packets with CWR set will have the SKB_GSO_TCPV4_ECN set. If
the output device does not have the NETIF_F_TSO_ECN feature set, GSO
will split the packet up correctly with CWR only set in the first
segment.
With help from Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au>.
Since ECN can always be enabled with TSO, the SOCK_NO_LARGESEND sock
flag is completely removed.
Signed-off-by: Michael Chan <mchan@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch implements an API whereby an application can determine the
label of its peer's Unix datagram sockets via the auxiliary data mechanism of
recvmsg.
Patch purpose:
This patch enables a security-aware application to retrieve the
security context of the peer of a Unix datagram socket. The application
can then use this security context to determine the security context for
processing on behalf of the peer who sent the packet.
Patch design and implementation:
The design and implementation is very similar to the UDP case for INET
sockets. Basically we build upon the existing Unix domain socket API for
retrieving user credentials. Linux offers the API for obtaining user
credentials via ancillary messages (i.e., out of band/control messages
that are bundled together with a normal message). To retrieve the security
context, the application first indicates to the kernel such desire by
setting the SO_PASSSEC option via getsockopt. Then the application
retrieves the security context using the auxiliary data mechanism.
An example server application for Unix datagram socket should look like this:
toggle = 1;
toggle_len = sizeof(toggle);
setsockopt(sockfd, SOL_SOCKET, SO_PASSSEC, &toggle, &toggle_len);
recvmsg(sockfd, &msg_hdr, 0);
if (msg_hdr.msg_controllen > sizeof(struct cmsghdr)) {
cmsg_hdr = CMSG_FIRSTHDR(&msg_hdr);
if (cmsg_hdr->cmsg_len <= CMSG_LEN(sizeof(scontext)) &&
cmsg_hdr->cmsg_level == SOL_SOCKET &&
cmsg_hdr->cmsg_type == SCM_SECURITY) {
memcpy(&scontext, CMSG_DATA(cmsg_hdr), sizeof(scontext));
}
}
sock_setsockopt is enhanced with a new socket option SOCK_PASSSEC to allow
a server socket to receive security context of the peer.
Testing:
We have tested the patch by setting up Unix datagram client and server
applications. We verified that the server can retrieve the security context
using the auxiliary data mechanism of recvmsg.
Signed-off-by: Catherine Zhang <cxzhang@watson.ibm.com>
Acked-by: Acked-by: James Morris <jmorris@namei.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When GSO packets come from an untrusted source (e.g., a Xen guest domain),
we need to verify the header integrity before passing it to the hardware.
Since the first step in GSO is to verify the header, we can reuse that
code by adding a new bit to gso_type: SKB_GSO_DODGY. Packets with this
bit set can only be fed directly to devices with the corresponding bit
NETIF_F_GSO_ROBUST. If the device doesn't have that bit, then the skb
is fed to the GSO engine which will allow the packet to be sent to the
hardware if it passes the header check.
This patch changes the sg flag to a full features flag. The same method
can be used to implement TSO ECN support. We simply have to mark packets
with CWR set with SKB_GSO_ECN so that only hardware with a corresponding
NETIF_F_TSO_ECN can accept them. The GSO engine can either fully segment
the packet, or segment the first MTU and pass the rest to the hardware for
further segmentation.
Signed-off-by: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Signed-off-by: Allan Stephens <allan.stephens@windriver.com>
Signed-off-by: Per Liden <per.liden@ericsson.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Warning(/var/linsrc/linux-2617-g4//include/linux/skbuff.h:304): No description found for parameter 'dma_cookie'
Warning(/var/linsrc/linux-2617-g4//include/net/sock.h:1274): No description found for parameter 'copied_early'
Warning(/var/linsrc/linux-2617-g4//net/core/dev.c:3309): No description found for parameter 'chan'
Warning(/var/linsrc/linux-2617-g4//net/core/dev.c:3309): No description found for parameter 'event'
Signed-off-by: Randy Dunlap <rdunlap@xenotime.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds a generic segmentation offload toggle that can be turned
on/off for each net device. For now it only supports in TCPv4.
Signed-off-by: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds the GSO implementation for IPv4 TCP.
Signed-off-by: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Having separate fields in sk_buff for TSO/UFO (tso_size/ufo_size) is not
going to scale if we add any more segmentation methods (e.g., DCCP). So
let's merge them.
They were used to tell the protocol of a packet. This function has been
subsumed by the new gso_type field. This is essentially a set of netdev
feature bits (shifted by 16 bits) that are required to process a specific
skb. As such it's easy to tell whether a given device can process a GSO
skb: you just have to and the gso_type field and the netdev's features
field.
I've made gso_type a conjunction. The idea is that you have a base type
(e.g., SKB_GSO_TCPV4) that can be modified further to support new features.
For example, if we add a hardware TSO type that supports ECN, they would
declare NETIF_F_TSO | NETIF_F_TSO_ECN. All TSO packets with CWR set would
have a gso_type of SKB_GSO_TCPV4 | SKB_GSO_TCPV4_ECN while all other TSO
packets would be SKB_GSO_TCPV4. This means that only the CWR packets need
to be emulated in software.
Signed-off-by: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
* git://git.infradead.org/hdrcleanup-2.6: (63 commits)
[S390] __FD_foo definitions.
Switch to __s32 types in joystick.h instead of C99 types for consistency.
Add <sys/types.h> to headers included for userspace in <linux/input.h>
Move inclusion of <linux/compat.h> out of user scope in asm-x86_64/mtrr.h
Remove struct fddi_statistics from user view in <linux/if_fddi.h>
Move user-visible parts of drivers/s390/crypto/z90crypt.h to include/asm-s390
Revert include/media changes: Mauro says those ioctls are only used in-kernel(!)
Include <linux/types.h> and use __uXX types in <linux/cramfs_fs.h>
Use __uXX types in <linux/i2o_dev.h>, include <linux/ioctl.h> too
Remove private struct dx_hash_info from public view in <linux/ext3_fs.h>
Include <linux/types.h> and use __uXX types in <linux/affs_hardblocks.h>
Use __uXX types in <linux/divert.h> for struct divert_blk et al.
Use __u32 for elf_addr_t in <asm-powerpc/elf.h>, not u32. It's user-visible.
Remove PPP_FCS from user view in <linux/ppp_defs.h>, remove __P mess entirely
Use __uXX types in user-visible structures in <linux/nbd.h>
Don't use 'u32' in user-visible struct ip_conntrack_old_tuple.
Use __uXX types for S390 DASD volume label definitions which are user-visible
S390 BIODASDREADCMB ioctl should use __u64 not u64 type.
Remove unneeded inclusion of <linux/time.h> from <linux/ufs_fs.h>
Fix private integer types used in V4L2 ioctls.
...
Manually resolve conflict in include/linux/mtd/physmap.h
A local debugging change slipped into a previous changeset.
When SCTP_DEBUG is off SCTP_ASSERT should do nothing.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Having two or more qdisc_run's contend against each other is bad because
it can induce packet reordering if the packets have to be requeued. It
appears that this is an unintended consequence of relinquinshing the queue
lock while transmitting. That in turn is needed for devices that spend a
lot of time in their transmit routine.
There are no advantages to be had as devices with queues are inherently
single-threaded (the loopback device is not but then it doesn't have a
queue).
Even if you were to add a queue to a parallel virtual device (e.g., bolt
a tbf filter in front of an ipip tunnel device), you would still want to
process the queue in sequence to ensure that the packets are ordered
correctly.
The solution here is to steal a bit from net_device to prevent this.
BTW, as qdisc_restart is no longer used by anyone as a module inside the
kernel (IIRC it used to with netif_wake_queue), I have not exported the
new __qdisc_run function.
Signed-off-by: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
* master.kernel.org:/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net-2.6: (109 commits)
[ETHTOOL]: Fix UFO typo
[SCTP]: Fix persistent slowdown in sctp when a gap ack consumes rx buffer.
[SCTP]: Send only 1 window update SACK per message.
[SCTP]: Don't do CRC32C checksum over loopback.
[SCTP] Reset rtt_in_progress for the chunk when processing its sack.
[SCTP]: Reject sctp packets with broadcast addresses.
[SCTP]: Limit association max_retrans setting in setsockopt.
[PFKEYV2]: Fix inconsistent typing in struct sadb_x_kmprivate.
[IPV6]: Sum real space for RTAs.
[IRDA]: Use put_unaligned() in irlmp_do_discovery().
[BRIDGE]: Add support for NETIF_F_HW_CSUM devices
[NET]: Add NETIF_F_GEN_CSUM and NETIF_F_ALL_CSUM
[TG3]: Convert to non-LLTX
[TG3]: Remove unnecessary tx_lock
[TCP]: Add tcp_slow_start_after_idle sysctl.
[BNX2]: Update version and reldate
[BNX2]: Use CPU native page size
[BNX2]: Use compressed firmware
[BNX2]: Add firmware decompression
[BNX2]: Allow WoL settings on new 5708 chips
...
Manual fixup for conflict in drivers/net/tulip/winbond-840.c
Signed-off-by: Vlad Yasevich <vladislav.yasevich@hp.com>
Signed-off-by: Sridhar Samudrala <sri@us.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Signed-off-by: Vlad Yasevich <vladislav.yasevich@hp.com>
Signed-off-by: Sridhar Samudrala <sri@us.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
A lot of people have asked for a way to disable tcp_cwnd_restart(),
and it seems reasonable to add a sysctl to do that.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The sysctl net.ipv4.ip_autoconfig is a legacy value that is not used.
Signed-off-by: Stephen Hemminger <shemminger@osdl.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
I found a few more spots where pskb_trim_rcsum could be used but were not.
This patch changes them to use it.
Also, sk_filter can get paged skb data. Therefore we must use pskb_trim
instead of skb_trim.
Signed-off-by: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add a secmark field to IP and NF conntracks, so that security markings
on packets can be copied to their associated connections, and also
copied back to packets as required. This is similar to the network
mark field currently used with conntrack, although it is intended for
enforcement of security policy rather than network policy.
Signed-off-by: James Morris <jmorris@namei.org>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@osdl.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
All users pass 32-bit values as addresses and internally they're
compared with 32-bit entities. So, change "laddr" and "raddr" types to
__be32.
Signed-off-by: Alexey Dobriyan <adobriyan@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Many of the TCP congestion methods all just use ssthresh
as the minimum congestion window on decrease. Rather than
duplicating the code, just have that be the default if that
handle in the ops structure is not set.
Minor behaviour change to TCP compound. It probably wants
to use this (ssthresh) as lower bound, rather than ssthresh/2
because the latter causes undershoot on loss.
Signed-off-by: Stephen Hemminger <shemminger@osdl.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The size of the type_map array (256) comes from the number of IP protocols,
i.e., IPPROTO_MAX. This patch is based on a suggestion from Ingo Oeser.
Signed-off-by: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds the structure xfrm_mode. It is meant to represent
the operations carried out by transport/tunnel modes.
By doing this we allow additional encapsulation modes to be added
without clogging up the xfrm_input/xfrm_output paths.
Candidate modes include 4-to-6 tunnel mode, 6-to-4 tunnel mode, and
BEET modes.
Signed-off-by: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The number of locks used to manage afinfo structures can easily be reduced
down to one each for policy and state respectively. This is based on the
observation that the write locks are only held by module insertion/removal
which are very rare events so there is no need to further differentiate
between the insertion of modules like ipv6 versus esp6.
The removal of the read locks in xfrm4_policy.c/xfrm6_policy.c might look
suspicious at first. However, after you realise that nobody ever takes
the corresponding write lock you'll feel better :)
As far as I can gather it's an attempt to guard against the removal of
the corresponding modules. Since neither module can be unloaded at all
we can leave it to whoever fixes up IPv6 unloading :)
Signed-off-by: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Allow mulitcast reception of datagrams (similar to UDP).
All sockets bound to the same SAP receive a clone.
Signed-off-by: Stephen Hemminger <shemminger@osdl.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Any socket recv of less than this ammount will not be offloaded
Signed-off-by: Chris Leech <christopher.leech@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add an extra argument to sk_eat_skb, and make it move early copied
packets to the async_wait_queue instead of freeing them.
Signed-off-by: Chris Leech <christopher.leech@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Needed to be able to call tcp_cleanup_rbuf in tcp_input.c for I/OAT
Signed-off-by: Chris Leech <christopher.leech@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Adds an async_wait_queue and some additional fields to tcp_sock, and a
dma_cookie_t to sk_buff.
Signed-off-by: Chris Leech <christopher.leech@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Provides for pinning user space pages in memory, copying to iovecs,
and copying from sk_buffs including fragmented and chained sk_buffs.
Signed-off-by: Chris Leech <christopher.leech@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Attempts to allocate per-CPU DMA channels
Signed-off-by: Chris Leech <christopher.leech@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Attached are two small patches for include/net/ieee80211.h to prepare
for later submission of code to implement a user-space daemon that
supplies 802.11 regulatory information.
The first change adds a bit indicating that 802.11h rules are to be
applied to a channel. As discussed earlier in this list, a single bit
is unlikely to be sufficient; however, at this time I have been unable
to find any regulations implementing differences between 802.11a and
802.11h other than DFS, radar detection and passive scanning. A single
bit is thus sufficient to convey to the driver that these rules should
be obeyed.
The second change adds comments to the freq and max_power fields of
struct ieee80211_channel to indicate the units that are used.
Signed-Off-By: Larry Finger <Larry.Finger@lwfinger.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
My router blew up earlier, but exhibited some interesting behaviour during
its dying moments. It was broadcasting beacons but wouldn't respond to
any authentication requests.
I noticed that softmac wasn't playing nice with this, as I couldn't make it try
to connect to other networks after it had timed out authenticating to my ill
router.
To resolve this, I modified the softmac event/notify API to pass the event
code to the callback, so that callbacks being notified from
IEEE80211SOFTMAC_EVENT_ANY masks can make some judgement. In this case, the
ieee80211softmac_assoc callback needs to make a decision based upon whether
the association passed or failed.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Drake <dsd@gentoo.org>
Acked-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This patch finishes of the partially-complete shared key authentication
implementation in softmac.
The complication here is that we need to encrypt a management frame during
the authentication process. I don't think there are any other scenarios where
this would have to happen.
To get around this without causing too many headaches, we decided to just use
software encryption for this frame. The softmac config option now selects
IEEE80211_CRYPT_WEP so that we can ensure this available. This also involved
a modification to some otherwise unused ieee80211 API.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Drake <dsd@gentoo.org>
Acked-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
From: Andrew Morton <akpm@osdl.org>
Move the forward decl outside the ifdef, since we use it in both legs.
Should fix the spacr64 build error reported in
http://bugzilla.kernel.org/show_bug.cgi?id=6625
Acked-by: "David S. Miller" <davem@davemloft.net>
Cc: Cedric Pellerin <cedric@bidouillesoft.net>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@osdl.org>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@osdl.org>
When performing bound checks during the parameter processing, we
want to use the real chunk and paramter lengths for bounds instead
of the rounded ones. This prevents us from potentially walking of
the end if the chunk length was miscalculated. We still use rounded
lengths when advancing the pointer. This was found during a
conformance test that changed the chunk length without modifying
parameters.
Signed-off-by: Vlad Yasevich <vladislav.yasevich@hp.com>
Signed-off-by: Sridhar Samudrala <sri@us.ibm.com>
The classical IP over ATM code maintains its own IPv4 <-> <ATM stuff>
ARP table, using the standard neighbour-table code. The
neigh_table_init function adds this neighbour table to a linked list
of all neighbor tables which is used by the functions neigh_delete()
neigh_add() and neightbl_set(), all called by the netlink code.
Once the ATM neighbour table is added to the list, there are two
tables with family == AF_INET there, and ARP entries sent via netlink
go into the first table with matching family. This is indeterminate
and often wrong.
To see the bug, on a kernel with CLIP enabled, create a standard IPv4
ARP entry by pinging an unused address on a local subnet. Then attempt
to complete that entry by doing
ip neigh replace <ip address> lladdr <some mac address> nud reachable
Looking at the ARP tables by using
ip neigh show
will reveal two ARP entries for the same address. One of these can be
found in /proc/net/arp, and the other in /proc/net/atm/arp.
This patch adds a new function, neigh_table_init_no_netlink() which
does everything the neigh_table_init() does, except add the table to
the netlink all-arp-tables chain. In addition neigh_table_init() has a
check that all tables on the chain have a distinct address family.
The init call in clip.c is changed to call
neigh_table_init_no_netlink().
Since ATM ARP tables are rather more complicated than can currently be
handled by the available rtattrs in the netlink protocol, no
functionality is lost by this patch, and non-ATM ARP manipulation via
netlink is rescued. A more complete solution would involve a rtattr
for ATM ARP entries and some way for the netlink code to give
neigh_add and friends more information than just address family with
which to find the correct ARP table.
[ I've changed the assertion checking in neigh_table_init() to not
use BUG_ON() while holding neigh_tbl_lock. Instead we remember that
we found an existing tbl with the same family, and after dropping
the lock we'll give a diagnostic kernel log message and a stack dump.
-DaveM ]
Signed-off-by: Simon Kelley <simon@thekelleys.org.uk>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch fixes a deadlock situation in the receive path by allowing
temporary spillover of the receive buffer.
- If the chunk we receive has a tsn that immediately follows the ctsn,
accept it even if we run out of receive buffer space and renege data with
higher TSNs.
- Once we accept one chunk in a packet, accept all the remaining chunks
even if we run out of receive buffer space.
Signed-off-by: Neil Horman <nhorman@tuxdriver.com>
Acked-by: Mark Butler <butlerm@middle.net>
Acked-by: Vlad Yasevich <vladislav.yasevich@hp.com>
Signed-off-by: Sridhar Samudrala <sri@us.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch is the first step towards rate control inside softmac.
The txrates substructure has been extended to provide
different fields for different types of packets (management/data,
unicast/multicast). These fields are updated on association to values
compatible with the access point we are associating to.
Drivers can then use the new ieee80211softmac_suggest_txrate() function
call when deciding which rate to transmit each frame at. This is
immensely useful for ZD1211, and bcm can use it too.
The user can still specify a rate through iwconfig, which is matched
for all transmissions (assuming the rate they have specified is in
the rate set required by the AP).
At a later date, we can incorporate automatic rate management into
the ieee80211softmac_recalc_txrates() function.
This patch also removes the mcast_fallback field. Sam Leffler pointed
out that this field is meaningless, because no driver will ever be
retransmitting mcast frames (they are not acked).
Signed-off-by: Daniel Drake <dsd@gentoo.org>
Acked-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
The channel count for 802.11a is still not right. We better
compute it from the min and max channel numbers, rather than
hardcoding it.
Signed-off-by: Jean Delvare <jdelvare@suse.de>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
zd1211 with softmac and wpa_supplicant revealed an issue with softmac
and the use of workqueues. Some of the work functions actually
reschedule themselves, so this meant that there could still be
pending work after flush_scheduled_work() had been called during
ieee80211softmac_stop().
This patch introduces a "running" flag which is used to ensure that
rescheduling does not happen in this situation.
I also used this flag to ensure that softmac's hooks into ieee80211 are
non-operational once the stop operation has been started. This simply
makes softmac a little more robust, because I could crash it easily
by receiving frames in the short timeframe after shutting down softmac
and before turning off the ZD1211 radio. (ZD1211 is now fixed as well!)
Signed-off-by: Daniel Drake <dsd@gentoo.org>
Acked-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Convert all ROSE sysctl time values from jiffies to ms as units.
Signed-off-by: Ralf Baechle <ralf@linux-mips.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Convert all NET/ROM sysctl time values from jiffies to ms as units.
Signed-off-by: Ralf Baechle <ralf@linux-mips.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Convert all AX.25 sysctl time values from jiffies to ms as units.
Signed-off-by: Ralf Baechle <ralf@linux-mips.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Use hlist_unhashed() rather than accessing inside data structure.
Signed-off-by: Akinobu Mita <mita@miraclelinux.com>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@osdl.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds the SIOCSIWMLME wext to softmac, this functionality
appears to be used by wpa_supplicant and is softmac-specific.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Cc: Jouni Malinen <jkm@devicescape.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Fix ieee80211 TX code when using WPA+QOS. TKIP/CCMP will use
the TID field of qos_ctl in 802.11 frame header to do encryption. We
cannot ignore this field when doing host encryption and add the qos_ctl
field later.
Signed-off-by: Hong Liu <hong.liu@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Zhu Yi <yi.zhu@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Fix TKIP MIC verification failure when receiving QoS frames from AP.
Signed-off-by: Hong Liu <hong.liu@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Zhu Yi <yi.zhu@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
There are some bugs in the current implementation of the SIOCSIWAP wext,
for example that when you do it twice and it fails, it may still try
another access point for some reason. This patch fixes this by introducing
a new flag that tells the association code that the bssid that is in use
was fixed by the user and shouldn't be deviated from.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Add some sanity checking. truesize should be at least sizeof(struct
sk_buff) plus the current packet length. If not, then truesize is
seriously mangled and deserves a kernel log message.
Currently we'll do the check for release of stream socket buffers.
But we can add checks to more spots over time.
Incorporating ideas from Herbert Xu.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Softmac is sending custom events to userspace already, but it
should _really_ be sending the right WEXT events instead. This
patch fixes that.
Signed-off-by: Dan Williams <dcbw@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
- Removed unused argument (nhoff) for ipv6_parse_hopopts().
- Make ipv6_parse_hopopts() to align with other extension header
handlers.
- Removed pointless assignment (hdr), which is not used afterwards.
Signed-off-by: YOSHIFUJI Hideaki <yoshfuji@linux-ipv6.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Send aevent immediately if we have sent nothing since last timer and
this is the first packet.
Fixes a corner case when packet threshold is very high, the timer low
and a very low packet rate input which is bursty.
Signed-off-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <hadi@cyberus.ca>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch contains the following possible cleanups:
- make the following needlessly global function static:
- arp.c: arp_rcv()
- remove the following unused EXPORT_SYMBOL's:
- devinet.c: devinet_ioctl
- fib_frontend.c: ip_rt_ioctl
- inet_hashtables.c: inet_bind_bucket_create
- inet_hashtables.c: inet_bind_hash
- tcp_input.c: sysctl_tcp_abc
- tcp_ipv4.c: sysctl_tcp_tw_reuse
- tcp_output.c: sysctl_tcp_mtu_probing
- tcp_output.c: sysctl_tcp_base_mss
Signed-off-by: Adrian Bunk <bunk@stusta.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Deinline a few functions which produce 200+ bytes of code.
Size Uses Wasted Name and definition
===== ==== ====== ================================================
429 3 818 __inet6_lookup include/net/inet6_hashtables.h
404 2 384 __inet6_lookup_established include/net/inet6_hashtables.h
206 3 372 __inet6_hash include/net/inet6_hashtables.h
Signed-off-by: Denis Vlasenko <vda@ilport.com.ua>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The conntrack code doesn't do re-fragmentation of defragmented packets
anymore but relies on fragmentation in the IP layer. Purely bridged
packets don't pass through the IP layer, so the bridge netfilter code
needs to take care of fragmentation itself.
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch removes the *_decap_state structures which were previously
used to share state between input/post_input. This is no longer
needed.
Signed-off-by: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch removes the decap_state argument from the xfrm input hook.
Previously this function allowed the input hook to share state with
the post_input hook. The latter has since been removed.
The only purpose for it now is to check the encap type. However, it
is easier and better to move the encap type check to the generic
xfrm_rcv function. This allows us to get rid of the decap state
argument altogether.
Signed-off-by: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Basically this patch moves the generic tunnel protocol stuff out of
xfrm4_tunnel/xfrm6_tunnel and moves it into the new files of tunnel4.c
and tunnel6 respectively.
The reason for this is that the problem that Hugo uncovered is only
the tip of the iceberg. The real problem is that when we removed the
dependency of ipip on xfrm4_tunnel we didn't really consider the module
case at all.
For instance, as it is it's possible to build both ipip and xfrm4_tunnel
as modules and if the latter is loaded then ipip simply won't load.
After considering the alternatives I've decided that the best way out of
this is to restore the dependency of ipip on the non-xfrm-specific part
of xfrm4_tunnel. This is acceptable IMHO because the intention of the
removal was really to be able to use ipip without the xfrm subsystem.
This is still preserved by this patch.
So now both ipip/xfrm4_tunnel depend on the new tunnel4.c which handles
the arbitration between the two. The order of processing is determined
by a simple integer which ensures that ipip gets processed before
xfrm4_tunnel.
The situation for ICMP handling is a little bit more complicated since
we may not have enough information to determine who it's for. It's not
a big deal at the moment since the xfrm ICMP handlers are basically
no-ops. In future we can deal with this when we look at ICMP caching
in general.
The user-visible change to this is the removal of the TUNNEL Kconfig
prompts. This makes sense because it can only be used through IPCOMP
as it stands.
The addition of the new modules shouldn't introduce any problems since
module dependency will cause them to be loaded.
Oh and I also turned some unnecessary pskb's in IPv6 related to this
patch to skb's.
Signed-off-by: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
* master.kernel.org:/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net-2.6:
[NET]: drop duplicate assignment in request_sock
[IPSEC]: Fix tunnel error handling in ipcomp6
The kernel's implementation of notifier chains is unsafe. There is no
protection against entries being added to or removed from a chain while the
chain is in use. The issues were discussed in this thread:
http://marc.theaimsgroup.com/?l=linux-kernel&m=113018709002036&w=2
We noticed that notifier chains in the kernel fall into two basic usage
classes:
"Blocking" chains are always called from a process context
and the callout routines are allowed to sleep;
"Atomic" chains can be called from an atomic context and
the callout routines are not allowed to sleep.
We decided to codify this distinction and make it part of the API. Therefore
this set of patches introduces three new, parallel APIs: one for blocking
notifiers, one for atomic notifiers, and one for "raw" notifiers (which is
really just the old API under a new name). New kinds of data structures are
used for the heads of the chains, and new routines are defined for
registration, unregistration, and calling a chain. The three APIs are
explained in include/linux/notifier.h and their implementation is in
kernel/sys.c.
With atomic and blocking chains, the implementation guarantees that the chain
links will not be corrupted and that chain callers will not get messed up by
entries being added or removed. For raw chains the implementation provides no
guarantees at all; users of this API must provide their own protections. (The
idea was that situations may come up where the assumptions of the atomic and
blocking APIs are not appropriate, so it should be possible for users to
handle these things in their own way.)
There are some limitations, which should not be too hard to live with. For
atomic/blocking chains, registration and unregistration must always be done in
a process context since the chain is protected by a mutex/rwsem. Also, a
callout routine for a non-raw chain must not try to register or unregister
entries on its own chain. (This did happen in a couple of places and the code
had to be changed to avoid it.)
Since atomic chains may be called from within an NMI handler, they cannot use
spinlocks for synchronization. Instead we use RCU. The overhead falls almost
entirely in the unregister routine, which is okay since unregistration is much
less frequent that calling a chain.
Here is the list of chains that we adjusted and their classifications. None
of them use the raw API, so for the moment it is only a placeholder.
ATOMIC CHAINS
-------------
arch/i386/kernel/traps.c: i386die_chain
arch/ia64/kernel/traps.c: ia64die_chain
arch/powerpc/kernel/traps.c: powerpc_die_chain
arch/sparc64/kernel/traps.c: sparc64die_chain
arch/x86_64/kernel/traps.c: die_chain
drivers/char/ipmi/ipmi_si_intf.c: xaction_notifier_list
kernel/panic.c: panic_notifier_list
kernel/profile.c: task_free_notifier
net/bluetooth/hci_core.c: hci_notifier
net/ipv4/netfilter/ip_conntrack_core.c: ip_conntrack_chain
net/ipv4/netfilter/ip_conntrack_core.c: ip_conntrack_expect_chain
net/ipv6/addrconf.c: inet6addr_chain
net/netfilter/nf_conntrack_core.c: nf_conntrack_chain
net/netfilter/nf_conntrack_core.c: nf_conntrack_expect_chain
net/netlink/af_netlink.c: netlink_chain
BLOCKING CHAINS
---------------
arch/powerpc/platforms/pseries/reconfig.c: pSeries_reconfig_chain
arch/s390/kernel/process.c: idle_chain
arch/x86_64/kernel/process.c idle_notifier
drivers/base/memory.c: memory_chain
drivers/cpufreq/cpufreq.c cpufreq_policy_notifier_list
drivers/cpufreq/cpufreq.c cpufreq_transition_notifier_list
drivers/macintosh/adb.c: adb_client_list
drivers/macintosh/via-pmu.c sleep_notifier_list
drivers/macintosh/via-pmu68k.c sleep_notifier_list
drivers/macintosh/windfarm_core.c wf_client_list
drivers/usb/core/notify.c usb_notifier_list
drivers/video/fbmem.c fb_notifier_list
kernel/cpu.c cpu_chain
kernel/module.c module_notify_list
kernel/profile.c munmap_notifier
kernel/profile.c task_exit_notifier
kernel/sys.c reboot_notifier_list
net/core/dev.c netdev_chain
net/decnet/dn_dev.c: dnaddr_chain
net/ipv4/devinet.c: inetaddr_chain
It's possible that some of these classifications are wrong. If they are,
please let us know or submit a patch to fix them. Note that any chain that
gets called very frequently should be atomic, because the rwsem read-locking
used for blocking chains is very likely to incur cache misses on SMP systems.
(However, if the chain's callout routines may sleep then the chain cannot be
atomic.)
The patch set was written by Alan Stern and Chandra Seetharaman, incorporating
material written by Keith Owens and suggestions from Paul McKenney and Andrew
Morton.
[jes@sgi.com: restructure the notifier chain initialization macros]
Signed-off-by: Alan Stern <stern@rowland.harvard.edu>
Signed-off-by: Chandra Seetharaman <sekharan@us.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jes Sorensen <jes@sgi.com>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@osdl.org>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@osdl.org>
Just noticed that request_sock.[ch] contain a useless assignment of
rskq_accept_head to itself. I assume this is a typo and the 2nd one
was supposed to be _tail. However, setting _tail to NULL is not
needed, so the patch below just drops the 2nd assignment.
Signed-off-By: Norbert Kiesel <nkiesel@tbdnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: Adrian Bunk <bunk@stusta.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When we get an ICMP need-to-frag message, the original TOS value in the
ICMP payload cannot be used as a key to look up the routes to update.
This is because the TOS field may have been modified by routers on the
way. Similarly, ip_rt_redirect should also ignore the TOS as the router
that gave us the message may have modified the TOS value.
The patch achieves this objective by aggregating entries with different
TOS values (but are otherwise identical) into the same bucket. This
makes it easy to update them at the same time when an ICMP message is
received.
In future we should use a twin-hashing scheme where teh aggregation
occurs at the entry level. That is, the TOS goes back into the hash
for normal lookups while ICMP lookups will end up with a node that
gives us a list that contains all other route entries that differ
only by TOS.
Signed-off-by: Ilia Sotnikov <hostcc@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This is version 20 of the Wireless Extensions. This is the
completion of the RtNetlink work I started early 2004, it enables the
full Wireless Extension API over RtNetlink.
Few comments on the patch :
o totally driver transparent, no change in drivers needed.
o iwevent were already RtNetlink based since they were created
(around 2.5.7). This adds all the regular SET and GET requests over
RtNetlink, using the exact same mechanism and data format as iwevents.
o This is a Kconfig option, as currently most people have no
need for it. Surprisingly, patch is actually small and well
encapsulated.
o Tested on SMP, attention as been paid to make it 64 bits clean.
o Code do probably too many checks and could be further
optimised, but better safe than sorry.
o RtNetlink based version of the Wireless Tools available on
my web page for people inclined to try out this stuff.
I would also like to thank Alexey Kuznetsov for his helpful
suggestions to make this patch better.
Signed-off-by: Jean Tourrilhes <jt@hpl.hp.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This patch moves {ip,ip6,arp}t_entry_{match,target} definitions to
x_tables.h. This move simplifies code and future compatibility fixes.
Signed-off-by: Dmitry Mishin <dim@openvz.org>
Acked-off-by: Kirill Korotaev <dev@openvz.org>
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
x_tables matches and targets that require nf_conntrack_ipv[4|6] to work
don't have enough information to load on demand these modules. This
patch introduces the following changes to solve this issue:
o nf_ct_l3proto_try_module_get: try to load the layer 3 connection
tracker module and increases the refcount.
o nf_ct_l3proto_module put: drop the refcount of the module.
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Allows use of the optional user facility to insert ITU-T
(http://www.itu.int/ITU-T/) specified DTE facilities in call set-up x25
packets. This feature is optional; no facilities will be added if the ioctl
is not used, and call setup packet remains the same as before.
If the ioctls provided by the patch are used, then a facility marker will be
added to the x25 packet header so that the called dte address extension
facility can be differentiated from other types of facilities (as described in
the ITU-T X.25 recommendation) that are also allowed in the x25 packet header.
Facility markers are made up of two octets, and may be present in the x25
packet headers of call-request, incoming call, call accepted, clear request,
and clear indication packets. The first of the two octets represents the
facility code field and is set to zero by this patch. The second octet of the
marker represents the facility parameter field and is set to 0x0F because the
marker will be inserted before ITU-T type DTE facilities.
Since according to ITU-T X.25 Recommendation X.25(10/96)- 7.1 "All networks
will support the facility markers with a facility parameter field set to all
ones or to 00001111", therefore this patch should work with all x.25 networks.
While there are many ITU-T DTE facilities, this patch implements only the
called and calling address extension, with placeholders in the
x25_dte_facilities structure for the rest of the facilities.
Testing:
This patch was tested using a cisco xot router connected on its serial ports
to an X.25 network, and on its lan ports to a host running an xotd daemon.
It is also possible to test this patch using an xotd daemon and an x25tap
patch, where the xotd daemons work back-to-back without actually using an x.25
network. See www.fyonne.net for details on how to do this.
Signed-off-by: Shaun Pereira <spereira@tusc.com.au>
Acked-by: Andrew Hendry <ahendry@tusc.com.au>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@osdl.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Get socket timestamp handler function that does not use the
ioctl32_hash_table.
Signed-off-by: Shaun Pereira <spereira@tusc.com.au>
Acked-by: Arnd Bergmann <arnd@arndb.de>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@osdl.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Cleanup of LLC. llc_mac_hdr_init can take constant arguments,
and it is defined twice once in llc_output.h that is otherwise unused.
Signed-off-by: Stephen Hemminger <shemminger@osdl.org>
Acked-by: Arnaldo Carvalho de Melo <acme@mandriva.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch extends {get|set}sockopt compatibility layer in order to
move protocol specific parts to their place and avoid huge universal
net/compat.c file in the future.
Signed-off-by: Dmitry Mishin <dim@openvz.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The typedef for dn_address has been removed in favour of using __le16
or __u16 directly as appropriate. All the DECnet header files are
updated accordingly.
The byte ordering of dn_eth2dn() and dn_dn2eth() are both changed
since just about all their callers wanted network order rather than
host order, so the conversion is now done in the functions themselves.
Several missed endianess conversions have been picked up during the
conversion process. The nh_gw field in struct dn_fib_info has been
changed from a 32 bit field to 16 bits as it ought to be.
One or two cases of using htons rather than dn_htons in the routing
code have been found and fixed.
There are still a few warnings to fix, but this patch deals with the
important cases.
Signed-off-by: Steven Whitehouse <steve@chygwyn.com>
Signed-off-by: Patrick Caulfield <patrick@tykepenguin.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When xfrm_user isn't loaded xfrm_nl is NULL, which makes IPsec crash because
xfrm_aevent_is_on passes the NULL pointer to netlink_has_listeners as socket.
A second problem is that the xfrm_nl pointer is not cleared when the socket
is releases at module unload time.
Protect references of xfrm_nl from outside of xfrm_user by RCU, check
that the socket is present in xfrm_aevent_is_on and set it to NULL
when unloading xfrm_user.
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Back in the dark ages, we had to be conservative and only allow 15-bit
window fields if the window scale option was not negotiated. Some
ancient stacks used a signed 16-bit quantity for the window field of
the TCP header and would get confused.
Those days are long gone, so we can use the full 16-bits by default
now.
There is a sysctl added so that we can still interact with such old
stacks
Signed-off-by: Rick Jones <rick.jones2@hp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Semaphore to mutex conversion.
The conversion was generated via scripts, and the result was validated
automatically via a script as well.
Signed-off-by: Ingo Molnar <mingo@elte.hu>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@osdl.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Semaphore to mutex conversion.
The conversion was generated via scripts, and the result was validated
automatically via a script as well.
Signed-off-by: Arjan van de Ven <arjan@infradead.org>
Signed-off-by: Ingo Molnar <mingo@elte.hu>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@osdl.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
struct neigh_ops currently has a destructor field, which no in-kernel
drivers outside of infiniband use. The infiniband/ulp/ipoib in-tree
driver stashes some info in the neighbour structure (the results of
the second-stage lookup from ARP results to real link-level path), and
it uses neigh->ops->destructor to get a callback so it can clean up
this extra info when a neighbour is freed. We've run into problems
with this: since the destructor is in an ops field that is shared
between neighbours that may belong to different net devices, there's
no way to set/clear it safely.
The following patch moves this field to neigh_parms where it can be
safely set, together with its twin neigh_setup. Two additional
patches in the patch series update ipoib to use this new interface.
Signed-off-by: Michael S. Tsirkin <mst@mellanox.co.il>
Signed-off-by: Roland Dreier <rolandd@cisco.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Consolidating open coded sequences in tcp and dccp, v4 and v6.
Signed-off-by: Arnaldo Carvalho de Melo <acme@mandriva.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This moves some TCP-specific MTU probing state out of
inet_connection_sock back to tcp_sock.
Signed-off-by: John Heffner <jheffner@psc.edu>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Instead of doing a memset then initialization of the fields of the scm
structure, just initialize all the members explicitly. Prevent reloading
of current on x86 and x86-64 by storing the value in a local variable for
subsequent dereferences. This is worth a ~7KB/s increase in af_unix
bandwidth. Note that we avoid the issues surrounding potentially
uninitialized members of the ucred structure by constructing a struct
ucred instead of assigning the members individually, which forces the
compiler to zero any padding.
[ I modified the patch not to use the aggregate assignment since
gcc-3.4.x and earlier cannot optimize that properly at all even
though gcc-4.0.x and later can -DaveM ]
Signed-off-by: Benjamin LaHaise <benjamin.c.lahaise@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This is similar to the SA expire insertion patch - only it inserts
expires for SP.
Signed-off-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <hadi@cyberus.ca>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch allows a user to insert SA expires. This is useful to
do on an HA backup for the case of byte counts but may not be very
useful for the case of time based expiry.
Signed-off-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <hadi@cyberus.ca>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This introduces a feature similar to the one described in RFC 2367:
"
... the application needing an SA sends a PF_KEY
SADB_ACQUIRE message down to the Key Engine, which then either
returns an error or sends a similar SADB_ACQUIRE message up to one or
more key management applications capable of creating such SAs.
...
...
The third is where an application-layer consumer of security
associations (e.g. an OSPFv2 or RIPv2 daemon) needs a security
association.
Send an SADB_ACQUIRE message from a user process to the kernel.
<base, address(SD), (address(P),) (identity(SD),) (sensitivity,)
proposal>
The kernel returns an SADB_ACQUIRE message to registered
sockets.
<base, address(SD), (address(P),) (identity(SD),) (sensitivity,)
proposal>
The user-level consumer waits for an SADB_UPDATE or SADB_ADD
message for its particular type, and then can use that
association by using SADB_GET messages.
"
An app such as OSPF could then use ipsec KM to get keys
Signed-off-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <hadi@cyberus.ca>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch provides the core functionality needed for sync events
for ipsec. Derived work of Krisztian KOVACS <hidden@balabit.hu>
Signed-off-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <hadi@cyberus.ca>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Replace netfilter's ip6_masked_addrcmp by a more efficient version
in include/net/ipv6.h to make it usable without module dependencies.
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch moves all helper related data fields of 'struct nf_conn'
into a separate structure 'struct nf_conn_help'. This new structure
is only present in conntrack entries for which we actually have a
helper loaded.
Also, this patch cleans up the nf_conntrack 'features' mechanism to
resemble what the original idea was: Just glue the feature-specific
data structures at the end of 'struct nf_conn', and explicitly
re-calculate the pointer to it when needed rather than keeping
pointers around.
Saves 20 bytes per conntrack on my x86_64 box. A non-helped conntrack
is 276 bytes. We still need to save another 20 bytes in order to fit
into to target of 256bytes.
Signed-off-by: Harald Welte <laforge@netfilter.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Implementation of packetization layer path mtu discovery for TCP, based on
the internet-draft currently found at
<http://www.ietf.org/internet-drafts/draft-ietf-pmtud-method-05.txt>.
Signed-off-by: John Heffner <jheffner@psc.edu>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
And prepare for more advanced router selection.
Signed-off-by: YOSHIFUJI Hideaki <yoshfuji@linux-ipv6.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
RFC 3041 describes an algorithm to generate random interface
identifier. In RFC 3041bis, it is allowed to use different
algorithm than one described in RFC 3041.
So, let's use our standard pseudo random algorithm to simplify
our implementation.
Signed-off-by: YOSHIFUJI Hideaki <yoshfuji@linux-ipv6.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
If the AX.25 dialect chosen by the sysadmin is set to DAMA master / 3
(or DAMA slave / 2, if CONFIG_AX25_DAMA_SLAVE=n) ax25_kick() will fall
through the switch statement without calling ax25_send_iframe() or any
other function that would eventually free skbn thus leaking the packet.
Fix by restricting the sysctl inferface to allow only actually supported
AX.25 dialects.
The system administration mistake needed for this to happen is rather
unlikely, so this is an uncritical hole.
Coverity #651.
Signed-off-by: Ralf Baechle DL5RB <ralf@linux-mips.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
It is broken, the condition is checked out of socket lock. It is
wonderful the bug survived for so long time.
[ This fixes bugzilla #6233:
race condition in tcp_sendmsg when connection became established ]
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The only reason post_input exists at all is that it gives us the
potential to adjust the checksums incrementally in future which
we ought to do.
However, after thinking about it for a bit we can adjust the
checksums without using this post_input stuff at all. The crucial
point is that only the inner-most NAT-T SA needs to be considered
when adjusting checksums. What's more, the checksum adjustment
comes down to a single u32 due to the linearity of IP checksums.
We just happen to have a spare u32 lying around in our skb structure :)
When ip_summed is set to CHECKSUM_NONE on input, the value of skb->csum
is currently unused. All we have to do is to make that the checksum
adjustment and voila, there goes all the post_input and decap structures!
I've left in the decap data structures for now since it's intricately
woven into the sec_path stuff. We can kill them later too.
Signed-off-by: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We often just do an atomic_dec(&x->refcnt) on an xfrm_state object
because we know there is more than 1 reference remaining and thus
we can elide the heavier xfrm_state_put() call.
Do this behind an inline function called __xfrm_state_put() so that is
more obvious and also to allow us to more cleanly add refcount
debugging later.
Signed-off-by: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When a packet matching an IPsec policy is SNATed so it doesn't match any
policy anymore it looses its xfrm bundle, which makes xfrm4_output_finish
crash because of a NULL pointer dereference.
This patch directs these packets to the original output path instead. Since
the packets have already passed the POST_ROUTING hook, but need to start at
the beginning of the original output path which includes another
POST_ROUTING invocation, a flag is added to the IPCB to indicate that the
packet was rerouted and doesn't need to pass the POST_ROUTING hook again.
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
From: Joe Perches <joe@perches.com>
Based upon a patch by Dave Jones.
Signed-off-by: Dave Jones <davej@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch reduces the default L2CAP MTU for all RFCOMM connections
from 1024 to 1013 to improve the interoperability with some broken
RFCOMM implementations. To make this more flexible the L2CAP MTU
becomes also a module parameter and so it can changed at runtime.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
This patch set IrDA's addr_len properly, i.e to 4 bytes, the size of the
IrLAP device address.
Signed-off-by: Samuel Ortiz <samuel.ortiz@nokia.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
__nf_conntrack_{l3}proto_find() doesn't check the passed protocol family,
then it's possible to touch out of the array which has only AF_MAX items.
Spotted by Pablo Neira Ayuso.
Signed-off-by: Yasuyuki Kozakai <yasuyuki.kozakai@toshiba.co.jp>
Signed-off-by: YOSHIFUJI Hideaki <yoshfuji@linux-ipv6.org>
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
If you are on a hostile network, or are running protocol tests, you can
easily get the logged swamped by messages about bad UDP and ICMP packets.
This turns those messages off unless a config option is enabled.
Signed-off-by: Stephen Hemminger <shemminger@osdl.org>
Acked-by: Dave Jones <davej@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
SCTP used to "fast retransmit" a TSN every time we hit the number
of missing reports for the TSN. However the Implementers Guide
specifies that we should only "fast retransmit" a given TSN once.
Subsequent retransmits should be timeouts only. Also change the
number of missing reports to 3 as per the latest IG(similar to TCP).
Signed-off-by: Vlad Yasevich <vladislav.yasevich@hp.com>
Signed-off-by: Sridhar Samudrala <sri@us.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
ip_route_newports uses the struct flowi from the struct rtable returned
by ip_route_connect for the new route lookup and just replaces the port
numbers if they have changed. If an IPsec policy exists which doesn't match
port 0 the struct flowi won't have the proto field set and no xfrm lookup
is done for the changed ports.
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch creates two functions ieee80211_wx_set_auth and
ieee80211_wx_get_auth that can be used by drivers for the wireless
extension handlers instead of writing their own, if the implementation
should be software only.
These patches enable using bcm43xx devices with WPA and this seems (as
far as I can tell) to be the only difference between the stock ieee80211
and softmac's ieee80211 left.
Signed-Off-By: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Add 802.11h data types and structure definitions to ieee80211.h.
Signed-off-by: Hong Liu <hong.liu@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Zhu Yi <yi.zhu@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This patch adds ieee80211 TKIP build_iv() method to support hardwares
that can do TKIP encryption but relies on ieee80211 layer to build
the IV. It also changes the build_iv() interface to return the key
if possible after the IV is built (this is required by TKIP).
Signed-off-by: Zhu Yi <yi.zhu@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Validate and update the sk in sctp_rcv() to avoid the race where an
assoc/ep could move to a different socket after we get the sk, but before
the skb is added to the backlog.
Also migrate the skb's in backlog queue to new sk when doing a peeloff.
Signed-off-by: Sridhar Samudrala <sri@us.ibm.com>
sctp_unpack_cookie used an on-stack array called digest as a result/out
parameter in the call to crypto_hmac. However, hmac code
(crypto_hmac_final)
assumes that the 'out' argument is in virtual memory (identity mapped
region)
and can use virt_to_page call on it. This does not work with the on-stack
declared digest. The problems observed so far have been:
a) incorrect hmac digest
b) machine check and hardware reset.
Solution is to define the digest in an identity mapped region by
kmalloc'ing
it. We can do this once as part of the endpoint structure and re-use it
when
verifying the SCTP cookie.
Signed-off-by: Vlad Yasevich <vladislav.yasevich@hp.com>
Signed-off-by: Sridhar Samudrala <sri@us.ibm.com>
Change all the structure members that hold jiffies to be of type
unsigned long. This also corrects bad sysctl formating on 64 bit
architectures.
Signed-off-by: Vlad Yasevich <vladislav.yasevich@hp.com>
Signed-off-by: Sridhar Samudrala <sri@us.ibm.com>
On 64 bit architectures, sctp_cookie sent as part of INIT-ACK is not
aligned on a 64 bit boundry and thus causes unaligned access exceptions.
The layout of the cookie prameter is this:
|<----- Parameter Header --------------------|<--- Cookie DATA --------
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
| param type (16 bits) | param len (16 bits) | sig [32 bytes] | cookie..
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
The cookie data portion contains 64 bit values on 64 bit architechtures
(timeval) that fall on a 32 bit alignment boundry when used as part of
the on-wire format, but align correctly when used in internal
structures. This patch explicitely pads the on-wire format so that
it is properly aligned.
Signed-off-by: Vlad Yasevich <vladislav.yasevich@hp.com>
Signed-off-by: Sridhar Samudrala <sri@us.ibm.com>
This patch contains an attempt to properly build hostap.o without
#include'ing C files.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Bunk <bunk@stusta.de>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
The ioctl was renamed from SIOCSIWNAME to SIOCSIWCOMMIT.
Signed-off-by: Pete Zaitcev <zaitcev@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
There are errors and inconsistency in the display of NIP6 strings.
ie: net/ipv6/ip6_flowlabel.c
There are errors and inconsistency in the display of NIPQUAD strings too.
ie: net/netfilter/nf_conntrack_ftp.c
This patch:
adds NIP6_FMT to kernel.h
changes all code to use NIP6_FMT
fixes net/ipv6/ip6_flowlabel.c
adds NIPQUAD_FMT to kernel.h
fixes net/netfilter/nf_conntrack_ftp.c
changes a few uses of "%u.%u.%u.%u" to NIPQUAD_FMT for symmetry to NIP6_FMT
Signed-off-by: Joe Perches <joe@perches.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Increasing the module ref count at registration will block the module from
ever being unloaded. In fact, genetlink should not care about the owner at
all. This patch removes the owner field from the struct registered with
genetlink.
Signed-off-by: Per Liden <per.liden@ericsson.com>
Signed-off-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <hadi@cyberus.ca>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This monster-patch tries to do the best job for unifying the data
structures and backend interfaces for the three evil clones ip_tables,
ip6_tables and arp_tables. In an ideal world we would never have
allowed this kind of copy+paste programming... but well, our world
isn't (yet?) ideal.
o introduce a new x_tables module
o {ip,arp,ip6}_tables depend on this x_tables module
o registration functions for tables, matches and targets are only
wrappers around x_tables provided functions
o all matches/targets that are used from ip_tables and ip6_tables
are now implemented as xt_FOOBAR.c files and provide module aliases
to ipt_FOOBAR and ip6t_FOOBAR
o header files for xt_matches are in include/linux/netfilter/,
include/linux/netfilter_{ipv4,ipv6} contains compatibility wrappers
around the xt_FOOBAR.h headers
Based on this patchset we're going to further unify the code,
gradually getting rid of all the layer 3 specific assumptions.
Signed-off-by: Harald Welte <laforge@netfilter.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Updated copyright notice to include the year the file was
actually created. Information about file creation dates
was extracted from the files in the old CVS repository
at tipc.sourceforge.net.
Signed-off-by: Per Liden <per.liden@nospam.ericsson.com>
The license header in each file now more clearly state that this
code is licensed under a dual BSD/GPL. Before this was only
evident if you looked at the MODULE_LICENSE line in core.c.
Signed-off-by: Per Liden <per.liden@nospam.ericsson.com>
Restored the old tipc_config.h to get a cleaner division between the
interfaces used by normal TIPC users and TIPC administration utilities.
Signed-off-by: Per Liden <per.liden@nospam.ericsson.com>
TIPC (Transparent Inter Process Communication) is a protocol designed for
intra cluster communication. For more information see
http://tipc.sourceforge.net
Signed-off-by: Per Liden <per.liden@nospam.ericsson.com>
The comments in ieee80211.h claim that one doesn't need to set the len
parameter of the stats struct. But if one doesn't, the management frames
are read far over the memory they actually occupy causing badness.
Signed-Off-By: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Garzik <jgarzik@pobox.com>
The congestion ops and af_ops in the inet_connection_sock
can be const.
Signed-off-by: Stephen Hemminger <shemminger@osdl.org>
Signed-off-by: Arnaldo Carvalho de Melo <acme@ghostprotocols.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
tcf_action_exec only gets a single skb pointer and doesn't own the skb,
but passes double skb pointers (to a local variable) to the action
functions. Change to use single skb pointers everywhere.
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Since version 4.1 the gcc is warning about ignored attributes. This patch is
using the equivalent attribute on the struct instead of on each of the
structure or union members.
GCC Manual:
"Specifying Attributes of Types
packed
This attribute, attached to struct or union type definition, specifies
that
each member of the structure or union is placed to minimize the memory
required. When attached to an enum definition, it indicates that the
smallest integral type should be used.
Specifying this attribute for struct and union types is equivalent to
specifying the packed attribute on each of the structure or union
members."
Signed-off-by: Jan Blunck <jblunck@suse.de>
Cc: Dave Jones <davej@codemonkey.org.uk>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@osdl.org>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@osdl.org>
Since there's no longer any external user of ip_fragment() we can make
it static.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Bunk <bunk@stusta.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When NAT changes the key used for the xfrm lookup it needs to be done
again. If a new policy is returned in POST_ROUTING the packet needs
to be passed to xfrm4_output_one manually after all hooks were called
because POST_ROUTING is called with fixed okfn (ip_finish_output).
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
ip_route_me_harder doesn't use the port numbers of the xfrm lookup and
uses ip_route_input for non-local addresses which doesn't do a xfrm
lookup, ip6_route_me_harder doesn't do a xfrm lookup at all.
Use xfrm_decode_session and do the lookup manually, make sure both
only do the lookup if the packet hasn't been transformed already.
Makeing sure the lookup only happens once needs a new field in the
IP6CB, which exceeds the size of skb->cb. The size of skb->cb is
increased to 48b. Apparently the IPv6 mobile extensions need some
more room anyway.
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Reset IPSKB_XFRM_TUNNEL_SIZE flags in ipip and ip_gre hard_start_xmit
function before the packet reenters IP. This is neccessary so the
encapsulated packets are checked not to be oversized in xfrm4_output.c
again. Reset all flags in sit when a packet changes its address family.
Also remove some obsolete IPSKB flags.
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When the innermost transform uses transport mode the decapsulated packet
is not visible to netfilter. Pass the packet through the PRE_ROUTING and
LOCAL_IN hooks again before handing it to upper layer protocols to make
netfilter-visibility symetrical to the output path.
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Move nextheader offset to the IP6CB to make it possible to pass a
packet to ip6_input_finish multiple times and have it skip already
parsed headers. As a nice side effect this gets rid of the manual
hopopts skipping in ip6_input_finish.
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Call netfilter hooks before IPsec transforms. Packets visit the
FORWARD/LOCAL_OUT and POST_ROUTING hook before the first encapsulation
and the LOCAL_OUT and POST_ROUTING hook before each following tunnel mode
transform.
Patch from Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au>:
Move the loop from dst_output into xfrm4_output/xfrm6_output since they're
the only ones who need to it. xfrm{4,6}_output_one() processes the first SA
all subsequent transport mode SAs and is called in a loop that calls the
netfilter hooks between each two calls.
In order to avoid the tail call issue, I've added the inline function
nf_hook which is nf_hook_slow plus the empty list check.
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
It should return an unsigned value, and fix sk_filter() as well.
Signed-off-by: Kris Katterjohn <kjak@ispwest.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Call POST_ROUTING hook before fragmentation to get rid of the okfn use
in ip_refrag and save the useless fragmentation/defragmentation step
when NAT is used.
The patch introduces one user-visible change, the POSTROUTING chain
in the mangle table gets entire packets, not fragments, which should
simplify use of the MARK and CLASSIFY targets for queueing as a nice
side-effect.
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
TCP inline usage cleanup:
* get rid of inline in several places
* replace __inline__ with inline where possible
* move functions used in one file out of tcp.h
* let compiler decide on used once cases
On x86_64:
text data bss dec hex filename
3594701 648348 567400 4810449 4966d1 vmlinux.orig
3593133 648580 567400 4809113 496199 vmlinux
On sparc64:
text data bss dec hex filename
2538278 406152 530392 3474822 350586 vmlinux.ORIG
2536382 406384 530392 3473158 34ff06 vmlinux
Signed-off-by: Stephen Hemminger <shemminger@osdl.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
From: Benjamin LaHaise <bcrl@kvack.org>
In af_unix, a rwlock is used to protect internal state. At least on my
P4 with HT it is faster to use a spinlock due to the simpler memory
barrier used to unlock. This patch raises bw_unix to ~690K/s.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
To help in reducing the number of include dependencies, several files were
touched as they were getting needed headers indirectly for stuff they use.
Thanks also to Alan Menegotto for pointing out that net/dccp/proto.c had
linux/dccp.h include twice.
Signed-off-by: Arnaldo Carvalho de Melo <acme@mandriva.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Its common enough to to justify that, TCP still can't use it as it has the
prequeueing stuff, still to be made generic in the not so distant future :-)
Signed-off-by: Arnaldo Carvalho de Melo <acme@mandriva.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
I noticed that some of 'struct proto_ops' used in the kernel may share
a cache line used by locks or other heavily modified data. (default
linker alignement is 32 bytes, and L1_CACHE_LINE is 64 or 128 at
least)
This patch makes sure a 'struct proto_ops' can be declared as const,
so that all cpus can share all parts of it without false sharing.
This is not mandatory : a driver can still use a read/write structure
if it needs to (and eventually a __read_mostly)
I made a global stubstitute to change all existing occurences to make
them const.
This should reduce the possibility of false sharing on SMP, and
speedup some socket system calls.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <dada1@cosmosbay.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds support to set/get heartbeat interval, maximum number of
retransmissions, pathmtu, sackdelay time for a particular transport/
association/socket as per the latest SCTP sockets api draft11.
Signed-off-by: Frank Filz <ffilz@us.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Sridhar Samudrala <sri@us.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This lock is actually taken mostly as a writer,
so using a rwlock actually just makes performance
worse especially on chips like the Intel P4.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
As DCCP needs to be called in the same spots.
Now we have a member in inet_sock (is_icsk), set at sock creation time from
struct inet_protosw->flags (if INET_PROTOSW_ICSK is set, like for TCP and
DCCP) to see if a struct sock instance is a inet_connection_sock for places
like the ones in ip_sockglue.c (v4 and v6) where we previously were looking if
sk_type was SOCK_STREAM, that is insufficient because we now use the same code
for DCCP, that has sk_type SOCK_DCCP.
Signed-off-by: Arnaldo Carvalho de Melo <acme@mandriva.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Upcoming patches will make, for instance, ip_sockglue.c need just this enum
and not all of tcp.h.
Signed-off-by: Arnaldo Carvalho de Melo <acme@mandriva.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Renaming it to inet6_hash_connect, making it possible to ditch
dccp_v6_hash_connect and share the same code with TCP instead.
Signed-off-by: Arnaldo Carvalho de Melo <acme@mandriva.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Renaming it to inet_hash_connect, making it possible to ditch
dccp_v4_hash_connect and share the same code with TCP instead.
Signed-off-by: Arnaldo Carvalho de Melo <acme@mandriva.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
So that we can share several timewait sockets related functions and
make the timewait mini sockets infrastructure closer to the request
mini sockets one.
Next changesets will take advantage of this, moving more code out of
TCP and DCCP v4 and v6 to common infrastructure.
Signed-off-by: Arnaldo Carvalho de Melo <acme@mandriva.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
It was already non-TCP specific, will be used by DCCPv6.
Signed-off-by: Arnaldo Carvalho de Melo <acme@mandriva.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Out of tcp6_timewait_sock, that now is just an aggregation of
inet_timewait_sock and inet6_timewait_sock, using tw_ipv6_offset in struct
inet_timewait_sock, that is common to the IPv6 transport protocols that use
timewait sockets, like DCCP and TCP.
tw_ipv6_offset plays the struct inet_sock pinfo6 role, i.e. for the generic
code to find the IPv6 area in a timewait sock.
Signed-off-by: Arnaldo Carvalho de Melo <acme@mandriva.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Using sk->sk_protocol instead of IPPROTO_TCP.
Will be used by DCCPv6 in the next changesets.
Signed-off-by: Arnaldo Carvalho de Melo <acme@mandriva.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
It also looks like there were 2 places where the test on sk_err was
missing from the event wait logic (in sk_stream_wait_connect and
sk_stream_wait_memory), while the rest of the sock_error() users look
to be doing the right thing. This version of the patch fixes those,
and cleans up a few places that were testing ->sk_err directly.
Signed-off-by: Benjamin LaHaise <benjamin.c.lahaise@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Renaming it to inet_csk_addr2sockaddr.
Signed-off-by: Arnaldo Carvalho de Melo <acme@mandriva.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
And move it to struct inet_connection_sock. DCCP will use it in the
upcoming changesets.
Signed-off-by: Arnaldo Carvalho de Melo <acme@mandriva.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
More work is needed tho to introduce inet6_request_sock from
tcp6_request_sock, in the same layout considerations as ipv6_pinfo in
inet_sock, next changeset will do that.
Signed-off-by: Arnaldo Carvalho de Melo <acme@mandriva.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Another spin of Herbert Xu's "safer ip reassembly" patch
for 2.6.16.
(The original patch is here:
http://marc.theaimsgroup.com/?l=linux-netdev&m=112281936522415&w=2
and my only contribution is to have tested it.)
This patch (optionally) does additional checks before accepting IP
fragments, which can greatly reduce the possibility of reassembling
fragments which originated from different IP datagrams.
Signed-off-by: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au>
Signed-off-by: Arthur Kepner <akepner@sgi.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch series implements per packet access control via the
extension of the Linux Security Modules (LSM) interface by hooks in
the XFRM and pfkey subsystems that leverage IPSec security
associations to label packets. Extensions to the SELinux LSM are
included that leverage the patch for this purpose.
This patch implements the changes necessary to the XFRM subsystem,
pfkey interface, ipv4/ipv6, and xfrm_user interface to restrict a
socket to use only authorized security associations (or no security
association) to send/receive network packets.
Patch purpose:
The patch is designed to enable access control per packets based on
the strongly authenticated IPSec security association. Such access
controls augment the existing ones based on network interface and IP
address. The former are very coarse-grained, and the latter can be
spoofed. By using IPSec, the system can control access to remote
hosts based on cryptographic keys generated using the IPSec mechanism.
This enables access control on a per-machine basis or per-application
if the remote machine is running the same mechanism and trusted to
enforce the access control policy.
Patch design approach:
The overall approach is that policy (xfrm_policy) entries set by
user-level programs (e.g., setkey for ipsec-tools) are extended with a
security context that is used at policy selection time in the XFRM
subsystem to restrict the sockets that can send/receive packets via
security associations (xfrm_states) that are built from those
policies.
A presentation available at
www.selinux-symposium.org/2005/presentations/session2/2-3-jaeger.pdf
from the SELinux symposium describes the overall approach.
Patch implementation details:
On output, the policy retrieved (via xfrm_policy_lookup or
xfrm_sk_policy_lookup) must be authorized for the security context of
the socket and the same security context is required for resultant
security association (retrieved or negotiated via racoon in
ipsec-tools). This is enforced in xfrm_state_find.
On input, the policy retrieved must also be authorized for the socket
(at __xfrm_policy_check), and the security context of the policy must
also match the security association being used.
The patch has virtually no impact on packets that do not use IPSec.
The existing Netfilter (outgoing) and LSM rcv_skb hooks are used as
before.
Also, if IPSec is used without security contexts, the impact is
minimal. The LSM must allow such policies to be selected for the
combination of socket and remote machine, but subsequent IPSec
processing proceeds as in the original case.
Testing:
The pfkey interface is tested using the ipsec-tools. ipsec-tools have
been modified (a separate ipsec-tools patch is available for version
0.5) that supports assignment of xfrm_policy entries and security
associations with security contexts via setkey and the negotiation
using the security contexts via racoon.
The xfrm_user interface is tested via ad hoc programs that set
security contexts. These programs are also available from me, and
contain programs for setting, getting, and deleting policy for testing
this interface. Testing of sa functions was done by tracing kernel
behavior.
Signed-off-by: Trent Jaeger <tjaeger@cse.psu.edu>
Signed-off-by: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The below "jumbo" patch fixes the following problems in MLDv2.
1) Add necessary "ntohs" to recent "pskb_may_pull" check [breaks
all nonzero source queries on little-endian (!)]
2) Add locking to source filter list [resend of prior patch]
3) fix "mld_marksources()" to
a) send nothing when all queried sources are excluded
b) send full exclude report when source queried sources are
not excluded
c) don't schedule a timer when there's nothing to report
NOTE: RFC 3810 specifies the source list should be saved and each
source reported individually as an IS_IN. This is an obvious DOS
path, requiring the host to store and then multicast as many sources
as are queried (e.g., millions...). This alternative sends a full,
relevant report that's limited to number of sources present on the
machine.
4) fix "add_grec()" to send empty-source records when it should
The original check doesn't account for a non-empty source
list with all sources inactive; the new code keeps that
short-circuit case, and also generates the group header
with an empty list if needed.
5) fix mca_crcount decrement to be after add_grec(), which needs
its original value
These issues (other than item #1 ;-) ) were all found by Yan Zheng,
much thanks!
Signed-off-by: David L Stevens <dlstevens@us.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
NETDEV_UP might be sent even if the link attached to the interface was
not ready. DAD does not make sense in such case, so we won't do so.
After interface
Signed-off-by: YOSHIFUJI Hideaki <yoshfuji@linux-ipv6.org>
When we insert a new xfrm_state which potentially
subsumes an existing one, make sure all cached
bundles are flushed so that the new SA is used
immediately.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The patch (originally from Steve) simply adds memory buffer settings to
DECnet similar to those in TCP.
Signed-off-by: Patrick Caulfield <patrick@tykepenguin.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch fixes the problem with promoting aliases when:
a) a single primary and > 1 secondary addresses
b) multiple primary addresses each with at least one secondary address
Based on earlier efforts from Brian Pomerantz <bapper@piratehaven.org>,
Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net> and Thomas Graf <tgraf@suug.ch>
Signed-off-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <hadi@cyberus.ca>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
include/net/ieee80211.h: In function `ieee80211_get_payload':
include/net/ieee80211.h:1046: warning: control reaches end of non-void function
Cc: Jeff Garzik <jgarzik@pobox.com>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@osdl.org>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Garzik <jgarzik@pobox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jochen Friedrich <jochen@scram.de>
Acked-by: Arnaldo Carvalho de Melo <acme@mandriva.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Also introduces a sysctl option to configure the receive buffer
accounting policy to be either at socket or association level.
Default is all the associations on the same socket share the
receive buffer.
Signed-off-by: Neil Horman <nhorman@tuxdriver.com>
Signed-off-by: Sridhar Samudrala <sri@us.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
On ia64, it is possible to get NaT Consumption Fault and a kernel panic
when initializing sctp sideeffect commands arguments. The union
sctp_arg_t contains different sized elements and when loading a smaller
sized element (32 or 16 bits), it is possible for a speculative load to
fail and result in a NaT bit set which causes a kernel crash. The easy
way to get around it is to load the largerst member of the union.
Signed-off-by: Vladislav Yasevich <vladislav.yasevich@hp.com>
Signed-off-by: Sridhar Samudrala <sri@us.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The socket level timeout values are maintained in sctp_sock and
association level timeouts are in sctp_association. So there is
no need for ep->timeouts.
Signed-off-by: Vladislav Yasevich <vladislav.yasevich@hp.com>
Signed-off-by: Sridhar Samudrala <sri@us.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Use "hints" to speed up the SACK processing. Various forms
of this have been used by TCP developers (Web100, STCP, BIC)
to avoid the 2x linear search of outstanding segments.
Signed-off-by: Stephen Hemminger <shemminger@osdl.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This is an updated version of the RFC3465 ABC patch originally
for Linux 2.6.11-rc4 by Yee-Ting Li. ABC is a way of counting
bytes ack'd rather than packets when updating congestion control.
The orignal ABC described in the RFC applied to a Reno style
algorithm. For advanced congestion control there is little
change after leaving slow start.
Signed-off-by: Stephen Hemminger <shemminger@osdl.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Move all the code that does linear TCP slowstart to one
inline function to ease later patch to add ABC support.
Signed-off-by: Stephen Hemminger <shemminger@osdl.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
TCP peformance with TSO over networks with delay is awful.
On a 100Mbit link with 150ms delay, we get 4Mbits/sec with TSO and
50Mbits/sec without TSO.
The problem is with TSO, we intentionally do not keep the maximum
number of packets in flight to fill the window, we hold out to until
we can send a MSS chunk. But, we also don't update the congestion window
unless we have filled, as per RFC2861.
This patch replaces the check for the congestion window being full
with something smarter that accounts for TSO.
Signed-off-by: Stephen Hemminger <shemminger@osdl.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Here is the patch that introduces the generic skb_checksum_complete
which also checks for hardware RX checksum faults. If that happens,
it'll call netdev_rx_csum_fault which currently prints out a stack
trace with the device name. In future it can turn off RX checksum.
I've converted every spot under net/ that does RX checksum checks to
use skb_checksum_complete or __skb_checksum_complete with the
exceptions of:
* Those places where checksums are done bit by bit. These will call
netdev_rx_csum_fault directly.
* The following have not been completely checked/converted:
ipmr
ip_vs
netfilter
dccp
This patch is based on patches and suggestions from Stephen Hemminger
and David S. Miller.
Signed-off-by: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The generic netlink family builds on top of netlink and provides
simplifies access for the less demanding netlink users. It solves
the problem of protocol numbers running out by introducing a so
called controller taking care of id management and name resolving.
Generic netlink modules register themself after filling out their
id card (struct genl_family), after successful registration the
modules are able to register callbacks to command numbers by
filling out a struct genl_ops and calling genl_register_op(). The
registered callbacks are invoked with attributes parsed making
life of simple modules a lot easier.
Although generic netlink modules can request static identifiers,
it is recommended to use GENL_ID_GENERATE and to let the controller
assign a unique identifier to the module. Userspace applications
will then ask the controller and lookup the idenfier by the module
name.
Due to the current multicast implementation of netlink, the number
of generic netlink modules is restricted to 1024 to avoid wasting
memory for the per socket multiacst subscription bitmask.
Signed-off-by: Thomas Graf <tgraf@suug.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Introduces netlink_run_queue() to handle the receive queue of
a netlink socket in a generic way. Processes as much as there
was in the queue upon entry and invokes a callback function
for each netlink message found. The callback function may
refuse a message by returning a negative error code but setting
the error pointer to 0 in which case netlink_run_queue() will
return with a qlen != 0.
Signed-off-by: Thomas Graf <tgraf@suug.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Introduces a new type-safe interface for netlink message and
attributes handling. The interface is fully binary compatible
with the old interface towards userspace. Besides type safety,
this interface features attribute validation capabilities,
simplified message contstruction, and documentation.
The resulting netlink code should be smaller, less error prone
and easier to understand.
Signed-off-by: Thomas Graf <tgraf@suug.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The existing connection tracking subsystem in netfilter can only
handle ipv4. There were basically two choices present to add
connection tracking support for ipv6. We could either duplicate all
of the ipv4 connection tracking code into an ipv6 counterpart, or (the
choice taken by these patches) we could design a generic layer that
could handle both ipv4 and ipv6 and thus requiring only one sub-protocol
(TCP, UDP, etc.) connection tracking helper module to be written.
In fact nf_conntrack is capable of working with any layer 3
protocol.
The existing ipv4 specific conntrack code could also not deal
with the pecularities of doing connection tracking on ipv6,
which is also cured here. For example, these issues include:
1) ICMPv6 handling, which is used for neighbour discovery in
ipv6 thus some messages such as these should not participate
in connection tracking since effectively they are like ARP
messages
2) fragmentation must be handled differently in ipv6, because
the simplistic "defrag, connection track and NAT, refrag"
(which the existing ipv4 connection tracking does) approach simply
isn't feasible in ipv6
3) ipv6 extension header parsing must occur at the correct spots
before and after connection tracking decisions, and there were
no provisions for this in the existing connection tracking
design
4) ipv6 has no need for stateful NAT
The ipv4 specific conntrack layer is kept around, until all of
the ipv4 specific conntrack helpers are ported over to nf_conntrack
and it is feature complete. Once that occurs, the old conntrack
stuff will get placed into the feature-removal-schedule and we will
fully kill it off 6 months later.
Signed-off-by: Yasuyuki Kozakai <yasuyuki.kozakai@toshiba.co.jp>
Signed-off-by: Harald Welte <laforge@netfilter.org>
Signed-off-by: Arnaldo Carvalho de Melo <acme@mandriva.com>
This patch removes all relics of the /proc usage from the Bluetooth
subsystem core and its upper layers. All the previous information are
now available via /sys/class/bluetooth through appropriate functions.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds the endian annotations to the Bluetooth core.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There is no reason for sk_add_backlog to be a macro. It can
just be an inline function and get type checking.
Signed-off-by: Stephen Hemminger <shemminger@osdl.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch randomizes the port selected on bind() for connections
to help with possible security attacks. It should also be faster
in most cases because there is no need for a global lock.
Signed-off-by: Stephen Hemminger <shemminger@osdl.org>
Signed-off-by: Arnaldo Carvalho de Melo <acme@mandriva.com>
Changes IP_ECN_set_ce() and IP6_ECN_set_ce() to return 0 if the CE
bits could not bet set because none of the ECT bits are set or 1
if the CE bits are already set or have been successfully set.
Introduces INET_ECN_set_ce(skb) to enable CE bits for all supported
protocols.
Signed-off-by: Thomas Graf <tgraf@suug.ch>
Signed-off-by: Arnaldo Carvalho de Melo <acme@mandriva.com>
Extracts the RED algorithm from sch_red.c and puts it into include/net/red.h
for use by other RED based modules. The statistics are extended to be more
fine grained in order to differ between probability/forced marks/drops.
We now reset the average queue length when setting new parameters, leaving
it might result in an unreasonable qavg for a while depending on the value of W.
Signed-off-by: Thomas Graf <tgraf@suug.ch>
Signed-off-by: Arnaldo Carvalho de Melo <acme@mandriva.com>
Rename SCTP specific control message flags to use SCTP_ prefix rather than
MSG_ prefix as per the latest sctp sockets API draft.
Signed-off-by: Ivan Skytte Jorgensen <isj-sctp@i1.dk>
Signed-off-by: Sridhar Samudrala <sri@us.ibm.com>
This patch moves rfcomm_crc_table[] into the RFCOMM core, because there
is no need to keep it in a separate file.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Now that we've switched over to storing MTUs in the xfrm_dst entries,
we no longer need the dst's get_mss methods. This patch gets rid of
them.
It also documents the fact that our MTU calculation is not optimal
for ESP.
Signed-off-by: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au>
Signed-off-by: Arnaldo Carvalho de Melo <acme@mandriva.com>
On architectures where the char type defaults to unsigned some of the
arithmetic in the AX.25 stack to fail, resulting in some packets being dropped
on receive.
Credits for tracking this down and the original patch to
Bob Brose N0QBJ <linuxhams@n0qbj-11.ampr.org>.
Signed-off-by: Ralf Baechle DL5RB <ralf@linux-mips.org>
Signed-off-by: Arnaldo Carvalho de Melo <acme@mandriva.com>
This is required to avoid unloading a module that has active timewait
sockets, such as DCCP.
Signed-off-by: Arnaldo Carvalho de Melo <acme@ghostprotocols.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
- added typedef unsigned int __nocast gfp_t;
- replaced __nocast uses for gfp flags with gfp_t - it gives exactly
the same warnings as far as sparse is concerned, doesn't change
generated code (from gcc point of view we replaced unsigned int with
typedef) and documents what's going on far better.
Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@osdl.org>
Adds alignment attribute to a few structures used with SCTP socket
options so that the sizes and offsets remain the same when built using
either 32 or 64 bit tools.
Signed-off-by: Sridhar Samudrala <sri@us.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The old socket options are marked with a _OLD suffix so that the
existing 32-bit apps on 32-bit kernels do not break.
Signed-off-by: Ivan Skytte Jrgensen <isj-sctp@i1.dk>
Signed-off-by: Sridhar Samudrala <sri@us.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Here is a patch that adds a helper called xfrm_policy_id2dir to
document the fact that the policy direction can be and is derived
from the index.
This is based on a patch by YOSHIFUJI Hideaki and 210313105@suda.edu.cn.
Signed-off-by: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Fix implicit nocast warnings in xfrm code:
net/xfrm/xfrm_policy.c:232:47: warning: implicit cast to nocast type
Signed-off-by: Randy Dunlap <rdunlap@xenotime.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
From: Randy Dunlap <rdunlap@xenotime.net>
Fix implicit nocast warnings in ip_vs code:
net/ipv4/ipvs/ip_vs_app.c:631:54: warning: implicit cast to nocast type
Signed-off-by: Randy Dunlap <rdunlap@xenotime.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Fix implicit nocast warnings in decnet code:
net/decnet/af_decnet.c:458:40: warning: implicit cast to nocast type
net/decnet/dn_nsp_out.c:125:35: warning: implicit cast to nocast type
net/decnet/dn_nsp_out.c:219:29: warning: implicit cast to nocast type
Signed-off-by: Randy Dunlap <rdunlap@xenotime.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
No need to align struct inet_ehash_bucket on a 8 bytes boundary.
On 32 bits Uniprocessor, that's a waste of 4 bytes per struct (50 %)
On other platforms, the attribute is useless, natual alignement is already 8.
platform | Size before | Size after patch
-------------+-------------+------------------
32 bits, UP | 8 | 4
32 bits, SMP | 8 | 8
64 bits, UP | 8 | 8
64 bits, SMP | 16 | 16
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <dada1@cosmosbay.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Arnaldo and I agreed it could be applied now, because I have other
pending patches depending on this one (Thank you Arnaldo)
(The other important patch moves skc_refcnt in a separate cache line,
so that the SMP/NUMA performance doesnt suffer from cache line ping pongs)
1) First some performance data :
--------------------------------
tcp_v4_rcv() wastes a *lot* of time in __inet_lookup_established()
The most time critical code is :
sk_for_each(sk, node, &head->chain) {
if (INET_MATCH(sk, acookie, saddr, daddr, ports, dif))
goto hit; /* You sunk my battleship! */
}
The sk_for_each() does use prefetch() hints but only the begining of
"struct sock" is prefetched.
As INET_MATCH first comparison uses inet_sk(__sk)->daddr, wich is far
away from the begining of "struct sock", it has to bring into CPU
cache cold cache line. Each iteration has to use at least 2 cache
lines.
This can be problematic if some chains are very long.
2) The goal
-----------
The idea I had is to change things so that INET_MATCH() may return
FALSE in 99% of cases only using the data already in the CPU cache,
using one cache line per iteration.
3) Description of the patch
---------------------------
Adds a new 'unsigned int skc_hash' field in 'struct sock_common',
filling a 32 bits hole on 64 bits platform.
struct sock_common {
unsigned short skc_family;
volatile unsigned char skc_state;
unsigned char skc_reuse;
int skc_bound_dev_if;
struct hlist_node skc_node;
struct hlist_node skc_bind_node;
atomic_t skc_refcnt;
+ unsigned int skc_hash;
struct proto *skc_prot;
};
Store in this 32 bits field the full hash, not masked by (ehash_size -
1) Using this full hash as the first comparison done in INET_MATCH
permits us immediatly skip the element without touching a second cache
line in case of a miss.
Suppress the sk_hashent/tw_hashent fields since skc_hash (aliased to
sk_hash and tw_hash) already contains the slot number if we mask with
(ehash_size - 1)
File include/net/inet_hashtables.h
64 bits platforms :
#define INET_MATCH(__sk, __hash, __cookie, __saddr, __daddr, __ports, __dif)\
(((__sk)->sk_hash == (__hash))
((*((__u64 *)&(inet_sk(__sk)->daddr)))== (__cookie)) && \
((*((__u32 *)&(inet_sk(__sk)->dport))) == (__ports)) && \
(!((__sk)->sk_bound_dev_if) || ((__sk)->sk_bound_dev_if == (__dif))))
32bits platforms:
#define TCP_IPV4_MATCH(__sk, __hash, __cookie, __saddr, __daddr, __ports, __dif)\
(((__sk)->sk_hash == (__hash)) && \
(inet_sk(__sk)->daddr == (__saddr)) && \
(inet_sk(__sk)->rcv_saddr == (__daddr)) && \
(!((__sk)->sk_bound_dev_if) || ((__sk)->sk_bound_dev_if == (__dif))))
- Adds a prefetch(head->chain.first) in
__inet_lookup_established()/__tcp_v4_check_established() and
__inet6_lookup_established()/__tcp_v6_check_established() and
__dccp_v4_check_established() to bring into cache the first element of the
list, before the {read|write}_lock(&head->lock);
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <dada1@cosmosbay.com>
Acked-by: Arnaldo Carvalho de Melo <acme@ghostprotocols.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
header, and I also added the ieee80211_is_cck_rate counterpart.
Various drivers currently create there own version of these functions,
but I guess the ieee80211 stack is the best place to provide such
routines.
Signed-off-by: Ivo van Doorn <IvDoorn@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: James Ketrenos <jketreno@linux.intel.com>
Changed crypto method from requiring a struct ieee80211_device reference
to the init handler. Instead we now have a get/set flags method for
each crypto component.
Setting of TKIP countermeasures can now be done via
set_flags(IEEE80211_CRYPTO_TKIP_COUNTERMEASURES)
Signed-off-by: James Ketrenos <jketreno@linux.intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Garzik <jgarzik@pobox.com>
tree 0254e7c97cece038cd11b47a16027c6379e464fe
parent a84f7713dc87ca1b51c6d53b391087663425a080
author James Ketrenos <jketreno@linux.intel.com> 1126661324 -0500
committer James Ketrenos <jketreno@linux.intel.com> 1127319069 -0500
Updated based on Michael Wu's patch and comments sent to netdev.
Added IE comments to ieee80211_* frame structures.
Changed reason_code to reason (consistency)
Removed info_element from ieee80211_disassoc
Signed-off-by: James Ketrenos <jketreno@linux.intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Garzik <jgarzik@pobox.com>
tree de81b55e78e85997642c651ea677078d0554a14f
parent c8030da8c159f8b82712172a6748a42523aea83a
author James Ketrenos <jketreno@linux.intel.com> 1127104380 -0500
committer James Ketrenos <jketreno@linux.intel.com> 1127315225 -0500
Added handle_deauth() callback.
Enhanced crypt_{tkip,ccmp} to support varying splits of HW/SW offload.
Changed channel freq to u32 from u16.
Signed-off-by: Jeff Garzik <jgarzik@pobox.com>
tree c1b50ac5d2d1f9b727c39c6bd86a7872f25a1127
parent 1bb997a3ac7dd1941e02426d2f70bd28993a82b7
author James Ketrenos <jketreno@linux.intel.com> 1126720779 -0500
committer James Ketrenos <jketreno@linux.intel.com> 1127314674 -0500
Added subsystem version string and reporting via MODULE_VERSION and
pritnk during load.
NOTE: This is the version support split out from patch 24/29 of the
prior series.
Signed-off-by: James Ketrenos <jketreno@linux.intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Garzik <jgarzik@pobox.com>
Borrowing the structure of TCP/IP for this. On the receive of new connections I
was bh_lock_socking the _new_ sock, not the listening one, duh, now it survives
the ssh connections storm I've been using to test this specific bug.
Also fixes send side skb sock accounting.
Signed-off-by: Arnaldo Carvalho de Melo <acme@mandriva.com>
So as to set the newly created sk_buff ->dev member with it, that way we stop
using dev_base->next, that is the wrong thing to do, as there may well be
several interfaces being used with LLC. This was not such a big problem after
all as most of the users of llc_alloc_frame were setting the correct dev, but
this way code is reduced.
This also fixes another bug in llc_station_ac_send_null_dsap_xid_c, that was
not setting the skb->dev field.
Signed-off-by: Jochen Friedrich <jochen@scram.de>
Signed-off-by: Arnaldo Carvalho de Melo <acme@mandriva.com>
Remove old WIRELESS_EXT version compatibility
In-tree doesn't need to maintain backward compatibility.
Signed-off-by: James Ketrenos <jketreno@linux.intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Garzik <jgarzik@pobox.com>
tree 0d3e41e574fcb41b9da7f0b7e1d27ec350726654
parent dbe2885fe2f454d538eaaabefc741ded1026f476
author James Ketrenos <jketreno@linux.intel.com> 1126720499 -0500
committer James Ketrenos <jketreno@linux.intel.com> 1127314531 -0500
Updated copyright dates.
NOTE: This is a split out of just the copyright updates from patch
24/29 in the prior series.
Signed-off-by: James Ketrenos <jketreno@linux.intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Garzik <jgarzik@pobox.com>
tree 5c7559a1216ae1121487f6aed94a6017490729b3
parent c1ff4c22e5622c8987bf96c09158c4924cde98c2
author Hong Liu <hong.liu@intel.com> 1125482767 +0800
committer James Ketrenos <jketreno@linux.intel.com> 1127314427 -0500
Mixed PTK/GTK CCMP/TKIP support.
Signed-off-by: Hong Liu <hong.liu@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Garzik <jgarzik@pobox.com>
tree bce04549ce0a8239d8083d8da5c3d12f7e1aecd9
parent b15a5153d5f1c75d9435d5ce19b52287059d5d54
author Adrian Bunk <bunk@stusta.de> 1125026386 -0500
committer James Ketrenos <jketreno@linux.intel.com> 1127313953 -0500
"extern inline" doesn't make much sense.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Bunk <bunk@stusta.de>
Signed-off-by: James Ketrenos <jketreno@linux.intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Garzik <jgarzik@pobox.com>
tree 589bbb92ce7cdf7c2ae820b0ebd3f8fbf1baeee9
parent c6ce9081e79e8836a11e86e3d38297521a2420be
author Jiri Benc <jbenc@suse.cz> 1125015310 -0400
committer James Ketrenos <jketreno@linux.intel.com> 1127313914 -0500
Additional fixes for endian-aware types
Based on the application of __le16/__be16 changes already made w/ a
prior patch by Michael Wu <flamingice@sourmilk.net>
Signed-off-by: James Ketrenos <jketreno@linux.intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Garzik <jgarzik@pobox.com>
tree 383c59b2516a61f2683f02dfebbed0caf6ee5dc3
parent a04948f63fd96c4b875a43f78afad1a0874cc441
author Mike Kershaw <dragorn@kismetwireless.net> 1124447833 -0500
committer James Ketrenos <jketreno@linux.intel.com> 1127313883 -0500
Added ieee80211_radiotap.h to enhance statistic reporting to user space
from wireless drivers.
Signed-off-by: Mike Kershaw <dragorn@kismetwireless.net>
Signed-off-by: James Ketrenos <jketreno@linux.intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Garzik <jgarzik@pobox.com>
tree 385b391fc0d7c124cd0547fdb6183e9a0c333391
parent 97d7a47f76e72bedde7f402785559ed4c7a8e8e8
author James Ketrenos <jketreno@linux.intel.com> 1124447590 -0500
committer James Ketrenos <jketreno@linux.intel.com> 1127313735 -0500
Added ieee80211_geo to provide helper functions to drivers for
implementing supported channel maps.
Signed-off-by: James Ketrenos <jketreno@linux.intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Garzik <jgarzik@pobox.com>
tree a3ad796273e98036eb0e9fc063225070fa24508a
parent 1b9c0aeb377abf8e4a43a86cff42382f74ca0259
author Mohamed Abbas <mabbas@linux.intel.com> 1124447069 -0500
committer James Ketrenos <jketreno@linux.intel.com> 1127313435 -0500
Add QoS (WME) support to the ieee80211 subsystem.
NOTE: This requires drivers that use the ieee80211 hard_start_xmit
(ipw2100 and ipw2200) to add the priority parameter to their callback.
Signed-off-by: James Ketrenos <jketreno@linux.intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Garzik <jgarzik@pobox.com>
tree 8428e9f510e6ad6c77baec89cb57374842abf733
parent d78bfd3ddae9c422dd350159110f9c4d7cfc50de
author Liu Hong <hong.liu@intel.com> 1124446520 -0500
committer James Ketrenos <jketreno@linux.intel.com> 1127313183 -0500
Fix TKIP, repeated fragmentation problem, and payload_size reporting
1. TKIP encryption
Originally, TKIP encryption issues msdu + mpdu encryption on every
fragment. Change the behavior to msdu encryption on the whole
packet, then mpdu encryption on every fragment.
2. Avoid repeated fragmentation when !host_encrypt.
We only need do fragmentation when using host encryption. Otherwise
we only need pass the whole packet to driver, letting driver do the
fragmentation.
3. change the txb->payload_size to correct value
FW will use this value to determine whether to do fragmentation. If
we pass the wrong value, fw may cut on the wrong bound which will
make decryption fail when we do host encryption.
NOTE: This requires changing drivers (hostap) that have
extra_prefix_len used within them (structure member name change).
Signed-off-by: Hong Liu <liu.hong@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: James Ketrenos <jketreno@linux.intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Garzik <jgarzik@pobox.com>
tree 40adc78b623ae70d56074934ec6334eb4f0ae6a5
parent db43d847bcebaa3df6414e26d0008eb21690e8cf
author James Ketrenos <jketreno@linux.intel.com> 1124445938 -0500
committer James Ketrenos <jketreno@linux.intel.com> 1127313102 -0500
Added ieee80211_tx_frame to convert generic 802.11 data frames into
txbs for transmission.
Added several purpose specific callbacks (handle_assoc, handle_auth,
etc.) which the driver can register with for being notified on
reception of variouf frame elements.
Signed-off-by: James Ketrenos <jketreno@linux.intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Garzik <jgarzik@pobox.com>
tree b45c9c1017fd23216bfbe71e441aed9aa297fc84
parent 04aacdd71e904656a304d923bdcf57ad3bd2b254
author Ivo van Doorn <IvDoorn@gmail.com> 1124445405 -0500
committer James Ketrenos <jketreno@linux.intel.com> 1127313029 -0500
This patch adds support for the creation of RTS packets when the
config flag CFG_IEEE80211_RTS has been set.
Signed-Off-By: Ivo van Doorn <IvDoorn@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: James Ketrenos <jketreno@linux.intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Garzik <jgarzik@pobox.com>
tree e9c18b2c8e5ad446a4d213243c2dcf9fd1652a7b
parent 4e97ad6ae7084a4f741e94e76c41c68bc7c5a76a
author James Ketrenos <jketreno@linux.intel.com> 1124444315 -0500
committer James Ketrenos <jketreno@linux.intel.com> 1127312922 -0500
Renamed ieee80211_hdr to ieee80211_hdr_3addr and modified ieee80211_hdr
to just contain the frame_ctrl and duration_id.
Changed uses of ieee80211_hdr to ieee80211_hdr_4addr or
ieee80211_hdr_3addr based on what was expected for that portion of code.
NOTE: This requires changes to ipw2100, ipw2200, hostap, and atmel
drivers.
Signed-off-by: James Ketrenos <jketreno@linux.intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Garzik <jgarzik@pobox.com>
tree 1536f39c18756698d033da72c49300a561be1289
parent 07172d7c9f10ee3d05d6f6489ba6d6ee2628da06
author Liu Hong <hong.liu@intel.com> 1124436225 -0500
committer James Ketrenos <jketreno@linux.intel.com> 1127312664 -0500
Added WE-18 support to default wireless extension handler in ieee80211
subsystem.
Updated patch since last send to account for ieee80211_device parameter
being added to the crypto init method.
Signed-off-by: James Ketrenos <jketreno@linux.intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Garzik <jgarzik@pobox.com>
tree 898fedef6ca1b5b58b8bdf7e6d8894a78bbde4cd
parent 8720fff53090ae428d2159332b6f4b2749dea10f
author Zhu Yi <jketreno@io.(none)> 1124435746 -0500
committer James Ketrenos <jketreno@linux.intel.com> 1127312509 -0500
Allow drivers to fix an issue when using wpa_supplicant with WEP.
The problem is introduced by the hwcrypto patch. We changed indicator of
the encryption request from the upper layer (i.e. wpa_supplicant):
In the original host based crypto the driver could use: crypt &&
crypt->ops.
In the new hardware based crypto, the driver should use the flags
specified in ieee->sec.encrypt.
Signed-off-by: James Ketrenos <jketreno@linux.intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Garzik <jgarzik@pobox.com>
tree b69e983266840983183a00f5ac02c66d5270ca47
parent cdd6372949b76694622ed74fe36e1dd17a92eb71
author Zhu Yi <jketreno@io.(none)> 1124435425 -0500
committer James Ketrenos <jketreno@linux.intel.com> 1127312421 -0500
Fix kernel Oops when module unload.
Export a new function ieee80211_crypt_quiescing from ieee80211. Device
drivers call it to make the host crypto stack enter the quiescence
state, which means "process existing requests, but don't accept new
ones". This is usually called during a driver's host crypto data
structure free (module unload) path.
Signed-off-by: James Ketrenos <jketreno@linux.intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Garzik <jgarzik@pobox.com>
tree 5322d496af90d03ffbec27292dc1a6268a746ede
parent 6c9364386ccb786e4a84427ab3ad712f0b7b8904
author James Ketrenos <jketreno@linux.intel.com> 1124432367 -0500
committer James Ketrenos <jketreno@linux.intel.com> 1127311810 -0500
Hardware crypto and fragmentation offload support added (Zhu Yi)
Signed-off-by: James Ketrenos <jketreno@linux.intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Garzik <jgarzik@pobox.com>
tree 367069f24fc38b4aa910e86ff40094d2078d8aa7
parent a33a198201
author James Ketrenos <jketreno@linux.intel.com> 1124430800 -0500
committer James Ketrenos <jketreno@linux.intel.com> 1127310571 -0500
Fixed a kernel oops on module unload by adding spin lock protection to
ieee80211's crypt handlers (thanks to Zhu Yi)
Modified scan result logic to report WPA and RSN IEs if set (vs.being
based on wpa_enabled)
Added ieee80211_device as the first parameter to the crypt init()
method. TKIP modified to use that structure for determining whether to
countermeasures are active.
Signed-off-by: James Ketrenos <jketreno@linux.intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Garzik <jgarzik@pobox.com>
[PATCH 14/29] Fixed type-o of abg_ture -> abg_true.
Signed-off-by: James Ketrenos <jketreno@linux.intel.com>
NOTE: This patch requires drivers using abg_ture to be updated.
Signed-off-by: Jeff Garzik <jgarzik@pobox.com>
Removed ieee80211_info_element_hdr structure as ieee80211_info_element
provides the same use.
Signed-off-by: James Ketrenos <jketreno@linux.intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Garzik <jgarzik@pobox.com>
Changed 802.11 headers to use ieee80211_info_element as zero sized
array so that sizeof calculations do not account for IE sizes.
Signed-off-by: James Ketrenos <jketreno@linux.intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Garzik <jgarzik@pobox.com>
Added wireless spy support to Rx code path.
Signed-off-by: James Ketrenos <jketreno@linux.intel.com>
NOTE: Looks like scripts/Lindent generated output different
than the Lindented version already in-kernel, hence all the
whitespace deltas... *sigh*
Signed-off-by: Jeff Garzik <jgarzik@pobox.com>
Incorporated Bill Moss' quality scaling algorithm into default wireless
extension handler.
Signed-off-by: James Ketrenos <jketreno@linux.intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Garzik <jgarzik@pobox.com>
ip_vs_ftp when loaded can create NAT connections with unknown client
port for passive FTP. For such expectations we lookup with cport=0 on
incoming packet but it matches the format of the persistence templates
causing packets to other persistent virtual servers to be forwarded to
real server without creating connection. Later the reply packets are
treated as foreign and not SNAT-ed.
This patch changes the connection lookup for packets from clients:
* introduce IP_VS_CONN_F_TEMPLATE connection flag to mark the
connection as template
* create new connection lookup function just for templates -
ip_vs_ct_in_get
* make sure ip_vs_conn_in_get hits only connections with
IP_VS_CONN_F_NO_CPORT flag set when s_port is 0. By this way
we avoid returning template when looking for cport=0 (ftp)
Signed-off-by: Julian Anastasov <ja@ssi.bg>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch contains possible cleanups including the following:
- make needlessly global code static
- #if 0 the following unused global function:
- sdladrv.c: sdla_intde
- remove the following unused global variable:
- lmc_media.c: lmc_t1_cables
- remove the following unneeded EXPORT_SYMBOL's:
- cycx_drv.c: cycx_inten
- sdladrv.c: sdla_inten
- sdladrv.c: sdla_intde
- sdladrv.c: sdla_intack
- sdladrv.c: sdla_intr
- syncppp.c: sppp_input
- syncppp.c: sppp_change_mtu
Signed-off-by: Adrian Bunk <bunk@stusta.de>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@osdl.org>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Garzik <jgarzik@pobox.com>
This patch adds the handling of the extended inquiry responses and
inserts them into the inquiry cache.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
NET/ROM's virtual interfaces don't have a proper private data
structure yet. Create struct nr_private and put the statistics there.
Signed-off-by: Ralf Baechle DL5RB <ralf@linux-mips.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
NET/ROM is lacking a connection reset like TCP's RST flag which at times
may result in a connecting having to slowly timing out instead of just being
reset. An earlier attempt to reset the connection by sending a
NR_CONNACK | NR_CHOKE_FLAG transport was inacceptable as it did result in
crashes of BPQ systems. An alternative approach of introducing a new
transport type 7 (NR_RESET) has be implemented several years ago in
Paula Jayne Dowie G8PZT's Xrouter.
Implement NR_RESET for Linux's NET/ROM but like any messing with the state
engine consider this experimental for now and thus control it by a sysctl
(net.netrom.reset) which for the time being defaults to off.
Signed-off-by: Ralf Baechle DL5RB <ralf@linux-mips.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Comment the names used for the AX.25 state machine.
Signed-off-by: Ralf Baechle DL5RB <ralf@linux-mips.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add a few more PID definitions. AX.25 PIDs are the equivalent to IP
protocol numbers.
Signed-off-by: Ralf Baechle DL5RB <ralf@linux-mips.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Rename ax25_encapsulate to ax25_hard_header which these days more
accurately describes what the function is supposed to do.
Signed-off-by: Ralf Baechle DL5RB <ralf@linux-mips.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Asc2ax was still using a static buffer for all invocations which isn't
exactly SMP-safe. Change asc2ax to take an additional result buffer as
the argument. Change all callers to provide such a buffer.
This one only really is a fix for ROSE and as per recent discussions
there's still much more to fix in ROSE ...
Signed-off-by: Ralf Baechle DL5RB <ralf@linux-mips.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Else we get build failures like:
CC arch/sparc64/kernel/sparc64_ksyms.o
In file included from arch/sparc64/kernel/sparc64_ksyms.c:28:
include/net/compat.h:37: warning: "struct sock" declared inside parameter list
include/net/compat.h:37: warning: its scope is only this definition or declaration, which is probably not what you want
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When we copy 32bit ->msg_control contents to kernel, we walk the same
userland data twice without sanity checks on the second pass.
Second version of this patch: the original broke with 64-bit arches
running 32-bit-compat-mode executables doing sendmsg() syscalls with
unaligned CMSG data areas
Another thing is that we use kmalloc() to allocate and sock_kfree_s()
to free afterwards; less serious, but also needs fixing.
Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
Signed-off-by: David Woodhouse <dwmw2@infradead.org>
Signed-off-by: Chris Wright <chrisw@osdl.org>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@osdl.org>
Based on patch from David L Stevens <dlstevens@us.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: David L Stevens <dlstevens@us.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: YOSHIFUJI Hideaki <yoshfuji@linux-ipv6.org>
Support several new socket options / ancillary data:
IPV6_RECVPKTINFO, IPV6_PKTINFO,
IPV6_RECVHOPOPTS, IPV6_HOPOPTS,
IPV6_RECVDSTOPTS, IPV6_DSTOPTS, IPV6_RTHDRDSTOPTS,
IPV6_RECVRTHDR, IPV6_RTHDR,
IPV6_RECVHOPOPTS, IPV6_HOPOPTS
Old semantics are preserved as IPV6_2292xxxx so that
we can maintain backward compatibility.
Signed-off-by: YOSHIFUJI Hideaki <yoshfuji@linux-ipv6.org>
Hi Jeff,
This is version 19 of the Wireless Extensions. It was supposed
to be the fallback of the WPA API changes, but people seem quite happy
about it (especially Jouni), so the patch is rather small.
The patch has been fully tested with 2.6.13 and various
wireless drivers, and is in its final version. Would you mind pushing
that into Linus's kernel so that the driver and the apps can take
advantage ot it ?
It includes :
o iwstat improvement (explicit dBm). This is the result of
long discussions with Dan Williams, the authors of
NetworkManager. Thanks to him for all the fruitful feedback.
o remove pointer from event stream. I was not totally sure if
this pointer was 32-64 bits clean, so I'd rather remove it and be at
peace with it.
o remove linux header from wireless.h. This has long been
requested by people writting user space apps, now it's done, and it
was not even painful.
o final deprecation of spy_offset. You did not like it, it's
now gone for good.
o Start deprecating dev->get_wireless_stats -> debloat netdev
o Add "check" version of event macros for ieee802.11
stack. Jiri Benc doesn't like the current macros, we aim to please ;-)
All those changes, except the last one, have been bit-roting on
my web pages for a while...
Patches for most kernel drivers will follow. Patches for the
Orinoco and the HostAP drivers have been sent to their respective
maintainers.
Have fun...
Jean
Signed-off-by: Jeff Garzik <jgarzik@pobox.com>
Ax2asc was still using a static buffer for all invocations which isn't
exactly SMP-safe. Change ax2asc to take an additional result buffer as
the argument. Change all callers to provide such a buffer.
Signed-off-by: Ralf Baechle DL5RB <ralf@linux-mips.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The ipv4 and ipv6 protocols need to access it unconditionally.
SYSCTL=n build failure reported by Russell King.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Every file should #include the header files containing the prototypes
of it's global functions.
In this case this showed that the prototype of irlan_print_filter()
was wrong which is also corrected in this patch.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Bunk <bunk@stusta.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
All we need to do is resegment the queue so that
we record SACK information accurately. The edges
of the SACK blocks guide our resegmenting decisions.
With help from Herbert Xu.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
I've finally found a potential cause of the sk_forward_alloc underflows
that people have been reporting sporadically.
When tcp_sendmsg tacks on extra bits to an existing TCP_PAGE we don't
check sk_forward_alloc even though a large amount of time may have
elapsed since we allocated the page. In the mean time someone could've
come along and liberated packets and reclaimed sk_forward_alloc memory.
This patch makes tcp_sendmsg check sk_forward_alloc every time as we
do in do_tcp_sendpages.
Signed-off-by: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch introduces sk_stream_wmem_schedule as a short-hand for
the sk_forward_alloc checking on egress.
Signed-off-by: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Fix build problem found by compiling driver with DEBUG defined that used tcp.h.
Since pr_debug(arg) expands to printk("<7>" arg) the argument
needs to be string that can be concatenated.
Signed-off-by: Stephen Hemminger <shemminger@osdl.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Protocols that make extensive use of SKB cloning,
for example TCP, eat at least 2 allocations per
packet sent as a result.
To cut the kmalloc() count in half, we implement
a pre-allocation scheme wherein we allocate
2 sk_buff objects in advance, then use a simple
reference count to free up the memory at the
correct time.
Based upon an initial patch by Thomas Graf and
suggestions from Herbert Xu.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This variant is needed to satisfy sparse __user annotations.
Signed-off-by: Arnaldo Carvalho de Melo <acme@mandriva.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Of this type, mostly:
CHECK net/ipv6/netfilter.c
net/ipv6/netfilter.c:96:12: warning: symbol 'ipv6_netfilter_init' was not declared. Should it be static?
net/ipv6/netfilter.c:101:6: warning: symbol 'ipv6_netfilter_fini' was not declared. Should it be static?
Signed-off-by: Arnaldo Carvalho de Melo <acme@mandriva.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
With this the previous setup is back, i.e. tcp_diag can be built as a module,
as dccp_diag and both share the infrastructure available in inet_diag.
If one selects CONFIG_INET_DIAG as module CONFIG_INET_TCP_DIAG will also be
built as a module, as will CONFIG_INET_DCCP_DIAG, if CONFIG_IP_DCCP was
selected static or as a module, if CONFIG_INET_DIAG is y, being statically
linked CONFIG_INET_TCP_DIAG will follow suit and CONFIG_INET_DCCP_DIAG will be
built in the same manner as CONFIG_IP_DCCP.
Now to aim at UDP, converting it to use inet_hashinfo, so that we can use
iproute2 for UDP sockets as well.
Ah, just to show an example of this new infrastructure working for DCCP :-)
[root@qemu ~]# ./ss -dane
State Recv-Q Send-Q Local Address:Port Peer Address:Port
LISTEN 0 0 *:5001 *:* ino:942 sk:cfd503a0
ESTAB 0 0 127.0.0.1:5001 127.0.0.1:32770 ino:943 sk:cfd50a60
ESTAB 0 0 127.0.0.1:32770 127.0.0.1:5001 ino:947 sk:cfd50700
TIME-WAIT 0 0 127.0.0.1:32769 127.0.0.1:5001 timer:(timewait,3.430ms,0) ino:0 sk:cf209620
Signed-off-by: Arnaldo Carvalho de Melo <acme@mandriva.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Next changeset will rename tcp_diag.[ch] to inet_diag.[ch].
I'm taking this longer route so as to easy review, making clear the changes
made all along the way.
Signed-off-by: Arnaldo Carvalho de Melo <acme@mandriva.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Doing this we allow tcp_diag to support IPV6 even if tcp_diag is compiled
statically and IPV6 is compiled as a module, removing the previous restriction
while not building any IPV6 code if it is not selected.
Now to work on the tcpdiag_register infrastructure and then to rename the whole
thing to inetdiag, reflecting its by then completely generic nature.
Signed-off-by: Arnaldo Carvalho de Melo <acme@mandriva.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In the same way as was done with the v4 counterparts, this will be moved
to inet6_hashtables.c.
Signed-off-by: Arnaldo Carvalho de Melo <acme@mandriva.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This changeset basically moves tcp_sk()->{ca_ops,ca_state,etc} to inet_csk(),
minimal renaming/moving done in this changeset to ease review.
Most of it is just changes of struct tcp_sock * to struct sock * parameters.
With this we move to a state closer to two interesting goals:
1. Generalisation of net/ipv4/tcp_diag.c, becoming inet_diag.c, being used
for any INET transport protocol that has struct inet_hashinfo and are
derived from struct inet_connection_sock. Keeps the userspace API, that will
just not display DCCP sockets, while newer versions of tools can support
DCCP.
2. INET generic transport pluggable Congestion Avoidance infrastructure, using
the current TCP CA infrastructure with DCCP.
Signed-off-by: Arnaldo Carvalho de Melo <acme@mandriva.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Also export the ones that will be used in the next changeset, when
DCCP uses this infrastructure.
Signed-off-by: Arnaldo Carvalho de Melo <acme@mandriva.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
That groups all of the tables and variables associated to the TCP timewait
schedulling/recycling/killing code, that now can be isolated from the TCP
specific code and used by other transport protocols, such as DCCP.
Next changeset will move this code to net/ipv4/inet_timewait_sock.c
Signed-off-by: Arnaldo Carvalho de Melo <acme@mandriva.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch moves the usage of packet type into the SKB control
buffer. After this patch it is now possible to shrink the sk_buff
structure and redefine its pkt_type.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch fixes the sparse warnings "implicit cast to nocast type"
for the priority or gfp_mask parameters of the memory allocations.
Signed-off-by: Victor Fusco <victor@cetuc.puc-rio.br>
Signed-off-by: Domen Puncer <domen@coderock.org>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch implements the remote port negotiation (RPN) of the RFCOMM
protocol for Bluetooth.
Signed-off-by: J. Suter <jsuter@hardwave.de>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The HCI page scan repetition mode change event contains the actual
page scan repetition mode for the remote device. It is the same
value that is received from an inquiry response and it can be used
to make further reconnections faster.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch implements a workaround for buggy Bluetooth 1.2 devices from
Silicon Wave. Their inquiry results with RSSI contain the page scan mode
field. This field was removed in the final Bluetooth 1.2 specification.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This also improves reqsk_queue_prune and renames it to
inet_csk_reqsk_queue_prune, as it deals with both inet_connection_sock
and inet_request_sock objects, not just with request_sock ones thus
belonging to inet_request_sock.
Signed-off-by: Arnaldo Carvalho de Melo <acme@ghostprotocols.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
With this we're very close to getting all of the current TCP
refactorings in my dccp-2.6 tree merged, next changeset will export
some functions needed by the current DCCP code and then dccp-2.6.git
will be born!
Signed-off-by: Arnaldo Carvalho de Melo <acme@ghostprotocols.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This also moved inet_iif from tcp to inet_hashtables.h, as it is
needed by the inet_lookup callers, perhaps this needs a bit of
polishing, but for now seems fine.
Signed-off-by: Arnaldo Carvalho de Melo <acme@ghostprotocols.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Completing the previous changeset, this also generalises tcp_v4_synq_add,
renaming it to inet_csk_reqsk_queue_hash_add, already geing used in the
DCCP tree, which I plan to merge RSN.
Signed-off-by: Arnaldo Carvalho de Melo <acme@ghostprotocols.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This creates struct inet_connection_sock, moving members out of struct
tcp_sock that are shareable with other INET connection oriented
protocols, such as DCCP, that in my private tree already uses most of
these members.
The functions that operate on these members were renamed, using a
inet_csk_ prefix while not being moved yet to a new file, so as to
ease the review of these changes.
Signed-off-by: Arnaldo Carvalho de Melo <acme@ghostprotocols.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Out of tcp_create_openreq_child, will be used in
dccp_create_openreq_child, and is a nice sock function anyway.
Signed-off-by: Arnaldo Carvalho de Melo <acme@ghostprotocols.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
With the parts of tcp_time_wait that are not TCP specific, tcp_time_wait uses
it and so will dccp_time_wait.
Signed-off-by: Arnaldo Carvalho de Melo <acme@ghostprotocols.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
And also some TIME_WAIT functions.
[acme@toy net-2.6.14]$ grep built-in /tmp/before.size /tmp/after.size
/tmp/before.size: 282955 13122 9312 305389 4a8ed net/ipv4/built-in.o
/tmp/after.size: 281566 13122 9312 304000 4a380 net/ipv4/built-in.o
[acme@toy net-2.6.14]$
I kept them still inlined, will uninline at some point to see what
would be the performance difference.
Signed-off-by: Arnaldo Carvalho de Melo <acme@ghostprotocols.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This paves the way to generalise the rest of the sock ID lookup
routines and saves some bytes in TCPv4 TIME_WAIT sockets on distro
kernels (where IPv6 is always built as a module):
[root@qemu ~]# grep tw_sock /proc/slabinfo
tw_sock_TCPv6 0 0 128 31 1
tw_sock_TCP 0 0 96 41 1
[root@qemu ~]#
Now if a protocol wants to use the TIME_WAIT generic infrastructure it
only has to set the sk_prot->twsk_obj_size field with the size of its
inet_timewait_sock derived sock and proto_register will create
sk_prot->twsk_slab, for now its only for INET sockets, but we can
introduce timewait_sock later if some non INET transport protocolo
wants to use this stuff.
Next changesets will take advantage of this new infrastructure to
generalise even more TCP code.
[acme@toy net-2.6.14]$ grep built-in /tmp/before.size /tmp/after.size
/tmp/before.size: 188646 11764 5068 205478 322a6 net/ipv4/built-in.o
/tmp/after.size: 188144 11764 5068 204976 320b0 net/ipv4/built-in.o
[acme@toy net-2.6.14]$
Tested with both IPv4 & IPv6 (::1 (localhost) & ::ffff:172.20.0.1
(qemu host)).
Signed-off-by: Arnaldo Carvalho de Melo <acme@ghostprotocols.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
[acme@toy net-2.6.14]$ grep built-in /tmp/before /tmp/after
/tmp/before: 282560 13122 9312 304994 4a762 net/ipv4/built-in.o
/tmp/after: 282560 13122 9312 304994 4a762 net/ipv4/built-in.o
Will be used in DCCP, not exporting it right now not to get in Adrian
Bunk's exported-but-not-used-on-modules radar 8)
Signed-off-by: Arnaldo Carvalho de Melo <acme@ghostprotocols.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
It really just makes the existing code be a helper function that
tcp_v4_hash and tcp_unhash uses, specifying the right inet_hashinfo,
tcp_hashinfo.
One thing I'll investigate at some point is to have the inet_hashinfo
pointer in sk_prot, so that we get all the hashtable information from
the sk pointer, this can lead to some extra indirections that may well
hurt performance/code size, we'll see. Ultimate idea would be that
sk_prot would provide _all_ the information about a protocol
implementation.
Signed-off-by: Arnaldo Carvalho de Melo <acme@ghostprotocols.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Lots of places just needs the states, not even linux/tcp.h, where this
enum was, needs it.
This speeds up development of the refactorings as less sources are
rebuilt when things get moved from net/tcp.h.
Signed-off-by: Arnaldo Carvalho de Melo <acme@ghostprotocols.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Also expose all of the tcp_hashinfo members, i.e. killing those
tcp_ehash, etc macros, this will more clearly expose already generic
functions and some that need just a bit of work to become generic, as
we'll see in the upcoming changesets.
Signed-off-by: Arnaldo Carvalho de Melo <acme@ghostprotocols.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This required moving tcp_bucket_cachep to inet_hashinfo.
Signed-off-by: Arnaldo Carvalho de Melo <acme@ghostprotocols.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This should really be in a inet_connection_sock, but I'm leaving it
for a later optimization, when some more fields common to INET
transport protocols now in tcp_sk or inet_sk will be chunked out into
inet_connection_sock, for now its better to concentrate on getting the
changes in the core merged to leave the DCCP tree with only DCCP
specific code.
Next changesets will take advantage of this move to generalise things
like tcp_bind_hash, tcp_put_port, tcp_inherit_port, making the later
receive a inet_hashinfo parameter, and even __tcp_tw_hashdance, etc in
the future, when tcp_tw_bucket gets transformed into the struct
timewait_sock hierarchy.
tcp_destroy_sock also is eligible as soon as tcp_orphan_count gets
moved to sk_prot.
A cascade of incremental changes will ultimately make the tcp_lookup
functions be fully generic.
Signed-off-by: Arnaldo Carvalho de Melo <acme@ghostprotocols.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This is to break down the complexity of the series of patches,
making it very clear that this one just does:
1. renames tcp_ prefixed hashtable functions and data structures that
were already mostly generic to inet_ to share it with DCCP and
other INET transport protocols.
2. Removes not used functions (__tb_head & tb_head)
3. Removes some leftover prototypes in the headers (tcp_bucket_unlock &
tcp_v4_build_header)
Next changesets will move tcp_sk(sk)->bind_hash to inet_sock so that we can
make functions such as tcp_inherit_port, __tcp_inherit_port, tcp_v4_get_port,
__tcp_put_port, generic and get others like tcp_destroy_sock closer to generic
(tcp_orphan_count will go to sk->sk_prot to allow this).
Eventually most of these functions will be used passing the transport protocol
inet_hashinfo structure.
Signed-off-by: Arnaldo Carvalho de Melo <acme@ghostprotocols.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
To be shared with DCCP (and others), this is the start of a series of patches
that will expose the already generic TCP hash table routines.
The few changes noticed when calling gcc -S before/after on a pentium4 were of
this type:
movl 40(%esp), %edx
cmpl %esi, 472(%edx)
je .L168
- pushl $291
+ pushl $272
pushl $.LC0
pushl $.LC1
pushl $.LC2
[acme@toy net-2.6.14]$ size net/ipv4/tcp_ipv4.before.o net/ipv4/tcp_ipv4.after.o
text data bss dec hex filename
17804 516 140 18460 481c net/ipv4/tcp_ipv4.before.o
17804 516 140 18460 481c net/ipv4/tcp_ipv4.after.o
Holler if some weird architecture has issues with things like this 8)
Signed-off-by: Arnaldo Carvalho de Melo <acme@ghostprotocols.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
From tcp_v4_rebuild_header, that already was pretty generic, I only
needed to use sk->sk_protocol instead of the hardcoded IPPROTO_TCP and
establish the requirement that INET transport layer protocols that
want to use this function map TCP_SYN_SENT to its equivalent state.
Signed-off-by: Arnaldo Carvalho de Melo <acme@ghostprotocols.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
From tcp_v4_setup_caps, that always is preceded by a call to
__sk_dst_set, so coalesce this sequence into sk_setup_caps, removing
one call to a TCP function in the IP layer.
Signed-off-by: Arnaldo Carvalho de Melo <acme@ghostprotocols.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This operation was already generic and DCCP will use it.
Signed-off-by: Arnaldo Carvalho de Melo <acme@ghostprotocols.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Take account of whether a socket is bound to a particular device when
selecting an IPv6 raw socket to receive a packet. Also perform this
check when receiving IPv6 packets with router alert options.
Signed-off-by: Andrew McDonald <andrew@mcdonald.org.uk>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Instead, set it in one place, namely the beginning of
netif_receive_skb().
Based upon suggestions from Jamal Hadi Salim.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch contains the following possible cleanups:
- make needlessly global code static
- #if 0 the following unused global function:
- xfrm4_state.c: xfrm4_state_fini
- remove the following unneeded EXPORT_SYMBOL's:
- ip_output.c: ip_finish_output
- ip_output.c: sysctl_ip_default_ttl
- fib_frontend.c: ip_dev_find
- inetpeer.c: inet_peer_idlock
- ip_options.c: ip_options_compile
- ip_options.c: ip_options_undo
- net/core/request_sock.c: sysctl_max_syn_backlog
Signed-off-by: Adrian Bunk <bunk@stusta.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Bonding just wants the device before the skb_bond()
decapsulation occurs, so simply pass that original
device into packet_type->func() as an argument.
It remains to be seen whether we can use this same
exact thing to get rid of skb->input_dev as well.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Debug variables and procfs dir should be "ieee80211", not "ipw".
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jkmaline@cc.hut.fi>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Garzik <jgarzik@pobox.com>
IEEE 802.11 code has no business touching payloads of EAPOL frames.
There are some EAPOL structures defined for debugging and these were
confusingly called EAP types which they are not. Let's just remove these
before someone else starts using them in the kernel.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jkmaline@cc.hut.fi>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Garzik <jgarzik@pobox.com>
No need to maintain support for WIRELESS_EXT < 17 since this kernel
tree is already using WIRELESS_EXT 18.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jkmaline@cc.hut.fi>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Garzik <jgarzik@pobox.com>
From: Michael Wu <flamingice@sourmilk.net>
This patch:
- fixes misc. whitespace/comments
- replaces u16 with __le16/__be16 where appropriate
Signed-off-by: Michael Wu <flamingice@sourmilk.net>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Benc <jbenc@suse.cz>
From: Gertjan van Wingerde <gwingerde@home.nl>
Attached patch cleans up the long lists of #defines for status codes,
reason codes, and information elements.
Signed-off-by: Gertjan van Wingerde <gwingerde@home.nl>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Benc <jbenc@suse.cz>
From: Gertjan van Wingerde <gwingerde@home.nl>
Attached patch updates the definitions of the generic ieee80211 stack to
the latest versions of the published 802.11x specification suite.
Signed-off-by: Gertjan van Wingerde <gwingerde@home.nl>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Benc <jbenc@suse.cz>
o Brown paperbag bug - ax25_findbyuid() was always returning a NULL pointer
as the result. Breaks ROSE completly and AX.25 if UID policy set to deny.
o While the list structure of AX.25's UID to callsign mapping table was
properly protected by a spinlock, it's elements were not refcounted
resulting in a race between removal and usage of an element.
Signed-off-by: Ralf Baechle DL5RB <ralf@linux-mips.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The socket flag cleanups that went into 2.6.12-rc1 are basically oring
the flags of an old socket into the socket just being created.
Unfortunately that one was just initialized by sock_init_data(), so already
has SOCK_ZAPPED set. As the result zapped sockets are created and all
incoming connection will fail due to this bug which again was carefully
replicated to at least AX.25, NET/ROM or ROSE.
In order to keep the abstraction alive I've introduced sock_copy_flags()
to copy the socket flags from one sockets to another and used that
instead of the bitwise copy thing. Anyway, the idea here has probably
been to copy all flags, so sock_copy_flags() should be the right thing.
With this the ham radio protocols are usable again, so I hope this will
make it into 2.6.13.
Signed-off-by: Ralf Baechle DL5RB <ralf@linux-mips.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
IEEE 802.11 has a capability field flag called ESS, but ieee80211 had
renamed this to BSS for some reason. hostap has been using
WLAN_CAPABILITY_ESS and since that matches with the standard, lets use
it as the name for this define. Add WLAN_CAPABILITY_BSS as a backwards
compatibility name for the same bit since ieee80211 and ipw2200 are
using this and there are versions outside kernel tree that expect to
find this define name.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jkmaline@cc.hut.fi>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Garzik <jgarzik@pobox.com>
IEEE 802.11 frame control has two bits reserved for protocol
version. IEEE80211_FCTL_VERS was not used anywhere, but I would assume
it was supposed to be a mask for the protocol field and as such, it
should be 0x0003, not 0x0002. This matches with WLAN_FC_PVER
definition in hostap.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jkmaline@cc.hut.fi>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Garzik <jgarzik@pobox.com>
This patch removes the unused bt_dump() function and it also removes
its BT_DMP macro. It also unexports the hci_dev_get(), hci_send_cmd()
and hci_si_event() functions.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Bunk <bunk@stusta.de>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
-Wundef found an (although perhaps harmless) bug:
<-- snip -->
...
CC net/ieee80211/ieee80211_crypt.o
In file included from net/ieee80211/ieee80211_crypt.c:21:
include/net/ieee80211.h:26:5: warning: "WIRELESS_EXT" is not defined
CC net/ieee80211/ieee80211_crypt_wep.o
In file included from net/ieee80211/ieee80211_crypt_wep.c:20:
include/net/ieee80211.h:26:5: warning: "WIRELESS_EXT" is not defined
CC net/ieee80211/ieee80211_crypt_ccmp.o
CC net/ieee80211/ieee80211_crypt_tkip.o
In file included from net/ieee80211/ieee80211_crypt_tkip.c:23:
include/net/ieee80211.h:26:5: warning: "WIRELESS_EXT" is not defined
...
<-- snip -->
Signed-off-by: Adrian Bunk <bunk@stusta.de>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Garzik <jgarzik@pobox.com>
tr_type_trans(), hippi_type_trans() left as-is.
Signed-off-by: Alexey Dobriyan <adobriyan@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
From: Victor Fusco <victor@cetuc.puc-rio.br>
Fix the sparse warning "implicit cast to nocast type"
Signed-off-by: Victor Fusco <victor@cetuc.puc-rio.br>
Signed-off-by: Domen Puncer <domen@coderock.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This is part of the grand scheme to eliminate the qlen
member of skb_queue_head, and subsequently remove the
'list' member of sk_buff.
Most users of skb_queue_len() want to know if the queue is
empty or not, and that's trivially done with skb_queue_empty()
which doesn't use the skb_queue_head->qlen member and instead
uses the queue list emptyness as the test.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Make TSO segment transmit size decisions at send time not earlier.
The basic scheme is that we try to build as large a TSO frame as
possible when pulling in the user data, but the size of the TSO frame
output to the card is determined at transmit time.
This is guided by tp->xmit_size_goal. It is always set to a multiple
of MSS and tells sendmsg/sendpage how large an SKB to try and build.
Later, tcp_write_xmit() and tcp_push_one() chop up the packet if
necessary and conditions warrant. These routines can also decide to
"defer" in order to wait for more ACKs to arrive and thus allow larger
TSO frames to be emitted.
A general observation is that TSO elongates the pipe, thus requiring a
larger congestion window and larger buffering especially at the sender
side. Therefore, it is important that applications 1) get a large
enough socket send buffer (this is accomplished by our dynamic send
buffer expansion code) 2) do large enough writes.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
'nonagle' should be passed to the tcp_snd_test() function
as 'TCP_NAGLE_PUSH' if we are checking an SKB not at the
tail of the write_queue. This is because Nagle does not
apply to such frames since we cannot possibly tack more
data onto them.
However, while doing this __tcp_push_pending_frames() makes
all of the packets in the write_queue use this modified
'nonagle' value.
Fix the bug and simplify this function by just calling
tcp_write_xmit() directly if sk_send_head is non-NULL.
As a result, we can now make tcp_data_snd_check() just call
tcp_push_pending_frames() instead of the specialized
__tcp_data_snd_check().
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
tcp_write_xmit() uses tcp_current_mss(), but some of it's callers,
namely __tcp_push_pending_frames(), already has this value available
already.
While we're here, fix the "cur_mss" argument to be "unsigned int"
instead of plain "unsigned".
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The tcp_cwnd_validate() function should only be invoked
if we actually send some frames, yet __tcp_push_pending_frames()
will always invoke it. tcp_write_xmit() does the call for us,
so the call here can simply be removed.
Also, tcp_write_xmit() can be marked static.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
It reimplements portions of tcp_snd_check(), so it
we move it to tcp_output.c we can consolidate it's
logic much easier in a later change.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This just moves the code into tcp_output.c, no code logic changes are
made by this patch.
Using this as a baseline, we can begin to untangle the mess of
comparisons for the Nagle test et al. We will also be able to reduce
all of the redundant computation that occurs when outputting data
packets.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
On each packet output, we call tcp_dec_quickack_mode()
if the ACK flag is set. It drops tp->ack.quick until
it hits zero, at which time we deflate the ATO value.
When doing TSO, we are emitting multiple packets with
ACK set, so we should decrement tp->ack.quick that many
segments.
Note that, unlike this case, tcp_enter_cwr() should not
take the tcp_skb_pcount(skb) into consideration. That
function, one time, readjusts tp->snd_cwnd and moves
into TCP_CA_CWR state.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The ideal and most optimal layout for an SKB when doing
scatter-gather is to put all the headers at skb->data, and
all the user data in the page array.
This makes SKB splitting and combining extremely simple,
especially before a packet goes onto the wire the first
time.
So, when sk_stream_alloc_pskb() is given a zero size, make
sure there is no skb_tailroom(). This is achieved by applying
SKB_DATA_ALIGN() to the header length used here.
Next, make select_size() in TCP output segmentation use a
length of zero when NETIF_F_SG is true on the outgoing
interface.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
I suspect "#define __ARGS(x) ()" was deprecated before I was born.
Signed-off-by: Alexey Dobriyan <adobriyan@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Domen Puncer <domen@coderock.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Adds qdisc_alloc() to share code between qdisc_create()
and qdisc_create_dflt(). Hides the qdisc alignment behind
macros and makes use of them.
Signed-off-by: Thomas Graf <tgraf@suug.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This crept in with the resync-to-mainline. Nothing uses 802.11-crypt in
mainline, so we can safely comment it out for now.
Signed-off-by: Jeff Garzik <jgarzik@pobox.com>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@osdl.org>
Remove two more unused IPV6_AUTHHDR option things,
which I failed to remove them last time,
plus, mark IPV6_AUTHHDR obsolete.
Signed-off-by: YOSHIFUJI Hideaki <yoshfuji@linux-ipv6.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Signed-off-by: Vlad Yasevich <vladislav.yasevich@hp.com>
Signed-off-by: Sridhar Samudrala <sri@us.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Another rollup of patches which give various symbols static scope
Signed-off-by: Adrian Bunk <bunk@stusta.de>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@osdl.org>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@osdl.org>
Allow using setsockopt to set TCP congestion control to use on a per
socket basis.
Signed-off-by: Stephen Hemminger <shemminger@osdl.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Allow TCP to have multiple pluggable congestion control algorithms.
Algorithms are defined by a set of operations and can be built in
or modules. The legacy "new RENO" algorithm is used as a starting
point and fallback.
Signed-off-by: Stephen Hemminger <shemminger@osdl.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch is a follow up to patch 1 regarding "Selective Sub Address
matching with call user data". It allows use of the Fast-Select-Acceptance
optional user facility for X.25.
This patch just implements fast select with no restriction on response
(NRR). What this means (according to ITU-T Recomendation 10/96 section
6.16) is that if in an incoming call packet, the relevant facility bits are
set for fast-select-NRR, then the called DTE can issue a direct response to
the incoming packet using a call-accepted packet that contains
call-user-data. This patch allows such a response.
The called DTE can also respond with a clear-request packet that contains
call-user-data. However, this feature is currently not implemented by the
patch.
How is Fast Select Acceptance used?
By default, the system does not allow fast select acceptance (as before).
To enable a response to fast select acceptance,
After a listen socket in created and bound as follows
socket(AF_X25, SOCK_SEQPACKET, 0);
bind(call_soc, (struct sockaddr *)&locl_addr, sizeof(locl_addr));
but before a listen system call is made, the following ioctl should be used.
ioctl(call_soc,SIOCX25CALLACCPTAPPRV);
Now the listen system call can be made
listen(call_soc, 4);
After this, an incoming-call packet will be accepted, but no call-accepted
packet will be sent back until the following system call is made on the socket
that accepts the call
ioctl(vc_soc,SIOCX25SENDCALLACCPT);
The network (or cisco xot router used for testing here) will allow the
application server's call-user-data in the call-accepted packet,
provided the call-request was made with Fast-select NRR.
Signed-off-by: Shaun Pereira <spereira@tusc.com.au>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@osdl.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
From: Shaun Pereira <spereira@tusc.com.au>
This is the first (independent of the second) patch of two that I am
working on with x25 on linux (tested with xot on a cisco router). Details
are as follows.
Current state of module:
A server using the current implementation (2.6.11.7) of the x25 module will
accept a call request/ incoming call packet at the listening x.25 address,
from all callers to that address, as long as NO call user data is present
in the packet header.
If the server needs to choose to accept a particular call request/ incoming
call packet arriving at its listening x25 address, then the kernel has to
allow a match of call user data present in the call request packet with its
own. This is required when multiple servers listen at the same x25 address
and device interface. The kernel currently matches ALL call user data, if
present.
Current Changes:
This patch is a follow up to the patch submitted previously by Andrew
Hendry, and allows the user to selectively control the number of octets of
call user data in the call request packet, that the kernel will match. By
default no call user data is matched, even if call user data is present.
To allow call user data matching, a cudmatchlength > 0 has to be passed
into the kernel after which the passed number of octets will be matched.
Otherwise the kernel behavior is exactly as the original implementation.
This patch also ensures that as is normally the case, no call user data
will be present in the Call accepted / call connected packet sent back to
the caller
Future Changes on next patch:
There are cases however when call user data may be present in the call
accepted packet. According to the X.25 recommendation (ITU-T 10/96)
section 5.2.3.2 call user data may be present in the call accepted packet
provided the fast select facility is used. My next patch will include this
fast select utility and the ability to send up to 128 octets call user data
in the call accepted packet provided the fast select facility is used. I
am currently testing this, again with xot on linux and cisco.
Signed-off-by: Shaun Pereira <spereira@tusc.com.au>
(With a fix from Alexey Dobriyan <adobriyan@gmail.com>)
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@osdl.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch implements a number of smp_processor_id() cleanup ideas that
Arjan van de Ven and I came up with.
The previous __smp_processor_id/_smp_processor_id/smp_processor_id API
spaghetti was hard to follow both on the implementational and on the
usage side.
Some of the complexity arose from picking wrong names, some of the
complexity comes from the fact that not all architectures defined
__smp_processor_id.
In the new code, there are two externally visible symbols:
- smp_processor_id(): debug variant.
- raw_smp_processor_id(): nondebug variant. Replaces all existing
uses of _smp_processor_id() and __smp_processor_id(). Defined
by every SMP architecture in include/asm-*/smp.h.
There is one new internal symbol, dependent on DEBUG_PREEMPT:
- debug_smp_processor_id(): internal debug variant, mapped to
smp_processor_id().
Also, i moved debug_smp_processor_id() from lib/kernel_lock.c into a new
lib/smp_processor_id.c file. All related comments got updated and/or
clarified.
I have build/boot tested the following 8 .config combinations on x86:
{SMP,UP} x {PREEMPT,!PREEMPT} x {DEBUG_PREEMPT,!DEBUG_PREEMPT}
I have also build/boot tested x64 on UP/PREEMPT/DEBUG_PREEMPT. (Other
architectures are untested, but should work just fine.)
Signed-off-by: Ingo Molnar <mingo@elte.hu>
Signed-off-by: Arjan van de Ven <arjan@infradead.org>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@osdl.org>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@osdl.org>
Essentially netlink at the moment always reports a pid and sequence of 0
always for v6 route activities.
To understand the repurcassions of this look at:
http://lists.quagga.net/pipermail/quagga-dev/2005-June/003507.html
While fixing this, i took the liberty to resolve the outstanding issue
of IPV6 routes inserted via ioctls to have the correct pids as well.
This patch tries to behave as close as possible to the v4 routes i.e
maintains whatever PID the socket issuing the command owns as opposed to
the process. That made the patch a little bulky.
I have tested against both netlink derived utility to add/del routes as
well as ioctl derived one. The Quagga folks have tested against quagga.
This fixes the problem and so far hasnt been detected to introduce any
new issues.
Signed-off-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <hadi@cyberus.ca>
Acked-by: YOSHIFUJI Hideaki <yoshfuji@linux-ipv6.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Below is a more generic patch to do fib_lookup via netlink. For others
we should say that we discussed this as a way to verify route selection.
It's also possible there are others uses for this.
In short the fist half of struct fib_result_nl is filled in by caller
and netlink call fills in the other half and returns it.
In case anyone is interested there is a corresponding user app to compare
the full routing table this was used to test implementation of the LC-trie.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds the xfrm_state_afinfo->init_flags hook which allows
each address family to perform any common initialisation that does
not require a corresponding destructor call.
It will be used subsequently to set the XFRM_STATE_NOPMTUDISC flag
in IPv4.
It also fixes up the error codes returned by xfrm_init_state.
Signed-off-by: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au>
Acked-by: James Morris <jmorris@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds xfrm_init_state which is simply a wrapper that calls
xfrm_get_type and subsequently x->type->init_state. It also gets rid
of the unused args argument.
Abstracting it out allows us to add common initialisation code, e.g.,
to set family-specific flags.
The add_time setting in xfrm_user.c was deleted because it's already
set by xfrm_state_alloc.
Signed-off-by: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au>
Acked-by: James Morris <jmorris@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Implements sctp_connectx() as defined in the SCTP sockets API draft by
tunneling the request through a setsockopt().
Signed-off-by: Frank Filz <ffilzlnx@us.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Sridhar Samudrala <sri@us.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Implements an interface to be used by leaf qdiscs maintaining an internal
skb queue. The interface maintains a backlog in bytes additionaly
to the skb_queue_len() maintained by the queue itself. Relevant statistics
get incremented automatically. Every function comes in two variants, one
assuming Qdisc->q is used as queue and the second taking a sk_buff_head
as argument. Be aware that, if you use multiple queues, you still have to
maintain the Qdisc->q.qlen counter yourself.
Signed-off-by: Thomas Graf <tgraf@suug.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
To retrieve the neighbour tables send RTM_GETNEIGHTBL with the
NLM_F_DUMP flag set. Every neighbour table configuration is
spread over multiple messages to avoid running into message
size limits on systems with many interfaces. The first message
in the sequence transports all not device specific data such as
statistics, configuration, and the default parameter set.
This message is followed by 0..n messages carrying device
specific parameter sets.
Although the ordering should be sufficient, NDTA_NAME can be
used to identify sequences. The initial message can be identified
by checking for NDTA_CONFIG. The device specific messages do
not contain this TLV but have NDTPA_IFINDEX set to the
corresponding interface index.
To change neighbour table attributes, send RTM_SETNEIGHTBL
with NDTA_NAME set. Changeable attribute include NDTA_THRESH[1-3],
NDTA_GC_INTERVAL, and all TLVs in NDTA_PARMS unless marked
otherwise. Device specific parameter sets can be changed by
setting NDTPA_IFINDEX to the interface index of the corresponding
device.
Signed-off-by: Thomas Graf <tgraf@suug.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This chunks out the accept_queue and tcp_listen_opt code and moves
them to net/core/request_sock.c and include/net/request_sock.h, to
make it useful for other transport protocols, DCCP being the first one
to use it.
Next patches will rename tcp_listen_opt to accept_sock and remove the
inline tcp functions that just call a reqsk_queue_ function.
Signed-off-by: Arnaldo Carvalho de Melo <acme@ghostprotocols.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Ok, this one just renames some stuff to have a better namespace and to
dissassociate it from TCP:
struct open_request -> struct request_sock
tcp_openreq_alloc -> reqsk_alloc
tcp_openreq_free -> reqsk_free
tcp_openreq_fastfree -> __reqsk_free
With this most of the infrastructure closely resembles a struct
sock methods subset.
Signed-off-by: Arnaldo Carvalho de Melo <acme@ghostprotocols.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Kept this first changeset minimal, without changing existing names to
ease peer review.
Basicaly tcp_openreq_alloc now receives the or_calltable, that in turn
has two new members:
->slab, that replaces tcp_openreq_cachep
->obj_size, to inform the size of the openreq descendant for
a specific protocol
The protocol specific fields in struct open_request were moved to a
class hierarchy, with the things that are common to all connection
oriented PF_INET protocols in struct inet_request_sock, the TCP ones
in tcp_request_sock, that is an inet_request_sock, that is an
open_request.
I.e. this uses the same approach used for the struct sock class
hierarchy, with sk_prot indicating if the protocol wants to use the
open_request infrastructure by filling in sk_prot->rsk_prot with an
or_calltable.
Results? Performance is improved and TCP v4 now uses only 64 bytes per
open request minisock, down from 96 without this patch :-)
Next changeset will rename some of the structs, fields and functions
mentioned above, struct or_calltable is way unclear, better name it
struct request_sock_ops, s/struct open_request/struct request_sock/g,
etc.
Signed-off-by: Arnaldo Carvalho de Melo <acme@ghostprotocols.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch removes XFRM_SAP_* and converts them over to XFRM_MSG_*.
The netlink interface is meant to map directly onto the underlying
xfrm subsystem. Therefore rather than using a new independent
representation for the events we can simply use the existing ones
from xfrm_user.
Signed-off-by: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au>
This patch ensures that the hard state/policy expire notifications are
only sent when the state/policy is successfully removed from their
respective tables.
As it is, it's possible for a state/policy to both expire through
reaching a hard limit, as well as being deleted by the user.
Note that this behaviour isn't actually forbidden by RFC 2367.
However, it is a quality of implementation issue.
As an added bonus, the restructuring in this patch will help
eventually in moving the expire notifications from softirq
context into process context, thus improving their reliability.
One important side-effect from this change is that SAs reaching
their hard byte/packet limits are now deleted immediately, just
like SAs that have reached their hard time limits.
Previously they were announced immediately but only deleted after
30 seconds.
This is bad because it prevents the system from issuing an ACQUIRE
command until the existing state was deleted by the user or expires
after the time is up.
In the scenario where the expire notification was lost this introduces
a 30 second delay into the system for no good reason.
Signed-off-by: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au>
Heres the final patch.
What this patch provides
- netlink xfrm events
- ability to have events generated by netlink propagated to pfkey
and vice versa.
- fixes the acquire lets-be-happy-with-one-success issue
Signed-off-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <hadi@cyberus.ca>
Signed-off-by: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au>
It cannot work properly, so just ignore it in drr
and rr multipath algorithms just like the random
multipath algorithm does.
Suggested by Herbert Xu.
Signed-off by: Pravin B. Shelar <pravins@calsoftinc.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Cleanup of unused and duplicated constants and structures in the ieee80211
header.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Benc <jbenc@suse.cz>
Signed-off-by: Jirka Bohac <jbohac@suse.cz>
[XFRM] Call dst_check() with appropriate cookie
This fixes infinite loop issue with IPv6 tunnel mode.
Signed-off-by: Kazunori Miyazawa <kazunori@miyazawa.org>
Signed-off-by: Hideaki YOSHIFUJI <yoshfuji@linux-ipv6.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Contributors:
Host AP contributors
James Ketrenos <jketreno@linux.intel.com>
Francois Romieu <romieu@fr.zoreil.com>
Adrian Bunk <bunk@stusta.de>
Matthew Galgoci <mgalgoci@parcelfarce.linux.th
eplanet.co.uk>
Ross moved. Remove the bad email address so people will find the correct
one in ./CREDITS.
Signed-off-by: Jesper Juhl <juhl-lkml@dif.dk>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@osdl.org>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@osdl.org>
This causes sk->sk_prot to change, which makes the socket
release free the sock into the wrong SLAB cache. Fix this
by introducing sk_prot_creator so that we always remember
where the sock came from.
Signed-off-by: Arnaldo Carvalho de Melo <acme@ghostprotocols.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
I found a bug that stopped IPsec/IPv6 from working. About
a month ago IPv6 started using rt6i_idev->dev on the cached socket dst
entries. If the cached socket dst entry is IPsec, then rt6i_idev will
be NULL.
Since we want to look at the rt6i_idev of the original route in this
case, the easiest fix is to store rt6i_idev in the IPsec dst entry just
as we do for a number of other IPv6 route attributes. Unfortunately
this means that we need some new code to handle the references to
rt6i_idev. That's why this patch is bigger than it would otherwise be.
I've also done the same thing for IPv4 since it is conceivable that
once these idev attributes start getting used for accounting, we
probably need to dereference them for IPv4 IPsec entries too.
Signed-off-by: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch includes net/ipv6.h from addrconf.h since it needs
ipv6_addr_set.
Signed-off-by: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Some KernelDoc descriptions are updated to match the current code.
No code changes.
Signed-off-by: Martin Waitz <tali@admingilde.org>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@osdl.org>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@osdl.org>
I have recompiled Linux kernel 2.6.11.5 documentation for me and our
university students again. The documentation could be extended for more
sources which are equipped by structured comments for recent 2.6 kernels. I
have tried to proceed with that task. I have done that more times from 2.6.0
time and it gets boring to do same changes again and again. Linux kernel
compiles after changes for i386 and ARM targets. I have added references to
some more files into kernel-api book, I have added some section names as well.
So please, check that changes do not break something and that categories are
not too much skewed.
I have changed kernel-doc to accept "fastcall" and "asmlinkage" words reserved
by kernel convention. Most of the other changes are modifications in the
comments to make kernel-doc happy, accept some parameters description and do
not bail out on errors. Changed <pid> to @pid in the description, moved some
#ifdef before comments to correct function to comments bindings, etc.
You can see result of the modified documentation build at
http://cmp.felk.cvut.cz/~pisa/linux/lkdb-2.6.11.tar.gz
Some more sources are ready to be included into kernel-doc generated
documentation. Sources has been added into kernel-api for now. Some more
section names added and probably some more chaos introduced as result of quick
cleanup work.
Signed-off-by: Pavel Pisa <pisa@cmp.felk.cvut.cz>
Signed-off-by: Martin Waitz <tali@admingilde.org>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@osdl.org>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@osdl.org>
Signed-off-by: Nicolas Dichtel <nicolas.dichtel@6wind.com>
Signed-off-by: Thomas Graf <tgraf@suug.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
- Include chunk and skb sizes in sendbuffer accounting.
- 2 policies are supported. 0: per socket accouting, 1: per association
accounting
DaveM: I've made the default per-socket.
Signed-off-by: Neil Horman <nhorman@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Sridhar Samudrala <sri@us.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
- Fixed sctp_vtag_verify_either() to comply with impguide 2.41 B) and C).
- Make sure vtag is reflected when T-bit is set in SHUTDOWN-COMPLETE sent
due to an OOTB SHUTDOWN-ACK and in ABORT sent due to an OOTB packet.
- Do not set T-Bit in ABORT chunk in response to INIT.
- Fixed some comments to reflect the new meaning of the T-Bit.
Signed-off-by: Jerome Forissier <jerome.forissier@hp.com>
Signed-off-by: Sridhar Samudrala <sri@us.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The SELinux hooks invoke ipv6_skip_exthdr() with an incorrect
length final argument. However, the length argument turns out
to be superfluous.
I was just reading ipv6_skip_exthdr and it occured to me that we can
get rid of len altogether. The only place where len is used is to
check whether the skb has two bytes for ipv6_opt_hdr. This check
is done by skb_header_pointer/skb_copy_bits anyway.
Now it might appear that we've made the code slower by deferring
the check to skb_copy_bits. However, this check should not trigger
in the common case so this is OK.
Signed-off-by: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
And provide an example simply action in order to
demonstrate usage.
Signed-off-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <hadi@cyberus.ca>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The problem is that when doing MTU discovery, the too-large segments in
the write queue will be calculated as having a pcount of >1. When
tcp_write_xmit() is trying to send, tcp_snd_test() fails the cwnd test
when pcount > cwnd.
The segments are eventually transmitted one at a time by keepalive, but
this can take a long time.
This patch checks if TSO is enabled when setting pcount.
Signed-off-by: John Heffner <jheffner@psc.edu>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Replacing the open coded equivalents and making ax25 look more like
a linux network protocol, i.e. more similar to inet.
Signed-off-by: Arnaldo Carvalho de Melo <acme@ghostprotocols.net>
Signed-off-by: Ralf Baechle <ralf@linux-mips.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
I.e. not using skb->dev as a way to pass the parameter used to fill...
skb->dev :-)
Also to get the _type_trans open coded sequence grouped, next changesets
will introduce ax25_type_trans.
Signed-off-by: Ralf Baechle <ralf@linux-mips.org>
Signed-off-by: Arnaldo Carvalho de Melo <acme@ghostprotocols.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This allows to use them on x86-64
Signed-off-by: Andi Kleen <ak@suse.de>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@osdl.org>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@osdl.org>
Initial git repository build. I'm not bothering with the full history,
even though we have it. We can create a separate "historical" git
archive of that later if we want to, and in the meantime it's about
3.2GB when imported into git - space that would just make the early
git days unnecessarily complicated, when we don't have a lot of good
infrastructure for it.
Let it rip!
